|
 |
| CAC
- CAP - CAS -
CE - CHA - CHE - CHI
- CHO - CI - CL
- CO - COGNITION - COM
- COMPORTEMENT
- CON - CONS/CONT
- COR - CR - CU/CY |
 Ça
: Terme proposé par Groddeck,
puis repris par Freud. Pour
ce dernier, le ça désigne la partie du psychisme où résident les pulsions
sexuelles et agressives et les
besoins. Le ça a pour fonction de satisfaire les besoins
de l'organisme,
d'assurer sa survie ( Es
en allemand). Le ça est subjectif,
inné, irrationnel
et en grande partie inconscient.
Ça, moi et surmoi.
Id.
|
|
|
GRODDECK, G.W. (1923/1980). Le livre du ça. Paris
: Gallimard. |
FELDMAN, H. (1960). The Id : Present, past and future ?
Psychoanalytic Review, 47b, 3-15. |
|
FREUD, S. (1927). The Ego and the Id. London :
Institute of Psychoanalysis and Hogarth Press. |
MARCOVITZ, E. (1963). The concept of the Id. Journal
of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 11,
151-160. |
|
FREUD, A. (1952). The mutual influences in the development
of Ego and Id-Introduction to the discussion. Psychoanalytic
Study of the Child, 7, 42-50. |
HAYMAN, A. (1969). What do we mean by "Id"? Journal
of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 17,
353-380. |
|
HARTMANN, H. (1952). The mutual influences in the
development of Ego and id. Psychoanalytic Study of the
Child, 7, 9-30. |
CHZANOWSKI, G. (1973). The rational Id and the irrational
ego. Journal of American Academy of Psychoanalysis,
1, 231-241. |
|
KLEIN, M. (1952/95). Les influences mutuelles dans le
développement du moi et du ça. Le transfert et autres
écrits. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. |
SHULMAN, M.E. (1987). On the problem of the Id in
psychoanalytic theory. International Journal of
Psycho-Analysis, 68, 161-173. |
|
LEAVITT, H.C. (1953). Organized qualities of the ID
structure. Psychoanalytic Review, 40, 295-303. |
DOWNEY, T.W. (1989). Id or subego-some theoretical
questions for clinicians. Psychoanalytic Study of the
Child, 44, 199-209. |
|
BOS, J. (1992). On the origin of the Id (Das Es).
International Review of Psycho-Analysis, 19,
433-443. |
|
GOLDBERGER, E. (1957). The Id and the Ego : A developement
interpretation : Part I-4. Psychoanalytic Review, 44,
235-288. |
BRENNER, C. (2002). Beyond the ego and the id revisited.
Journal of Clinical Psychoanalysis, 7, 165-180. |
|
SCHUR, M. (1958). The Ego and the Id in anxiety. Psychoanalytic
Study of the Child, 13, 190-220. |
PANIGUA, C. (2008). Id analysis and technical approaches.
Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 77, 219-250. |
|
BULIK, C.M., SULLIVAN, P.F., TOZZI, F., FURBERG, H.,
LICHTENSTEIN, P. & PEDERSEN, N.L. (2006). Prevalence,
heritability, and prospective risk factors for anorexia
nervosa. Archives of General Psychiatry, 63 (3),
305-312. |
SOLMS, M. & PANKSEPP, J. (2012). The "Id" knows more
than the "Ego" admits : Neuropsychoanalytic and primal
consciousness perspectives on the interface between
affective and cognitive neuroscience. Brain Sciences,
2 (2), 147-175. [PDF]
|
|
SOLMS, M. (2013). The conscious id. Neuropsychoanalysis
15, 5–19.
|
 |
| |
Voir aussi Freud, Moi
et Surmoi |
 |
 |
|
|
|
|
|
| CA - CACIOPPO - CAFÉ - CAGE - CAIRNS
- CALCUL - CALKINS -
CAMPBELL - CAMERON -
CANCER - CANIDÉS - CANNABIS - CANNON
- CAP |
Cache
visuel : Dans le modèle de Baddeley,
le cache est une sous-mémoire du calepin
visuo-spatial de la mémoire
de travail dont la fonction est le stockage
passif des informations en
provenance des yeux (forme,
mouvement et couleur des objets). Le contenu de cette mémoire se
détériore rapidement (oubli)
s'il n'est pas rafraichi par le scribe
interne. Visual cache.
| |
|
|
BADDELEY, A.D. & HITCH, G.J. (1974). Working memory.
In G.A. Bower (Ed.), Recent advances in learning and
motivation (Vol. 8, pp. 47-90). New York : Academic
Press. |
|
BADDELEY, A.D. (1984). Working memory : The interface
between memory and cognition. In D.L. Schacter & E.
Tulving (Eds.), Memory systems (pp. 351-367).
Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
| MATLIN,
M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John &
Sons, Incorporated. /La cognition : Une introduction à
la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck
Université. |
|
|
Cachinnation
: Désigne les sourires
incontrôlés et les brusques explosions de rire
chez certains schizophrènes.
Cachinnation, canchasmus, inappropriate laughter.
| |
|
|
KANT, O. (1942). "Inappropriate laughter" and "silliness"
in schizophrenia. The Journal of Abnormal &
Social Psychology, 37 (3), 398-402. |
|
|
|
|
Cacioppo
John T. (Marshall 1951-2018 Chicago) :
Psychosociologue
et neurocognitiviste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des déterminants
neuro-biologiques des comportements
sociaux, notamment de l'isolement
social et de la sollitude.
Étudiant de Greenwald.
Professeur de Uchino.
Collaborateur de Berntson,
Boysen, Cialdini,
Devine, Hatfield,
Hawkley,
Kintsch, Petty, Reis,
Sedikides et Winkielman.
 |
CACIOPPO, J.T. & SANDMAN C.A. (1978). Physiological
differentiation of sensory and cognitive tasks as a
function of warning, processing demands, and reported
unpleasantness. Biological Psychology, 6, 181-192.
[PDF] |
|
CACIOPPO, J.T. & PETTY, R.E. (1980). Sex differences
in influenceability : Toward specifying the underlying
processes. Personality & Social Psychology
Bulletin, 6, 651-656. [PDF] |
|
CACIOPPO, J.T. & BERNTSON, G.G. (1992). Social
psychological contributions to the decade of the brain :
Doctrine of multilevel analysis. American
Psychologist, 47, 1019-1028. [PDF] |
|
CACIOPPO, J.T., HAWKLEY, L.C. & BERNTSON, G.G. (2003).
The anatomy of loneliness. Current Directions in
Psychological Science, 12, 71-74. [PDF] |
|
CACIOPPO, J.T., HAWKLEY, L.C., NORMAN, G.J. &
BERNTSON, G.G. (2011). Social isolation. Annals of the
New York Academy of Sciences, 1231, 17-22. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
Cadre théorique : Expression qui désigne un ensemble de théories
- généralement compatibles
entre elles - qui expliquent
à peu près de la même manière les mêmes phénomènes.
EX: Utiliser les conditionnements opérant de
Skinner et répondant de Pavlov (explication par apprentissages
associatifs) pour expliquer les comportements de panique dans des
situations dites "normales". Cadre théorique, explication
et paradigme.
|
Café : Caféine
: Drogue de la
famille des stimulants.
Caffeine.
| |
|
|
SKINNER, B.F. & HERON, W.T. (1937). Effects of
caffeine and benzedrine upon conditioning and extinction.
Psychological Record, 1, 340-346. |
GRIFITHS, R. & VERNTICA, E. (2000). Is caffeine a
flavoring agent in cola soft drinks ? Archives of
Family Medicine, 9, 727-734. |
|
LATIES, V.G. & WEISS, B. (1962). Enhacement of human
performance by caffeine ant the amphetamines. Pharmacological
Review, 14, 1-36 |
KAMIMORI, G.H., PENETAR, D.M. & HEADLEY, D.B. (2000).
Effect of three caffeine doseson plasma catecholamines and
alertness during prolonged wakefulness. European
Journal of Clinical Pharmacology, 56, 537-544. |
|
MARRIOTT, A.S. (1968). The effects of amphetamine,
caffeine and methylphenidate on the locomotor activity of
rats in an unfamiliar environment. International
Journal of Neuropharmacology, 7, 487-491. |
JOHNSON, R.F. & MURELLO, D.J. (2000). Caffeine,
gender, and sentry duty : effects of a mild stimulant on
vigilance and marksman ship. In K. Friedel, H.R.
Lieberman, D.H. Ryan & G.A. Bray (Eds.),
Countermeasures for battlefield stressor (Vol. 10,
pp. 272-289). Baton Rouge : Louisiana State University
Press. |
|
REVELLE, W., AMARAL, P. & TURRIFF, S. (1976).
Introversion/extroversion, time stress, and caffeine :
effect on verbal performance. Science, 192,
149-150.
[PDF] |
BEAUMONT, M., BATEJAT, D., PIERARD, C., VAN BEERS, P.,
DENIS, J.B., COSTE, O., DOIREAU, P., CHAUFFARD, F.,
FRENCH, J. & LAGARDE, D. (2000). Slow release caffeine
and prolonged (64-h) continuous wakefulness : Effects on
vigilance and cognitive performance. Journal of Sleep
Ressources, 10, 265-276. |
|
FOXX, R.M. & RUBINOFF, A. (1979). Behavioral treatment
of caffeinism : reducing excessive coffee drinking.
Journal of Applied Behavioral Analysis, 12 (3),
335-344. [PDF] |
SMITH, J. & ROGERS, J. (2000). Effects of low doses of
caffeine on cognitive performance, mood, and thirst in low
and high caffeine consumers. Psychopharmacology, 152,
167-173. |
|
WEINSTEIN, N.D. (1985). Reactions to lifestyle warnings :
Coffee and cancer. Health Education Quarterly, 12, 129-134. |
SHOHET, K. & LANDRUM, R.E. (2001). Caffeine
consumption questionnaire : A standardized measure for
caffeine consumption in undergraduate students. Psychological
Reports, 89, 521-526. |
|
SHAPIRO, D., LANE, J.D. & HENRY, J.P. (1986).
Caffeine, cardiovascular reactivity, and cardiovascular
disease. In K.A. Matthews, S.M. Weiss, T. Detre, T.M.
Dembrowski, B., Falkner, S.B. Manuck & R.B. Williams
(Eds.), Handbook of stress, reactivity and
cardiovascular disease : Status and prospect (pp.
311-328). New York : John Wiley & Sons. |
LIEBERMAN, H.R. (2001). The effects of ginseng, ephedrine,
and caffeine on cognitive performance, mood and energy. Nutrition
Reviews, 59, 91-102. |
|
GRIFFITHS, R.R., BIGELOW, G.E. & LIEBSON, I.A. (1986).
Human coffee drinking : Reinforcing and physical
dependence producing effects of caffeine. The Journal
of Pharmacology & Experimental Therapeutics, 239,
416-425. |
BRICE, C.F. & SMITH, A.P. (2002). Effects of caffeine
on mood and performance : A study of realistic
consumption. Psychopharmacology, 164, 188-192. |
|
LIEBERMAN, H.R., WURTMAN, R.J., EMDE, G.G., ROBERTS, C.
& COVIELLA, I.L.G. (1987). The effects of low doses of
caffeine on human performance and mood. Psychopharmacologia,
92 (3), 308-312. |
LIEBERMAN, H.R., THARION, W.J., SHUKITT-HALE, B.,
SPECKMAN, K.L. & TULLEY, R. (2002). Effects of
caffeine, sleep loss, and stress on cognitive performance
and mood during U.S. Navy SEAL training. Psychopharmacology,
164, 250-261. [PDF] |
|
GREENBERG, W. & SHAPIRO, D. (1987). The effects of
caffeine and stress on blood pressure in individuals with
and without a family history of hypertension.
Psychophysiology, 24, 151-157. |
COX, G.R., DESBROW, D., MONTGOMERY, P.G., ANDERSON, M.E.,
BRUCE, C.R., MACRIDES, T.A., MARTIN, D.T., MOQUIN, A.,
ROBERTS, A., HAWLEY, J.A. & BURKE, L. (2002). Effect
of different protocols of caffeine intake on metabolism
and endurance performance. Journal of Applied
Physiology, 93, 990-999. [PDF] |
|
|
GRIFFITHS, R.R. & WOOSON, P.P. (1988). Caffeine
physical dependence : a review of human and laboratory
animal studies. Psychopharmacology 94, 437-451. |
|
|
STEIN, M.B. & UHDE, T.W. (1989). Depersonalization
disorder : Effects of caffeine and response to
pharmacotherapy. Biological Psychiatry, 26 (3),
315-320. |
SMITH, A.P. (2002). Effects of caffeine on human behavior.
Food & Chemical Toxicology, 40, 1243-1255. |
|
FALK, B., BURNSTEIN, R., ASKHENAZI, I., SPILBERG, O.,
ALTER, J., ZYLBER-KATZ, E., RUBINSTEIN, A., BASHAN, N.
& SHAPIRO, Y. (1989). The effect of caffeine ingestion
on physical performance after prolonged exercise. European
Journal of Applied Physiology, 59, 168-173. |
KAMIMORI, G.H., JOHNSON, D., THORNE, D. & BELENSKY, G.
(2003). Multiple caffeine doses maintain vigilance during
early morning operations. Aviation, Space &
Environmental Medicine, 76 (11), 1046-1050. [PDF] |
|
BENJAMIN, L.T., ROGERS, A. & ROSENBAUM, A. (1991).
Coca-Cola, caffeine, and mental deficiency : Harry
Hollingworth and the Chattanooga trial of 1911. Journal
of the History of the Behavioral Sciences, 27,
42-55. |
|
|
FILLMORE M. & VOGEL-SPROTT, M. (1992). Expected effect
of caffeine on motor performance predicts the type of
response to placebo. Psychopharmacology, 106,
209-214. |
BELL, D.G. & McLELLAN, T.M. (2003). Effect of repeated
caffeine ingestion on repeated exercise endurance. Medicine
& Science in Sports & Exercise, 35,
1348-1354. [PDF] |
|
LANDRUM, R.E. (1992). College students' use of caffeine
and its relationship to personality. College Student
Journal, 26, 151-155. |
BEAUMONT, M., BATÉJAT, D., PIÉRARD, C., VAN BEERS, P.,
DENIS, J.B., COSTE, O., DOIREAU, P., CHAUFFARD, F.,
FRENCH, J. & LAGARDE, D. (2004). Caffeine or melatonin
effects on sleep and sleepiness after rapid eastward
transmeridian travel. Journal of Applied Physiology,
96, 50-58. [PDF] |
|
ARMSTRONG, B.G., McDONAL, D. & SLOAN, M. (1992).
Cigarette, alcohol, and coffee consumption and spontaneous
abortion. American Journal of Public Health, 82 (1),
85-87. [PDF]
|
JONES, H.A. & LEJUEZ, C.W. (2005). Personality
correlates of caffeine dependence : The role of sensation
seeking, impulsivity, and risk taking. Experimental
& Clinical Pscyhopharmacology, 13, 259-266. |
|
NEHLIG, A.J., DAVAL, L. & DEBRY, G. (1992). Caffeine
and the central nervous system : mechanisms of action,
biochemical, metabolic and psychostimulant effects. Brain
Research Reviews, 17, 139-170. |
HEATHERLY, S.V., HAYWARD, R.C., SEERS, H.E. & ROGERS,
P.J. (2005). Cognitive and psychomotor performance, mood,
and pressor effects of caffeine after 4, 6, and 8 h
caffeine abstinence. Psychopharmacology, 178,
461-470. |
|
SILVERMAN, K., EVANS, S.M., STRAIN, E.C. & GRIFFITH,
R.R. (1992). Withdrawal syndrome after the double-blind
cessation of caffeine consumption. New England Journal
of Medicine, 327 (16), 1109-1114 |
VAN DUINEN, H., LORIST, M.M. & ZIJDEWIND, I. (2005).
The effect of caffeine on cognitive task performance and
motor fatigue. Psychopharmacology, 180, 539-547.
[PDF] |
|
|
FINE, B.J., KOBRICK, J.L., LIEBERMAN H.R., MARLOWE, B.,
RILEY, R.H. & THARION, W.J. (1994). Effects of
caffeine or diphenhydramine on visual vigilance. Psychopharmacology, 114, 233-238. |
MARTIN, P.W., HAMILTON, V.E., MCKIMMIE, B.M., TERRY, D.J.
& MARTIN, R. (2006). Effects of caffeine on persuasion
and attitude change : The role of secondary tasks in
manipulating systematic message processing. European
Journal of Social Psychology, 37, 320-338.
[PDF] |
|
EVANS, S.M., CRITCHFIELD, T.S. & GRIFFITHS, R.R.
(1994). Caffeine reinforcement demonstrated in a majority
of moderate caffeine users. Behavioural Pharmacology,
5, 231-238. |
EVANS, A.H., LAWRENCE, A.D., POTTS, J., MacGREGOR, L.,
KATZENSCLAGER, R., SHAW, K., ZIJLMANS, J. & LEES, A.J.
(2006). Relationship between impulsive sensation seeking
traits, smoking, alcohol and caffeine intake, and
Parkinson's disease. Journal of Neurology &
Neurosurgery & Psychiatry, 77, 317-321. [PDF] |
|
FILLMORE, M. MULVIHILL, L.E. & VOGEL-SPROTT, M.
(1994). The expected drug and its expected effect interact
to determine placebo responses to alcohol and caffeine. Psychopharmacology,
115, 383-388. |
D'ANCI, K.E. & KANAREK, R.B. (2006). Caffeine, the
methylxanthines and behavior. In J. Worobey, B.J. Teppe
& R.B. Kanarek (Eds.), Nutrition and behavior : A
multidisciplinary approach (pp. 179-194).
Cambridge, MA : Cabi. |
|
SMITH, A., KENDRICK, A., MABEN, A. & SALMON, J.
(1994). Effects of breakfast and caffeine on cognitive
performance, mood and cardiovascular functioning. Appetite,
22, 39-55. |
GURPEGUI, M., JURADO, D., LUNA, J.D., FERNÀNDEZ-MOLINA,
C., MORENO-ABRIL, O. & GÀLVEZ, R. (2007). Personality
traits associated with caffeine intake and smoking.
Progress in Neuro-Psychopharmacology & Biological
Psychiatry, 31, 997-1005. |
|
GRAHAM, T.E. & SPRIET, L.L. (1995). Metabolic,
catecholamine, and exercise performance responses to
various doses of caffeine. Journal of Applied
Physiology, 78, 867-874. |
LORIST, M.M. & SNEL, J. (2008). Caffeine, sleep, and
quality of Life. In J.C. Verster, P. Pandi, R.
Seithkurippu & D.L. Streiner (Eds.), Sleep and
quality of life in clinical medicine. Totowa, NJ :
Humana Press. [PDF] |
|
PASMAN, J., VAN BAAK, M.A., JEUKENDRUP, A.E. & HAAN,
A. (1995). The effect of different dosages of caffeine on
endurance performance time. International Journal of
Sports Medicine, 16, 225-230. |
SMITH, A.P. (2009). Effects of caffeine in chewing gum on
mood and attention. Human Psychopharmacology :
Clinical & Experimental, 24, 239-247. [PDF] |
|
BONNET, M.H., GOMEZ, S., WIRTH, O. & ARAND, D.L.
(1995). The use of caffeine versus prophylactic naps in
sustained performance. Sleep, 18, 97-104. |
HARRELL, P.l T. & JULIANO, L.M. (2009). Caffeine
expectancies influence the subjective and behavioral
effects of caffeine. Psychopharmacology, 207, 335-342. |
|
REISSIG, C.J., STAIN, E.C. & GRIFFFITHS, R.R.
(2009). Caffeinated energy drinks—a growing problem. Drug
& alcohol dependence, 99 (1-3), 1-10
|
|
HORNE, J.A. & REYNER, L.A. (1996). Counteracting
driver sleepiness : Effects of napping, caffeine, and
placebo. Psychophysiology, 33, 306-309. |
HEINZ, A. J., KASSEL, J.D. & SMITH, E. V. (2009).
Caffeine expectancy : Instrument development in the rasch
measurement framework. Psychology of Addictive
Behaviors, 23, 500-511. |
|
REYNER, L.A. & HORNE, J.A. (1996). Suppression of
sleepiness in drivers : Combination of caffeine with a
short nap. Psychophysiology, 34, 721-725. |
REISSIG, C.J., STRAIN, E.C. & GRIFFITHS, R.R. (2009).
Caffeinated energy drinks-A growing problem. Drug
& Alcohol Dependence, 99, 1-10. |
|
FEDHOLM. B.B., BATTIG, K. & HOLEM, J. (1999). Actions
of caffeine in the brain with special reference to factors
that contribute to its widespread use. Pharmacology
Review, 51, 83-133. |
SMITH, A.P. (2009). Caffeine, cognitive failures and
health in a non-working community sample. Human
Psychopharmacology : Clinical & Experimental, 24,
29-34. [PDF] |
|
JAMES, J.E., KRISTJANSSON, A.L. & SIGFUSDOTTIR, I.D.
(2010). Adolescent substance use, sleep, and academic
achievement : Evidence of harm due to caffeine.
Journal of Adolescence, 34 (4), 665-673. [PDF] |
|
VILARIM, M. M., ROCHA ARAUJO, D.M. & NARDI, A.E.
(2011). Caffeine challenge test and panic disorder : A
systematic literature review. Expert Reviews
Neurotherapeutics, 11, 1185-1195. |
|
PENOLAZZI, B., NATALE, V., LEONE, L. & RUSSO, P.M.
(2012). Individual differences affecting caffeine intake.
Analysis of consumption behaviours for different times of
day and caffeine sources. Appetite, 58, 971–977. |
|
| |
|
|
Voir aussi Stimulant
et Drogue |
|
|
Cage
: En recherche,
généralement dans un laboratoire,
lieu clos et généralement de petite taille qui, de ce fait,
confère aux chercheurs un très grand contôle
sur les événements qui s'y déroulent. Cage.
|
Cage
de conservation (pour les animaux) : Dans un laboratoire,
lieu clos, bien aéré et généralement de petite taille qui sert à maintenir en captivité les animaux de laboraratoire. Cage, home-cage.
| |
|
|
BAREHAM, J.R. (1972). Effects of cages and semi-intensive
deep litter pens on the behaviour, adrenal response and
production in two strains of laying hens. British
Veterinary Journal, 128 (2), 153-163. |
LAWLER, M.M. (2002). Comfortable quarters for rats in
research institutions, In V. Reinhardt & A. Reinhardt
(Ed.), Comfortable quarters for laboratory animals (pp.
26-32). Washington, D.C.: Animal Welfare Institute. |
|
KNUTSON, J.F., HYNAN, M.T. & KANE, N.L. (1976). The
influence of home-cage lighting conditions on
shock-induced fighting. Journal of Comparative &
Physiological Psychology, 90, 877-888. |
DUKE, J.L., ZAMMIT, T.G. & LAWSON, D.M. (2001). The
effects of routine cage-changing on cardiovascular and
behavioral parameters in male Sprague-Dawley rats. Contemporary
Topics in Laboratory Animal Science, 40 (1),
17-20. |
|
SCHNEIDER, S.M. (1988). Rats' behavior in two different
home cages. Journal of Applied Animal Welfare
Science, 2, 39-42. |
SHARP, J.L., ZAMMIT, T.G., AZAR, T.A. & LAWSON, D.M.
(2002). Stress-like responses to common procedures in male
rats housed alone or with other rats. Contemporary
Topics in Laboratory Animal Science, 41 (4), 8-14.
[PDF] |
|
SAITO, T.R., MOTOMURA, N., TANIGUCHI, K., HOKAO, R.,
ARKIN, A., TAKAHASHI, K.W. & SATO, N.L. (1996). Effect
of cage size on sexual behavior pattern in male rats. Contemporary
topics in laboratory animal science, 35, 80-82. |
|
|
APPLEBY, M.C. (1998). The Edinburgh modified cage :
Effects of group size and space allowance on brown laying
hens. The Journal of Applied Poultry Research, 7
(2), 152-161. [PDF] |
|
|
VAN LOO, P.L.P., KRUITWAGEN, C.L.J.J., VAN ZUTPHEN,
L.F.M., KOOLHAAS, J.M. & BAUMANS, V. (2000).
Modulation of aggression in male mice : influence of cage
cleaning regime and scent marks. Animal Welfare 9,
281-295. [PDF] |
BURN, C.C., PETERS, A. & MASON, G.J. (2006). Acute
effects of cage-cleaning at different frequencies on
laboratory rat behavior and welfare. Animal Welfare,
15, 161-172. |
|
VAN LOO, P.L.P. (2001). Modulation of aggression in male
mice : influence of group size and cage size.
Physiology & Behavior 72, 675-683. |
BALCOMBE, J.P. (2010). Laboratory rodent welfare :
Thinking outside the cage. Journal of Applied Animal
Welfare Science, 13 (1), 77-88. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Laboratoire,
Bien-être
animal, Rat, Pigeon
et
Isolement expérimental |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Caille
: Oiseau. =(Coturnix coturnix japonica).
Japanese quail.
| |
|
|
DOMJAN, M. & HALL, S. (1986). Determinants of social
proximity in Japanese quail (Coturnix coturnix japonica) :
Male behavior. Journal of Comparative Psychology,
100, 59-67. [PDF] |
LEVENS, N. & AKINS, C.K. (2000). Dopamine D2 receptor
binding in the brain of male Japanese quail (Coturnix
japonica). Neuroscience Letters, 296, 77-80. |
|
DOMJAN, M. & HALL, S. (1986). Sexual dimorphism in the
social proximity behavior of Japanese quail (Coturnix
coturnix japonica). Journal of Comparative
Psychology, 100, 68-71. [PDF] |
LEVENS, N. & AKINS, C.K. (2001). Cocaine induces place
preference and locomotor activity in male domesticated
quail (Coturnix japonica). Pharmacology, Biochemistry
& Behavior, 68 (1), 71-80. |
|
DOMJAN, M. & KURTH, S. (1986). Effects of novelty on
the reproductive behavior of male Japanese quail (Coturnix
coturnix japonica). Journal of Comparative Psychology,
100, 203-207.
[PDF] |
AKINS, C.K., BAKONDY, H. & LEVENS, N. (2002). Mate
choice copying in female domesticated quail (Coturnix
japonica) using taxidermic models. Behavioural
Processes, 58, 97-103. |
|
DOMJAN, M., LYONS, R., NORTH, N.C. & RUELL, J. (1986).
Sexual Pavlovian conditioned approach behavior in male
Japanese quail (Coturnix coturnix japonica). Journal
of Comparative Psychology, 100, 413-421.
[PDF] |
ADKINS-REGAN, E. & MacKILLOP, E.A. (2003). Japanese
quail (Coturnix japonica) inseminations are more likely to
fertilize eggs in a context predicting mating
opportunities. Proceedings of the Royal Society B:
Biological Sciences, 270, 1685-1689.
[PDF] |
|
DOMJAN, M. (1987). Photoperiodic and endocrine control of
social proximity behavior in male Japanese quail (Coturnix
coturnix japonica). Behavioral Neuroscience, 101,
385-392. |
KRAUSE, M.A., CUSATO, B. & DOMJAM, M. (2003).
Extinction of conditioned sexual responses in male
japanese quail (Coturnix japonica) : Role of
species-typical cues. Journal of Comparative
Psychology, 117, 76-86. |
|
|
DOMJAN, M., O'VARY, D. & GREENE, P. (1988).
Conditioning of appetitive and consummatory sexual
behavior in male Japanese quail. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 50 (3), 505-519.
[PDF] |
TROISI, J. & AKINS, C.K. (2004). The discriminative
stimulus effects of cocaine in a Pavlovian approach
paradigm in male Japanese quail. Experimental &
Clinical Psychopharmacology, 12 (4), 237-242. |
|
DOMJAN, M. & NASH, S. (1988). Stimulus control of
social behavior in male Japanese quail (Coturnix coturnix
japonica). Animal Behaviour, 36, 1006-1015.
[PDF] |
LEVENS, N. & AKINS, C.K. (2004). Chronic cocaine
pretreatment facilitates Pavlovian sexual conditioning in
male Japanese quail. Pharmacology, Biochemistry,
& Behavior, 79, 451-457. |
|
AKINS, C.K., DOMJAN, M. & GUTIERREZ, G. (1994). The
topography of sexually conditioned behavior in male
Japanese quail (Coturnix japonica) depends on the CS-US
interval. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Animal
Behavior Processes, 20 (2), 199-209. |
AKINS, C.K. (2004). The role of Pavlovian conditioning in
sexual behavior : A comparative analysis of human and
nonhuman animals. International Journal of Comparative
Psychology, 17 (2), 241-262. [PDF] |
|
CRAWFORD, L.L., AKINS, C.K. & DOMJAN, M. (1994).
Stimulus control of copulatory behavior in sexuality naïve
male japaneese quail (Cotumix japonica) : Effects of text
context and stimulus movement. Journal of Comparative
Psychology, 108 (3), 252-261. [PDF] |
GEARY, E.H. & AKINS, C.K. (2007). Cocaine
sensitization in male quail : temporal, conditioning, and
dose-dependent characteristics. Physiology &
Behavior, 90 (5), 818-824. [PDF] |
|
CRAWFORD, L.L. & DOMJAN, M. (1994). Second-order
sexual conditioning in male Japanese quail (Coturnix
japonica). Animal Learning & Behavior, 23 (3),
327-334. [PDF] |
AKINS, C.K. & GEARY, E.H. (2008). Cocaine-induced
behavioral sensitization and conditioning in male Japanese
quail. Pharmacology, Biochemistry, & Behavior,
88, 432-437. |
|
LICKLITER, R., LEWKOWICZ, D.J. & COLUMBUS, R.F.
(1996). Intersensory experience and early perceptual
development : The role of spatial contiguity in bobwhite
quail chicks's responsiveness to multimodal maternal cues.
Developmental Psychobiology, 29 (5), 403-416. [PDF] |
ROSINE, B.J., BOLIN, B.L. & AKINS, C.K. (2009).
Chronic methylphenidate cross-sensitizes methamphetamine
in male Japanese quail. Behavioural Pharmacology, 20
(4), 352-355. |
|
AKINS, C.K. & ZENTALL, T.R. (1996). Imitative learning
in male Japanese quail using the two-action method. Journal
of Comparative Psychology, 110 (3), 316-320. [PDF] |
BOLIN, B.L. & AKINS, C.K. (2009). Chronic preexposure
to methamphetamine decreases sexual motivation but not
sexual performance in male Japanese quail. Experimental
& Clinical Psychopharmacology, 17, 10-20. [PDF] |
|
BURNS, M. & DOMJAN, M. (1996). Sign tracking versus
goal tracking in the sexual conditioning of male Japanese
quail (Coturnix japonica). Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 22, 297-306. |
SCHNEIDER, S.M. & LICKLITER, R. (2010). Operant
generalization in quail neonates after intradimensional
training : Distinguishing positive and negative
reinforcement. Behavioural Processes, 83, 1-7. [PDF] |
|
GALEF, B.G. & WHITE, D.J. (1998). Mate-choice copying
in Japanese quail, Coturnix coturnix japonica. Animal
Behaviour, 55, 545-552. [PDF] |
SCHNEIDER, S.M. & LICKLITER, R. (2010). Choice in the
quail neonate : The origins of generalized matching. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 94 (3),
315-326.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Animal,
Oiseau et Animal
de ferme |
|
|
Caine
S. Barak ( ) : Neuropsychologue
américain et spécialiste de l'études des mécanismes
neuraux à l'origine de la dépendance
aux drogues, notamment de la cocaïne.
Collaborateur de Koob.
 |
CAINE, S. & KOOB, G.F. (1993). Modulation of cocaine
self-administration in the rat through D-3 dopamine
receptors. Science, 260, 1814-1816. |
|
CAINE, S. & KOOB, G.F. (1994). Effects of dopamine D-1
andD-2 antagonists on cocaine self-administration under
different schedules of reinforcement in the rat.
Journal of Pharmacology & Experimental Therapeutics,
270, 209-218. |
|
CAINE, S.B., NEGUS, S.S. & MELLO, N.K. (1999). Method
for training operant responding and evaluating cocaine
self- administration behavior in mutant mice.
Psychopharmacology, 147, 22-24. |
|
CAINE, S.B. NEGUS, S.S., MELLO, N.K. & BERGMAN, J.
(1999). Effects of dopamine D1-like and D2-like agonists
in rats trained to discriminate cocaine from saline :
influence of experimental history. Journal of
Pharmacology & Experimental Therapeutics, 29 (1),
353-360. [PDF] |
|
CAINE, S.B., THOMSEN, M., GABRIEL, K.I., BERKOWITZ, J.S.,
GOLD, L.H., KOOB, G.F., TONEGAW, A S., ZHANG J. & XU,
M. (2007). Lack of self-administration of cocaine in
dopamine D1 receptor knock-out mice. Journal of
Neuroscience, 27 (48), 13140-13150. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Cairns
Robert Bennett (1933-1999) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste et mathématicien américain,
spécialisé dans l'étude de l'attachement
et de l'agressivité
animale et humaine, notamment chez la
souris. Collaborateur de Gewirtz
et Lewis.
|
CAIRNS, R.B. & LEWIS, M. (1962). Dependency and the
reinforcement value of a verbal stimulus. Journal of
Consulting Psychology, 26, 1-8. |
|
CAIRNS, R.B. & WERBOFF, J. (1967). Behavior
development in the dog : An interspecific analysis. Science,
158, 1070-1072. |
|
CAIRNS, R.B. (1968). Behavior : A question of influence. Science,
161, 522-523. |
|
CAIRNS, R.B. & SCHOLZ, S.D. (1973). On fighting in
mice : Dyadic escalation and what is learned. Journal
of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 85,
540-550. |
|
CAIRNS, R.B. & CAIRNS, B.D. (1984). Predicting
aggressive patterns in girls and boys. Aggressive
Behavior, 10, 227-242. |
|
|
TREMBLAY, R.E. (2000). The development of aggressive
behaviour during childhood : What have we learned in the
past century ? To the memory of Robert B. Cairns
(1933-1999). International Journal of Behavioral
Development, 24 (2), 129-141. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Calcul
: Calculus.
|
Calcul
calendaire : Calendrical
savant.
| |
|
|
COWAN, R. & CARNEY, D. (2006). Calendrical savants :
exceptionality and practice. Cognition, 100,
B1-B9. |
|
COWAN, R. & FRITH C. (2009). Do calendrical savants
use calculation to answer date questions ? A functional
magnetic resonance imaging study. Philosophical
Transactions of the Royal Society London B, 364,
1417-1424. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Calcul
des propositions : Propositional
calculus.
|
|
| |
LAMBECK, J. & SCOTT, P.J. (1986). Introduction
to higher order categorical logic. Cambridge
University Press : Cambridge, UK. |
|
|
|
Calcul mental : Calculer : Compter : Habileté
mathématique qui consiste à utiliser logiquement
des nombres et des symboles
(mathématiques, logique, etc) pour décrire ou communiquer une
réalité (ou du moins certaines de ses propriétés) ou résoudre des
problèmes. Calcul mental, énumération
et habileté
mathématique. = règle
de calcul, opération
mathématique.
( ): Voir tableau
ci-dessous.
Counting, calculus, mental
calculation, counting process, mathematical logic, Arithmetic
behavior, early arithmetic, numerical competence.
| |
|
| |
|
WARREN, H. (1897). The reaction time of counting. Psychological Review, 4, 569-591. |
GALLISTEL, C.R. & GELMAN, R. (1992). Preverbal and
verbal counting and computation. Cognition, 44, 43-74. |
|
FERSTER, C.B. (1964). Arithmetic behavior in chimpanzees.
Scientific American, 210, 98-106. |
HUTTENLOCHER, J., JORDAN, N. & LEVINE, S.C. (1994). A
mental model for early arithmetic. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : General, 123, 284-296. |
|
LURIA, A.R. (1969). On the psychology of computational
operations. In J. Kilpatrick & I. Wirzup (Eds.), Soviet
studies in the psychology of learning and teaching
mathematics (pp. 37-74). Chicago : University of
Chicago. |
SIMON, T., HESPOS, S. & ROCHAT, P. (1995). Do infants
understand simple arithmetic ? A replication of Wynn
(1992). Cognitive Development, 10, 253-269. |
|
GELMAN, R. & GALLISTEL, C.R. (1978). The child's
understanding of number. Cambridge : Harvard
University Press. |
ASHCRAF, M.H. (1995). Cognitive psychology and simple
arithmetic : A review and summary of new directions. Mathematical
Cognition, 1, 3-34. |
|
GADAGKAR, R. (1995). Can animals count ? Current
Science, 68, 1180-1182. [PDF] |
|
SVENSON, O. & SJÖBERG, K. (1978). Subitizing and
counting processes in young children. Scandinavian
Journal of Psychology, 19 (1), 247-250. |
BRANNON, E.M. & TERRACE, H.S. (1998). Ordering of the
numerosities 1-9 by monkeys. Science, 282,
746-749. |
|
ANDERSON, M., O'CONNOR, N. & HERMELIN, B. (1998). A
specific calculating ability. Intelligence, 26,
383-403. |
|
DAVIS, H. & MEMMOTT, J. (1982). Counting behavior in
animals : A critical evaluation. Psychological
Bulletin, 91, 547-571. |
WHALEN, J., GALLISTEL, C.R. & GELMAN, R. (1999).
Nonverbal counting in humans : the psychophysics of number
representation. Psychological Science, 10, 130-137. |
|
ZBRODOFF, N.J. (1999) Effects of counting in alphabet
arithmetic : Opportunistic stopping and priming of
intermediate steps. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Learning, Memory & Cognition 25,
299-317. |
|
|
LUBIENSKI, J.F. & BOWEN, A. (2000). Who's counting ? A
Survey of mathematics education research 1982-1998. Journal
for Research in Mathematics Education, 31 (5),
626-633. |
|
GELMAN, R. & CORDES, S.A. (2001). Counting in animals
and humans. In E. Dupoux (Ed.). Cognition. Cambridge,
MA : MIT Press.
[PDF] |
|
SMITH, S.B. (1983). The great mental calculators.
New York : Columbia University Press. |
PESENTI, M., ZAGO, L., CRIVELLO, F., MELLET, E., SAMSON,
D., DUROUX, B., SERON, X., MAZOYER, B. &
TZOURIO-MAZOYER, N. (2001). Mental calculation in a
prodigy is sustained by right prefrontal and medial
temporal areas. Nature Neuroscience, 4 (1),
103-107. [PDF] |
|
BRIARS, D. & SIEGLER, R.S. (1984). A featural analysis
of preschoolers’ counting knowledge. Developmental
Psychology, 20, 607-618. |
PIAZZA, M., MECHELLI, A., BUTTERWORTH, B. & PRICE,
C.J. (2002). Are subitizing and counting implemented as
separate or functionally overlapping processes ? NeuroImage
15, 435-446. [PDF] |
|
CHALON-BLANC, A. (2005). Inventer, compter et
classer. De Piaget aux débats actuels. Paris :
Armand Colin.
|
|
STIGLER, J.W. (1984). "Mental abacus" : The effect of
abacus training on Chinese children's mental calculation.
Cognitive Psychology, 16, 145-176. |
DOMAHS, F. & DELAZER, M. (2005). Some assumptions and
facts about arithmetic facts. Psychology Science, 47
(1), 96-111. [PDF] |
|
MOSES, J.A.J. (1984). Neuropsychological analysis of
calculation deficit. Focus on Learning Problems in
Mathematics, 6 (4), 1-11. |
LEFEVRE, J.A., SMITH-CHANT, B.L., FAST, L., SKWARCHUK, S.,
SARGLA, E., ARNUP, J.S., PENNER-WILGER, M., BISANZ, J.
& KAMAWAR, D. (2006). What counts as knowing ? The
development of conceptual and procedural knowledge of
counting from kindergarten through Grade 2. Journal of
Experimental Child Psychology, 93, 285-303. |
|
STASZEWSKI, J.J. (1988). Skilled memory and expert mental
calculation. In M.T.H. Chi, R. Glaser & M.J. Farr
(Eds.), The nature of expertise (pp. 71-128).
Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
HUREWITZ, F., GELMAN, R. & SCHITZER, B. (2006).
Sometimes area counts more than number. Procceding
National Academy of Sciences, 103, (51),
19599-19604. [PDF] |
|
WIDAMAN, K.F., GEARY, D.C., CORMIER, P. & LITTLE, T.D.
(1989). A componential model for mental addition. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory &
Cognition, 15, 898-919. |
CLÉMENT, A. & DROIT-VOLET, S. (2006). Counting in a
time discrimination task in children and adults. Behavioural
Processes, 71 (2-3), 164-171. |
|
BOYSEN, S.T. & BERNSTON, G.G. (1989). Numerical
competence in a chimpanzee (Pan troglodytes). Journal
of Comparative Psychology, 103, 23-31. |
PEPPERBERG, I.M. (2006). Grey parrot numerical competence
: a review. Animal Cognition, 9, 377-391. |
|
LE CORRE, M. & CAREY, S. (2007). One, two, three,
four, nothing more : An investigation of the conceptual
sources of the verbal counting principles. Cognition,
105, 395-438. |
|
WYNN, K. (1990). Children's understanding of counting. Cognition,
36, 155-193. [PDF] |
KAMAWAR, D., LEFEVRE, J.A., BISANZ, J., FAST, L.
SKWARCHUK, S., SMITH-CHANT, B.L. & PENNER-WILGER, M.
(2010). Knowledge of counting principles : How relevant is
order irrelevance ? Journal of Experimental Child
Psychology, 105 (4), 135-145. [PDF] |
|
WYNN, K. (1992). Children's acquisition of the number
words and the counting system. Cognitive Psychology,
24, 220-251. [PDF] |
BERAN, M.J., McYNTYRE, J.M., GARLAND, A. & EVANS, T.A.
(2013). What counts for "counting" ? Chimpanzees (Pan
troglodytes) respond appropriately to relevant and
irrelevant information in a quantity judgment task. Animal
Behaviour, 85, 987-993. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Nombre, Opération
mathématique, Nombre,
Dyscalculie et
Habileté
mathématique |
| |
|
|
Caldwell
William (1863-1942) : Psychologue
structuraliste
américain, d'orige écossaise. 
|
CALDWELL, W. (1898). Professor Titchener view of the self.
Psychological Review, 5 (4), 401-408. PDF] |
|
CALDWELL, W. (1899). The postulates of a structural
psychology. Psychological Review, 6 (2),
187-191. [LIRE] |
CALDWELL, W. (1899). The will to believe and the duty to
doubt. International Journal of Ethics, 9 (3),
373-378.
|
|
CALDWELL, W. (1899). Psychological method. Psychological
Review, 6 (2), 191–194. |
|
CALDWELL, W. (1914). Pragmatism and idealism. International
Journal of Ethics, 24 (3), 357-362. |
|
|
|
|
Calepin
visuo-spatial : Concept proposé par Baddeley
pour désigner une fonction de la mémoire
de travail responsable de la manipulation des informations
visuelles (images). =
mémoire de travail visuo-spatiale. Visuo-spatial
sketchpad, visuospatial short-term memory.
| |
|
|
BADDELEY, A.D. & HITCH, G.J. (1974). Working memory.
In G.A. Bower (Ed.), Recent advances in Learning
& Motivation (Vol. 8, pp. 47-90). New York :
Academic Press. |
PARK, D.C., LAUTENSCHLAGER, G., HEDDEN, T., DAVIDSON, N.,
SMITH, A.D. & SMITH, P.K. (2002). Models of
visuospatial and verbal memory across the adult life span.
Psychology & Aging, 17, 299-320. [PDF] |
|
BADDELEY, A. (1984). Working memory : The interface
between memory and cognition. In D.L. Schacter & E.
Tulving (Eds.), Memory systems (pp. 351-367).
Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
KLAUER, K.C. & ZHAO, Z. (2004). Double dissociations
in visual and spatial short-term memory. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : General, 133, 355-381. |
|
FARMER, E.W., BERMAN, J.V.F. & FLETCHER, Y.L. (1986).
Evidence for a visuo-spatial scratch-pad in working
memory. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology,
38A, 675-688. |
KANE, M.J., HAMBRICK, D.Z., TUHOLSKI, S.W., WILHELM, O.,
PAYNE, T.W. & ENGLE, R.W. (2004). Generality of
working memory capacity : A latent-variable approach to
verbal and visuo-spatial memory span and reasoning. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : General, 133 (2),
189-217. [PDF] |
|
LOGIE, R.H. (1995). Visuo-spatial working memory.
Hove, UK : Lawrence Eribaum Associates. [PDF] |
ALLOWAY, T.P., GATHERCOLE, S.E. & PICKERING, S.J.
(2005). Verbal and visuospatial short-term memory and
working memory in children. Are they separable ? Child
Development, 77 (6), 1698-1716. |
|
| MATLIN,
M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John &
Sons, Incorporated. / La cognition : Une introduction
à la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck
Université. |
Voir aussi Baddeley
et Mémoire de
travail |
|
|
Calhoun
John B. (1917-1995) : Éthologiste
américain et spécialiste de l'étude de l'entassement
chez les animaux, notamment chez les humains.
 |
CALHOUN, J.B. (1949). A method of self-control of
population growth among mammals living in the wild. Science,
109, 333-335. |
|
CALHOUN, J.B. (1962). Population density and social
pathology. Scientific American, 306, 139-148. |
|
CALHOUN, J.B. (1966). The role of space in animal
sociology. Journal of Social Issues, 22, 46-59. |
|
CALHOUN, J.B. (1973). Death squared : the explosive growth
and demise of a mouse population. Proceedings of the
Royal Society of Medicine, 66, 80-89. |
|
CALHOUN, J.B. (1973). From mice to men. Transaction
& Studies of the College of Physicians of
Philadelphia, 41, 92-118. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Calkin
Abigail B. ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste
américaine et spécialiste de l'enseignement
de précision. Étudiante de Lindsley.
|
CALKIN, A.B. (1981). One minute timing improves inners. Journal
of Precision Teaching, 2 (3), 9-21. |
|
CALKIN, A.B. (1983). Counting fetal movement. Journal
of Precision Teaching, 4 (2), 35-40. |
|
CALKIN, A.B. (1990). Changes in behavior as the result of
the death of a relative. Journal of Precision
Teaching, 7 (2), 74-78. |
|
CALKIN, A.B. (1992). The inner eye : Improving
self-esteem. Journal of Precision Teaching, 10
(1), 42-52. |
|
CALKIN, A.B. (2005). Precision teaching : The standard
celeration charts. The Behavior Analyst Today, 6 (4),
207-213. [PDF] |
|
|
FURUMOTO, L. (1980). Mary Whiton Calkins (1863-1930). Psychology
of Women Quarterly, 5, 55-68. |
|
|
|
Calkins Mary Whiton (Hartford 1863-1930 Newton Massachusetts)
: Psychologue
américaine. Bien qu'elle ait complété ses études, l'Université
Harvard refusa de lui attribuer un doctorat. Elle mis néanmoins
sur pied l'un des tout premiers laboratoires de psychologie en sol
américain (1898). Elle fut également la toute première présidente
de l'American Psychological
Association, en 1905. Étudiante de Münsterberg.
Collaboratrice de Dunlap,
Gardiner et Warren.
 |
CALKINS, M.W. (1907). Psychology : What is it about ?
Journal of Philosophy, Psychology & Scientific
Methods, 4, 673-683. |
|
WARREN, H.C., CALKINS, M.W., DUNLAP, K., GARDINER H.N.,
RUCKMICK, C.A. (1918). Report : Definitions and
delimitations of psychological terms prepared by a
committee of the American Psychological Association. Psychological Bulletin, 15 (3), 89-95. |
|
CALKINS, M.W., DUNLAP, K., GARDINER H. N., RUCKMICK,
C.A. & WARREN, H.C. (1922). Definitions and
limitations of psychological terms, II. Psychological
Bulletin, 19 (4), 230–233. |
|
|
|
|
|
Call Josep ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste américain, spécialiste de la psychologie comparée et de l'étude des orang-outans.
Collaborateur de Addessi,
Clayton, De
Wall, Dunbar, Emery,
Hare, Kaminski,
Tomasello et Visalberghi.
|
CALL, J. & TOMASELLO, M. (1994). Production and
comprehension of referential pointing by orangutans (Pongo
pygmaeus). Journal of Comparative Psychology, 108,
307-317. |
|
CALL, J. (2001). Chimpanzee social cognition. Trends
in Cognitive Sciences, 5, 369-405. [PDF] |
|
CALL, J., BRÄUER, J., KAMINSKI, J. & TOMASELLO, M.
(2003). Domestic dogs (Canis familiaris) are sensitive to
the attentional state of humans. Journal of
Comparative Psychology, 117, 257-263.
[PDF] |
|
CALL, J. (2007). Apes know that hidden objects can affect
the orientation of other objects. Cognition, 105,
1-25. [PDF] |
|
CALL, J. & TOMASELLO, M. (2008). Does the chimpanzee
have a theory of mind ? 30 years later. Trends in
Cognitive Sciences, 12 (5), 187-192.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Calloas Nagib ( ) : Mathématicien et
spécialiste vénézuélien de
l'information.
|
CALLAOS, N. & CALLAOS, B. (2002). Toward a systematic
notion of information : Practical consequences.
Informing Science The International Journal of an
Emerging Transdiscipline 5 (1), 1-11.
|
|
CALLAOS, N. (2011). Peer reviewing : Weaknesses and
proposed solutions. Orlando, F : IIIS. |
CALLAOS, N. (2013). Cognition and knowledge.
Orlando : International Institute of Informatics and
Systemics.
|
|
CALLAOS, N. (2020). The notion of intellectual rigor : A
systemic/cybernetic approach. Systemics Cybernetics
& Informatics, 18 (1), 99-133. [PDF]
|
CALLAOS, N. & MARLOWE. T. (2020). Interdisciplinary
communication rigor. The Journal of
Systemics, Cybernetics & Informatics, 18
(1), |
|
|
|
Callon Michel (1945-) : Sociologue
et ingénieur français. Avec Latour, il a
contribué au développement d'une sociologie
de la traduction (théorie actant/réseau). Collaborateur de Latour
et Law.
|
CALLON, M. (1986). Éléments pour une sociologie de la
traduction. La domestication des coquilles Saint-Jacques
et des marins-pêcheurs dans la baie de Saint-Brieu.
L'année sociologique, 36, 169-208. |
|
CALLON, M. et LATOUR, B. (1991). Réseaux
technico-économiques et irréversibilités. Dans R. Boyer,
B. Chavanche et O. Godard (Dirs.), Les figures de
l'irréversibilité en économie. Paris : Éditions de
l'EHESS. |
|
CALLON, M. & LATOUR, B. (1992). Don't throw the baby
out with the bath school. In A. Pickering (Ed.),
Science as practice and culture (pp. pp. 348-368).
Chicago : Chicago University Press. |
|
CALLON, M., LASCOUNES, P. et BARTHE, Y.
(2001). Agir dans un monde incertain. Essai sur la
démocratie technique. Paris : Le Seuil. |
|
CALLON, M. (2017). L'emprise des marchés : comprendre
leur fonctionnement pour pouvoir les changer. Paris
: La Découverte. |
|
|
|
Calmar : Céphalopode étudié en biologie
en raison de la taille de ses axones
(1 mm par rapport à quelques micromètres chez la plupart des vertébrés).
Ces études ont mené notamment à la découverte des pompes
à ions. = calamar, encornet,
chipiron, supion. Squid, loligo.
| |
|
|
PROSSER, C.L. & YOUNG, J.Z. (1937). Responses of
muscles of the squid to repetitive stimulation of the
giant nerve fibres. Biological Bulletin, 73,
237-241. |
TASAKI, I. & SPYROPOULOS, C.S. (1958). Membrane
conductance and current-voltage relation in the squid axon
under voltage-clamp. American Journal of Physiology,
193 (2), 318-327. |
|
YOUNG, J.Z. (1938). The functioning of the giant nerve
fibres of the squid. Journal of Experimental Biology,
15, 170-185 |
MULLINS, L.J. (1959). An analysis of conductance changes
in squid axon. Journal of General of Physiology, 42
(5), 1013-1035. |
|
HODGKIN, A.L., HUXLEY, A.F. & KATZ, B. (1952).
Measurement of current-voltage relations in the membrane
of the giant axon of Loligo. Journal of Physiology,
116 (4), 424-448. |
COLE, K.S. & MOORE, J.W. (1960). Ionic current
measurements in the squid giant axon membrane. Journal
of General of Physiology, 44, 123-167. |
|
HODGKIN, A.L. & HUXLEY, A.F. (1952). Currents carried
by sodium and potassium ions through the membrane of the
giant axon of Loligo. Journal of Physiology, 116
(4), 449-472. |
KEYNES, R. (2005). J.Z. and the discovery of squid giant
nerve fibers. Journal of Experimental Biology, 208,
179-180. |
| |
| BURNIE,
D. (Ed.) (2001). Animal. Londres : Dorling
Kindersley / Le règne animal. Saint-Laurent :
Erpi. |
Voir aussi Animal,
Axoneet Pieuvre |
|
|
Calsyn Robert J. ( ) : Psychologue
et gérontologue américain,
spécialisé dans l'étude de
l'itinérance. Collaborateur de Kenny
et Morse.
|
CALSYN, R.J. & MORSE, G.A. (1990). Homeless men and
women : Commonalities and a service gender gap. American
Journal of Community Psychology, 18, 597-608. |
|
CALSYN, R.J. & MORSE, G.A. (1991). Predicting chronic
homelessness. Urban Affairs Quarterly, 27, 155-164. |
|
CALSYN, R.J., ROADES, L.A., DYLAN, M.A. & CALSYN, S.
(1992). Acquiescence in needs assessment studies of the
elderly. Gerontologist, 32 (2), 246-252. |
|
CALSYN, R.J. & MORSE, G.A. (1992). Predicting
psychiatric symptoms among homeless people. Community
Mental Health Journal, 28, 385-395. |
|
CALSYN, R.J. & MORSE, G.A., KLINKENBERG, W.D. &
TRUSTY, M. (1997). Reliability and validity of self-report
data of homeless mentally ill individuals. Evaluation
& Program Planning 20, 47-54. |
|
|
|
Calvert Sandra L. (1939-) :
Psychologue américaine et spécialiste du développement,
notamment des effets de la technologie (télévision,
réseau social, tablette,
etc) sur ce processus, plus particulièrement sur l'attention.
Collaboratrice de Huston,
Pempek et
Wright.
|
CALVERT, S.L., HUSTON, A.C., WATKINS, B.A. & WRIGHT,
J.C. (1982). The relation between selective attention to
television forms and children's comprehension of content.
Child Development, 53, 601-610. |
|
CALVERT, S.L., HUSTON, A.C. & WATKINS, B.A. (1987).
Preplay formats on children's attention and story
comprehension. Journal of Applied Developmental
Psychology, 8 |
|
CALVERT, S.L. & GERSH, T.L. (1987). The selective use
of sound effects and visual inserts for children's
television story comprehension. Journal of Applied
Developmental Psychology, 8, 363-375. [PDF] |
|
CALVERT, S.L., STAIANO, E. & BOND, B. (2013).
Electronic gaming and the obesity crisis. New
Directions for Child & Adolescent Development, 139,
51-57. |
|
CALVERT, S.L., RICHARDS, M.N. & KENT, C. (2014).
Personalized interactive characters for toddlers' learning
of seration from a video presentation. Journal of
Applied Developmental Psychology, 35, 148-155. |
|
|
|
Calvin William H. (Kansas city 1939-) : Physiologiste
et neurobiologiste
américain. On lui doit le concept de marchine de Darwin.
|
CALVIN, W.H. & OJEMANN, G.A. (1980). Inside the
brain. New York : New American Library.
|
|
CALVIN, W.H. (1987). The brain as a Darwin machine.
Nature, 330, 33-34. |
|
CALVIN, W.H. (1996). How brains think : Evolving
intelligence, then and now. New York : Basic Books. |
|
CALVIN, W.H. (1997). The six essentials ? Minimal
requirements for the darwinian bootstrapping of quality. Journal of Memetics 1, 1. |
|
CALVIN, W.H. (2004). A brief history of the mind :
From apes to intellect and beyond. New York :
Oxford University Press. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cameron Donald Ewen (Bridge of Allan 1901-1967) : Psychiatre
américain, d'origine écossaise, connu pour ses recherches sur la
reconstruction psychique et l'amnésie programmée menées en
collobaration avec la CIA dans les années 50 et 60 (Le projet
MKULTRA). Certaines de ces études ont été réalisées au Allan
Memorial Institute de l'Université
McGill.
|
Cameron
Judith A. ( ) :
Psychologue béhavioriste
canadienne, spécialisée en éducation
et dans l'étude l'apprentissage
et du renforcement.
Étudiante d'Eisenberger.
Collaboratrice de Pierce.
 |
CAMERON, J. & PIERCE, W.D. (1994). Reinforcement,
reward and intrinsic motivation : A meta-analysis. Review
of Educational Research, 64, 363-423. |
|
CAMERON, J. & PIERCE, W.D. (1996). The debate about
rewards and intrinsic motivation : Protests and
accusations do not alter the results. Review of
Educational Research, 66 (1), 39-51. [PDF] |
|
CAMERON, J., BANKO, K.M. & PIERCE, W.D. (2001).
Pervasive negative effects of rewards on intrinsic
motivation : The myth continues. The Behavior
Analyst, 24, 1-44. [PDF] |
|
CAMERON, J. (2001). Negative effects of reward on
intrinsic motivation - A limited phenomenon : Comment on
Deci, Koestner, and Ryan (2001). Review of
Educational Research, 71, 29-42. [PDF] |
|
CAMERON, J. & PIERCE, W.D. (2005). Rewards and
motivation in the classroom. Academic Exchange
Quarterly, 9 (2), 67-71. |
|
|
|
|
Camouflage : Camoufler Ensemble de techniques visant à se dissimuler, à
passer inaperçu. Ces techniques sont utilisées en temps de guerre,
à la chasse et dans certaines assemblées nationales, lors de certaines décisions decision difficile.
Camouflage.
|
|
|
Campagne : Ensemble des régions d'un pays qui se caractérise par sa fonction première -
l'agriculture - et son mode de peuplement, les villages et les
rangs. = région rurale. /ville.
Rural.
| |
|
|
KUNTZ, K.M. & GUNDERSON, S.K. (2002). Non-normative
and pro-social conformity : A study of rural and urban
differences. Journal of Undergraduate Research,
233-239. [PDF] |
|
AMATO, P.R. (1983). Helping behavior in urban and rural
environments. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 45, 571-586. |
|
AMATO, P.R. (1993). Urban-rural differences in helping
friends and family members. Social Psychology
Quarterly, 56, 249-262. |
|
LEVINE, R.V., MARTINEZ, T., BRASE, G. & SORENSON, K.
(1994). Helping in 36 U.S. cities. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 67, 69-82.
[PDF] |
|
STOCKARD, J. (2011). Increasing reading skills in rural
areas : An analysis of three school districts. Journal
of Research in Rural Education, 26 (8), 1-19. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Campagne politique : Organisation
temporaire visant à promouvoir un projet ou les
candidt-e-s d'un parti
politique avant les élections.
= campagne électorale. Political
campaign.
| |
|
|
NEALE, T. (1991). Negative campaigning in national
politics : An overview. (Report No. 91-775 GOV).
Washington : Congressional Research Service. |
THOMAS, R., GANGL, A. & STEVENS, D. (2000). The
effects of efficacy and emotions on campaign involvement.
Journal of Politics, 62, 1189-1197. |
|
O'NEILL, R.M. (1992). Regulating speech to cleanse
political campaigns. Capitol University Law Review,
21, 575-591. |
DAVENPORT, T.C., GERBER, A.S., GREEN, D.P. LARIMER, C.W.,
MANN, C.B. & PANAGOPOULOS, C. (2010). The enduring
effects of social pressure : Tracking campaign experiments
over a series of elections. Political Behavior, 32
(3), 423-430. |
|
PATTERSON, S. & CALDEIRA, G. (1993). Getting out the
vote : Participation in Gubernatorial campaigns.
American Political Science Review, 77, 6756-689. |
WEBER, C. (2012). Emotions, campaigns and political
participation. Political Research Quarterly, 66
(2), 414-428. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Candidat-e, Parti politique, Engagement politique et Élection |
| |
|
|
|
|
Campagne
de financement : Organisation
temporaire visant à recueillir les sommes d'argent
nécessaires à la réalisation d'un projet. =
aider une bonne cause, promouvoir une idée.
Fund raising.
| |
|
|
BELL, R.A. ABRAHAMS, M.F. CLARK, C. & SCHLATTER, C.
(1996). The door-in-the-face compliance strategy : an
individual differences analysis of two models in an aids
fund raising context. Communication Quarterly, 44, 107-124. |
|
GUÉGUEN, N. & JACOB, C. (2001). Fund raising on the
Web : The effect of the electronic foot-in-the-door on
prosocial request. CyberPsychology & Behavior, 4
(6), 705-709. [PDF] |
|
LIST, J.A. & LUCKING-REILEY, D. (2002). The effects of
seed money and refunds on charitable giving : Experimental
evidence from a university capital campaign. Journal
of Political Economy, 110 (1), 215-233.
[PDF] |
|
VESTERLUND, L. (2003). The informational value of
sequential fund raising. Journal of Public Economics,
87, 627-657. |
|
GUÉGUEN, N. (2003). Fund raising on the Web : The effect
of the electronic foot-in-the-door on prosocial request. CyberPsychology
& Behavior, 6 (2), 189-193. [PDF] |
|
NORTON, M.I. & GOETHALS, G.R. (2004). Spin (and pitch)
doctors : Campaign strategies in televised political
debates. Political Behavior, 26, 227-248. |
|
ANDREONI, J. (2006). Leadership giving in charitable fund
raising. Journal of Public Economic Theory, 8, 1-22. |
|
|
|
|
|
Campbell Alfred Walter (Harden 1868-1937 Rose Bay) :
Médecin et neurologue
australien. Il propose de diviser le cerveau en 52 aires.
|
|
CAMPBELL, A.W. (1894). A contribution to the morbid
anatomy and pathology of the neuro-muscular changes in
general paresis of the insane. Journal of Mental
Science, 40 (169), 177–195.
|
|
CAMPBELL, A.W. (1894). On vacuolation of the nerve cell of
the human cerebral cortex. Journal of Pathology &
Bacteriology, 2 (3), 380–393. |
|
CAMPBELL, A.W. (1903). Degenerations consequent on
experimental lesions of the cerebellum. British Medical
Journal, 2, 641–-642. |
CAMPBELL, A.W. (1905). Histological studies on the
localisation of cerebral function. Cambridge
University Press.
|
|
CAMPBELL, A.W. (1906). Cerebral sclerosis. Brain, 28
(3–4), 367-437. |
|
|
Von BONIN, G. (1953). Alfred Walter Campbell. In W.
Haymaker (Ed.), The founders of neurology (pp.
16-18). Springfield : C.C.Thomas. |
EADIE, M.J. (2001). A.W. Campbell's Australian career :
1905–1937. Journal of Clinical Neuroscience, 8
(6), 514–529. |
|
EADIE, M.J. (2001). A. W. Campbell : Australia's first
neurologist. Clinical & Experimental Neurology.
17, 27–35. |
EADIE, M.J. (2003). Alfred Walter Campbell (1868–-1937). Journal
of Neurology, 250 (2), 249–250. |
|
|
Voir aussi Aphasie
et Aire
de Broca, |
|
|
|
Campbell Byron A. (1927-2021) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste et spécialiste de l'étude de la mémoire
et de l'ontogénèse.
Collaborateur de Church.
|
|
CAMPBELL, B.A. & CAMPBELL, E.H. (1962). Retention and
extinction of learned fear in infant and adult rats. Journal
of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 55, 1-8. |
|
CAMPBELL, B.A. & SPEAR, N.E. (1972). Ontogeny of
memory. Psychological Review, 79, 215-236. |
|
CAMPBELL, B.A. MISANIN, J.R., WHITE, B.C. & LYTLE,
L.D. (1974). Species differences in ontogeny of memory :
Indirect support for neural maturation as a determinant of
forgetting. Journal of Comparative & Physiological
Psychology, 87, 193-202. |
|
CAMPBELL, B.A. & ALBERTS, J.R. (1979). Ontogeny of
long-term memory for learned taste versions. Behavioral
& Neuralbiology, 25, 139-156. [PDF] |
|
CAMPBELL, B.A. (1984). Reflections on the ontogeny of
learning and memory. In R.V. Kail & N.E. Spear (Eds.),
Comparative perspectives on the development of memory
(pp. 23-35). New York : Routledge. |
|
|
|
Campbell
Donald T. (1916-1996) : Psychologue,
statisticien et méthodologiste
américain. Président de l'APA en
1975. Étudiant de Jones.
Professeur de Heyes. Collaborateur
de Cook, Fiske,
Miller, Shadish et Stanley
et Wertsch.
|
|
CAMPBELL, D.T. (1957). Methodological suggestions from a
comparative psychology of knowledge processes. Inquiry,
2, 152-182. |
|
CAMPBELL, D.T. (1957). Factors relevant to validity of
experiments in social settings. Psychological
Bulletin, 54, 297-312. [PDF] |
|
CAMPBELL, D.T. & FISKE, D.W. (1959). Convergent and
discriminant validation by the multitrait multimethod
matrix. Psychological Bulletin, 56, 81-105. [PDF] |
|
CAMPBELL, D.T. & STANLEY, J.C. (1966). Experimental
and quasi-experimental designs for research.
Chicago : Rand McNally and Company. |
|
CAMPBELL, D.T. & ROSS, L. (1968). The Connecticut
crackdown on speeding : Time-series data in
quasi-experimental analysis. Law & Society Review,
3 (1), 33-54. [PDF] |
|
|
BREWER, M.B. & COOK, T.D. (1997). Donald T. Campbell
(1916-1996): Obituary. American Psychologist, 52
(3), 267-268. |
|
SHADISH, W.R. & COOK, T.D. (1998). Donald Campbell and
evaluation theory. American Journal of Evaluation, 19,
417-422. |
|
MILLER, N., PEDERSEN, W.C. & POOLOCK, V.E. (2000).
Discriminative validity. In L. Bickman (Ed.), Donald
Campbell's legacy : Validity and social experimentation
(pp. 65-99). Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
Campbell
Rebecca ( ) : Psychologue
et féministe américaine,
spécialisée dans l'étude du viol et
des agressions
sexuelles.
|
|
CAMPBELL, R., SEFL, T. & AHRENS, C.E. (2004). The
impact of rape on women's sexual health risk behaviors. Health
Psychology, 23, 67-74. |
|
CAMPBELL, R. & WASCO, S.M. (2005). Understanding rape
and sexual assault : 20 years of progress and future
directions. Journal of Interpersonal Violence, 20 (1),
127-131. [PDF]
|
|
CAMPBELL, R. (2008). The psychological impact of rape
victims' experiences with the legal, medical, and mental
health systems. American Psychologist, 68, 702-717. |
|
CAMPBELL, R. PATTERSON, D., DWORKIN, E. & DIEGEL, R.
(2010). Anogenital injuries in childhood sexual abuse
victims treated in a pediatric forensic nurse examiner
(FNE) program. Journal of Forensic Nursing, 6, 188-195. |
|
CAMPBELL, R., GREESON, M., FEHLER-CABRAL, G. &
KENNEDY, A. (2015). Pathways to help : Adolescent sexual
assault victims' disclosure and help-seeking experiences.
Violence Against Women, 21, 824-847. |
|
|
|
Campbell Susan B. ( ) : Psychologue
américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude de l'hyperactivité
et du trouble
déficitaire de l'attention. Collaboratrice de Douglas.
|
|
CAMPBELL, S.B. (1973). Mother-child interaction in
reflective, impulsive, and hyperacative children. Developmental
Psychology, 8, 341-349. |
|
CAMPBELL, S.B. (1975). Mother-child interactions : A
comparison of hyperactive, learning disabled, and normal
boys. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 45, 51-57. |
|
CAMPBELL, S.B. (1987). Parent-referred problem three-year
olds : Developmental changes in symptoms. Journal of
Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 28, 835-846. |
|
CAMPBELL, S.B., MATESTIC, P., VON STAUFFENBERG, C., MOHAN,
R. & KIRCHNER, T. (2007). Trajectories of maternal
depressive symptoms, maternal sensitivity, and children’s
functioning at school entry. Developmental
Psychology, 43, 1202-1215.
[PDF] |
|
CAMPBELL, S.B. & VON STAUFFENBERG, C. (2009). Delay
and inhibition as early predictors of ADHD symptoms in
third grade. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology,
37, 1-15. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Campbell W. Keith ( ) : Psychologue organisationel et industriel américain, spécialisé dans
l'étude du narcissisme. Collaborateur
de Foster, Lynam,
Miller, Sedikides
et Twenge.
|
|
CAMPBELL, W.K. (1999). Narcissism and romantic attraction.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 77,
1254-1270. [PDF] |
|
CAMPBELL, W.K., FORSTER, C.A. & FINKEL, E.J. (2002).
Does self-love lead to love for others ? A story of
narcissistic game playing. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 83, 340-354. [PDF] |
|
CAMPBELL, W.K., BUSH, C.P., BRUNELL, A.B. & SHELTON,
J. (2005). Understanding the social costs of narcissism :
The case of the Tragedy of the Commons Personality
& Social Psychology Bulletin, 31 (10),
1358-1368. [PDF] |
|
CAMPBELL, W.K. & CAMPBELL, S.M. (2009). On the
self-regulatory dynamics created by the peculiar benefits
and costs of narcissism : A contextual reinforcement model
and examination of leadership. Self & Identity,
8, 214-232. [PDF] |
|
CAMPBELL, W.K., HOFFMAN, B.J., CAMPBELL, S.M. &
MARCHISIO, G. (2011). Narcissism in organizational
contexts. Human Resource Management Review, 21,
268-284. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Campion-Vincent Véronique ( ) : Sociologue
et ingénieure francaise, spécialiste de l'étude des légendes
et des rumeurs.
|
CAMPION-VINCENT, V. (1990). Situations d'incertitude et
rumeurs : disparitions et meurtres d'enfants. Communications,
52, 51-60. |
|
CAMPION-VINCENT, V. (1992). Des fauves dans nos
campagnes. Légendes, rumeurs et apparitions. Paris
: Imago. |
|
CAMPION-VINCENT, V. (1997). La légende des vols
d'organes. Paris : Les Belles Lettres. |
|
CAMPION-VINCENT, V. (2002). Légendes urbaines,
rumeurs d'aujourd'hui. Paris : Payot/Petite
Bibliothèque. |
|
CAMPION-VINCENT, V. (2007). La société parano,
théories du complot, menaces et incertitude. Paris
: Payot. |
|
|
|
|
Campione Joseph C. ( ) : Socioconstructiviste
américain, spécialisé en
éducation et en apprentissage
scolaire. Collaborateur de
Brown et Palincsar.
|
CAMPIONE, J.C. & BROWN, L.A. (1978). Toward a
theory of intelligence : Contributions from research with
retarded children. Intelligence, 2, 279-304. |
|
BROWN, L.A. & CAMPIONE, J.C. (1992). Students as
researchers and teachers. In J.W. Keefe & H.J. Walberg
(Eds.), Teaching for thinking (pp. 49-57).
Reston, VA : National Association of Secondary School
Principals. |
|
PALINCSAR, A.S., BROWN, L.A. & CAMPIONE, J.C.
(1993). First-grade dialogues for knowledge acquisition
and use. In E.A. Forman, N. Minick & C. Addison Stone
(Eds.), Contexts for learning (pp. 45-51). New
York : Oxford University Press. |
|
BROWN, L.A. & CAMPIONE, J.C. (1995). Concevoir
une communauté de jeunes élèves. Leçons théoriques et
pratiques. Revue Française de Pédagogie, 11,
11-33. |
|
BROWN, L.A. & CAMPIONE, J.C. (1996).
Psychological theory and design of innovative learning
environments : on procedures, principles and systems. In
L. Schauble & R. Glaser (Eds.), Innovations in
learning : New environments for education. Mahwah,
New Jersey : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
|
|
|
|
Campos Joseph J. ( ) : Psychologue
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude du développement,
notamment des émotions.
Collaborateur de Camras, Emde
et Fischer. 
|
CAMPOS, J.J., LANGER, A. & KROWITZ, A. (1970). Cardiac
responses on the visual cliff in prelocomotor human
infants. Science, 170, 196-197. |
|
CAMPOS, J., BERTHENTAL, B. & KERMOIAN, R. (1992).
Early experience and emotional development : The emergence
of wariness of heights. Psychological Science, 3,
61-64. [PDF] |
|
CAMPOS, J., KERMOIAN, R., WITHERINGTON, D., CHEN, H.
& DONG, Q. (1996). Activity, attention, and
developmental transitions in infancy. In P. Lang, R.
Simons & M. Balaban (Eds.), Attention and
orienting : Sensory and motivational processes (pp.
393-415). Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum. |
|
CAMPOS, J.J., FRANKEL, C.B. & CARMRAS, L. (2004). On
the nature of emotion regulation. Child Development,
75 (2), 377-394. [PDF] |
|
CAMPOS, J.J. (2006). Prelude to a theme on emotion and
gratitude. Journal of Personality, 74 (1), 3-7. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
CAMRAS, L.A. & ALLISON, K. (1985). Cite as children's
understanding of emotional facial expressions and verbal
labels. Journal of Nonverbal Behavior, 9 (2),
84-94. |
|
CAMRAS, L.A., SULLIVAN, J. & MICHEL, G. (1993). Do
infants express discrete emotions ? : Adult judgments of
facial, vocal, and body actions. Journal of Nonverbal
Behavior, 17, 171-186. |
|
CAMRAS, L.A., LAMBRECHT, L. & MICHEL, G. (1996).
Infant “surprise” expressions as coordinative motor
structures. Journal of Nonverbal Behavior, 20,
183-195. |
|
CAMRAS, L.A. & SHUTTER, J. (2010). Emotional facial
expressions in infancy. Emotion Review, 2,
120-129. |
|
CAMRAS, L.A. (2011). Differentiation, dynamical
integration and functional emotional development. Emotion
Review, 3, 138-146. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Canada : Canadien-ne : Pays
et Culture.
| |
|
|
MINER, H. (1938). Le changement dans la culture rurale
canadienne-française. The American Journal of
Sociology, 44, 365-378. [PDF] |
BRETON, G. et DUCHASTEL, J. (2000). Multiculturalisme,
pluralisme et communauté politique : Le Canada et le
Québec. Dans M. Elbaz et D. Helly (Dir.), Mondialisation,
citoyenneté et multiculturalisme (p. 147-170).
Montréal : L'Harmattan. |
|
HUGHES, E.C. (1943). French Canada in transition
/ Rencontre de deux mondes. La crise de
l'industrialisation du Canada français. [PDF] |
KATZMARZYK, P.T., GLEDHILL, N. & SHEPARD, R.J. (2000).
The economic burden of physical inactivity in Canada. Canadian
Medical Association Journal, 163 (11),
1435-1440. [PDF]
|
|
PRADOS, M. (1954). La psychanalyse au Canada. La
Revue Canadienne de Psychanalyse, 1, 1-33. |
FRAYN, D.H. (Ed.) (2000). Psychoanalysis in Toronto,
historical perspectives. Toronto : Ash Productions. |
|
TRUDEL, M. (1973). La population du Canada en 1663. Montréal
: Fides. |
DUCHESNE, M., CÔTÉ, S.D. & BARRETTE, C. (2000).
Responses of woodland caribou to winter ecotourism in the
Charlevoix Biosphere Reserve, Canada. Biological
Conservation, 96, 311-317. |
|
COMEAU, R. (1978). L'idéologie petite-bourgeoise des
indépendantistes de La Nation, 1936-1938. Dans F, Dumont,
J.P. Montminy et J. Hamelin (Eds.), Idéologie au Canada
Français, 1930-1939 (pp. 201-214). Québec : Les Presses de
l'Université Laval. [PDF] |
HELLY, D. (2000). Le multiculturalisme canadien. Cahiers
de l'Urmis, 6.
[LIRE]. |
|
GARFINKEL, P.E., LIN, E., GOERING, P., SPEGG, C.,
GOLDBLOOM, D.S., KENNEDY, S., KAPLAN, A.S. & WOODSIDE,
D.B. (1995). Bulimia nervosa in a Canadian community
sample : prevalence and comparison of subgroups. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 152, 1052-1058. |
BRETON, E. (2000). Canadian federalism, multiculturalism
and the twenty-first Century. Revue Internationale
d'Études Canadiennes, 21, 155-175. |
|
COMEAU, R. & DIONNE, B. (1981). Les Communistes
au Québec, 1936-1956. Sur le Parti communiste du
Canada/Parti ouvrier-progressiste. Montréal : Les
Presses de l'unité. [PDF] |
VIGNEAULT, J. (2001). Histoire de la psychanalyse au
Canada. Filigrane, 10 (2), 7-27. [PDF] |
|
LESPAGNOL, A. (1984). Saint-Malo et la découverte du
Canada. Études Canadiennes/Canadian Studies, 17, 19-23. |
SHAFFER, H.J. & HALL, M.N. (2001). Updating and
refining meta-analytic prevalence estimates of disordered
gambling behavior in the United States and Canada. Canadian
Journal of Public Health, 92 (3), 168-172. |
|
PARKIN, A. (1987). History of psychoanalysis in
Canada. Toronto : Toronto Psychoanalytical
Society. |
CURTIS, J. & DESMARAIS, S. (2001). Gender and
perceived income entitlement among full-time workers :
Analyses for Canada at two points in time. Basic
& Applied Social Psychology, 24 (3), 157-168. |
|
BLISHEN, B.R., CARROLL, W.K. & MOORE, C. (1987). The
1981 socioeconomic index for occupations in Canada. Canadian
Review of Sociology & Anthropology, 24,
465-488. |
PATTEN, S.B. (2002). Progress against major depression in
Canada. Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 47 (8),
775-780. |
|
MILLAR, W.J. & STEPHENS, T. (1987). The prevalence of
obesity in Britain, Canada, and United States.
American Journal of Public Health, 77, 38-41. |
CASTONGUAY, C. (2002). Assimilation linguistique et
remplacement des générations francophones et anglophones
au Québec et au Canada. Recherches Sociographiques,
43 (1), 149-182. |
|
McCONAGHY T. (1988). Canada : A leader in whole language
instruction. Phi Delta Kappan, 70, 336-337. |
BOUCHARD, G. (2002). Réflexion sur le multiculturalisme
canadien. Canadian Issues / Thèmes canadiens, 2, 12-14.
|
|
CURTIS, J., GRABB, E., GUPPY, N. & GILBERT, S. (Eds.)
(1988/2004). Social inequality in Canada : Patterns,
problems & policies. Toronto : Prentice-Hall. |
KYMLICKA, W. (2003). La voie canadienne. Repenser le
multiculturalisme. Montréal : Boréal. |
|
HOFF, T.L. (1992). Psychology in Canada one hundred years
ago : James Mark Baldwin at the University of Toronto. Canadian
Psychology, 33, 683-694. |
DURRANT, J.E., ROSE-KRASNOR, L. & BROBERG, A. (2003).
Maternal beliefs about physical punishment in Sweden and
Canada. Journal of Comparative Family Studies, 34, 586-604. |
|
MARTIN, P. & FORTMANN, M. (1995). Canadian public
opinion and peacekeeping in a turbulent world. International
Journal, 51, 370-400. |
CHEN, X., LIU, M., RUBIN, K.H., CHEN, H., WANG, L. &
LI, D. (2003). Compliance in Chinese and Canadian toddlers
: A cross-cultural study. International Journal of
Behavioral Development, 27, 428-436. [PDF] |
|
BERRY, J.W. & KALIN, R. (1995). Multicultural and
ethnic attitudes in Canada : Overview of the 1991 survey.
Canadian Journal of Behavioural Science, 27,
301-320. |
PATTEN, S.B. & LEE, R.C. (2004). Refining estimates of
major depression incidence and episode duration in Canada,
using a Monte Carlo Markov model. Medical Decision
Making, 24 (4), 351-358. |
|
GARFINKEL, P.E., LIN, E., GOERING, P., SPEGG, C.,
GOLDBLOOM, D.S., KENNEDY, S., KAPLAN, A.S. & WOODSIDE,
D.B. (1995). Bulimia nervosa in a Canadian community
sample : prevalence and comparison of subgroups. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 152, 1052-1058. |
PATTEN, S.B. & BECK. C.A. (2004). Major depression and
mental health care utilization in Canada : 1994-2000.
Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 49 (5), 303-309. |
|
|
MARTIN, P. (1995). Association after sovereignty ?
Canadian views on economic association with a sovereign
Quebec. Canadian Public Policy/Analyse de Politiques,
21, 53-71. |
CURTIS, J., GRABB, E., GUPPY, N. & GILBERT, S. (Eds.)
(1988/2004). Social inequality in Canada : Patterns,
problems & policies. Toronto : Prentice-Hall. |
|
CHARACH, A., DEBRA P. & ZEIGLER, S. (1995). Bullying
at school : a Canadian perspective. Education Canada,
35 (1), 3-18. |
COX, B.J., YU, N., AFIFI, T.O. & LADOUCEUR, R. (2005).
A national survey of gambling problems in Canada. Canadian
Journal of Psychiatry, 50 (4), 213–-217. |
|
AMIRMOKRI, V., ARJOMAND, H., AUDET, É., CARRIER, M. et
HOUDA-PEPIN, F. (2005). Des tribunaux islamiques au
Canada. Sisyphe : Contrepoint. |
|
BLAIS, A. & BOYER, M. (1996). Assessing the impact of
televised debates : The case of the 1988 Canadian
election. British Journal of Political Science, 26, 143-164.
|
PATTEN, S.B., WANG, J.L., BECK. C.A. & MAXWELL, C.J.
(2005). Measurement issues related to the evaluation and
monitoring of major depression prevalence in Canada.
Chronic Diseases in Canada, 26 (4), 100-106. |
|
CHIAPPE, P. & SIEGEL, L.S. (2006). The development of
reading for Canadian children from diverse linguistic
backgrounds : A longitudinal study. Elementary School
Journal, 107, 135-152. |
|
WALDRAM, J.B. (1997). The Aboriginal peoples of Canada :
Colonialism and mental health. In I. Al-Issa & M.
Tousignant (Eds.), Ethnicity, immigration, and
psychopathology (pp. 169-187). New York : Plenum
Press. |
GARCEA, J. (2006). Provincial multiculturalism policies in
Canada, 1974-2004 : A Content Analysis. Canadian
Ethnic Studies/Études Ethniques au Canada, 38 (3),
1-20. |
|
BROWN, R.E. (2007). Thee life and work of donald olding
hebb, canada's greatest psychologist. Proceedings of
the Nova Scotian Institute of Science, 44 (1),
1-25. [PDF] |
|
BERRY, J.W. (1997). Official multiculturalism. In J.
Edwards (Ed.), Language in Canada (pp. 84-101).
Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
WARBURTON, R. (2007). Canada's multicultural policy. In
S.P. Hier & B.S. Bolaria (Eds.), Race and racism
in 21st Century Canada (pp. 275-290). Toronto :
Broadview Press. |
|
CASTONGUAY, C. (1997). Évolution de l'assimilation
linguistique au Québec et au Canada entre 1971 et 1991. Recherches
Sociographiques, 38 (3), 469-490. |
PATTEN, S.B., WANG, J.L., WILLIAM, J.V.A., CURRIE, S.,
BECK. C.A., MAXWELL, C.J. & El-GUEBALY, N. (2006).
Descriptive epidemiology of major depression in Canada. Canadian
Journal of Psychiatry, 51 (2), 84-90. [PDF] |
|
BAUER, J. (1998). Le système politique canadien.
Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. |
PHILLIPE, F. & VALLERAND, R.J. (2007). Prevalence
rates of gambling problems in Montreal, Canada : A look at
old adults and the role of passion. Journal of
Gambling Studies, 23, 275-283. [PDF] |
|
CONTANDRIOPOULOS, D. & BILODEAU, H. (2008). The
political use of poll results about public support for a
privatized healthcare system in Canada. Health Policy,
90 (1), 104-112. |
|
IMBO, I. & LEFEVRE, J.A. (2009). Cultural differences
in complex addition : efficient Chinese versus adaptive
Belgians and Canadians. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 35 (6),
1465-1476. |
|
JUTEAU, D., McANDREW, M. & PIETRATONIO, L. (1998).
Multiculturalisme à la Canadian and integration à la
Québécoise. Transcending their limits. In R. Bauböck &
J. Rundell (Eds.), Blurred boundaries : Migration,
ethnicity, citizenship (pp. 95-110).
Vienne/Brookfield, European Center, Vienna/Ashgate
Publishing. |
MILOT, M. (2009). Laïcité au Canada : Liberté de
conscience et exigence d'égalité. Archives de
Sciences Sociales des Religions, 146, 61-80.
[PDF] |
|
|
VEENSTRA, G. (2010). Culture and class in Canada. Canadian
Journal of Sociology, 35, (1), 83-111. |
|
BAUER, J. (2010). Multiculturalism, cultural community :
Is it about culture or ethnicity ? The Canadian approach.
International Journal of Cultural Policy, 7 (1),
77- 95. [PDF] |
|
BANTING, K.G. (2010). Is there a progressive's dilemma in
Canada ? Immigration, multiculturalism and the welfare
state. Canadian Journal of Political Science / Revue
Canadienne de Science Politique, 43 (4), 797-820.
[PDF] |
|
LUPPART, J. & WEBBER, C. (2012). Canadian schools in
transition : Moving from dual education systems to
inclusive schools. Exceptionality Education
International, 22 (2), 8-37. |
|
MARTIN, P. (2012). U.S. elections and the Canadian economy
: Is a Republican in the White House really what's best
for the Canadian economy ? International Journal, 67,
685-695. |
|
ROCHER, F. et PELLETIER, B. (2013). Le nouvel ordre
constitutionnel canadien. Du rapatriement de 1982 à nos
jour. Montréal : Presses de l'Université du Québec. |
|
PERRY L. B. & McCONNEY, A. (2013). School
socioeconomic status and student outcomes in reading and
mathematics : A comparison of Australia and Canada.
Australian Journal of Education, 57 (2), 124-140. |
|
CARD, D. KRAMARZ, F. & LEMIEUX, T. (1999). Changes in
the relative structure of wages and employment : A
comparison of the United States, Canada, and France.
Canadian Journal of Economics, 32, 843-877. |
ROCHER, F. (2013). La Constitution et les contradictions
de l'État canadien. Nouveaux Cahiers du Socialisme,
9, 68-76. |
|
SHAFFER, H.J., HALL, M.N. & VAND DER BILT, J. (1999).
Estimating the prevalence of disordered gambling behavior
in the United States and Canada : A research synthesis.
American Journal of Public Health, 89, 1369-1376. |
ANTONIUS, R., LABELLE, et ROCHER, F. (2013).
Multiculturalism and discrimination in Canada and Québec :
The case of Arabs and Muslims. Dans B. Momani et J.
Hennebry (Eds.), Targeted transnationals : the state,
the media, and Arab Canadians, (pp. 89-109).
Vancouver : University of British Colombia Press. |
|
PARECH, G., BROWN, R.S. & ZHENG, S. (2018). Learning
skills, system equity, and implicit bias within Ontario,
Canada. Educational Policy, 35 (2), 1-27. [PDF] |
|
ROCHER, F. (2018). The construction of Canada in
historical perspective : Distrust as an inherent
component of constitutional debates ? Trust, distrust,
and mistrust in multinational democracies. Comparative
perspectives. McGill-Queen's University Press
Montreal & Kingston. |
|
BELZAK, L. & HALVERSON, J. (2018). The opioid crisis
in Canada : a national perspective. Health Promotion
and Chronic Disease Prevention in Canada : Research,
Policy & Practice, 38 (6), 224-233. [PDF] |
|
LESPAGNOL, A. (2018). Les bretons et le Canada entre
réalités et imaginaire. Dans M. Bergère, H. HARTER &
C. HINTEAULT (Dirs.), Mémoire canadiennes.
Presses universitaires de Rennes. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Québec |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Canadian Journal of Psychology/Revue Canadienne de Psychologie
(1947-1992) : Revue
scientifique de psychologie.
HEBB, D.O. (1953). On human thought. Canadian
Journal of Psychology, 7, 99-110.
|
| |
|
|
Canadian Journal of School Psychology : Revue
scientifique de psychologie
qui consacre ses pages à l'éducation
et aux méthodes d'apprentissage. Éditeur : Sage.
ROGERS, M.A., THEULE, J., RYAN, B.A., ADAMS, G.R. &
KEATING, L. (2009). Parental involvement and children's
school achievement evidence for mediating processes. Canadian
Journal of School Psychology, 24 (1), 34-57.
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Canal à ions : Mécanisme électrochimique découvert par Hodgkin
et Huxley, qui
consiste en une série de canaux permettant un échange d'ions entre
la membrane
cellulaire et le milieu extra-cellulaire. Cet échange
produit une différence de part et d'autre de la membrane d'une
cellule dans la répartition des ions de potassium chargés
négativement et des ions de sodium chargés négativement,
différence qui résulte en un potentiel électrique d'action. Ce
mécanisme permet d'expliquer la dépolarisation de la membrane cellulaire et, partant, le passage de proche
en proche de l'influx
nerveux le long de l'axone.
= canal sodium/potassium. Sodium
and potassium ions.
| |
|
|
HODGKIN, A.L. & HUXLEY, A.F. (1952). Currents carried
by sodium and potassium ions through the membrane of the
giant axon of Loligo. Journal of Physiology, 116 (4),
449-472. |
|
HODGKIN, A.L. & HUXLEY, A.F. (1952). A quantitative
description of membrane current and its application to
conduction and excitation in nerve. Journal of
Physiology, 117, 500-544. |
|
HODGKIN, A.L. & HUXLEY, A.F. (1952). The dual effect
of membrane potential on sodium conductance in the giant
axon of Loligo. Journal of Physiology, 116 (4),
497-506. |
|
HILLE, B. (1972). Ionic permeability changes in active
axon membranes. Archives of Internal Medicine, 129
(2), 293-298. |
|
|
Voir aussi Hodgkin
et Huxley |
|
|
Canard : Oiseau. Canard
et empreinte.
Duck, duckling.
| |
|
|
LORENZ, K. (1937). Imprinting. The Auk, 54,
245-273. |
|
|
LORENZ, K. (1956/1970). The objective theory of instinct.
Dans Foundation Singer-Polignac, L'instinct dans le
comportement des animaux et de l'homme (p. 51-56).
Paris : Masson et Cie. |
SEMEL, P.W. & SHERMAN, D.F. (2001). Intraspecific
parasitism and nest-site competition in wood ducks. Animal
Behaviour, 61, 787-803. |
|
LICKLITER, R. & GOTTLIEB, G. (1985). Social
interaction with siblings is necessary for the visual
imprinting of species-specific maternal preference in
ducklings. Journal of Comparative Psychology, 99,
371-378. |
|
|
LICKLITER, R. & GOTTLIEB, G. (1986). Visually
imprinted maternal preference in ducklings is redirected
by social interaction with siblings. Developmental
Psychobiology, 19, 265-277. |
|
|
LICKLITER, R. & GOTTLIEB, G. (1986). Training
ducklings in broods interferes with maternal imprinting. Developmental
Psychobiology, 19, 555-566. |
|
|
LICKLITER, R. & GOTTLIEB, G. (1987). Retroactive
excitation : Post-training social experience with siblings
consolidates maternal imprinting in ducklings. Journal
of Comparative Psychology, 101, 40-46. |
|
|
LICKLITER, R. & GOTTLIEB, G. (1988). Social
specificity : Interaction with own species is necessary to
foster species-specific maternal preference in ducklings.
Developmental Psychobiology, 21, 311-321. |
POISBLEAU, M., FRITZ, H., GUILLEMAIN, M. & LACROIX, A.
(2005). Testosterone and linear social dominance status in
captive male dabbling ducks in winter. Ethology, 111,
493-509. [PDF] |
|
DYER, A., LICKLITER, R. & GOTTLIEB, G. (1989).
Maternal and peer imprinting in mallard ducklings under
experimentally simulated natural social conditions. Developmental
Psychobiology, 22, 463-475. |
NIELSEN, C.R., SEMEL, B., SHERMAN, P.W., WESTNEAT, D.F.
& PARKER, P.A. (2006). Host-parasite relatedness in
wood ducks : patterns of kinship and parasite success. Behavioral
Ecology, 17, 491-496. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Animal,
Oiseau et Animal
de ferme |
| |
Lorenz et ses canards |
| |
|
|
Cançado Carlos Renato Xavier ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste mexicain
et spécialiste de l'étude de l'apprentissage.
Collaborateur de Lattal.
|
CANÇADO, C.R.X. & LATTAL, K.A. (2011). Resurgence of
temporal patterns of responding. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 95 (3),
271-287.
[PDF] |
|
CANÇADO, C.R.X. & LATTAL, K.A. (2013). Response
elimination, reinforcement rate and resurgence of operant
behavior. Behavioural Processes, 100, 91-102. |
|
CANÇADO, C.R.X. ABREU-RODRIGUES, J. & ALO, R.M.
(2015). Reinforcement rates and resurgence : A parametric
analysis. Mexican Journal of Behavior Analysis, 41
(1), 84-115.
[PDF] |
|
CANÇADO, C.R.X. ABREU-RODRIGUES, J. & ALO, R.M.
(2015). A note on measuring recurrence. Mexican
Journal of Behavior Analysis, 42 (1), 75-86. [PDF] |
|
CANÇADO, C.R.X. ABREU-RODRIGUES, J., ALO, R.M. HAUCK, F.
& DOUGHTY, A.H. (2017). Response-reinforcer dependency
and resistance to change. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 109 (1), 176-193. |
|
|
|
Cancer : Maladie
biologique qui engendre de nombreux troubles
psychologiques, même en phase de
rémission. Cancer.
| |
|
|
FISHER, R.A. (1958). Lung cancer and cigarettes.
Nature 182 (4628), 108. |
TWILLMAN, R., STANTON, A.L., DANOFF-BURG, S., CAMERON,
C.L., BISHOP, M., COLLINS, C.A., KIRK, S.B. &
SWOROWSKI, L.A. (2000). Emotionally expressive coping
predicts psychological and physical adjustment to breast
cancer. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 68 (5), 875-882. [PDF]
|
|
COURNEYA, K.S., MCKEY, J.R. & JONES, L.W. (2000).
Coping with cancer : Can exercise help ? The
Physician & Sportsmedicine, 28 (5),
49-73. |
|
LILIENFIELD, A.M. (1959). Emotional and other selected
characteristics of cigarette smokers and non-smokers as
related to epidemiological studies of lung cancer and
other diseases. Journal of the National Cancer
Institute, 22 (2), 259-282. |
EDELMAN, S., CRAIG, A. & KIDMAN, A.D. (2000). Can
psychotherapy increase the survival time of cancer
patients ? Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 49
(2), 149-156. |
|
LEVENTHAL, H. & WATTS, J.C. (1966). Sources of
resistance to fear-arousing communications on smoking and
lung cancer. Journal of Personality, 34, 155-175. |
CARVER, C.S., MEYER, B. & ANTONI, M.H. (2000).
Responsiveness to threats and incentives, expectancy of
recurrence, and distress and disengagement : Moderator
effects in early-stage breast cancer patients. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 68,
965-975. |
|
GRODDECK, G.W. (1977). Sur le cancer. Analytica,
4, 53-57. |
GOTZSCHE, P.C. & OLSEN, O. (2000). Is screening for
breast cancer with mammography justifiable ? Lancet,
355 (9198), 129-134. [PDF] |
|
KATZ, E.R., KELLERMAN, J. & SIEGEL, S.E. (1980).
Distress behavior in children with cancer undergoing
medical procedures : Developmental considerations. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 48 (3),
356-365. |
PRCZEK, R.E., BURKE, M.A., CARVER C.S., KRONGRAD, A. &
TERRIS, M.K. (2000). Facing a prostate cancer diagnosis. Cancer,
94, 2923-2929. |
|
LOVE, R.R., LEVENTHAL, H. & STERNBURG, J.K. (1981).
Cancer prevention. Seminars in Family Medicine, 2, 223-242. |
WILKINSON, S. (2000). Breast cancer : A feminist
perspective. In J.M. Ussher (Ed.), Women's health :
Contemporary international perspectives (pp.
230-237). Leicester : British Psychological Society. |
|
TAYLOR, S.E., LITCHMANN, R.R. & WOOD, J.V. (1984).
Attributions, beliefs about control, and adjustment to
breast cancer. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 46, 489-502.
[PDF] |
COURNEYA, K.S., MACKEY, J.R., RHODES, R.E. & JONES,
L.W. (2000). Exercise after cancer diagnosis. SportEX
Medicine, 5, 17-22. |
|
WOOD, J.V., TAYLOR, S.E. & LICHTMAN, R. (1985). Social
comparison in adjustment to breast cancer. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 49 (5),
1169-1183. |
COURNEYA, K.S., KEATS, M.R. & TURNER, A.R. (2000).
Social cognitive determinants of hospital- based exercise
in cancer patients following high dose chemotherapy and
bone marrow transplantation. International Journal of
Behavioral Medicine, 7 (3), 189-203. |
|
KOLKO, D.J., RICKARD, F. & JORGE, L. (1985). Effects
of video games on the adverse corollaries of chemotherapy
in pediatric oncology patients : A single-case analysis. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 53, 223-228. |
WILKINSON, S. (2000). Feminist research traditions in
health psychology : Breast cancer research. Journal
of Health Psychology, 5 (3), 353-366. |
|
TURK, D.C. & SALOVEY, P. (1985). Toward an
understanding of life with cancer : Personal meanings,
psychosocial problems, and coping resources. The
Hospice Journal, 1, 73-84. |
COURNEYA, K.S. (2001). Exercise interventions during
cancer treatment : Biopsychosocial outcomes. Exercise
& Sport Sciences Reviews, 29, 60-64. |
|
WEINSTEIN, N.D. (1985). Reactions to lifestyle warnings :
Coffee and cancer. Health Education Quarterly, 12, 129-134. |
TENO, J.M., WEITZEN, S., FENNELL, M.L. & MOR, V.
(2001). Dying trajectory in the last year of life : does
cancer trajectory fit other diseases. Journal of
Palliative Medicine, 4, 457-464. |
|
VAN DEN BORNEM, H.W., PRUYN, J.R.A. & VAN DAM-DE MEY,
K. (1986). Self-help in cancer patients : A review of
studies on the effects of contacts between
fellow-patients. Patient Education & Counseling,
8, 367-385. |
HELGESON, V.S., COHEN, S., SCHULZ, R. & YASKO, J.
(2001). Group support interventions for people with cancer
: Benefits and hazards. In A. Baum & B. Andersen
(Eds.), Psychological interventions and cancer. Washington,
DC : American Psychological Association. [LIRE] |
|
MISER, A.W., DOTHAGE, J.A., WESLEY, R.A. & MISER, J.S.
(1987). The prevalence of pain in a pediatric and young
adult cancer population. Pain, 29, 73-83. |
SCHEIER, M.F. & CARVER, C.S. (2001). Adapting to
cancer : The importance of hope and purpose. In A. Baum
and B.L. Andersen (Eds.), Psychosocial interventions
for cancer (pp. 15-36). Washington D.C. : American
Psychological Association. [PDF] |
|
REDD, W.H., JACOBSEN, P.B., DIE-THRILL, M. & DERMATIS,
H. (1987). Cognitive/attentional distraction in the
control of conditioned nausea in pediatric cancer patients
receiving chemotherapy. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 55, 391-395. |
FARLEY, M., MINKOFF, J.R. & BARKAN, H. (2001). Breast
cancer screening and trauma history. Women &
Health, 34 (2), 15-27. |
|
BURGESS, C., MORRIS, T. & PETTINGALE, K.W. (1988).
Psychological response to cancer diagnosis : II. Evidence
for coping styles (coping styles and cancer diagnosis). Journal
of Psychosomatic Research, 32, 263-272 |
SAVARD, J. & MORIN, C.M. (2001). Insomnia in the
context of cancer : a review of a neglected problem. Journal
of Clinical Oncology, 19, 895–-908 |
|
MORRIS, J. & ROYLE, G.T. (1988). Offering patients
choice of surgery for early breast cancer : A reduction in
anxiety and depression in patients and their husbands. Social
Science & Medicine, 26, 583-585. |
RIMER, B.K., MEISSNER, H., BREEN, N., LEGLER, J., COYNE,
C.A. & SCHNEIDERMAN, N. (2001). Social and behavioral
interventions to increase breast cancer screening. In C.
Schneiderman, J.A. Speers, J.M. Silva, H. Tomes & J.H.
Gentry (Eds.), Integrating behavioral and social
sciences with public health (pp. 177-201).
Washington, DC, US : American Psychological Association. [PDF] |
|
SPIEGEL D., BLOOM, J., KRAEMER, H. & GOTTHEIL, E.
(1989). Effect of psychosocial treatment on survival of
patients with metastatic breast cancer. Lancet, 8668,
888-891. |
SIGAL, J.J., PERRY, J.C., ROBBINS, J., GAGNÉ, M.-A. &
NASSIF, E. (2003). Maternal preoccupation and parenting as
predictors of emotional and behavioral problems in
children of women with breast cancer. Journal of
Clinical Oncology, 21 (6), 1155-1160. [PDF] |
|
TAYLOR, S.E. & LOBEL, M. (1989). Social comparison
activity under threat : Downward evaluation and upward
contacts. Psychological Review, 96 (4), 569-575.
[PDF] |
STEPHENSON, G.D. & ROSE, D.P. (2003). Breast cancer
and obesity : An update. Nutrition & Cancer, 45
(1), 1-16. |
|
NOEKER, M. & PETERMANN, F. (1990). Treatment-related
anxieties in children and adolescents with cancer. Anxiety
Research, 3, 101-111. |
FIGUIREDO, M.I., FRIES, E. & INGRAM, K.M. (2004). The
role of disclosure patterns and unsupportive social
interactions in the well-being of breast cancer patients.
Psycho-Oncology, 13, 96-105. |
|
|
KUBEY, R. & LARSON, R. (1990). The use and experience
of the new video media among children and adolescents. Communication
Research, 17, 107-130. |
COURNEYA, K.S., MACKEY, J.R., RHODES, R.E. (2004). Cancer.
In L.M. LeMura & S.P. von Duvillard (Eds.), Clinical
exercise physiology : Application and physiological
principles (pp. 387-404). Baltimore, MD :
Lippincott Williams & Wilkins. |
|
STEVENS, T. & AHMEDZI, S.H. (2004). Why do breast
cancer patients decline entry into randomized trials and
how do they feel about their decision later : A
prospective, longitudinal, in-depth interview study.
Patient Education & Counseling, 52, 341-338. |
|
CARDELLA, L.A. & FRIEDLANDER, M.L. (2004). The
relationship between religious coping and psychological
distress in parents of children with cancer. Journal
of Psychosocial Oncology, 22, 19-37. |
|
WEINSTEIN, N.D., ATWOOD, K., PULEO, E., FLETCHER, R.,
COLDITZ, G. & EMMONS, K.M. (2004). Colon cancer : Risk
perceptions and risk communication. Journal of Health
Communication, 9, 53-65. |
|
SAVARD, J., SIMARD, S., HERVOUET, S., IVERS, H., LACOMBE,
L. & FRADET, Y. (2005). Insomnia in men treated with
radical prostatectomy for prostate cancer. Psycho-Oncology,
14, 147-156. |
|
SAVARD, J., SIMARD, S., IVERS, H. & MORIN, C.M.
(2005). Randomized study on the efficacy of
cognitive-behavioral therapy for insomnia secondary to
breast cancer, part I: sleep and psychological effects.
Journal of Clinical Oncology, 23, 6083–6096., |
|
COURNEYA, K.S. (2005). Exercise and quality of life in
cancer survivors. In G.E.J. Faulkner & A.H. Taylor
(Eds.), Exercise, health and mental health : Emerging
relationships (pp. 114-134). London : Routledge,
Taylor & Francis Group. |
|
VINOKUR, A.D., THREATT, B.A, VINOKUR-KAPLAN, D. &
SATARIANO, W.A. (1990). The process of recovery from
breast cancer for younger and older patients : changes
during the first year. Cancer, 65, 1242-1254. |
PROCHASKA, J.O. & VELICER, W.F., REDDING, C.A.,ROSSI,
J.S., GOLDSTEIN, M., DEPUE, J., GREENE, G.W., ROSSI, S.R.,
SUN, X., FAVA, J.L., LAFORGE, R., RAKOWSKI, W. &
PLUMMER, B.A. (2005). Stage-based Expert Systems to Guide
A Population of Primary Care Patients to Quit Smoking, Eat
Healthier, Prevent Skin Cancer and Receive Regular
Mammograms. Preventive Medicine, 41, 405-416. |
|
BOVBJERG, D.H., REDD, W.H., JACOBSON, P.B., MANNE, S.L.,
TAYLOR, K.L., SURBORNEW, A., CROWN, J.P., NORTON, L.,
GILEWSKI, T.A., HUDIS, C.A., REICHMAN, B.S., KAUFMAN,
R.J., CURRIE, V.E. & HAKES, T.B. (1992). An
experimental analysis of classically conditioned nausea
during cancer chemotherapy. Psychosomatic Medicine,
54, 623-637. |
RYAN, H., SCHOFIELD, P., COCKBUR,N J., BUTO, W P.,
TATTERSALL, M., TURNER, J., GIRGIS, A., BANDARANAYAK, E.D.
& BOWMAN, D. (2005). How to recognize and manage
psychological distress in cancer patients. European
Journal of Cancer Care, 14, 7-15. [PDF] |
|
STERLING, T.D., ROSENBAUM, W.L. & WEINKAM, J.J.
(1992). Bias in the attribution of lung cancer and its
possible consequences for calculating smoking-related
risks. Epidemiology, 3, 11-16. |
CAVRO, É., BUNGENER, C. et BIOY, A. (2005). Le syndrome de
Lazare : une problématique de la rémission. Réflexions
autour de la maladie cancéreuse chez l’adulte. Revue
Francophone de Psycho-Oncologie, 4 (2), 74-79. |
|
SOMERFIELD, M. & CURBOW, B. (1992). Methodological
issues and research strategies in the study of coping with
cancer. Social Science Medicine, 34, 1203-1216. |
SCHEIER, M.F., HELGESON, V.S., SCHULZ, R., COLVIN, S.,
BEGA, S., BRIDGES, M.W., KNAPP, J., GERSZTEN, K. &
PAPPERT, W.S. (2005). Interventions to enhance physical
and psychological functioning among younger women who are
ending nonhormonal adjuvant treatment for early stage
breast cancer. Journal of Clinical Oncology, 23(19),
4298-4311. [PDF] |
|
NÉRON, S. et FORTIN, B. (1993). Vivre avec le cancer :
stratégies d'adaptation pour le malade et pour les aidants
naturels. Perspectives Psychiatriques, 39 (4),
242-251. |
CARVER, C.S. (2005). Enhancing adaptation during
treatment, and the role of individual differences. Cancer,
104, 2602-2607. |
|
STANTON, A.L. & SNIDER, P. R. (1993). Coping with
breast cancer diagnosis : A prospective study. Health
Psychology, 12, 16-23. |
INGRAM, C., COURNEYA, K.S. & KINGSTON, D. (2006). The
effects of exercise on body weight and composition in
breast cancer survivors : An integrative systematic
review. Oncology Nursing Forum, 33 (5), 937-947.
[PDF] |
|
WILKINSON, S. & KITZINGER, C. (1993). Medical and 'new
age' approaches to breast cancer : A feminist critique.
Health Psychology Update. Women & Health :
Feminist Perspectives, 12, 21-27. |
OSBORN, R.L., DEMONCADA, A.C. & FEUERSTEIN, M. (2006).
Psychosocial interventions for depression, anxiety and
quality of life in cancer survivors : Meta-analyses. International
Journal of Psychiatry in Medicine, 36, 13–34. |
|
ANDERSEN, B.L., KIECOLT-GLASER, J.K. & GLASER, R.
(1994). A biobehavioral model of cancer stress and disease
course. American Psychologist, 49, 389-404 |
SMIGAL, C., JEMAL, A, WARD, E., COKKNIDES, V., SMITH, R.,
HOWE, H.L. & THUN, M. (2006). Trends in breast cancer
by race and ethnicity : Update 2006. Cancer Journal
for Clinicians, 56, 168-183.
[PDF] |
|
MEYER, T.J. & MARK, M.M. (1995). Effects of
psychosocial interventions with adult cancer patients : A
meta-analysis of randomized experiments. Health
Psychology, 14 (2), 101-108. |
LECHNER, S.C., CARVER C.S., ANTONI M.H., WEAVER, K.E.
& PHILLIPS, K.M. (2006). Curvilinear associations
between benefit finding and psychosocial adjustment to
breast cancer. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 74, 828-840. |
| |
PAI, A.L.H., DROTAR, D., ZEBRACKI, K. MOORE, M. &
YOUNGSTOM, E. (2006). A meta-analysis of the effects of
psychological interventions in pediatric oncology on
outcomes of psychological distress and adjustment. Journal
of Pediatric Psychology, 31 (9), 978-988. [PDF] |
|
ANDERSEN, B.L. CACIOPPO, J.T. & ROBERTS, D.C. (1995).
Delay in seeking a cancer diagnosis : Delay stages and
psychophysiological comparison processes. British
Journal of Social Psychology, 34, 33-52. |
KREUTER, M.W., GREEN, M.C., CAPPELLA, J.N., SLATER, M.D.,
WISE, M.E., STOREY, D., CLARK, E.M., O'KEEFE, D.J., ERWIN,
D.O., HOLMES, K., HINYARD, L.J., HOUSTON, T. & WOOLEY,
S. (2007). Narrative communication in cancer prevention
and control : A framework to guide research and
application. Annals of Behavioral Medicine, 33,
221-235. [PDF] |
| |
BICKELL, N., LEPAR, F., WANG, J.J. & LEVENTHAL, H.
(2007). Lost opportunities : Physicians ? reasons and
disparities in breast cancer treatment. Journal of
Clinical Oncology, 25 (18), 2516-2521. |
| |
PARK, C.L. & GAFFEY, A.E. (2007). Relationships
between psychosocial factors and health behaviour change
in cancer survivors : An integrative review. Annals of
Behavioral Medicince, 34, 115–134. |
|
BOLGER, N. FOSTER, M., VINOKUR, A.D. & NG, R. (1996).
Close relations and adjustment to breast cancer. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 70, 283-294. |
WILSON, K.G., CHOCHINOV, H.M., MCPHERSON, C.J., LEMAY, K.,
ALLARD, P., CHARY, S., GAGNON, P.R., MACMILLAN, K., DE
LUCA, M., O'SHEA, F., KUHL, D. & FAINSINGER, R.L.
(2007). Suffering with advanced cancer. Journal of
Clinical Oncology, 25, 1691-1697. |
|
|
STEPANSKI, E.J. & BURGESS, H.J. (2007). Sleep and
cancer. Sleep Medicine Reviews, 2, 67-75. |
|
MOYER, A. & SALOVEY, P. (1996). Psychosocial sequelae
of breast cancer and its treatment. Annals of
Behavioral Medicine, 18, 110-125. |
BEYERSTEIN, B.L., SAMPSON, W.I., STOJANOVIC, Z. &
HANDEL, J. (2007). Can mind conquer cancer ? In S.D. Sala
(Ed.), Tall tales about the mind and brain :
separating fact from fiction. Oxford : Oxford
University Press. |
|
CRESWELL, J.D., LAM, S., STANTON, A.L, TAYLOR, S.E.,
BOWER, J.E. & SHERMAN, D.K. (2007). Does
self-affirmation, cognitive processing, or discovery of
meaning explain cancer-related health benefits of
expressive writing ? Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 33, 238-250. |
|
WILSON, K.G., CHOCHINOV, H.M., GRAHAM, M., ALLARD, P.,
CHARY, S., GAGNON, P.R., MACMILLAN, K., DE LUCA, M.,
O'SHEA, F., KUHL, D., FAINSINGER, R.L. & CLINCH, J.J.
(2007). Depression and anxiety disorders in palliative
cancer care. Journal of Pain & Symptom
Management, 33, 118-129. |
|
BATTY, G.D., MODIG WENNERSTAD, K., DAVEY SMITH, G.,
GUNNELL, D., DEARY, I.J., TYNELIUS, P. & RASMUSSEN, F.
(2007). IQ in early adulthood and later cancer risk :
Cohort study of one million Swedish men. Annals of
Oncology, 18, 21–28. |
|
HOUTS, P.S., NEZU, A.M., NEZU, C.M. & BUCHER, J.A.
(1996). A problem-solving model of family caregiving to
cancer patients. Patient Education & Counseling,
27, 63-73. |
CARROLL, P.S. (2007). The breast cancer epidemic :
Modeling and forecasts based on abortion and other risk
factors. Journal of American Physicians &
Surgeons, 12 (3), 72-78. [PDF] |
| |
COURNEYA, K.S., KATZMARZYK, P.T. & BACON, E. (2008).
Physical activity and obesity in Canadian cancer survivors
: Population-based estimates from the 2005 Canadian
Community Health Survey. Cancer, 112, 2475-2482. |
| |
SARAIYA, B., BODNAR-DEREN, S., LEVENTHAL, E.A. &
LEVENTHAL, H. (2008). End of life planning and its
relevance for patients and oncologists ? decisions in
choosing cancer therapy. Cancer, 113 (S12),
3540-3547. |
| |
HORDERN, A., GRAINGER, M., HEGARTY S., JEFFORD, M., WHITE
V. & SUTHERLAND, G. (2009). Discussing sexuality in
the clinical setting : The impact of a brief training
program for oncology health professionals to enhance
communication about sexuality. Asia-Pacific Journal
of Clinical Oncology, 5, 270-277. [PDF] |
|
BATTY, G.D., SHIPLEY, M.J., MORTENSEN, L.H., GALE, C.R.
& DEARY, I.J. (2008). IQ in late adolescence/early
adulthood, risk factors in middle-age and later coronary
heart disease mortality in men : The Vietnam Experience
Study. European Journal of Cardiovascular
Prevention & Rehabilitation, 15, 359–361. |
|
NEZU, A.M., NEZU, C.M., FRIEDMAN, S.H., HOUTS, P.S.
& FADDIS, S. (1997). Project Genesis : Application of
problem-solving therapy to individuals with cancer. The
Behavior Therapist, 20, 155-158. |
HORDERN, A. (2008). Intimacy and sexuality after cancer :
A critical review of the literature. Cancer Nursing,
31, 9-17. |
|
SHEPHARD, R.J. & FUTCHER, R. (1997). Physical activity
and cancer : How may protection be maximized ?Critical
Reviews in Oncogenesis, 8, 219-272. |
KNIGHT, A., BAILEY, J. & BALCOMBE, J.P. (2009). Which
drugs cause cancer ? British Medical Journal, USA, 5,
477-478. [PDF] |
|
HOUTS, P.S., BUCHER, J.A., MOUNT, B.M., BRITON, S.E.,
NEZU, A.M., NEZU, C.M. & HARVEY, H.A. (Eds.) (1997).
Home care guide for advanced cancer : When quality of
life is the primary goal of care. Philadelphia :
American College of Physicians. |
DORROS, S.M., CARD, N.A., SEGRIN, C. & BADGER, T.A.
(2010). Interdependence in women with breast cancer and
their partners : An interindividual model of distress. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 78 (1),
121-125. [PDF] |
|
JENKINS, C., CARMODY, T.J. & RUSH, A.J. (1998).
Depression in radiation oncology patients : A preliminary
evaluation. Journal of Affective Disorders, 50,
17-21. |
MANNE, S. & BADR, H. (2010). Intimacy processes and
psychological distress among couples coping with head and
neck or lung cancer. Psycho-Oncology, 19 (9),
941-954. [PDF] |
|
RAYNER, L., PRICE, A., HOTOPF, M. & HIGGINSON, I.J.
(2011). The development of evidence-based European
guidelines on the management of depression in palliative
cancer care. European Journal of Cancer, 47, 702-712.
[PDF] |
|
ELWELL, L., GROGAN, S. & COULSON, N.S. (2011).
Adolescents living with cancer : The role of
computer-mediated support groups. Journal of Health
Psychology. 16(2), 236-248 |
|
HASLAM, S.Z. & SCHWARTZ, R. (2011). Is there a link
between a high-fat diet during puberty and breast cancer
risk ? Women's Health, 7 (1), 1–3. [PDF] |
|
MOYER, A. & SALOVEY, P. (1999). Predictors of social
support and psychological distress in women with breast
cancer. Journal of Health Psychology, 4, 177-191. |
BELCHER, A.J., LAURENCEAU, J.-P., GRABER, E.C., COHEN,
L.H., DASCH, K.B. & SIEGEL, S.D. (2011). Daily support
in couples coping with early stage breast cancer :
Maintaining intimacy during adversity. Health
Psychology, 30 (6), 665-673. [PDF] |
|
BELANGER, L.J. & COURNEYA, K.S. (2012). Medical,
demographic, and social cognitive correlates of physical
activity in a population-based sample of colorectal cancer
survivors. European Journal of Cancer Care, 21,
187-196. |
|
|
O'KEEFE, D.J. & WU, D. (2012). Gain-framed appeals do
not motivate sun protection : A meta-analytic review of
randomized trials comparing gain-framed and loss-framed
appeals for promoting skin cancer prevention. International
Journal of Environmental Research & Public Health,
9, 2121-2133. [PDF] |
|
DEMARK-WAHNEFRIED, W., PLATZ, E.A., LIGIBEL, J.A., BLAIR,
C.K., COURNEYA, K.S., MEYERHARDT, J.A., GANZ, P.A., ROCK,
C.L., SCHMITZ, K.H., WADDEN, T., PHILIP, E.J., WOLFE, B.,
GAPSTUR, S.M., BALLARD- BARBASH, R., MCTIERNAN, A.,
MINASIAN, L., NEBELING, L. & GOODWIN, P.J. (2012). The
role of obesity in cancer survival and recurrence. Cancer
Epidemiology, Biomarkers & Prevention, 21 (8),
1244-1259. [PDF] |
|
SMITH, S., TURNER, B., PATI, J., PETRIDES, K.V., SEVDALIS,
N. & GREEN, J. (2012). Psychological impairments in
patients urgently referred for prostate and bladder cancer
evaluations : The role of trait emotional intelligence and
perceived social support. Supportive Care in Cancer,
20, 699-704. [PDF] |
|
COURNEYA, K.S. & FRIEDENREICH, C.M., ARTHUR, K. &
BOBICK, T.M. (1999).Understanding exercise motivation in
colorectal cancer patients : A prospective study using the
theory of planned behavior. Rehabilitation Psychology,
44, 68-84. |
BROWNE, J.L. & CHAN, A.Y.C. (2012). Using the theory
of planned behaviour and implementation intentions to
predict and facilitate upward family communication about
mammography. Psychology & Health : An
International Journal, 27 (6), 655-673. [PDF] |
|
COURNEYA, K.S. & FRIEDENREICH, C.M., ARTHUR, K. &
BOBICK, T.M. (1999). Physical exercise and quality of life
in postsurgical colorectal cancer patients. Psychology,
Health & Medicine, 4, 181-187. |
LOWE, S.S., WATANABE, S.M., BARACOS, V.E. & COURNEYA,
K.S. (2012). Determinants of physical activity in
palliative cancer patients : An application of the theory
of planned behavior. Journal of Supportive Oncology,
10, 30-36. |
|
COURNEYA, K.S. & FRIEDENREICH, C.M. (1999).Physical
exercise and quality of life following cancer diagnosis :
A literature review. Annals of Behavioral Medicine,
21, 171-179. |
ROCK, C.L, DOYLE, C., DEMARK-WAHNEFRIED, W., MEYERHARDT,
J., COURNEYA, K.S., SCHWARTZ, A.L., BANDERA, E.V.,
HAMILTON, K.K., GRANT, B., MCCULLOUGH, M., BYERS, T. &
GANSLER, T. (2012). Nutrition and physical activity
guidelines for cancer survivors. CA : A Cancer Journal
for Clincians, 62, 242-274. |
|
COURNEYA, K.S. & FRIEDENREICH, C.M. (1999). Utility of
the theory of planned behavior for understanding exercise
during breast cancer treatment. Psycho-Oncology, 8,
112-122. |
COULSON, N.S. & GREENWOOD, N. (2012). Families
affected by childhood cancer : An analysis of the
provision of social support within online support groups.
Child : Care, Health & Development, 38 (6),
370-377. |
|
BLEIKER, E.M.A. & VAN DER PLOEG, H.M. (1999).
Psychosocial factors in the etiology of breast cancer :
Review of a popular link. Patient Education &
Counseling, 37, 201-214. |
TRINH, L., PLOTNIKOFF, R.C., RHODES, R.E., NORTH, S. &
COURNEYA, K.S. (2012). Physical activity preferences in a
population-based sample of kidney cancer survivors. Supportive
Care in Cancer, 20 (8), 1709-1717. |
|
SALOVEY, P., SCHNEIDER, T.R. & APANOVITCH, A.M.
(1999). Persuasion for the purpose of cancer risk
reduction : A discussion. Journal of the National
Cancer Institute Monographs, 25, 119-122. |
CAMPBELL, K., COULSON, N.S. & BUCHANAN, H. (2013).
Empowering processes within prostate cancer online support
groups. International Journal of Web-Based
Communities, 9 (1), 51-66. |
|
SHERMAN, A.C., MERLUZZI, T.V., PUSTEJOVSKY, J.E., PARK,
C.L., GEORGE, L., FITCHETT, G., JIM, H., MUNOZ, A.R.,
DANHAUER, S.C., SNYDER, M.A. & SALSMAN, J.M. (2015).
Meta-analytic review of religious or spiritual involvement
and social health among cancer patients. Cancer, 121
(21), 3779-3788. [PDF]
|
|
BRACKBILL, R.M., KAHN, A.R., LI, J., ZEIG-OWENS, R.,
GOLDFARB, D.G., SKERKER, M., FARFEL, M.R., CONE, J.E.,
YUNG, J., WALKER, D.J. et al. (2021). Combining three
cohorts of World Trade Center rescue/recovery workers. International
Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 18
(4), 1-17. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
|
Voir aussi Prévention
et Fumer |
|
|
Cancérigène
(Facteurs/Substances) : Ensemble des
facteurs ou des substances qui provoque l'apparition d'un cancer.
Carcinogenicity study.
| |
|
|
FISHER, R.A. (1958). Lung cancer and cigarettes.
Nature, 182 (4628), 108. |
|
KNIGHT, A., BAILEY, J. & BALCOMBE, J.P. (2005). Animal
carcinogenicity studies : poor human predictivity. Proceedings,
5th World Congress on Alternaives & Animal Use in
the Life Sciences, Berlin, 21-25. |
|
KNIGHT, A., BAILEY, J. & BALCOMBE, J.P. (2009). Which
drugs cause cancer ? British Medical Journal, USA, 5,
477-478. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Candidat : Candidature
: Tout individu qui brigue un poste,
qui désire être choisi à ce poste par nomination,
cooptation ou
élection. La première étape consiste à faire part de ses
intentions à l'employeur de son choix. Généralement, poser sa
candidature consiste à faire parvenir ses lettres
de recommandation et un CV
au comité de sélection du
service de ressources humaines de
l'entreprise, et s'il y a lieu, à passer une entrevue
d'embauche et des tests
psychologiques, à faire une
simulation d'emploi ou des jeux
de rôle, etc. Dans certains cas, les candidats sont choisis
sans autres formalités en raison de leurs états de service ou de
leur potentiel unique. Candidate.
| |
|
|
ANDERSEN, P.A. & KIBLER, R.J. (1978). Candidate
valence as a predictor of voter preference. Human
Communication Research, 5, 4-14. |
TRENT, J.S., SHORT-THOMPSON, C., MONGEAU, P.A., NUSZ, A.
& TRENT, J.D. (2001). Image, media bias, and voter
characteristics : The ideal candidate from 1988-2000. American
Behavioral Scientist, 44, 2101-2124. |
KINDER, D.R. (1978). Political person perception : The
asymmetrical influence of sentiment and
choice on perceptions of presidential candidates. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 36, 859-871. |
|
|
TRENT, J.S., MONGEAU, P., TRENT, J.D., KENDALL, K.E. &
CUSHING, R.D. (1993). The ideal candidate : A study of the
desired attributes of the public and media across two
presidential campaigns. American Behavior Scientist,
37, 225-239. |
ANDERSON, K.V. (2002). From spouses to candidates :
Hillary Rodham Clinton, Elizabeth Dole and the gendered
office of U.S. president. Rhetoric & Public
Affairs, 5, 105-132. |
|
FUNK, C.L. (1996). The impact of scandal on candidate
evaluations : An experimental test of the role of
candidate traits. Political Behavior, 18, 1-24. |
|
|
FUNK, C.L. (1997). Implications of political expertise in
candidate trait evaluations. Political Research
Quarterly, 50, 675-697. |
TRENT, J.S., SHORT-THOMPSON, C., MONGEAU, P.A., METZLER,
M.S. & TRENT, J.D. (2005). The idealized presidential
candidate : A vision over time. American Behavioral
Scientist, 49, 130-156. |
|
TRENT, J.S., TRENT, J.D., MONGEAU, P.A. &
SHORT-THOMPSON, C. (1997). The ideal candidate revisited :
A study of the desired attributes of the public and the
media across three presidential campaigns. American
Behavior Scientist, 40, 1001-1019. |
TEVEN, J.J. (2008). An examination of perceived
credibility of the 2008 presidential candidates :
Relationships with believability, likeability, and
deceptiveness. Human Communication, 11 (4),
383-400.
[PDF] |
|
AYLOR, B. (1999). Source credibility and presidential
candidates in 1996: The changing nature of character and
empathy evaluations. Communication Research Reports,
16 (3), 296-304. |
MacINNIS, B. & KROSNICK, J.A. (2016). The impact of
candidates' statements about global warming on electoral
success in 2008 to 2015 : Evidence using five
methodologies. In J.-A. Krosnick, I.-C. Chiang & T.
Stark (Eds.), Political psychology : New
explorations. New York : Psychology Press. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Élection
et CV |
|
|
|
|
Canidé : Famille
de mammifères carnivores
digitigrades. ( ): Voir tableau
ci-dessous. Canid.
| |
|
|
BEKOFF, M. (1977). Social communication in canids,
evidence for the evolution of a stereotyped mammalian
display. Science, 197, 1097-1099. |
|
WAYNE, R.K. & O'BRIEN, S.J. (1987). Allozyme
divergence within the canidae. Systematic Zoology 36
(4), 339–355. |
|
SILLERO-ZUBIRI, C., HOFFMANN, M. & MACDONALD, D.W.
(Eds.) (2004). Canids : Foxes, wolves, jackals and
dogs. Status Survey and Conservation Action Plan.
IUCN. |
|
PONGRÀCZ, P., GÀSCI, M., HEGEDÜS, D., PÉTER, A. &
MIKLOSI, A. (2013). Test sensitivity is important for
detecting variability in pointing comprehension in
canines. Animal Cognition, 16, 721-735. |
|
|
BURNIE, D. (Dir.) (2001). Animal. Londres :
Dorling Kindersley / Le règne animal.
Saint-Laurent : Erpi. |
Voir aussi Animal |
|
|
Cannabis : Drogue
extraite du chanvre indien ou cannabis, qui possède des propriétés
hallucinogènes et euphorisantes.
On la nomme marijuana lorsqu'elle est consommée sous forme de
feuilles/herbes et hashisch
quand elle est sous forme de résine. Dans certains pas, comme le
Canada et les Pays-bas, la consommation et la possession de petite
quantité de cannabis ont été décriminalisées. Cette légalisation a
engendrée une lègre augmentation des comsommateurs; elle a surtout
augmenté de manière significative la part des usagers réguliers
(par rapport aux occassionnels).
= marijuana,
marihuana, cannabinoïdes, haschich.
Marijuana, cannabis, Delta9-Tetrahydrocannabinol, THC.
| |
|
|
STEPHENS, R.S., ROFFMAN, R.A. & CURTIN, L. (2000).
Comparison of extended versus brief treatments for
marijuana use. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 68, 898-908. |
|
BECKER, H.C. (1953). Becoming a marijuana user. American
Journal of Sociology, 59, 235-240. |
FERGUSSON, D.M. & HORWOOD, L.J. (2000). Does cannabis
use encourage other forms of illicit drug use ?
Addiction, 95, 505-520. |
|
HALL, W. & DEGENHARDT, L. (2000). Cannabis use and
psychosis : a review of clinical and epidemiological
evidence. Australian & New Zealand Journal of
Psychiatry, 34, 26-34. |
|
POULTON, R., MOFFITT, A., HARRINGTON, H.L., MILNE, B.J.
& CASPI, A. (2001). Persistence and perceived
consequences of cannabis use and dependence among young
adults : implications for policy. The New Zealand
Medical Journal, 14, 544-547. |
|
POPE, H.G., GRUBER, A.J., HUDSON, J.I., HUESTIS,
M.A. & YURGELUN-TODD, D. (2001). Neuropsychological
performance in long-term cannabis users. Archives
General of Psychiatry, 58, 909–915. |
|
JOHNS, A. (2001). Psychiatric effects of cannabis.
British Journal of Psychiatry, 178, 116-122. |
|
NUNEZ, L. & GURPEGUI, M. (2002). Cannabis-induced
psychosis : A cross-sectional comparison with acute
schizophrenia. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 105,
173-178. |
|
VERDOUX, H., SORBARA, F., GINDRE, C., SWENDSEN, J.D. &
VAN OS, J. (2002). Cannabis use and dimensions of
psychosis in a nonclinical population of female subjects.
Schizophrenia Research, 59, 77-84. |
|
SOLOWJI, N., STEPHENS, R.S., ROFFMAN, R.A., BABOR, T.,
KADDEN, R., MILLER, M., CHRISTIANSEN, K., MCREE, B. &
VENDETTI, J. (2002). Marijuana Treatment Project Research
Group (2002) Cognitive functioning of long-term heavy
cannabis users seeking treatment. JAMA, 287,
1123–1131. |
|
TIMS, F.M., DENNIS, M.L., HAMILTON, N., BUCHAN, J.,
DIAMOND, G., FUNK, R. & BRANTLEY, L.B. (2002).
Characteristics and problems of 600 adolescent cannabis
abusers in outpatient treatment. Addiction, 97,
46-57. |
|
O'LEARY, D.S., BLOCK, R.I., KOEPPEL, J.A., FLAUM, M.,
SCHULTZ, S.K., ANDREASEN, N.C., PONTO, L.B., WATKINS.
G.L., HURTIG, R.R. & HICHWA, R.D. (2002). Effects of
smoking marijuana on brain perfusion and cognition.
Neuropsychopharmacology, 26, 802-816. |
|
ARSENEAULT, S., CANNON, M.R., POULTON, R., MURRAY, R.,
CASPI, A. & MOFITT, T.E. (2002). Cannabis use in
adolescence and risk for adult psychosis : Longitudinal
prospective study. British Medical Journal, 325,
1212-1213. |
|
VORUGANTI, L., SLOMKA, P., ZABEL, P., MATTAR, A. &
AWAD, G.A. (2002). Cannabis induced dopamine release : an
in-vivo SPECT study. Psychiatry Research, 107,
173-177. |
|
|
TART, C.T. (1970). Marijuana intoxication common
experiences. Nature, 226, 701-704. |
IVERSEN, L. (2003). Cannabis and the brain. Brain,
126, 1252-1270. [PDF] |
|
BERNHARDSON, G. & GUNNE, L-M. (1972). Forty-six cases
of psychosis in cannabis abusers. International Journal
Addiction, 7, 9-16. |
POPE, H.G., GRUBER, A.J., HUDSON, J.I., COHANE, G.,
HUESTIS, M.A. & YURGELUN-TODD, D. (2003) Early-onset
cannabis use and cognitive deficits : What is the nature
of the association ? Drug Alcohol Depend, 69,
303–310. |
|
JESSOR, R., JESSOR, S.L. & FINNEY, J. (1973). A social
psychology of marijuana use : Longitudinal studies of high
school and college youth. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 26, 1-15. |
FRENCH, M.T., ROEBUCK, M.C., DENNIS, M.L., GODLEY, S.H.,
LIDDLE, H.A. & TIMS, F.M. (2003). Outpatient marijuana
treatment for adolescents. Economic evaluation of a
multisite field experiment. Evaluation Review, 27
(4), 421-459. |
|
NAHAS, G.G. (1973). Marijuana-deceptive weed. New
York : Raven Press. |
FERGUSSON, D.M., HORWOOD, L.J. & SWAIN-CAMPBELL, N.R.
(2003). Cannabis dependence and psychotic symptoms in
young people. Psychological Medicine, 33, 15-21. |
|
NAHAS, G.G. (1973). Marijuana-deceptive weed. New
York : Raven Press. |
McDONALD, J., SCHLEIFER, L., RICHARDS, J.B. & DE WIT,
H. (2003). Effects of THC on behavioral measures of
impulsivity in humans. Neuropsychopharmacology, 28,
1356-1365. |
|
DEGENHARDT, L., HALL, W. & LYNSKEY, M. (2003). Testing
hypotheses about the relationship between cannabis use and
psychosis. Drug & Alcohol Dependence, 71, 37-48.
[PDF] |
|
THACORE, V.R. & SHUKLA, S.R.P. (1976). Cannabis
psychosis and paranoid schizophrenia. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 33, 383-386. |
FRENCH, M.T., ROEBUCK, M.C., DENNIS, M.L., GODLEY, S.H.,
LIDDLE, H.A. & TIMS, F.M. (2003). Outpatient marijuana
treatment for adolescents. Economic evaluation of a
multisite field experiment. Evaluation Review, 27
(4), 421-459. |
|
RUSSELL, J.A. & BOND, C.R. (1979). Beliefs among
college students on settings and emotions conducive to
alcohol and marijuana use. International Journal of
the Addictions, 14, 977-986. |
POTVIN, S., STIP, E. & ROY, J.-Y. (2004).
Schizophrénie et cannabinoïdes : Données cliniques,
expérimentales et biologiques. Cannabis, 2 (2),
1-16. [PDF] |
|
ABEL, E.L. (1980). Marijuana : The first twelve
thousand years. New York : Plenum Press. |
HALL, W. & DEGENHARDT, L. (2004). Is there a specific
"cannabis psychosis" ? In D.J. Castle & R. Murray
(Eds.), Marijuana and Madness. Cambridge :
Cambridge University Press. |
|
JESSOR, R., CHASE, J.A. & DONOVAN, J.E. (1980).
Psychosocial correlates of marijuana use and problem
drinking in a national sample of adolescents. American
Journal of Public Health, 70, 604-613. |
SMIT, F., BOLIER, L. & CUIJPERS, P. (2004). Cannabis
use and the risk of later schizophrenia : a review. Addiction, 99, 425-430. [PDF] |
|
VOTH, H.M. (1982). The effects of marijuana on the
young.In Marijuana and youth : Clinical observations on
motivation and learning (pp. 51-60) Washington, DC :
U.S.Government Printing Office. |
ARSENAULT, L., CANNON, M., WITTON, J. & MURRAY, R.M.
(2004). Causal association between cannabis and psychosis
: examination of the evidence. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 184, 110-117.
[PDF] |
|
MILLER L.L. & BRACONNIER, R.J. (1983). Cannabis :
Effects on memory and the cholinergic limbic system. Psychological
Bulletin, 93, 441-456. |
VERDOUX, H. (2004). Cannabis and psychosis proneness. In
D.J. Castle & R. Murray (Eds.), Marijuana and
madness. Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
|
MELLO, N.K. & MENDELSON, J.H. (1985). Operant
acquisition of marijuana by women. Journal of
Pharmacology & Experimental Therapeutics, 235,
162-171. |
SARNE, Y. & MECHOULAM, R. (2005). Cannabinoids :
between neuroprotection and neurotoxicity. Current
Drug Targets - CNS & Neurological Disorders, 4,
677-684. |
|
AKERS, R.L. & COCHRANE, J.K. (1985). Adolescent
marijuana use : A test of three theories of deviant
behavior. Deviant Behavior, 6 (4), 323-346. |
BOWEN, R., McILWRICK, J., MARILYN, B. & ZHANG, X.
(2005). Lithium and marijuana withdrawal. Canadian
Journal of Psychiatry, 50, 240-241. |
|
HOLLISTER, L.E. (1986). Health aspects of cannabis. Pharmacological
Review, 38, 1-20. |
CASPI, A., MOFFITT, T.E., CANNON, M., McLAY, J.,
HARRINGTON, H., TAYLOR, A., ARSENAULT, L., WILLIAMS, B.,
BRAITWAITE, A. POULTON, R. & CRAIG, I.W. (2005).
Moderation of the effect of adolescent-onset cannabis use
on adult psychosis by a functional polymorphism in the
catechol-o-methyltransferase gene : Longitudinal evidence
of a gene x environment interaction. Biological
Psychiatry, 57, 1117-1127. |
|
FRIED, P.A. (1986). Marijuana and human pregnancy. In I.J.
Chasnoff (Ed.), Drug use in pregnancy : Mother and
child (pp. 64-74). Lancaster, PA : MTP Press |
BERGEN, H.A., MARTIN, G., ROEGER, L. & ALLISON, S.
(2005). Perceived academic performance and alcohol,
tobacco and marijuana use : longitudinal relationships in
young community adolescents. Addictive Behaviors, 30,
1563-1573. [PDF] |
|
EHRENKRANZ, J.R.L. & HEMBREE, W.C. (1986). Effects of
marijuana on male reproductive function. Psychiatric
Annals, 16, 243-248 |
BERGEN, H.A., MARTIN, G., ROEGER, L. & ALLISON, S.
(2005). Perceived academic performance and alcohol,
tobacco and marijuana use : longitudinal relationships in
young community adolescents. Addictive Behaviors, 30,
1563-1573. [PDF] |
|
RAINONE, G.A., DEREN, S., KLEINMAN, P.H. & WISH, E.D.
(1987). Heavy marijuana users not in treatment. The
continuing search for the "pure" marijuana user. Journal
of Psychoactive Drugs, 19, 353-359. |
SHUFMAN, E., LERNER, A. & WITZTUM, E. (2005).
Depersonalization after withdrawal from cannabis usage.
Harefuah, 144, 249-251. |
|
PAGE, J.B., FLETCHER, J. & TRUE, W.R. (1988).
Psychosociocultural perspectives on chronic cannabis use :
The Costa Rican follow-up. Journal of Psychoactive
Drugs, 20, 57-65. |
DENSON, T.F. & EARLEYWINE, M. (2006). Pothead or pot
smoker ? A taxometric investigation of cannabis
dependence. Substance Abuse Treatment, Prevention
& Policy, 1 (22), 1-6. [PDF] |
|
MESSINIS, L., KYPRIANIDOU, A., MALEFAKI, S. &
APATHANASOPOULOS, P. (2006). Neuropsychological deficits
in long-term frequent cannabis users. Neurology, 66,737–739 |
|
ANDRÉASSON, S., ALLEBECK, P., ENGSTRÖM, A. & RYDBERG,
U. (1988). Cannabis and schizophrenia : a longitudinal
study of Swedish conscripts. Lancet, 2 (8574),
1483-1485. |
ZICKLER, P. (2006). Marijuana smoking is associated with a
spectrum of respiratory disorders. NIDA Notes, 21
(1), 12-13. |
|
TASHKIN, D.P., SIMMONS, M. & CLARK, V. (1988). Effect
of habitual smoking of marijuana alone and with tobacco on
nonspecific airways hyperreactivity. Journal of
Psychoactive Drugs, 20 (1), 21-25. |
ZVOLENSKY, M.J., BERNSTEIN, A., SACH-ERICCSON, N.,
SCHMIDT, N.B., BUCKENER, J. & BONN-MILLER, M.O.
(2006). Cannabis use, abuse, and dependence and panic
attacks in a representative sample. Journal of
Psychiatric Research, 40, 477-486. |
|
AMARO, H., WHITAKER, R., COFFMAN, G. & HEEREN, T.
(1990). Acculturation and marijuana and cocaineuse :
Findings from HANES 1982-84. American Journal of
Public Health, 80, 54-60. |
DENSON, T.F. &
EARLEYWINE, M. (2006). Decreased depression in marijuana
users. Addictive Behaviors, 41, 738-742. [PDF]
|
|
THORNICROFT, G. (1990). Cannabis and psychosis. Is there
epidemiological evidence for an association ? British
Journal of Psychiatry, 157, 25-33. |
KUMRA, S. (2007). Schizophrenia and cannabis use. Minnesota
Medicine, 90 (1), 36-38. |
|
MURRAY, R.M., MORRISON, P.D., HENQUET, C. & DI FORTI,
M. (2007). Cannabis, the mind and society : The hash
realities. Nature Reviews Neuroscience, 8,
885–895. |
|
FOLTIN, R.W., FISCHMAN, M.W., BRADY, J.V., BERNSTEIN,
D.J., CAPRIOTTI, R.M., NELLIS, M.J. & KELLY, T.H.
(1990). Motivational effects of smoked marijuana :
Behavioral contingencies and low-probability activities. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 53 (1),
5-19. [PDF] |
TWOHIG, M.P., SHOENBERGER, D. & HAYES, S.C. (2007). A
preliminary investigation of Acceptance and Commitment
Therapy as a treatment for marijuana dependence in adults.
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 40 (4),
619-632. [PDF] |
|
DAY, N.L. & RICHARDSON, G.A. (1991). Prenatal
marijuana use : Epidemiology, methodological issues, and
infant outcome. Chemical Dependency & Pregnancy,
18, 77-91. |
DENSON, T.F. & EARLEYWINE, M. (2008). Self-reported
use of alcohol, marijuana, and hard drugs and aggression :
A structural equation modeling analysis of an internet
survey of long-term marijuana users. Journal of
Aggression, Maltreatment & Trauma, 16, 164-180.
[PDF] |
|
|
JAGER, G. & RAMSEY, N.F. (2008). Long-term
consequences of adolescent cannabis exposure on the
development of cognition, brain structure and function :
An overview of animal and human research. Current Drug
Abuse Reviews 1, 114–-12O. |
|
CHAUDRY, H.R., MOSS, H.B., BASHIR, A. & SULIMAN, T.
(1991). Cannabis psychosis following bhang ingestion.
British Journal of Addiction, 86, 1065-1081. |
MORGAN, C.J. & CURRAN, H.V. (2008). Effects of
cannabidiol on schizophrenia-like symptoms in people who
use cannabis. British Journal of Psychiatry, 192, 306-307. |
|
McLAREN, J., SWIFT, W., DILLON, P. & ALLSOP, S.
(2008). Cannabis potency and contamination : A review of
the literature. Addiction, 103, 1100-1109. |
SCALLET, A.C. (1991). Neurotoxicology of cannabis and THC
: A review of chronic exposure studies in animals. 671–-676.
|
SOLOWJI, N. & BATTISTI, R. (2008). The chronic effects
of cannabis on memory in humans : A review. Current
Drug Abuse Reviews, 1, 81-89. |
|
SOLOWIJ, N., MICHIE, P.T. & FOX, A.M. (1991). Effects
of long-term cannabis use on selective attention : an
event-related potential study. Pharmacology
Biochemistry & Behavior, 40, 683-688. |
FRISHER, M., CROME, I., MARTINO, O. & CROFT, P.
(2009). Assessing the impact of cannabis use on trends in
diagnosed schizophrenia in the United Kingdom from 1996 to
2005. Schizophrenia Research, 113 (2-3),
123-128. [PDF] |
|
BAILEY, S.L., FLEWELLING, R.L. & RACHAL, J.V. (1992).
Predicting continued use of marijuana among adolescents :
The relative influence of drug-specific and social context
factors. Journal of Health & Social Behavior, 33,
51-66. |
BHATTACHARYYA, S., MORRISON, D., FUSAR-POLI, P.,
MARTIN-SANTOS, R., BORGWARDT, S., WINTON-BROWN, T.,
NOSARTI, C., O'CARROLL, C.M., SEAL, M., ALLEN, P., MEHTA,
M.A., STONE, J.M., TUNSTALL, N., IAMPIETRO, V., KAPUR, S.,
MURRAY, R.M., ZUARDI, A.W., CRIPPA, J.A., ATAKAN, Z. &
MCGUIRE, P.K. (2010). Opposite effects of
D-9-Tetrahydrocannabinol and cannabidiol on human brain
function and psychopathology. Neuropsychopharmacology,
35 (3), 764-774.
[PDF] |
|
ZARETSKY, A., RECTOR, N.A., SEEMAN, N.V. & FORNAZZARI,
X. (1993). Current cannabis use and tardive dyskinesia. Schizophrenia Research, 11, 3-8. |
ZVOLENSKY, M.J., COUGLE, J.R., JOHNSON, K.A., BONN-MILLER,
M.O. & BERNSTEIN, A. (2010). Marijuana use and panic
psychopathology among a representative sample of adults. Experimental & Clinical Psychopharmacology, 18 (2),
129-134. [PDF] |
|
KELLY, T.H., FOLTIN, R.W. & ISHMAN, M.W. (1993).
Effects of smoked marijuana on heart rate, drug ratings
and task performance by humans. Behavioural
Pharmacology, 4, 167-178. |
KOLLIAKOU A., JOSEPH, C., ISMAIL, K., ATAKAN, Z. &
MURRAY, R.M. (2011). Why do patients with psychosis use
cannabis and are they ready to change their use ? International
Journal of Developmental Neuroscience, 29, 335-346. |
|
SMITH, P.F. (1995). Cannabis and the brain. New
Zealand Journal of Psychology, 24, 5-12. |
THOMPSON, V.A., PROWSE, J.A. & PENNYCOOK, G. (2011).
Intuition, reason, and metacognition. Cognitive
Psychology, 63, 107-140. [PDF] |
|
SHRIVASTAVA, A., JOHNSTON, M. & TSUANG, M. (2011).
Cannabis use and cognitive dysfunction. Indian Journal
of Psychiatry, 53 (3), 187-191. |
|
SOLOWJI, N. JONES KA, ROZMAN ME, DAVIS SM, CIARROCHI
J, HEAVEN PC, LUBMAN DI, YÜCEL M. (2011). Verbal learning
and memory in adolescent cannabis users, alcohol users and
non-users. Psychopharmacology, 216, 131–144. |
|
AZORIOSA. J.L., GREENWALD, M.K. & STITZER, M.L.
(1995). Marijuana smoking : effects of varying puff volume
and breathhold duration. Journal of Pharmacology
& Experimental Therapeutics, 272 (2), 560-569. |
CASADIOA, P., FERNANDES, C., MURRAY, R.M. & DI FORTI,
M. (2011). Cannabis use in young people : The risk for
schizophrenia. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral
Reviews, 35, 1779-1787. [PDF] |
|
AKERS, R.L. & LEE, G. (1996). Adolescent marijuana use
: A test of three theories of deviant behavior. Deviant
Behavior, 6 (4), 323-346. |
TAFFE, M.A. (2012). Delta(9)Tetrahydrocannabinol impairs
visuo-spatial associative learning and spatial working
memory in rhesus macaques. Journal of
Psychopharmacology, 26, 1299-1306. |
|
POPE, H.G. & YERGLUN-TODD, D. (1996). The
residual cognitive effects of heavy marijuana use in
college students. Journal of the American Medical
Association, 275 (7), 521-527.
[PDF] |
SCHIMMELMANN, B., CONUS, P., COTTON S., KUPFERSCHMID, S.,
MCGORRY, P.D. & LAMBERT, M. (2012). Prevalence and
impact of cannabis use disorders in adolescents with early
onset first episode psychosis. European Psychiatry,
27, 463-469. |
|
MEIER, M.H., CASPI, A., AMBLER, A., HARRINGTON, H.,
HOUTS, R., KEEFE, R.S., MCDONALD, K., WARD, A., POULTON,
R. & MOFFITT, T.E. (2012). Persistent cannabis users
show neuropsychological decline from childhood to midlife.
Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the
United States of America, 109 (40),
2657–2664. [PDF] |
|
WORKSHOP ON THE MEDICAL UTILITY OF MARIJUANA. (1997). Report
to the director, National Institutes of Health, by the
Ad Hoc Group of Experts. Washington, DC : National
Institutes of Health. |
TAFFE, M.A. (2012). Delta9-Tetrahydrocannabinol attenuates
MDMA-induced hyperthermia in rhesus monkeys. Neuroscience,
201, 125-133. |
|
DOUGHERTY, D.M., MATHIAS, C.W., DAWES, M.A., FURR, R.M.,
CHARLES, N.E., LIGUORI, A, SHANON, E.E. & ACHESON, A.
(2013). Impulsivity, attention, memory, and
decision-making among adolescent marijuana users. Psychopharmacology,
226 (2), 307-319. |
|
ZIMMER, L. & MORGAN, J.P. (1997). Marijuana myths
and marijuana facts. New York : The Lindesmith
Center. |
WRIGHT, J.M., VANDEWATER, S.A. & TAFFE, M.A. (2013).
Cannabidiol attenuates deficits of visuospatial
associative memory induced by ?(9) tetrahydrocannabinol. British
Journal of Pharmacology, 170, 1365-1373. [PDF] |
|
GRECH, A., TAKEI, N. & MURRAY, R. (1998). Comparison
of cannabis use in psychotic patients and controls in
London and Malta. Schizophrenia Research, 1
(29),22. |
SARA, G.P., BURGESS, G., MALHI, H., WHITEFOD, H. &
HALL, W. (2014). Cannabis and stimulant disorders and
readmissions 2 years after first episode psychosis. British
Journal of Psychiatry, 204, 448-453. |
|
GARDNER, E.L. & VOREL, R.S. (1998). Cannabinoid
transmission and reward-related events. Neurobiology
of Disease, 5 (6), 502-533. |
WU, L.-T., SWARTZ, M., BRADY, K.T. & HOYLE, R.H.
(2015). Perceived cannabis use norms and cannabis use
among adolescents in the United States. Journal
Psychiatric Research, 64, 79-87. [PDF] |
|
CASPARI, D. (1999). Cannabis and schizophrenia : Results
of a follow-up study. European Archives of Psychiatry
& Clinical Neurosciences, 249, 45-49. |
POTVIN, S., STIP, E. & ROY, J.-Y. (2018).
Schizophrénie et cannabinoïdes : Données cliniques,
expérimentales et biologiques. Drogues, Santé et
Société, 2 (2), 1-16. [PDF] |
|
SOLOWJI, N. (1998). Cannabis and cognitive
functioning. Cambridge, UK : Cambridge University
Press. |
GOULD, J., GREENE, D. & DONNELLY, R. (2020). Marijuana
use and achievement motives : An exploratory analysis of
self-reported health among adult cannabis consumers. Journal
of Drug Issues, 50 (3), 259-272. |
|
GHELANI, A., ARMSTRONG, G. & HAYWOOD, A. (2023).
Motivations for cannabis use in youth with first episode
psychosis : a scoping review. Psychosis, 1 (1),
17-27. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Style
de vie,
Psychose induite par des substances et Drogue |
| |
|
|
Cannibalisme
: Consiste à tuer et à manger un congénère
(avec ou sans sel). Cannibalism.
| |
|
|
HAILMAN, J.P. (1960). Cannibalism. Science, 132,
829-831. |
DAY, C.S.D. & GALEF, B.G. (1977). Pup cannibalism :
One aspect of maternal behavior in golden hamsters.
Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology,
91, 1179-1189. |
|
HARRIS, M. (1964). Cannibals and kings : The origins
of cultures. New York : Random House. |
NISHIDA, T. & KAWANAKA, K. (1985). Within-group
cannibalism by adult male chimpanzees. Primates, 26,
274-284. |
|
SUZUKI, A. (1971). Carnivority and cannibalism observed
among forest-living chimpanzees. Journal of
Anthropological Society of Nippon, 79, 30-48. |
WATTS, D.P. & MITANI, J. (2000). Infanticide and
cannibalism by male chimpanzees at Ngogo, Kibale National
Park, Uganda. Primates, 41, 357-365. |
|
GOODALL, J. (1977). Infant-killing and cannibalism in
free-living chimpanzees. Folia Primatologica, 28,
259-282. |
STIRLING, I. & ROSS, J.E. (2011). Observations of
cannibalism by polar bears (Ursus maritimus) on summer and
autumn sea ice at Svalbard, Norway. Arctic, 64,
478-482. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Tuer et Congénère |
|
|
Cannon
Walter Bradford (Wisconsin 1871-1945) : Biologiste
et physiologiste
américain. En collaboration avec Bard, il a développé une théorie
des émotions. On lui doit
également le concept d'homéostasie.
Professeur de Bard. Collaborateur
de Rosenblueth.
|
|
CANNON, W.B. (1913/20). The interrelation of emotion
suggest by recent physioiogical research. American
Journal of psychology, 256, Année Psychologique, 421. |
|
CANNON, W.B. (1918). Bodily changes. In pain, hunger,
fear, and rage. New York/London :
Appleton-Century-Crofts. |
|
CANNON, W.B. (1919). Les bases physiologiques de la soif.
Revue Générale de Sciences. |
|
CANNON, W.B. (1927). The James-Lange theory of emotions :
A critical examination and an alternative theory. American
Journal of Psychology, 39, 106-124. |
|
CANNON, W.B. (1932/46). The wisdom of the body.
New York : WW Norton and Company. / La sagesse du
corps. Paris : Éditions de la Nouvelle Revue
Critique. |
|
|
|
|
Canons
de Morgan (Les) : Voir Morgan
(Les canons). Morgan's canon.
|
CANTAB
: Test
psychométrique qui permet d'évaluer
l'autisme. = Cambridge
Neuropsychological Test Automated Battery.
| |
|
|
ROBBINS, T.W., JAMES, M., OWEN, A.M., SAHAKIAN, B.J.,
MCINNES, L. & RABBITT, P.M.A. (1994). Cambridge
Neuropsychological Test Automated Battery (CANTAB) : A
factor analytic study of a large sample of normal elderly
volunteers. Dementia, 5, 266-281. |
|
FRAY, P.J., ROBBINS, T.W. & SAHAKIAN, B.J. (1996).
Neuropsychiatric applications of CANTAB. International
Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry, 11, 329-336. |
|
ROBBINS, T.W., JAMES, M., OWEN, A.M., SAHAKIAN, B.J.,
LAWRENCE, A.D., MCINNES, L. & RABBITT, P.M.A. (1998).
A study of performance on tests from the CANTAB battery
sensitive to frontal lobe dysfunction in a large sample of
normal volunteers : Implications for theories of executive
functioning and cognitive aging. Journal of the
International Neuropsychological Society, 4,
474-490. |
|
OZONOFF, S., COOK, H., COON, H., DAWSON, G., JOSEPH, R.M.,
KLIN, A., MCMAHON, W.M., MINSHEW, N., MUNSON, J.A.,
PENNINGTON, B.F., ROGERS, S.J., SPENCE, A.,
TAGER-FLUSBERG, H., VOLKMAR, F.R. & WRATHALL, D.
(2004). Performance on Cambridge Neuropsychological Test
Automated Battery subtests sensitive to frontal lobe
function in people with autistic disorder : Evidence from
the collaborative programs of Excellence in Autism
Network. Journal of Autism & Developmental
Disorders, 34 (2), 139-150. [PDF]
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Test
et
Mesure/Évaluation de l'autisme |
|
|
Canter Lee (1947-) : Spécialiste américain
de l'éducation. Il
s'intéresse notamment à la discipline
et à la gestion de
classe.
 |
CANTER, L. (1976). Assertive discipline : a
take-cherge approach for today' s educator. Seal
Beach, CA : Lee Canter Associates. |
|
CANTER, L. (1989). Assertive discipline : More than names
on the board and marbles in a jar. The Phi Delta
Kappan, 71 (1), 57-61. [PDF]
|
|
CANTER, L. & CANTER, M. (1993). Succeeding with
difficult students : New strategies for reaching your
most challenging students. Santa Monica, CAS : Les
Canter Associates. |
|
CANTER, L. (1996). First, the rapport - then, the rules.
Learning, 24 (5), 12-14. |
|
CANTER, L. (2005). Classroom management for academic
success. National Educational Service. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cantor
James M. ( ) : Psychologue
canadien et spécialiste de l'étude de la pédophilie.
Étudiant de Blanchard. Collaborateur
de Barbaree et
Seto.
|
CANTOR, J.M., BLINK, Y.M. & PFAUS, J.G. (1999).
Chronic fluoxetine inhibits sexual behavior in the male
rat : Reversal with oxytocin. Psychopharmacology,
144, 355-362. |
|
CANTOR, J.M., BLANCHARD, R., CHRISTENSEN, B.K., DICKEY,
R., KLASSEN, P., BECKSTEAD, A.L., BLAK, T. & KUBAN,
M.E. (2004). Intelligence, memory, and handedness in
pedophilia. Neuropsychology, 18, 3-14. |
|
CANTOR, J.M., BLANCHARD, R., ROBICHAUD, L.K. &
CHRISTENSEN, B.K. (2005). Quantitative reanalysis of
aggregate data on IQ in sexual offenders. Psychological
Bulletin, 131 (4), 555-568. |
|
CANTOR, J.M., KABANI, N., CHRISTENSEN, B.K., ZIPURSKY,
R.B., BARBAREE, H.E., DICKEY, R., KLASSEN, P.E., MIKULIS,
D.J., KUBAN, M.E., BLAK,T., RICHARDS, B.A., ANRATTY, M.K.
& BLANCHARD, R. (2008). Cerebral white matter
deficiencies in pedophilic men. Journal of
Psychiatric Research, 42 (3), 167-183. |
|
CANTOR, J.M. (2012). Is homosexuality a paraphilia ? The
evidence for and against. Archives of Sexual
Behavior, 41 (1), 237-247. |
|
|
|
Cantril
Hadley (Utah 1906-1969) : Psychosociologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude de
l'opinion publique. Il a fondé l'Office of Public Opinion
Research. Collaborateur de
Allport, Katz et Sherif.
|
|
CANTRIL, H. & ALLPORT, G.W. (1935). The
psychology of radio. New York : Harper and
Brothers. |
|
CANTRIL, H. & SHERIF, M. (1938). The kingdom of father
divine. Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology,
33, 147-167. |
|
CANTRIL, H. (1940). Invasion from Mars : A study in
the psychology of panic. Princeton University
Press.
[PDF] |
|
CANTRIL, H. (1941). The psychology of social
movements. New York : John Wiley & Sons. |
|
CANTRIL, H. & MENEFFE, S.C. (1944). Gauging public
opinion. Science & Society, 8 (4), 375-377. |
|
|
POOLEY, J.D. & SOCOLOW, M.J. (2013). Checking Up on
The Invasion from Mars : Hadley Cantril, Paul F.
Lazarsfeld, and the making of a misremembered classic. International
Journal of Communication 7, 1920–1948. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| CAC - CAPITAL
- CAPLAN - CAPUCIN - CARACTÈRE
- CARIBOU - CARNAP -
CARNINE - CARNIVORE - CARR
- CARTE COGNITIVE - CARVER
- CAS |
Capacité : État d'un organisme
en mesure d'agir, de faire quelque chose. En psychologie,
ce concept a
un rôle plus descriptif qu'explicatif.
EX: capable de penser, d'apprendre, d'agir, etc.
Cet état peut être inné ou acquis, de nature aussi bien mentale
que biologique. Ce concept est descriptif et ne peut en aucun cas
se substituer à une explication des phénomènes psychologiques
(Comment sait-il lire ou compter ? Réponse : parce qu'il en a la
capacité...). Bref, en psychologie, ce terme semble davantage
constituer un aveu d'ignorance qu'une explication au sens strict
du terme. Certains auteurs considèrent qu'il s'agit de concept
poubelle, c-à-d une famille de concept tellement vide de
sens que l'on peut leur accorder n'importe quelle signification.
En revanche, d'autres auteurs l'utilisent pour décrire une
aptitude innée, quasi immuable dans sa forme, par opposition à une
habileté acquise et
perfectible. = capacité mentale.
Ability.
| |
|
|
GELMAN, R. (1972). Logical capacity of very young children
: Number invariance rules. Child Development, 43,
75-90. [PDF] |
|
NICHOLLS, J.G. (1975). The differentiation of the concept
of difficulty and ability. Child Development, 54,
951-959. |
|
NICHOLLS, J.G. (1984). Achievement motivation :
conceptions of ability, subjective experience, task
choice, and performance. Psychological Review, 9 (3),
328-346. [PDF] |
|
NICHOLLS, J.G. (1980). The development of the concept
of difficulty. Merrill-Palmer Quarterly, 26,
271-281. |
|
NICHOLLS, J.G., PATASHNIK, M. & METTETSAL, G. (1986).
Conceptions of ability and intelligence. Child
Development, 57, 636-645. |
|
NICHOLLS, J.G. & MILLER, A.T. (1984). Development and
its discontents : The differentiation of the concept of
ability. In J.G. Nicholls (Ed.), The development of
achievement motivation (pp. 185-218). Greenwich,
CT : JAI Press. |
|
MILLER, A.T. & HOM, H.L. (1997). Conceptions of
ability and the interpretation of praise, blame, and
material rewards. The Journal of Experimental
Education, 65 (2), 163-177. |
| |
|
|
Voir aussi
Aptitude |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capacité de rappel : Voir Rappel.
Recall, immediate recall.
|
Capaldi Egidio John (Philadelphie 1928-2020 West Lafayette) :
Psychologue béhavioriste-cognitiviste
américain et spécialiste de l'étude du
renforcement partiel, notamment chez les animaux. Étudiant
de Blodgett.
|
CAPALDI, E.J. (1957). The effect of different amounts of
alternating partial reinforcement on resistance to
extinction. American Journal of Psychology, 70,
451-452.
|
|
CAPALDI, E.J. (1958). The effect of different amounts of
training on the resistance to extinction of different
patterns of partially reinforced responses. Journal
of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 51,
367-371. |
|
CAPALDI, E.J. (1966). Partial reinforcement : A hypothesis
of sequential effects. Psychological Review, 73
(5), 459-477. |
|
CAPALDI, E.J. & LYNCH, A.D. (1968). Magnitude of
partial reward and resistance to extinction : Effect of
N-R transitions. Journal of Comparative &
Physiological Psychology, 65 (1), 179-181. |
|
CAPALDI, E.J. & BIRMINGHAM, K.M. (1998).
Reward-produced memories regulate memory-discrimination
learning, extinction, and other forms of discrimination
learning. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Animal
Behavior Processes, 24, 254-264. |
|
|
|
Capital : Ensemble de ressources
que possède un individu pour assurer son développement,
jouer son rôle dans la société.
Capital.
| |
HAYEK, F.V. (1936). The mythology of capital. The Quarterly Journal of Economics, 50 (2), 199-228. |
|
|
COMBS, J.G. & KETCHEN, D.J. (1999). Can capital
scarcity help agency theory explain franchising ?
Revisiting the capital scarcity hypothesis. Academy
of Management Journal, 42, 196-207. |
|
PIKETTY, T. (2013). Le capital au xxie siècle.
Paris : Le Seuil. |
|
VEENSTRA, G. & PATTERSON, A.C. (2012). Capital
relations and health : Mediating and moderating effects of cultural, economic, and social capitals on mortality in
Alameda County, California. International Journal of
Health Services 42 (2), 277-291. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi CapitalismeRessources |
|
|
Capital culturel : Selon Bourdieu,
ressources culturelles
que possède un individu pour assurer son développement,
jouer son rôle dans la société.
EX: diplômes.
Cultural capital.
| |
|
|
BOURDIEU, P. (1979). Les trois états du capital culturel.
Actes de la Recherche en Sciences Sociales, 30,
3-6. [PDF] |
|
LAREAU, A. (1987). Social class differences in
family-school relationships : The importance of cultural
capital. Sociology of Education, 60, 73-85. |
|
BOURDIEU, P. (1987). Choses dites. Paris :
Minuit. |
|
FERNANDEZ-KELLY, P. (1995). Social and cultural capital in
the urban ghetto. In A. Portes (Ed.), The
economisociology of immigration : Essays on networks,
ethnicity, and entrepreneurship (pp. 213-247). New
York : Russell Sage Foundation. |
|
KHODADADY, E. & ZABIHI, R. (2011). Social and cultural
capital : Underlying factors and their relationship with
the school achievement of Iranian university students. International
Education Studies, 4 (2), 63-71. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Capital |
|
|
Capital économique : Selon Bourdieu,
ressources économiques que possède un individu pour assurer
son développement,
jouer son rôle dans la société.
EX: Héritage, salaire, placements boursiers,
rente. Economic capital.
| |
|
|
TOBIN, J. (1961). Capital, and others stores of value. The American Economic Review, 51, (2), 26-37. [PDF] |
|
BOURDIEU, P. (1987). Choses dites. Paris :
Minuit. |
|
PIKETTY, T. (2013). Le capital au xxie siècle.
Paris : Le Seuil. |
|
|
Voir aussi Capital |
|
|
Capital humain :
Human capital.
| |
|
|
MINCER, J. (1958). Investment in human capital and
personal income distribution. The Journal of Political
Economy, 281-302. |
|
BECKER, G.S. (1962). Investment in human capital : A
theoretical analysis. Journal of Political Economics,
70 (2), 9-49. |
|
BECKER, G.S. (1964/1993). Human capital : A
theoretical and empirical analysis, with special
reference to education. Chicago : The University of
Chicago Press. |
|
BEN-PORATH, Y. (1967). The production of human capital and
the life cycle of earnings. Journal of Political
Economy, 75 (4), 352-365. |
|
O'NEILL, J. (1990). The role of human capital in earnings
differences between Black and White men. Journal of
Economic Perspectives, 4, 25-45. |
|
|
Voir aussi Capital |
|
|
|
Capital organisationnel : Ensemble des ressources
dont dispose l'organisation
d'une entreprise afin
de remplir sa mission.
Organizational capital.
| |
|
|
LOPEZ, J.E.N., SALAZAR, E.A., MARTIN DE CASTRO, G. &
SAÈZ, P.L. (2006). Organizational capital as competitive
advantage of the firm. Journal of Intellectual
Capital, 7 (3), 324-337. [PDF] |
|
CARLIN, B.I., CHOWDHRY, B. & GARMAISE, M.J. (2012).
Investment in organization capital. Journal of
Financial Intermediation, 21 (2), 268-286. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Organisation
et Capital |
|
|
|
Capital social : Selon Bourdieu,
ressources sociales que
possède un individu pour assurer son développement,
jouer son rôle dans la société.
EX: nos parents, nos amis, nos connaissances, nos
relations. Capital social,
réseau social et réseau
social virtuel. Social capital.
| |
|
|
BOURDIEU, P. (1987). Choses dites. Paris :
Minuit. |
SMITH, A. (2000). Mobilizing social resources : race,
ethnic, and gender differences in social capital and
persisting wage inequalities. The Sociological
Quarterly, 41(4), 509-537. |
| COLEMAN, J.S. (1988). Social capital in the creation of
human capital. American Journal of Sociology, 94,
95-121. |
WOOLCOCK, M. & NARAYAN, D. (2000). Social capital :
implications for development theory, research, and policy.
World Bank Research Observer, 15 (2), 225-249. [PDF] |
|
ELLAWAY, A. & MACINTYRE, S. (2000). Social capital and
self-rated health : Support for a contextual mechanism. Social
Science & Medicine, 90, 988. [PDF] |
|
SMART, A. (1993). Gifts, bribes, and Guanxi : a
reconsideration of Bourdieu's social capital. Cultural
Anthropology, 8 (30), 388-408. |
PORTES A. & LANDOLT, P. (2000). Social capital :
promises and pitfalls of its role in development. Journal
of Latin American Studies, 32, 529-547. |
|
HAWE P. & SHIRLL, A. (2000). Social capital and health
promotion : a review. Social Science & Medicine,
51, 871-885. |
|
HELLIWELL, J. & PUTNAM, R. (1995). Economic growth and
social capital in Italy. Eastern Economic Journal, 21,
295-307. |
FUKUYAMA, F. (2000). Social capital. In L.E. Harrison
& P. Samuel (Eds.), Culture matters : how human
values shape human progress (pp. 98-111). New York :
BasicBooks. |
|
FERNANDEZ-KELLY, P. (1995). Social and cultural capital in
the urban ghetto. In A. Portes (Ed.), The
economisociology of immigration : Essays on networks,
ethnicity, and entrepreneurship (pp. 213-247). New
York : Russell Sage Foundation. |
VEENSTRA, G. (2000). Social capita land health : an
individual- level analysis. Social Science &
Medicine, 50, 619-629. |
|
BURT, R. (1997). A note on social capital and network
content. Social Networks, 19 (4), 355-373. |
LIN, N., COOK, K. & BURT, R.S. (Eds.) (2001).
Social capital. New York : Aldine de Gruyter. |
|
PUTZEL, J. (1997). Accounting for the dark side of social
capital : reading Robert Putnam on democracy. Journal
of International Development, 9 (7), 939-949. |
WELLMAN, B., HAASE, A.Q., WITTE, J. & HAMPTON, K.
(2001). Does the Internet increase, decrease, or
supplement social capital ? Social networks, participation
and community commitment. American Behavioral
Scientist, 45, 436-455. |
|
KAWACHI, I., KENNEDY, B., LOCHNER, K. &
PROTHROW-STITH, D. (1997). Social capital, income
inequality, and mortality. American Journal of Public
Health, 87, 1491-1498. |
FORREST, R. & KEARNS, A. (2001). Social cohesion,
social capital, and the neighbourhood. Urban Studies,
38 (12), 2125-2143. |
|
KAWACHI, I., KENNEDY, B.P., OCHNER, K. &
PROTHROW-STITH, D. (1997). Social capital, income
inequality, and mortality. American Journal of Public
Health, 87, 1491-1498. |
MAYOUX, L. (2001). Tackling the downside : social capital,
women's empowerment and micro-finance in Cameroon.
Development & Change, 32 (3), 435-464. |
|
BURT, R. (1997). The contingent value of social capital. Administrative
Science Quarterly, 42, 339-365. |
MOLYNEAUX, M. (2002). Gender and the silences of social
1435 capital. Development & Change, 33 (2),
167-188. |
|
| NAHAPIET, J. & GHOSHAL, S. (1998). Social capital,
intellectual capital, and the organizational advantage. The
Academy of Management Review, 23, 242-266. |
SILVEY, R. & ELMHIRST, R. (2003). Engendering social
capital : Women workers and rural urban networks in
Indonesia's crisis. World Devlopment, 31 (5),
865-879. [PDF] |
|
BURT, R. (1998). The gender of social capital. Rationality
& Society, 10 (1), 5-46. |
VEENSTRA, G. (2002). Social capital and health (plus
wealth, income inequality and regional healthg overnance).
Social Science & Medicine, 54, 849-858. |
|
PORTES, A. (1998). Social capital : its origins and appli-
cations in modern sociology. Annual Review of
Sociology, 24, 1-24. |
VEENSTRA, G., LUGINAAH, I., WAKEFIELD, S., BIRCH, S.,
EYLES, J. & ELLIOTT, S. (2005). Who you know, where
you live : Social capital, neighbourhood and health.
Social Science & Medicine, 60, 2799-2818. [PDF] |
|
JACKMAN, R.W. & MILLER, R.A. (1998). Social capital
and politics. Annual Review of Political Science, 1, 4-73. |
WILLIAMS, D. (2006). On and off the "net" : Scales for
social capital in an online era. Journal of
Computer-Mediated Communication, 11, 593-628. |
|
WOOLCOCK, M. (1998). Social capital and economic
development : toward a theoretical synthesis and policy
framework. Theory & Society, 27 (2),
151-208. |
ELLISON, N.B., STEINFIELD, C. & LAMPE, C. (2007). The
benefits of Facebook "friends" : Social capital and
college students' use of online social network sites. Journal
of Computer-Mediated Communication, 12 (4),
1143-1168. |
|
LIN, N. (1999). Building a network theory of social
capital. Connections, 22, 28-51. |
STEINFIELD, C., ELLISON, N.B. & LAMPE, C. (2008).
Social capital, self-esteem, and use of online social
network sites : A longitudinal analysis. Journal of
Applied Developmental Psychology, 29 (6), 434-445.
[PDF] |
|
MORROW, V. (1999). Conceptualizing social capital in
relation to the well-being of children and young people :
A critical review. Sociological Review, 47, 744-765. |
QUILLIAN, L. & REDD, R. (2008). Can social capital
explain persistent racial poverty gaps ? In A. Chih
Lin
and D.R. Harris (Eds.), The colors of poverty (pp.
170-197).New York : Russell Sage. |
|
KAWACHI, I., KENNEDY, B. & GLASS, R. (1999). Social
capital and self-rated health : a contextual analysis. American
Journal of Public Health, 89 (8), 1187-1193. |
VALENZUELA, S., PARK, N. & KEE, K.F. (2009). Is there
social capital in a social network site ? : Facebook use
and college students' life satisfaction, trust, and
participation. Journal of Computer-Mediated
Communication, 14 (4), 875-901. [PDF]
|
|
FINE, B. (1999). The developmental state is dead : Long
live social capital ? Development & Change, 30,
1-19. |
ELLISON, N.B., LAMPE, C., STEINFIELD, C. & VITAK, J.
(2010). With a little help from my friends : Social
network sites and social capital. In Z. Papacharissi
(Ed.), The networked self : Identity, community and
culture on social network sites (pp. 124-145). New
York : Routledge. |
|
COMBS, J.G. & KETCHEN, D.J. (1999). Can capital
scarcity help agency theory explain franchising ?
Revisiting the capital scarcity hypothesis. Academy
of Management Journal, 42 196-207. |
VAN TUBERGEN, F. & VOLKER, B. (2015). Inequality in
access to social capital in the Netherlands. Sociology,
49 (3), 521-38. |
|
BEBBINGTON, A. & PERREAULT, T. (1999). Social capital,
development, and access to resources in highland Ecuador.
Economic Geography, 75 (4), 395-418. |
VERHAEGHE, P., VAN DER BRACHT, K. & VAN DE PUTTE, B.
(2015). Inequalities in social capital and their
longitudinal effects on the labour market entry.
Social Networks, 40, 174-184. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Capital |
|
|
Capital symbolique : Selon Bourdieu,
connaissance et reconnaissance que les individus ont de la
distribution inégale du capital
cuturel, social et économique
au sein de la société. = conscience de
classe.
| |
|
|
BOURDIEU, P. (1987). Choses dites. Paris :
Minuit. |
|
BOURDIEU, P. (1994). Raisons pratiques. Paris :
Seuil. |
|
GUILBERT, S. (2010). Violence et capital symbolique :
L’exemple du sport. French Cultural Studies, 21
(1), 19-30. |
|
|
Voir aussi Capital |
|
|
Capitalisme
: Système économique fondé sur la quête du profit
et l'accumulation des biens et services.
Capitalism.
| |
|
|
COMMONS, J.R. (1924). Legal foundations of
capitalism. New York : Macmillan, 1924. |
|
|
SCHUMPETER, J. (1950). Capitalism, socialism, and
democracy. New York : Harper. |
|
|
GALBRAITH, J.K. (1952). American capitalism : The
concept of countervailing power. Boston :
Houghton Mifflin. |
GERLACH, M. (1992). Alliance capitalism : The
social organization of Japanese business.
Berkeley : University of California Press. |
|
FRIEDMAN, M. (1962). Capitalism and freedom.
Chicago : University of Chicago Press. |
|
|
RAND, A. (1967). Capitalism : The unknown ideal.
New York : Signet. |
REDDING, S.G. (1993). The spirit of Chinese
capitalism. New York : Walter de Gruyter. |
|
EDWARDS, R.C., REICH, M. & WEISSKOPF, T.E. (Eds.)
(1972). The capitalism system . Englewood
Cliffs : Prentice-Hall. |
|
|
AGLIETTA, M. (1974), Accumulation et régulation du
capitalisme en longue période. L’exemple des Etats Unis
(1870-1970). Paris : INSEE. |
BONEFELD, W. (1999). Notes on competition, capitalist
crises and class. Historical Materialism, 5 (1),
5-28. |
|
BOURQUE, G. (1977). L'état capitalisme et la
question nationale. Montréal : Les Presses de
l'Université de Montréal. [PDF] |
CRAMER, C. (2002). Capitalism, violence, and war. In A.
Saad-Filho (Ed.), Anti-capitalism : a marxist
introduction. London : Pluto Press. |
|
FINE, B., KINSEY, R., LEA, J., PICCIOTTO, S. &
YOUNG, J. (Eds.) (1979). Capitalism and the rule of law
: from deviancy to marxism, London : Hutchinson. |
DOSTALER, G. et MARIS, B. (2009). Capitalisme et
pulsion de mort. Paris : Albin Michel. |
|
THOMPSON, P. (2010). The capitalist labour process :
Concepts and connections. Capital & Class, 34
(1), 7-14. [PDF]
|
|
CLARKE, S. (1990). Crisis of fordism and the crisis of
capitalism. Telos, 83, 71-98. [PDF]
|
HOLLOWAY, J. (2010/12). Crack capitalism. Pluto
Press. / Crack Capitalism : 33 thèses contre le
capital. Libertalia. |
|
|
|
LEPAGE, H. (1978). Demain le capitalisme.
Paris : Édition Hachette. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Caplan Paula J. (Springfield 1947-2021 Rockville) :
Psychologue féministe
et clinicienne américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude de la
sexualité des femmes, des critères de santé mentale et des genres.
Collaboratrice de Caplan et Hyde.
 |
CAPLAN, P.J. (1984). The myth of women’s masochism. American
Psychologist, 39, 130-139. |
|
CAPLAN, P.J. (1991). How do they decide who is normal ?
The bizarre, but true, tale of the DSM process. Canadian
Psychology, 32 (2), 162-170. |
|
CAPLAN, P.J. (1992). What should we ask about women and
therapy ? Canada's Mental Health, 40, 25-26. |
|
CAPLAN, P.J. & CAPLAN, J.B. (1999). Thinking
critically about research on sex and gender. New
York : Longman. |
|
CAPLAN, P.J. (2001). Chronic fatigue syndrome : A
first-person story. Women & Therapy special issue
on Minding the Body, 23 (1), 23-43. |
|
|
DAGENAIS, H. (1994). Paula J. Caplan : Lifting a ton of
feathers. A woman’s guide to surviving in the academic
world. Recherches Féministes, 7 (1), 155-158. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
Caplan Robert D. ( ) :
Psychologue organisationel
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude du travail,
du stress et de la
perte d'emploi.
Collaborateur de French et
Vinokur.
|
CAPLAN, R.D. (1972). Organizational stress and individual
strain : a social psychological study of risk factors in
coronary heart disease among administrators, engineers and
scientists. Dissertation Abstract International, 32. |
|
FRENCH, J.R.P., CAPLAN, R.D. & HARRISON, R.V. (1982).
The mechanisms of job stress and strain. New York
: John Wiley. |
|
CAPLAN, R.D., VINOKUR, A.D., PRICE, R.H. & VAN RYN, M.
(1989). Job seeking, reemployment, and mental health : A
randomized field experiment in coping with job loss. Journal
of Applied Psychology, 74 (5), 759-769. [PDF] |
|
CAPLAN, R.D. & HARRISON, R.V. (1993).
Person-environment fit theory : Some history, recent
developments, and future directions. Journal of
Social Issues, 49, 253-276. |
|
CAPLAN, R.D., VINOKUR, A.D. & PRICE, R.H. (1997). From
job loss to reemployment : field experiments in
prevention-focused coping. In G.W. Albee & T.P.
Gullotta (Eds.), Primary prevention works (Vol.
16, pp. 341-379). Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage Publications. |
|
|
|
|
Capps Donald Eric (1939-2015) : Psychologue
humaniste américain et
spécialiste de l'étude de la religion.
|
CAPPS, D. (2009). (1978). Pastoral care and psychology of
religion : Toward a new alliance. Pastoral
Psychology, 26 (3), 187-200. |
|
CAPPS, D. (2009). Relaxed bodies, emancipated minds, and
dominant calm. Journal of Religion & Health, 48 (3),
36-380. |
|
CAPPS, D. (2011). John Nash, game theory, and the
schizophrenic brain. Journal of Religion &
Health, 50 (1), 145-162. |
|
|
|
|
CAPPS, D. (2003). James E. Dittes : A professional
portrait Donald Capps. Pastoral Psychology, 52,
17-49. |
|
|
|
Caprice alimentaire : Trouble
alimentaire mineur qui consiste à manger
une gamme restreinte d'aliments ou à lever le nez sur certaines
catégories d'aliments (les légumes, le poisson, etc.), qui ne sont
pourtant associées à aucune aversion
alimentaire ou proscrit par aucune diète (diabète,
végéatrisme, etc.). Food selectivity.
| |
|
|
SHORE, B.A., BABBITT, R L., WILLIAMS, K.E., COE, D.A.
& SNYDER, A. (1998). Use of texture fading in the
treatment of food selectivity. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 31, 621-633. [PDF] |
|
PIAZZA, C.C., PATEL, M.R., SANTANA, C.M., GOH, H., DELIA,
M.D. & LANCASTER, B.M. (2002). An evaluation of
simultaneous and sequential presentation of preferred and
nonpreferred food to treat food selectivity. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 35 (3), 259-270. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Trouble
alimentaire |
|
|
|
|
Capture : Recapture : Mécanisme chimique qui agit dans la fente
synaptique, à la jonction de deux neurones,
afin d'augmenter ou de diminuer la quantité de neuro-transmetteur,
par exemple la sérotonine,
et ainsi permettre (excitation) ou non (inhibition) le passage de
l'influx nerveux.
Reuptake.
| |
|
|
ANDERSON, I.M. & TOMENSON, B.M. (1995). Treatment
discontinuation with selective serotonin reuptake
inhibitors compared with tricyclic antidepressants : A
meta-analysis. British Medical Journal, 310, 1433-1438.
[PDF] |
|
CARLSSON, A. & WONG, D.T. (1997). A note on the
discovery of selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors.
Life Science, 161, 1203-1203. |
|
HEALY, D. (2003). Lines of evidence on the risks of
suicide with selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors. Psychotherapy
& Psychosomatic, 72, 71-79. [PDF] |
|
BREGGIN, P.R. (2004). Suicidality, violence, and mania
caused by selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs)
: A review and analysis. International Journal of
Risk & Safety in Medicine, 16, 31-49. [PDF] |
|
GEDDES, J, FREEMANTLE, N., MASON, J., ECCLES, M. &
BOYNTON, J. (2005). Selective serotonin reuptake
inhibitors (SSRIs) versus other antidepressants for
depression. Cochrane Database Syst Review,
CD002791. |
|
HETRICK, S., MERRY, S., McKENZIE, J., SINDAHL, P. &
PROCTOR, M. (2007). Selective serotonin reuptake
inhibitors (SSRIs) for depressive disorders in children
and adolescents. Cochrane Database of Systematic
Reviews, 18, CD004851. |
|
|
|
|
Capucin : Petit singe. =(Cebus capucinus/Cebus apella/Cebus olivaceus).
Capuchin monkey.
| |
|
| D'AMATO, M.R. (1973). Delayed matching and short-term memory in monkeys. Psychology of Learning & Motivation, 7, 227-269. |
O'MALLEY, R.C. & FEDIGAN, L.M. (2005). Evaluating
social influences on food-processing behavior in
white-faced capuchins (Cebus capucinus). American
Journal of Physical Anthropology, 127, 481-491. [PDF] |
|
D'AMATO, M.R. & WORSHAM, R.W. (1974). Retrieval cues and short-term memory in capuchin monkeys (Cebus apella) and in rats. Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 86(2), 274-282. |
|
D'AMATO, M.R. & SALMON, D.P. (1982). Tune
discrimination in monkeys (Cebus apella) and in rats. Animal
Learning & Behavior, 10, 126-134. |
|
|
D'AMATO, M.R. & SALMON, D.P. (l984). Processing of
complex auditory stimuli (tunes) by rats and monkeys
(Cebus apella). Animal Learning & Behavior, 12, 184-194. |
|
D'AMATO, M.R. & SALMON, D.P. (l984). Processing and
retention of complex auditory stimuli in monkeys (Cebus
apella). Canadian Journal of Psychology, 38,
237-255. |
VOGEL, E.R. (2005). Rank differences in energy intake
rates in white-faced capuchin monkeys, Cebus capucinus :
The effects of contest competition. Behavioral
Ecology & Sociobiology, 58, 333-344. |
|
D'AMATO, M.R. & COLOMBO, M. (1985). Auditory
matching-to-sample in monkeys (Cebus apella). Animal
Learning & Behavior, 13 (4) 375-382. [PDF] |
MEUNIER, H., LECA, J.B. DENEUBOUR, J.L. & PETIT, O.
(2006). Group movement decisions in capuchin monkeys : The
utility of an experimental study and a mathematical model
to explore the relationship between individual and
collective behaviours. Behaviour, 143,
1511-1527. [PDF] |
|
D'AMATO, M.R., SALMON, D.P. & COLOMBO, M. (1985).
Extent and limits of the matching concept in monkeys
(Cebus apella). Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Animal Behavior Processes, 11 (1), 35-51. |
LECA, J.B., GUNST, N. & PETIT, O. (2007). Social
aspects of fur rubbing in Cebus capucinus and C. apella. International
Journal of Primatology, 28, 801-817. [PDF] |
|
D'AMATO, M.R., SALMON, D.P. & COLOMBO, M. (1986).
Processing of identity and conditional relations in
monkeys (Cebus apella) and pigeons (Columba livid). Animal
Learning & Behavior, 14 (4), 365-373. [PDF] |
ADDESSI, E., CRESCIMBENE L. & VISALBERGHI, E. (2007).
Do capuchin monkeys (Cebus apella) use tokens as symbols ?
Proceedings of the Royal Society of London, 274,
2579-2585. |
|
D'AMATO, M.R. & VAN SANT, P. (1988). The person concept
in monkeys (Cebus apella). Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 14 (1),
43-55.
|
MEUNIER, H. & VAUCLAIR, J. (2007). Hand preferences on
unimanual and bimanual tasks in white-faced capuchins
(Cebus capucinus). American Journal of Primatology,
69, 1064-1069. [PDF] |
|
D'AMATO, M.R. & COLOMBO, M. (1988). Representation of
serial order in monkeys (Cebus apella). Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 14,
131-139. |
BERAN, M.J., KLEIN, E.D., EVANS, T.A., CHAN, B., FLEMMING,
T.J., HARRIS E.H., WASHBURN, D.A. & RUMBAUGH, D.M.
(2008). Discrimination reversal learning in capuchin
monkeys (Cebus apella). Psychological Record, 58,
3-14. |
| ROBINSON, J.G. (1988). Group size in wedge-capped capuchin
monkeys Cebus olivaceus and the reproductive success of
males and females. Behavioral Ecology &
Sociobiology, 23, 187-197.
|
GUNST, N., BOINSKI, S. & MUNKENBECK-FERAGASZY,
D. (2008). The ontogeny of foraging skills in wild brown
capuchins (Cebus apella), Raleighvallen, Suriname. American
Journal of Primatology, 68, 32-33. |
|
D'AMATO, M.R. & VAN SANT, P. (1988). The person oncept
in monkeys (Cebus apella). Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 14 (1),
43-55. |
BERAN, M.J. (2008). Capuchin monkeys (Cebus apella)
succeed in a test of quantity conservation. Animal
Cognition, 11, 109-116. |
|
D'AMATO, M.R. & COLOMBO, M. (1989). Serial learning
with wild card items by monkeys (Cebus apella) :
Implications for knowledge of ordinal position.
Journal of Comparative Psychology, 103, 252-261. |
BERAN, M.J., HARRIS E.H., EVANS, T.A., KLEIN, E.D., CHAN,
B., FLEMMING, T.J. & WASHBURN, D.A. (2008). Ordinal
judgments of symbolic stimuli by capuchin monkeys (Cebus
apella) and rhesus monkeys (Macaca mulatta) : The effects
of differential and nondifferential reward. Journal
of Comparative Psychology, 122, 52-61. |
|
|
D'AMATO, M.R. & COLOMBO, M. (1989). On the limits of
the matching concept in monkeys (Cebus apella). Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 52 (3),
225–-236. [PDF] |
SMITH, J.D., BERANJUSTIN, M.J., COUCHMAN, J. COUTINHO,
M.V.C. & BOOMER, J.B. (2009). The curious incident of
the capuchins. Comparative Cognition & Behavior
Reviews, 4, 61-64. [PDF] |
|
VISALBERGHI, E. & LIMONGELLI, L. (1994). Lack of
comprehension of cause-effect relations in tool-using
capuchin monkeys (Cebus apella). Journal of
Comparative Psychology, 108, 15-22. |
BERAN, M.J., SMITH, J.D., COUTONHO, M.V.C., COUCHMAN, J.J.
& BOOMER, J. (2009). The psychological organization of
"uncertainty"responses and "middle" responses : A
dissociation in capuchin monkeys (Cebus apella).
Journal of Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior
Processes, 35, 371-381. |
|
POTI, P., KANNGIESSER, P., SAPORITI, M., AMICONI, A.B.B.
& CALL, J. (2010). Searching in the middle capuchins'
(Cebus apella) and bonobos' (Pan paniscus) behavior during
a spatial search task. Journal of Experimental
Psychology. Animal Behavior Processes, 36 (1),
92-109. |
|
ANDERSON, J.R, SALLABERRY, P. & BARBIER, H. (1996).
Use of experimenter-given cues during object-choice tasks
by capuchin monkeys. Animal Behaviour, 49 (1),
201-208. |
BERGSTROM, M.L. & FEDIGAN, L.M. (2010). Dominance
among female white-faced capuchin monkeys (Cebus
capucinus) : hierarchical linearity, nepotism, strength
and stability. Behaviour, 147, 899-931. [PDF] |
|
ITAKURA, S. & ANDERSON, J.R. (1996). Learning to use
experimenter-given cues during an object-choice task by a
capuchin monkey. Current Psychology of Cognition, 15,
103-112. |
YOCOM. A.M. & BOYSEN, S.Y. (2010). Capuchins (Cebus
apella) can solve a means-ends problem. Journal of
Comparative Psychology, 124, 271-277. |
|
BAKER, M. (1996). Fur rubbing : Use of medicinal plants by
capuchin monkeys (Cebus capucinus). American Journal
of Primatology, 38, 263-270. |
BERAN, M.J. & SMITH, J.D. (2011). Information seeking
by rhesus monkeys (Macaca mulatta) and capuchin monkeys
(Cebus apella). Cognition, 120, 90-105. |
|
ADDESSI, E. & ROSSI, S. (2011). Tokens improve
capuchin performance in the reverse-reward contingency
task. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London,
Series B, 278, 849-854. |
|
ADDESSI, E., MANCINI, A., CRESCIMBENE, L. &
VISALBERGHI, E. (2011). How social context, token value,
and time course affect token exchange in capuchin monkeys
(Cebus apella). International Journal of Primatology,
32, 83-98. |
|
|
ADDESSI, E. & VISALBERGHI, E. (2001). Social
facilitation of eating novel food in tufted capuchin
monkeys (Cebus apella): input provided by group members
and responses affected in the observer. Animal
Cognition, 4, 297-303. |
SABBATINI, G., TRUPPA, V., HRIBAR, A., GAMBETTA, B., CALL,
J. & VISALBERGHI, E. (2012). Understanding the
functional properties of tools : chimpanzees (Pan
troglodytes) and capuchin monkeys (Cebus apella) attend to
tool features differently. Animal Cognition, 15,
577-59-. [PDF] |
|
COLOMBO, M. & FROST, N. (2001). Representation of
serial order in humans : A comparison to the findings with
monkeys (Cebus apella). Psychonomic Bulletin &
Review, 8 (2), 262-269. [PDF] |
BERAN, M.J. & PARRISH, A.E. (2012). Sequential
responding and planning in capuchin monkeys (Cebus
apella). Animal Cognition, 15 (6), 1085-1094. [PDF] |
|
LECA, J.B., FORNASIERI, I. & PETIT, O. (2002).
Aggression and reconciliation in Cebus capucinus. International
Journal of Primatology, 23, 979-998. |
PAGLIERI, F., FOCAROLI, V., BRAMLETT, J., TIERNO, V.,
MCINTYRE, J., ADDESSI, E., EVANS, T.A. & BERAN, M.J.
(2013). The hybrid delay task : Can capuchin monkeys
(Cebus apella) sustain a delay after an initial choice to
do so ? Behavioural Processes, 94, 45-54. [PDF] |
|
HARE, B., ADDESSI, E., CALL, J., TOMASELLO, M. &
VISALBERGHI, E. (2003). Do capuchin monkeys, Cebus apella,
know what conspecifics do and do not see ? Animal
Behaviour, 65, 13-142. |
ADDESSI, E., PAGLIERI, F., BERAN, M., EVANS, T.,
MACCHITELLA, L., DE PETRILLO, F. & FOCAROLI, V.
(2013). Delay choice vs. delay maintenance : Different
measures of delayed gratification in capuchin monkeys
(Cebus apella). Journal of Comparative Psychology, 127
(4), 392-398. [PDF] |
|
LEIMGRUBER, K.L., WARD, A.F., WIDNESS, J., NORTON, M.I.,
OLSON, K.R., GRAY, K. & SANTOS, L.R. (2014). Give what
you get : Capuchin monkeys (Cebus apella) and 4-year-old
children pay forward positive and negative outcomes to
conspecifics. PLoS ONE, 9 (1), 1-8.
[PDF] |
|
EVANS, T.A., PERDUE, B.M., PARRISH, E.A. & BERAN, M.J.
(2014). Working and waiting for better rewards :
Self-control in two monkey species (Cebus apella and
Macaca mulatta). Behavioural Processes, 103,
236-242. |
|
BERAN, M.J. CHURCH, B.A., SMITH, J.D. & PERDU B.M.
(2016). Capuchin monkeys (Cebus apella) modulate their use
of an uncertainty response depending on risk. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Animal Learning &
Cognition, 42 (1), 32-43. [PDF] |
|
PARRISH, A.E., JAMES, B.T., ROSSETTIE, M.S., SMITH, T.,
OTALORA-GARCIA, A. & BERAN, M.J. (2018). Investigating
the depletion effect : Self-control does not waiver in
capuchin monkeys. Animal Behavior & Cognition, 5
(1), 118-138. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
DAWKINS, R. (2004/07). The ancestor's tale : A
pilgrimage to the dawn of evolution. New York :
Houghton Mifflin./ Il était une fois l'évolution. Paris
: Hachette. |
Voir aussi Animal et
Singe |
|
|
Caraco Thomas ( ) : Biologiste
et écologiste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des groupes.
Collaborateur de Giraldeau
et Kacelnik.
|
CARACO, T. & WOLF, L.L. (1975). Ecological
determinants of group sizes of foraging lion. The
American Naturalist, 109 (967), 343-352. |
|
CARACO, T. (1979). Time budgeting and group size : a
theory. Ecology 60, 611-617. |
|
CARACO, T. (1979). Time budgeting and group size : a test
of theory. Ecology, 60, 618-627. |
|
CARACO, T. & GIRALDEAU, L.-A. (1991). Social foraging
: producing and scrounging in a stochastic environment. Journal
of Theoretical Biology, 153, 559-583. |
|
CARACO, T., KACELNIK, A., MESNICK, N. & SMULEWITZ, M.
(1992). Short- term rate maximization when rewards and
delays covary. Animal Behaviour, 44, 441-448. |
|
|
|
Caractère : Le mot a un sens psychologique et biologique : a)
En psychologie, il
désigne les variations
ou les traits distinctifs
de la personnalité
d'un individu (parfois appliqué aux animaux); b)
En biologie, il renvoie à l'expression particulière d'un gène
ou d'un groupe de gènes aux différents niveaux d'organisation
biologique d'un organisme (comportemental, physiologique,
neuronal, biochimique) sous l'influence (caractère acquis) ou non
(caractère inné) de l'environnement.
= caractère phénotypé.
Character.
| |
|
| a |
SHAND, A.F. (1914). The foundations of
character. London : Macmillan.
|
|
|
HOLLINGWORTH, H.L. (1922). Judging human character.
New York : Appleton. |
BERGER, G. (1952). Traité pratique d'analyse du
caractère. Paris : Presses Universitaires de
France. |
|
KRETSCHMER, E.K. (1925). Physique and character.
London : Kegan Paul. |
LE GALL, A. (1973). Caractérologie des enfants et des
adolescents. Paris : Presses Universitaires de
France. |
|
KANTOR, J.R. (1937-1938). Character and personality :
their nature and interrelations. Character &
Personality, 2, 3-32. |
REICH, W. (1984/96). Character analysis. FSG
Adult / L'analyse caractérielle. Paris : Payot. |
|
WALLON, H. (1934/49/70). Les origines du caractère
chez l'enfant. Paris : Presses Universitaires de
France. |
SAUCIER, G. & GOLDBERG, L.R. (2006). Personnalité,
caractère et tempérament : La structure translinguistique
des traits. Psychologie Française, 51, 265-284.
[PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Traits
et Personnalité |
| b |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Gène |
|
|
Caractère sexuel primaire : Organes
qui distinguent les deux sexes d'une espèce
et qui sont essentiels à leur reproduction.
= organes sexuelles, organes génitaux.
|
Caractère sexuel secondaire : Traits ou variations anatomiques
qui distinguent les deux sexes d'une espèce,
mais qui ne participent pas directement à la reproduction.
Ces caractères se développent à la puberté chez l'humain (mue de
la voix, élargissement du bassin et des épaules, augmentation de
la musculature, des seins et de la pilosité, etc.). Secondary
sexual characteristics.
| |
|
|
BROOKS-GUNN, J. & WARREN, M.P. (1988). The
psychological significance of secondary sexual
characteristics in 9- to 11-year-old girls. Child
Development, 59, 1061-1069. |
|
HERMAN-GIDDENS, M.E., SLORA, E., WASSERMAN, R., BOURDONY,
C.J., BHAPAR, M.M., KOCH, G.G. & HASEMEIER, C.M.
(1997). Secondary sexual characteristics and menses in
young girls seen in office practice : a study from the
Pediatric Research in Office Settings network. Pediatrics,
99 (4), 505–512. |
|
HERMAN-GIDDENS, M.E., WANG, L. & KOCH, G. (2001).
Secondary sexual characteristics in boys : estimates from
the National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey III,
1988-1994. Archives of Pediatrics & Adolescent
Medicine, 155 (9),1022-1028. |
|
HERMAN-GIDDENS, M.E., STEFFES, J., HARRIS, D., SLORA, E.,
HUSSEY, M., DOWSHEN, S.A., WASSERMAN, R., SERWINT, J.R.,
SMITHERMAN, L. & REITER, E.O. (2012). Secondary sexual
characteristics in boys : Data from the pediatric research
in office settings network. Pediatrics, 130 (5),
1058-1068. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Caractériser
: En biologie et en écologie, consiste à décrire
un phénomène en
insistant sur ses caractéristiques distintives, qui permettent de
le distinguer d'autres phénomènes semblabes ou quasi-identiques.
Par analogie, on utilise le terme pour décrire certains phénomènes
psychologiques. = démarquer.
Characterization.
| |
|
|
DEB-RINKER, P., KLEMPAN, T.A., O'REILLY, R.L., TORREY,
E.F. & SINGH, S.M. (1999). Molecular characterization
of a MSRV-like sequence identified by RDA from monozygotic
twin pairs discordant for schizophrenia. Genomics, 61,133-144.
|
|
WOLF, K., MASS, R., KIEFER, F., WIEDEMANN, K. & NABER,
D. (2006). Characterization of the facial expression of
emotions in schizophrenia patients : Preliminary findings
with a new electromyography method. The Canadian
Journal of Psychiatry, 51 (6), 335-341. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Caractéristique : Élément d'un objet
qui permet de le reconnaître
(ceci est un Y) et de le distinguer des autre objets de sa classe
(ce Y est différent des autres Y). EX: Ce mur
est bleu, cette femme est grande, ce chien est noir. En effet,
contrairement à une propriété,
une caractéristique n'est pas commune à tous les éléments de la
classe. EX: Tous les chiens ne sont pas noirs.
Dans le langage courant, une propriété est un élément commun à
plusieurs objets (avoir quatre pattes), alors qu'une
caractéristique est un élément propre à certains de ces objets
(être noir); la propriété est essentiel à la catégorisation
d'un objet, alors que la caractéristique est un simple
détail qui permet de le reconnaître, de le discriminer.
Bref, une caractéristique devient une propriété lorsqu'elle permet
de définir un concept. EX : Si tous les chiens étaient noirs, ce
qualificatif pourrait servir à définir ce que sont les chiens. *propriété.
|
Caractéristique
physique : Partie du
corps que l'on remarque (= apparence)
ou que l'on peut observer/mesurer.
|
Caramazza
Alfonso (1946-) : Neurocognitiviste
américain et spécialiste du langage
et des troubles du
langage. Il s'intéresse notamment au bilinguisme.Collaborateur
de Santos et
Zurif.
|
CARAMAZZA, A., YENI-KOMSHIAN, G., ZURIF, E.B. &
CARBONE, E. (1973). The acquisition of a new phonological
contrast : The case of stop consonants in French-English
Bilinguals. Journal of the Acoustical Society of
America, 54, 421-428. |
|
CARAMAZZA, A. & YENI-KOMSHIAN, G. (1974). Voice onset
time in two French dialects. Journal of Phonetics, 2,
239-245. |
|
CARAMAZZA, A., BASILIA, G., KOLLER, J.J. & BERNDT,
R.S. (1981). An investigation of repetition and language
processing in a case of conduction aphasia. Brain
& Language, 14, 235-271. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
|
CARAMAZZA, A. (1998). Domain-specic knowledge systems in
the brain : The animate-inanimate distinction. Journal
of Cognitive Neuroscience, 10 (1) 1-34. |
|
CARAMAZZA, A. & MAHOM, B.Z. (2006). The organisation
of conceptual knowledge in the brain : the future's past
and some future directions. Cognitive
Neuropsychology, 23, 13-38. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Card David (1956-) : Économiste
américain d'origine canadienne et spécialiste de l'étude du travail
et de l'immigration.
Il est le récipiendaire du prix
nobel d'économie 2021. Collaborateur de Krueger
et Lemieux.
|
CARD, D. (1986). An empirical model of wage indexation
provisions in union contracts. Journal of Political
Economy, 94 (3), 144-175. [PDF] |
|
CARD, D. (1990). The impact of the Mariel Boatlift on the
Miami Labor Market. Industrial & Labor Relations
Review, 43, 245-257. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
|
CARD, D. KRAMARZ, F. & LEMIEUX, T. (1999). Changes in
the relative structure of wages and employment : A
comparison of the United States, Canada, and France.
Canadian Journal of Economics, 32, 843-877. |
|
CARD, D. & KRUEGER, A.B. (1995). Time-series minimum
wage studies : A meta-analysis. American Economic
Review, 85 (2), 238-243.
[PDF] |
|
CARD, D. (2001). Immigrant inflows, native outflows and
the local labor market impacts of higher immigration. Journal
of Labor Economics, 19 (1), 22-64. |
|
|
|
|
|
Cardinal
(Richmondena cardinali) : Animal
de la classe des oiseaux.
Cardinal.
| |
|
|
LASKEY, A. (1944). A study of the cardinal in Tennessee.
Wilson Bulletin, 56, 27-44. |
|
LEMON, R.E. (1965). Geographic variation in the song of
cardinals. Canadian Journal of Zoology, 44,
413-428. [PDF] |
|
LEMON, R.E. & SCOTT, D.M. (1966). On the development
of song in young cardinals. Canadian Journal of
Zoology, 44, 191-197. |
|
|
|
|
Cardinalité
: Propriété
des nombres qui désigne la
quantité. Cardinalité,
nombre et
ordinalité. =
taille, quantité. Cardination, cardinal number
judgment.
| |
|
|
BRAINERD, C.J. (1976). Measuring the ordination ordination
--» cardination sequence. Psychological Reports, 88,
1266. |
FREEMAN, N.H., ANTONUCCIA, C. & LEWIS, C. (2000).
Representation of the cardinality principle : early
conception of error in a counterfactual test.
Cognition, 74, 71-89. |
|
BRAINERD, C.J. (1977). Effects of spatial cues on
children's cardinal number judgments. Developmental
Psychology, 13, 425-430. |
BERMEJO, V., MORALES, S. & GARCIA de OSUNA, J. (2004).
Supporting children's development of cardinality
understanding. Learning & Instruction, 14,
381-398. |
|
KINGMA, J. & KOOPS, W. (1981). On the sequentiality of
ordinality and cardinality. International Journal of
Behavioral Development, 4, 391-402. |
IONIN, T. & MATUSHANSKY, O. (2006). The composition of
complex cardinal. Journal of Semantics, 2 (3),
315-360. |
|
KINGMA, J. & ROELINGA, U. (1983). Task sensitivity and
the sequence of development in seriation, ordinal
correspondence, and cardination. Genetic Psychology
Monographs, 110, 181-205. |
COLOMÉ, A. & NOEL, M.-P. (2012). One first ?
Acquisition of the cardinal and ordinal uses of numbers in
preschoolers. Journal of Experimental Child
Psychology 113 (2), 233-247. |
|
|
Voir aussi Nombre
et Ordinalité |
|
|
Carelli
Regina M. ( ) : Neuropsychologue
béhavioriste américaine et spécialiste de l'étude du noyau
accumbens et de son rôle dans le conditionnement
et la dépendance aux
drogues, notamment la cocaïne.
|
CARELLI, R.M. & DEADWYLE, S.A. (1994). A comparison of
nucleus accumbens neuronal firing patterns during cocaine
self-administration and water reinforcement in rats. Journal
of Neuroscience, 14 (12), 7735-7746. [PDF] |
|
CARELLI, R.M. & DEADWYLER, S.A. (1997). Cellular
mechanisms underlying reinforcement-related processing in
the nucleus accumbens : electrophysiological studies in
behaving animals. Pharmacology Biochemistry &
Behavior, 57, 495–504. |
|
CARELLI, R.M., IJAMES, S.G. & CRUMLING, A.J. (2000).
Evidence that separate neural circuits in the nucleus
accumbens encode cocaine versus "natural" (water and food)
reward. Journal of Neuroscience, 20, (11),
4255-4266. [PDF] |
|
CARELLI, R.M. (2002). Nucleus accumbens cell firing during
goal-directed behaviors for cocaine vs. "natural"
reinforcement. Physiology & Behavior, 76,
379-387. |
|
CARELLI, R.M. & WIGHTMAN, R.M. (2004). Functional
microcircuitry in the accumbens underlying drug addiction
: insights from real-time signaling during behavior. Current
Opinion in Neurobiology, 14, 763–768. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Caribou
(Rangifer tarandus) : Animal
de la classe des mammifères.
Boreal caribou, northern mountain caribou.
| |
|
|
DE VOS, A. & PETERSON, R.L. (1951). A review of the
status of woodland caribou in Ontario. Journal of
Mammalogy, 32, 329-337. |
DUCHESNE, M., CÔTÉ, S.D. & BARRETTE, C. (2000).
Responses of woodland caribou to winter ecotourism in the
Charlevoix Biosphere Reserve, Canada. Biological
Conservation, 96, 311-317. |
|
BANFIELD, A.W.F. & TENER, J.S. (1958). A preliminary
study of the Ungava caribou. Journal of Mammalogy,
39, 560-573. |
RACEY, G.D. & ARMSTRONG, A. (2000). Woodland caribou
range occupancy in northwestern Ontario : past and
present. Rangifer, Special Issue, 12, 173-184. |
|
BERGERUD, A.T. (1978). Caribou. In J.L. Schmidt and D.L.
Gilbert (Eds.), Big game of North America : ecology
and management. Harrisburg, Pennsylvania :
Stackpole Books |
RUSSELL, D.E. & WHITE, G. (2000). Surviving in the
north- a conceptual model of reproductive strategies in
arctic caribou. Rangifer Special Issue, 12, 67. |
|
BOUDREAU, S., PAYETTE, S., MORNEAU, C. et LAMOTHE, P.
(2002). Le caribou migrateur (Rangifer tarandus L.) du
Nord québécois dans l’espace et le temps. La Société
d'Histoire Naturelle du Canada, 24-35. [PDF] |
|
CALEF, G. (1981). Caribou and the barren-lands.
Toronto Firefly Books Ltd. |
COURTOIS, R.L., BERNATCHEZ, J.P., OULLET, J.P. &
BRETON, L. (2003). Significance of caribou (Rangifer
tarandus) ecotypes from a molecular genetics viewpoint. Conservation
Genetics, 4, 393-404. |
|
RUSSELL, D.E & MARTELL, A.M. (1984). The winter
ecology of caribou (Rangifer tarandus). In R. Olson, F.
Geddes & R. Hastings (Eds.), Northern ecology and
resource management. Edmonton : University of
Alberta Press. |
BROWN, G.S., MALLORY, F.F. & RETTIE, W.J. (2003).
Range size and seasonal movement for female woodland
caribou in the boreal forest of northeastern Ontario.
Rangifer Special Issue, 14, 227-233. |
|
SCHMELZER, I. & OTTO, R. (2003). Winter range drift in
the George River caribou herd : a response to summer
forage limitation ? Rangifer Special Issue, 14,
113-122. |
|
FANCY, S.G. & WHITE, R.G. (1985). Energy expenditure
by caribou while cratering in snow. Journal of
Wildlife Management, 49, 987-993. |
CRONIN, M.A., McNEIL, M.C. & PATTON, J.C. (2005).
Variation in mitochondrial DNA and microsatellite DNA in
caribou (Rangifer tarandus) in North America. Journal
of Mammalogy, 86 (3), 495-505. |
|
BERGERUD, A.T. & ELLIOT, J.P. (1986). Dynamics of
caribou and wolves in northern British Columbia.
Canadian Journal of Zoology, 64, 1515-1529. |
BOUDREAU, S., PAYETTE, S., MORNEAU, C. & COUTURIER, S.
(2003). Recent decline of the George River caribou herd as
revealed by tree-ring analysis. Arctic, Antarctic,
& Alpine Research, 35, 187-195. |
|
BARRETTE, C. & VANDAL, D. (1986). Social rank,
dominance, antler size, and access to food in snow-bound
woodland caribou. Behaviour, 97, 118-146. |
BOUDREAU, S. & PAYETTE, S. (2004). Growth performance
of Cladina stellaris following caribou disturbance in
subarctic Québec. Écoscience, 11, 347-355. |
|
BERGERUD, A.T. (1988). Caribou, wolves and man. Trends
in Ecology & Evolution, 3, 68-72. |
PAYETTE, S., BOUDREAU, S., MORNEAU, C. & PITRE, N.
(2004). Long- term interactions between migratory caribou,
wildfires and Nunavik hunters inferred from tree-rings. Ambio,
33, 482-486. |
|
COUTURIER, S., BRUNELLE, J., VANDAL, D. & ST-MARTIN,
G. (1990). Changes in the population dynamics of the
George River caribou herd, 1976-87. Arctic, 43,
9-20. |
BOUDREAU, S. & PAYETTE, S. (2004). Caribou-induced
changes in species dominance of lichen woodlands : an
application of plant remains. American Journal of
Botany, 91, 422-429. |
|
CRÊTE, M., RIVEST, L.P., LE HÉNAFF, D. & LUTTICH, S.N.
(1991). Adapting sampling plans to caribou distribution on
calving grounds. Rangifer Special Issue, 7,137-150. |
PARKER, K.L., BARBOZA, P.S. & STEPHENSON, T.R. (2005).
Protein conservation in female caribou (Rangifer
tarandus): effects of decreasing diet quality during
winter. Journal of Mammalogy, 86, 610-622. |
|
CRÊTE, M. & HUOT, J. (1993). Regulation of a large
herd of migratory caribou : summer nutrition affects calf
growth and body reserves of dams. Canadian Journal of
Zoology, 71,2291-2296. |
ADAMS, L.G. (2005). Effects of maternal characteristics
and climatic variation on birth masses of Alaskan caribou.
Journal of Mammalogy, 86, 506-513. |
|
|
GAGNON, L. et C. BARRETTE, C. (1995). Caribous du
Nouveau-Québec : inventaire terrestre à la saison des
mises bas. Cahiers d’Éthologie, 14, 313-318. |
BOULET, M.S., COUTURIER, S. CÔTÉ, S.D., OTTO, R. &
BERNATCHEZ, L. (2007). Integrative use of spatial,
genetic, and demographic analyses for investigating
genetic connectivity between migratory, montane, and
sedentary caribou herds. Molecular Ecology, 16, 4223-4240. |
|
COUTURIER, S., COURTOIS, R., CRÉPEAU, H., RIVEST, L.P.
& LUTTICH, S. (1996). Calving photocensus of the
Rivière George caribou herd and comparison with an
independent census. Rangifer Special Issue, 9, 283-296. |
GEIST, V. (2007). Defining subspecies, invalid taxonomic
tools, and the fate of the woodland caribou. Rangifer,
Special Issue, 17, 25-28.
[PDF] |
|
BERGERUD, A.T. (1996). Evolving perspectives on caribou
population dynamics, have we got it right yet ? Rangifer
Special Issue, 9, 95-115. |
VORS, L.S., SCHAEFER, J.A., POND, P.A., RODGERS, A.R.
& PATTERSON, B.R. (2007). Woodland caribou extirpation
and anthropogenic landscape disturbance in Ontario. Journal
of Wildlife Management, 71 (4), 1249-1256. [PDF] |
|
CRÊTE, M., COUTURIER, S., HEARN, B.J. & CHUBB, T.E.
(1996). Relative contribution of decreased productivity
and survival to recent changes in the demographic trend of
the Rivière George caribou herd. Rangifer 9, 27-36. |
BOULET, M.S., COUTURIER, S.D., CÔTÉ, R.D., OTTO, R.D.
& BERNATCHEZ, L. (2007). Integrative use of spatial,
genetic and demographic analyses for investigating genetic
connectivity between migratory, montane, and sedentary
caribou herds. Molecular Ecology, 16, 4223-4240.
[PDF] |
|
ADAMS, L.G. & DALE, B.W. (1998). Reproductive
performance of female Alaskan caribou. Journal of
Wildlife Management, 62, 1184-1195. |
BERGERUD, A.T., LUTTICH, S.N. & CAMPS, L. (2008).
The return of caribou to Ungava. McGill-Queen’s
University Press, Montreal, Qc. |
|
MORNEAU, C. & PAYETTE, S. (1998). A dendroecological
method to evaluate past caribou (Rangifer tarandus L.)
activity. Écoscience, 5, 64-76. [PDF] |
|
|
ABRAHAM, K.F. & THOMPSON, J E. (1998). Defining the
Pen Islands caribou herd of southern Hudson Bay. Rangifer
Special Issue, 10, 33-40. |
SHARMA, S., COUTURIER, S. & CÔTÉ, S.D. (2009). Impacts
of climate change on the seasonal distribution of
migratory caribou. Global Change Biology, 15, 2549-2562. |
|
CUMMING, H.G. (1998). Status of woodland caribou in
Ontario : 1996. Rangifer Special Issue, 10,
99-104. |
COUTURIER, S., CÔTÉ, S.D., OTTO, R., WELADJI, B. &
HUOT, J. (2009). Variations in calf body mass in migratory
caribou : the role of habitat, climate, and movements. Journal
of Mammalogy, 90, 442-452. [PDF] |
|
CHAN-MCLEOD, A.C.A., WHITE, R.G. & RUSSELL, D.E.
(1999). Comparative body composition strategies of
breeding and non- breeding female caribou. Canadian
Journal of Zoology, 77, 1901-1907. |
COUTURIER, S., OTTO, R.D., CÔTÉ, S.D., LUTHER, G. &
MAHONEY, S.P. (2010). Body size variations in caribou
ecotypes and relationships with demography. Journal
of Wildlife Management, 74 (3), 395-404. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
|
Voir aussi Animal |
|
|
Carlbring
Per ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste
suédois et spécialiste de l'étude et du traitement du
perfectionnisme et de la procrastination.
Collaborateur de Andersson,
Castonguay, Dimidjian,
Egan, Lambert,
Martell, Rozental,
Shafran,
Shafran et Wade.
|
CARLBRING, P. (2007). Internet vs. paper and pencil
administration of questionnaires commonly used in
panic/agoraphobia. Computers in Human Behavior, 23
(3), 1421-1434. |
|
CARLBRING, P. (2013). Internet-based behavioral activation and
acceptance-based treatment for depression : a randomized
controlled trial. Journal of Affective Disorders,
148 (2-3), 331-337. |
|
CARLBRING, P. (2014). PTSD and disasters. Neuroscience
Journal of Shefaye Khatam, 2 (3), [PDF] |
|
CARLBRING, P., LINDNER, P., MARTELL, C., HASSMÉN, P.,
FORSBERG, C., STRÖM, L. & ANDERSSON, G. (2013). The
effects on depression of Internet-administered behavioural
activation and physical exercise with treatment rationale
and relapse prevention : study protocol for a randomised
controlled trial. Trials, 14 [35], 1-8. [PDF] |
|
CARLBRING, P., ANDERSSON, G., CUIJPERS, P., RIPER, H.
& HEDMAN-LAGERLÖF, E. (2018). Internet-based vs.
face-to-face cognitive behavior therapy for psychiatric
and somatic disorders : an updated systematic review and
meta-analysis. Cognitive Behaviour Therapy, 47
(1), 1-18. |
|
|
|
Carlo
Gustavo ( ) : Psychosociologue
américain et spécilaliste de l'étude des comportements
prosociaux. Collaborateur de
Eisenberg et Fabes.
|
CARLO, G., EISENBERG, N., TROYER, D., SWITZER, G. &
SPEER, A.L. (1991). The altruistic personality : In what
contexts is it apparent ? Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 61, 450-458. |
|
CARLO, G. & RANDALL, B.A. (2002). The development of a
measure of prosocial behaviors for late adolescents. Journal
of Youth & Adolescence, 31, 31-44. |
|
CARLO, G., CROCKETT, L.J., RANDALL, B.A. & ROESCH,
S.C. (2007). Parent and peer correlates of prosocial
development in rural adolescents : A longitudinal study.
Journal of Research on Adolescence, 17, 301-324. |
|
CARLO, G., McGINLEY, M., ROESCH, S.C & KAMINSKI, J.
(2008). Culture group, age, and gender measurement
invariance in prosocial moral reasoning among adolescents
from Brazil and the United States. Journal of Moral
Education, 37, 485-502. |
|
CARLO, G., KNIGHT, J.P., McGINLEY, M., ZAMBOAGA, B.L.
& JARVIS, L. (2010). The multidimensionality of
prosocial behaviors : Evidence of measurement invariance
in early Mexican American and European American
adolescents. Journal of Research on Adolescence, 20 (2),
334-358. |
|
|
|
|
|
Carlson Elizabeth A. ( ) : Psychologue
américaine spécialisée dans l'étude du développement,
et plus particulièrement de
l'attachement. Collaboratrice de
Egeland et Sroufe.
|
CARLSON, E.A., JACOBVITZ, D. & SROUFE, L.A. (1995). A
developmental investigation of inattentiveness and
hyperactivity. Child Development, 66, 37-54. |
|
CARLSON, E.A., SAMPSON, M. & SROUFE, L.A. (2003).
Attachment theory and pediatric practice. Journal of
Developmental and Behavioral Pediatrics, 24 (5),
364-379. |
|
CARLSON, E.A., SROUFE, L.A. & EGELAND, B. (2004). The
construction of experience : A longitudinal study of
representation and behavior. Child Development, 75
(1), 66-83. |
|
CARLSON, E.A., EGELAND, B. & SROUFE, L.A. (2009). A
prospective investigation of the development of borderline
personality symptoms. Development &
Psychopathology, 21, 1311-1334. |
|
CARLSON, E.A., HOSTINAR, C.E., MILNER, S.B. & GUNNAR,
M.R. (2014). The emergence of attachment following early
social deprivation. Development &
Psychopathology, 26 (2), 479-489. |
|
|
|
|
|
Carlsson Arvid (Uppsala 1923-2018 Göteborg) : Neurobiologiste
suédois et lauréat du prix Nobel
de physiologie et de médecine en 2000 pour ses travaux sur
le rôle de la dopamine comme
médiateur chimique du cerveau,
notamment dans le contrôle de la motricité.
Ces travaux ont également permis de mieux comprendre la maladie
de Parkinson.
 |
CARLSSON, A. (1976). The contribution of drug research to
investigating the nature of endogenous depression. Pharmakopsychiatry,
9, 2-10. |
|
CARLSSON, A. (1986). Current views on the mode of action
of antidepressant drugs. Advances in Pharmacotherapy,
2, 167-174. |
|
CARLSSON, A. (1988). The current status of the dopamine
hypothesis of schizophrenia. Neuropsychopharmacology,
1, 179-186. |
|
CARLSSON, A. & WONG, D.T. (1997). A note on the
discovery of selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors.
Life Science, 161, 1203-1203. |
|
CARLSSON, A. & LECRUBIER, Y. (2004). Progress in
dopamine research schizophrenia : A guide for
physicians. Taylor & Francis. |
|
|
|
|
Carmichael Leonard (Philadelphie 1898-1973 Washington) :
Psychologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude du développement.
Président de l'APA en 1940.
Collaborateur de Schlosberg.
 |
CARMICHAEL, L. (1925). Heredity and environment : Are they
antithetical ? Journal of Abnormal & Social
Psychology, 20, 245-260. |
|
CARMICHAEL, L. (1926). The development of behavior in
vertebrates experimentally removed from the influence of
external stimulation. Psychological Review, 33,
51-58. |
|
CARMICHAEL, L. (1926). What is empirical psychology ? American
Journal of Psychology, 37, 521-527. |
|
CARMICHAEL, L. (1928). A further experimental study of the
development of behavior. Psychological Review, 35,
253-269. |
|
CARMICHAEL, L. (1941). The experimental embryology of
mind. Psychological Bulletin, 38, 1-28. |
|
|
|
|
Carnagey Nicholas L. ( ) : Psychosociologue
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la représentation de la violence
dans les médias.
Collaborateur de Andersonz,
et Bushman.
|
CARNAGEY, N.L. & ANDERSON, C.A. (2003). Theory in the
study of media violence : The general aggression model. In
D.A. Gentile (Ed.), Media violence and children.
Westport, CT : Praeger Publishing. [PDF] |
|
CARNAGEY N. & ANDERSON, C.A. (2004). Violent video
game exposure and aggression : A literature review. Minerva
Psichiatrica, 45, 1-18. [PDF] |
|
CARNAGEY, N.L. & ANDERSON, C.A. (2005). The effects of
reward and punishment in violent video games on aggressive
affect, cognition and behavior. Psychological Science,
16, 882-889. [PDF] |
|
CARNAGEY, N.L., ANDERSON, C.A. & BUSHMAN, B.J. (2007).
The effect of video game violence on physiological
desensitization to real life violence. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 43 (3), 489-496. [PDF] |
CARNAGEY, N.L., ANDERSON, C.A. & BARTOLOMEW, B.D.
(2007). Media violence and social neuroscience new
questions and new opportunities. Current Directions in
Psychological Science 16 (4), 178-182.
|
|
|
|
Carnap Rudolf (Ronsdorf Allemagne 1891-1970 Santa Monica,
États-Unis) : Philosophe
et épistémologue
allemand. Membre du Cercle de Vienne.
Professeur d'Apostel. et
de Goodman.
 |
CARNAP, R. (1935). Les concepts physiques et les
concepts psychologiques sont-ils différents ? Revue
de Synthese. |
|
CARNAP, R. (1943). Formalization of logic.
Cambridge, Mass. : Harvard University Press. |
|
CARNAP, R. (1947). Meaning and necessity : a study in
semantics and modal logic. Chicago : University of
Chicago Press. |
|
CARNAP, R. (1950). Empiricism, semantics, and ontology. Revue
Internationale de Philosophie 4, 20-40. / In R.
Rorty (Ed.), The linguistic turn. Chicago :
University of Chicago Press. |
|
CARNAP, R. (1952). The continuum of inductive
methods. Chicago : University of Chicago Press. |
|
|
ROZEBOOM, W.W. (1960). A note on Carnap's meaning
criterion. Philosophical Studies, 11, 33-38. [PDF] |
|
BATENS, D. (1968). Some proposals for the solution of the
Carnap-Popper discussion on ‘inductive logic’. Studia
Philosophica Gandensia, 6, 5-25. |
|
RICKETTS, T. (1994). Carnap's principle of tolerance,
empiricism, and conventionalism. In B. Hale & P. Clark
(Eds.), Reading Putnam (pp. 176-200). Oxford :
Blackwell. |
|
FRIEDMAN, M. (2000). A parting of the ways : Carnap,
Cassirer, and Heidegger. Open Court Publishing
Company. |
|
FRIEDMAN, M. (2002). Carnap, Cassirer, and Heidegger : The
Davos disputation and twentieth century philosophy. European
Journal of Philosophy, 3, 263-274. |
|
PSILLOS, S. (2008). Carnap and incommensurability.
Philosophical Inquiry, 30 (1-2), 135-156. |
|
JUSTUS, J. (2014). Carnap's forgotten criterion of
empirical significance. Mind, 123 (490),
415-436. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carnine Douglas W. ( ) : Psychopédagogue
behavioriste américain
et chef de file de l'enseignement
direct. Collaborateur de Baker,
Becker, Biglan,
Englemann, Gersten, Jitendra
et Kame'enui.
 |
CARNINE, D.W. (1976). Effects of two-teacher presentation
rates on off-task behavior, answering correctly, and
participation. Journal of Applied Behavioral
Analysis, 9 (2), 199-206. [PDF] |
|
CARNINE, D.W. (1979). Direct instruction : A successful
system for educationally high risk children. Journal
of Curriculum Studies, 11 (1), 29-45. |
|
CARNINE, D.W. (1980). Three procedures for presenting
minimally different positive and negative instances. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 72 (4), 452-456. |
|
CARNINE, D.W., KAMEENUI, E.J. & WOOLFSON, N. (1982).
Training of textual dimensions related to text-based
inferences. Journal of Literacy Research, 14,
335-340. [PDF] |
|
CARNINE, D. (1992). Rational schools : The role of science
in helping education become a profession. Behavior
& Social Issues, 5 (2), 5-19. |
|
|
|
|
Carnivore : Ordre
animal qui se nourrit d'autres
animaux. Carnivore et herbivore.
Carnivore, carnivore behavior.
| |
|
|
DART, R.A. (1963). The carnivorous propensity of baboons.
Symposia of the Zoological Society of London, 10, 49-56. |
OGADA, M.O., WOODROFFE, R., OGUGE, N.O. & FRANK, L.G.
(2003). Limiting depredation by African carnivores : the
role of livestock husbandry. Conservation Biology,
17, 1-10. |
|
SCHALLER, G.B. & LOWTHER, G.R. (1969). The relevance
of carnivore behavior to the study of early hominids. Southwestern
Journal of Anthropology, 25, 307-341. |
CUBB, R. & MASON, G. (2003). Animal welfare : Captive
effects on wide ranging carnivores. Nature, 425,
473. |
|
HAMILTON, W.J. & BUSSE, C.D. (1978). Primate
camivority and its significance to human diets. BioScience,
28, 761-766. |
NAHALLAGE, C.A.D. & HUFFMAN, M.A. (2006). Observations
of meat eating by captive juvenile macaques.
Laboratory Primate Newsletter, 45 (1), 1-4. |
|
PACKER, C. & PUSEY, A.E. (1984). Infanticide in
carnivores. In G. Hausfater & S.B. Blaffer-Hrdy
(Eds.), Infanticide in animals and man (pp.
31-42). New York : Aldine. |
WARD, C. & SMUTS, B.B. (2007). JDP Forum : Why does
carnivore play matter ? Journal of Developmental
Processes, 2 (2), 31-38. [PDF] |
|
GITTLEMAN, J.L. (1986). Carnivore brain size, behavioral
ecology, and phylogeny. Journal of Mammalogy, 67, 23-36. |
PERDUE, B.M., SYNDER, R.J. ZHIHE, Z., MARR, M.J. &
MAPLE, T. (2011). Sex differences in spatial ability : A
test of the range size hypothesis in the order carnivora.
Biology Letters, 7, 380-383. |
|
DURANT, S.M. et al. (2011). Long-term trends in carnivore
abundance using distance sampling in Serengeti National
Park, Tanzania. Journal of Applied Ecology, 48
(6), 1490–1500
|
|
DUCROS, J. et DUCROS, A. (1992). Le singe carnivore : la
chasse chez les primates non humains. Bulletins et
Mémoires de la Société d'Anthropologie de Paris, 4
(3-4), 243-264. [PDF] |
TARROUX, A., BÊTY, J., GAUTHIER, G. & BERTEAUX, D.
(2012). The marine side of a terrestrial carnivore :
intra-population variation in use of allochthonous
resources by arctic foxes. PLoS one, 7 (8),
1-12.
[PDF] |
|
STERLING, D.M., McLELLAN, B.N. & DEROCHER, A.E.
(2013). Conservation and management of large carnivores in
North America. International Journal of Environmental
Studies, 70 (3), 383-398. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Omnivore et
Herbivore |
|
|
|
|
Caron
Jean ( ) : Psychologue
écologiste québécois et
spécialiste de l'épidémiologie
sociale. Il enseigne à l'Université
Mcgill. Étudiant de Beaugrand.
Collaborateur de Perreault
et Tousignant.
|
CARON, J. & BEAUGRAND, J.P. (1988). Social and spatial
structure in brook chars (Salvelinus fontinalis) under
competition for food and shelter/shade. Behavioural
Processes, 16, 173-191. |
|
CARON, J. (2002). Hypothèses macrosociales sur le suicide
des hommes au Québec : l'éclairage de l'Abitibi. Santé
Mentale au Québec, 27 (2), 281-301. [PDF] |
|
CARON, J., TOUSIGNANT, M., PEDERSEN, D., FLEURY, M.,
CARGO, M., DANIEL, M., KESTIN, Y., CROCKER, A., PERREAULT,
M., BRUNET, A., TREMBLAY, J., TURECKI, G. & BEAULIEU,
S. (2007). La création d'une nouvelle génération d'études
épidémiologiques en santé mentale. Santé Mentale au
Québec, 32 (2), 27-36. [PDF] |
|
CARON, J. & LIU, A. (2011). Factors associated with
psychological distress in the Canadian population : a
comparison of low-income and non low-income sub-groups. Community
Mental Health Journal, 47 (3), 318-330. |
|
CARON, J., FLEURY, M., PERREAULT, M., CROCKER, A.,
TREMBLAY, J., TOUSIGNANT, M., KESTINS, Y., CARGO, M. &
DANIEL, M. (2012). Prevalence of psychological distress
and mental disorders, and use of mental health services in
the epidemiological catchment area of Montreal South-West.
BMC Psychiatry, 12 (1), 1-12.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Caron Pier-Olivier ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste québécois
et spécialiste de l'étude de la
loi de l'appariement et de l'analyse
quantitative du comportement.
Il enseigne à l'université
TÉLUQ. Étudiant de Forget.
Collaborateur de Rivard.
 |
CARON, P.-O. (2013). On applying the matching law to
between-subject data. Animal Behaviour, 85, 857-860. |
|
CARON, P.-O. (2014). La loi généralisée de l'appariement :
une simulation de Monte-Carlo. Acta Comportamentalia,
22 (2),169-179. [PDF] |
|
CARON, P.-O. (2017). Sur la loi de l'appariement Psychologie
Française, 62 (1), 29-55. |
|
CARON, P.-O. (2019). Multilevel analysis of matching
behavior. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 111 (2), 183-191. [PDF] |
|
CARON, P.-O., VALOIS, P. & GELLEN-KAMEL, A. (2020).
Some computational descriptions of moderation analysis. The
Quantitative Methods for Psychology, 16 (1), 9-20. |
|
|
|
|
|
Carpenter Shana K. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américaine et spécialiste de l'étude de l'interférence
et de l'oubli.
Collaboratrice de Cepeda, Kornell,
Pashler, Rohrer
et Wixted.
|
CARPENTER, S.K. & DELOSH, E.L. (2006). Impoverished
cue support enhances subsequent retention : Support for
the elaborative retrieval explanation of the testing
effect. Memory & Cognition, 34, 268-276. [PDF] |
|
CARPENTER, S.K., PASHLER, H., WIXTED, J.T. & VUL, E.
(2008). The effects of tests on learning and forgetting. Memory
& Cognition, 36 (2), 438-448. [PDF] |
|
CARPENTER, S.K., WILFORD, M., KORNELL, N. & MULLANEY,
K.M. (2013). Appearances can be deceiving : Instructor
fluency increases perceptions of learning without
increasing actual learning. Psychonomic Bulletin
& Review, 20, 1350-1356. [PDF] |
|
CARPENTER, S. K., HAYNES, C.L., CORRAL D. & YEUNG,
K.L. (2018). Hypercorrection of high confidence errors in
the classroom. Memory, 26, 1379-1384. [PDF] |
|
CARPENTER, S.K. & GELLER, J. (2020). Is a picture
really worth a thousand words ? Evaluating contributions
of fluency and analytic processing in metacognitive
judgments for pictures in foreign language vocabulary
learning. Quarterly Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 73, 211-224. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Carpenter William T. (Rutherfordton- ) : Psychiatre
américain et spécialiste de l'étude de la
schizophrénie. Collaborateur de
Lidell.
 |
CARPENTER, W.T., STRAUSS, J.S. & BARTKO, J.J. (1973).
A flexible system for the identification of schizophrenia.
A report from the international pilot study of
schizophrenia. Science, 182, 1275-1278. |
|
CARPENTER, W.T. (1977). The treatment of acute
schizophrenia without drugs. American Journal of
Psychiatry 134, 14-20. |
|
CARPENTER, W.T. (1983). What is schizophrenia ? Schizophrenia
Bulletin, 9 (1), 9-10. |
|
CARPENTER, W.T. (1986). Early targeted psychotherapeutic
intervention in schizophrenia. Journal of Clinical
Psychiatry, 47, 23-29. |
|
CARPENTER, W.T. & BUCHANAN, R.W. (1994).
Schizophrenia. New England Journal of Medicine, 330,
681-690. |
|
|
|
|
|
Carr
Edward G. (1947-2009) : Psychologue
béhavioriste
américain, spécialiste de l'étude et du traitement de l'automutilation
et de l'autisme. =
Ted Carr. Collaborateur de Azrin,
Dorsey, Durand,
Favell, Foxx,
Horner,
Johnson, Koegel, Lovaas,
Mcdowell,
Rincover, Risley et
Schreibman.
 |
CARR, E.G. (1977). Social control of self-injurious
behavior of organic etiology. Behavior Therapy, 11 (3),
402-409. |
|
CARR, E.G. & McDOWELL, J.J. (1980). The motivation of
self-injurious behavior : a review of some hypotheses. Psychological
Bulletin, 84 (4), 800-816. [PDF] |
|
CARR, E.G. & DURAND, V.M. (1985). Reducing behavior problems through functional communication training. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 18, 111-126. [PDF] |
|
CARR, E.G. (1993). Behavior analysis is not ultimately
about behavior. The Behavior Analyst, 16 (1),
47-49. [PDF] |
|
CARR, E.G. (1994). Emerging themes in the functional
analysis of problem behavior. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 27 (2), 393- 399. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Carr Harvey A. (Indiana États-Unis 1873-1954) : Psychologue
américain et chef de file du fonctionnalisme
américain. Certains historiens
des sciences le considèrent comme l'un des précurseurs du béhaviorisme.
On lui doit l'invention de nombreux labyrinthes
pour animaux. Président de l'APA
en 1926. Étudiant d'Angell. Professeur
de Thorndike et
Woodworth. Collaborateur de Watson.
 |
CARR, H. & WATSON, J.B. (1908). Orientation of the
white rat. Journal of Comparative Neurology &
Psychology, 18, 27-44. |
|
CARR, H.A. (1917). The nature of mental process. Psychological
Review, 24, 181-187. |
|
CARR, H.A. (1925). Psychology : A study of mental
activity. New York : longmans, Green. |
|
CARR, H.A. (1930). Functionalism. In C. Murchison (Ed.), Psychologies
of 1930 (pp. 59-78). Worcester, MA : Clark
University Press. |
|
CARR, H.A. (1961). Harvey A. Carr. In C. Murchison (Ed.),
A history of psychology in autobiography (Vol.
6, pp. 69-82). Englewood Cliffs, NJ : Prentice-Hall. |
|
|
|
Carr
James E. ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste
américain, spécialiste de l'étude et du traitement de l'automutilation
et de l'autisme. = Ted Carr. Étudiant de Bailey.
Collaborateur de Fisher, Ghezzi,
Kodak, Leblanc,
Michael, Patel, Rapp
et Roane.
|
CARR, J.E. (1996). On the use of the term "non-contingent
reinforcement." Journal of Behavior Analysis &
Therapy, 1, 33-37. [PDF] |
|
CARR, J.E., BAILEY, J.S., ECOT, C.L., UCKER, K.D. &
WEIL, T.M. (1998). On the effects of non-contingent
delivery of differing magnitudes of reinforcement. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 31 (3), 313-321. [PDF] |
|
CARR, J.E., NICOLSON, A.C. & HIGBEE, T.S. (2000).
Evaluation of a brief multiple-stimulus assessment in a
naturalistic context. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 33 (3), 353-357. [PDF] |
|
CARR, J.E., CORIATY, S., WILDER, D.A., GAUNT, B.T.,
DOZIER, C.L., BRITTON, L.N., AVINA, C. & REED, C.L.
(2000). A review of "noncontingent" reinforcement as
treatment for the aberrant behavior of individuals with
developmental disabilities. Research in Developmental
Disabilities, 21, 377-391 |
|
CARR, J.E., KELLUM, K.K. & CHONG, I.M. (2001). The
reductive effects of noncontingent rein- forcement :
Fixed-time versus variable-time schedules. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 34, 505-509. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Carr Thomas H. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste américain et spécialiste
de la lecture. Professeur
de Beilock. Collaborateur
de Posner.
|
CARR, T.H., COOKE, T.P., STRAIN, P.S. & McILLAN, D.
(1975). An ecologically oriented approach to youth
deviance. Journal of Community Psychology, 4,
389-400. |
|
CARR, T.H., BACHARACH, V.R. & MEHNER, D.S. (1977).
Preparing children to look at pictures : Advance
descriptions direct attention and facilitate active
processing.Child Development, 48, 18-24. |
|
CARR, T.H., POLLATESEK, A. & POSNER, M.I. (1981). What
does the visual system know about words ? Perception
& Psychophysics, 29, 183-190. |
|
CARR, T.H., BROWN, J.S. & CHARALAMBOUS, A. (1989).
Repetition and reading : Perceptual encoding mechanisms
are very abstract but not very interactive. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory, &
Cognition, 15, 763-778. |
|
CARR, T.H. (1992). Automaticity and cognitive anatomy : Is
word recognition automatic ? American Journal of
Psychology, 105 (S), 201-237. |
|
|
|
Carré Justin M. ( ) : Biopsychologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude des hormones,
notamment de la testosterone,
et du sport, surtout
le hockey.
|
CARRÉ, J.M., MUIR, C., BELANGER, J. & PUTNAM, S.K.
(2006). Pre-competition hormonal and psychological levels
of elite hockey players : Relationship to the "home
advantage". Physiology & Behavior 89, 392-398.
[PDF] |
|
CARRÉ, J.M. & McCORMICK, C.M. (2008). In your face :
facial metrics predict aggressive behaviour in the
laboratory and in varsity and professional hockey players.
Proceedings of the Royal Society of London : Biological
Sciences, 275, 2651-2656. [PDF] |
|
CARRÉ, J.M. (2009). No place like home : testosterone
responses to victory depend on game location. American
Journal of Human Biology, 21, 392-394. [PDF] |
|
CARRÉ, J.M. & PUTNAM, S.K. (2010). Watching a previous
victory produces an increase in testosterone among elite
hockey players. Psychoneuroendocrinology, 35, 475-479.
[PDF] |
|
CARRÉ, J.M. & METHA, P.H. (2011). Importance of
considering testosterone-cortisol interactions in
predicting human aggression and dominance. Aggressive
Behavior, 37, 1-3.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Carrier Micheline (Mont-Joli 1944-2019) : Philosophe
et féministe québécoise.
Avec Élaine Audet, elle publie sur internet Sisyphe, un
site féministe.
|
CARRIER, M. (1983). La pornographie base ideologique
de l'oppression des femmes. Sillery : Édition
Apostrophe. |
|
CARRIER, M. (1983). Doit-on pendre Jocaste ?
Sillery, Quebec : Apostrophe. |
|
CARRIER, M. (1983). La danse macabre : violence et
pornographie. Sillery : Édition Apostrophe. |
|
CARRIER, M. & GENDRON, C. (1997). La mort :
Condition de la vie. Montréal : Presses de
l'Université du Québec. |
|
AMIRMOKRI, V., ARJOMAND, H., AUDET, É., CARRIER, M. et
HOUDA-PEPIN, F. (2005). Des tribunaux islamiques au
Canada. Sisyphe : Contrepoint. |
|
|
|
AUDET, É. (2019). Micheline Carrier (1944-2019), grande
figure de l’engagement. Recherches Féministes, 32
(1), 1-2. |
|
|
|
Carrière : Travail dont
la forme progresse et qui, de ce fait, permet à celui ou à celle
qui l'a choisi de grimper dans la
hiérarchie d'une entreprise.
Carrière, effet du
plafond de verre et choix
d'une carrière.
Career.
| |
|
|
SUPER, D.E. (1957). The psychology of careers. New
York : Harper. |
|
|
RAPOPORT, R. & RAPOPORT, R. (1971). Dual-career
families. London : Penguin. |
BURKE, R.J. (2002). Career development of managerial
women. In R.J. Burke & D.L. Nelson (Eds.), Advancing
women's careers (pp.139-161). Oxford : Blackwell. |
|
FERBER, M.A. & HUBER, J. (1979). Husbands, wives, and
careers. Journal of Marriage & the Family, 41,
315-325. |
UPTON, M., EGAN, T.M. & LYNHAM, S.A. (2003). Career
development : Definitions, theories, and dependent
variables. In T.M. Egan (Ed.), Proceedings of the
Academy of Human Resource Development, USA (pp.
728-735). Bowling Green, OH : AHRD. |
|
BETZ, N.E. & HACKETT, G. (1981). The relationship of
carreer-related self-efficacy expectations to perceived
carrer options in college women and men. Journal of
Counseling Psychology, 28 (5), 399-410. |
VAN DIJK, M. (2004). Career development within HRD:
Foundation or fad ? In T.M. Egan (Ed.), Proceedings
of the Academy of Human Resource Development, USA
(pp. 771-778). Bowling Green, OH : AHRD. |
|
FRIEZE, I.H., BAILEY, S., MAMULA, P. & MOSS, M.
(1985-86). Life scripts and life planning : The role of
career scripts in college women's career choices. Imagination,
Cognition, & Personality : The Scientific Study of
Consciousness, 5, 59-72. |
THARENOU, P. (2005). Does mentor support increase women's
career advancement more than men's ? The differential
effects of career and psychological support. Australian
Journal of Management, 30 (1), 77-109. |
|
STEFFY, B.D. & JONES, J.W. (1988). The impact of
family and career planning variables on the
organizational, career, and community commitment of
professional women. Journal of Vocational Behavior,
32, 196-212. |
|
|
ADLER, P., ADLER, P., AHRONS, C., PERLMUTTER, M., STAPLES,
W. & WARREN, C.A.B. (1989). Dual-Careerism and the
conjoint career couple. The American Sociologist, 20 (3),
207-236. |
STUMPP, T., MUCK, T., HÛLSHEGER, U., JUDGE, T.A. &
MAIER, G. (2010). Core self-evaluations in Germany :
Validation of a German measure and its relationships with
career success. Applied Psychology : An International
Review, 59, 674-700. |
|
STORH, L.K., BRETT, J.M. & REILLY, A.H. (1992). All
the right stuff : A comparison of female and male
managers' career progression. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 77, 251-260. |
SCHERMERR, J.A. (2012). The Jackson career explorer : Two
further validity studies. Journal of Career
Assessment, 20 (4), 507-519. |
|
MAINIERO, L.A. (1994). Getting anointed for advancement :
the case of executive women. Academy of Management
Executive, 8 (2), 53-67. |
WEBBER, K.L. & CANCHÉ, M.G. (2015). Not equal for all
: Gender and race differences in salary for doctoral
degree recipients. Research in Higher Education, 56,
645-672. [PDF]
|
|
HONEY, J., OSGOOD, D.W. & MARSHALL, I.H. (1995).
Criminal careers in the short-term : Intra-individual
variability in crime and its relation to local life
circumstances. American Sociological Review, 60 (5),
655-673. [PDF] |
BERGMAN, L. R., COROVIV, J., FERRER-WREDER, L. &
MODIG, K. (2014). High IQ in early adolescence and career
success in adulthood: Findings from a Swedish longitudinal
study. Research in Human Development, 11 (3),
165-185. |
|
SONNERT, G. & HOLTON, G. (1996). Career patterns of
women and men in the sciences. American Scientist,
84,63-71. |
|
|
EDWARDS, C., WOODWALL, J. & WELCHMAN, R. (1996).
Organizational change and women managers' careers : the
restructuring of disadvantage ? Employee Relations,
18 (5), 25-45. |
HÜTTGES, A. & FAY, D. (2015). Gender influences on
career development. Journal of Personnel Psychology,
14 (3), 113-120. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Effet
du plafond de verre, Différence
sexuelle et Choix d'une
carrière |
|
|
|
|
|
Carroll John Bissell (Hartford 1916-2003 Fairbanks) :
Psychométricien américain,
spécialisé dans l'étude du
langage et de
l'intelligence. Avec Cattell
et Horn, il a
développé un modèle de
l'intelligence (CHC). Signataire du Groupe
des 52. Étudiant de Goodenough
et Thurstone. Collaborateur
de Chall.
 |
CARROLL, J.B. (1938). Diversity of vocabulary and the
harmonic series law of word-frequency distribution. The
Psychological Record, 2, 379-386. [PDF] |
|
CARROLL, J.B. (1964). Language and thought.
Englewood Cliffs, NJ : Prentice Hall. |
|
CARROLL, J.B. (1989). The Carroll model : A twenty-five
year retrospective and prospective view. Educational
Researcher, 18 (1), 26-31. |
|
CARROLL, J.B. (1997). Psychometrics, intelligence, and
public perception. Intelligence, 24 (1), 25-52. |
|
CARROLL, J.B. (1997). The three-stratum theory of
cognitive abilities. In D.P. Flanagan, J.L. Genshaft &
P.L. Harrison (Eds.), Contemporary intellectual
assessment : Theories, tests, and issues (pp.
122-130). New York : The Guilford Press. |
|
|
LUBINSKI, D. (2004). John Bissell Carroll (1916-2003) :
Obituary. American Psychologist, 59 (1), 43-44. |
|
TAUB, G.E. & McGREW, K.S. (2004). A confirmatory
factor analysis of Cattell-Horn-Carroll Theory and
cross-age invariance of the Woodcock-Johnson Tests of
Cognitive Abilities III. School Psychology Quarterly,
19, 72-87. |
|
|
|
Carroll Kathleen M. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste
américaine et spécialiste de l'étude de la dépendance
aux drogues. Collaboratrice de Crits-Christoph
et Potenza.
|
CARROLL, K.M., FENTON, L.R., BALL, S.A., NICH, C.,
FRANKFORTER, T.L., SHI, J. & ROUNSAVILLE, B.J. (2004).
Efficacy of disulfiram and cognitive behavior therapy in
cocaine-dependent outpatients : a randomized
placebo-controlled trial. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 61 (3), 264-272. [PDF] |
|
CARROLL, K.M., KOSTEN, T.R. & ROUNSAVILLE, B.J.
(2004). Choosing a behavioral therapy platform for
pharmacotherapy of substance users. Drug Alcohol
Depend, 75 (2), 123-134.
[PDF] |
|
CARROLL, K.M. & ONKEN, L.S. (2005). Behavioral
therapies for drug abuse. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 162 (8), 1452-1460. [PDF] |
|
CARROLL, K.M. & ROUNSAVILLE, B.J. (2007). A vision of
the next generation of behavioral therapies research in
the addictions. Addiction, 2 (6), 850-862.
[PDF] |
|
CARROLL, K.M., KILUK, B.D., NICH, C., BABUSCIO, T.A.,
BREWER, J.A., POTENZA, M.N., BALL, S.A., MARTINO, S.,
ROUNSAVILLE, B.J. & LEJUEZ, C.W. (2011). Cognitive
function and treatment response in a randomized clinical
trial of computer-based training in cognitive-behavioral
therapy. Substance Use & Misuse, 46 (1),
23-34.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Carron Albert V. (1941-2014) : Spécialiste
de l'étude du sport. Il
s'intéresse notamment à la cohésion
et à l'efficacité des équipes
sportives. Collaborateur de Bray,
Chelladurai et
Courneya.
 |
CARRON, A.V. (1982). Cohesiveness in sport groups :
Interpretations and considerations. Journal of Sport
Psychology, 4, 123-138. |
|
CARRON, A.V. & SPINK, K.S. (1993). Team building in an
exercise setting. The Sport Psychologist, 7,
8-18. |
|
CARRON, A.V., SPINK, K.S. & PRAPAVESSIS, H. (1997).
Team building and cohesiveness in the sport and exercise
setting : use of indirect interventions. Journal of
Applied Sport Psychology, 9, 61-72. |
|
CARRON, A.V., COLMAN, M.M., WHEELER, J. & STEVENS, D.
(2002). Cohesion and performance in sport : A meta
analysis. Journal of Sport & Exercise Psychology,
24, 168-183. [PDF] |
|
CARRON, A.V., LOUGHEAD, T.M. & BRAY, S.R. (2005). The
home advantage in sport competitions : Courneya and
Carron's (1992) conceptual framework a decade later. Journal
of Sports Sciences, 23, 395-407. |
|
|
|
Carruthers Peter ( ) : Philosophe
britannique, spécialiste de la conscience
et de la créativité.
Étudiant de Dummett. Collaborateur de Stich.
 |
CARRUTHERS, P. (1998). Natural theories of consciousness.
European Journal of Philosophy, 6, 203-222. [PDF] |
|
CARRUTHERS, P. (2002). The cognitive functions of
language. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 25, 657-726.
[PDF] |
|
CARRUTHERS, P. (2002). Human creativity : its evolution,
its cognitive basis, and its connections with childhood
pretence. British Journal for the Philosophy of
Science, 53, 225-249. [PDF] |
|
CARRUTHERS, P. (2004). Practical reasoning in a modular
mind. Mind & Language, 19, 259-278. [PDF] |
|
CARRUTHERS, P. (2013). Animal minds are real
(distinctively) human minds are not. American
Philosophical Quarterly, 50, 233-247. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Carte cognitive : Représentation
mentale d'un lieu ou d'un espace, qui guide les comportements,
et donc favorise l'apprentissage.
Concept développé par Tolman.
= carte mentale. Cognitive
map.
| |
|
|
TOLMAN, E.C. (1948). Cognitive maps in rats and men. Psychological
Review, 55, 189-208. [LIRE] |
VOICU, H. & SCHMAJUK, N.A. (2001). Three-dimensional
cognitive mapping with a neural network. Robots &
Autonomous Systems, 35, 23-36. |
|
CIANCIA, F. (1991). Tolman et Honzik (1930). Revisited or
the mazes of psychology. The psychological Record, 4,
461-472. |
VOICU, H. & SCHMAJUK, N.A. (2001). Exploration,
navigation, and cognitive mapping. Adaptive Behavior,
8 (3-4), 207-224. |
|
SCHMAJUK, N.A. & THIENNE, A.D. (1992). Purposive
behavior and cognitive mapping : An adaptive neural
network. Biological Cybernetics, 67, 165-174. |
MACKINTOSH, N.J. (2002). Do not ask whether they have a
cognitive map, but how they find their way about. Psicologia,
23, 165-185. |
|
BLUM, K.I. & ABBOT, L.F. (1996). A model of spatial
map formation in the hippocampus of the rat. Neural
Computation, 8, 85-93. |
VOICU, H. (2003). Hierarchical cognitive maps. Neural
Networks, 16, 569-576. [PDF] |
|
SCHMAJUK, N.A. & BUHUSI, C.V. (1997). Spatial and
temporal cognitive mapping : A neural network approach. Trends
in Cognitive Sciences, 1, 109-114. |
VOICU, H. & SCHMAJUK, N.A. (2004). Detour strategies
in humans : Testing the predictions of a cognitive map
model. Spatial Cognition & Computation, 4 (3),
189-206. |
|
PEARCE, J. ROBERTS, A.D.L. & GOOD, M. (1998).
Hippocampal lesions disrupt a cognitive map but not vector
encoding. Nature, 996, 75-77. |
MANNING, J.R., SEKULER, R., LEW, T.F., LI, N. &
KAHANA, M.J. (2014). MAGELLAN : A cognitive map-based
model of human wayfinding. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : General, 143 (3), 1314-1330. [PDF] |
|
| MATLIN,
M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John & Sons,
Incorporated / La cognition : Une introduction
à la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck
Université. |
Voir aussi Représentation
mentale |
|
|
Carte de crédit : Credit card.
| |
|
HOGARTH, J.M., HILGERT, M.A., KOLODNISKY, J.M. &
LEE, J. (2001). Problems with credit cards : An
exploration of consumer complaining behaviors.
Journal of Consumer Satisfaction, Dissatisfaction
& Complaining Behavior, 14, 88-107. |
|
WONG, K.Y. & LYNN, M. (2017). The easy money effect :
Credit card spending and hard work reminder. Journal
of Consumer Marketing, 34 (7), 541-551. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carte-réponse : Ancêtre du
télévoteur. Petit tableau blanc qu'un élève/étudiant
brandit en classe pour répondre à une question du professeur.
Cette méthode favorise la participation et, partant,
l'apprentissage. Response card.
| |
|
|
NARAYAN, J., HEWARD, W.L. & GARDNER, R. (1990). Using
response cards to increase student participation in an
elementary classroom. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 23 (4), 483-490. [PDF] |
CHRISTLE, C.A. & SCHUSTER J.W. (2003). The effects of
using response cards on student participation, academic
achievement, and on-task behavior during whole-class math
instruction. Journal of Behavioral Education, 12,
147-165. |
|
DAVIS, L.L. & O'NEILL, R.E. (2004). Use of response
cards with a group of students with learning disabilities
including those for whom English is a second language. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 37, 219-222. [PDF] |
|
GARDNER, R., HEWARD, W.L. & GROSSI, T.A. (1994).
Effects of response cards on student participation and
academic achievement : A systematic replication with
inner-city students during whole-class science
instruction. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 27
(1), 63-71. [PDF] |
MARMOLEJO, E.K., WILDER, D.A. & BRADLEY, L. (2004). A
preliminary analysis of the effects of response cards on
student performance and participation in an upper division
university course. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 37 (3), 405-410. [PDF] |
|
MONDRIA, J.-A. & MONDRIA-DE VRIES, S. (1994).
Efficiently memorizing words with the help of word cards
and "hand computer" : Theory and applications. System,
22 (1), 47-57. |
LAMBERT, M.C., CARTLEDGE, G., HEWARD, W.L. & LO, Y.
(2006). Effects of response cards on disruptive behavior
and academic responding during math lessons by
fourth-grade urban students. Journal of Positive
Behavior Interventions, 8, 88-99. |
|
CAVANAUGH, R.A., HEWARD, W.L. & DONELSON, F. (1996).
Effects of response cards during lesson closure on the
academic performance of secondary students in an earth
science course. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis,
29 (3), 403-406. [PDF] |
CLAYTON, M.C. & WOODARD, C. (2007). The effects of
response cards on participation and weekly quiz scores of
university students enrolled in introductory psychology
courses. Journal of Behavioral Education, 16,
250-258. |
|
HEWARD, W.L., GARDNER, R., CAVANAUGH, R.A., COURSON, F.H.,
GROSSI, T.A. & BARBETTA, P.M. (1996). Everyone
participates in this class : Using response cards to
increase active student response. Teaching
Exceptional Children, 28, 4-11 |
RANDOLPH, J.J. (2007). Meta-analysis of the research on
response cards : Effects on test achievement, quiz
achievement, participation, and off-task behavior. Journal
of Positive Behavior Interventions, 9, 113-128. |
|
MUNRO, D.W. & STEPHENSON, J. (2009). The effects of
response cards on student and teacher behavior during
vocabulary instruction. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 42 (4), 795-800.
[PDF] |
|
KELLUM, K.K., CARR, J.E. & DOZIER, C.L. (2001).
Response-card instruction and student learning in a
college classroom. Teaching of Psychology, 28,
101-104. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Apprentissage
actif et Télévoteur |
|
|
Cartesien : Cartesianisme Qui est relatif aux idées de Descartes.
Cartesanism.
| |
|
HOCUTT, M.O. (1996). Behaviorism as opposition to Cartesianism. In W. O'Donohue & R.F. Kitchnener (Eds.), The philosophy of psychology (pp. 81-95). Sage Publications. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cartwright Dorwin P. (1915-2008 Santa-Barbara) :
Psychosociologue
américain. On lui doit l'affirmation selon laquelle 90 % des
psychologues ayant existé ont vécu au siècle dernier. NDLR
: Il s'agit d'une estimation intuitive, et non le
résultat d'une recherche scientifique. Cette affirmation avait
pour but de souligner la forte croissance de la psychologie
universitaire et scientifique au siècle dernier, tant au chapitre
des effectifs scientifiques et parascientifiques, que sur le plan
de la production des articles
scientifiques et de
livres savants. Étudiant d'Allport.
Professeur de Kelly.
|
CARTWRIGHT, D. & ZANDER, A. (1960). Group
dynamics : Research and theory. New York : Harper
& Row. |
|
CARTWRIGHT, D. (1968). The nature of group cohesiveness.
In D. Cartwright & A. Zander (Eds.), Group
Dynamics. New York : Harper & Row. |
|
CARTWRIGHT, D. (1978). Theory and practice. Journal of
Social Issues, 34 (4), 181-199. |
|
|
|
|
|
Cartwright Nancy (1944-) : Philosophe
et épistémologue américaine,
spécialiste de l'étude de la causalité et
des lois.
|
CARTWRIGHT, N. (1983). How the laws of physics lie.
Oxford : Oxford University Press. |
|
CARTWRIGHT, N. (1991). Replicability, reproducibility and
robustness : Comments on Harry Collins. History of
Political Economy, 23, 143-155. |
|
CARTWRIGHT, N. (1993). Is natural science "natural" enough
? Synthese, 94, 291-301. |
|
CARTWRIGHT, N. (1999). The dappled world : A study of
the boundaries of science. Cambridge : Cambridge
University Press. |
|
CARTWRIGHT, N. (2007). Hunting causes and using them :
Approaches in philosophy and economics. Cambridge
: Cambridge University Press. |
|
|
|
|
|
Carver Charles S. (1947-2019) : Psychosociologue
américain. Il étudie la gestion de soi,
les affects et la conscience
de soi. Avec Scheier, il a proposé une théorie
de l'optimisme dispositionel. Collaborateur de Gibbons,
Scheier et Stephan.
 |
CARVER, C.S. & SCHEIER, M.F. (1990). Origins and
functions of positive and negative affect : A control
process view. Psychological Review, 97 (1),
19-35. |
|
CARVER, C.S. (1997). Adult attachment and personality :
Converging evidence and a new measure. Personality
& Social Psychology Bulletin, 23, 865-883.
[PDF] |
|
CARVER, C.S. & SCHEIER, M.F. (2002). Control processes
and self-organization as complementary principles
underlying behavior. Personality & Social
Psychology Review, 6, 304-315. [PDF] |
|
CARVER, C.S. (2003). Pleasure as a sign you can attend to
something else : Placing positive feelings within a
general model of affect. Cogntion & Emotion, 17
(2), 241-261. [PDF] |
|
CARVER, C.S. (2005). Impulse and constraint : Perspectives
from personality psychology, convergence with theory in
other areas, and potential for integration. Personality
& Social Psychology Review, 9, 312-333. [PDF] |
|
|
LA GRECA, A.M., LLABRE, M.M. & SCHEIR, M.F. (2020).
Charles S. Carver (1947-2019). American Psychology, 75
(3), 415. |
|
|
|
|
|
| CAP - CASE
- CASTANEDA - CASTORIADIS
- CATALANO - CATANIA
- CATÉGORISER -
CATHARSIS - CATTELL - CAUSALITÉ
- CAUSE - CE |
Cas : Individu ou groupe qui vit une situation
particulière, digne d'intérêt sur la plan scientifique ou
clinique, que l'on examine de près et cite en exemple pour
illustrer un principe ou une théorie. Cas, méthode du cas unique et étude
de cas.
|
Cas
clinique : Situation particulière d'un client/ patient
que l'on examine de près, puis que l'on cite en exemple
parce qu'elle illustre un symptôme
nouveau ou une maladie jusqu'ici inconnue, ou sa cure. Cas
et étude de cas.
= cas type, exemple classique.
|
|
|
|
|
Casalis Séverine ( ) : Psychologue
cognitive américaine,
d'origine française, et spécialiste de l'étude de la dyslexie.
Collaboratrice de Sprenger-Charolles.
|
CASALIS, S. (1996). Dyslexies du développement :
présentation de deux cas contrastés. Revue de
Neuropsychologie, 6 (2), 189-203. |
|
CASALIS, S. (2000). Prédire et dépister précocement les
dyslexies de l'enfant. Quelques questions théoriques et
méthodologiques. Rééducation Orthophonique, 204,
19-33. |
|
CASALIS, S., COLÉ, P. & SOPO, D. (2004). Morphological
awareness in developmental dyslexia. Annals of Dyslexia, 54 (1), 114-138. [PDF] |
|
CASALIS, S., COLÉ, P. et MATHIOT, E. (2006). La
reconnaissance de mots morphologiquement complexes chez
les dyslexiques. Rééducation Orthophonique, 225, 111-128. |
|
CASALIS, S., DEACON, H. & PACTON, S. (2011). How
specific is the connection between morphological awareness
and spelling ? Applied Psycholinguistics, 32
(3), 499-511. |
|
|
|
Casasanto Daniel ( ) :
Neuropsychologue américain et spécialiste de l'étude des concepts
et des métaphores. Collaborateur
de Borodtisky.
|
CASASANTO, D., KILLGORE, W., GLOSSER, G., MALDJIAN, J.,
ALSOP, D., COOKE, A., GROSSMAN, M. & DETRE, J. (2002).
Neural correlates of successful and unsuccessful verbal
encoding. Brain & Language, 80, 287-295. |
|
CASASANTO, D. & BORODITSKY, L. (2008). Time in the
mind : Using space to think about time. Cognition,
106, 579-593. |
|
CASASANTO, D. (2009). Embodiment of abstract concepts :
good and bad in right-and left-handers. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : General, 138 (3), 351. |
|
CASASANTO, D. & CHRYSIKOU, E.G. (2011). When left is
"right" motor fluency shapes abstract concepts. Psychological
Science, 22 (4), 419-422. |
|
CASASANTO, D. & BOTTINI, R. (2014). Spatial language
and abstract concepts. WIREs Cognitive Science, 5, 139-149. |
|
|
|
Case Robbie (Barrie 1944-2000) : Psychologue
cognitiviste européen,
d'origine canadienne, spécialisé dans l'étude du développement,
notammament dans une perspective
piagétienne et néo-piagétienne.
Collaborateur de Demetriou.
 |
CASE, R. (1972). Learning and development : A
neo-piagetian interpretation. Human Development, 15,
339-358. |
|
CASE, R. (1972). Validation of a neo-piagetian capacity
construct. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology,
14, 287-322. |
|
CASE, R. (1987). Neo-piagetian theory : Retrospect and
prospect. International Journal of Psychology, 22,
773-791. |
|
CASE, R. (1993). Theories of learning and therories of
develpment. Educational Psychologist, 28 (3),
219-233. [PDF] |
|
CASE, R., DEMETRIOU A., PLATSIDOU M. & KAZI, S.
(2001). Integrating concepts and tests of intelligence
from the differential and the developmental traditions. Intelligence, 29, 307-336. |
|
|
OLSON, D.R. (2002). Robbie Case (1944-2000) : Obituary. American
Psychologist, 57 (9), 724. |
|
|
|
|
|
Casey B.J. ( ) : Neuropsychologue
américaine. Collaboratrice de Mischel.
|
CASEY, B.J., GIEDD, J.N. & THOMAS, K.M. (2000).
Structural and functional brain development and its
relation to cognitive development. Biological
Psychology, 54, 241-257. [PDF] |
|
CASEY, B.J., DAVIDSON, M.C., HARA, Y., THOMAS, K.M.,
MATINEZ, A., GALVAN, A., ALPERIN, J.M., RODRIGUEZ-ARANDA,
C.E. & TOTTENHAM, N. (2004). Early development of
subcortical regions involved in non-cued attention
switching. Developmental Science, 7 (5),
534-542.
[PDF] |
|
CASEY, B.J., GALVAN, A. & HARE, T.A. (2005). Changes
in cerebral functional organization during cognitive
development. Current Opinion in Neurobiology, 15, 239-244.
[PDF] |
|
CASEY, B.J. & DURSTON, S. (2006). From behavior to
cognition to the brain and back : What have we learned
from functional imaging studies of attention deficit
hyperactivity disorder ? American Journal of
Psychiatry, 163 (6), 957-960.
[PDF] |
|
CASEY, B.J., SOMERVILLE, L.H., GOTLIB, I., AYDUK, O.,
FRANKLIN, N., ASKREN, M.K., JONIDES, J., BERMAN, M.G.,
WILSON, N.L., TESLOVICH, T., GLOVER, G., ZAYAS, V.,
MISCHEL, W. & SHODA, Y. (2011). Behavioral and neural
correlates of delay of gratification 40 years later.
Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Casey M. Beth ( ) : Psychologue
américaine et spécialiste du développement,
notamment des différences
sexuelles sur le plan cognitif et des
habiletés spatiales. Collaboratrice Benbow.
|
CASEY, M.B. (1975). The effect of training procedures on
the over-learning reversal effect in young children. Journal
of Experimental Child Psychology, 20, 1-12. |
|
CASEY, M.B. (1984). Individual differences in use of
left-right visual cues : A reexamination of mirror-image
confusions in preschoolers. Developmental Psychology,
20, 551-559. |
|
CASEY, M.B. & LIPPMAN, M. (1991). Learning to plan
through play. Young Children, 46, 52-58. |
|
CASEY, M.B. (1996). Gender, sex, and cognition :
considering the interrelationship between biological and
environmental factors. Learning & Individual
Differences, 8 (1), 39-53. [PDF] |
|
CASEY, M.B., NUTTALL, R.L. & PEZARIS, E. (1999).
Evidence in support of a model that predicats how
biological and environmental factors interact to influence
spatial skills. Developmental Psychology, 35,
1237-1247. |
|
|
|
Cashin William E. ( ) : Spécialiste
américain de l'éducation,
et plus particulièrement dans l'évaluation
des enseignants et des enseignements.
Collaborateur de Benton.
|
CASHIN, W.E. (1990). Students do rate different academic
fields differently. New Directions for Teaching &
Lesarning, 43, 113-121 |
|
CASHIN, W.E. & DOWNEY, R.G. (1990). Using global
student rating items for summative evaluation. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 84 (4), 563-572. |
|
CASHIN, W.E. (1990). Students do rate different academic
elds differently. In M. Theall & J. Franklin (Eds.),
Student ratings of instruction : Issues for improving
practice : New Directions for Teaching & Learning
(Vol. 43, pp. 113-121). San Francisco : Jossey-Bass. |
|
CASHIN, W.E., DOWNEY, R.G. & SIXBURY, G. R. (1994).
Global and specific ratings of teaching effectiveness and
their relation to course objectives : Reply to Marsh
(1994). Journal of Educational Psychology, 86
(4), 649-657. |
|
CASHIN, W.E. (1995). Student rating of teachers : The
research revisited. Idea Paper, 32, 1-9. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Caspi Avshalom A.R. ( ) : Psychiatre
américain d'origine israélienne, spécialisé dans l'étude de
l'intéraction
gène-environnement.Collaborateur de Arsenault,
Bardone-Cone, Belsky,
Defries,
Goldberg, Happé, Krueger,
Moffitt, Poulton,
Plomin, Roberts,
Robins, Silva, Slutske
et Thomson.
|
CASPI, A., OZER, D.J. & HERBENER, E.S. (1992). Shared
experiences and the similarity of personalities : A
longitudinal study of married couples. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 62, 281-291. |
|
CASPI, A. & MOFFITT, T.E., NEWMAN, D.L. & SILA,
P.A. (1996). Behavioral observations at age 3 predict
adult psychiatric disorders : Longitudinal evidence from a
birth cohort. Archives of General Psychiatry, 53,
1033-1039. |
|
CASPI, A., McCLAY, J., MOFFITT, T. MILL, J., MARTIN, J.,
CRAIG, I., TAYLOR, A. & POULTON, R. (2002). Role of
genotype in the cycle of violence in maltreated children.
Science, 297 (5582), 851-854. [PDF] |
|
CASPI, A., SUGDEN, K., MOFFITT, T.E., TAYLOR, A., GRAIG,
I.W., HARRINGTON, H., McCLAY, J., MILL, J., MARTIN, J.,
BRATHWAITE, A. & POULTON, R. (2003). Influence of life
stress on depression : Moderation by a polymorphism in the
5-HTT gene. Science, 301, 386-389. [PDF] |
|
CASPI, A. & MOFFITT, T.E. (2006). Gene-environment
interactions in psychiatry : joining forces with
neuroscience. Naturel Review of Neuroscience, 7
(7), 583-590. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Casse-tête : Jeu. Puzzle.
| |
|
|
FRANKLIN, S., PEAT, M. & LEWIS, A. (2003).
Nontraditional interventions to stimulate discussion : the
use of games and puzzles. Journal of Biological
Education, 37, 79-84. |
|
|
|
Cassirer
Ernst (Breslau 1874-1945 Princeton) :
Philosophe allemand,
idéaliste néo-kantien et épistémologue
phénoménologiste,
spécialisé dans l'étude des fondements des mathématiques
et des sciences
humaines.
 |
CASSIRER, E. (1923/55). The philosophy of symbolic
forms : Language. New Haven : Yale University
Press. |
|
CASSIRER, E. (1929). The philosophy of symbolic forms
: The phenomenology of knowledge. New Haven : Yale
University Press. |
|
CASSIRER, E. (1936/56). Determinism and indeterminism
in modern physics. New Haven : Yale University
Press. |
|
CASSIRER, E. (1944). An essay on man. New Haven
: Yale University Press. |
|
CASSIRER, E. (1946). The myth of the state. New
Haven : Yale University Press. |
|
|
FRIEDMAN, M. (2000). A parting of the ways : Carnap,
Cassirer, and Heidegger. Open Court Publishing
Company. |
|
FRIEDMAN, M. (2002). Carnap, Cassirer, and Heidegger : The
Davos disputation and twentieth century philosophy. European
Journal of Philosophy, 3, 263-274. |
|
FRIEDMAN, M. (2005). Ernst Cassirer and contemporary
philosophy of science. Angelaki, 10, 119-128. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Castano Emanuel ( ) : Psychosociologue
belge et spécialiste de l'étude des groupes
et de leur influence sur le plan international. Collaborateur de Leyens
et Yzerbyt.
|
CASTANO, E. & YZERBYT, V.Y. (1998). The highs and lows
of group homogeneity. Behavioural Processes, 42,
219-238. |
|
CASTANO, E. (2002). Who may enter ? The impact of in-group
identification on in-group/out-group. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 38, 315-322. [PDF] |
|
CASTANO, E. (2002). The primacy of the ingroup : The
interplay of entitativity and identification. European
Review of Social Psychology, 11 (2), 449-468. [PDF] |
|
CASTANO, E., SACCHI, S. & HAYS GRIES, P. (2003). The
perception of the other in international relations :
Evidence for the polarizing effect of entitativity. Political
Psychology, 24, 449-468. [PDF] |
|
CASTANO, E. (2004). In case of death, cling to the
ingroup. European Journal of Social Psychology, 34, 1-10. |
|
|
|
Caste : Au sens strict, synonyme de classe
sociale en Indes. De
façon plus large, on utilise ce terme pour désigner une classe
sociale fermée et qui cherche à tout prix à préserver ses privilèges.
| |
|
|
DOLLARD, J. (1937). Cast and class in a southern town.
New Haven : Yale. |
|
BALTZBELL, E.D. (1964). The Protestant establishment
: Aristocracy and caste in America. New York :
Vintage Books. |
|
WILLIE, C.V. (1979). The caste and class controversy.
Bayside, NY : General Hall Inc. |
|
|
|
Castellanos Francisco Xavier ( ) : Psychiatre
américain et spécialiste de l'étude du trouble
d'attention avec hyperactivité. Collaborateur de Sonuga-Barke
et Tannock.
|
CASTELLANOS, F.X. & TANNOCK, R. (2002). Neuroscience
of attention-deficit/ hyperactivity disorder : The search
for endophenotypes. Nature Reviews Neuroscience, 3, 617-628.
[PDF] |
|
CASTELLANOS, F.X. (2002). Anatomic magnetic resonance
imaging studies of attention-deficit/hyperactivity
disorder. Dialogues in Clinical Neuroscience, 4
(4), 444-448.
[PDF] |
|
CASTELLANOS, F.X., SHARP, W.S., GOTTESMAN, R.F.,
GREENSTEIN, D.K., GIEDD, J.N. & RAPOPORT, J.L. (2003).
Anatomic brain abnormalities in monozygotic twins
discordant for attention deficit hyperactivity disorder.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 160 (9), 1693-1696. |
|
CASTELLANOS, F.X., (2005). Varieties of
attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder-related
intra-individual variability. Biological Psychiatry,
57, 1416-1423. |
|
CASTELLANOS, F.X., SONUGA-BARKE, E.J., MILHAM, M.P. &
TANNOCK, R. (2006). Characterizing cognition in ADHD :
beyond executive dysfunction. Trends in Cognitive
Sciences, 10 (3), 117-123. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Castle William E. (Ohio 1867-1962) : Biologiste
et généticien américain
avant la lettre. Ses recherches sur l'hérédité,
notamment sur la mouche à vinaigre (drosophile)
ont influencé les travaux de Morgan.
|
CASTLE, W.E. (1903). Mendel's laws of heredity. Science,
25 (456), 396-406. |
|
CASTLE, W.E. (1903). The laws of heredity of Galton and
Mendel, and some laws governing race improvement by
selection. Proceedings of the American Academy of
Arts & Sciences, 39 (8), 223-24.2. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
|
CASTLE, W. E., (1910). The effect of selection upon
Mendelian characters manifested in onesex only. Journal
of Experimental Zoology, 8 (2), 185-192. |
|
CASTLE, W.E. (1911). Heredity in relation to
evolution and animal breeding. New York. |
|
CASTLE, W.E. (1913). Simplification of Mendelian formulæ.
The American Naturalist, 47 (555), 170-182. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Castonguay Charles (Ottowa 1940-) : Mathématicien
et statisticien
canadien, spécialisé en démographie.
Professeur à l'Université
d'Ottawa et membre du comité scientifique de
l'Institut de recherche sur le français en Amérique.
Collaborateur de Dubuc.
 |
CASTONGUAY, C. (1976). Les transferts linguistiques au
foyer. Recherches Sociographiques, 17 (3),
341-351. |
|
CASTONGUAY, C. (1985). Transferts et semi-transferts
linguistiques au Québec d’après le recensement de 1981. Cahiers
Québécois de Démographie, 14 (1), 59-85. |
|
CASTONGUAY, C. (1997). Évolution de l’assimilation
linguistique au Québec et au Canada entre 1971 et 1991. Recherches
Sociographiques, 38 (3), 469-490. |
|
CASTONGUAY, C. (2002). Assimilation linguistique et
remplacement des générations francophones et anglophones
au Québec et au Canada. Recherches Sociographiques,
43 (1), 149-182. |
|
CASTONGUAY, C. (2003). La vraie question linguistique :
quelle est la force d’attraction réelle du français au
Québec ? Analyse critique de l’amélioration de la
situation du français au Québec observée en 2001. Dans M.
Venne (Dir.), L’annuaire du Québec 2004 (p.
232-253). Montréal : Fides. |
|
|
|
|
Castonguay Louis Georges ( ) :
Psychologue cognitivo-béhavioriste
américain, d'origine québécoise, spécialisé dans l'étude des
thérapies et de
leur efficacité. Collaborateur de Agras,
Andersson, Beutler,
Bonanno, Borkovec,
Carlbring, Derubeis,
Dimidjan,
Earls, Goldfried,
Hayes, Jones,
Lambert, Lecompte,
Muran,
Newman, Oltmanns,
Pincus, Rozental, Safran,
Shafran et
Stiles.
|
CASTONGUAY, L.G. (1984). Perspectives de rapprochement en
psychothérapie. Revue Québecoise de Psychologie, 10,
41-58. |
|
CASTONGUAY, L.G., HAYES, A.M., GOLDFRIED, M.R. &
DeRUBEIS, R.J. (1995). The focus of therapists'
interventions in cognitive therapy for depression. Cognitive
Therapy & Research, 19, 485-503. |
|
CASTONGUAY, L.G. (2002). Controlling is not enough : The
importance of measuring the process and the specific
effectiveness of psychotherapy treatment and control
conditions. Ethics & Behavior, 12, 31-42. |
|
CASTONGUAY, L.G. & BEUTLER, L.E. (2006). Principles of
therapeutic change : A task force on participants,
relationships and techniques factors. Journal of
Clinical Psychology, 62, 631-638. |
|
CASTONGUAY, L.G., EUBANKS, C.F., GOLDFRIED, M.R., MURAN,
J.C. & LUTZ, W. (2015). Research in psychotherapy
integration : Relevance of the past and necessity for the
future. Psychotherapy Research, 25, 365-382.
[PDF] |
|
|
LAMBRETTE, G. (2014). Un entretien avec Louis G.
Castonguay. L'évaluation en psychothérapie. Psychothérapies,
34, 211-217. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Castrer : Castration physique : Ablation des organes
de reproduction mâles ou femelles. Castration et
destruction cérébrale.
Castration.
| |
|
|
DANIEL, F.E. (1893). Castration of sexual perverts.
Texas Medical Journal, 255-271. |
|
STONE, C.P. (1927). The retention of copulatory ability in
male rats following castration. Comparative
Psychology, 7, 369-368. |
|
WILLE, R. & BEIER, K.M. (1989). Castration in Germany.
Annual Review of Sex Research, 2, 103-133. |
|
SCOTT, C.L. & HOLMBERG, T. (2003). Castration of sex
offenders : prisoners' rights versus public safety.
Journal of the American Academy of Psychiatry & the
Law, 31, 502-509. |
|
|
|
C.A.T. : Ce Test
projectif est la version adaptée pour les enfants du T.A.T.
Children Aperception
Test.
|
Catalano Ralph ( ) : Économiste
écologiste américain. Il
étudie la relation entre les conditions et les déterminants
socio-économiques et la santé
mentale. Collaborateur de Dooley,
Novaco et Stokols.
 |
CATALANO, R. & DOOLEY, D. (1981). The behavioral costs
of economic instability. Policy Studies Journal, 10,
338-349. |
|
CATALANO, R., NOVACO, R. & McCONNELL, W. (1997). A
model of the net effect of job loss on violence. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 72 (6),
1440-1447. |
|
CATALANO, R., ALDRETE, E., VEGA, W., KOLODY, B. &
AGUILAR-GAXIOLA, S. (2000). Job loss and major depression
among Mexican Americans. Social Science Quarterly,
81, 477-487. |
|
CATALANO, R. (2003). Sex ratios in the two Germanies : A
test of the economic stress hypothesis. Human
Reproduction, 18, 1972-1975. [PDF] |
|
CATALANO, R., GOLDMAN-MELLOR, S., SAXTON, K.,
MARGERISON-ZILKO, C., SUBBARAMAN, M., LEWINN, K. &
ANDERSON, E. (2011). The health effects of economic
decline. Annual Review of Public Health, 32, 431-450.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
|
Cataldo
Michael F. ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste
américain. Collaborateur de Deleon,
Fisher, Iwata,
Neef, Piazza,
Risley, Rojahn,
Sandman, Schlund,
Symons,
Schroeder et Thompson,
 |
CATALDO, M.F. & RISLEY, T.R. (1973). Development of a
standardized measure of classroom participation. Paper
presented at American Psychological Association,
Montréal, 1-4. [PDF] |
|
CATALDO, M.F. & RISLEY, T.R. (1974). Infant day care.
In R. Ulrich, T. Stachnik & J .Mabry (Eds.), Control
of human behavior. Glenview, Ilinois : Scott,
Foresman and Company. |
|
CATALDO, M.F., WARD, E.M., RUSSO, D.C., RIORDAN, M.M.
& BENNET, D. (1986). Compliance and corelated problem
behavior in children : Effects of contingent and
noncontingent reinforcement. Analysis &
Intervention in Developmental Disabilities, 6, 265-282. |
|
CATALDO, M.F. & BRADY, J.V. (1994). Deriving relations
from the experimental analysis of behaviorJournal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 41 (1), 1-5. [PDF] |
|
CATALDO, M.F. (2008). Todd Risley : a man who didn't like
counting angels. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis,
41 (1), 1-5. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Catalogne
: Catalan : Peuple
et langue.
| |
|
|
BALAGUER, R.D.D., COSTA, A., SEBASTIAN-GALLES, N.,
JUNCADELLA, M. & CARAMAZZA, A. (2004). Regular and
irregular morphology and its relation with agrammatism :
Evidence from two Spanish-Catalan bilinguals. Brain
& Language, 91, 212-222. |
|
|
|
Catalyseur : Tout facteur
qui accélère l'acquisition d'une connaissance,
d'un comportement. Catalysis.
| |
|
|
COHEN, D.J. & LINDSLEY, O.R. (1964). Catalysis of
controlled leadership in cooperation by human stimulation.
Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 5,
119-137. |
|
|
|
|
|
Catani Marco ( ) : Médecin et
neurologue italien. Collaborateur de Thiebaut de Schotten.
|
CATANI, M. & FFYTCHE, D.H. (2005). The rises and falls
of disconnection syndromes. Brain, 128, 2224–2239.
|
|
CATANI, M. ALLIN, M.P., HUSAIN, M., PUGLIESE, L., MESULAM,
M.M., MURRAY, R.M. & JONES, D.K. (2007). Symmetries in
human brain language pathways correlate with verbal
recall. Proceedings of the National Academy of
Sciences USA., 104, 17163–17168. |
CATANI, M., DELL’ACQUA, F., BIZZI, A., FORKEL, S.J.,
WILLIAMS, S.C., SIMMONS, A., MURPHY, D.G. & THIEBAUT
DE SCHOTTEN, M. (2012). Beyond cortical localization in
clinico-anatomical correlation. Cortex, 48,
1262–1287.
|
CATANI, M., MESULAM, M.M., JAKOBSEN, E., MALIK, F.,
MARTERSTECK, A., WIENEKE, C., THOMPSON, C.K., THIEBAUT DE
SCHOTTEN, M., DELL’ACQUA, F. & WEINTRAUB, S. (2013). A
novel frontal pathway underlies verbal fluency in primary
progressive aphasia. Brain, 136, 2619–2628.
|
|
CATANI, M., DELL’ACQUA, F. & THIEBAUT DE SCHOTTEN, M.
(2013). A revised limbic system model for memory, emotion
and behaviour. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral
Reviews, 37, 1724–1737. |
| |
|
|
Catania Anthony Charles (New York 1936-) : Psychologue
béhavioriste
américain. Il s'est notamment intéressé à l'apprentissage
des comportements verbaux
et au programme
de renforcement concomittant. Étudiant de Schoenfeld.
Professeur de Cerutti. Collaborateur
de Deleon, Harnad,
Hineline, Horne,
Laties,
Lowe, Matthews,
Pennypacker, Reynolds,
Sagvolden,
Shimoff, Skinner
et Stevens.
 |
CATANIA, A.C. (1961). Behavioral contrast in a multiple
and concurrent schedule of reinforcement. Journal of
the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 6, 335-342.
[PDF] |
|
CATANIA, A.C. & REYNOLDS, G.S. (1968). A quantitative
analysis of the responding maintained by interval
schedules of reinforcement. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 11 (S3),
327-383. [PDF] |
|
CATANIA, A.C. (1975). The myth of self-reinforcement. Behaviorism,
3, 192-199. [PDF] |
|
CATANIA, A.C. (2005). Attention-deficit/hyperactivity
disorder (ADHD) : Delay-of-reinforcement gradients
andother behavioral mechanisms. Behavioral &
Brain Sciences, 28 (3), 419-424. [PDF] |
|
CATANIA, A.C. (2006). Operant contingencies : Responses
and their consequences. European Journal of Behavior
Analysis, 7 (2), 99-102. [PDF] |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Catastrophe naturelle : Voir Désastre naturel.
Naturel disaster, ecological disaster.
|
Catatonie : Catatonique : Au sens large, état de passivité qui
alterne, parfois soudainement, avec une forme d'agitation motrice
et verbale. La catatonie constitue un des symptômes du syndrome
post-traumatique et de la schizophrénie
catatonique. = état catatonique.
Catatonia, syndrome of catatonia.
| |
|
|
KAHLBAUM, K.L. (1874/1973). Catatonia. Baltimore
: Johns Hopkins University Press. |
WING, L. & SHAH, A. (2000). Catatonia in autistic
spectrum disorders. British Journal of Psychiatry,
176, 357-362. |
|
MORRISSON, J. (1973). Catatonia. Retarded and excited
types. Archives of general psychiatry, 28, 39-41. |
FINK, M. & TAYLOR, M.A. (2001). The many varieties of
catatonia. European Archives of Psychiatry &
Clinical Neuroscience, 251 (S1), 8-13. |
|
MORRISSON, J. (1974). Catatonia : Prediction of outcome. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 15, 317-324. |
NORTHOFF, G. (2002). Neurophysiology, neuropsychiatry and
neurophilosophy of catatonia. Behavioral & Brain
Sciences, 25 (5), 592-599. |
|
MORRISSON, J. (1975). Catatonia : diagnosis and treatment.
Hospital & Community Psychiatry, 26, 91-94 |
FINK M. & TAYLOR, M.A. (2003). Catatonia : A
clinician's guide to diagnosis and treatment.
Cambridge UK : Cambridge University Press. |
|
GELENBERG, A.J. (1976). The catatonic syndrome. Lancet,
1, 1339-1341. |
TAYLOR, M.A. & FINK, M. (2003). Catatonia in
psychiatric classification : A home of its own. American.
Journal of Psychiatry, 160, 1233-1241.
[PDF] |
|
WING, L. & SHAH, A. (2006). A systematic examination
of catatonia-like clinical pictures in autism spectrum
disorders. International Review of Neurobiology, 72,
21-39. |
|
FINK, M. (2009). Catatonia : A syndrome appears,
disappears and is rediscovered. Canadian Journal of
Psychiatry, 54, 437-445. |
|
KELLNER, C.H., POPEO, D.M., ALOYSI, A.S. (2010).
Electroconvulsive therapy for catatonia. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 167 (9), 1127-1128 |
|
ROSEBUSH, P.I. & MAZUREK, M.F. (2010). Catatonia and
its treatment. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 36 (2),
239-242. |
|
LOOPER, K.J. & MILROY, T.M. (1997). Catatonia 20 years
later. American Journal of Psychiatry, 154 (6),
883. |
SIENAERT, P., DHOSSCHE, D.M., VANCAMPFORT, D., DE HERT, M.
& GAZDAG, G. (2014). A clinical review of the
treatment of catatonia. Frontiers in Psychiatry, 5,
163. |
|
BUSH, G., PETRIDES, G. & FRANCIS, A. (1997). Catatonia
and other motor syndromes in a chronically hospitalized
psychiatric population. Schizophrenia Research, 27,
83-92. |
WILCOX, J.A. & DUFFY, P.R. (2015). The syndrome of
catatonia. Behavioral Sciences, 5, 576-588. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Schizophrénie
catatonique |
|
|
Catecholamine : Hormone et neurotransmetteur.
( ):
Adrénaline, nordadrénaline,
dopamine.
Catecholamine.
| |
|
|
SCHILDKRAUT, J.J. (1965). The catecholamine hypothesis of
affective disorders : A review of supporting evidence. Journal
of Neuropsychiatry & Clinical Neurosciences, 7,
524-533. |
|
WISE, R.A. (1978). Catecholamine theories of reward : a
critical review. Brain Research, 152, 215-247. |
|
ANISMAN, H. & SKLAR, L. (1979). Catecholamine
depletion in mice upon reexposure to stress : Mediation of
the escape deficits produced by inescapable shock.
Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology,
93, 610-625. |
|
SERVAN-SCHREIBER, D., PRINTZ, H. & COHEN, J.D. (1990).
A network model of catecholamine effects : Gain,
signal-to-noise ratio, and behavior. Science, 249,
892-895. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
Catégorie : Catégoriser : Catégorisation : Fonction
cognitive qui consiste à organiser l'information
en classe (ou catégorie). Ici organiser
signifie regrouper un ensemble d'objets
qui partage au moins une caractéristique/propriété. Cette
catégorie peut être nommer. La
catégorisation peut être utilisée comme une stratégie de codage ou
de récupération de l'information. =
classer.
Categorization, category
information, classification.
| |
|
|
DALLETT, K. (1964). Number of categories and category
information in free recall. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 68, 1-12. |
BARSALOU, L.W., HUTTENLOCHER, J. & LAMBERTS, K.
(1998). Basing categorization on individuals and events. Cognitive
Psychology, 36, 203-272.
[PDF] |
|
LEE, W. & ZENTALL, T.R. (1966). Factorial effects in
the categorization of externally distributed stimulus
samples. Perception & Psychophysics, 1,
120-124. |
GELMAN, S.A., COLEY, J.D., ROSENGREN, K.R., HARTMANN, E.E.
& PAPPAS, A.S. (1998). Beyond labeling : The role of
parental input in the acquisition of richly-structured
categories. Monographs of the Society for Research in
Child Development, 63 (1), 1-159. [PDF] |
|
WALLACE, C.S. & BOULTON, D.M. (1968). An information
measure for classification. Computer Journal, 11, 185-194. |
DE LA HAYE, A.-M. (1998). La catégorisation des
personnes. Grenoble : Presses universitaires de
Grenoble. |
|
COLLINS, A.M., LOFTUS, E.F. & QUILLIAN, M.R. (1970).
Does category size affect categorization time ? Journal
of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 9 (4),
432-438. |
KILLEEN, P.R. (1998). How reinforcement context affects
temporal production and categorization. Animal
Learning & Behavior, 26, 388-396. |
|
TAJFEL, H., BILLIG, M.G., BUNDY, R.P. & FLAMENT, C.
(1971). Social categorization and intergroup behavior.
European Journal of Social Psychology, 1 (2),
149-178.
[PDF] |
|
|
TAJFEL, H. (1972). La catégorisation sociale. In S.
Moscovici (Dir.), Introduction à la psychologie
sociale. Paris : Larousse. |
SMITH, E.E., PATALANO, A. & JONIDES, J. (1998).
Alternative strategies of categorization. Cognition,
65, 167-196. [PDF] |
|
INGLING, N.W. (1972). Categorization - Mechanism for Rapid
Information Processing. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 94 (3), 239-243. |
LACOUTURE, Y., LI, S.-C. & MARLEY, A.A.J. (1998). The
roles of stimulus and response set size in the
identification and categorisation of unidimensional
stimuli. Australian Journal of Psychology, 50 (3),
165-174. |
|
PIAGET, J. (1974). Structures et catégories. Logique
et Analyse, 17, 223-240.
[PDF] |
|
|
ALLEN, V.L. & WILDER, D.A. (1975). Categorization,
belief similarity, and intergroup discrimination. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 32,
971-977. |
|
|
ROSCH, E.H. & MERVIS, C.B. (1975). Family resemblances
: Studies in the internal structure of categories. Cognitive
Psychology, 7, 573-605. |
TANAKA, J.W., LUU, P., WEISBROD, M. & KIEFER, M.
(1999). Tracking the time course of object categorization
using event-related potentials. NeuroReport, 10,
829-835. [PDF] |
|
KUBOVY, M. & HEALY, A.F. (1977). The decision rule in
probabilistic categorization : What it is and how it is
learned. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
General, 106, 427- 446. |
VOGELS, R. (1999). Categorization of complex visual images
by rhesus monkeys. Part 2: single-cell study. European
Journal of Neuroscience, 11, 1239-1255. |
|
TAYLOR, S.E., FISKE, S.T., ETCOFF, N.L. & RUDERMAN,
A.J. (1978). Categorical and contextual bases of person
memory and sereotyping. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 36 (7), 778-793. [PDF] |
|
|
ROSCH, E.H. & LLOYD, B.B. (Eds.) (1978). Cognition
and categorization. Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
ASTLEY, L. & WASSERMAN, E.A. (1999). Superordinate
category formation in pigeons : Association with a common
delay or probability of food reinforcement makes
perceptually dissimilar stimuli functionally equivalent. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes,
25, 415-432. |
|
McCLOSKEY, M. & GLUCKSBERG, S. (1978). Natural
categories : Well-defined or fuzzy sets ? Memory &
Cognition, 6, 462-472. |
ROBERSON, D., DAVIDOFF, J. & BRAISBY, N. (1999).
Similarity and categorisation : Neuropsychological
evidence for a dissociation in explicit categorisation
tasks. Cognition, 71, 1-42. |
|
ROSCH, E.H. (1978). Principles of categorization. In E.
Rosch & B.B. Lloyd (Eds.), Cognition and
categorization (pp. 27-48). Hillsdale, NJ :
Erlbaum. |
HERBRANSON, W.T., FREMOUW, T. & SHIMP, C.P. (1999).
The randomization procedure in the study of categorization
of multi-dimensional stimuli by pigeons. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 25,
113-135. |
|
BROOKS, L.R. (1978). Nonanalytic concept formation and
memory for instances. In E. Rosch & B.B. Lloyd (Eds.),
Cognition and categorization. Hillsdale, N.J. :
Lawrence Erlbaum. |
MARESCHAL, D. FRENCH, R.M. & QUINN, P.C. (2000). A
connectionist account of asymmetric category learning in
infancy. Developmental Psychology 36, 635-645. [PDF] |
|
NEILL, W.T. (1979). Switching attention within and between
categories : Evidence for intracategory inhibition.
Memory & Cognition, 7, 283-290. |
HOUDÉ, O. (2000). Inhibition and cognitive development :
object, number, categorization and reasoning. Cognitive
Development, 15 (1), 63-73. |
|
CHI, M.T.H. (1979). Categorizationand representation of
physics problemsvby experts and novices. Cognitive
Science, 5, 121-152. [PDF] |
MARESHAL, D. & FRENCH, R.M. (2000). Mechanisms of
categorisation in infancy. Infancy 1, 59-76. |
|
NORMAN, D.A. (1981). Categorization of action slips. Psychological
Review, 88, 1-15. [PDF] |
CRAWFORD, L.E., REGIER, L.E. & HUTTENLOCHER, J.
(2000). Linguistic and non-linguistic spatial
categorization. Cognition, 75, 209-235. [PDF] |
|
SMITH, E.E. & MEDIN, D.L. (1981). Categories and
concepts. Cambridge : Havard University Press. |
|
|
MURPHY, G.L. & SMITH, E.E. (1982). Basic level
superiority in picture categorization. Journal of
Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 21, 1-20. |
MARESHAL, D. & QUINN, P.C. (2001). Categorization in
infancy. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 5 (10),
443-450. [PDF] |
|
McCLOSKEY, M. (1982). Review of categories and concept. American
Journal of Psychology, 95, 527-528. |
RIPS, L.J. (2001). Necessity and natural categories.
Psychological Bulletin, 127 (6), 827-852. [PDF]
|
|
BRAINE, M.D.S. & HARDY, J.A. (1982). On what
categories there are, why they are, and how they develop :
An amalgam of apriori considerations, speculation, and
evidence from children. In E. Wanner & L. R. Gleitman
(Eds.), Language acquisition : The state oftheart
(pp.219-239). New York : Cambridge University Press. |
|
|
MURPHY, G.L. (1982). Cue validity and levels of
categorization. Psychological Bulletin, 91,
174-177. |
NAZZI, T. & GOPNICK, A. (2001). Linguistic and
cognitive abilities in infancy : when does language become
a tool for categorization ? Cognition, 80, 11-20.
[PDF] |
|
EPSTEIN, R. (1982). Note on the mythological character of
categorization research in psychology. The Journal of
Mind & Behavior, 3, 161-169.
[PDF] |
ASHBY, F.G. & ELL, S.W. (2001). The neurobiology of
human category learning. Trends in Cognitive
Sciences, 5, 204-210. [PDF] |
|
|
JONES, G.V. (1983). Identifying basic categories. Psychological
Bulletin, 92, 174-177 |
DAVIDOFF, J. (2001). Language and perceptual
categorisation. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 5 (9),
382-387. [PDF] |
|
BRADLEY, L. & BRYANT, P.E. (1983). Categorizing sounds
and learning to read : A causal connection. Nature,
301, 419-421. |
MARESHAL, D. & QUINN, P.C. & FRENCH, R.M. (2002).
Asymmetric interference in 3- to 4-month-olds' sequential
category learning. Cognitive Science 26, 377-89.
|
|
BARSALOU, L.W. (1983). Ad hoc categories. Memory &
Cognition, 11, 211-227. |
NIEDENTHAL, P.M. & HALBERSTADT, J. (1999). Emotional
response categorization. Psychological Review, 106
(2), 337-361. |
|
NOSOFSKY, R.M. (1984). Choice, similarity, and the context
theory of classification. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Learning, Memory & Cognition, 10 (1),
104-114. [PDF] |
GOSSELIN, F. & SCHYNS, P.G. (2002). RAP : a new
framework for visual categorization. Trends in
Cognitive Science, 6, 70-77. [PDF] |
YOUNGER, B.A. & COHEN, L.B. (1985). How infants form
categories. In G. Bower (Ed.), The psychology of
learning and motivation : Advances in research and
theory (Vol. 19, pp.
211-247). New York : Academic Press. |
|
|
GELMAN, S.A. & MARKMAN, E.M. (1986). Categories and
induction in young children. Cognition, 23,
183-209. [PDF] |
ALFONSO-REESE, L.A., ASHBY, F.G. & BRAINARD, D.H.
(2002). What makes a categorization task difficult ? Perception
& Psychophysics, 64, 570-583. |
|
NOSOFSKY, R.M. (1986). Attention, similarity, and the
identification-categorization relationship. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : General, 115 (1),
39-57. |
SIGALA, N. & LOGOTHETIS, N. (2002). Visual
categorization shapes feature selectivity in the primate
temporal cortex. Nature, 415, 318-320. |
|
NOSOFSKY, R.M. (1987). Attention and learning processes in
the identification and categorization of integral stimuli.
Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory
& Cognition, 13 (1), 87-108. [PDF] |
VAUCLAIR, J. (2002). Categorization and conceptual
behavior in nonhuman primates. In M. Bekoff, C. Allen
& G. Burghardt (Eds.), The cognitive animal
(pp. 239-245). Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
|
ASHBY, F.G. & GOTT, R.E. (1988). Decision rules in the
perception and categorization of multidimensional stimuli.
ournal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory
& Cognition, 14, 33-53.
[PDF] |
JITSUMORI, M., SIEMANN, M., LEHR, M. & DELIUS, J.D.
(2002). A new approach to the formation of equivalence
classes in pigeons. Journal of Experimental Analysis
of Behavior, 78 (3), 397-408. [PDF] |
|
MACCOBY, E.E. (1988/90). Gender as a social category / Le
sexe, catégorie sociale. Developmental Psychology, 24
(6), 755-765/Actes de la Recherche en Sciences
Sociales, 83, 16-26. [PDF] |
ZENTALL, T.R., GALIZIO, M. & CRITCHFIELD, T.S. (2002).
Categorization, concept learning and behavior analysis :
An introduction. Journal of the Experimental Analysis
of Behavior, 78 (3), 237-248. [PDF] |
|
COHEN, L.B. (1988). Information processing constraints on
infant memory and categorization. In P. Vietze & H.
Vaughn (Eds.), Early identification of handicapped
infants (pp. 237-252). Orlando : Gruen &
Stratton. |
|
|
GELMAN, S.A. (1988). Children’s expectations concerning
natural kind categories. Human Development, 31, 28-34. |
LOWE, F.C., HORNE, P.J., HARRIS, F.D. & RANDLE, V.R.L.
(2002). Naming and categorization in young children :
vocal tact training. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 78 (3), 527-549. [PDF] |
|
NOSOFSKY, R.M. (1988). Similarity, frequency, and category
representations. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Learning, Memory & Cognition, 14 (1), 54-65. [PDF] |
SCHYNS, P.G. (2003). Categorizing and perceiving objects :
Exploring a continuum of information use. Psychology
of Learning & Motivation, 42, 193-224. |
|
GELMAN, S.A. (1989). Children’s use of categories to guide
biological inferences. Human Development, 32, 65-71. |
MARKHAM, A.B. & MADDOX, W.T. (2003). Classification of
exemplars with single and multiple feature manifestations
: The effects of relevant dimension variation and category
structure. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Learning, Memory & Cognition, 29 (1), 107-117. |
|
BORNSTEIN, M.H. (1989). Discrimination and categorization
across the life-span. The Brain & Behavioral
Sciences, 12, 757-758. |
MARESCHAL, D., POWELL, D. & VOLEIN, A. (2003).
Basic-level category discrimination by 7- and 9-month-olds
in an object examination task. Journal of
Experimental Child Psychology 86, 87-107. |
| MARKAM, E.M. (1989). Categorization and naming in children : Problems of induction.
Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, Bradford Books. |
FRANKLIN, A. & DAVIES, R.L. (2004). New evidence for
infant colour categories. British Journal of
Developmental Psychology, 22, 349-377. [PDF] |
|
MURRAY, N., SUJAN, H., HIRT, E.R. & SUJAN, M. (1990).
The influence of mood on categorization : A cognitive
flexibility interpretation. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 59, 411–425. |
HORNE, P.J., LOWE, C.F. & RANDLE, V.R.L. (2004).
Naming and categorization in young children : II. Listener
behavior training. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 81 (3), 267-288. [PDF] |
|
GELMAN, S.A. & COLEY, J.D. (1990). The importance of
knowing a dodo is a bird : Categories and inferences in 2-
year-old children. Developmental Psychology, 26,
796-804. |
RAMSEY, J.L., LANGLOIS, J.H., HOSS, R.A., RUBENSTEIN, A.J.
& GRIFFIN, A. (2004). Origins of a stereotype :
Categorization of facial attractiveness by 6-Month-Old
infants. Developmental Science, 7, 201-211. |
|
NOSOFSKY, R.M. (1990). Relations between
exemplar-similarity and likelihood models of
classification. Journal of Mathematical Psychology,
34 (4), 393-418. [PDF] |
QUINN, P.C. & OATES, J.M. (2004). Early category
representations and concepts. In J.M. Oates & A.
Grayson (Eds.), Cognitive and language development in
children (pp. 21-60). Oxford, England : Blackwell.
|
|
SHANKS, D.R. (1991). Categorization by a connectionist
network. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Learning., Memory & Cognition, 17, 433-443. |
LACOUTURE, Y., LI S.-C. & MARLEY, A.A.J. (2004).
Choice and response time processes in the identification
and categorization of unidimensional stmuli. Perception
& Psychophysics, 66, 1206-1226. |
|
NOSOFSKY, R.M. (1991). Relation between the rational model
and the context model of categorization. Psychological
Science, 3, 416-421. [PDF]
|
QUINN, P.C. (2004). Spatial representation by young
infants : Categorization of spatial relations or
sensitivity to a crossing primitive ? Memory &
Cognition, 32 (5), 852-861. [PDF] |
|
TANAKA, J.W. & TAYLOR, M. (1991). Object categories
and expertise : Is the basic level in the eye of the
beholder ? Cognitive Psychology, 23, 457-482. [PDF] |
LACOUTURE, Y. & MARLEY, A.A.J. (2004). Choice and
response time processes in the identification and
categorization of unidimensional stimuli. Perception
& Psychophysics, 66 (7), 1206-1226. [PDF]
|
|
ASHBY, F.G. & LEE, W.W. (1991). Predicting similarity
and categorization from identification. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : General, 120, 150-172. [PDF] |
VONK, J. & MacDONALD, S.E. (2004). Levels of
abstraction in orangutan (Pongo abelii) categorization.
Journal of Comparative Psychology, 118, 3-13. [PDF] |
|
HOUDÉ, O. (1992). Catégorisation et développement
cognitif. Paris : PUF. |
PARK, B. & JUDD, C.M. (2005). Rethinking the link
between categorization and prejudice within the social
cognition perspective. Personality & Social
Psychology Review, 9, 108-130. [PDF] |
|
KEIL, F.C. (2005). The Cradle of
Categorization : Supporting Fragile Internal Knowledge
Through Commerce with Culture and the World. In W.K. Ahn,
R.L. Goldstone, B.C. Love, A. Markman, and P. Wolff
(Eds.), Categorizationl inside and outside the
aboratory : Essays in Honor of Doug Medin (pp.
289-302). Washington, D.C. : American Psychological
Association. [PDF] |
|
WOLFE, J.M., STEWART, M.I., FRIEDMAN-HILL, S.R. &
O'CONNELL, K.M. (1992). The role of categorization in
visual search for orientation. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Human Perception & Performance, 18,
34-49. |
MURPHY, G.L. & ROSS, B.H. (2005). The two faces of
typicality in category-based induction. Cognition, 95,
175-200. [PDF] |
|
MEUNIER, J.-G. (1992). Le problème de la catégorisation
dans la représentation des connaissances. Intellectica,
1/2, 13-14, 7-44. [PDF] |
VERDE, M.F., MURPHY, G.L. & ROSS, B.H. (2005).
Influence of multiple categories in inductive inference. Memory
& Cognition, 33, 479-487. |
|
NOSOFSKY, R.M., PALMERI, T.J. & McKINLEY, S.C. (1994).
Rule-plus-exception model of classification learning. Psychological
Review, 101 (1), 53-79. [PDF] |
McCOTTER, M., GOSSELIN, F., SNOWDEN, P. & SCHYNS, P.G.
(2005). The use of visual information in natural scenes
categorization. Visual Cognition, 12, 938-953. [PDF] |
|
KEIL, F.C. (2005). Knowledge, categorization
and the bliss of ignorance. In L. Gershkoff-Stowe, and D.
Rakison (Eds.),Building object categories in
developmental time (pp.309-334). Hillsdale, NJ
: Erlbaum. |
|
BIERNAT, M.R. & VESCIO, T.K. (1993). Categorization
and stereotyping : Effect of group context on memory and
social judgment. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 29, 166-202. |
ASHBY, F.G. & MADDOX, W.T. (2005). Human category
learning. Annual Review of Psychology, 56, 149-178. |
|
RIPS, L.J. & COLLINS, A. (1993). Categories and
resemblance. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
General, 122, 468-486. |
QUINN, P.C., WESTERLUD, A. & NELSON, C.A. (2006).
Neural markers of categorization in 6-month-old infants. Psychological
Science, 17, 59-66. |
|
GOLDSTONE, R.L. (1994). The role of similarity in
categorization : Providing a groundwork. Cognition,
52, 125-157.
[PDF] |
HORNE, P.J., HUGHES, J.C. & LOWE, C.F. (2006). Naming
and categorization in young children : IV : Listener
behavior training and transfer of function. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 85 (2),
247–273.
[PDF] |
|
ESTES, W.K. (1994). Classification and cognition. Oxford:
Oxford University Press. |
COHEN, H. & LEFEBVRE, C. (Eds.) (2006). Handbook
of categorization in cognitive science. Oxford :
Elsevier. |
|
AYDIN, A. & PEARCE, J.M. (1994). Prototype effects in
categorization by pigeons. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 20,
264-277. |
ASHBY, F.G. & ENNIS, J.M. (2006). The role of the
basal ganglia in category learning. The Psychology of
Learning & Motivation, 46, 1-36. [PDF] |
|
|
SMITH, E.E. & SLOMAN, S.A. (1994). Similarity- versus
rule-based categorization. Memory & Cognition, 22,
377-386. |
QUINN, P.C. (2007). Categorization. In A. Slater & M.
Lewis (Eds.), Introduction to infant development
(pp. 119-136). Oxford University Press : Oxford, UK. |
|
LUPYAN, G., RAKISON, D.H. & McCLELLAND J.L. (2007).
Language is not just for talking : Labels facilitate
learning of novel categories. Psychological Science,
18 (12), 1077-1082. [PDF]
|
|
HARE, M., ELMAN, J.L. & DAUGHERTY, K.G. (1995).
Default categorization in connectionist networks. Language
& Cognitive Processes, 10, 601-630. |
URADA, D.I., STENSTORM, D.M. & MILLER, N. (2007).
Crossed categorization beyond the two-group model. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 92, 649-664. |
|
MACKINTOSH, N.J. (1995). Categorization by people and
pigeons. Quarterly Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 48B, 193-214. |
ASHBY, F.G., ENNIS, J.M. & SPIERING, A. (2007).
Neurobiological theory of automaticity in perceptual
categorization. Psychological Review, 114 (3),
632-656. [PDF] |
|
QUINN, P.C. & ELMAS, P.D. (1996). Perceptual cues that
permit categorical differentiation of animal species by
infants. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology,
63, 189-211. |
ROGERS, T.T. & PATTERSON, K. (2007). Object
categorization : Reversals and explanations of the
basic-level advantage. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : General, 136, (3), 451-469. [PDF] |
|
SPINOZZI, G. (1996). Categorization in monkeys and
chimpanzees. Behavioural Brain Research, 74,
17-24. |
HORNE, P.J., LOWE, C.F. & HARRIS, F.D.A. (2007).
Naming and categorization in young children : V. Manual
sign training. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 87 (3), 367-381. [PDF] |
|
SCHYNS, P.G., PETRO, L.S. & SMITH, M.L. (2007).
Dynamics of visual information integration in the brain
for categorizing facial expressions. Current Biology,
17 (18), 1580-1585. |
|
SMITH, D.E. (2008). Categorie are not enough. Gender
& Society, 23 (1), 76-80. |
|
QUINN, P.C. & EIMAS, P.D. (1996). Perceptual
organization and categorization in young infants. In C.
Rovee-Collier & L.P. Lipsitt (Eds.), Advances in
infancy research (Vol. 10, pp. 1-36). Norwood, NJ :
Ablex. |
SMITH, E.E. & GROSSMAN, M. (2008). Multiple systems
for category learning. Neuroscience & Behavioral
Reviews, 32, 249-264.
[PDF] |
|
BÉGIN, J. & PROULX, R. (1996). Categorization in
unsupervised neural networks : The Eidos model. IEEE
Transactions on Neural Networks, 7, 147-154. |
GROSSMANN, T., GLIGA, T., JOHNSON, M.H. & MARESCHAL,
D. (2009). The neural basis of perceptual category
learning in human infants. The Journal of Cognitive
Neuroscience, 21, 2276-2286. |
|
QUINN, P.C. & JOHNSON, M.H. (1997). The emergence of
perceptual category representations in young infants : A
connectionist analysis. Journal of Experimental Child
Psychology, 66, 236-263. |
MAHON, B.Z. & CARAMAZZA, A. (2009). Concepts and
categories : A cognitive neuropsychological perspective. Annual
Review of Psychology, 60, 27-51. [PDF] |
|
LACOUTURE, Y., LI S.-C. & MARLEY, A.A J. (1998). The
roles of stimulus and response set size in the
identification and categorisation of unidimensional
stimuli. Australian Journal of Psychology, 50, 165-174. |
GOLDSTONE, R.L. & HENDRICKSON, A.T. (2009).
Categorical perception. WIREs Cognitive Science, 1, 65-78.
[PDF] |
|
ASHBY, F.G., ALFONSO-REESE, L.A., TURKEN, A.U. &
WALDRON, E.M. (1998). A neuropsychological theory of
multiple systems in category learning. Psychological
Review, 105, 442-481. |
MURPHY, G.L. & ROSS, B.H. (2010). Category vs. object
knowledge in category-based induction. Journal of
Memory & Language, 63, 1-17. [PDF] |
|
KALISH, C.W., ROGERS, T.T., LANG, J. & ZHU, X. (2011).
Can semi-supervised learning explain incorrect beliefs
about categories ? Cognition, 120 (1), 106-118. |
|
SMITH, E.E., PATALANO, A. & JONIDES, J. (1998).
Alternative strategies of categorization. Cognition,
65,167-196. [PDF] |
LITTLE, D.R., NOSOFSKY, R.M. & DENTON, S.E. (2011).
Response-time tests of logical-rule models of
categorization. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Learning, Memory & Cognition, 37, 1-27. [PDF] |
|
ZAYAN, R. & VAUCLAIR, J. (1998). Categories as
paradigms for comparative cognition. Behavioural
Processes, 42, 87-99. |
WANG, H.F., FRIEL, N., GOSSELIN, F. & SCHYNS, P.G.
(2011). Efficient bubbles for visual categorization tasks.
Vision Research, 51, 1318-1323. [PDF] |
|
LUPYAN, G., MIRMAN, D., HAMILTON, R. &
THOMPSON-SCHILL, S.L. (2012). Categorization is modulated
by transcranial direct current stimulation over left
prefrontal cortex. Cognition, 124 (1), 36–49. |
|
ITO, T.A., LARSEN, J.T., SMITH, N.K. & CACIOPPO,
J.T. (1998). Negative information weighs more heavily on
the brain : The negativity bias in evaluative
categorizations. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 75, 887-900. |
CARVALHO, P.F. & GOLDSTONE, R.L. (2012). Category
structure modulates interleaving and blocking advantage in
inductive category acquisition. Proceedings of the
Thirty-Fourth Annual Conference of the Cognitive Science
Society (pp. 186-191). Sapporo, Japan : Cognitive
Science Society. [PDF] |
|
CORTER, J.E. & GLUCK, M.A. (2013). Machine
generalization and human categorization : An
information-theoretic view. Proceedings of the First
Conference on Uncertainty in Artificial Intelligence, 201-207.
[PDF] |
|
MALCOLM, G.L., NUTHMANN, A. SCHYNS, P.G. (2014). Beyond
gist : strategic and incremental information accumulation
for scene categorization. Psychological Science, 25
(5), 1087-1097. |
|
GELMAN, S.A. & HEYMAN, G.D. (1999). Carrot-eaters and
creature-believers : The effects of lexicalization on
children's inferences about social categories. Psychological
Science, 10, 489-493. |
MACK, M.L. & PALMERI, J. (2015). The dynamics of
categorization : Unraveling rapid categorization. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : General, 144 (3),
551. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Catégorie naturelle, Mémoire
sémantique et
Nommer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Catégorie kantienne :
|
Catégorie naturelle :
Natural category,
natural kind, naturel concept.
| |
|
|
QUINE, W.V.O. (1969). Natural kinds. In W.V. Quine (Ed.),
Ontological relativity and other essays (pp.
114-138). New York : Columbia University Press. |
BOSTER, J.S. (1988). Natural sources of internal category
structure : typicality, familiarity and similarity of
birds. Memory & Cognition, 16, 258-270. |
|
ROSCH, E. (1973). Natural categories. Cognitive
Psychology, 4, 328-350. |
GELMAN, S.A. (1989). Children’s use of categories to guide
biological inferences. Human Development, 32, 65-71. |
|
ROSCH, E., MERVIS, C.B., GRAY, W.D., JOHNSON, D.M. &
BOYES-BRAEM, P. (1976). Basic objects in natural
categories. Cognitive Psychology, 8, 382-439. |
TVERSKY, B. & HEMENWAY, K. (1991). Parts and the basic
level in natural categories and artificial stimuli :
Comments on Murphy (1991). Memory & Cognition, 19
(5), 439-442. [PDF]
|
|
McCLOSKEY, M. & GLUCKSBERG, S. (1978). Natural
categories : Well-defined or fuzzy sets ? Memory &
Cognition, 6, 462-472. |
LASSAUNE, M.E., WISNIEWSKI, E.J. & MEDIN, D.L. (1991).
The basic level in artificial and natural categories : Are
all basic levels created equal ? In B. Bums (Ed.), Percepts,
concepts and categories : The representation and
processing information. Amsterdam : Elsevier. |
|
BROWN, R. (1980). Natural categories and basic objects
in the domain of persons. Katz-Newcomb Lecture. Ann
Arbor, MI : University of Michigan. |
QUINN, P.C., EIMAS, P.D. & ROSENKRANTZ, S.L. (1993).
Evidence for representations of perceptually similar
natural categories by 3- and 4-month-old infants. Perception,
22, 463-475. |
|
STEMMER, N. (1980). Natural concepts and generaliza- tion
classes. Behavior Analyst, 3 (2), 41-48. |
FABRE-THORPE, M., RICHARD, G. & THORPE, S.J. (1998).
Rapid categorization of natural images by rhesus monkeys.
NeuroReport, 9, 303-308. |
|
MERVIS, C.B. & ROSCH, E. (1981). Categorization of
natural objects. Annual Review of Psychology, 32,
89-115. |
HAMPTON, J.A. (1998). Similarity-based categorization and
fuzziness of natural categories. Cognition, 65, 137-165. |
|
BYBEE J.L. & MODER, C.L. (1983). Morphological classes
as natural categories. Language, 59, 251-270. |
RIPS, L.J. (2001). Necessity and natural categories.
Psychological Bulletin, 127 (6), 827-852. [PDF]
|
|
GELMAN, S.A. (1988). Children’s expectations concerning
natural kind categories. Human Development, 31, 28-34. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Catégorisation (Auto-) : Processus cognitif et
ensemble de critères qui conduisent un individu à s'inclure ou à
s'exlure lui-même d'un groupe.
Auto-catégorisation ,
identité de groupe et identité sociale.
Self-categorization.
| |
|
|
TURNER, J.C., HOGG, M.A., OAKES, P.J., REICHER, S.D. &
WETHERELL, M.S. (1987). Rediscovering the social group
: A self-categorization theory. Oxford :
Blackwell. |
|
HASLAM, A., OAKES, P.J., TURNER, J.-C. & McGARTY, G.
(1996). Social identity, self-categorization, and the
perceived homogeneity of ingroups and outgroups : The
interaction between social motivation and cognition. In R.
Sorrentino & E. Higgins (Eds.), Handbook of
motivation and cognition : the interpersonal context (pp.
182-222). New York : Guilford Press. |
|
TURNER, J.C. & ONORATO, R.S. (1998). Social identity,
personality, and the self-concept : A self-categorization
perspective. In T.R. Tyler, R.M. Kramer & O.P. John
(Eds.), The psychology of the social self (pp.
1-46). Psychology Press. |
|
TURNER, J.C. (1999). Some current issues in research on
social identity and self-categorization thoeries. In N.
Ellemers, R. Spears & B. Doosje (Eds.), Social
identity (pp. 6-34). Oxford : Blackwell. |
|
|
|
|
Catégorisation sociale : Catégorisation sociale et
théorie implicite de la
personnalité.
Social categorization,
social clustering.
| |
|
|
TAJFEL, H., BILLIG, M.G., BUNDY, R.P. & FLAMENT, C.
(1971). Social categorization and intergroup behavior.
European Journal of Social Psychology, 1 (2),
149-178.
[PDF] |
DUMONT, M., YZERBYT, V.Y., WIGBOLDUS, D. & GORDJIN, E.
(2003). Social categorization and fear reactions to the
September 11th terrorist attacks. Personality &
Social Psychology Bulletin, 29, 112-123. |
|
BILLIG, M.G. & TAJFEL, H. (1973). Social
categorization and similarity in intergroup behavior.
European Journal of Social Psychology, 3 (1),
27-52. |
NIEDENTHAL, P.M., AUXIETTE, K., NUGIER, A., DALLE, N.,
BONIN, P. & FAYOL, M. (2004). A prototype analysis of
the French category émotion. Cognition & Emotion,
18 (3), 289-312. [PDF] |
|
HUGENBERG, K. & BODENHAUSEN, G.V. (2004). Ambiguity in
social categorization : The Role of prejudice and facial
affect in racial categorization. Psychological
Science, 15 (5), 342-345. |
|
TAYLOR, S.E., FISKE, S.T., ETCOFF, N.L. & RUDERMAN,
A.J. (1978). Categorical and contextual bases of person
memory and sereotyping. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 36 (7), 778-793. [PDF] |
AKRAMI, N., EKEHAMMAR, B. & ARAYA, T. (2006). Category
and stereotype activation revisited. Scandinavian
Journal of Psychology, 47, 513-522. |
|
OAKES, P.J. & TURNER, J.C. (1980). Social
categorization and intergroup behavior : Does minimal
intergroup discrimination make social identity more
positive ? European Journal of Social Psychology, 10,
295-301. |
GARCIA, S., TOR, A., BAZERMAN, M. & MILLER, D.T.
(2005). Profit maximization versus disadvantageous
inequality : The impact of social categorization. Journal
of Behavioral Decision Making, 18, 187-198. |
|
TAYLOR, S.E. & FALCONE, H.T. (1982). Cognitive bases
of stereotyping: The relationship between categorization
and prejudice. Personality & Social Psychology
Bulletin, 8, 426-432. |
McGARTY, C. (2006). Hierarchies and groups : The roles of
salience, overlap, and background knowledge in selecting
meaningful social categorizations from multiple
alternatives. In R.J. Crisp & M. Hewstone (Eds.), Multiple
social categorization : Processes, models and
applications. Hove, E. Sussex : Psychology Press. |
|
TURNER, J.C. (1985). Social categorization and the
self-concept : A social cognitive theory of group
behavior. In E.J. Lawler (Ed.), Advances in group
processes : Theory and research (Vol. 2, pp.
77-122). Greenwich, CT : JAI Press. |
HEWSTONE, M., TURNER, R.N., KENWORTHY, J.B. & CRISP,
R.J. (2006). Multiple social categorization : Integrative
themes and future research priorities. In R.J. Crisp &
M. Hewstone (Eds.), Multiple social categorization :
Processes, models and applications (pp. 271-310).
New York : Psychology Press. |
|
|
MORELAND, R.L. (1985). Social categorization and the
assimilation of "new" group members. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 48, 1173-1190. |
SUSSKIND, J.E. (2007). Preadolescents' categorization of
gender and ethnicity at the subgroup level in memory. British
Journal of Developmental Psychology, 25, 213-225. |
|
MACCOBY, E.E. (1988/90). Gender as a social category / Le
sexe, catégorie sociale. Developmental Psychology, 24
(6), 755-765/Actes de la Recherche en Sciences
Sociales, 83, 16-26. [PDF] |
PRENTICE, D.A. & MILLER, D.T. (2007). Psychological
essentialism of human categories. Current Directions
in Psychology, 16, 202-204. |
|
SKITKA, L.J. & MASLACH, C. (1990). Gender roles and
the categorization of gender relevant behavior. Sex
Roles, 22 (3/4), 133-150. [PDF] |
APFELBAUM, E. P., PAUKER, K., AMBADY, N., SOMMERS, R.
& NORTON, M.I. (2008). Learning (not) to talk about
race : When older children underperform in social
categorization. Developmental Psychology, 44,
1513-1518. [PDF] |
|
TANAKA, J.W. (1991). Object categories and expertise : Is
the basic level in the eye of the beholder ? Cognitive
Psychology, 23, 457-482. |
KRUEGER, J.I. & DIDONATO, T.E. (2008). Social
categorization and the perception of groups and group
differences. Social & Personality Psychology
Compass, 2 (2), 733-750. [PDF] |
|
ISEN, A.M., NIENDERTHAL, P. & CANTOR, N. (1992). The
influence of positive affect on social categorization. Motivation
& Emotion, 16, 65-78. |
BODENHAUSEN, G.V. & PEERY, D. (2009). Social
categorization and stereotyping in vivo : The VUCA
challenge. Social & Personality Psychology
Compass, 3, 133-151. |
|
VAN KNIPPENBERG, A., VAN TWUYVER, M. & PEPELS, J.
(1994). Factors affecting social categorization processes
in memory. British Journal of Social Psychology, 33, 419-431. |
SHUTTS, K., BANAJI, M.R. & SPELKE, E.S. (2010). Social
categories guide young children's preferences for novel
objects. Developmental Science, 13 (4),
599-610. [PDF] |
|
NELSON, L.J. & MILLER, D.T. (1995). The
distinctiveness effect in social categorization : You are
what makes you unusual. Psychological Science, 6, 246-249. |
BODENHAUSEN, G.V., KANG, S.K. & PEERY, D. (2011).
Social categorization and the perception of social group.
In S.T. Fiske & N. Macrae (Ed.), The SAGE
handbook of social cognition. Sage. [PDF] |
|
LATANÉ, B. & L'HERROU, T. (1996). Social clustering in
the conformity game : Dynamic social impact in electronic
groups. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 70, 1218-1230. |
BASTIAN, B., LOUGHNAN, S. & KOVAL, P. (2011).
Essentialist beliefs predict automatic motor-responses to
social categories. Group Processes & Intergroup
Relations, 14 (4), 559-567. [PDF] |
|
LATANÉ, B. (1996). The emergence of clustering and
correlation from social interaction. In R. Hegselmann
& H.O. Peitgen (Eds.), Modelle sozialer dynamiken
: Ordnung, chaos und komplexität (pp. 79-104).
Vienna : Hölder-Pichler-Tempsky. |
STEPANOVA, E.V. & STRUBE, M.J. (2012). The role of
skin color and facial physiognomy in racial categorization
: Moderation by implicit racial attitudes. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 48, 867-878. |
|
NIEDENTHAL, P.M. & HALBERSTADT, J. (1999). Emotional
response categorization. Psychological Review, 106
(2), 337-361. |
PIETRASZEWKI, D. & SCHAWARTZ, A. (2014). Evidence that
accent is a dimension of social categorization, not a
byproduct of perceptual salience, familiarity, or
ease-of-processing. Evolution & Human Behavior,
35, 43-50. [PDF] |
|
GELMAN, S.A. & HEYMAN, G.D. (1999). Carrot-eaters and
creature-believers : The effects of lexicalization on
children's inferences about social categories. Psychological
Science, 10, 489-493. |
|
|
McGARTY, C. (1999). Categorization in social
psychology. London : Sage. |
|
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Catégorisation |
|
|
Catégorisation
sociale (Re-) : Recategorisation.
| |
|
|
GAERTNER, S.L., MANN, J.A., MURRELL, A.J. & DOVIDIO,
J.F. (1989). Reduction of intergroup bias : The benefits
of recategorisation. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 57, 239-249. |
|
GAERTNER, S.L., DOVIDIO, J.F., ANASTASIO, P.A., BACHMAN,
B.A. & RUST, M.C. (1993). The common ingroup identity
model : Recategorisation and the reduction of intergroup
bias. In W. Stroebe & M. Hewstone (Eds.), European
review of social psychology (Vol. 4. pp. 1-26).
New York : John Wiley & Sons. |
|
CRISP, R.J., STONE, C.H. & HALL, N.R. (2006).
Recategorisation and identification : Predicting and
preventing threats from common ingroups. Personality
& Social Psychology Bulletin, 32, 230-243. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Catholicisme
: Religion chrétienne.
Catholic.
| |
|
|
KASOMO, D. (2010). An assessment of the Catholic
Charismatic Renewal towards peaceful co-existence in the
Roman Catholic Church. International Journal of
Sociology & Anthropology, 2 (8), 171-177. |
|
|
Voir aussi Religion |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cattell James McKeen (Easton 1860-1944 Lancaster) : Psychologue
fonctionnaliste
américain. Il est considéré, par plusieurs historiens
des sciences, comme le premier professeur
de psychologie aux États-Unis. Il est également le premier a avoir
utilisé le mot mental test pour désigner une série
d'épreuves visant à comparer ses étudiants. Président de
l'APA en 1895. Étudiant de Wundt,
Hall et Galton.
Professeur de Franz, Henmon,
Hollingworth, Murphy,
Thorndike, Wissler
et Woodworth. Collaborateur
de Fullerton.
 |
CATTELL, J.M. (1886). The time it takes to see and name
objects. Mind, 11, 63-65. |
|
CATTELL, J.M. (1888). The psychological laboratory at
Leipsic. Mind, 13, 37-51. |
|
CATTELL, J.M. (1890). Mental tests and measurements.
Mind, 15, 373-381. |
|
CATTELL, J.M. (1893). Mental measurement. Philosophical
Review, 2, 316-333. |
|
CATTELL, J.M. (1902). The time of perception as a measure
of differences in intensity. Philosophische Studien,
19, 63-68. |
|
|
HOLLINGSWORTH, H.L. (1914). Professor Cattell's studies by
the method of relative position. In The Psychological
Researches of James McKeen Cattell : A review by some of
his pupils. Archives of Psychology, 30, 75-91. |
|
SOKAL, M.M. (1971). The unpublished autobiography of James
McKeen Cattell. The American Psychologist, 26
(7), 626-35. |
|
SOKAL, M.M. (1980). Science and James McKeen Cattell, 1894
to 1945. Science, 209 (4452), 43-52. |
|
TUCKER, W.H. (2009). The Cattell controversy : Race,
science, and ideology. University of Illinois
Press. |
|
SOKAL, M.M. (2009). James McKeen Cattell, Nicholas Murray
Butler, and academic freedom at Columbia Univesity,
1902-1923. History of Psychology, 12 (2),
87-122. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
Cattell Raymond Bernard (1905-1998) : Psychométricien
anglais. Il a notamment étudié la personnalité
et l'intelligence. Il
est aussi l'inventeur du 16PF (Cattell
16 Factor Personality Questionnaire) un test qui permet d'évaluer
la personnalité, et du Culturel Free, un
test d'intelligence. Signataire du Groupe
des 52. Étudiant de Spearman.
Professeur de Horn. Collaborateur
de Luborsky.
|
|
CATTELL, R.B. (1952). Factor analysis. New York
: Harper. |
|
CATTELL, R.B. & DREVDAHL, J.E. (1955). A comparison of
the personality profile (16 P.F.) of eminent teachers and
administrators, and of the general population. British
Journal of Psychology, 46, 248-261. |
|
CATTELL, R.B. (1957). Personality and motivation
structure and measurement. New York : World Book. |
|
CATTELL, R.B. (1967). La théorie de l'intelligence fluide
et cristallisée. Revue de Psychologie Appliquée, 16
(3), 135-154. |
|
CATTELL, R.B. (1983). Structured personality learning
theory. New York : Praeger. |
|
|
HORN, J. (2001). Raymond Bernard Cattell (1905-1998) :
Obituary. American Psychologist, 56 (1), 71-72.
[PDF] |
|
TRAUB, G.E. & McGREW, K.S. (2004). A confirmatory
factor analysis of Cattell-Horn-Carroll Theory and
cross-age invariance of the Woodcock-Johnson Tests of
Cognitive Abilities III. School Psychology Quarterly,
19, 72-87. |
|
REVELLE, W. (2009). Personality structure and measurement
: the contributions of Raymond Cattell. British
Journal of Psychology, 100, 253-257.
[PDF] |
|
BROWN, R.E. (2016). Hebb and Cattell : the genesis of the
theory of fluid and crystallized intelligence. Frontiers
in Human Neuroscience, 10, [606], 1-11. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
Catts Hugh ( ) : Psychologue cognitiviste américain et spécialiste de l'étude du langage
et de ses troubles.
Collaborateur de Wexler.
|
CATTS, H. & KAMHI, A.G. (1986). The linguistic basis
of reading disorders : Implications for the
speech-language pathologist. Language, Speech &
Hearing Services in Schools, 17, 329-341. [PDF] |
|
CATTS, H. (1993). The relationship between speech-language
impairments and reading disabilities. Journal of
Speech and Hearing Research, 36, 948-958. |
|
CATTS, H.W., ADLOF, S.M., HOGAN, T.P. & WEISMER, S.E.
(2005). Are specific language impairment and dyslexia
distinct disorders ? Journal of Speech, Hearing &
Language Research, 48 (6), 1378-1396. [PDF] |
|
CATTS, H.W. (2021). The critical role of oral language
deficits in reading disorders : Reflection on Snowling and
Hulme (2021). Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 62, 654-656. |
|
CATTS, H.W., HOGAN, T. (2021). Dyslexia : An ounce of
prevention is better than a pound of Diagnosis and
treatment. The Reading League Journal, 2, 6-13. |
|
|
|
Caucasian (Type) :
= blanc, europoïde.
White.
| |
|
|
BHOPAL, R. & DONALDSON, L. (1998). White, European,
Western, Caucasian, or what ? Inappropriate labeling in
research on race, ethnicity, and health. American
Journal of Public Health, 88, 1303-1307. |
|
AHMED, N.U., AHMED, N.S., SEMENYA, K.A., ELZEY, J.D.,
LARSON, C., BENNETT, C.R. & HINDS, J.E. (2004).
Prevalence and correlates of initiation of smoking
behavior among preteen black and white children.
Journal of the National Medical Association, 96 (2),
200-208. [PDF] |
|
DEVOS, T. & BANAJI, M.R. (2005). American1?4White ? Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 88, 447-466. |
|
DIXON, T.L. (2007). Black criminals and White officers :
The effects of racially misrepresenting law breakers and
law defenders on television news. Media Psychology,
10, 270-291. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Race |
|
|
Cauchemar : Parasomnie
qui prend la forme d'un rêve
empreint d'anxiété et de peur.
Pour certains psychanalystes,
le cauchemar met en scène des individus ou des objets qui se
substituent à la conscience morale
du surmoi et dont la
fonction est de punir symboliquement le dormeur. Cauchemar, rêve
et sommeil.
Nightmare.
| |
|
|
WOOD, J.M. & BOOTZIN, R.R. (1990). The prevalence of
nightmares and their independence from anxiety.
Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 99, 64-68. |
CHEYNE, J.A. (2003). Sleep paralysis and the structure of
waking-nightmare hallucinations. Dreaming, 13,
163-179. |
|
THOMPSON, D.F. & PIERCE, D.R. (1999). Drug-induced
nightmares. The Annals of Pharmacotherapy, 33,
93-98. |
DURAND, V.M. & CHRISTODULU, K.V. (2003). Nightmares.
In T.H. Ollendick and C.S. Schroeder (Eds.), Encyclopedia
of pediatric and child psychology (pp. 412-413).
Kluwer Academic/Plenum Publishers. |
|
ZADRA, A. & DONDERI, D.C. (2000). Nightmares and bad
dreams : Their prevalence and relationship to well-being.
Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 109, 273-281. |
COOLIDGE, F.L., SEGAL, D.L., COOLIDGE, C.M., SPINATH, F.M.
& GOTTSCHLING, J. (2010). Donightmares and generalized
anxiety disorder in childhood and adolescence have a
common genetic origin ? Behavior Genetics, 40, 349-356
[PDF]
|
|
TANSKANEN, A., TUOMILEHTO, J., VIINAMÄKI, H., VARTIAINEN,
E., LEHTONEN, J. & PUSKA, P. (2001). Nightmares as
predictors of suicide. Sleep, 24, 845-848. |
SCHREDL, M. & REINHARD, I. (2011). Gender differences
in nightmare frequency : A meta-analysis. Sleep
Medicine Reviews, 15, 115-121. |
|
NIELSEN, T. & POWELL, R.A. & KUIKEN, D. (2013).
Nightmare frequency is related to a propensity for mirror
behaviors. Consciousness & Cognition, 22
(4), 1181-1188. |
| |
|
|
Voir aussi Sommeil,
Parasomnie, Rêve,
Anxiété et Peur |
|
|
|
Causalité : Principe selon lequel tout phénomène
a une cause. Principe de la
causalité et explication
scientifique. = déterminisme. Causality.
| X |
 |
Y |
| Cause |
Effet |
| |
|
|
PIAGET, J. (1924). Étude critique sur "L'expérience
humaine et la causalité physique" de L. Brunschvicg. Journal
de Psychologie Normale et Pathologique, 21,
586-607. [PDF] |
ROSCH, E.H. (1994). Is causality circular : Event
structure in folk psychology, cognitive science, and
Buddhist logic. Journal of Consciousness Studies,
1, 50-65. |
|
HOPF, E. (1934). On causality, statistics and
probability. Journal of Mathematics & Physics,
13, 51-102. |
|
|
GRÜNBAUM, A. (1952). Causality and the science of
human behavior. American Scientist, 40 (4),
665-676. |
SUN, R. (1994). A neural network model of causality. IEEE
Transactions on Neural Networks, 5 (4), 604-611.
[PDF] |
|
ADAMS, E.M. (1966). Mental causality. Mind, 75,
552-563. |
GREEN, A. (1995). La causalité psychique. Paris
: Odile Jacob. |
|
ANSCOMBE, G.E.M. (1971). Causality and
determination, Cambridge University Press. |
FORSYTH, J.P., LEJUEZ, C.W., HAWKINS, R.P. & EIFERT,
G.H. (1996). Cognitive versus contextual causation :
Different world views but perhaps not irreconcilable. Journal
of Behavior Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 27,
369-376. [PDF] |
|
PIAGET, J. & GARCIA, R. (1974). Understanding
causality. New York : Norton. |
CHENG, P.W. (1997). From covariation to causation : A
causal power theory. Psychological Review, 104
(2), 367-405. |
|
MACKIE, J.L. (1974). The cement of the universe :
A study of causation. Oxford : Oxford University
Press. |
PEARL, J. (1998). Graphs, causality, and structural
equation models. Sociological Methods &
Research, 27 (2), 226-284. |
|
BUNGE, M. (1979/2008). Causality and modern
science. New York : Dover. |
SALMON, W. (1998). Causality and explanation.
Oxford : Oxford University Press |
|
KENNY, D.A. (1979). Correlation and causality.
New York : Wiley-Interscience. [PDF] |
LEIGLAND, S. (1998). Radical behaviorism and the
clarification of causality, constructs, and confusions :
A reply to Hayes, Adams, and Dixon. The
Psychological Record, 48, 423-437. [PDF] |
|
POLIAKOV, L. (1980). La causalité diaboloique.
Paris : Calmann-Levi. |
|
|
|
SHOEMAKER, S. (1980). Causality and properties. In Identity,
cause and mind (pp. 206-233). Oxford, Oxford
University Press. |
HARNAD, S. (2000). Correlation vs. causality : How/why
the mind/bbody problem is hard. Journal of
Consciousness Studies, 7 (4), 54-61.
[LIRE] |
|
GOLIN, S., SWEENEY, P.D. & SCHAEFFER, D.E. (1981).
The causality of causal attributions in depression : A
cross-lagged panel correlational analysis. Journal
of Abnormal Psychology, 90, 14-22. |
SCHAFFER, J. (2000). Causation by disconnection. Philosophy
of Science, 67, 285-300. [PDF] |
|
MALCOM, N. (1984). Consciousness and causality. In D.M.
Armstrong & N. Malcolm (Eds.), Consciousness
and causality : A debate on the nature of mind
(pp. 3-101). Oxford : Blackwell. |
FERGUSON, C.J. (2002). Media violence : Miscast
causality. American Psychologist, 57 (6-7),
446-447. [PDF]
|
|
BANDURA, A. (1984). Representing personal determinants
in causal structures. Psychological Review, 91, 508-511.
[PDF] |
KROL, N., MORTON, J. & De BRUYN, E. (2004). Theories
of conduct disorder : a causal modelling analysis.
Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 45
(4), 727–742. [PDF] |
|
HERMANN, I. (1986). The psychological field : Chance and
causality. Contemporary Psychoanalysis, 22,
652-665. |
HOHWY, J. (2004). The experience of mental causation. Behavior
& Philosophy, 32, 377-400.
[PDF] |
|
MEEKER, B.F. & HAGE, J. (1988). Social
causality. Allen and Unwin. |
RICHARDSON, R.C. (2006). Explanation and causality in
self-organizing systems. In B. Feltz, M. Crommelinck
& P. Goujon (Eds.), Self-organization and
emergence in life sciences (pp. 315-340).
Springer Verlag / Explication et causalité dans les
sysèmes auto-organisés. Dans B. Feltz, M. Crommelinck
& P. Goujon (Eds.), Auto-organisation et
émergence dan les sciences de la vie (p.
439-474). Bruxelles : OUSIA. |
|
DOWE, P. (2000). Physical causation. Cambridge
University Press. |
KAIDESOJA, T. ( 2007). Exploring the concept of causal
power in a critical realist tradition. Journal for
the Theory of Social Behaviour, 37 (1), 63-87. |
|
WHITE, P.A. (1990). Ideas about causation in philosophy
and psychology. Psychological Bulletin, 108,
3-18. |
FALMIER, O. & YOUNG, M.E. (2008). The impact of
object animacy on the appraisal of causality. American
Journal of Psychology, 121 (3), 475-500. [PDF] |
|
EELLS, E. (1991). Probabilistic causality.
Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
BURAS, T. (2009). An argument against causal theories of
mental content. American Philosophical Quarterly,
46, 117-130. |
|
DOWE, P. (1992). Wesley Salmon's process theory of
causality and the conserved quantity theory. Philosophy
of Science, 59, 195-216. |
NORTON, J. (2009). Is there an independent principle of
causality in physics ? British Journal for the
Philosophy of Science, 60, 475-486. [PDF] |
|
HAYNES, S.N. (1992). Models of causality in
psychopathology : Toward synthetic, dynamic and
nonlinear models of causality in psychopathology.
Des Moines, IA : Ayllon & Bacon |
STREVENS, M. (2013). Causality reunified.
Erkenntnis, 78, 299-320. |
|
COX, D.R. (1993). Causality and graphical models. Bulletin
of the International Statistical Institute, 49 (1),
363-372. |
MOUNTJOY, E., DAVIES, N.M., PLOTNIKOV, D., DAVEY SMITH,
G., RODRIGUEZ, S., WILLIAMS, C.E., GUGGENHEIM, J. &
ATAN, D. (2018). Education and myopia : assessing the
direction of causality by mendelian randomisation.
Brithish Medical Journal, 361, 1-11. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Explication
scientifique et Cause |
|
|
|
|
Causalité illusoire : Relation de causalité que
l'on croit fondée alors qu'elle n'est que pure coïncidence.
Causalité illusoire, perception
de la causalité et perception
de la causalité.
Cognitive illusion.
| |
|
|
TAYLOR, S.E. & FISKE, S.T. (1975). Point of view and
perceptions of causality. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 32, 439-445. |
|
TVERSKY, A. & GILOVICH, T. (1989). The hot hand :
Statistical reality or cognitive illusion ? Chance, 2
(4), 31 -34. |
|
LIEN, Y. & CHENG, P.W. (2000). Distinguishing genuine
from spurious causes : a coherence hypothesis. Cognitive
Psychology, 40, 87-137.
[PDF] |
|
SANDERS, G., BERECZKEI, T., CSATO, A. & MANNING, J.
(2005). The ratio of the 2nd to 4th finger length predicts
spatial ability in men but not women. Cortex, 41,
789-795. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Perception
de la causalité |
|
|
Causalité intuitive :
| |
|
|
PIAGET, J. (1923). La causalité chez l'enfant. The
British Journal of Psychology, 18 (3), 276-301. |
|
PIAGET, J. et KRAFT, H. (1925). De quelques formes
primitives de causalité chez l'enfant : phénoménisme et
efficacité. L'Année Psychologique, 26, 31-71. [PDF] |
|
PIAGET, J. (1927). La causalité physique chez
l’enfant. Paris : Alcan. |
|
JAMET, F., LEGROS, D. & PUDELKO, B. (2004). Dessin et
discours : construction de la représentation de la
causalité du monde physique. Intellectica, 38,
103-137. |
|
|
Voir aussi Perception
de la causalité et Cause |
|
|
Cause : Causal : Facteur déterminant
l'apparition d'un phénomène
(effet). Pour certains épistémologues,
une cause est une condition nécessaire et
suffisante à l'apparition d'un phénomène. La cause produit
l'effet. Au sens strict, la cause précède toujours l'effet; jamais
l'inverse. En science, la cause est l'élément central de
l'explication, des théories.
En sciences humaines, de nombreux auteurs hésitent à parler de
cause. Selon eux, le terme serait adéquat pour décrire les
relations matérielles ou physiques entre des objets inanimés, des
relations linéaires, invariables et de proximité, mais il serait
inapproprié pour expliquer les phénomènes biologiques plus
complexes ou psychologiques. Ces derniers seraient d'une autre
essence, d'une autre nature (que matériel ou physique). Selon eux,
les phénomènes biologiques, psychologiques ou sociaux ne seraient
pas soumis à un déterminisme stricts. Par exemple, dans le conditionnement
opérant, le comportement du sujet modifie l'environnement,
et en retour l'environnement influence la réponse du sujet. Ici A
cause B, mais B cause également A. L'effet devient la cause, et
survient après le phénomène que l'on souhaite expliquer. Ces
boucles de rétroaction, que l'on observe également en biologie,
peuvent-elles être considérées comme de simples causes ? Une
relation causale bidirectionnelle est-elle toujours une cause ?
D'autres auteurs affirment que les phénomènes psychologiques sont
tout simplement immatériels (niveau psychique ou mental), et ne
peuvent pour cette raison s'expliquer en terme de relation
causale. Certains phénomènes "échapperaient" donc à l'emprise
universelle de la causalité. Pour ces deux raisons, certains
auteurs préférent utiliser le terme "facteurs
déterminants". Cause, théorie
et effet. =
relation de causalité, relation de cause à effet, déterminant,
facteur explicatif.
Cause, causation, causal determinant.
| X |
|
Y |
| = Cause |
= Effet |
| |
|
|
HUME, D. (1739/1946/60). A treatise of
human nature : Being an attempt to introduce the
experimental method of reasoning into moral subjects/
Traité de la nature humaine. Oxford : Clarendon
Press/Paris : Aubier. |
BRAUN, D. (1995). Causally relevant properties. Philosophical
Perspectives, 9, 447-475. |
|
KANT, E. (1781/1944). Critique de la raison pure.
Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. |
BLOCK, N. (1995). Reply : Causation and two kinds of
laws. In C. Macdonald (Ed.), Philosophy of psychology
: Debates on psychological explanation. Oxford
University Press. |
|
TOLMAN, E.C. & BRUNSWICK, E. (1935). The organism and
the causal texture of the environment. Psychological
Review, 42, 43-47. |
CAREY, S. (1995). On the origin of causal understanding.
In D. Sperber & D. Premack (Eds.), Causal
cognition : A multidisciplinary debate (pp.
268-302). Oxford, Clarendon Press. |
|
GRÜNBAUM, A. (1952). Causality and the science of
human behavior. American Scientist, 40 (4),
665-676. |
DOUGHER, M.J. (1995). A bigger picture : Cause and
cognition in relation to differing scientific frameworks.
Journal of Behavior Therapy & Experimental
Psychiatry, 26 (3), 215-219. |
|
HANSON, N.R. (1955). Causal chains. Mind, 64, 289-311. |
SPERBER, D., PREMARK, D. & PREMARK, A.J. (Eds.)
(1995). Causal cognition : A multidisciplinary debate.
New York : Oxford University Press. |
|
MAYR, E. (1961). Cause and effect in biology. Science,
131, 1501-1506. |
LAYNG, T.V.J. (1995). Causation and complexity : Old
lessons new crusades. Journal of Behavior Therapy
& Experimental Psychiatry, 26, 249-258. |
|
DAVIDSON, D. (1963). Actions reasons and causes.
Journal of Philosophy, 60, 685-700. |
DAVIDSON, D. (1995). Laws and cause. Dialectica, 49,263-279. |
|
LEWIS, D. (1973). Causation. Journal of
Philosophy, 70, 556-67. |
GLENNAN, S. (1996). Mechanisms and the nature of
causation. Erkenntnis, 44, 49–71. |
|
STADDON, J.E.R. (1973). On the notion of cause, with
applications to behaviorism. Behaviorism, 1,
25-63. |
ANGRIST, J., IMBENS, G.W. & RUBIN, D.B. (1996).
Identification of causal effects using instrumental
variables. Journal of the American Statistical
Association, 91, 444-472. |
|
CUMMINS, R. (1974). Dispositions, states and causes. Analysis,
34 (6), 94-204. [PDF] |
CHIESA, M. (1996). Cause, explanation, and theory in a
science of behavior. Mexican Journal of Behavior
Analysis, 22, 61-82. |
|
ROTHMAN, K.J. (1974). Synergy and antagonism in
cause-effect relationships. American Journal of
Epidemiology, 99, 385-388. |
RIBES-INESTA, E. (1997). Causality and contingency : Some
conceptual considerations. The Psychological Record,
47, 619-635. |
|
JOHNS, G. (1997). Contemporary research on absence from
work : Correlates, causes, and consequences. Interna-
tional Review of Industrial & Organizational
Psychol-
ogy, 12, 115-173. |
|
SOSA, E. (1975). Introduction to causation and
conditionals. London : Oxford University Press. |
YABLO, S. (1997). Wide causation. Philosophical
Perspectives, 11, 251-281. [PDF] |
|
SPERRY, R.W. (1976). Mental phenomena as causal
determinants in brain function. In O.O. Globus, G. Maxwell
& I. Savodnik (Eds.), Consciousness and the brain
(pp. 163-177). New York : Plenum Press. |
CHENG, P.W. (1997). From covariation to causation : A
causal power theory. Psychological Review, 104,
367-405.
[PDF] |
|
SCHNAITTER, R. (1978). Private causes. Behaviorism, 6
(1), 1-12. |
SEHON, S. (1998). Connectionism and the causal theory of
action explanation. Philosophical Psychology, 11 (4),
511-532. |
|
WHEELER, M. & CLARK, A. (1999). Genic representation :
Reconciling content and causal complexity. British
Journal for the Philosophy of Science, 50, 103-135. |
|
GANNETT, L. (1999). What's in a cause ? The pragmatic
dimension of genetic explanations. Biology &
Philosophy, 14, 349-374. |
|
ZURIFF, G.E. (1979). Ten inner causes. Behaviorism, 7
(1), 1-8. [PDF] |
DICKINSON, A. & BALLEINE, B. (2000). Causal cognition
and goal-directed action. In C. Heyes & L. Huber
(Eds.), The evolution of cognition (pp. 185-204).
Cambridge, MA : The MIT Press. |
|
LEWIS, D. (1981). Causal decision theory. Australasian
Journal of Philosophy, 59, 5-30. |
KILLEEN, P.R. (2001). The four causes of behavior. Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 10,
136-140. |
|
JAMES, L.R., MULAIK, S.A. & BRETT, J.M. (1982). Causal
analysis : Assumptions, models, and data. Beverly
Hills, CA : Sage. |
WALTER, S. & HECKMANN, H.-D. (Eds.) (2003). Physicalism
and mental causation. Charlottesville, VA :
Imprint Academic. |
|
SPERRY, R.W. (1987). Consciousness and causality. In R.
Gregory (Ed.), The Oxford companion to the mind
(pp. 164-1660). Oxford : Oxford University Press. |
YABLO, S. (2003). Causal relevance. Philosophical
Issues, 13 (1), 316-328. |
|
|
MEEKER, B.F. & HAGE, J. (1988). Social causality.
Allen and Unwin. |
SHAFER, J. (2004). Causes need not be physically connected
to their effects : The case for negative causation. In C.
Hitchcock (Ed.), Contemporary debates in philosophy
of science. Oxford : Blackwell Publishing. |
|
DRETSKE, F. (1988). Explaining behavior : Reasons in
a world of causes. Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
BONTLY, T.D. (2005). Exclusion, overdetermination, and the
nature of causation. Journal of Philosophical
Research, 30, 261-282. |
|
KROL, N., MORTON, J. & De BRUYN, E. (2004). Theories
of conduct disorder : a causal modelling analysis.
Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 45
(4), 727–-742. [PDF] |
|
WHITE, P.A. (1990). Ideas about causation in philosophy
and psychology. Psychological Bulletin, 108,
3-18. |
KRUEGER, J.I. & FUNDER, D.C. (2004). Towards a
balanced social psychology : Causes, consequences, and
cures for the problem-seeking approach to social behavior
& cognition, Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 27
(3), 313-327. [PDF] |
|
TOOLEY, M. (1990). Causation : Reductionism versus
realism. Philosophy & Phenomenological Research,
50 (S), 215-236. |
BONTLY, T.D. (2005). Proportionality, causation, and
exclusion. Philosophia, 32 (1-4), 331-348. |
|
YABLO, S. (1992). Mental causation. Philosophical Review, 101 (2), 245-280. [PDF] |
DILWORTH, J. (2005). Perceptual causality problems
reflexively resolved. Acta Analytica, 20, 11-31.
[PDF] |
|
ELDER-VASS, D. (2005). Emergence and the realist account
of cause. Journal of Critical Realism, 4 (2),
315-338. [PDF] |
|
ALESSI, G. (1992). Models of proximate and ultimate
causation in psychology. American Psychologist, 47, 1359-1370. |
WEBBINK, D., (2005). Causal effects in education.
Journal of Economic Surveys, 19 (4), 535-560. |
|
YABLO, S. (1992). Cause and essence. Synthese, 93,
403-449. |
KIM, J. (2005). Laws, causation, and explanation in
the special sciences. History & Philosophy of the
Life Sciences, 27, 325-338. |
|
OVERSKEID, G. (2006). Why behave ? The problem of
initiating causes and the goals of prediction and control.
Psychological Record, 56, 323-340. |
|
SOSA, E. & TOOLEY, M. (Eds.) (1993). Causation.
Oxford : Oxford University Press, Readings in Philosophy
Series. |
BENNETT, K. (2007). Mental causation. Philosophy
Compass, 2 (2), 316-337. |
|
AUDI, R.N. (1993). Mental causation : Sustaining and
dynamic. In J. Heil & A.R. Mele (Eds.), Mental
causation. Oxford University Press. |
CARTWRIGHT, N. (2007). Hunting causes and using them
: Approaches in philosophy and economics. Cambridge
: Cambridge University Press. |
|
DAVIDSON, D. (1993). Thinking causes. In J. Heil and A.
Mele (Eds.), Mental causation. Oxford : Oxford
University Press. |
PÉREZ ÀLVAREZ, M. (2009). The four causes of behavior : International
Journal of Psychology & Psychological Therapy, 9 (1),
45-57. [PDF] |
|
HEIL, J. & MELE, A. (1993). Mental causation.
Oxford : Oxford University Press. |
TOOLEY, M. (2010). Time, truth, actuality, and causation :
On the impossibility of divine foreknowledge. European
Journal for Philosophy of Religion, 1, 143-163. |
|
CRANE, T. (1995). The mental causation debate.
Proceedings of the Aristotelian Society, 69 (S),
211-236. |
SCOTT-PHILLIPS, T.C., DICKINS, T.E. & WEST, S.A.
(2011). Evolutionary theory and the ultimate-proximate
distinction in the human behavioral sciences. Perspectives
on Psychological Science, 6 (1), 38-47.
[PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Théorie
et Facteur
déterminant |
|
|
|
|
Causes
(Les quatre) : Types proposés par
Aristote : 1) cause
efficiente; 2) cause matérielle; 3) cause formelle; 4) cause
finale.
Four causes.
| |
|
|
KILLEEN, P.R. & NASH, M.R. (2003). The four causes of
hypnosis. International Journal of Clinical &
Experimental Hypnosis, 51, 195-231. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
Causedistale :
Ultimate cause.
| |
|
|
ALESSI, G. (1992). Models of proximate and ultimate
causation in psychology. American Psychologist, 47, 1359-1370. |
|
ALCOCK, J. & SHERMAN, P. (1994). The utility of the
proximate–ultimate dichotomy in ethology. Ethology,
96, 58-62. |
|
BEATTY, J. (1994). The proximate/ultimate distinction in
the multiple careers of Ernst Mayr. Biology &
Philosophy, 9 (3), 333-356. |
|
DEWSBURY, D.A. (1999). The proximate and the ultimate :
past, present, and future. Behavioural Processes, 46,
189-199. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
Cause finale (Principe) : Chez Aristote,
la cause finale renvoie au dessein de l'univers, qui imprime
une influence sur toute chose, incluant les individus.
De nos jours, on utilise le terme pour désigner la fonction
d'un objet. = fin, finalité,
fonction. /intention.
Telos.
|
|
|
Cause immédiate : Ensemble des causes biologiques
ou psychologiques qui échappent à l'influence directe de
l'évolution. = cause proximale.
| |
|
|
ALESSI, G. (1992). Models of proximate and ultimate
causation in psychology. American Psychologist, 47, 1359-1370. |
|
ALCOCK, J. & SHERMAN, P. (1994). The utility of the
proximate–ultimate dichotomy in ethology. Ethology,
96, 58-62. |
|
BEATTY, J. (1994). The proximate/ultimate distinction in
the multiple careers of Ernst Mayr. Biology &
Philosophy, 9 (3), 333-356. |
|
DEWSBURY, D.A. (1999). The proximate and the ultimate :
past, present, and future. Behavioural Processes, 46,
189-199. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cause psychologique : Expression qui recouvre deux réalités complémentaires : a) Au sens large, l'expression
désigne une vaste gamme de phénomènes explicatifs qui se trouvent
dans l'individu, sans être de nature biologique (EX : les
attitudes, les intentions, les maladies mentales, etc.). NDLR
: Attention, en psychologie, il existe de nombreuses
explications monistes
biologiques ou sociales dites externalismes)
que l'on qualifie également de psychologique. =
facteur psychologique. /cause
biologique. b) Le terme renvoie également au
débat entre les matérialistes/monistes et les
mentalistes/dualistes; la thèse de ces derniers soutient qu'il
existe des causes
internes non-biologiques qui permettent d'expliquer des
phénomènes biologiques/physiques, comme les comportements. =
cause mentale, cause interne. Mental
causation, inner cause.
| |
|
| a |
| |
|
| b |
|
SPERRY, R.W. (1976). Mental phenomena as causal
determinants in brain function. In O.O. Globus, G. Maxwell
& I. Savodnik (Eds.), Consciousness and the brain
(pp. 163-177). New York : Plenum Press. |
SPERBER, D., PREMARK, D. & PREMARK, A.J. (Eds.)
(1995). Causal cognition : A multidisciplinary debate.
New York : Oxford University Press. |
|
ZURIFF, G.E. (1979). Ten inner causes. Behaviorism,
7, 1-8. |
DOUGHER, M.J. (1995). A bigger picture : Cause and
cognition in relation to differing scientific frameworks.
Journal of Behavior Therapy & Experimental
Psychiatry, 26 (3), 215-219. |
|
YABLO, S. (1992). Mental causation. Philosophical
Review, 101 (2), 245-280. |
DICKINSON, A. & BALLEINE, B. (2000). Causal cognition
and goal-directed action. In C. Heyes & L. Huber
(Eds.), The evolution of cognition (pp. 185-204).
Cambridge, MA : The MIT Press. |
|
HEIL, J. & MELE, A. (1993). Mental causation.
Oxford : Oxford University Press. |
SHAFER, J. (2004). Causes need not be physically connected
to their effects : The case for negative causation. In C.
Hitchcock (Ed.), Contemporary debates in philosophy
of science. Oxford : Blackwell Publishing. |
|
CRANE, T. (1995). The mental causation debate.
Proceedings of the Aristotelian Society, 69 (S),
211-236. |
BENNETT, K. (2007). Mental causation. Philosophy
Compass, 2 (2), 316-337. |
|
PÉREZ ÀLVAREZ, M. (2009). The four causes of behavior : International
Journal of Psychology & Psychological Therapy, 9
(1), 45-57. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
Cause
sociale :
| |
|
|
MEEKER, B.F. & HAGE, J. (1988). Social causality.
Allen and Unwin. |
|
|
|
Cautela Joseph R. (1927-1999) : Béhavioriste
américain et spécialiste des thérapies
béhaviorales, notamment des thérapies
aversives. On lui doit la découverte du conditionnement
privé (Covert sensitization).
|
CAUTELA, J.R. (1967). Covert sensitization. Psychological
Reports, 20 (2), 459-468. |
|
CAUTELA, J.R. (1970). Behavior therapy and the need for
behavioral assessment.Psychotherapy : Theory, Research
& Practice, 5 (3), 175-179. |
|
CAUTELA, J.R. (1970). The treatment of alcoholism by
covert sensitization. Psychotherapy : Theory,
Research & Practice, 7 (2), 86-90. [PDF] |
|
CAUTELA, J.R. & KEARNEY, A.J. (1986). The covert
conditioning handbook. New York : Springer. |
|
CAUTELA, J.R. & KEARNEY, A.J. (1990). Behavior
analysis, cognitive therapy, and covert conditioning. Journal
of Behavior Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 21
(2), 83-90. |
|
|
|
Cautilli
Joseph D. ( ) : Béhavioriste
américain et spécialiste des thérapies
béhaviorales. Collaborateur de
Axelrod et Hineline.
 |
CAUTILLI, J.D. (2005). Brief report : Application of
proposed model of decreasing reinforcement intensity.
International Journal of Behavioral Consultation &
Therapy, 1 (1), 21-26. |
|
CAUTILLI, J.D., RILEY-TILLMAN, T.C., AXELROD, S. &
HINELINE, P. (2005). The role of verbal conditioning in
third generation behavior therapy. The Behavior
Analyst Today, 6 (2), 138-145. |
|
CAUTILLI, J.D., RILEY-TILLMAN, T.C., AXELROD, S. &
HINELINE, P. (2005). Current behavioral models of client
and consultee resistance : A critical review. International
Journal of Behavioral Consultation & Therapy, 1 (2),
147-164. |
|
CAUTILLI, J.D. & WEINBERG, M. (2006). Behaviorally
oriented therapies, corrections, and public policy. The
Behavior Analyst Today, 7 (4), 442-451.
[PDF] |
|
HASSET, D.L., KELLY, A.M., PRITCHARD, J.K. & CAUTILLI,
J.D. (2008). The liicensing of behavior analysts :
Protecting the profession and the public. Journal of
Early & Intensive Behavior Intervention, 5 (2),
8–19. |
|
|
|
Cavalli-Sforza
Luca Luigi (1922-2018 Belluno) : Biologiste
et généticien
italien, spécialisé dans l'étude de la transmission
culturelle. Collaborateur de Feldman.
 |
CAVALLI-SFORZA, L.L. & EDWARDS, A.W.F. (1967).
Phylogenetic analysis : models and estimation procedures.
American Journal of Human Genetics, 19, 233-257. |
|
CAVALLI-SFORZA, L.L. & BODMER, W.F. (1971/99). The
genetics of human populations. W. H. Freeman, San
Francisco/Dover Publications. |
|
CAVALLI-SFORZA, L.L. & FELDMAN, M.M.W. (1981).
Cultural transmission and evolution. Princeton :
Princeton University Press. |
|
CAVALLI-SFORZA, L.L., MENOZZI, P. & PIZZA, A. (1998).
The history and geography of human genes.
Princeton : Princeton University Press. |
|
CAVALLI-SFORZA, L.L. (1996). Qui sommes-nous ? Une
histoire de la diversité humaine. Paris :
Flammarion. |
|
|
|
|
Cavanagh
Patrick ( ) : Neuropsychologue
américain, d'origine canadienne, spécialisé dans l'étude de la vision
et de la recherche visuelle. Collaborateur de Ceci,
Jolicoeur,
Lassonde et
Ramachadran.
|
CAVANAGH, P. & CHASE, W.G. (1971). The equivalence of
target and nontarget processing in visual search. Perception
& Psychophysics, 9, 493-495. [PDF] |
|
CAVANAGH, P., HUNT, A.R., AFRAZ, A. & ROLFS, M.
(2010). Attention Pointers : Response to Mayo and Sommer.
Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 14 (9), 390-391. [PDF] |
|
CAVANAGH, P. & ANTSIS, S. (2002). The boogie-woogie
illusion. Perception, 31, 100-1011. [PDF] |
|
CAVANAGH, P. et VANRULLEN, R. (2007). La résolution de
l’attention : le grain spatial et temporal de la
conscience visuelle. Dans G.Michael (Dir.), Les
dimensions de l’attention visuelle (pp. 63-81).
Marseille : Solal. [PDF] |
|
CAVANAGH, P. (2011). Visual cognition. Vision
Research, 13, 1538-1551.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
CCDMD : entre Collégial
de Développement de Matériel Didactique.
Organisme gouvernemental qui promeut le developpement des TICS à
l'école.
|
| CAS
- CECI
- CÉCITÉ - CÉGEP -
CEI - CEL - CENTRA
- CERTITUDE - CERUTTI
- CERVEAU - CERVEAU/MYTHE - CERVELET
- CETERUS PARIBUS - CH |
Ce
que l'on a : Expression, souvent de dépit, qui désigne
l'état des choses, à un moment donné. NDLR : "Ce
que l'on a, c'est mieux que rien, mais c'est pas bon pour autant".
|
Ce
que l'on croit savoir : Expression qui désigne les hypothèses
d'un domaine de recherche. Une hypothèse est une affirmation
provisoire qui s'appuie sur une théorie ou des des faits (parfois
les deux).
|
|
|
Ce
que l'on sait : Expression qui désigne le savoir
ou la somme des connaissances
scientifiques actuelles d'un domaine
de recherche, généralement présenté sous forme de recension
des écrits. Répond généralement à la question «Que
sait-on ? ». = niveau actuel des
connaissances,
état de la question, état des lieux. What
do we know, current knowledge.
| |
|
|
EVERTSON, C.M. & HARRIS, A.H. (1992). What we know
about managing classrooms. Educational Leadership, 49
(7), 74-78. [PDF] |
POJMAN, L.P. (2000). What can we know ?
Wadsworth. |
|
BIGLAN, A. (1995). Translating what we know about the
context of antisocial behavior in to a lower prevalence of
such behavior. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis,
28 (4), 479-492. [PDF] |
HARDOON, K.K. & DEREVENSKY, J.L. (2002). Child and
adolescent gambling behavior : Current Knowlege.
Clinical Child & Psychiatry, 7 (2), 139-145. [PDF] |
|
SLAVIN, R.E. (1995). Research on cooperative learning and
achievement : What we know, what we need to know. Contempory
Educationnal Psychology, 21, 43-69. [PDF] |
GAWRONSKI, B. & BODENHAUSEN, G.V. (2007). What do we
know about implicit attitude measure and what do we have
to learn ? In B. Wittenbrink and N. Schwarz (Eds.), Implicit
measures of attitudes (pp. 265-286). New York :
Guilford Press. [PDF] |
|
ADLER, N.E. & OSTROVE, J.M. (1999). Socioeconomic
status and health : What we know and what we don’t. Annals
of the New York Academy of Sciences, 896 (1), 3-15
[PDF] |
SUGAI, G. & HORNER, R.H. (2008). What we know and need
to know about preventing problem behavior in schools. Exceptionality,
16, 67-77. |
|
DAVIS, S.F., DRINAN, P.F. & GALLANT, T.B. (2009).
Cheating in school : What we know and what we can do.
Wiley, John & Sons. |
|
VISMARA, L.A. & ROGERS, S. J. (2010). Behavioral
treatments in autism spectrum disorder : What do we know ?
Annual Review of Clinical Psychology, 6, 447-468. |
|
| |
Voir aussi État
de la question et
Recension des écrits |
|
|
Ce
que l'on veut savoir : En science,
expression qui désigne ce que l'on ignore d'un thème ou d'un
domaine de recherche (faille
ou lacune), mais qui mérite d'être su ou mieux connu (pertinence
du problème). = formulation d'un
problème. What do we have to learn.
| |
|
|
GAWRONSKI, B. & BODENHAUSEN, G.V. (2007). What do we
know about implicit attitude measure and what do we have
to learn ? In B. Wittenbrink & N. Schwarz (Eds.), Implicit
measures of attitudes (pp. 265-286). New York :
Guilford Press. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Ceci
Stephen J. ( ) : Psychologue
écologiste et
cognitiviste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la mémoire
et de l'intelligence
des enfants. Il s'intéresse
également au processus de communication
scientifique et au rôle dans ce processus des comités
de lecture. Étudiant de Howe.
Collaborateur de Bjork, Bouchard,
Brainerd, Bronfenbrenner,
Bruck, Cavanagh,
Halpern, Loehlin,
Loftus, Neisser, Perloff,
Sternberg, Urbina, Williams
et Williams.
 |
CECI, S.J. (1984). A developmental study of learning
disabilities and memory : An algebraic approach to
disentangling automaticity and purposivity in development.
Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 38,
352-371. |
|
CECI, S.J., BAKER, J. & BRONFENBRENNER, U. (1987).
Memory development and ecological complexity : The case of
prospective memory. In M. Perlmutter & F. Weinert
(Eds.), Individual differences and universal changes
in memory development research. Hillsdale NJ :
Erlbaum. |
|
CECI, S.J. (1990). The relationship between microlevel and
macrolevel processing : Some arguments against
reductionism. Intelligence, 14, 1-9. |
|
CECI, S.J. (1991). How much does schooling influence
general intelligence and its cognitive components ? A
reassessment of the evidence. Developmental
Psychology, 27, 703-722. |
|
CECI, S.J. & WILLIAMS, W.M. (2010). Sex differences in
math-intensive fields. Current Directions in
Psychological Science, 19 (5), 275-279. [PDF] |
|
|
WILLIAMS, W.M. (2004). A biography of Stephen J. Ceci. In
C.B. Fisher & R.M. Lerner (Eds.), Applied
developmental science encyclopedia (pp. 213-215).
Sage publications. |
|
|
|
|
Cécité
: Trouble
de la vision qui se caractérise par une incapacité à voir,
totale ou partielle. Blindness, low vision.
| |
|
|
SUPRA, M., COTZIN, M.E. & DALLENBACH, K.M. (1944).
"Facial vision" : The perception of obstacles by the
blind. American Journal of Psychology, 57, 133-183. |
|
|
WORCHEL, P. & DALLENBACH, K.M. (1947). "Facial vision"
: Perception of obstacles by the deaf-blind. American
Journal of Psychology, 60, 502-553. |
GOUGOUX, F., LEPORE, F., LASSONDE, M., VOSS, P., ZATTORE,
R. & BELIN, P. (2004). Neuropsychology : pitch
discrimination in the early blind. Nature, 430, 309-310.[PDF] |
|
WORCHEL, P. (1951). Space perception and orientation in
the blind. Psychological Monographs : General &
Applied, 65 (15, Whole No. 332), 1-28. |
|
|
LANDAU, B., GLEITMAN, H. & SPELKE, E.S. (1981).
Spatial knowledge and geometrical representation in a
child blind from birth. Science, 213, 1275-1278. |
|
|
LANDAU, B., SPELKE, E.S. & GLEITMAN, H. (1984).
Spatial knowledge in a young blind child. Cognition,
16, 225-260. |
GERUSCHAT, D.R. & HASSAN, S.E. (2005). Driver Behavior
in Yielding to Sighted and Blind Pedestrians at
Roundabouts. Journal of Visual Impairment &
Blindness, 99 (5), 286-302. |
|
CORNOLDI, C., BERTUCCELLI, B., ROCCHI, P. & SBRANA, B.
(1993). Processing capacity limitations in pictorial and
spatial representations in the totally congenitally blind.
Cortex, 29, 675-689. |
ALARY, F., DUQUETTE, M., GOLDSTEIN, R., CHAPMAN, C.E.,
VOSS, P., La BUISSONNIÈRE-ARIZA, V. & LEPORE, F.
(2009). Tactile acuity in the blind : A closer look
reveals superiority over the sighted in some but not all
cutaneous tasks. Neuropsychologia, 47, 2037-2043. |
|
THINUS-BLANC, C. & GAUNET, F. (1997). Representation
of space in the blind : Vision as a spatial sense ? Psychological
Bulletin, 121, 20-42. |
PTITO, M., MATTEAU, I., GJEDDE, A. & KUPERS, R.
(2009). Recruitment of the middle temporal area by tactile
motion in congenital blindness. NeuroReport, 20
(6), 543-547. |
|
CASLA, M., BLANCO, F. & TRAVIESO, D. (1999). Haptic
perception of geometric illusions by persons who are
totally congenitally blind. Journal of Visual
Impairment & Blindness, 93, 583-588. |
MARTINIELLO, N. (2012). Navigating the university campus :
Considering the accessibility needs of blind and low
vision students. Communiqué, 13 (1), 13-16. [PDF] |
| |
|
|
Voir aussi Trouble
de la vision |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ceinture
de protection (d'un programme de recherche) :
Chez Lakatos, principe
selon lequel les concepts centraux d'une théorie ne peuvent être
directement falsifiés ou vérifiés empiriquement. =
ceinture de sécurité théorique.
Protective belt.
|
Ceinture
de sécurité (Port) :
Ceinture de sécurité, accident
et conduite automobile.
Safety belt, seat belt.
| |
|
|
FHANER, G. & HANE, M. (1973). Seatbelts : Factors
influencing their use : A literature survey. Accident
Analysis & Prevention, 5, 27-43. |
THYER, B.A., GELLER, E.S. (1990). Behavior analysis in the
promotion of safety belt use : A review. In M. Hersen,
R.M. Eisler & P.M. Miller (Eds.), Progress in
behavior modification (Vol. 26, pp. 150-172).
Newbury Park, CA : Sage. |
|
FHANER, G. & HANE, M. (1973). Seatbelts : The
importance of situational factors. Accident Analysis
& Prevention, 5, 267-285. |
BERRY, T.D. & GELLER, E.S. (1991). A single-subject
approach to evaluating vehicle safety belt reminders :
Back to basics. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis,
24 (1), 13-22. [PDF] |
|
ROBERTSON, L.S., KELLEY, A.B., O'NEILL, B., WIXOM, C.W.,
EISWIRTH, R.S. & HADDON, W. (1974). A controled study
of the effect of television messages on safety belt use. American
Journal of Public Health, 64, 1071-1080. [PDF] |
GELLER, E.S. (1991). War on the highways : An
international tragedy. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 24 (3), 3-7. [PDF] |
|
ROBERTSON, L.S. (1975). Safety belt use in automobiles
with starter-interlock and buzzer-light reminder systems.
American Journal of Public Health, 65, 1319-1325. |
BERRY, T.D. & GELLER, E.S., CALEF, R.S. & CALEF,
R.S. (1992). Moderating effects of social assistance on
verbal interventions to promote safety belt use. An
analysis of weak plys. Environment & Behavior,
24, 653-669. |
|
MATHEWS, R.M. & DIX, M. (1992). Behavior change in the
funny papers : feedback to cartoonists on safety belt use.
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 25 (4),
769-775. [PDF] |
|
ElLMAN, D. & KILLBREW, T.J. (1978). Incentives and
seat belts : Changing a resistant behavior through
extrinsic motivation. Journal of Applied Social
Psyhology, 8, 72-83. |
WILLIAMS, A.F., REINFURT, D.F. & WELLS, J.K. (1996).
Increasing seat belt use in North Carolina. Journal
of Safety Research, 27, 33-41. |
|
GELLER, E.S., CASALI, J.G. & JOHNSON, R.P. (1980).
Seat-belt usage : A potential target for applied behavior
analysis. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 13
(4), 94-100. [PDF] |
MALENFANT, J.E.L., WELLS. J.K., VAN HOUTEN, R. &
WILLIAMS, A.F. (1996). The use of feedback to increase
observed daytime seat belt use in two cities in North
Carolina. Accident Analysis & Revention, 28, 771-777. |
|
NAU, P.A. & VAN HOUTEN, R. (1981-82). The effects of
prompts, feedback and an advertising campaign on the use
of safety belts by automobile drivers in Nova Scotia. Journal
of Environmental Systems, 11, 351-361. |
WILLIAMS, A., REINFURT, D.W. & WELLS, J.K. (1996).
Increasing seat belt use in North Carolina. Journal
of Safety Research, 27, 33-41. |
|
GELLER, E.S., JOHNSON, R.P. & PELTON, S.L. (1982).
Community-based interventions for encouraging safety belt
use. American Journal of Community Psychology, 10,
183-195. |
ENGERMAN, J. A., AUSTIN, J. & BAILEY, J.S. (1997).
Prompting patron safety belt use at a supermarket.
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 30 (3),
577-579. [PDF] |
|
GELLER, E.S., PATERSON, L. & TALBOTT, E. (1982). A
behavioral analysis of incentive prompts for motivating
seat belt use. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis,
15, 403-413.
[PDF] |
WILLIAMS, A.F., WELLS, J.K., McCARTT, A.T. & REUSSER,
D.F. (2000). "Buckle up now !" An enforcement program to
achieve high belt use. Journal of Safety Research, 31,
195-201. |
|
GELLER, E.S. (1983). Rewarding safety belt usage at an
industrial setting : Tests of treatment generality and
response maintenance. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 16 (2), 43-56.
[PDF] |
DINH-ZARR, T.B., SLEET, D.A., SHULTS, R.A., ZAZA, S.,
ELDER, R.W. & NICHOLS, J.L. (2001). Reviews of
evidence regarding interventions to increase the use of
safety belts. American Journal of Preventive
Medicine, 21, 48-65. |
|
|
GELLER, E.S. & HAHN, H.A. (1984). Promoting safety
belt use at industrial sites : An effective program for
blue collar employees. Professional Psychology :
Research and Practice, 15, 533-564. |
|
|
JOHNSON, R.P. & GELLER, E.S. (1984). Contingent versus
noncontingent rewards for promoting seat belt usage.
Journal of Community Psychology, 12, 113-122. |
WELLS, J.K., MALENFANT, L., WILLIAMS, A.F. & VAN
HOUTEN, R. (2000). Use of a community program to increase
seat belt use among shopping center patrons in Charlotte,
North Carolina. Journal of Safety Research, 31 (2),
93-99. |
|
GELLER, E.S. (1984). A delayed reward strategy for
large-scale motivation of safety belt use : A test of
long-term impact. Accident Analysis & Prevention,
16, 457-463. |
|
|
GELLER, E.S. & BIGELOW, B.E. (1984). Development of
corporate incentive programs for motivating safety belt
use : A review. Traffic Safety Evaluation Research
Review, 3, 21-38. |
|
|
CAMPBELL, B.J., HUNTER, W.W., GEMMING, M.G. & STEWART,
J.R. (1984). Seat belts payof : The use of economic
incentives and public information to increase seat belt
use in a community. Chapel Hill : University of
North Carolina Highway Safety Research Center. |
EBY, D.W., FORDYCE, T.A. & VIVODA, J.M. (2002). A
comparison of safety belt use between commercial and
noncommercial light vehicle occupants. Accident
Analysis & Prevention, 34, 285-291. |
|
JONAH, B.A. & GRANT, B.A. (1985). Long-term
effectiveness of selective traffic enforcement programs
for increasing seat belt use. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 70, 257-263. |
WILLIAMS, A.F. & WELLS, J.K. (2004). The role of
enforcement programs in increasing seat belt use. Journal
of Safety Research, 35 (2), 175-180. |
|
RUDD, J.R. & GELLER, E.S. (1985). A university-based
incentive program to increase safety belt use : Toward
cost-efective institutionalization. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 18, 215-226. |
VAN HOUTEN, R., MALENFANT, J.E.L., AUSTIN, J. &
LEBBON, A. (2005). The effects of a seatbelt-gearshift
delay prompt on the seatbelt use of motorists who do not
regularly wear seatbelts. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 38 (2), 195-203. [PDF] |
|
GELLER, E.S., BRUFF, C.D. & NIMMER, J.G. (1985). The
"flash for life" : A community prompting strategy for
safety belt promotion. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 18 (4), 145-159.
[PDF] |
CLAYTON, M.C., HELMS, B. & SIMPSON, C. (2006). Active
prompting to decrease cell phone use and increase seat
belt use while driving. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 39 (3), 341-349. [PDF] |
|
WEINTEIN, N.D., GRUBB, P.D. & VAULTIER, J.S. (1986).
Increasing automobile seat belt use : An intervention
emphasizing risk susceptibility. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 71 (2), 285-290. |
FARRELL, L.V., COX, M.G. & GELLER, E.S. (2007).
Prompting safety-belt use in the context of a belt-use law
: The flash-for-life revisited. Journal of Safety
Research, 38, 407-411. |
|
THYER, B.A., GELLER, E.S., WILLIAMS, M. & PURCELL, E.
(1987). Community-based" flashing" to increase safety-belt
use. Journal of Experimental Education, 55,
155-159. |
CLAYTON, M.C. & HELMS, B. (2009). Increasing seat belt
use on a college campus : An evaluation of two prompting
procedures. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 42
(1), 161-164. [PDF] |
|
VAN HOUTEN, R. & MALENFANT, J.E.L. (1988). The effects
of nighttime seat belt enforcement on seat belt use by
tavern patrons : A preliminary analysis. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 21 (3), 271-276. [PDF] |
COX, M.G. & GELLER E.S. (2010). Prompting safety-belt
use : Comparative impact on the target behavior and
relevant body language. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 43 (2), 321-325. [PDF] |
|
GELLER, E.S. KALSHER, M. J., RUDD, J.R. LEHMAN, G.R.
(1989). Promoting safety belt use on a university campus :
An integration of incentive and commitment strategies. Journal
of Applied Social Psychology, 19, 3-19. |
|
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Syndrome-postraumatique,
Blessure, Accident
de voiture et Alcool |
|
|
|
|
|
Célibat : Célibataire ( ) : Statut social
de celui ou celle qui vit seul, sans conjoint (mais pas
nécessairement sans enfant). Célibat, vie de couple et
mariage. /couple.
| |
|
|
DICKINSON R. L. & BEAM, L. (1934). The single
woman. Oxford: Williams & Wilkins. |
SCHUTZ, A., HERTEL, J., DEPAULO, B.M., MORRIS, W.L. &
STUCKE, T.S. (2007). She’s single, so what ? How are
singles perceived compared with people who are in romantic
relationships ? Journal of Family Research, 9, 139-158. |
|
STEIN, P.J. (1976). Single. Englewood Cliffs, NJ
: Prentice-Hall. |
HERTEL, J., SCHÜTZ, A. DEPAULO, B.M., MORRIS, W.L. &
STRUCKE, T.J. (2007. She’s single, so what ? Journal
of Family Research, 19 (2), 139-158. [PDF] |
|
CARGAN, L. (1981). Singles : An examination of two
stereotypes. Family Relations, 30, 377-385. |
MORRIS, W.L., SINCLAIR, S. & DEPAULO, B.M. (2007). No
shelter for singles : The perceived legitimacy of marital
status discrimination. Group Processes &
Intergroup Relations, 10, 457-470. |
|
ZAJICEK A.M. & KOSKI, P.R. (2003). Strategies of
resistance to stigmatization among white middle-class
singles. Sociological Spectrum, 23, 377-403. |
MORRIS, W.L., DEPAULO, B.M., HERTEL, J. & AYLOR L.C.
(2008). Singlism : another problem that has no name :
Prejudice, stereotypes, and discrimination against
singles. In M.A. Morrison & T.G. Morrison (Eds.), The
psychology of modern prejudice (pp. 165-194). New
York : Nova Science Publishers. |
|
DEPAULO, B.M. & MORRIS, W.L. (2005). Singles in
society and in science. Psychological Inquiry, 16,
57-83. |
DEPAULO, B.M. (2012). Single, no children : Who is your
family ? In A. Vangelisti (Ed.), Routledge handbook
of family communication (pp. 190-204). New York :
Routledge. |
|
DEPAULO, B.M. & MORRIS, W.L. (2005). Should singles
and the scholars who study them make their mark or stay in
their place ? Psychological Inquiry, 16,
142-149. |
CASPER, W.J. & DEPAULO, B.M. (2012). A new layer to
inclusion : Creating singles-friendly work environments.
In N.P. Reilly, A. Gorman & M.J. Sirgy (Eds.),
Work and quality of life : Ethical practices in
organizations (pp. 217-234). New York : Springer. |
|
DEPAULO, B.M. & MORRIS, W.L. (2006). The unrecognized
stereotyping and discrimination against people who are
single. Current Directions in Psychological Science,
15, 251-254. |
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Réseau
et Solitude |
|
|
|
Cellérier
Guy (1935-) : Psychologue
cognitiviste européen d'origine
suisse. Étudiant de Piaget.
Collaborateur d'Inhelder
et Papert.
|
CELLÉRIER, G., PAPERT, S. et VOYAT, G. (1968). Cybernétique
et épistémologie. Paris : Presses Universitaire de
France. |
|
CELLÉRIER, G. (1973). Piaget par Guy Célérier.
Paris : Presses Universitaire de France. |
|
CELLÉRIER, G. (1987). La psychologie génétique et le
cognitivisme. Débat, 5 (47), 116-129. |
|
INHELDER, B. et CELLÉRIER, G. (Dirs.) (1992). Le
cheminement des découvertes chez l'enfant : Recherches
sur les micro-genèses cognitives. Paris/Neuchâtel :
Delachaux et Niestlé. |
|
|
|
|
|
Cellule : Du latin cellula qui
signifie «petite chambre». Il s'agit de la plus petite entité
viable et autonome des organismes.
Les cellules du cerveau se nomme neurone et cellule gliale. Hooke a découvert (et nommé) cette «petite chambre» mais le premier a avoir décrit sa structure est Van Leeuwenhoeck. En revanche, ces deux savants ne comprenaient pas vraiment le rôle de la cellule; c'est à Schwann que revient le mérite d'avoir décrit les fonctions de base de cette structure essentielle à la vie.
( ): cellule nerveuse, cellule souche.
Cell.
| |
|
| VAN LEEUWENHOEK, A. (1695). Arcana naturae detecta.Delphis Batavorum. [PDF]
|
BYNE, W., LASCO, M.S., KEMETHER, E., SHINWARIA, EDGAR,
M.A., MORGELLO S, JONES, L.B. & TOBET, S. (2000). The
interstitial nuclei of the human anterior hypothalamus :
an investigation of sexual variation in volume and cell
size, number and density. Brain Research, 856,
254-258.
|
| HOOKE, R. (1665). Micrographia : or some physiological descriptions of minute bodies made by magnifying glasses. London : J. Martyn and J. Allestry. [PDF]
|
|
SCHWANN, T. (1839/42/47). Mikroskopische untersuchungen über die übereinstimmung in der struktur und dem wachstum der tiere und pflanzen/Recherches microscopiques sur la conformité de structure et de croissance des animaux et des plantes. /Microscopical researches into the accordance in the structure and growth of animals and plants. |
|
|
|
|
ALTMAN, J. (1963). Autoradiographic investigation of cell
proliferation in the brains of rats and cats. Anatomical
Record, 145, 573-591. [PDF] |
MOITA, M.A., ROSIS, S., ZHOU, Y., LEDOUX, J.E. &
BLAIR, H.T. (2004). Putting fear in its place : remapping
of hippocampal place cells during fear conditioning. Journal
of Neuroscience, 24 (31), 7015-7023. |
|
MARKHAM, M.R. & STODDARD, P.K. (2005).
Adrenocorticotropic hormone enhances the masculinity of an
electric communication signal by modulating the waveform
and timing of action potentials within individual cells. Journal
of Neuroscience, 25, 8746-8754. |
|
TRINKAUS, J.P. (1969). Cells into organs.
Eaglewood Cliffs, NJ. : Prentice-Hall. |
GÖTZ, M. & HUTTNER, W.B. (2005). The cell biology of
neurogenesis. Nature Reviews : Molecular Cell
Biology, 6, 777-788. [PDF] |
|
BYRNE, J.H. (1987). Cellular analysis of associative
learning. Physiological Reviews, 67, 329-439. |
TSAO, D.Y., FREIWALD, W.A., TOOTELL, R.B.H. &
LIVINGSTONE, M.S. (2006). A cortical region consisting
entirely of face-selective cells. Science, 311
(5761), 670-674. |
|
STOSSEL, T.R. (1990). How cells crawl. American
Scientist, 78, 408-423. |
SHORS, T.J. (2008). From stem cells to grandmother cells :
How neurogenesis relates to learning and memory. Cell
Stem Cell, 3, 253-258. |
|
SKOTTUN, B.C., DE VALOIS, R.L., GROSOF, D.H., MOVSHON,
J.A., ALBRETCHT, D. & BONDS, A.B. (1991). Classifying
simple and complex cells on the basis of response
modulation. Vision Research, 31 (7/8),
1079-1086.
[PDF] |
VERSPAGEN, B. (2007). Mapping technological trajectories
as patent citation networks : A study onthe history of
fuel cell research .Advances in Complex Systems, 10,
93-115 |
|
ZHANG, J.M., KONKLE, A.T.M., ZUP, S.L. & McCARTHY,
M.M. (2008). Impact of sex and hormones on new cells in
the developing rat hippocampus : a novel source of sex
dimorphism ? European Journal of Neuroscience, 27
(4), 791-800. [PDF] |
|
|
SAKURAI, Y. (1996). Hippocampal and neocortical cell
assemblies encode memory processes for different types of
stimuli in the rat. Journal of Neuroscience, 16, 2809–2819. |
CURLIK, D.M., DIFEO, G. & SHORS, T.J. (2014).
Preparing for adulthood : Thousands upon thousands of new
cells are born in the hippocampus during puberty, and most
survive with effortful learning. Frontiers in
Neuroscience, 8, 1-8.
[PDF] |
|
| |
| CARPENTER,
M.B. & SUTIN, J. (1983). Human neuroanatomy.
Londres : Williams & Wilkins. |
Voir aussi Van Leeuwenhoeck, Gamète
et Neurone |
|
|
|
Cellule adipeuse :
|
|
|
Cellule de crise :
|
Cellule gliale : Cellules du cerveau qui constituent le milieu ambiant d'un neurone.
Elles jouent un rôle dans le maintien de l'homéostasie
des neurones. Elles
contribuent également à la production de la myéline
qui entoure leur axone, dans
la protection du tissu nerveux, notamment en combattant les agents
infectieux et en assurant l'apport en oxygène et en nutriment.
Dans le cerveau, ces cellules seraient aussi nombreuses que les
neurones. = nevroglie, astrocyte, gli.
Glia, neuron-glia.
| |
|
|
JESSEN, K.R. & MIRSKY, R. (1980). Glial cells in the
enteric nervous system contain glial fibrillary acidic
protein. Nature, 286 (5774), 736-767. |
SANTELLO, M., CALI, C. & BEZZI, P. (2012).
Gliotransmission and the tripartite synapse. Advances
in Experimental Medicine & Biology, 970,
307-331. |
|
VON BARTHELD, C.S., BAHNEY, J. & HERCULANO-HOUZEL, S.
(2016). The search for true numbers of neurons and glial
cells in the human brain : A review of 150 years of cell
counting. The Journal of Comparative Neurology, 524 (18),
3865-3895. |
|
MAGISTRETTI, P.J. (2006). Neuron-glia metabolic coupling
and plasticity. Journal of Experimental Biology, 209,
2304-2311. |
AGID, Y. & MAGISTRETTI, P. (2018). L'homme glial :
une révolution dans les sciences du cerveau. Paris
: Odile Jacob. |
|
OSSIPOW, V. & PELLISSIER, F. (2007). Cellules gliales,
l'éveil de la majorité silencieuse. Biofutur, 277,
24-27. |
FAN, X. & AGID, Y. (2018). At the origin of the
history of glia. Neuroscience, 385, 255-271. |
|
AGID, Y. & MAGISTRETTI, P. (2019). L'autre moitié du
cerveau : les cellules gliales. Médecine/Sciences, 5,
199-200. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Cellule,
Neurone et Astrocyte |
|
|
Cellule de lieu : Neurone pyramidal situé dans
l'hippocampe qui s'active losrqu'un organisme pénètre dans
un lieu familier. Place cell.
| |
|
|
O'KEEFE, J. & DOSTROVSKY, J. (1971). The hippocampus
as a spatial map. Preliminary evidence from unit activity
in the freely-moving rat. Brain Research, 34,
171-175. |
|
|
O'KEEFE, J. (1976). Place units in the hippocampus of
freely moving rat. Experimental Neurology, 51,
78-109. |
FENTON, A.A., CSIZMADIA, G. & MULLER, R.U. (2000).
Conjoint control of hippocampal place cell firing by two
visual stimuli. I. The effects of moving the stimuli on
firing field positions. Journal of General Physiology,
116, 191-209. |
|
O'KEEFE, J. & CONWAY, D.H. (1978). Hippocampal place
units in the frely moving rat : why they fire where they
fire. Experimental Brain Research, 32, 573-590.
[PDF] |
FENTON, A.A., CSIZMADIA, G. & MULLER, R.U. (2000).
Conjoint control of hippocampal place cell firing by two
visual stimuli. II. A vector-field theory that predicts
modifications of the representation of the environment. Journal
of General Physiology, 116, 211-221. |
|
O'KEEFE, J. (1979). A review of the hippocampal place
cells. Progress in Neurobiology, I3, 419-439. |
ARLEO, A. & GESTNER, W. (2000). Spatial cognition and
neuro-mimetic navigation : a model of hippocampal place
cell activity. Biological Cybernetics, 83,
287-299. [PDF] |
|
BREESE, C.R., HAMPSON, R.E. & DEADWYLER, S.A. (1989).
Hippocampal place cells : Stere |
KNIERIM, J.J. (2002). Dynamic interactions between local
surface cues, distal landmarks, and intrinsic circuitry in
hippocampal place cells. Journal of Neuroscience, 22,
6254-6264. |
|
TSODYKS, M. & SEJNOWSKI, T.J. (1995). Associative
memory and hippocampal place cells. International
Journal of Neural Systems, 6 (S), 81-86. [PDF] |
MOITA, M.A., ROSIS, S., ZHOU, Y., LEDOUX, J.E. &
BLAIR, H.T. (2004). Putting fear in its place : remapping
of hippocampal place cells during fear conditioning. Journal
of Neuroscience, 24 (31), 7015-7023. |
|
SHEN, J., BARNES, C.A., MCNAUGHTON, B.L., SKAGGS, W.E.
& WEAVER, K.L. (1997). The effect of aging on
experience-dependent plasticity of hippocampal place
cells. Journal of Neuroscience, 17, 6769-6782. |
|
|
EICHENBAUM, H., DUDCHENKO, P.A., WOOD, E., SHAPIRO, M.
& TANILA, H. (1999). The hippocampus, memory, and
place cells : Is It spatial memory or a memory space ? Neuron,
23, 209-226. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cellule nerveuse : Voir Neurone.
Neuron.
|
Cellule souche :
Stem cell.
|
Cellulaire : Voir Téléphone.
Telephone, cell phone, mobile, mobile phone,
smart phone, mobile device, wireless mobile device.
|
Censure : Le mot a moins deux significations voisines : a)
En thérapie, processus ou
mécanisme de répression de certains contenus psychiques jugés
gênants ou traumatisants par le malade/patient/client. b)
Le concept désigne également les pressions
sociales qu'un milieu exerce sur ses membres quand ils ne
se conforment pas aux règles ou aux valeurs
admises dans ce groupe/société. Cette pression peut prendre de
nombreuses formes : appel au silence, suppression de certaines
informations, menaces, etc. = refoulement.
|
Censure directe : Au sein d'un groupe/organisation, ensemble de mécanismes individuels et sociaux de répression des idées qui consistent à critiquer et à punir l'expression d'idées divergentes
aux idées dominantes et donc à encourager seulement les idées
convergentes ou celles du bloc au pouvoir. Ces mécanismes sont :
l'isolement, l'indifférence, la dérision, dénigrement, le
congédiement, la mutation, le blâme (lettre au dossier), etc.
|
Censure indirecte : Au sein d'un groupe/organisation, ensemble de mécanismes individuels et sociaux de répression des idées qui
consistent à ignorer une idée (mécanisme indirecte) plutôt que
d'en punir l'expression (mécanisme direct). Il existe deux formes
de censure indirecte : la censure par le vide et la censure par la
sélection.
= censure par omission.
|
Censure indirecte par le vide : Mécanisme de censure à l'oeuvre dans certains médias québécois et qui
consiste à ne choisir (sélection) comme animateur que des
individus dépourvus d'opinion ou d'idées, censurant ainsi
indirectement les idées ou les points de vue opposés à ceux de la
direction. EX: Les chaînes de télévision
engagent de plus en plus d'animateurs neutres ou ignorants sur le
plan politique, une pratique qui limite l'expression et le débat
des idées et confine de plus en plus les ondes aux potinages, aux
nombrilisme du monde des artistes et aux faits divers. =
censure indirecte, censure douce, censure par omission.
|
Censure indirecte par sélection : Mécanisme de censure à l'oeuvre dans certains médias et qui consiste à ne choisir
(sélection) que des individus qui pensent et appuient les idées du
propriétaire du journal ou de la chaîne de télévision, censurant
ainsi indirectement, par omission, les autres idées ou
points de vue. EX: L'un des grands quotidiens de
Montréal n'engage pratiquement que des pro-fédéralistes
(sélection), une pratique qui limite l'expression des autres idées
(socialistes, écologistes, souverainistes, centristes,
conservatrice, etc.).
= censure
indirecte, effet de sélection, censure par omission
|
Censure volontaire : Stratégie qui consiste à neutraliser sciemment et publiquement l'expression d'une idée.
|
Centerwall Brandon S. (Los Angeles 1954-) : Épidémiologiste
américain et spécialiste de l'étude de la représentation
de la violence en lien avec les médias, notamment la télévision.
|
CENTERWALL, B.S. (1989). Exposure to television as a cause
of violence. Public Communication & Behavior, 2,
1-58. |
|
CENTERWALL, B.S. (1989). Exposure to television as a risk
factor for violence. American Journal of Epidemiology,
129, 643-652. |
|
CENTERWALL, B.S. (1991). Homicide and the prevalence of
handguns : Canada and the United States, 1976 to 1980. American
Journal of Epidemiology, 134 (11), 1245-1260. |
|
CENTERWALL, B.S. (1992). Television and violence. The
scale of the problem and where to go from here. Journal
of the American Medical Association, 267,
3059-3063. |
|
CENTERWALL, B.S. (1995). Race, socioeconomic status, and
domestic homicide. JAMA : The Journal of the American
Medical Association, 273 (22), 1755-1758. |
|
|
|
Centile : Ensemble des valeurs
chiffrées - il y en a 99 - qui forment une distribution,
triées en 100 parts égales. Percentile.
| |
GILLES, A. (1984). Éléments de méthodologie et d'analyse statistique pour les sciences sociales. St-Laurent : Mcgraw-Hill Éditeurs. |
|
|
|
|
Centra John Anthony (1933-2021) : Spécialiste
américain de l'éducation,
et plus particulièrement de l'évaluation
des enseignants et des enseignements.
|
CENTRA, J.A. (1970). College freshman attitudes toward
cheating. The Personnel & Guidance Journal, 48, 366-373. |
|
CENTRA, J.A. (1975). Colleagues as raters of classroom
instruction. Journal of Higher Education, 46, 327-337. |
|
CENTRA, J.A. (1993). Reflective faculty evaluation.
San Francisco : Jossey-Bass. |
|
CENTRA, J.A. & GAUBATZ, N.B. (2000). Is there a gender
bias in student evaluations of teaching ? Journal of
Higher Education, 71 (1), 17-33. |
|
CENTRA, J.A. (2003). Will teachers receive higher student
evaluations by giving higher grades and less course work ?
Reseach in Higher Education, 44 (5), 495-518. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Centre : Le sens de ce mot varie selon qu'il désigne un lieu ou une idée : a) Comme le nom l'indique, le
mot centre désigne un lieu relativement précis où se déroule une
activité particulière. Il peut s'agir d'un lieu physique ou d'un
endroit précis dans un organisme. EX : Les
centres de la petite enfance (CPE), le centre du plaisir.
Center, pleasure centre. b) Il renvoie
également à l'idée que l'on puisse être partagé entre deux idées,
à mi-distance entre deux idées opposées et parfois extrêmes. EX
: Être au centre politiquement, c'est être ni à
gauche, ni à droite.
Center.
| |
|
| a |
|
JACQUES, S. (1979). Brain stimulation and reward :
"pleasure centers" after twenty-five years. Neurosurgery,
5 (2), 277-283. [PDF]
|
|
|
Voir aussi Centre du plaisir |
| b |
|
SMITH, R.B. (2003). Political extremism : Left, Center,
and Right. The American Sociologist, 34 (1/2),
70-80. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Gauche
et Droite |
|
|
|
Centre : Centrisme :
|
|
|
|
|
Centre du plaisir : Expression qui désigne un lieu précis dans le cerveau - le neurocircuit
de récompense/renforcement - découvert par Olds
et Milner, et où
résiderait le mécanisme de sensation du plaisir
qui serait à l'origine de l'effet de
récompense/renforcement. Pleasure centers,
cerebral localization of pleasure, pleausre circuit, reward
circuit.
| |
|
|
OLDS, J. & MILNER, P.M. (1955). Positive reinforcement
produced by electrical stimulation of septal area and
other regions of rat brain. Journal of Comparative
& Physiological Psychology, 47, 419-427. |
|
JACQUES, S. (1979). Brain stimulation and reward :
"pleasure centers" after twenty-five years. Neurosurgery,
5 (2), 277-283. [PDF]
|
|
BAUMEISTER, A.A. (2006). Serendipity and the cerebral
localization of pleasure. Journal of the History of
the Neurosciences, 15, 92-98. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
Cepeda Nicholas J. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste américain, spécialisé dans
l'étude de la mémoire. =
Melody Wiseheart. Collaborateur de Carpenter,
Pashler, Rohrer et Wixted.
|
CEPEDA, N.J., CEPEDA, M.L. & KRAMER, A.F. (2000). Task
switching and attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. Journal
of Abnormal Child Psychology, 28, 213-226 |
|
CEPEDA, N.J., KKRAMER, A.F. & GONZALEZ DE SATHER, J.C.
(2001). Changes in executive control across the life span
: Examination of task switching performance. Developmental
Psychology, 37, 715-730. |
|
CEPEDA, N.J. & MUNAKATA, Y. (2007). Why do children
perseverate when they seem to know better : Graded working
memory, or directed inhibition ? Psychonomic Bulletin
& Review, 14, 1058-1065. |
|
CEPEDA, N.J., BLACKWELL, K.A. & MUNAKATA, Y. (2013).
Speed isn't everything : Complex processing speed measures
mask individual differences and developmental changes in
executive control. Developmental Science, 16 (2),
269-86. [PDF] |
|
WISEHEART, M., D'SOUZA, A.A. & CHAE, J. (2017). Lack
of spacing effects during piano learning. PLoS ONE,
12, 1-13. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cercle de performance :
Quality circle.
| |
THOMPSON, P.C. (1982). Quality circles at Martin Marietta
Corporation, Denver Aerospace/Michoud Division. In R.
Zager & M. Rosow (Eds.), The innovative
organization (pp. 3-20). New York : Pergamon. |
|
|
|
Cercle de Vienne : Groupe de scientifiques et d'épistémologues
formé en 1925 autour de Schlick.
Ils se donnent notamment pour mandat d'exclure les considérations
métaphysiques du discours scientifique. Ce cercle, devenu par la
suite une association, est à l'origine du positivisme
logique.
Vienna circle.
| |
|
|
KOLAKOWSKI, L. (1972). Positivist Philosophy : From
Hume to the Vienna Circle. Middlesex : Penguin. |
| SOULEZ, A. (Dir.) (1985). Manifeste du Cercle de
Vienne et autres écrits. Paris : Presses
universitaires de France. |
|
SEBESTIK, J. et SOULEZ, A. (Dir.) (1986). Le Cercle
de Vienne : Doctrines et controverses. Méridiens
Klincksieck. |
|
STADLER, F. (2001/2015). The Vienna circle : Studies
in the origins, development, and influence of logical
empiricism. Dordrecht : Springer. |
|
| LEAHEY, H.T. (1987). A history of psychology. New Jersey : Prentice-Hall. |
|
|
|
|
Cercle linguistique de Prague : Groupe de linguistes
russes et tchèques formé en 1926. ( ):
Benveniste, Jakobson,
Jones, Martinet, Mathesius, Trnka,
Troubetskoï, Vachek.
| |
LEAHEY, H.T. (1987). A history of psychology. New
Jersey : Prentice-Hall. |
|
|
Cerf : Animal de la
classe des mammifères.
= (Cervus elaphus L.)
| |
|
|
CLUTTON-BROCK, T.H., ALBON, S.D. GIBSON, R.M. &
GUINESS, F.E. (1979). The logical stag : adaptive aspects
of fighting in red deer (Cervus elaphus L.). Animal
Behaviour, 27, 211-225. |
THOULESS, C.R. (1990). Feeding competition between grazing
red deer hinds. Animal Behaviour, 40, 105-111. |
|
CLUTTON-BROCK, T.H., ALBON, S.D. & GUINESS, F.E.
(1986). Great expectations : dominance, breeding success
and offspring sex ratios in red deer. Animal
Behaviour, 34, 460-471. [PDF] |
CLUTTON-BROCK, T.H. & LONERGAN, M. (1994). Culling
regimes and sex ratio biases in highland red deer.
Journal of Applied Ecology, 31, 521-527. [PDF] |
|
MECH, L.D., MCROBERTS, R.E., PETERSON, R.O. & PAGE,
R.E. (1987). Relationship of deer and moose populations to
previous winters’ snow. Journal of Animal Ecology, 56,
615-627. |
VINCENT, J. P., BIDEAU, E., HEWISON, A.J.M. &
ANGIBAULT, J.M. (1995). The influence of increasing
density on body weight, kid production, home range and
winter grouping in roe deer (Capreolus capreolus). Journal
of Zoology, 236, 371-382. |
|
GEIST, V. (1988). Deer of the World.
Mechanicsburg, Pa., Stackpole Books. |
PUTMAN, R.J., LANGBEIN, J., HEWISON, A.J.M. & SHARMA,
S.K. (1996). Relative roles of density-dependent and
density-independent factors in population dynamics of
British deer. Mammal Review, 26, 81-101. |
|
|
Voir aussi Animal |
|
|
Cerebral Cortex : Revue
scientifique de neuroanatomie
et de
neuropsychologie. Éditeur : Oxford Journals.
JOANISSE, M.F. ZEVIN, J.D. & McCANDLISS, B.D.
(2007). Brain mechanisms implicated in the preattentive
categorization of speech sounds revealed using fMRI and
short interval habituation trials. Cerebral Cortex,
17, 2084-2093. [PDF]
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Cercopithèque : Animal de l'ordre
des primates. =
(Cercopithecus mona ). Cercopithecus.
| |
|
|
GLENN, M.E. (1997). Group size and group composition of
the mona monkey (Cercopithecus mona) on the island of
Grenada, West Indies. American Journal of Primatology,
43, 167–173.
|
GLENN, M.E. & BENSEN, K.J. (2008). Capture techniques
and morphologic measurements of the Mona Monkey
(Cercopithecus mona) on the island of Grenada, West
lndies. American Journal of Physical Anthpology, 105,
481-491. |
GLENN, M.E. (1998). Population density of Cercopithecus
mona on the Caribbean island of Grenada. Folia
Primatology, 69, 167–171.
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Primate
et Animal |
|
|
Certification : Certifier : La certification se fait en deux étapes : 1) Vérification, au moyen de standards,
de la qualité d'un bien
ou d'un service et 2)
Communication, à plus ou moins large échelle selon le cas, des
résultats de cette vérification.
| |
|
|
HAWK, P., COBLE, C.R. & SWANSON, M. (1985).
Certification : It does matter. Journal of Teacher
Education, 36 (3), 13-15. |
|
HAMMOND-DARLING, L. (1992). Teaching and knowledge :
Policy issues posed by alternative certification for
teachers. Peabody Journal of Education, 67 (3),
123-154. |
|
|
|
|
Certitude : Se dit d'une proposition dont la véracité ne fait (quasiment) aucun doute. Parfois, on parle de degré de certitude pour décrire jusqu'à quel point on doute de ce que l'on sait ou croit savoir. On peut exprimer une
certitude de manière subjective (forte intuition,
forte impression) ou de
manière objective (probabilité
élevée). /incertitude,
doute.
Certainty.
| |
|
|
YOUNG, J.Z. (1950). Doubt and certainty in science : A
biologist’s reflections on the brain. Oxford :
Claredon Press. |
|
FIRTH, R. (1964). Coherence, certainty, and epistemic
priority. The Journal of Philosophy, 61,
545-557. |
|
TIBERGHIEN, G. (1971). Certitude et mémoire.
Paris : Editions du Centre National de la Recherche
Scientifique. |
|
TIBERGHIEN, G. (1971). La certitude : Esquisse
historique et théorique d'un concept. Psychologie
Française, 16, 67-87. |
|
TIBERGHIEN, G., DENHIÈRE, G. & VERSTIGGEL, J-C.
(1972). Influence de l'incertitude objective et du système
de coûts sur la latence et la certitude dans une situation
de jugement prédictif. L'Année
Psychologique, 72, 319-336. |
|
VERDAN, A. (1991). Karl Popper ou la connaissance
sans certitude. Lausanne : Presses polytechniques
et universitaires romandes. |
|
MAZUR, J.E. (2004). Risky choice : Selecting between
certain and uncertain outcomes. Behavior Analysis
Today, 5, 190-203. |
|
|
Voir aussi Véracité
et Probabilité |
|
|
|
|
Cerutti Daniel T. (1953-2007) : Psychologue
béhavioriste américain
et spécialiste de l'apprentissage.
Étudiant de Catania.
Collaborateur de Galizio, Pitts,
Rumbaugh, Staddon
et Thompson.
 |
CERUTTI, D.T. & CATANIA, A.C. (1986). Rapid
determinations of preference in multiple-concurrent chain
schedules. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 46 (2), 211-218. [PDF] |
|
CERUTTI, D.T. (1989). Discrimination theory of
rule-governed behavior. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 51 (2), 259-276. [PDF] |
|
CERUTTI, D.T. & RUMBAUGH, D.M. (1993). Stimulus
relations in comparative primate perspective. Psychological
Record, 43, 811-821. |
|
CERUTTI, D.T. & CATANIA, A.C. (1997). Pigeons’
preference for free choice : Number of keys versus key
area. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 68 (3), 349-356. [PDF] |
|
CERUTTI, D.T. & STADDON, J.E.R. (2004). Immediacy
versus delay in the time-left experiment : A test of the
cognitive hypothesis. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 30, 45-57. |
|
|
|
Cerveau : Organe
du corps. Le cerveau est
l'élément principal du système
nerveux central. Il est constitué de deux hémisphères cérébraux (droit et gauche) et de structures qui les relient
(thalamus, hippocampe,
corps mamillaire, amygdale,
etc). Le cerveau, le cervelet
et le tronc cérébral forment
l'encéphale. Cette
structure intègre et traite presque toutes les informations
qui circulent dans notre corps. L'unité de base du cerveau est le
neurone; on en compte
environ cent milliards. =
prosencéphale. /cerveau
virtuel. Brain.
| |
|
 |
| |
|
VESALE, A. (1543). De humani corporis fabrica.
Johann Oporinus. |
FALK, D. (1990). Brain evolution in Homo - The radiator
theory. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 13,
333-343. |
|
WILLIS, T. (1664). Cerebri anatomi. |
KIMURA, D. (1992). Sex differences in the brain. Scientific
American, 267, 119-125. |
|
WILLIS, T. (1664). Cerebri anatomi. |
DAMASIO, A.R. & DAMASIO, H. (1992). Brain and language. Scientific
American, 267, 9-95. |
|
ZEKI, S.M. (1993). A vision of the brain. Oxford
: Oxford University Press.
|
|
VICQ D'AZIR, F. (1786). Suite des recherches sur
la structure du cerveau. Sur la structure du cerveau des
animaux comparé avec celui de l'homme. Paris :
Mémoires de l'Académie royale des sciences. |
AUDI, R.N. (1993). Mental causation : Sustaining and
dynamic. In J. Heil & A.R. Mele (Eds.), Mental
causation. Oxford University Press. |
|
MAGENDIE, F. (1816). Leçons sur les fonctions et
les maladies du système nerveux. Paris. |
ECCLES, J.C. (1994). How the self controls its brain.
New York : Springer-Verlag. |
|
FRITSCH, G. & HITZIG, E. (1870). On the
electrical excitability of the cerebrum. |
LEDOUX, J.E. (1994). Emotion, memory and the brain. Scientific
American, 270, 50-57.
[PDF] |
|
|
UNGERLEIDER, L.G. & HAXBY, J.V. (1994). "What" and
"where" in the human brain. Current Opinion in
Neurobiology, 4 (2), 157-165. |
|
LUYS, L. (1876). Le cerveau et ses fonctions. |
GAZZANIGA, M.S. (1995). Principles of human brain
organization derived from split-brain studies. Neuron,
14, 217-228.
[PDF] |
|
FERIER, D. (1876). The functions of the brain.
New York : Putnam. |
SARTER, M., BERNSTON, G.G. & CACIOPPO, J.T. (1996).
Brain imaging and cognitive neuroscience : Toward strong
inference in attributing function to structure. American
Psychologist, 51, 13-21. [PDF] |
|
MEYNERT, T.H. (1885). Psychiatry, a clinical treatise
on diseases of the forebrain based upon a study of its
structure, function and nutrition. London :
Puttnam’s Sons. |
GABBARD, G.O. (1998). The impact of psychotherapy on the
brain. Psychiatric Times, 15 (9), 1, 26. |
|
LOEB, J. (1900). Comparative physiology of the brain
and comparative psychology. New York : G.P. |
VALENSTEIN, E.S. (1998). Blaming the brain : The truth
about drugs and mental health. New York : Free
Press. |
|
BEAN, R.B. (1906). Some racial peculiarities of the Negro
brain. American Journal of Anatomy, 5, 353-432. |
SAKURAI, Y. (1999). How do cell assemblies encode
information in the brain ? Neuroscience &
Biobehavioral Reviews, 23, 785-796. |
|
BEAUNIS, H.E. (1909). Comment fonctionne mon cerveau :
essai de psychologie introspective. Revue
Philosophique, 67, 29-40. |
MILNER, P.M. (1999). The autonomous brain : A neural
theory of attention and learning. Taylor &
Francis, Inc. |
|
FRANZ, S.I. (1916). The functions of the cerebrum. Psychological
Bulletin, 13, 149-173. |
HOBSON, J.A., PACE-SHOTT, E.F. & STICKGOLD, R. (2000).
Dreaming and the brain : toward a cognitive neuroscience
of conscious states. Behavioral & Brain Sciences,
23 (6), 793-842. [PDF] |
|
LASHLEY, K.S. (1929). Brain mechanisms and
intelligence : A quantitative study of injuries to the
brain. Chicago : University of Chicago Press. |
PENNINGTON, B.F., FILIPEK, P.A., LEFLY, D., CHHABILDAS,
N., KENNEDY, D.N., SIMON, J.H., FILLEY, C.M., GALABURDA,
A. & DeFRIES, J.C. (2000). A twin study of size
variations in the human brain. Journal of Cognitive
Neuroscience, 12 (1), 223-232. [PDF] |
|
SHERRINGTON, C.S. (1933). The brain and its mechanism.
Cambridge. |
SERENO, S.C. & RAYNER, K. (2000). The when and where
of reading in the brain. Brain & Cognition, 42,
78-81. [PDF] |
|
BREMER, F. (1935). Cerveau "isole" et physiologie du
sommeil. Comptes Rendus des Séances de la Société de
Biologie, 118, 1235-1241. |
DUCHAINE, B., COSMIDES, L. & TOOBY, J. (2001).
Evolutionary psychology and the brain. Current Opinion
in Neurobiology, 11 (2), 225-230. [PDF] |
|
ASHBY, W.R. (1952). Design for a brain. York :
Wiley. |
SOLMS, M. & TURNBULL, O. (2002). The brain and
the inner world : an introduction to the neuroscience of
subjective experience. New York : Other Press. |
| |
BARON-COHEN, S. (2002). The extreme male brain theory of
autism. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 6 (6),
248-254. [PDF] |
|
DELGADO, J.M.R., ROBERTS, W.W. & MILLER, N.E. (1954).
Learning motivated by electrical stimulation of the brain.
American Journal of Physiology, 179, 587-593. |
ALLEN, J.S., DAMASIO, H. & GRABOWSKI T.J. (2002).
Normal neuroanatomical variation in the human brain : An
MRI-volumetric study. American Journal of Physical
Anthropology, 1 (18), 341-358. |
|
|
ADRIAN, E.D. (1957). The analysis of the nervous system :
Sherrington memorial lecture. Proceedings of the
Royal Society of Medicine, 50, 991-998. |
LEDOUX, J.E. (2002). The emotional brain, fear, and the
amygdala. Cellular & Molecular Neurobiology, 23
(4/5), 727-738. [PDF] |
| |
HERCULANO-HOUZEL, S. (2002). Do you know your brain ? A
survey on public neuroscience literacy at the closing of
the decade of the brain. Neuroscientist, 8,
98–110. |
|
OLDS, J. (1958). Self-stimulation of the brain. Science
127, 315-334. |
SEYFARTH, R.M. & CHENEY, D.L. (2002). What are big
brains for ? Proceedings of the National Academy of
Sciences, USA., 99 (7), 4141-4142. |
|
WALTER, W.G. (1963). The living brain. New York
: W.W. Norton. |
GASER, C. & SCHLAUG, G. (2003). Brain structures
differ between musicians and non-musicians The
Journal of Neuroscience, 23 (27), 9240-9245. [PDF]
|
|
YOUNG, J.Z. (1964). A model of the brain. Oxford
: Claredon Press. |
BARON-COHEN, S. (2003). The essential difference. The
truth about the male and female brain. New York :
Basic Books. |
|
YOUNG, J.Z. (1966). The memory system of the brain. Berkeley
: University of California Press. |
DAMASIO, A.R. (2003). Spinoza avait raison, joie et
tristesse, le cerveau des émotions. Paris : Odile
Jacob. |
|
SPERRY, R.W. (1967). Split-brain approach to learning
problems. In G.C. Quarton, T. Melnechuk & F.O. Schmitt
(Eds.), The neurosciences : A study program (pp.
714-722). New York : Rockefeller University Press. |
HINES, M. (2004). Brain gender. New York :
Oxford University Press. |
| |
SODHI, M.S.K. & SANDERS-BUSH, E. (2004). Serotonin and
brain development. International Review of
Neurobiology, 59, 111-172. [PDF] |
| |
SWAAB, D.F. (2004). Sexual differentiation of the human
brain : relevance for gender identity, transsexualism and
sexual orientation. Gynecological Endocrinology, 19
(6), 301-312. [PDF] |
| |
NORTHOFF, G. (2004). Philosophy of the brain : The
brain problem. Amsterdam : John Benjamin Publishing
Company. |
| |
ALLEN, J.S., BRUSS J. & DAMASIO, H. (2004). The
structure of the human brain. American Scientist, 92,
246-250. [PDF] |
| |
LEFEBVRE, L., READER, S.M. & SOL, D. (2004). Brains,
innovations and evolution in birds and primates. Brain,
Behavior & Evolution, 63, 233-246. [PDF] |
|
BOGEN, J.E. (1969). The other side of the brain I :
Dysgraphia and dyscopia following cerebral commissurotomy.
Bulletin of the Los Angeles Neurological Society, 34,
73-105. |
VIDAL. C. et BENOIT-BROWAEYS, D. (2005). Cerveau,
sexe et pouvoir. Paris : Belin. |
| |
GABBARD, G.O. (2005). Mind, brain, and personality
disorders. American Journal of Psychiatry, 162 (4),
648-655. [PDF] |
|
GESCHWIND, N. (1972). Language and the brain. Scientific
American, 226 (4), 76-83. |
BARON-COHEN, S., KNICKMEYER, R.C. & BELMONTE, M.K.
(2005). Sex differences in the brain : Implications for
explaining autism. Science, 310, 819-823. |
| |
TOGA, A.W. & THOMPSON, P.M. (2005). Genetics of brain
structure and intelligence. Annual Review of
Neuroscience, 28, 1-23. [PDF] |
|
LURIA, A. (1973). The working brain. An introduction
to neuropsychology. New York : Penguin. |
CHAMPAGNE, F.A. & CURLEY, J.P. (2005). How social
experiences influence the brain. Current Opinion in
Neurobiology, 15 (6), 704-709. [PDF] |
|
VUILLEUMIER, P. (2005). How brains beware : Neural
mechanisms of emotional attention. Trends in
Cognitive Sciences, 9, 585-594. [PDF] |
|
SPERRY, R.W. (1976). Mental phenomena as causal
determinants in brain function. In O.O. Globus, G. Maxwell
& I. Savodnik (Eds.), Consciousness and the brain
(pp. 163-177). New York : Plenum Press. |
DORPH-PETERSEN, K.A. (2005). The influence of chronic
exposure to antipsychotic medications on brain size before
and after tissue fixation. Neuropsychopharmaology,
30, 1649-1661. |
|
|
BROWN, J.W. (1979). Language representation in the brain.
In H. Steklis & M. Raleigh (Eds.), Neurobiology
of social communication in primates. New York-San
Francisco-London : Academic Press. |
McDANIEL, M.A. (2005). Big-brained people are smarter : A
meta-analysis of the relationship between in vivo brain
volume and intelligence. Intelligence, 33 (4),
337-346. |
|
GALABURDA, A.M., LEMAY, M., KEMPER, T.L. & GESCHWIND,
N. (1978). Right-left asymmetries in the brain.
Science, 199 (4331), 852-856. |
GEARY, D.C. (2005). The origin of mind : Evolution of
brain, cognition, and general intelligence.
Washington, DC : American Psychological Association. |
|
DEKABAN, A.S. & SADOWSKY, D. (1978). Changes in brain
weights during the span of human life : Relation of brain
weights to body height and body weights. Annals of
Neurology, 4, 345-56. |
FOSSELLA, J.A. & CASEY, B.L. (2006). Genes, brain, and
behavior : Bridging disciplines. Cognitive, Affective
& Behavioral Neuroscience, 6 (1), 1-8. [PDF] |
|
BRAITENBERG, V. (2007). Brain. Scholarpedia, 2 (11),
2918. |
|
MONCRIEFF, J. & COHEN, D. (2006). Do antidepressants cure or create abnormal brain states. PLOS Medicine, 3, (7), 961-965. [PDF] |
|
GESCHWIND, N. (1979). Asymmetries of the brain. New
developments. Bulletin of the Orton Society, 29,
67-73. |
CORBALLIS, M.C. (2007). The dual-brain myth. In S.D. Sala
(Ed.), Tall tales about the mind and brain :
separating fact from fiction. Oxford : Oxford
University Press. |
|
GESCHWIND, N. (1979). Specialization of the human brain. Scientific American, 241 (3), 180-199. |
BLAKEMORE, S.J. & CHOUDHURY, S. (2006). Development of
the adolescent brain : Implications for executive function
and social cognition. Journal of Child Psychology
& Psychiatry, 47 (3), 296-312. [PDF] |
|
CRICK, F.H.C. (1979). Thinking about the brain. Scientific
American, 241 (3), 219-232. |
MARTIN, A. (2007). The representation of object concepts
in the brain. Annual Review of Psychology, 58,
25-45. [PDF] |
|
CALVIN, W.H. & OJEMANN, G.A. (1980). Inside the
brain. New York : New American Library. |
MIKLOSI, A., TOPAL, J. & CSANYI, V. (2007). Big
thoughts in small brains ? Dogs as a model for
understanding human social cognition. Cognitive
Neuroscience & Neuropsychology, 18, 467-471. |
|
SEJNOWSKI, T.J. Skeleton filters in the brain. In G.E.
Hinton & J.A. Anderson (Ed.), Parallel models of
associative memory (pp. 189-212). Lawrence Erlbaum
Associates, Hillsdale : New Jersey. [PDF] |
CRAVER, C.F. (2007). Explaining the brain : Mechanisms
and the mosaic unity of neuroscience. New York :
Oxford University Press. |
|
HÉCAEN, H. & LANTÉRI-LAURA, G. (1983). Les
fonctions du cerveau. Paris : Masson. |
FEUILLET L., PELLETIER, J. & DUFOUR, H. (2007). Brain
of a white-collar worker. The Lancet, 370 (9583),
262. [PDF] |
|
ECCLES, J.C. (1983). Mind and brain : The
many-faceted problems. Icus Books. |
CAREY, D.P. (2007). Is bigger really better? The search
for brain size and intelligence in the twenty-first
century. In S.D. Sala (Ed.), Tall tales about the mind
and brain : separating fact from fiction. Oxford :
Oxford University Press. |
|
CORICELLI, G., DOLAN, R.J. & SIRIGU, A. (2007). Brain,
emotion and decision making : the paradigmatic example of
regret. Trends in Cognitive Science, 11 (6),
258-265. [PDF] |
|
BAR, M. (2007). The proactive brain : using analogies and
associations to generate predictions. Trends in
Cognitive Sciences, 11 (7), 280-289. |
|
BEALS, K.L., SMITH, C.L. & DODD, S.M. (1984). Brain
size, cranial morphology, climate and time machines.
Current Anthropology, 25, 301-330. |
BEAUREGARD, M. & O'LEARY, D. (2007). The
spiritual brain : A neuroscientist's case for the
existence of the soul. Harper Collins. |
|
JONIDES, J., LEWIS, R.L., NEE, D.E., LUSTIG, C.A., BERMAN,
M. & MOORE, K.S. (2008). The mind and brain of
short-term memory. Annual Review of Psychology, 59, 193-224.
[PDF] |
|
SWAAB, D.F. & HOFMAN, M.A. (1984). Sexual
differentiation of the human brain a historical
perspective. Progress in Brain Research, 61, 361-374.
[PDF] |
McCABE, D.P. & CASTEL, A.D. (2008). Seeing is
believing : the effect of brain images on judgments of
scientific reasoning. Cognition, 107, 343-352. [PDF] |
|
AWH, E. & VOGEL, E. (2006). The bouncer in the brain.
Nature Neuroscience, 11 (1), 5-6. [PDF] |
|
GAZZANIGA, M.S. (1985). The social brain. New
York : Basic Books. |
GIEDD, J.N. (2008). The teen brain : Insights from
neuroimaging. Journal of Adolescent Health, 42,
335-343. [PDF] |
|
HOLLOWAY, R.L. (2008). The human brain evolving : A
personal retrospective. Annual Review of Anthropology, 37 (1), 1-19. [PDF]
|
|
CALVIN, W.H. (1987). The brain as a Darwin machine.
Nature, 330, 33-34. |
BUCKNER, R.L., ANDREW-HANNA, J.R. & SCHACTER, D.L.
(2008). The brain’s default network anatomy, function, and
relevance to disease. Annals of the New York Academy
of Science, 1124, 1-38. [PDF] |
|
AMBADY, N. & BHARUCHA, J. (2009). Culture and the
brain. Current Directions in Psychological Science,
18 (6), 342-345. [PDF] |
|
LUPIEN, S.J., McEWEN, B.S., GUNNAR, M.R. & HEIM, C.
(2009). Effects of stress throughout the lifespan on the
brain, behaviour and cognition. Nature Reviews :
Neurosciences, 10 (6), 434-445. [PDF] |
|
SWAAB, D.F. & GARCIA-FALGUERAS, A. (2009). Sexual
differentiation of the human brain in relation to gender
identity and sexual orientation. Functional
Neurology, 24 (1), 17-28. [PDF] |
|
LANTÉRI-LAURA, G. (1987). Clefs pour le cerveau.
Paris : Seghers. |
PARENT, A. (2009). Histoire du cerveau : De
l'antiquité aux neurosciences. Laval : Les presses
de l'Université Laval. |
|
|
ZEEGERS, M., HULSHOFF-POL, H., DURSTON, S., NEDERVEEN, H.,
SCHNACK, H., VANDAALEN, E. & BUITELAAR, J. (2009). No
differences in MR-based volumetry between 2- and
7-year-old children with autism spectrum disorder and
developmental delay. Brain Development, 21,
725-730. |
|
FINE, C. (2010). From scanner to soundbite : Issues in
interpreting and reporting sex differences in the brain. Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 19, 280-283. [PDF] |
|
BECK D.M. (2010). The appeal of the brain in the popular
press. Perspectives on Psychological Science 5, 762–766. |
|
YOUNG, J.Z. (1987). Philosophy and the brain.
Oxford : Oxford University Press. |
HO, B., ANDREASEN, N.C., ZIEBELL, S., PIERSON, R. &
MAGNOTTA, V. (2011). Long-term antipsychotic treatment and
brain volumes. Archives of General Psychiatry, 68, 128-137.
[PDF] |
|
YEO, R.A., TURHEIMER, E., RAZ, N. & BIGLER, E.D.
(1987). Volumetric asymmetries of the human brain :
Intellectual correlates. Brain & Cognition, 6, 15-23. |
VLAEV, I., CHATER, N., STEWART, N. & BROWN, G.D.A.
(2011). Does the brain calculate value ? Trends in
Cognitive Sciences, 15, 546-554. |
|
JOEL, D. (2011). Male or female ? Brains are intersex.
Frontiers in Integrative Neuroscience, 5 [57],
1-5. [PDF] |
|
VALENSTEIN, E.S. (1988). Blaming the brain : The
truth about drugs and mental health. New York :
Free Press. |
VIDAL, C. (2012). Cerveau, sexe et péjugés. Dans L.
Cossette (Dir.), Cerveau, hormones et sexe (p.
11-28). Montréal : Les Éditions du Remue-ménage. |
|
REEKE, G. & EDELMAN, G. 1988). Real brains and
artificial inteligence. Daedalus, 117 (1),
143-173. |
PERLOVSKY, L.I. & ILLIN, R. (2012). Brain. Conscious
and unconscious mechanisms of cognition, emotions, and
language. Brain Sciences, 2 (4), 790-834. [PDF] |
|
ROSENFIELD, I. (1988). The invention of memory. A new
view of the brain. New York : Basic Books. |
BEJEROT, S., ERIKSSON, J.M., BONDE, S, CARLSTROM, K,
HUMBLE, M.B. & ERIKSSON, E. (2012). The extreme male
brain revisited : gender coherence in adults with autism
spectrum disorder. British Journal of Psychiatry, 201,
116-123. |
|
ROYLE, N.A., BOOTH, T., VALDÉS HERNÀNDEZ, M.C., PENKE, L.,
MURRAY, C., GOW, A.J., MUNOZ MANIEGA, S., STARR, J.M.,
BASTIN, M.E., DEARY, I.J. & WARDLAW, J.M. (2013).
Estimated maximal and current brain volume predict
cognitive ability in old age. Neurobiology of Aging,
34, 2726-2733. [PDF] |
|
JOEL, D. (2012). Genetic-gonadal-genitals sex (3G-sex) and
the misconception of brain and gender, or, why 3G-males
and 3G-females have intersex brain and intersex gender.
Biology of Sex Differences, 3, [27], 1-6. [PDF] |
|
FLOOD, D.G. & COLEMAN, P.D. (1988). Neuron numbers and
sizes in aging brain : Comparisons of human, monkey, and
rodent data. Neurobiology of Aging, 9, 453-463. |
BERWICK, R.C., FRIEDERICI, A.D., CHOMSKY, N. &
BOLHUIS, J.J. (2013). Evolution, brain, and the nature of
language. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 17 (2),
89-98. [PDF] |
|
PUCETTI, R. (1989). Two brains, two minds ? Wigan's theory
of mental duality. British Journal for the Philosophy
of Science, 40, 137-144.
[PDF] |
LIN, T.-W. & KUO, Y.-M. (2013). Exercise benefits
brain fonction : The monoamine connection. Brain
science, 3, 39-53. [PDF] |
|
JOEL, D. (2014). Sex, gender, and brain - A problem of
conceptualization. In S. Schmitz & G. Höppner (Eds.),
Gendered neurocultures. Feminist and queer
perspectives on current brain discourses. Vienna :
Zaglossus. |
|
RUIGROK, A.N.V., SALIMI, G., LAI, M.-C., BARON-COHEN, S.,
LOMBARDO, M.V., TAIT, R.J. & SUCKLING, J. (2014). A
meta-analysis of sex differences in human brain structure.
Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews, 39,
34-50 |
|
JOEL, D. & YANKELEVITCH-YAHAV, R. (2014).
Reconceptualizing sex, brain and psychopathology :
Interaction, interaction, interaction. British
Journal of Pharmacology, 171, 4620-4635. [PDF] |
|
EZZATI, A., ZIMMERMAN, M.E., KATZ, J.M. & LIPTON, R.B.
(2013). Hippocampal correlates of depression in healthy
elderly adults. Hippocampus, 23 (12),
1137–1142. [PDF] |
|
JOEL, D. & YANKEVICH-YAHAV, R. (2014).
Reconceptualizing sex, brain and psychopathology :
interaction, interaction, interaction. British Journal
of Pharmacology, 171, 4620-4635. |
|
PLETSCHIG, J., PENKE, L., WICHERTS, J.M., ZELLER, M. &
VORACEK, M. (2015). Meta-analysis of associations between
human brain volume and intelligence differences : How
strong are they and what do they mean ? Neuroscience
& Biobehavioral Reviews, 57, 411-432. [PDF] |
|
JORDAN-YOUNG, R.M. (2016). Hormones, sexe et cervau.
Paris : Belin. / Brainstorm : The flaws in the science
of sexe differences. Harvard University Press. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Système nerveux
central et Hémisphères
cérébraux |
|
|
|
Cerveau (Mythes) : Ensemble
des mythes concernant le
cerveau et son fonctionnement. Mythe sur le cerveau et
Neuromythe. brain
mythe, Brain fiction.
| |
|
|
HOFMAN, M.A. & SWAAB, D.F. (1991). Sexual dimorphism
of the human brain : myth and reality. Experimental
& Clinical Endocrinology, 98 (2), 161-170. [PDF] |
LEVINTHAL, A. & MARTELL, C.R. (2006). The myth of
depression as disease : Limitations and alternatives to
drugs. New York : Praeger. |
|
GOSWANI, U. (2006). Neuroscience and education : from
research to practice ? Nature Reviews Nueroscience,
7, 406-413. |
|
BISHOP, K.M. & WALHSTEN, D. (1997). Sex difference in
the human corpus callosum : Myth or reality ? Neuroscience
Behavioral Review, 21, 581-601. [PDF] |
CORBALLIS, M.C. (2007). The dual-brain myth. In S.D. Sala
(Ed.), Tall tales about the mind and brain :
separating fact from fiction. Oxford : Oxford
University Press. |
|
HIGBEE, K.L. & CLAY, S.L. (1998). College students’
beliefs in the ten-percent myth. Journal of
Psychology, 132, 469-476. |
MONCRIEFF, J. (2008). The myth of the chemical cure :
A critique of psychiatric drug treatment. London :
Palgrave Macmillan. |
|
GWAKE, J.G. (2008). Neuromythologies in education. Educational
Research, 50, 123-133. |
|
RADFORD, B. (1999). The ten-percent myth. Skeptical
Inquirer (Committee for the Scientific
Investigation of Claims of the Paranormal).
[LIRE] |
IOANNIDIS, J. (2008). Effectiveness of antidepressants :
an evidence myth constructed from a thousand randomized
trials ? Philosophy, Ethics & Humanities in
Medicine, 3, 14. [PDF] |
|
BEYERSTEIN, B.L. (1999). Pseudoscience and the brain :
tuners and tonics for aspiring superhumans. In S. Della
Sala (Ed.), Mind myths : Exploring popular
assumptions about the mind and brain (pp. 59-82).
John wiley and Sons.
[PDF] |
KIRSCH, I. (2009). The emperor's new drugs :
Exploding the antidepressant myth. London : The
Bodley Head. |
|
LILIENFELD, S.O. LYNN, S.J., RUSCIO, J. & BEYERSTEIN,
B.L. (2009). 50 great myths of popular psychology :
Shattering widespread misconceptions about human
behavior. Wiley-Blackwell. |
|
|
TARDIF, É. et DOUDIN, P.-A. (2010). Neurosciences,
neuromythes et sciences de l'éducation. Prisme (revue
pédagogique de la Haute École Pédagogique de Lausanne,
Suisse), 12, 11-14. |
|
LINDELL, A.K & KIDD, E. (2011). Why right-brain
teaching is half- witted : a critique of the
misapplication of neuroscience to education. Mind,
Brain, & Education, 5, 121-127. |
|
BRUER, J.T. (1998). Brain science, brain fiction. Educational
Leadership, 56 (3), 14-18. |
PASQUINELLI, E. (2012). Neuromyths : why do they exist and
persist ? Mind, Brain, & Education, 6,
89-96. |
|
BEYERSTEIN, B.L. (1999). Whence cometh the myth that we
only use ten percent of our brains ? In, S. Della Sala
(Ed.), Mind myths : Exploring popular assumptions
about the mind and brain (pp. 1-24). Chichester, UK
: John Wiley and Sons., Ltd. |
DEKKER, S., LEE, N.C., HOWARD-JONES, P. & JOLLES, J.
(2012). Neuromyths in education : Prevalence and
predictors of misconceptions among teachers. Frontiers
in Psychology, 3, 1-8. [PDF] |
|
JUNG, R.E., YEO, R.A., CHIULLI, S.J., SIBBITT, W.L. &
BROOKS, W.M. (2000). Myths of neuropsychology :
Intelligence, neurometabolism, and cognitive ability. The
Clinical Neuropsychologist, 14 (4), 535-545. |
HOWARD-JONES, P.A. (2014). Neuroscience and education :
Myths and messages. Nature Reviews Neuroscience, 15
(12), 817-824. [PDF] |
|
CORBALIS, M.C. (2014). Left brain, right brain : Facts and
fantasies. PLoS Biology, 12 (1), e1001767. |
|
KARAKUS, O., HOWARD-JONES, P. & JAY, T. (2015).
Primary and secondary school teachers' knowledge and
misconceptions about the brain in Turkey. Procedia -
Social & Behavioral Sciences, 174, 1933-1940. |
|
HERCULANO-HOUZEL, S. (2002). Do you know your brain ? A
survey on public neuroscience literacy at the closing of
the decade of the brain. Neuroscientist 8,
98–110. |
MASSON, S. (2015). Les apports de la neuroéducation à
l'enseignement : des neuromythes aux découvertes
actuelles. Approche Neuropsychologique des
Apprentissages chez l'Enfant, 134, 11-22. |
|
KIRSCHNER, P.A. & DE BRUYCKERE, P. (2017). The myths
of the digital native and the multitasker. Teaching
& Teacher Education, 67, 135-142. [PDF] |
|
MACDONALD, K., GERMINE, L., ANDERSON, A., CHRISTODOULOU,
J. & MCGRATH, L.M. (2017). Dispelling the myth :
Training in education or neuroscience decreases but does
not eliminate beliefs in neuromyths. Frontiers of
Psychology, 8, [1314], 1-15. [PDF] |
|
OKAFOR, I.A., OKPARA, U.D. & IBEABUCHI, C. (2022). The
reproductive functions of the human brain regions : A
systematic review. Journal of Human Reproductive, 15
(2), 102-114. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Cerveau, Neuromythe,
Phénomène paranormal
et Mythe |
| |
|
|
Cerveau (Taille/Volume) :
Brain size, human brain volume, size variations in the brain,
volumetric asymmetries of the human brain.
| |
|
AUBERTIN, E. (1861). Reprise de la discussion sur la forme
et le volume du cerveau. Bulletins et Mémoires de la
Société d'Anthropologie de Paris, 2, 209–220.
|
PENNINGTON, B.F., FILIPEK, P.A., LEFLY, D. &
CHHABILDAS, N., KENNEDY, D.N., SIMON, J.H., FILLEY, C.M.,
GALABURDA, A. & DeFRIES, J.C. (2000). ). A twin study
of size variations in the human brain. Journal of
Cognitive Neuroscience, 12 (1), 223-232. [PDF]
|
|
VAN VALEN, L. (1974). Brain size and intelligence in man.
American Journal of Physical Anthropology, 40,
417-424. |
SCHOENEMANN, P.T., BUDINGER, T.F., SARICH, V.M. &
WANG, W. (2000). Brain size does not predict general
cognitive ability within families. Proceedings of the
National Academy of Sciences, 97 (9), 4932-4937. |
|
PASSINGHAM, R.E. (1979). Brain size and intelligence in
man. Brain, Behavior, & Evolution, 16, 253-270. |
|
|
VOIGT, J. & PAKKENBERG, H. (1983). Brain weight of
Danish children. Acta Anatomica, 116, 290-301. |
LÜDERS, E., STEINMETZ, H. & JÄNCKE, L., (2002). Brain
size and grey matter volume in the healthy human brain. Neuroreport, 13 (17), 2371–2374.
|
|
YEO, R.A., TURKHEIMER, E., RAZ, N. & BIGLER. E.D.
(1987). Volumetric asymmetries of the human brain :
Intellectual correlates. Brain & Cognition, 6,
15-23. |
LÜDERS, E., REX, D.E., NARR, K.L., WOODS, R.P., JANCKE,
L., THOMPSON, P.M., MAZZIOTTA, J.C. & TOGA, A.W.
(2003). Relationships between sulcal asymmetries and
corpus callosum size : gender and handedness effects. Cerebral
Cortex, 13 (10), 1084-1093. |
|
|
WILLERMAN, L., SCHULTZ, R., RUTLEDGE, J.N. & BIGLER,
E.D. (1991). In vivo brain size and intelligence. Intelligence,
15, 223-228. |
GIGNAC, C., VERNON, P.A. & WICKETT, J.C. (2003).
Factors influencing the relationship between brain size
and intelligence. In H. Nyborg (Ed.), The scientific
study of general intelligence : Tribute to Arthur R.
Jensen (pp. 93-106). Oxford : Pergamon. |
|
ANKNEY, C.D. (1992). Sex difference in relative brain size
: The mismeasure of woman, too ? Intelligence, 16, 329-336.
|
McDANIEL, M.A. (2005). Big-brained people are smarter : A
meta-analysis of the relationship between in vivo brain
volume and intelligence. Intelligence, 33 (4),
337-346. |
|
RUSHTON, J.P. (1992). Cranial capacity related to sex,
rank and race in a stratified sample of 6,325 military
personnel. Intelligence, 16, 401-413. |
NYBORG, H. (2005). Sex-related differences in general
intelligence g, brain size, and social status.
Personality & Individual Differences, 39, 497-509.
[PDF] |
|
RUSHTON, J.P. (1993). Corrections to a paper on race and
sex difference in brain size and intelligence.
Personality & Individual Differences, 15 (2),
229-231. [PDF] |
NARR, K.L., WOODS, R.P., THOMPSON, P.M., SZESZKO, P.,
ROBINSON, D., DIMTCHEVA, T., GURBANI, M., TOGA, A.W. &
BILDDER, R.M. (2007). Relationships between IQ and
regional cortical gray matter thickness in healthy adults.
Cerebral Cortex, 17, 2163-2171. |
|
RUSHTON, J.P. (1994). Sex and race differences in cranial
capacity from International Labour Office data. Intelligence,
19, 281-294. |
|
|
WAICERRR, J.C., VERNON, P.A. & LEE, D.H. (1994). In
vivo brain size, head perimeter, and intelligence in a
sample of healthy adult females. Personality &
Individual Differences, 16, 831-838. |
NYBORG, H. (2007). Intelligence, hormones, sex, brain size
and biochemistry : It all needs to have equal causal
standing before integration is possible. Behavioral
& Brain Sciences, 30, 164-165. |
|
LYNN, R. (1994). Sex differences in intelligence and brain
size : A paradox resolved. Personality &
Individual, Differences, 17, 257-271. |
RUSTON, J.P. & ANKNEY, C.D. (2009). Whole brain size
and general mental ability : a review. International
Journal of Neuroscience, 119, 691-731. [PDF] |
|
ANKNEY, C.D. (1995). Sex difference in brain size and
mental abilities : Comments on R. Lynn and Benbow, C.P. Personality
& Individual Differences, 18, 423-424. |
LUDERS, E., TOGA, A.W., LEPORE, N. & GASER, C. (2009).
The underlying anatomical correlates of long-term
meditation : Larger hippocampal and frontal volumes of
gray matter. NeuroImage, 45 (3), 672-678. [PDF] |
|
RUSHTON, J.P. & ANKEY, C.D. (1996). Brain size and
cognitive ability : Correlations with age, sex, social
class, and race. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 3
(1), 21-36. [PDF] |
LÜDERS, E., TOGA, A.W. & THOMPSON, P.M. (2014). Why
size matters : differences in brain volume account for
apparent sex differences in callosal anatomy : the sexual
dimorphism of the corpus callosum. Neuroimage, 84, 820–824.
[PDF] |
|
LYNN, R. (1999). Sex difference in intelligence and brain
size : A developmental theory. Intelligence, 27 (1),
1-12. |
PLETSCHIG, J., PENKE, L., WICHERTS, J.M., ZELLER, M. &
VORACEK, M. (2015). Meta-analysis of associations between
human brain volume and intelligence differences : How
strong are they and what do they mean ? Neuroscience
& Biobehavioral Reviews, 57, 411-432. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Dimorphisme,
Différence
sexuelle/Cerveau et Cerveau |
|
GOULD, S.J. (1996/7). The mismeasure of Man / La
mal-mesure de l'homme. Paris : Odile Jacob/W.W.
Norton. |
|
|
|
Cerveau
divisé : Split-brain, separated
hemispheres.
| |
|
|
GLICKSTEIN, M. & SPERRY, R.W. (1959). Intermanual
transfer of somesthetic discriminations in split-brain
Rhesus monkeys. Physiologist, 2, 45-46. |
LEDOUX, J.E., WILSON, D.H. & GAZZANIGA, M.S. (1977). A
divided mind : observation conscious properties of the
separated hemispheres. Annals of Neurology, 2,
417-421. [PDF] |
|
SCHRIER, A.M. & SPERRY, R.W. (1959). Visuomotor
integration in split-brain cats. Science, 129,
1275-1276. |
ZAIDEL, E. (1978). Concepts of cerebral dominance in the
split brain. In P. Buser & A. Rougeul (Eds.), Cerebral
correlates of conscious experience (pp. 263-284).
Amsterdam : Elsevier. |
|
GLICKSTEIN, M. & SPERRY, R.W. (1960). Intermanual
somesthetic transfer in split-brain Rhesus monkeys. Journal
of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 53,
322-327. |
BOGEN, J.E. (1986). Split-brain basics : Relevance for the
concept of one's other mind. Journal of the American
Academy of Psychoanalysis, 28 (2), 341-369. |
|
LASSONDE, M. & JEEVES, M. (Eds.) (1994). Callosal
agenesis : A natural split brain ? New York :
Plenum Press. |
|
LEE-TENG, E. & SPERRY, R.W. (1966). Intermanual
stereognostic size discrimination in split-brain monkeys.
Journal of Comparative & Physiological, 62,
84-89. |
GAZZANIGA, M.S. (1995). Principles of human brain
organization derived from split-brain studies. Neuron,
14, 217-228.
[PDF] |
|
IACOBONI, M. & ZAIDEL, E. (1995). Channels of the
corpus callosum. Evidence from simple reaction times to
lateralized flashes in the normal and the split brain.
Brain, 118 (3), 779-788. |
|
SPERRY, R.W. (1967). Split-brain approach to learning
problems. In G.C. Quarton, T. Melnechuk & F.O. Schmitt
(Eds.), The neurosciences : A study program (pp.
714-722). New York : Rockefeller University Press. |
MORIN, A. (2001). The split-brain debate revisited : On
the importance of language and self-recognition for right
hemispheric consciousness. Journal of Mind &
Behavior, 22 (2), 107-118. [PDF] |
|
HAMILTON, C.R., HILLYARD, S.A. & SPERRY, R.W. (1968).
Interhemispheric comparison of color in split-brain
monkeys. Experimental Neurology, 21, 486-494. |
LASSONDE, M. (2002). Split brain research. In Encyclopedia
of cognitive science (pp. 206-211). London :
Nature/ MacMillan Press. |
|
UDDIN, L.Q., RAYMAN, J. & ZAIDEL, E. (2005).
Split-brain reveals separate but equal self-recognition in
the two cerebral hemispheres. Consciousness &
Cognition 14 (3), 633-640.
|
|
GAVALES, R. & SPERRY, R.W. (1969). Central integration
of visual half fields in split-brain monkeys. Brain
Research, 15, 97-106. |
UDDIN, L.Q., MOOSHAGIAN, E., ZAIDEL, E. & SCHERES, A.
(2008). Residual functional correlation in the split-brain
revealed with resting-state functional MRI. Neuroreport,
19 (7), 703-709.
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Cerveau |
| CARPENTER,
M.B. & SUTIN, J. (1983). Human neuroanatomy.
Londres : Williams & Wilkins. |
|
|
Cerveau
émotionnel : = cerveau
affectif. Emotional brain.
| |
|
|
LEDOUX, J.E. (2002). The emotional brain, fear, and the
amygdala. Cellular & Molecular Neurobiology, 23
(4/5), 727-738. [PDF] |
|
LOTSTA, F. (2002). Le cerveau émotionnel ou la
neuroanatomie des émotions. Cahiers Critiques de
Thérapie Familiale et de Pratiques de Réseaux, 29,
73-86.
[PDF] |
|
WAGER, T.D. & OCHSNER, K.N. (2005). Sex differences in
the emotional brain. NeuroReport, 16 (2), 85-87.
[PDF] |
|
YOO, S.S., GUJAR, N., HU, P., JOLESZ, F.A. & WALKER,
M.P. (2007). The human emotional brain without sleep-A
prefrontal amygdala disconnect. Current Biology, 17,
877-878. [PDF] |
|
|
PINEL, J. (2007). Biopsychologie. Pearsons. |
|
|
Cerveau
humain : Selon Maclean,
ce cerveau serait la plus récente partie
du cerveau humain. Ce nouveau cerveau ou "néo-cortex"
est apparu chez les primates.
Il prend la forme de deux gros hémisphères
cérébraux. Chez l'humain, il assure les fonctions dites nobles ou
supérieures, comme la conscience et
l'apprentissage du langage,
de la pensée abstraite, de la logique, de l’imagination,
etc. = cerveau rationnel, néo-cortex,
cerveau moderne. Human brain.
| |
|
|
MACLEAN, P.D. (1990). The triune brain in evolution :
Role in paleocerebral functions. Springer. |
| ROSENZWEIG,
M. et LEIMAN, A.L. (1991). Psychophysiologie.
Ville Mont Royal : Décarie. |
|
|
Cerveau
limbique : Selon Maclean,
ce cerveau s'est développé chez les
premiers mammifères
(dont nos premiers ancêtres) après le cerveau
reptilien. Il est apparu chez les premiers mammifères
il y a environ 150 millions d'années, et les a rendus capables de
mémoriser les expériences
agréables ou désagréables, et donc d'éprouver des émotions.
Il comprend principalement l’hypothalamus,
l’hippocampe, l’amygdale.
C’est dans ces sous-structures que seraient stockées nos valeurs,
nos opinions, nos idées
irrationnelles. = système linbique. Limbic
brain.
| |
|
|
MACLEAN, P.D. (1990). The triune brain in evolution :
Role in paleocerebral functions. Springer. |
|
MORGANE, P.J. & GALLER, J.R. & MOKLER, D.J.
(2005). A review of systems and networks of the limbic
forebrain/limbic midbrain. Progress in Neurobiology,
75, 143-160. [PDF] |
| ROSENZWEIG,
M. et LEIMAN, A.L. (1991). Psychophysiologie.
Ville Mont Royal : Décarie. |
|
|
Cerveau
reptilien : Selon Maclean,
ce cerveau serait la plus vieille partie
du cerveau humain. Il est apparu chez les poissons
il y a environ 500 millions d'années. Il s'acquitte des fonctions
vitales de l’organisme
et régule la température
corporelle, le rythme
cardio-vasculaire, l’équilibre,
la respiration, etc. Il
est composé du tronc
cérébral et du cervelet.
= cerveau primitif. Reptilian brain.
| |
|
|
MACLEAN, P.D. (1990). The triune brain in
evolution : Role in paleocerebral functions.
Springer. |
|
LIEBERMAN, P. (2003). Human language and our
reptilian brain : The subcortical bases of speech,
syntax and thought. Cambridge, MA : Harvard
University Press. |
|
|
Voir aussi Maclean |
| ROSENZWEIG,
M. et LEIMAN, A.L. (1991). Psychophysiologie.
Ville Mont Royal : Décarie. |
|
|
Cerveau
triunique : Théorie des trois cerveaux
développée par Maclean, selon
laquelle le cerveau serait divisé en trois structures distinctes,
spécialisées mais étroitement reliées entre elles. Apparues
successivement chez nos ancêtres, ces sous-structures auraient été
lentement façonnées par l'évolution, d'où le vocable cerveau
reptilien, cerveau limbique de mammifère et cerveau humain
utilisé pour les nommer. Triune brain.
| |
|
|
MACLEAN, P.D. (1990). The triune brain in
evolution : Role in paleocerebral functions.
Springer. |
| ROSENZWEIG,
M. et LEIMAN, A.L. (1991). Psychophysiologie.
Ville Mont Royal : Décarie. |
|
|
Cerveau
virtuel : Désigne l'ensemble des processus cognitifs
qui permettent à un organisme de traiter
l'information et donc de s'adapter au milieu (résolution de
problème). Ces processus sont
inférés plutôt qu'observés. Les théories de ce domaine de
recherche ont pour but d'expliquer le comportement
moteur et verbal (pensée), et non le fonctionnement
biologique du cerveau réel.
Cerveau virtuel, machine
binaire et analogie
fonctionnelle. = cerveau formel,
cerveau cognitif, cerveau computationnel, cerveau analogique. /cerveau
biologique.
Virtual brain, cognitive
brain, computational brain, Conceptuel Nervous System.
| |
|
|
HEBB, D.O. (1955). Drives and the C.N.S. (Conceptuel
Nervous System). Psychological Review, 62, 243-254.
[LIRE] |
CSÀNYI, V. (1992). The brain's models and communication.
In T.A. Sebeok & J. Umiker-Sebeok (Eds.), The
semiotic web (pp. 27-43). Berlin : Moyton de
Gruyter, |
|
GROSSBERG, S. (1980). How does a brain build a cognitive
code ? Psychological Review, 87, 1-51. |
BUTTERWORTH, B. (1999). The mathematical brain.
London : Macmillan. |
|
GROSSBERG, S. (1980). Human and computer rules and
representations are not equivalent. Behavioral &
Brain Sciences, 3, 136-138. |
SPIVEY, M., RIDCHARSON, D & FITVENA, S. (2004).
Thinking outside the brain : Spatial inidices to visual
and linguistic information. In J. Henderson & F.
Ferreira. (Eds.), The Interface of vision language and
action. New York : Psychology Press. |
|
CHURCHLAND, P.S. & SEJNOWSKI, T. (1992). The
computational brain. Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
LITT, A., ELIASMITH, C., KROON, F.W., WEINSTEIN, S. &
THAGARD, P. (2006). Is the brain a quantum computer. Cognitive
Science, 30, 593-603. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir Traiter
l'information, Machine
binaire et
Cerveau |
|
|
Cervelet
: Chez l'humain et l'ensemble des mammifères,
partie de l'encéphale
qui régit le mouvement
volontaire, les activités musculaires toniques de la
posture, ainsi que l'équilibre.
Il est aussi à l'oeuvre dans l'apprentissage
de certains types de réponses
simples. Le cervelet est en fait un centre régulateur de la fonction
motrice. Il se subdivise en trois parties :
l'archéocérébellum, le paléocérébellum et le néocérébellum. Il
est relié à la moelle
épinière, et au mésencéphale
par l’intermédiaire des pédoncules
cérébelleux. = petit cerveau.
Cerebellum.
| |
|
|
BREMER, F. (1927). Recherches sur la physiologie du
cervelet chez le pigeon. Archives Internationales
de Physiologie et de Biochimie, 28, 58-95. |
WOODRUFF-PAK, D.S. GOLDENBERG, G., DOWNEY-LAMB, M. M.,
BOYKO, O.B. & EMIEUX, S.K. (2000). Cerebellar volume
in humans related to magnitude of classical
conditioning. NeuroReport, 14, 609-615. |
|
MAGOUN, H.W., HARE, W.K. & RANSON, S.W. (1937). Role
of cerebellum in postural contractions. Archives of
Neurology & Psychiatry, 37 (6), 1237-1250. |
MIDDLETON, F.A. & STRICK, P.L. (2000). Basal ganglia
and cerebellar loops : motor and cognitive circuits. Brain
Research. Brain Research Reviews, 31, 236-250. |
|
SPRAGUE, J.M. & CHAMBERS, W.W. (1954). Control of
posture by reticular formation and cerebellum in the
intact, anesthetized and unanesthetized and in the
decerebrated cat. American Journal of Physiology,
17, 652-664. |
NICOLSON, R.I. & FAWCETT, A.J. & DEAN, P.
(2001). Developmental dyslexia : the cerebellar deficit
hypothesis. Trends in Neurosciences, 24 (9),
508-516. [PDF] |
|
GOODALL, G. (1984). Cerebellar involvement in avoidance
and escape learning. Brain Research, 6 (2-3),
219-220. |
ZEFFIRO, T. & EDEN, G. (2001). The cerebellum and
dyslexia : Perpetrator or innocent bystander ? : Comment
from Thomas Zeffiro and Guinevere Eden to Nicolson et
al. Trends in Neurosciences, 24 (9), 512-513. |
|
CLARK, R.E., ZHANG, A.A. & LAVOND, D.G. (1992).
Reversible lesions of the cerebellar interpositus
nucleus during acquisition and retention of a
classically conditioned behavior. Behavioural
Neuroscience, 106, 879-888. |
RAVIZZA, S.M. & IVRY, R.B. (2001). Comparison of the
basal ganglia and cerebellum in shifting attention. Journal
of Cognitive Neuroscience, 13 (3), 285-297. |
|
FAWCETT, A.J., NICOLSON, R.I. & DEAN, P. (1996).
Impaired performance of children with dyslexia on a
range of cerebellar tasks. Annals of Dyslexia, 46,
259-283.
[PDF] |
VAN MIER, H. & PETERSEN, S.E. (2002). Role of the
cerebellum in motor cognition. Annals of the New
York Academy of Sciences, 878 (3), 334-353. [PDF] |
|
NICOLSON, R.I. & FAWCETT, A.J. & DEAN, P.
(1995). Time estimation deficits in developmental
dyslexia : Evidence for cerebellar involvement. Proceedings
of the Royal Society of London : Biological Sciences,
259, 43-47. |
RAE, C., HARASTY, J., DZENDROWSKYJ, T.E., TALCOT, J.B.
SIMPSON, J.M., BLAMIRE, A.M., DIXON, R.M., LEE, M.A.,
THOMPSON, C.H., STYLES, P., RICHARDSON, A.J. &
STEIN, J.F. (2002). Cerebellar morphology in
developmental dyslexia. Neuropsychologia, 40, 1285-1292.
[PDF] |
|
|
ALLEN, G., BUXTON, R.B., WONG, E.C. & COURCHESNE, E.
(1997). Attentional activation of the cerebellum
independent of motor involvement. Science, 275
(5308), 1940-1943. |
FAWCETT, A.J. & NICOLSON, R.I. (2003). Dyslexia :
The role of the cerebellum. Electronic Journal of
Research in Educational Psychology, 2 (2), 35-58.
[PDF] |
|
DOYON, J., LAFORCE, R., BOUCHARD, G., GAUDREAU, D., ROY,
J., POIRIER, M., BÉDARD, F. & BOUCHARD, J.P. (1998).
Role of the striatum, cerebellum and frontal lobes in
the automatization of a repeated visuomotor sequence of
movements. Neuropsychologia, 36 (7), 625-641. |
LEE, T. & KIM, J.J. (2004). Differential effects of
cerebellar, amygdalar, and hippocampal lesions on
classical eyeblink conditioning in rats. The
Journal of Neuroscience, 24 (13), 3242–3250. [PDF] |
|
SCHMAHMANN, J.D. & SHERMAN, J.C. (1998). The
cerebellar cognitive affective syndrome. Brain, 121
(4), 561-579. [PDF] |
NICOLSON, R.I. & FAWCETT, A.J. (2005). Developmental
dyslexia, learning and the cerebellum. Journal of
Neural Transmission, 69 (S), 19-36. |
|
NICOLSON, R.I. & FAWCETT, A.J., BERRY, E.L.,
JENKINS, H., DEAN, P. & BROOKS, D. (1999).
Association of abnormal cerebellar activation with motor
learning difficulties in dyslexic adults. The
Lancet, 353, 1662-1667. |
HAUTZEL, H., MOTTAGHY, F.M., SPECHT, K., MÜLLER, H.-W.
& KRAUSE, B.J. (2009). Evidence of a
modality-dependent role of the cerebellum in working
memory ? An fMRI study comparing verbal and abstract
n-back tasks. NeuroImage, 47, 2073–2082. [PDF] |
|
NICOLSON, R.I. & FAWCETT, A.J. (1999). Developmental
dyslexia : The role of the cerebellum. Dyslexia, 5,
515-577. [PDF] |
NICOLSON, R.I. & FAWCETT, A.J. (2009). Dyslexia,
dysgraphia, procedural learning and the cerebellum. Cortex,
47 (1), 117-127. |
|
FAWCETT, A.J. & NICOLSON, R.I. (1999). Performance
of dyslexic children on cerebellar and cognitive tests.
Journal of Motor Behaviour, 31, 68-78. |
PONTI, G., CROCIARA, P., ARMENTANO, M. & BONFANTI,
L. (2010). Adult neurogenesis without germinal layers :
the "atypical" cerebellum of rabbits. Archives
Italiennes de Biologie, 148, 147-158. [PDF] |
|
STOODLEY, C.J. & STEIN, J.F. (2011). The cerebellum
and dyslexia. Cortex, 47, 101-116. [PDF] |
|
|
| ROSENZWEIG,
M. et LEIMAN, A.L. (1991). Psychophysiologie.
Ville Mont Royal : Décarie. |
Voir aussi Cerveau |
|
|
Cesario
Joseph ( ) : Psychosociologue
et épistémologue américain. Collaborateur de
Higgins et Navarrete.
|
CESARIO, J., PLAKS, J.E. & HIGGINS, E.T. (2006).
Automatic social behavior as motivated preparation to
interact. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 90, 893-910.
[PDF] |
|
CESARIO, J., PLAKS, J.E., HAGIWARA, N., NAVARETE, C.D.
& HIGGINS, E.T. (2010). The ecology of automaticity :
How situational contingencies shape action semantics and
social behavior. Psychological Science, 21,
1311-1317. [PDF] |
|
CESARIO, J. & McDONALD, M.M. (2013). Bodies in context
: Power poses as a computation of action possibility. Social
Cognition, 31, 260-274. [PDF] |
|
CESARIO, J. & NAVARETE, C.D. (2014). Perceptual bias
in threat distance : The critical roles of ingroup support
and target evaluations in defensive threat regulation.
Social Psychological & Personality Science, 5, 12-17.
[PDF] |
|
CESARIO, J. (2014). Priming, replication, and the hardest
science. Perspectives on Psychological Science, 9 (1),
40-48. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
| CE
- CHAIKEN
- CHAÎNE -
CHALMERS - CHAM - CHANDLER
- CHANGEMENT - CHAPAIS
- CHARCOT - CHARGE
COGNITIVE - CHAT - CHAU
- CHE |
Chabris
Christopher F. (New York 1966-) : Psychologue
cognitiviste américain et
spécialiste de l'étude des échecs.
Collaborateur de Etcoff, Hearst,
Kosslyn, O'Reilly,
Malone et Pinker.
|
CHABRIS, C.F. & KOSSLYN, S.M. (1998). How do the
cerebral hemispheres contribute to encoding spatial
relations ? Current Directions in Psychological
Science, 7 (1), 8-14. [PDF] |
|
CHABRIS, C.F. & HEARST, E.S. (2003). Visualization,
pattern recognition, and forward search : Effects of
playing speed and sight of the position on grandmaster
chess errors. Cognitive Science, 27, 637-648. [PDF] |
|
CHABRIS, C.F. & GLIKMAN, M.E. (2006). Sex differences
in intellectual performance : Analysis of a large cohort
of competitive chess players. Psychological Science,
17 (12), 1040-1046. [PDF] |
|
CHABRIS, C.F., LAIBSON, D.I., MORRIS, C.L., SCHULDT, J.P.
& TAUBINSKY, D. (2008). Individual laboratory-measured
discount rates predict field behavior. Journal of Risk
& Uncertainty, 37 (2-3), 237-269.
[PDF] |
|
CHABRIS, C.F., LEE, J.J., BENJAMIN, D.J., BEAUCHAMP, J.P.,
GLAESER, E.L., BORST, G., PINKER, S. & LAIBSON, D.I.
(2013). Why it is hard to find genes associated with
social science traits : Theoretical and empirical
considerations. American Journal of Public Health, 103
(S1), 152-166.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Chadwick
Paul D.J. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste britannique et
spécialiste de l'étude de la personnalité
paranoïaque, du délire
et des hallucinations.
Collaborateur de Birchwood
et Lowe.
|
CHADWICK, P.D.J. & LOWE, C.F. (1990). Measurement and
modification of delusional beliefs. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 58, 225-232.
[PDF] |
|
CHADWICK, P.D.J. & BIRCHWOOD, M.J. (1994). The
omnipotence of voices : A cognitive approach to
hallucinations. British Journal of Psychiatry, 164,
190-201. [PDF] |
|
CHADWICK, P.D.J. & LOWE, C.F. (1994). A cognitive
approach to measuring and modifying delusions. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 32, 355-367. |
|
CHADWICK, P.D.J., BIRCHWOOD, M.J. & TROWER, P. (1996).
Cognitive therapy for delusions, voices and paranoia.
Chichester, UK : Wiley. |
|
CHADWICK, P.D.J., HUGHES, S., RUSSELL, D., RUSSELL, I.
& DAGNA, D. (2009). Mindfulness groups for distressing
voices and paranoia : a replication and feasibility trial.
Behavioural & Cognitive Psychotherapy, 37, 403-412. |
|
|
|
Chagrin
: Sentiment
désagréable que l'on éprouve à la suite de la perte
d'un être cher. Chagrin,
perte et deuil.
= grand peine, grande tristesse.
Grief, sorrow.
| |
|
|
PARKES, C.M. (1972). Bereavement : Studies of grief in
adult life. New York : International Universities
Press. |
|
LAROCHE, C., LALINEC-MICHAUD, M., ENGELSMANN, F., FULLER,
N., COPP, M., McQUADE-SOLDAROS, L. & AZIMA, R. (1984).
Grief reactions to perinatal death : a follow-up study.
Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 29, 14-19. |
|
SMITH, A.C. & BORGERS, S.B. (1988-1989). Parental
grief response to perinatal death. Omega, 19,
203-214. |
|
ZISOOK, S. & LYONS, L. (1989-1990). Bereavement and
unresolved grief in psychiatric outpatients. Omega :
Journal of Death & Dying, 20 (4), 307-322. |
|
AUSTIN, D. & LENNINGS, C.J. (1993). Grief and
religious belief : Does belief moderate depression ? Death
studies, 17, 487. |
|
MATTHEWS, L.T. & MARWIT, S.J. (2004). Complicated
grief and the trend toward cognitive-behavioral therapy. Death
Studies, 28 (9), 849-863. |
|
ROSNER, R., LUMBECK, G. & GEISSNER, E. (2011).
Effectiveness of an in patient group therapy for comorbid
complicated grief disorder. Psychotherapy Research,
21, 210-218. |
|
|
Voir aussi Deuil, Résilience,
Perte d'un être
cher, Kübler-Ross
et Travail
de deuil |
|
|
|
Chaiken
Shelly ( ) : Psychosociologue
américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude des attitudee,
des heuristiques et
de la persuasion. Elle
s'intéresse également à l'attirance
physique. Professeur de Pomerantz.
Collaboratrice de Darley,
Eagly, Stangor
et Wood.
 |
CHAIKEN, S. (1979). Communicator physical
attractiveness and persuasion. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 5, 547-562. |
|
CHAIKEN, S. (1980). Heuristic versus systematic
information processing and the use of source versus
message cues in persuasion. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 39 (5),
752-766. [PDF] |
|
CHAIKEN, S. (1987). The heuristic model of persuasion. In
M.P. Zanna, J.M. Olson & C.P. Herman (Eds.),
Social influence : The Ontario Symposium (Vol. 5,
pp. 3-39). Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum.
|
|
CHAIKEN, S., LIBERMAN, A. & EAGLY, A.H. (1989).
Heuristic and systematic information processing within and
beyond the persuasion context. In J.S. Uleman & J.A.
Bargh (Eds.), Unintended thought (pp. 212-252).
New York : Guilford Press. |
|
CHAIKEN, S., WOOD, W. & EAGLY, A.H. (1996). Principles
of persuasion. In E.T. Higgins & A. Kruglanski (Eds.),
Social psychology : Handbook of basic mechanisms and
processes. New York : Guilford Press. |
|
|
|
|
Chaîne : Concept métaphorique descriptif qui emprunte à la chaîne "physique" l'idée d'un tout composé de plus petits éléments
(les chaînons) logiquement reliés, éléments que l'on peut sans
doute assimiler au concept de phase, de segment ou d'étape d'un
processus (la chaîne). Chain.
|
Chaîne
alimentaire :
Food chain.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chaire
de recherche : Au sens strict, une chaire est un poste
de professeur/chercheur (titulaire) créé par une université dans
un but précis. EX: Étudier la politique
américaine, le réchauffement climatique, etc. Pour être atteint,
ce but nécessite généralement la mise en commun du savoir et des
efforts de nombreux chercheurs. Voilà pourquoi ce terme est
parfois devenu synonyme
d'équipe de recherche. Ces équipes sont généralement
subventionné par l'état ou par des entreprises privées. En soi, la
formule est séduisante : contrer le sous-financement public et
concentrer la matière grise afin d'augmenter l'efficacité des
chercheurs. Malheureusement, toutes les chaires ne remplissent pas
leurs promesses. En effet, certaines d'entre elles reçoivent une
grande part de leur financement des grandes entreprises.
De ce fait, elles perdent une partie de la neutralité
nécessaire à l'objectivité
scientifique vers laquelle doit tendre tout individu ou
institution qui prétend au titre de scientifique/science. En fait,
plusieurs chaires sont davantage des outils de propagande
au service des entreprises, de l'état ou de groupes
de pression, que des véhicules du
savoir savant. Elles se drapent du manteau de la science et
de l'objectivité pour
convaincre et influencer autrui. Certes, ce subterfuge n'est pas
nouveau, mais la caution scientifique et morale que leur accordent
maintenant les universités, les grands journaux et le public en
général constitue une menace importante à la crédibililité
et à la rationnalité
scientifique. Chaire de recherche, fonds
de recherche et recherche
indépendante. Research
center.
|
|
|
Chaleureux
: Warmth.
| |
|
|
FISKE, S.T., CUDDY, A.J.C., GLICK, P & XU, J. (2002).
A model of (often mixed) stereotype content : Competence
and warmth respectively follow from status and
competition. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 82 (6), 878-902.
[PDF] |
|
JUDD, C.M., JAMES-HAWKINS, L., YZERBYT, V.Y. &
KASHIMA, Y. (2005). Fundamental dimensions of social
judgment : Understanding the relations between competence
and warmth. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 89, 899-913. [PDF] |
|
FISKE, S.T., CUDDY, A.J.C. & GLICK, P. (2007).
Universal dimensions of social cognition : Warmth and
competence. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 11,
77-83. |
|
CUDDY, A.J.C., FISKE, S.T. & GLICK, P. (2008).
Warmth and competence as universal dimensions of social
perception : The stereotype content model and the BIAS
map. In M.P. Zanna (Ed.), Advances in experimental
social psychology (Vol. 40, pp. 61-149). New York
: Academic Press. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Jugement
social, Stéréotype
et Perception
sociale |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chalmers
Alan F. (Bristol 1939-) : Physicien
et épistémologue
australien d'origine anglaise. Étudiant de Lakatos.
|
CHALMERS, A.F. (1973). On learning from our mistakes. British
Journal for The Philosophy of Science, 4 (2),
164-173. |
|
CHALMERS, A.F. (1976/2006). Qu'est-ce que la science
? Popper, Kuhn, Lakatos, Feyerabend. Paris : La
Découverte. |
|
CHALMERS, A.F. (1989). How to defend science against
scepticism : A reply to Barry Gower. British Journal
for The Philosophy of Science, 40 (2), 249-253. |
|
CHALMERS, A.F. (1990/1991). Science and its
fabrication / La fabrication de la science. Milton
Keynes : Open University Press/Paris : Édition a
Découverte. |
|
CHALMERS, A.F. (1999). What is this thing called
science : An assessment of the nature and status of
science and its methods. United Kingdom : Open
University Press. |
|
|
|
|
Chalmers
David J. (1966-) : Philosophe
et épistémologue
australien. Ses travaux portent sur la conscience
et le concept de signification. Étudiant de Hofstadter.
Collaborateur de Clark et
Jackson.
 |
CHALMERS, D.J. (1990). Why Fodor and Pylyshyn were wrong :
The simplest refutation. In Proceedings of the 12th
Annual Conference of the Cognitive Science Society
(pp. 340-347). Hillsdale, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum. [PDF] |
|
CHALMERS, D. & JACKSON, F. (2001). Conceptual analysis
and reductive explanation. Philosophical Review, 110,
315-361. |
|
CHALMERS, D. (2002). On sense and intension. Philosophical
Perspectives, 16, 135-182. |
|
CHALMERS, D. (2004). The representational character of
experience. In B. Leiter (Ed.), The future for
philosophy. Oxford.
[PDF] |
|
CHALMERS, D. (2005). The two-dimensional argument against
materialism. In B. McLaughlin (Ed.), Oxford handbook
of the philosophy of mind. Oxford : University
Press. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chamberland
Claire ( ) : Psychologue
écologiste québécoise et
professeure à l'Université de
Montréal, spécialisée dans l'étude de la maltraitance
des enfants. Elle est aussi
l'un des quatre fondatrices des Scientifines.
Étudiante de Pomerleau.
Collaboratrice de Bouchard,
Garon et Théorêt.
 |
CHAMBERLAND, C., BOUCHARD, C. et BEAUDRY, J. (1986).
Conduites abusives et négligentes envers les enfants :
réalités canadienne et américaine. Revue canadienne
des sciences du comportement / Canadian Journal of
Behavior Science, 18 (4), 391-412. |
|
CHAMBERLAND, C. et CÔTÉ, M. (1988). Participation des
pères aux tâches familiales et perception des rôles
sexuels chez leur garçon d'âge préscolaire.
Apprentissage et Socialisation, 11 (3), 167-172. |
|
CHAMBERLAND, C., BOUCHARD, C. et BEAUDRY, J. (1989). Dimensions
socio-économiques et microsociales des mauvais
traitements envers les enfants : le cas de Montréal.
Prédire et prévenir les mauvais traitements envers les
enfants. Montréal : Gouvernement du Québec, Conseil
québécois de recherche sociale. |
|
CHAMBERLAND, C., THÉORÊT. M. et GARON, R. (1995). Les
Scientifines en action : conception, implantation et
évolution. Montréal : Université de Montréal. |
|
CHAMBERLAND, C., DALLAIRE, N., FRÉCHETTE, L., LINDSAY, J.,
HÉBERT, J. et CARON, S. (1996). Les dimensions sociales de
la prévention et de la promotion du bien-être des jeunes
et de leur famille : un portrait des pratiques au Québec /
The social dimensions of prevention and the promotion of
well-being of young people and their families : A portrait
of practices in Québec. Nouvelles Pratiques sociales,
9 (2), 65-86. |
|
|
|
|
Chamberland
Line ( ) : Sociologue
et féministe québécoise,
spécialisée dans l'étude des lesbiennes
et des gais. Elle enseigne à
l'Université du Québec à Montréal.
Collaboratrice de Julien et
Otis.
 |
CHAMBERLAND, L. (1996). Mémoires lesbiennes.
Montréal : Éditions du remue-ménage. |
|
CHAMBERLAND, L., JOUVIN, É. et JULIEN, D. (2003). Les
familles recomposées homoparentales et hétéroparentales. Nouvelles
Pratiques Sociales, 16 (1), 94-112. |
|
CHAMBERLAND, L. (2006). Diversité sexuelle et alternatives
à la mondialisation. Conjonctures, 41-42,
217-231. |
|
CHAMBERLAND, L. et LEBRETON, C. (2010). La santé des
adolescentes lesbiennes et bisexuelles : état de la
recherche et critique des biais androcentristes et
hétérocentristes. Recherches Féministes, 23 (2),
91-107. |
|
CHAMBERLAND, L., RICHARD, G. et BERNIER, M. (2013).
Violence de genre, violences sexistes à l'école : Les
violences homophobes et les impacts sur la persévérance
scoalaire des adolescent au Québec. Revue Généraliste
des Travaux de Recherches en Éducation et en Formation,
8,99-114. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chambless
Dianne L. (Monygomerey 1948-2023) :
Psychologue cognitivo-béhaviorale
américaine et spécialiste de l'étude de l'efficacité
des thérapies. Collaboratrice de
Beutler, Crits-Christoph,
Foa, Hollon,
Ollendick, Pope
et Steketee.
|
CHAMBLESS, D.L., FOA, E.B., GROVES, G.A. & GOLDSTEIN,
A.J. (1982). Exposure and communications training in the
treatment of agoraphobia. Behaviour Research &
Therapy, 20, 219-231. |
|
CHAMBLESS, D.L., SANDERSON, W.C., SHOHAM, V., BENNETT
JOHNSON, S., POPE, K.S., CRITS-CHRISTOPH, P., BAKER, M.,
JOHNSON, B., WOODY, S.R., SUE, S., BEUTLER, L., WILLIAMS,
D.A. & McCURRY, S. (1996). An update on empirically
validated therapies. The Clinical Psychologist, 49,
5-18. [PDF] |
|
CHAMBLESS, D.L., BAKER, M.J., BAUCOM, D.H., BEUTLER, L.,
CALHOUN, K.S., CRITS-CHRISTOPH, P., DAIUTO, A., DERUBEIS,
R., DETWEILER, J., HAAGA, D.A.F., JOHNSON, S.B., McCURRY,
S., MUESER, K.T., POPE, K.S., SANDERSON, W.C., SHOHAM, V.,
STICKLE, T., WILLIAMS, D.A. & WOODY, S.R. (1998).
Update on empirically validated therapies, II.
Clinical Psychologist, 51, 3-16. [PDF] |
|
CHAMBLESS, D.L. & OLLENDICK, T.H. (2001). Empirically
supported psychological interventions : controversies and
evidence. Annual review of psychology, 52,
685-716. [PDF] |
|
CHAMBLESS, D.L., BLAKE, K.D. & SIMMONS, R.A. (2010).
Attributions for relatives’ behavior and perceived
criticism : Studies with community participants and
patients with anxiety disorders. Behavior Therapy, 41
(3), 388-400. [PDF] |
|
|
ZALTA, A.K. (2024). Dianne L. Chambless (1948–2023). American
Psychologist, 79 (2), 317. |
|
|
|
|
|
Chambre
hyperbare : Hyperbaric oxygen
therapy.
| |
|
|
HARDY, P., COLLET, J.P., GOLDBERG, J., VANASSE, M.,
LAMBERT, J., MAROIS, P., AMAR, M., MOMTGOMERY, D.L.,
LECOMTE, J.M., JOHNSTON, K.M. & LASSONDE, M. (2007).
Neuropsychological effects of hyperbaric oxygen therapy in
cerebral palsy. Developmental Medicine & Child
Neurology, 44 (7), 436-446. |
|
|
|
|
Chamizo
Victoria Diez ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste
espagnole, spécialisée dans l'étude du conditionnement
répondant, notamment du blocage.
Collaborateur de MacKintosh.
|
CHAMIZO, V.D., STERIO, D. & MACKINTOSH, N.J. (1985).
Blocking and overshadowing between intra-maze and
extra-maze cues : A test of the independence of locale and
guidance learning. Quarterly Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 37B, 235-253. |
|
CHAMIZO, V.D. (2002). Spatial learning : Conditions and
basic effects. Psicológica, 23, 33-57. [PDF] |
|
CHAMIZO, V.D., RODRIGO, T. & MACKINTOSH, N.J. (2006).
Spatial integration with rats. Learning &
Behavior, 34, 348-354. [PDF] |
|
CHAMIZO, V.D., RODRIGUEZ, C.A., SÀNCHEZ, J. & MÀRMOL,
F. (2016). Sex differences after environmental enrichment
and physical exercise in rats when solving a navigation
task. Learning & Behavior, 44, 227-238. [PDF] |
|
CHAMIZO, V.D., TORRES, A., RODRIGUEZ, C. & MacKINTOSH,
N.J. (2019). What makes a landmark effective in adolescent
and adult rats ? : Sex and age differences in a navigation
task. Learning & Behavior, 47, 156-165. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Champ
: Espace concret ou abstrait (domaine), physiquement ou
logiquement délimité (borne), composé d'éléments reliés entre eux.
|
Champ
(social) : Chez Bourdieu,
le champ est un système de relations de pouvoir
entre dominant et dominé,
qui conditionne l'habitus des
individus (ou agents) et l'acquisition des ressources
(capital économique et symbolique (artistique, intellectuel,
scientifique). Champ et habitus.
|
Champ
d'application : Chez Kelly,
événement ou partie de la réalité auquel s'applique le système de
construits de l'individu. Phenomenal field.
| |
|
| PERVIN,
L.A. & OLIVER, P.J. (2001). Personality theory
and research. New York : John Wiley and son. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Champagne
Frances A. ( ) : Neuropsychologue
américaine, d'origine québécoise ,
et spécialiste de l'étude de la relation entre le cerveau
et
l'environnement social et des
interactions genes-milieu.
|
CHAMPAGNE, F.A. & CURLEY, J.P. (2005). How social
experiences influence the brain. Current Opinion in
Neurobiology, 15 (6), 704-709. [PDF] |
|
CHAMPAGNE, F.A. & MEANEY, M.J. (2006). Stress during
gestation alters postpartum maternal care and the
development of the offspring in a rodent model.
Biological Psychiatry, 59, 1227-1235. [PDF] |
|
CHAMPAGNE, F.A. & MEANEY, M.J. (2007).
Transgenerational effects of social environment on
variations in maternal care and behavioral response to
novelty. Behavioral Neuroscience, 121, 1353-1363.
[PDF] |
|
CHAMPAGNE, F.A. (2008). Epigenetic mechanisms and the
transgenerational effects of maternal care. Frontiers
of Neuroendocrinology, 29, 386-397. [PDF] |
|
CHAMPAGNE, F.A. & MASHOODH, R. (2009). Genes in
context. Directions in Psychological Science, 18
(3), 127-131. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Champion
: Championnat :
Athlète médaillé ou ayant remporté de nombreuses victoires
importantes (championnat). Champion, Olympic
champion.
| |
|
|
FLETCHER, D. & SARKAR, M., (2012). A grounded theory
of psychological resilience in Olympic champions. Psychology
of Sport & Exercise, 13, 669-678. [PDF] |
|
SARKAR, M., FLETCHER, D. & BROWN, D.J. (2015). "What
doesn't kill me": Adversity-related experiences are vital
in the development of superior Olympic performance.
Journal of Science & Medicine in Sport, 18 (4),
475-479.
[PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Psychologie
sportive, Équipe,
Entraînement sportif et Sport |
|
|
|
|
|
Chan
Jason C.K. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste américain. Collaborateur de McDermott,
Roediger et
Szpunar.
|
CHAN, J.C.K., McDERMOTT, K.B., WATSON, J.M. & GALLO,
D. (2005). The importance of stimulus-processing
interactions in inducing false memories. Memory &
Cognition, 33, 389-395. [PDF] |
|
CHAN, J.C.K., McDERMOTT, K.B. & ROEDIGER, H.L. (2006).
Retrieval-induced facilitatio n : Initially nontested
material can benefit from prior testing of related
material. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
General, 135, 553-571. [PDF] |
|
CHAN, J.C.K., THOMAS, A.K. & BULEVICH, J.B. (2009).
Recalling a witnessed event increases eyewitness
suggestibility : The reversed testing effect. Psychological
Science, 20, 66-73. [PDF] |
|
CHAN, J.C.K. (2010). Long-term effects of testing on the
recall of nontested materials. Memory, 18, 49-57.
[PDF] |
|
CHAN, J.C.K. & LAPAGLIA, J.A. (2011). The dark side of
testing memory : Repeated retrieval can enhance eyewitness
suggestibility. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Applied, 17, 418-432. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Chance
: Événement agréable plus ou moins probable,
donc difficile à prévoir,
qui découle d'un comportement
ou d'une décision individuelle/collective (dont on minimise
l'influence ou que l'on feint, par stratégie, d'ignorer) ou
simplement du hasard. Chance,
hasard et jeu
de hasard. /risque,
malchance.
Chance, luck.
| |
|
|
EDGEWORTH, F.Y. (1884). The philosophy of chance. Mind,
9, 223-235. |
WATT, C. & NAGTEGAAL, M. (2000). Luck in action ?
Belief in good luck, psi-mediated instrumental response,
and games of chance. Journal of Parapsychology, 64,
19-38. |
|
IRWIN, H.J. (2000). The luck of the paranormal believer.
International Journal of Parapsychology, 11 (2),
79-95. |
|
ALBERT, D. (2000). Time and chance. Harvard
University Press. |
|
EDGEWORTH, F.Y. (1884). The law of error and the
elimination of chance. Philosophical Magazine, 21, 308-324.
|
VAHID, H. (2001). Knowledge and varieties of epistemic
luck. Dialectica, 55, 350-372. |
|
TALEB, N. (2001). Fooled by randomness : The hidden
role of chance in life and in the markets. Random
House. |
|
BUNGE, M. (1951). What is chance ? Science &
Society, 15, 209-231. |
WOHL, M.J.A. & ENZLE, M.E. (2002). The deployment of
personal luck : Illusory control in games of pure chance.
Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 28, 1388-1397. |
|
DAY, L. & MALTBY, J. (2003). Belief in good luck and
psychological well-being : The mediating role of optimism
and irrational beliefs. The Journal of Psychology :
Interdisciplinary & Applied, 137 (1), 99-110.
[PDF] |
|
LANGER, E.J. & ROTH, J. (1975). Heads I win, tails
it’s chance : The illusion of control as a function of the
sequence of outcomes in a purely chance task. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 32,
951-955. |
WISEMAN, R. (2003). The luck factor. Skeptical
Inquirer, 27 (3), 1-5. [PDF] |
|
LANGER, E. (1977). The psychology of chance. Journal
for the Theory of Social Behaviour, 7, 185-207. |
WOHL, M.J.A. & ENZLE, M.E. (2003). The effects of near
wins and losses on self-perceived personal luck and
subsequent gambling behavior. Journal of Experimental
Social Psychology, 39, 184-191. |
|
BANDURA, A. (1982). The psychology of chance encounters
and life paths. American Psychology, 37 (7),
747-755.
[PDF] |
PRITCHARD, D. (2004). Epistemic luck. Journal of
Philosophical Research, 29, 193-222. [PDF] |
|
KESSLER, K.D. (1994). The role of luck in criminal law. University
of Pennsylvania Law Review, 142, 2183-2237. |
PRITCHARD, D. & SMITH, M. (2004). The psychology and
philosophy of luck. New Ideas in Psychology, 22, 1-28.
[PDF] |
|
WISEMAN, R. & WATT, C.A. (2004). Measuring
superstitious belief : Why lucky charms matter. Personality
& Individual Differences, 37, 1533-1541. |
|
|
TEIGEN, K.H. (1995). How good is good luck ? : The role of
counterfactual thinking in the perception of lucky and
unlucky events. European Journal of Social
Psychology, 25, 281-302. |
WISEMAN, R. (2004). The luck factor : The scientific
study of the lucky mind. London : Arrow. |
|
DAY, L. & MALTBY, J. (2005). "With good luck" : Belief
in good luck and cognitive planning. Personality
& Individual Differences, 39, 1217-1226. |
|
TEIGEN, K.H. (1996). Luck : The art of a near miss. Scandinavian
Journal of Psychology, 37, 156-171. |
TEIGEN, K.H. (2005). When a small difference makes a big
difference - Counterfactual thinking and luck. In D.R.
Mandel, D.J. Hilton & P. Catellani (Eds.), The
psychology of counterfactual thinking (pp.
129-146). Oxon, UK : Routledge. |
|
TEIGEN, K.H. (1997). Luck, envy, gratitude : It could have
been different. Scandinavian Journal of Psychology,
38, 318-323. |
WISEMAN, R. & WATT, C. (2005). The psychology of luck.
Psychology Review, 11, 17-19. |
|
ROUDER, J.N., MOREY, R.D., SPRECKMAN, P.L. & PRATTE,
M.S. (2007). Detecting chance : A solution to the null
sensitivity problem in subliminal priming. Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 14 (4), 597-605. |
|
MALTBY, J., DAY, L., GILL, P. COLLEY, A. & WODD, A.M
(2008). Beliefs around luck : Confirming the empirical
conceptualization of beliefs around luck and the
development of the Darke and Freedman Beliefs Around Luck
scale. Personality & Individual Differences, 45,
655-660. [PDF] |
|
ADEBAYO, B. (1998). Luck of the dice : Gambling attitudes
of a sample of community college students. College
Student Journal, 32, 255-257. |
WOHL, M.J.A. (2008). Belief in a lucky self : The role of
personal luck in the facilitation and maintenance of
gambling behavior. Psychologie Francaise, 53,
7-23. |
|
JIANG, Y.W., CHO, A. & ADAVAL, R. (2009). The unique
consequences of feeling lucky : Implications for consumer
behavior. Journal of Consumer Psychology, 19, 171-184. |
|
DESSALLES, J-L. (2010). Emotion in good luck and bad
luck : predictions from simplicity theory.
Proceedings of the 32nd Annual Conference of the Cognitive
Science Society. [PDF] |
|
WOHL, M.J.A., STEWART, M.J. & YOUNG, M.M. (2011).
Personal luck usage scale (PLUS) : Psychometric validation
of a measure of gambling-related belief in luck as a
personal possession. International Gambling Studies,
11, 7-21. |
|
TEIGEN, K.H. (1998). Hazards mean luck : Counterfactual
thinking and perceptions of good and bad fortune in
reports of dangerous situations and careless behaviour.
Scandinavian Journal of Psychology, 39, 235-248. |
XU, A-J., ZWICK, R. & SCHWARZ, N. (2011). Washing away
your (good or bad) luck : Physical cleansing affects
risk-taking behavior. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : General, 141 (1), 26-30. [PDF] |
|
MALTBY, J., DAY, L., PINTO, D.G., HOGAN, R.A. & WODD,
A.M. (2013). Beliefs in being unlucky and deficits in
executive functioning. Consciousness & Cognition,
22, 137-147.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Hasard,
Jeu de hasard, Croyance
ésotérique, Croyance
et Risque |
| |
|
|
Chandler
Paul ( ) : Cognitiviste
américain d'origine australienne, spécialisé en éducation,
et plus particulièrement ans les applications de la théorie de la
charge cognitive.
Collaborateur de Kalyuga,
Mayer et Sweller.
|
CHANDLER, P. & SWELLER, J. (1991). Cognitive load
theory and the format of instruction. Cognition &
Instruction, 8, 293-332.
[PDF] |
|
CHANDLER, P. & SWELLER, J. (1992). The split-attention
effect as a factor in the design of instruction. British
Journal of Educational Psychology, 62, 233-246. |
|
CHANDLER, P. & SWELLER, J. (1996). Cognitive load
while learning to use a computer program. Applied
Cognitive Psychology, 10, 151-170. |
|
TINDALL-FORD, S., CHANDLER, P. & SWELLER, J. (1997).
When two sensory modes are better than one. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Applied, 3, 257-287. |
|
MAYER, R.E. & CHANDLER, P. (2001). Llearning is just a
click away : Does simple user interaction foster deeper
understanding of multimedia messages ? Journal of
Educational Psychology, 93, 390-397. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Chang
Edward C. ( ) : Psychosociologue
américain, d'origine coréenne, spécialisé dans l'étude de la
sollitude, de l'optimisme
et du pessimisme. Il
s'intéresse également au perfectionnisme
et au suicide. Collaborateur
de Norem.
|
CHANG, E.C. (1998). Dispositional optimism and primary and
secondary appraisal of a stressor : Controlling for
confounding influences and relations to coping and
psychological and physical adjustment. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 74, 1109-1120. |
|
CHANG, E.C., BANKS, K.H. & WATKINS, A.F. (2004). How
adaptive and maladaptive perfectionism relate to positive
and negative psychological functioning : Testing a
stress-mediation model in Black and White female college
students. Scholarship, 1-12. [PDF] |
|
CHANG, E.C., YU, E.A., LEE, J.Y., HIRSCH, J.K.,
KUPFERMANN, Y. & KAHLE, E.R. (2013). An examination of
optimism/pessimism and suicide risk in primary care
patients : Does belief in a changeable future make a
difference ? Cognitive Therapy & Research, 37,
796-804. |
|
CHANG, E.C., KAHLE, E.R., YU, E.A. & HIRSCH, J.K.
(2014). Understanding the relationship between domestic
abuse and suicide behavior in community adults : Does
forgiveness matter ? Social Work, 59, 315-320. |
|
CHANG, E.C., YU, T., CHANG, O.D. & JILANI, Z. (2016).
Evaluative concerns and personal standards perfectionism
as predictors of body dissatisfaction in Asian and
European American females : Does ethnicity matter ? Journal
of American College Health, 64, 580-584. |
|
|
|
Changement
: Changer : Différence observée
entre deux états mesurés, l'état
initial (ou niveau de
base) et l'état final (objectif de changement ou comportement-cible).
En recherche, on attribue cette différence à l'intervention ou au
traitement, toutes
choses égales par ailleurs. En psychologie, le changement
est le résultat souhaité d'un grand nombre de thérapies (sauf
peut-être la psychanalyse, qui mise davantage sur la prise de
conscience de ses conflits
intrapsychiques et le transfert,
et l'humanisme, qui met l'accent sur la découverte de soi,
et toutes les autres formes de thérapies qui se centrent sur
l'acceptation et le renoncement). NDLR : Le
changement est un concept important; il semble être à la
psychologie et aux sciences sociales ce que le mouvement est à la
physique. = transformation.
/Inertie. Change.
| |
|
|
KELMAN, H.C. (1952). Two phases of behavior change.
Journal of Social Issues, 8 (2), 81-88. |
HAYES, L.J., AUSTIN, J., HOUMANFAR, R. & CLAYTON, M.C.
(Eds.) (2001). Organizational change. Reno, NV :
Context Press. |
|
HARDYCK, J.A. (1966). Consistency, relevance, and
resistance to change. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 2, 27-41. |
RENSINK, R.E. (2002). Change detection. Annual Review
of Psychology, 53, 4245-4277. [PDF] |
|
CRONBACH, J.L. & FURBY, L. (1970). How should we
measure "change" - or should we ? Psychological
Bulletin, 74, 68-80. |
WOOD, S. & SWAIT, J. (2002). Psychological indicators
of innovation adoption : Cross-classification based on
need for cognition and need for change. Journal of
Consumer Psychology, 12 (1), 1-13. |
|
BEISSER, A. (1970). The paradoxical theory of change. In
J. Fagan & I.L. Shepherd (Eds.), Gestalt therapy
now (pp. 77-80). New York : Harper Colophon. |
RIEMER, M., ROSOF-WILLIAMS, J. & BICKMAN, L. (2005).
Theories related to changing clinician practice. Child
& Adolescent Psychiatric Clinics of North America,
14 (2), 241-254. |
|
HUNTINGTON, S.P. (1971). The change to change :
Modernization, development, and politics. Comparative
Politics, 3, 283-322. |
CASPI, A., ROBERTS, B.W. & SHINER, R.L. (2005).
Personality development : Stability and change. Annual
Review of Psychology, 56, 453-484. |
|
MECHNER, F. (1978). Engineering supervisory
job-performance change. Training, 15 (10),
65-70. |
DE LOS REYES, A. & KAZDIN, A.E. (2006).
Conceptualizing changes in behavior in intervention
research : The range of possible changes model. Psychological
Review, 113 (3), 554-583. |
|
ROGOSA, D., BRANT, D. & ZIMOWSKI, M. (1982). A growth
curve approach to the measurement of change. Psychological
Bulletin, 92, 726-748. |
KRAEMER, S. (2006). Something happens : Elements of
therapeutic change. Clinical Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 11 (2), 239-248. |
|
PROCHASKA, J.O. & CRIMI, P. (1982). Self-change
processes, self-efficacy and self-concept in relapse and
maintenance of cessation of smoking. Psychological
Reports, 51, 983-990. |
HATFIELS, D.R. & OGLES, B.M. (20006). The influence of
outcome measures in assessing client change and treatment
decisions. BMJ : Clinical Psychology, 62 (3),
325-337. |
|
GELLER, E.S., WINETT, R.A. & EVERETT, P.B. (1982).
Preserving the environment : New strategies for behavior
change. Elmsford, NY : Pergamon. |
DIAMOND, L.M., HICKS, A.M. & OTTER-HENDERSON, K.D.
(2008). Every time you go away : Changes in affect,
behavior, and physiology associated with travel-related
separations from romantic partners. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 95, 385-403. |
|
|
PROCHASKA, J.O., DICLEMENTE, C.C., VELICER, W.F., GINPIL,
S. & NORCROSS, J.C. (1985). Predicting change in
status for self-changers. Addictive Behaviors, 10, 395-406. |
|
|
HEYES, C.M. (1988). Are scientists the agents in
scientific change ? Biology & Philosophy, 3,
194-199. |
RYAN, R.M. & DECI, E.L. (2008). A self-determination
theory approach to psychotherapy : The motivational basis
for effective change. Canadian Psychology, 49, 186-193. |
|
PROCHASKA, J.O., DICLEMENTE, C.C. & NORCROSS, J.C.
(1992). In search of how people change. American
Psychologist, 47, 1102-1104. [PDF] |
CLARK, R.E. (2009). Resistance to change : Unconscious
knowledge and the challenge of unlearning. In D.C.
Berliner & H. Kupermintz (Eds.), Changing
institutions, environments and people (pp. 75-94).
New York : Routledge. |
|
ARNKOFF, D.B., VICTOR, B.J. & GLASS C.R. (1993).
Empirical researchon factors in psychotherapeutic change.
In G. Stricker & J.R. Gold (Eds.), The
comprehensive handbook of psychotherapy integration
(pp. 27-42). New York : Plenum Press |
CHAPMAN, K. & OGDEN, J. (2009). How do people change
their diet ? An exploration into the mechansism of dietary
change. International Journal of Health Psychology,
14, 1229-1242. [PDF] |
|
AUNE, B.P. (1995). The human dimension of organizational
change. Review of Higher Education, 18 (2),
141-173. |
PETTIGREW, T.F. (2011). Toward sustainable psychological
interventions for change. Peace & Conflict, 17
(2), 179-192. |
|
PROCHASKA, J.O. & VELICER, W.F. (1997). The
transtheoretical model of health behavior change. American
Journal of Health Promotion, 12 (1), 38-48. |
OETTINGEN, G. & SCHWÖRER, B. (2013). Mind wandering
via mental contrasting as a tool for behavior change. Frontiers
in Psychology, 4 [5620], 1-5. [PDF] |
|
MALOTT, R.W. (1999). Creating lasting organizational
changes. Performance Improvement, 38 (2), 33-36. |
TOBIAS, R., HUBER, A.C. & TAMAS, A. (2013). A
methodology for quantifying effects and psychological
functioning of behavior-change techniques. SAGE Open,
1-16.
[PDF] |
|
COTNOIR, P.A. (2024). Le changement. PAC. |
|
|
|
Voir auss Psychothérapie
et Niveau de base |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changement
d'idée : Concept shift.
| |
|
|
SWELLER, J. (1973). Effect of amount of initial training
on concept shift problems. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 99, 134-136. |
|
|
|
|
|
Changement
physiologique : Tout changement
de l'état biologique de
l'organisme, à quelque niveau que ce soit. La description de
ce changement peut se faire à un niveau
molaire ou moléculaire.
= changement biologique, réaction
physiologique, réponse physiologique.
|
Changement
social : Changement politique : Tout changement
qui survient dans l'organisation d'une société.
Social change, political transition.
| |
|
|
COOLEY, C.H. (1897). The process of social change.
Political Science Quarterly, 12, 63-81. [LIRE] |
KATZ, D. (1983). Factors affecting social change : A
social-psychological interpretation. Journal of
Social Issues, 39 (4), 25-44. |
|
NEWCOMB, T.M. (1943). Personality and social change :
Attitude formation in a student community. New York
: Holt, Rinehart and Winston. |
BOUDON, R. (1984). La place du désordre.
Critique des théories du changement social. Paris :
Presses Universitaires de France. |
|
HUNTINGTON, S.P. (1967). Political order in changing
societies. New Haven, CT : Yale University Press. |
DRURY, J. & REICHER, S. (2000). Collective action and
social change : the emergence of new social identities. British
Journal of Social Psychology, 39, 579-604. |
|
KUNKEL, J.H. (1970). Society and economic growth : a
behavioral perspective of social change. New York :
Oxford University Press. |
ACEMOGLU, D. & ROBINSON, J.A. (20001). A theory of
political transitions. The American Economic Review,
91 (4), 938-963. [PDF] |
|
ACTON, T. (1974). Politics and social change.
Londres : Routledge & Kegan Paul. |
GLENN, S.S. (2004). Individual behavior, culture, and
social change. The Behavior Analyst, 27 (2), 133-151.
[PDF] |
|
KUNKEL, J.H. (1975). Behavior, social
problems, and change : a social learning
approach. Englewood Cliffs, N.J. :
Prentice-Hall.
|
De la SABLONIÈRE, R., AUGER, É., TAYLOR, D.M., CRUSH, J.
& McDONAL, D. (2013). Social change in South Africa :
A historical approach to relative deprivation. British
Journal of Social Psychology, 52, 703-725. |
|
De la SABLONIÈRE, R., FRENCH-BOURGEOIS, L. & NAJIH, M.
(2013). Dramatic social change : A social psychological
perspective. Journal of Social & Political
Psychology, 1 (1), 253-272. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
Changement
thérapeutique : Changement
observé chez le patient/ client
entre le début et la fin d'une thérapie,
que l'on attribue à l'intervention volontaire du thérapeute.
Ce changement sera considéré comme positif s'il contribue à aider
et guérir le patient.
Selon les thérapies, ce changement peut prendre la forme d'une
modification de comportement, d'une prise de conscience de son
inconscient, d'une façon de penser différente, d'un changement
d'attitude, et même de la découverte du bonheur ! Changement et
efficacité de la
thérapie. Therapeutic
change, Mechanism of change.
| |
|
|
KELMAN, H.C. (1963). The role of the group in the
induction of therapeutic change. International Journal
of Group Psychotherapy, 13, 399-432.
[PDF] |
VERMEERSCH, D.A., LAMBERT, M.J. & BURLINGAME, G.M.
(2000). Outcome Questionnaire : item sensitivity to
change. Journal of Personality Assessment, 74
(2), 242-261. |
|
HOBSON, R.F. & SHAPIRO, D.A. (1970). The personal
questionnaire as a method of measuring change during
psychotherapy. British Journal of Psychiatry, 117,
623-626. |
BLATT, S.J. & AUERBACH, J.S. (2003). Psychodynamic
measures of therapeutic change. Psychoanalytic
Inquiry, 23 (2), 268-307. |
|
SHAPIRO, D.A. & HOBSON, R.F. (1972). Change in
psychotherapy : A single case study. Psychological
Medicine, 2, 312-317. |
MARTELL, C.R., ADDIS, M.E. & DIMIDJIAN, S. (2004).
Finding the action in behavioral activation : The search
for empirically-supported interventions and mechanisms of
change. In S. Hayes, M. Linehan & V. Folette (Eds.), Mindfulness
acceptance and relationship : The new behavior therapies
(pp. 152-167). New York : Guilford. |
|
GOLDFRIED, M. (1980). Toward the delineation of thera-
peutic change principles. American psychologist, 35, 991-999. |
|
|
BLATT, S.J., FORD, R., BERMAN, W., COOK, B. & MEYER,
R. (1988). The assessment of change during the intensive
treatment of borderline and schizophrenic young adults. Psychoanalytic
Psychology, 5, 127-158. |
|
|
DAVIDSON, R. (1992). Prochaska and DiClemente's model of
change : a case study ? Brirish Journal of Addiction,
87, (6), 821-822. |
BLATT, S.J., ZURO, D.C., HAWLEY, L. & AUERBACH, J.S.
(2010). Predictors of sustained therapeutic change. Psychotherapy
Research, 20, 37-54. |
|
BARKHAM, M., STILES, W.B. & SHAPIRO, D.A. (1993). The
shape of change : Longitudinal assessment of personal
problems. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 61, 667-677. |
SCHORE, A.N. (2010). The right brain implicit self : A
central mechanism of the psychotherapy change process. In
J. Petrucelli (Ed.), Knowing, not-knowing and sort of
knowing : Psychoanalysis and the experience of
uncertainty (pp. 177-202). London : Karnac. [PDF]
|
|
BLATT, S.J. & FORD, R. (1994). Therapeutic change
: An object relations perspective. New York, NY :
Plenum |
|
|
BERGIN, A.E. (1997). Neglect of the therapist and the
human dimensions of change : A commentary. Clinical
Psychology : Science & Practice, 4 (1), 83-89.
[PDF] |
WARMERDAM, L., VAN STRATEN, A. JONGSMA, J., TWISK, J.
& CUIJPERS, P. (2010). Online cognitive behavioral
therapy and problem-solving therapy for depressive
symptoms : Exploring mechanisms of change. Journal of
Behavior Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 41
(1), 64-70 |
|
BICKEL W.K., MADDEN, G.J. & PETRY, N. (1998). The
price of change : The behavioral economics of drug
dependence. Behavior Therapy, 29, 545-565. |
|
|
HUBBLE, M.A., DUNCAN, B.L. & MILLER, S.D. (1999).
The heart and soul of change : What works in therapy. Washington
: APA. |
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Thérapie
et Efficacité
des thérapies |
|
|
|
|
Changeux Jean-Pierre (Domont 1936-) : Neurobiologiste
français, spécialisé dans l'étude du cerveau.
Collaborateur d'Atlan, Damasio,
Danchin, Dehaene,
Gutkin et Ricoeur.
 |
DANCHIN, A. & CHANGEUX, J.-P. (1974). Apprendre
par stabilisation sélective de synapses en développement.
Dans L'unité de l'Homme/Centre Royaumont pour une
Science de l'Homme (p. 320-35). Paris : Le Seuil. |
|
CHANGEUX, J.-P. & DANCHIN, A. (1976). Selective
stabilisation of developing synapses as a mechanism for
the specification of neuronal networks. Nature, 264,
705-712. |
|
CHANGEUX, J.P. (1983). L'Homme neuronal. France :
Fayard. |
|
CHANGEUX, J.P. & DEHAENE, S. (1989). Neuronal models
of cognitive functions. Cognition, 33, 63-109. |
|
CHANGEUX, J.P. (2002). L'Homme de vérité. Paris
: Odile Jacob. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chaos
: Absence d'organisation,
de structure ou de régularité. =
désorganisation. /ordre.
Chaos.
| |
|
|
PRIGOGINE, I. et STENGERS, I. (1984). Order out
of chaos. New York : Bantam Books. |
|
GROSSBERG, S. (1987). Stable self-organization of
sensory recognition codes : Is chaos necessary ?
Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 10, 179-180. |
|
GLASS, L. & MACKEY, M. (1988). From clocks to
chaos. Princeton : Princeton University Press. |
|
HOLLAND, J.H. (1998). Emergence : From chaos to
order. Cambridge, MA : Perseus. |
|
STREVENS, M. (2003). Bigger than chaos. Harvard
University Press. |
|
LAMBERT, X. (2011). Les promesses du chaos. Alliage,
68, 79-89.
[LIRE] |
|
|
|
|
Chapais Bernard ( ) : Anthropologue
et primatologue
québécois, spécialisé dans l'étude de la dominance
chez le macaque. Il
s'intéresse notamment à la parenté
et à la consanguinité.
Professeur de Vasey.
 |
CHAPAIS, B. (1983). Reproductive activity in relation to
male dominance and the likelihood of ovulation in rhesus
monkeys. Behavioral Ecology & Sociobiology, 12,
215-228. |
|
CHAPAIS, B. (1983). Mate selection among the Cayo Santiago
rhesus monkeys. American Journal of Primatology, 4,
328. |
|
CHAPAIS, B. (1983). Matriline membership and male rhesus
reaching high ranks in their natal troops. In R.A. Hinde
(Ed.), Primate social relationships : An integrated
approach (pp. 171-175). Oxford : Blackwells
Scientific Publication. |
|
CHAPAIS, B., GAUTHIER, C., PRUD’HOMME, J. & VASEY, P.
(1997). Relatedness threshold for nepotism in Japanese
macaques. Animal Behaviour, 53, 1089-1101. |
|
CHAPAIS, B. & BERMAN, C.M. (Eds.) (2004). Kinship
and behavior in primates. Oxford University Press.
|
|
|
|
|
Chapitre de livre : Ce mot a deux significations : a)
Au sens premier, il désigne une partie d'un
livre écrite par l'auteur-e ou les auteurs de ce livre. En
ce sens, les chapitres d'un livre sont tous écrits par le ou les
auteurs du livre. b) Dans un sens plus
technique, on désigne aussi par cette expression les chapitres
écrits par les différents auteurs d'un livre
écrit par chapitres. Ce livre - on dit aussi collectif - est
habituellement sous la direction d'un professeur ou d'un chercheur
qui a pour tâche de dénicher les auteurs et de répartir les thèmes
du livre (habituellement un chapitre par auteur). Le directeur
doit également veiller à la cohésion du travail (absence de
recoupements et de contradictions entre les chapitres, vocabulaire
uniforme, nombre de mots, etc.) et au respect des thèmes. Les
auteurs choisis par le directeur sont habituellement des
spécialistes de leur domaine. EX : Ici l'auteur
du chapitre "Observation directe du comportement" est Beaugrand;
la directrice du livre "Fondements et étapes de la
recherche scientifique en psychologie" est Robert.
NDLR : Il ne faut donc pas confondre un chapitre de
livre (b) avec un chapitre tout court (a), qui lui est une partie
d'un livre écrit par un seul auteur (ou parfois quelques auteurs),
lequel auteur signe par ailleurs tous les chapitres du livre.
Chapitre de livre et livre
par chapitre. = collectif. *chapitre.
|
BEAUGRAND, J. (1988). Observation
directe du comportement. Dans M. Robert (Dir.),
Fondements et étapes de la recherche scientifique en
psychologie (p. 1-34). St-Hyacinthe : Édisem.
|
|
NOM DE L'AUTEUR, INITIALE DE SON PRÉNOM (Année de
l'édition). Titre du chapitre.
Initiale du prénom du directeur, Nom du (directeur en
abrégé), Titre du livre (première et dernière
pages du chapitre). Lieu de l'édition : Éditeur.
|
|
|
|
|
Chapman Jean P. (Chicago 1929-2018) :
Psychologue américaine et spécialiste de l'étude et du
traitement de la
schizophrénie et de la
psychose. Professeure de Kwapil.
Collaboratrice de Campbell
et Chapman.
|
CHAPMAN, J.P. (1961). The spacing of sequentially
dependent trials in probability learning. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 62 (6), 545-551. |
|
CHAPMAN, J.P. (1966). The early symptoms of schizophrenia.
British Journal of Psychiatry, 112, 225-251. |
|
CHAPMAN, J.P. & CHAPMAN, L.J. (1987). Handedness of
hypothetically psychosis-prone subjects. Journal of
Abnormal Psychology, 96 (2), 89-93. |
|
CHAPMAN, J.P., CHAPMAN, L.J. & KWAPIL, T.R. (1994).
Does the Eysenck psychoticism scale predict psychosis ? A
ten year longitudinal study. Personality &
Individual Differences, 17 (3), 369-375. [PDF] |
|
CHAPMAN, J.P. & CHAPMAN, L.J. (1995). Scales for the
measurement of schizotypy. In Schizotypal personality
disorder. Cambridge University Press |
| |
|
N0 AUTHORSHIP ( ). Award for Distinguished Scientific
Applications of Psychology : Loren J. Chapman and Jean P.
Chapman. American Psychologist, 54 (11),
892-894. |
|
|
|
Chapman Loren J. (1927-2017) : Psychologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude et du traitement de la schizophrénie
et de la psychose.
Il s'intéresse aussi à
l'anhédonie. Professeur de Kwapil.
Collaborateur de Chapman.
|
CHAPMAN, L.J. (1966). The early symptoms of schizophrenia.
British Journal of Psychiatry, 112, 225-251. |
|
CHAPMAN, L.J., CHAPMAN, J.P. & RAULIN, M.L.
(1978). Body-image aberration in schizophrenia. Journal
of Abnormal Psychology, 87 (4), 399-407. |
|
CHAPMAN, L.J., EDELL, W.S. & CHAPMAN, J.P. (1980).
Physical anhedonia, perceptual aberration, and psychosis
proneness. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 6 (4),
640-653. [PDF] |
|
CHAPMAN, L.J. CHAPMAN, J.P., NUMBERS, J.S., EDELL, W.S.,
CARPENTER. B.N. & BECKFIELD, D. (1984). Impulsive
nonconformity as a trait contributing to the prediction of
psychotic-like and schizotypal symptoms. Journal of
Nervous & Mental Disease, 172, 681-691. |
|
CHAPMAN, L.J., CHAPMAN, J.P., KWAPIL, T.R., ECKLAD, M.
& ZINSER, M.C. (1994). Putatively psychosis-prone
subjects 10 years later. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 103 (2), 171-183.
[PDF] |
| |
|
N0 AUTHORSHIP ( ). Award for Distinguished Scientific
Applications of Psychology : Loren J. Chapman and Jean P.
Chapman. American Psychologist, 54 (11),
892-894. |
|
|
|
Chapoutier George (Libourne 1945-) : Neurobiologiste
et philosophe
français. =Georges
Friedenkraft,
|
CHAPOUTIER, G. (1994). La biologie de la mémoire.
Paris : Presses Universitaire de France. |
|
CHAPOUTIER, G. (2009). Kant et le chimpanzé : essai
sur l'être humain, la morale et l'art. Belin :
Paris. |
|
CHAPOUTIER, G. et KAPLAN, F. (2012). L'Homme,
l'animal et la machine. CNRS. |
|
CHAPOUTIER, G. (2012). Que reste-t-il du propre de
l'Homme ? ENSTA. |
|
CHAPOUTIER, G. et TRISTANI-POTTEAUX, F. (2013). Le
chercheur et la souris. CNSRS. |
|
|
|
|
|
Charcot
Jean-Martin (Paris 1825-1893 Morvan) : Médecin,
neurologue et psychiatre
français. En 1882, il devient le premier directeur de la chaire de
Clinique des maladies du système nerveux de Hôpital
de la Salpêtrière, où il enseigne et poursuit ses travaux
sur la maladie de Parkinson, la sclérose en plaques, le syndrome
de Gilles la Tourette et l'hystérie.
Par l'hypnose, il tente de
soigner la paralysie de certaines patientes. Il fut le premier à
décrire les symptômes de la sclérose latérale amyotrophique, que
l'on désigne en France sous le vocable de maladie de Charcot
(Maladie de Lou Gehrig aux États-Unis). Professeur de Babinski,
Bechterev, Binet,
Bleuler, Freud
et Gilles de la
Tourette. Collaborateur de
Vulpian.
  |
CHARCOT, J.M. (1882). Sur les divers états nerveux
déterminés par l'hypnotisation chez les hystériques. Comptes-rendus
hebdomadaires des séances de l'Académie des Sciences. |
|
CHARCOT, J.M. (1885-87). Leçons sur les maladies du
système nerveux, 1885-1887. |
|
CHARCOT, J.M. (1891). Sur un cas d'amnésie
rétro-antérograde, probablement d'origine hystérique. Revue
de Médecine, 12. |
|
CHARCOT, J.M. (1893). La foi qui guérit. Archives de
Neurologie, 25. |
|
|
BOGOUSSLAVSKY, J., WALUSINSKI, O. & VEYRUNES, D.
(2009). Crime, hysteria and Belle Époque hypnotism : The
path traced by Jean-Martin Charcot and Georges Gilles de
la Tourette. European Neurology, 62, 193-199. |
|
BOGOUSSLAVSKY, J. (2011). Hysteria after Charcot :
Back to the future. Frontiers of Neurology &
Neuroscience, 29, 137-161. |
|
JOHNSON, J., LORCH, M., NICOLAS, S. & GRAZIANO, A.
(2013). Jean-Martin Charcot's role in the
nineteenth-century study of "music aphasia". Brain,
136 (5), 1662-1670. |
|
NICOLAS, S., GUIDA, A. & LEVINE, Z. (2014). Broca and
Charcot's research on Jacques Inaudi : The psychological
and anthropological study of a mental calculator. Journal
of the History of the Neurosciences, 23 (2),
140-159. |
|
BOGOUSSLAVSKY, J. (2014). The Jean-Martin Charcot and his
legacy. Frontiers in Neurology of Neuroscience, 35, 44-55.
|
|
NICOLAS, S. & GUIDA, A. (2015). Charcot and the mental
calculator Jacques Inaudi. European Yearbook of the
History of Psychology, 1, 107-138. |
|
BOGOUSSLAVSKY, J. (2016). The mysteries of hysteria : A
historical perspective. Neurosciences & History, 2
(2), 54-73. [PDF] |
|
GIMENEZ-ROLDAN, S. (2016). Clinical history of Blanche
Wittman and current knowledge of psychogenic non-epileptic
seizures. Neurosciences & History, 4 (4),
122-129. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
Chardon
St-Cyr ( ) : Spécialiste français de
la pédagogie, notamment
de l'apprentissage de la
lecture.
|
CHARDON, ST-C. (2000). Expérience de soutien en lecture
auprès de faibles lecteurs de cycle 3. Revue Française
de Pédagogie, 130, 107-119. |
|
CHARDON, ST-C. & BAILLÉ J. (2002). Soutien en lecture
: prise en compte des méthodes d'apprentissage. Revue
Française de Pédagogie, 139, 81-95. [PDF] |
|
CHARDON, ST-C. (2005). Évaluation d'un entraînement à la
lecture au cours préparatoire sollicitant les modalités
visuelle auditive et haptique. Revue Française de
Pédagogie, 153, 93-107. [PDF] |
|
CHARDON, ST-C. (2009). Soutien en lecture en troisième
année de cycle 2 : évaluation de deux dispositifs
contrastés. Revue Française de Pédagogie, 168,
19-37. [PDF] |
|
CHARDON, ST-C. (2011). Évaluation d'un programme
d'entraînement à la lecture au cours élémentaire deuxième
année en France : réviser les correspondances
graphophonologiques. Revue des Sciences de
l'Éducation, 37 (1), 39–66. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Charest
Paul ( ) : Anthropologue
québécois et spécialiste de l'étude des autochtones,
notamment des innus.
|
CHAREST, P. (1986). La militarisation des territoires
montagnais. Anthropologie et Sociétés, 10 (11),
255-260.
|
|
CHAREST, P. et TANNER, A. (1992).
Présentation. La reconquête du pouvoir par les
autochtones. Anthropologie et Sociétés, 16, (3),
5-16.
[PDF] |
|
CHAREST, P. (2004). Qui a peur des Innus ? Réflexions sur
les débats au sujet du projet d’entente de principe entre
les Innus de Mashteuiatsh, Essipit, Betsiamites et
Nutashkuan et les gouvernements du Québec et du Canada. Anthropologie
et Sociétés, 27 (2), 185-206. [PDF] |
|
CHAREST, P. (2012). Les
Pêches des premières nations dans l’Est du Québec :
Innus, Malécites et Micmacs.
GID. |
| CHAREST, P. (2020). Des tentes aux
maisons : la sédentarisation des Innus. GID |
|
|
|
Charge
cognitive : Théorie qui étudie la quantité d'information
qu'un cerveau virtuel peut traiter
en temps réel. Une charge trop lourde nuit au stockage
de l'information en mémoire
à long terme et, partant, à l'apprentissage.
On doit ce concept à Sweller
(1988). = charge mentale, surcharge
cognitive. Cognitive load.
| |
|
|
SWELLER, J. (1988). Cognitive load during problem solving
: Effects on learning. Cognitive Science, 12,
257-285. [PDF] |
KIRSCHNER, P.A. (2002). Cognitive load theory :
implications of cognitive load theory on the design of
learning. Learning & Instruction, 12 (1),
1-10. [PDF] |
|
SWELLER, J., CHANDLER, P., TIERNY, P. & COOPER, M.
(1990). Cognitive load as a factor in the structure of
technical material. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : General, 119, 176-192. |
VAN MERRIËNBOER, J.J.G., SCHUURMAN, J.G., DE CROOCK,
M.B.M. & PAAS, F.G.W.C. (2002). Redirecting learners
attention during training : Effects on cognitive load,
transfer test performance and training efficiency.
Learning & Instruction, 12, 11-37. [PDF] |
|
CHANDLER, P. & SWELLER, J. (1991). Cognitive load
theory and the format of instruction. Cognition &
Instruction, 8, 293-332.
[PDF] |
PAAS, F., TUOVINEN, J., TABBERS, H. & VAN GERVEN, P.
(2003). Cognitive load measurement as a means to advance
cognitive load theory. Educational Psychologist, 38
(1), 63-71. |
|
PAAS, F. (1992). Training strategies for attaining
transfer of problem-solving skill in statistics : a
cognitive-load approach. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 84 (4), 429-434. |
BRÜNKEN, R., PLASS, J.L. & LEUTNER, D. (2003). Direct
measurement of cognitive load in multimedia learning. Educational
Psychologist, 38 (1), 53-61. [PDF] |
|
MAYER, J.D. & MORENO, R. (2003). Nine ways to reduce
cognitive load in multimedia learning. Educational
Psychologist, 38, 43-52. |
|
SWELLER, J. (1993). Some cognitive processes and their
consequences for the organisation and presentation of
information. Australian Journal of Psychology, 45,
1-8. |
PAAS, F., RENKL, A. & SWELLER, J. (2003). Cognitive
load theory and instructional design : recent
developments. Educational Psychologist, 38 (1),
1-4.
[PDF] |
|
BOBIS, J., SWELLER, J. & COOPER, M. (1993). Cognitive
load effects in a primary school geometry task. Learning
& Instruction, 3, 1-21. |
CLAVIEN, L. et BÉTRANCOURT, M. (2003). Animations
multimédia : quels dispositifs pour réduire la charge
cognitive ? Épique, 179-188.
[PDF] |
|
PAAS, F., VAN MERRIENBOER, J.J.G. & ADAM, J.J. (1994).
Measurement of cognitive-load in instructional research. Perceptual
& Motor Skills, 79, 419-430. |
KALYUGA, S., AYRES, P., CHANDLER, P. & SWELLER, J.
(2003). The expertise reversal effect. Educational
Psychologist, 38 (1), 23-31. [PDF] |
|
PAAS, F. & VAN MERRIENBOER, J.J.G. (1994). Variability
of worked examples and transfer of geometrical
problem-solving skills : A cognitive-load approach.
Journal of Educational Psychology, 86 (1),
122-133. [PDF] |
PAAS, F., RENKL, A. & SWELLER J. (2004). Cognitive
load theory : Instructional implications of the
interaction between information structures and cognitive
architecture. Instructional Science, 32, 1-8. [PDF] |
|
SWELLER, J. (1994). Cognitive load theory, learning
difficulty, and instructional design. Learning &
Instruction, 4 (4), 295-312. [PDF] |
KALYUGA, S. & SWELLER, J. (2004). Measuring knowledge
to optimize cognitive load factors during instruction. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 96, 558-568. [PDF] |
|
VAN MERRIENBOER, J.J.G. & SWELLER, J. (2005).
Cognitive load theory and complex learning : Recent
developments and future directions. Educational
Psychology Review, 17 (2), 147-177. [PDF] |
|
|
MOUSAVI, S., LOW, R. & SWELLER, J. (1995). Reducing
cognitive load by mixing auditory and visual presentation
modes. Journal of Educational Psychology, 87,
319-334. |
KESTER, L., KIRSCHNER, P.A. & VAN MERRIENBOER, J.J.G.
(2005). The management of cognitive load during complex
cognitive skill acquisition by means of computer-simulated
problem solving. British Journal of Educational
Psychology, 75, 71-85. [PDF] |
|
CHANDLER, P. & SWELLER, J. (1996). Cognitive load
while learning to use a computer program. Applied
Cognitive Psychology, 10, 151-170. |
SWELLER, J. (2006). Discussion of "Emerging topics in
cognitive load research : Using information and learner
characteristics in the design of powerful learning
environments". Applied Cognitive Psychology, 20,
353-357. |
|
TRICOT, A. & CHANQUOY, L. (1996). La charge mentale,
"vertu dormitive" ou concept opérationnel ? Introduction.
Psychologie Française, 41 (4), 313-318. [PDF] |
KALYUGA, S. (2006). Rapid assessment of learners'
proficiency : A cognitive load approach. Educational
Psychology, 26, 613-627. [PDF] |
|
DE NEYS, W. & SCHAEKEN, W. (2007). When people are
more logical under cognitive load : Dual task impact on
scalar implicature. Experimental Psychology, 54,
128-133. [PDF] |
|
HASLER, B.S., KERSTEN, B. & SWELLER, J. (2007).
Learner control, cognitive load and instructional
animation. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 21, 713-729.
[PDF] |
|
TRICOT, A. (1998). Charge cognitive et apprentissage. Une
présentation des travaux de John Sweller. Revue de
Psychologie de l'Education, 1, 37-64. [PDF] |
AYRES, P. & VAN GOG, T. (2009). State of the art
research into cognitive load theory. Computers in
Human Behavior, 25 (2), 253-392.
[PDF] |
|
YEUNG, A., JIN, P. & SWELLER, J. (1998). Cognitive
load and learner expertise : Split-attention and
redundancy effects in reading with explanatory notes. Contemporary
Educational Psychology, 23, 1-21. |
TRICOT, N. (2009). La régulation de la charge cognitive :
un nouveau point de vue. Épique, 1-7. [PDF] |
|
COOPER, G. (1998). Research into cognitive load
theory and instructional design at UNSW. Sydney :
UNSW. |
KALYUGA, S. (2009). Knowledge elaboration : A cognitive load
perspective. Learning & Instruction, 19,
402-410. [PDF] |
|
SWELLER, J., VAN MERRIENBOER, J.J.G. & PAAS, F.
(2008). Cognitive architecture and instructional design. Educational
Psychology Review, 10 (3), 251-296. [PDF] |
KALYUGA, S. (2009). Managing cognitive load in
adaptive multimedia learning. Hershey - New York :
Information Science Reference. |
|
TUOVINEN, J. & SWELLER J. (1999). A comparison of
cognitive load associated with discovery learning and
worked examples. Journal of Educational Psychology,
91, 334-341. |
DE JONG, T. (2010). Cognitive load theory, educational
research and instructional design : some food for thought.
Instructional Science, 38, 105-134. [PDF] |
|
MORENO, R. (2010). Cognitive load theory : more food for
thought. Instructional Science, 38, 135-141. [PDF] |
|
VAN MERRIENBOER, J.J.G. & SWELLER, J. (2010).
Cognitive load theory in health professional education :
design principles and strategies. Medical Education,
44, 85-93. [PDF] |
|
VREDEVELDT, A., HITCH, G.J. & BADDELEY, A.D. (2011).
Eye closure helps memory by reducing cognitive load and
enhancing visualisation. Memory & Cognition, 39,
1253-1263. [PDF] |
|
CHANG, T.-W., HSU, J.-M. & YU, P.-T. (2011). A
comparison of single- and dual-screen environment in
programming language : Cognitive lads and learning
effects. Educational Technology & Society, 14 (2),
188-200. [PDF] |
|
KIRSCHNER, P.A., AYRES, P. & CHANDLER, P. (2011).
Contemporary cognitive load theory research : The good,
the bad and the ugly. Computers in Human Behavior, 27
(1), 99-105. [PDF] |
|
|
| MATLIN,
M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John &
Sons, Incorporated. / La cognition : Une introduction
à la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck
Université. |
Voir aussi Sweller |
|
|
Charger
: Loading.
| |
|
|
FERGUSON, D.L. & ROSALES-RUIZ, J. (2001). Loading the
problem loader : the effects of target training and
shaping on trailer- loading behavior of horses. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 34 (4), 409-424. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Charisme
: Ensemble de caractéristiques physiques et d'habiletés
sociales/ cognitives
d'un individu qui, selon le contexte, suscite chez autrui un intérêt
marqué, emporte l'adhésion des masses. Le récipidendaire de ces
caractéristiques n'est pas toujours conscient de les posséder ou
d'en profiter pour influencer autrui. Le charisme est un ensemble
de caractéristiques psychologiques et d'habiletés sociales. Cet
ensemble a notamment été étudié chez les leaders.
Charisme, influence
sociales et leader
charismatique. Charisma.
| |
|
|
WILSON, B.R. (1975). The noble savages : The
primitive origins of charisma and its contemporary
survival. Berkeley : University of California
Press. |
HOUSE, R.J., SPANGLER, W.D. & WOYKE, J. (1991).
Personality and charisma in the U.S. presidency : A
psychological theory of leadership effectiveness. Administrative
Science Quarterly, 36, 364-396. |
|
HOUSE, R.J. (1977). A 1976 theory of charismatic
leadership. In J.G. Hunt & L.L. Larson (Eds.), Leadership
: The cutting edge (pp. 189-207). Carbondale :
Southern Illinois University Press. |
SHAMIR, B. (1999). Taming charisma for better
understanding and greater usefulness : A response to
Beyer. The Leadership Quarterly, 10, 555-562. |
|
WILLNER, A.R. (1984). The spellbinders : Charimatic
political leadership. New Haven, CT : Yale University
Press. |
EMRICH, C.G., BROWER, H.H., FELDMAN, J.M. & GARLAND,
H. (2001). Images in words : Presidential rhetoric,
charisma, and greatness. Administrative Science
Quarterly, 46, 527-557. [PDF] |
|
FRIEDMAN, H.S., RIGGIO, R.E. & CASELLA, D. (1988).
Nonverbal skill, personal charisma, and initial
attraction. Personality & Social Psychology
Bulletin, 14, 203-211. |
DE CREMER, D. (2002). How do leaders promote cooperation ?
The effects of charisma and procedural fairness. Journal
of Applied Psychology, 87 (5), 858-866. |
|
HOGAN, R., RASKIN, R. & FAZZINNI, D. (1990). The dark
side of charisma. In K.E. Oark & M.B. Clark (Eds.), Measures
of leadership (pp. 343-354). West Orange, NJ :
Leadership Library of America. |
TOURIGNY, L., DOUGAN, W.L., WASHBUSH, J. & CLEMENTS,
C. (2003). Explaining executive integrity : governance,
charisma, personality and agency. Management
Decision, 41, 1035-1049. |
|
MIO, J.S., RIGGIO, R.E., LEVIN, S. & REESE, R. (2005).
Presidential leadership and charisma : The effects of
metaphor. The Leadership Quarterly, 16,
287-294. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Personnalité
et Leader
charismatique |
|
|
Charité
: Comportement d'aide qui
découle d'un sentiment altruiste
ou d'une stratégie, et
qui consiste à donner de
l'argent (ou un objet qui a une valeur en argent) à une personne
visiblement dans le besoin (sans rien obtenir en retour).
Charity.
| |
|
|
HOLLAND, J.H. & NISBETT, R.E. (1982). Rationality and
charity. Philosophy of Science, 42, 379-394. |
LANDRY, C., LANGE, A., LIST, J.A., PRICE, M.K. & RUPP,
N. (2006). Toward an understanding of the economics of
charity : Evidence from a field experiment. Quarterly
Journal of Economics, 121 (2), 747-782. |
|
ANDREONI, J. & SCHOLTZ, J.K. (1998). An econometric
analysis of charitable giving with interdependent
preferences. Economic Inquiry, 36 (3), 410-428. |
LEE, Y. & CHANG, C. (2007). Who gives what to charity
? Characteristics affecting donation behavior. Social
Behavior & Personality, 35 (9), 1173-1180. |
|
LIST, J.A. & LUCKING-REILEY, D. (2002). The effects of
seed money and refunds on charitable giving : Experimental
evidence from a university capital campaign. Journal
of Political Economy, 110, 215-233. [PDF] |
KARLAN, D. & LIST, J.A. (2007). Does price matter in
charitable giving ? Evidence from a large-scale natural
field experiment. American Economic Review, 97 (5),
1774-1793. |
|
LIST, J.A. & RONDEAU, D. (2003). The impact of
challenge gifts on charitable giving : An experimental
investigation. Economics Letters, 79, 153-159. |
RONDEAU, D. & LIST, J.A. (2007). Matching and
challenge gifts to charity : evidence from laboratory and
natural field experiments. Experimental Economics, 11
(3), 253-267. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi
Comportement d'aide, Générosité,
Altruisme et Comportement
prosocial |
|
|
|
|
Charlatanisme
: Charlatan : Art et pratique du charlatan. Le
charlatan exploite la crédulité, l'ignorance
et la souffrance des
gens dans le but de leur vendre son pseudo-savoir sous forme de médicament
(EX: granules homéopathiques), de thérapie
(EX: Thérapie par les anges), de conférence
(EX: Comment devenir millionnaire sans rouler son beau-frère), de
livre (EX: Les
extra-terrestres sont parmi nous !) et autres gadgets (amulette,
pyramide d'énergie, bracelet magique, bougie auriculaire, cube
cosmique, etc.). C'est un imposteur car il sait pertinemment que
ce qu'il tient pour vrai est faux ou, au mieux, non-démontré. La
plupart du temps, cet imposteur se double d'un escroc dont le but
premier est de soutirer au croyant
de l'argent ou des services en retour de son psychoverbiage.
Il ne faut donc pas confondre le charlatan - qui abuse de la
naïveté de ses "patients" - avec l'adepte de la psychologie
populaire ou de sous-sol
d'église, ces derniers étant de bonne foi donc persuadés
qu'ils possèdent la "science infuse" ou un don, transmis
secrètement par une lointaine tante qui habitait la Transylvanie,
pour guérir autrui. Bref, le charlatan est un incompétent sans
scrupules. Charlatan, imposteur
et fraude.
= escroc, imposteur, psy de pacotille,
corsaire de l'âme. Charlatanism.
| |
|
|
BUNGE, M. (1996). In praise of intolerance to
charlatanism. Academia, Annals of the New York
Academy of Sciences, 775, 96-116 |
|
|
|
| |
Voir aussi Fraude
et Imposture
scientifique
|
|
|
Charlesworth
Deborah ( ) : Biologiste
et généticienne
anglaise, spécialisée dans l'étude de la détermination
du sexe.
|
CHARLESWORTH, D. (1996). The evolution of chromosomal sex
determination and dosage compensation. Current
Biology, 6, 149-162. |
|
CHARLESWORTH, D. (1996). The degeneration of Y
chromosomes. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal
Society B, 55 (1403), 1563-1572. |
|
CHARLESWORTH, D. (2004). Sex determination : Primitive Y
dispatch chromosomes in fish. Current Biology, 14, 745-747.
[PDF] |
|
CHARLESWORTH, D. (2004). The evolution of sex chromosomes.
Science, 251, 1030-1033. |
|
CHARLESWORTH, D. & MANK, J.E. (2010). The birds and
the bees and the owers and the trees : lessons from
genetic mapping of sex determination in plants and
animals. Genetics, 186, 9-31. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Charlop
Marjorie H. ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste et
spécialiste de l'étude et du traitement de l'autisme.
= Charlop-Christy. Collaboratrice de Leblanc,
Runco et Schreibman.
|
CHARLOP, M.H. (1983). The effects of echolalia on
acquisition and generalization of receptive labeling in
autistic children. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 16 (1), 111-126. [PDF] |
|
CHARLOP, M.H. & THIBODEAU, M.G. (1985). Increasing
spontaneous verbal responding in autistic children using
the time-delay procedure. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 18 (2), 155-166. [PDF] |
|
CHARLOP, M.H., KURTZ, P.F. & CASEY, F.G. (1990). Using
aberrant behaviors as reinforcers for autistic children. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 23 (2), 163-181. [PDF] |
|
CHARLOP-CHRISTY, M.H., LEBLANC, L.A. & CARPENTER, M.H.
(1999). Naturalistic teaching strategies (NaTS) to teach
speech to children with autism : Historical perspective,
development, and current practice. California School
Psychologist, 4, 30-46. |
|
CHARLOP, M.H., LE, L. & FREEMAN, K.A. (2000). A
comparison of video modeling with in vivo modeling for
teaching children with autism. Journal of Autism
& Developmental Disorders, 30 (6), 537-552. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Charlton
Rebecca A. ( ) : Neurosychologue
américaine, spécilaiste de l'étude de la
substance blanche et de son influence sur le vieillissement
et la mémoire épisodique.
|
CHARLTON, R.A., BARRICK, T.R., MCINTYRE, D.J., SHEN, Y.,
O'SULLIVAN, M., HOWE, F.A., CLARK, C.A., MORRIS, R.G.
& MARKUS, H.S. (2006). White matter damage on
diffusion tensor imaging correlates with age-related
cognitive decline. Neurology, 66, 217-222. |
|
CHARLTON, R.A., BARRICK, T.R., MARKUS, H.S. & MORRIS,
R.G. (2009). Theory of mind associations with other
cognitive functions and brain imaging in normal aging. Psychology
& Aging, 24 (2), 338-348. |
|
CHARLTON, R.A., BARRICK, T.R., MARKUS, H.S. & MORRIS,
R G. (2010). The relationship between episodic long-term
memory and white matter integrity in normal aging. Neuropsychologia,
48 (1), 114-122. |
|
CHARLTON, R.A. (2014). Subcortical biophysical
abnormalities in patients with mood disorders. Molecular
Psychiatry, 19, 710-716. |
|
CHARLTON, R.A. (2014). White matter tract integrity in
late-life depression : Associations with severity and
cognition. Psychological Medicine, 44 (7),
1427-1437. |
|
|
|
|
|
Chase
Ivan D. ( ) : Sociologue
et éthologiste américain,
spécialiste de
l'organisation sociale, des hiérarchies
et de la dominance.
 |
CHASE, I.D. (1974). Models of hierarchy formation in
animal societies. Behavioral Science, 19,
374-82. |
|
CHASE, I.D. (1980). Social process and hierarchy formation
in small groups : A comparative perspective. American
Sociological Review, 45 (6), 905-924. |
|
CHASE, I.D. (1982). Dynamics of hierarchy formation : The
sequential development of dominance relationships. Behaviour,
80, 218-240. |
|
CHASE, I.D. (1982). Behavioral sequences during dominance
hierarchy formation in chickens. Science, 216,
439-440. |
|
CHASE, I.D. & LINDQUIST, W.B. (2016). The fragility of
individual-based explanations of social hierarchies : A
test using animal pecking orders. Plos One, 11 [16],
1-16. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
Chase Philip N. ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'apprentissage
des nouveaux comportements, des comportement
verbaux et des règles.
Collaborateur de Forsyth,
Hayes, Lattal,
Madden et Shahan.
 |
CHASE, P.N. (1986). Are they really so different ?
Comments on the differences between verbal and social
behavior. In P.N. Chase & L.J. Parrott (Eds.), Psychological
aspects of language (pp. 118-122). Springfield, IL
: Charles C. Thomas. |
|
CHASE, P.N. (1996). The origins of naming : A critique of
self-listening. Journal of the Experimental Analysis
of Behavior, 66 (1), 293-296. [PDF] |
|
SHAHAN, T.A. & CHASE, P.N. (2002). Novelty, stimulus
control, and operant variability. The Behavior
Analyst, 25, 175-190. [PDF] |
|
CHASE, P.N. (2006). Teaching the distinction between
positive and negative reinforcement. The Behavior
Analyst, 29, 113-115. [PDF] |
|
CHASE, P.N., ELLENWOOD D.W. & MADDEN, G.J. (2008). A
behavior analytic analogue of learning to use synonyms,
syntax, and parts of speech. Analysis of Verbal
Behavior, 24, 31-54.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
|
Chasse : Chasser : Le concept a deux acceptions voisines : a)
Comportement agonistique
qui consiste à poursuivre une proie
et à la tuer (prédation)
dans le but de la manger. =
prédation. Hunting. b)
Comportement agonistique qui consiste
à poursuivre un adversaire, souvent un congénère (dominance),
jusqu'à ce que cet adversaire se soumette, sorte du territoire
du résidant, s'éloigne des ressources
convoitées ou meurt. Chasing.
| |
|
| a |
|
ARDREY, R. (1976). The hunting hypothesis. A personal
conclusion concerning the evolutionary nature ofman. Atheneum,
New York. |
|
|
BUSSE, C.D. (1978). Do chimpanzees hunt cooperatively ? American
Naturalist, 1122, 767-770. |
MITANI, J.C. & WATTS, D.P. (2001). Why do chimpanzees
hunt and share meat ? Animal Behaviour, 61, 915-924.
[PDF] |
|
PACKER, C. & RUTTAN, L. (1988). The evolution of
cooperative hunting. The American Naturalist, 132
(2), 159-198. [PDF] |
BOESCH, C. (2001). Chimpanzee hunters : Chaos or
cooperation in the forest ? In L. Dugatkin (Ed.), Model
systems in behavioral ecology (pp. 453-465).
Princeton : Princeton University Press. |
|
BOESCH, C. & BOESCH, H. (1989). Hunting behavior of
wild chimpanzees in the Tai’ national park. American
Journal of Physical Anthropology, 78, 547-573.
[PDF] |
WALKER, R., HILL, K., KAPLAN, H. & MCMILLAN, G.
(2002). Age-dependency in hunting ability among the Ache
of Eastern Paraguay. Journal of Human Evolution, 42,
639-657. |
|
BOESCH, C. (1990). First hunters of the forest. New
Scientist, 38-41. [PDF] |
BOESCH, C. (2002). Cooperative hunting roles among Taï
chimpanzees. Human Nature, 13 (1), 27-46. [PDF] |
|
DUCROS, J. et DUCROS, A. (1992). Le singe carnivore : la
chasse chez les primates non humains. Bulletins et
Mémoires de la Société d'Anthropologie de Paris, 4
(3-4), 243-264. [PDF] |
SMITH, E.A. (2004). Why do good hunters have higher
reproductive success ? Human Nature, 15, 343-364. |
|
BLURTON-JONES, N.G. (1993). The lives of hunter - gatherer
children. In M. Perreira & L. Fairbanks (Eds.), Juvenile
primates. Oxford and New York : Oxford University
Press. |
KAMEDA, T. & McDERMOTT, R. (2009). Commentary on
Michael Gurven and Kim Hill, "Why do men hunt ?"
Current Anthropology, 50 (1), 63-64. |
|
|
Voir aussi Comportement
agonistique |
| b |
|
BOULTON, M.J. (1991). Partner preferences in middle school
children's playful fighting and chasing. Ethology
& Sociobiology, 12, 177-193. |
|
|
|
|
|
Chasseur-cueilleur
(société) :
Hunter-gatherers.
| |
|
|
HILL, K. (1982). Hunting and human evolution. Journal
of Human Evolution, 11, 521-544. |
|
BIESELE, M. (1986). How hunter-gatherers' stories "make
sense": semantics and adaptation. Cultural
Anthropology, 1(2), 157-170. |
|
HILL, K. & HURTADO, A.M. (1989). Hunter-Gatherers of
the New World. American Scientist, 77 (5), 436-
443. |
|
BLURTON-JONES, N.G. (1993). The lives of hunter - gatherer
children. In M. Perreira & L. Fairbanks (Eds.), Juvenile
primates. Oxford and New York : Oxford University
Press. |
|
SILVERMAN, I., CHOI, J. & PETERS, M. (2007). The
hunter-gatherer theory of sex differences in spatial
abilities : Data from 40 countries. Archives of
Sexual Behavior, 36, 261-268. |
|
BERBESQUE, J.C. (2009). Sex differences in food
preferences of Hadza hunter-gatherers. Evolutionary
Psychology, 7 (4), 601-616.
[PDF] |
|
WALKER, R.S., HILL, K.R., FLINN, M.V. & ELLSWORTY,
R.M. (2011). Evolutionary history of hunter-gatherer
marriage practices. PLoS ONE, 6 (4): e19066. |
|
|
Voir aussiDifférence
sexuelle |
|
|
Chat
: En psychologie,
le chat est utilisé comme modèle
pour étudier notamment l'apprentissage
(conditionnement opérant,
répondant), la
résolution de problème et la permanence
de l'objet.= (Felis domesticus,
Felis catus) Cat. 
| |
|
|
THORNDIKE, E. (1911/99). Animal intelligence :
Experimental studies. Transaction Publishers. |
MYERS, R.E., SCHRIER, A.M. & SPERRY, R.W. (1960).
Perceptual capacity of the isolated visual cortex in the
cat. The Quarterly Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 12, 65-67. |
|
JOUVET, D., VALATX, J.L. et JOUVET, M. (1961). Étude
polygraphique du sommeil du chaton. Comptes Rendus de
la Société de Biologie, 155, 1660-1664. |
|
FERNANDEZ DE MOLINA, A. & HUNSPERGER, R.W. (1962).
Organization of the subcortical system governing defence
and flight reactions in the cat. Journal of
Physiology, 160, 200-213.
[PDF] |
|
HUBEL, D.H. & WIESEL, T.N. (1962). Receptive fields,
binocular interaction and functional architecture in the
cat's visual cortex. Journal of Physiology, 160,
106-154.
[PDF] |
|
PAPEZ, J.W. (1926). Reticulo-spinal tracts in the cat,
Marchi method. Journal of Comparative Neurology, 41,
365-399. |
WILKINSON, H.A. & PEELE, T.L. (1963). Intracranial
self-stimulation in cats. Journal of Comparative
Neurology, 121, 425-440. |
|
CARMICHAEL, L. & MARKS, L.D. (1932). A study of the
learning process in the cat in a maze constructed to
require delayed response.The Journal of Genetic
Psychology, 40, 955-968. |
THOMPSON, R.F., JOHNSON, R.H., HOOPES, J.J. (1963).
Organization of auditory, somatic sensory, and visual
projection to association fields of cerebral cortex in the
cat. Journal of Neurophysiology, 26, 343-364. |
|
ALTMAN, J. (1963). Autoradiographic investigation of cell
proliferation in the brains of rats and cats. Anatomical
Record, 145, 573-591. [PDF] |
|
MOLLIVER, M.E. (1963). Operant control of vocal behavior
in the cat. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 6 (2), 197-202. [PDF] |
|
ADRIAN, E.D. (1940). Double representation of the feet in
the sensory cortex of the cat. Journal of Physiology,
98, 16. |
HUBEL, D.H. & WIESEL, T.N. (1964). Effects of
monocular deprivation in kittens. Naunyn-Schmiedeberg's
Archives of Pharmacology, 248, 492-497. |
|
DEMPSEY, E.W., MORISON, R.S. & MORISON, B.R. (1941).
Some afferent diencephalic pathways related to cortical
potentials in the cat. American Journal of Physiology,
131,718-731. |
FERNANDEZ DE MOLINA, A. & PERL, E.R. (1965).
Sympathetic activity and the systemic circulation in the
spinal cat. Journal of Physiology, 181 (1),
82–102. [PDF]
|
|
TALBOT, S.A. (1942). A lateral localization in the cat's
visual cortex. Federal Proceedings of American
Societies for Experimental Biology, 1, 84. |
GROSSMANN, K.E. (1967). Behavioral differences between
rabbits and cats. The Journal of Genetic Psychology,
111, 171-182. |
|
MAGOUN, H.W. & McKINLEY, W.A. (1942). The termination
of ascending trigeminal and spinal tracts in the thalamus
of the cat. American Journal of Physiology, 137, 409-416. |
JOHN, E.R., CHESLER, P., BARTLETT, F. & VICTOR, I.
(1968). Observational learning in cats. Science, 159,
1489-1491. |
|
HARRIS, A.J., HODES, R. & MAGOUN, H.W. (1944). The
afferent path of the pupillodilator reflex in the cat. Journal
of Neurophysiology, 7, 231-244. |
THOMPSON, R.F., MAYERS, K.S., ROBERTSON, R.T. &
PATTERSON, C.J. (1970). Number coding in association
cortex of cat. Science, 168, 271-273. |
|
MASSERMAN, J.H. & YUM, K.S. (1946). Ananalysis of the
influence of alcohol on experimental neurosis in cats. Psychosomatic
Medicine, 8, 36-52. |
SHLAER, R. & MYERS, M.L. (1972). Operant conditioning
of the pretrigeminal cat. Brain Research, 38,
222-225. |
|
GUTHRIE, E.R. & HORTON, G.P. (1946). Cats in a
puzzle box. New York : Rinehart. |
ADAMEC, R. (1975). The behavioral bases of prolonged
suppression of predatory attack in cats. Aggressive
Behavior, 1 (2), 297-314. |
|
|
LINDSLEY, D.B., SCHREINER, L.H., KNOWLES, W.B. &
MAGOUN, W. (1950). Behavioral and EEG changes following
chronic brain stem lesions in the cat. Electroencephalography
& Clinical Neurophysiology, 2, 483-498. |
CAMPBELL, A. (1978). Deficits in visual learning produced
by posterior temporal lesions in cats. Journal of
Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 92,
45-57. |
|
KAADA, B.R., JANSEN, J.R. & ANDERSON, P. (1953).
Stimulation ofthe hippocampus and medial cortical areas in
unanesthetized cats. Neurology, 3, 844-857. |
IKEGAMI, S., NISHIOKA, S. & KAWAMURA, H. (1981).
Operant conditioning of vertical eye movements without
visual feedback in the midpontine pretrigeminal cat. Brain
Research, 169, 421-431. |
|
LI, C.-L. & JASPER, H. (1953). Microelectrode studies
of the cerebral cortex in the cat. Journal of
Physiology, 121, 117-140. [PDF] |
MOORE, B.R. & STUDDARD, S. (1979). Dr. Guthrie and
Felis domesticus, or, tripping over the cat. Science,
205, 1031-1033. [PDF] |
|
SPRAGUE, J.M. & CHAMBERS, W.W. (1954). Control of
posture by reticular formation and cerebellum in the
intact, anesthetized and unanesthetized and in the
decerebrated cat. American Journal of Physiology, 17,
652-664. |
ADAMEC, R., STARK-ADAMEC, C. & LIVINGSTONE, K.E.
(1980). The development of predatory aggression and
defence in the domestic cat (Felis domesticus). II.
Patterns of development in the first 164 days of life. Behavioral
& Neural Biology, 30, 410-434. |
|
HESS, R., KOELLA, W.P. & ALCART, K. (1953). Cortical
and Subcortical Recordings in Natural and Artificially
Indiced Sleep in Cats. Electroencephalography &
Clinical Neurophysiology, 5, 75-90. |
ADAMEC, R., STARK-ADAMEC, C. & LIVINGSTONE, K.E.
(1980). The development of predatory aggression and
defence in the domestic cat (Felis domesticus). III.
Effects on development of hunger between 180 and 365 days.
Behavioral & Neural Biology, 30, 435-447. |
|
WOLFE, G.E. & SOLTYSIK, S. (1981). An apparatus for
behavioral and physiological study of aversive
conditioning in cats and kittens. Behavior Research
Methods & Instrumentation, 13 (5), 637-642. [PDF] |
|
PFAFFMANN, C. (1955). Gustatory nerve impulses in rat, cat
and rabbit. Journal of Neurophysiology, 18,
429-440. |
IKEGAMI, S. & KAWAMURA, H. (1981). Inhibition of
intra- cranial self-stimulation in brain stem-transected
cats - a proposed mechanism of aversive effects produced
by brain stimulation. Brain Research, 229, 471-485. |
|
BRODAL, A. & ROSSI, G. (1955). Ascending fibers in
brain stem reticular formation of cat. Archives of
Neurology & Psychiatry, 74, 68-87. |
PTITO, M. & LEPORE, M. (1983). Interocular transfer in
cats with early callosal transection. Nature, 301,
513-515. |
|
STAMM, J.S., MINER, N. & SPERRY, R.W. (1956).
Relearning tests for interocular transfer following
division of optic chaism and corpus callosum in cats. Journal
of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 49,
529-533. |
ADAMEC, R., STARK-ADAMEC, C. & LIVINGSTONE, K.E.
(1983). The expression of an early developmentally
emergent defensive bias in the adult domestic cat (Felis
catus) in non-predatory situations. Applied Animal
Ethology, 10 (1), 89-108. |
|
|
VAN GROEN, T. VANHAREN, F.J., WITTER, M.P. &
GROENEWEGER, H.J. (1986). The organization of the
reciprocal connections between the subiculum and the
entorhinal cortex in the cat : I. A neuroanatomical
tracing study. Journal of Comparative Neurology, 250,
485-497. |
|
KUFFLER, S.W., FITZHUGH, R. & BARLOW, H.B. (1957).
Maintained activity in the cat's retina in light and
darkness. Journal of Genetic Physiology, 40,
683-702. |
ZERNICKI, B. (1988). The orienting ocular-following reflex
in pretrigeminal cats with lesions of visual and
oculomotor systems. Acta Neurobiologiae
Experimentalis, 48, 223-238. |
|
SHEALY, C.W. & PEELE, T.L. (1957). Studies on
amygdaloid nucleus of cat. Journal of
Neurophysiology, 20, 125-139. |
WRIGHT, J.C. (1990). Reported cat bites : Characteristics
of the cats, the victims, and the attack settings. Public
Health Reports, 105 (4), 420-424. [PDF] |
|
FISET, S.S. & DORÉ, F.Y. (1996). Spatial encoding in
domestic cats (Felis catus). Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 22,
420-437. |
|
KAADA, B.R. & URSIN, H. (1957). Further localisation
of behavioral responses elicited from the amygdala in
unanesthetized cats. Acta Physiologica Scandinavica,
42 (S145), 80-81. |
ZERNICKI, B. & STASIAK, M. (1996). Visual neglect in
pre- trigeminal cats with lateral suprasylvian lesions. Archives
Italiennes de Biologie, 134, 227-234. |
|
BARLOW, H.B., FITZHUGH, R. & KUFFLER, S.W. (1957).
Change of organization in the receptive fields of the
cat's retina during dark adaptation. Journal of
Physiology, 137, 338-354. |
GOULET, S., DORE, F.Y. & LEHOTKAY, R. (1996).
Activation of locations in working memory in cats. Quarterly
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 49b (1), 81-92. |
|
WEISKRANTZ, L. (1958). Sensory deprivation and the cat's
optic nervous system. Nature, 181, 1047-1050. |
GEISLER, W.S. & ALBRETCH, D.G. (1997). Visual cortex
neurons in monkeys and cats : Detection, discrimination,
and identification. Visual Neuroscience, 14, 897-919.
[PDF] |
|
SPERRY, R.W. (1959). Preservation of high-order function
in isolated somatic cortex in callosum-sectioned cat. Journal
of Neurophysiology, 22, 78-87. |
COLLIER, G., JOHNSON, D.F. & MORGAN, C. (1997). Meal
patterns of cats encounteringvariable food procurement
cost Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 67 (3), 303-310. [PDF] |
|
SCHRIER, A. M. & SPERRY, R.W. (1959). Visuomotor
integration in split-brain cats. Science, 129, 1275-1276. |
NICASTRO, N. & OWREN, M.J. (2003). Classification of
domestic cat (Felis catus) vocalizations by naive and
experienced human listeners. Journal of Comparative
Psychology, 117 (1), 44-52. [PDF] |
|
HUBEL, D.H. & WIESEL, T.N. (1959). Receptive fields of
single neurons in cats' striate complex. Journal of
Physiology, 48, 574-591. |
LIPP, O.V., DERAKSHAN, N., WATERS, A.M. & LOGIES, S.
(2004). Snakes and cats in the flowerbed : Fast detection
is not specific to pictures of fear-relevant animals. Emotion,
4 (3), 233-250. |
|
DUMAS, C., ST-LOUIS, B. & ROUTHIER, L. (2006).
Decision making and interference in the domestic cat
(Felis catus). Journal of Comparative Psychology, 120
(4), 367-377. |
|
RAKOVER, S.S. (2007). To understand a cat :
Methodology and philosophy.
Amsterdam/Philadelphia : John Benjamins. |
|
|
| BURNIE,
D. (Ed.) (2001). Animal. Londres : Dorling
Kindersley. / Le règne animal. Saint-Laurent :
Erpi. |
Voir aussi Animal |
|
|
Chatzisarantis
Nikos L.D. ( ) :
Médecin anglais et spécialiste de la psychologie
de la santé et de la
médecine béhaviorale. Il s'intéresse notamment aux facteurs
psychologiques à l'origine de l'exercice
physique. Collaborateur de Hagger
et Sedikides.
|
CHATZISARANTIS, N.L.D., BIDDLE, S.J.H. & MEEK, G.A.
(1997). A self-determination theory approach to the study
of intentions and the intention-behaviour relationship in
children's physical activity. British Journal of
Health Psychology, 2 (4), 343-360. |
|
CHATZISARANTIS, N.L.D., HAGGER, M.S., BIDDLE, S.J.H. &
KARAGEORHIS, C. (2002). The cognitive processes by which
perceived locus of causality predicts participation in
physical activity. Journal of Health Psychology, 7,
685-699. |
|
CHATZISARANTIS, N.L.D., HAGGER, M.S., BIDDLE, S.J.H.,
SMITH, B. & WANG. J.C.K. (2003). A meta-analysis of
perceived locus of causality in exercise, sport, and
physical education contexts. Journal of Sport &
Exercise Psychology, 25 (3), 284-306. |
|
CHATZISARANTIS, N.L.D., HAGGER, M.S. & SMITH, B.
(2007). Influences of perceived autonomy support on
physical activity within the theory of planned behavior. European
Journal of Social Psychology, 37, 934-954. [PDF] |
|
CHATZISARANTIS, N.L.D., KAMAROVA, S., KAWABATA, M., WANG,
J. & HAGGER, M.S. (2015). Developing and evaluating
utility of school-based intervention programs in promoting
leisure-time physical activity : An application of the
theory of planned behavior. International Journal of
Sport Psychology, 46 (2), 95-116. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Chauncey
Henry (1905-2002) : Spécialiste
américain de la mesure et de l'évaluation. Il a contribué à la
révision du SAT.
|
Chauve-souris
: Mammifère volant.
Bat.
| |
|
|
GRIFFIN, D.R. (1959). Echoes of bats and men. New
York : Anchor Books. |
FENTON, M.B. (1986). Design of bat echolocation calls :
implications for foraging ecology and communication. Mammalia,
50, 193-203. |
|
NAGEL, T. (1974). What is it like to be a bat ? Philosophical
Review, 83, 435-450. |
ALDRIDGE, H.D. & RAUTENBACH, I.L. (1987). Morphology,
echolocation and resource partitioning in insectivorous
bats. Journal of Animal Ecology, 56, 763-778. |
|
ANTHONY, E.L.P. & KUNZ, T.H. (1977). Feeding
strategies of the little brown bat, Myotis lucifugus, in
southern New England. Ecology, 58, 775-786. [PDF] |
BALCOMBE, J.P. & FENTON, M.B. (1988). Eavesdropping by
bats : The influence of echolocation call design and
foraging strategy. Ethology, 79, 158-166. [PDF] |
|
SIMMONS, J.A. & STEIN, R.A. (1980). Acoustic imaging
in bat sonar : echolocation signals and the evolution of
echolocation. Journal of Comparative Physiology, 135,
61-84. |
WILKINSON, G.S. (1988). Reciprocal altruism in bats and
other mammals. Ethology & Sociobiology, 9,
85-100. |
|
FENTON, M.B. (1982). Echolocation calls and patterns of
hunting and habitat use of bats (Microchiroptera) from
Chillagoe, North Queensland. Australian Journal of
Zoology 30 (3), 417-425. |
AKINS, K.A. (1993). A bat without qualities ? In M. Davies
& G.W. Humphreys (Eds.), Consciousness :
Psychological and philosophical essays (pp.
258-273). Oxford : Blackwell Publishers. |
|
FENTON, M.B., GAUDET, C.L. & LEONARD, M.L. (1983).
Feeding behaviour of the bats Nycteris grandis and
Nycteris thebaica (Nycteridae) in captivity. Journal
of Zoology, 200, 347-354. |
|
|
| BURNIE,
D. (Ed.) (2001). Animal / Le règne animal.
Londres : Dorling Kindersley /Saint-Laurent : Erpi. |
Voir aussi Animal et
Mammifère |
|
|
|
|
| CHA
- CHECK
- CHEEK - CHEN -
CHEIN - CHENEY - CHERCHEUR
- CHERNEY - CHEVAL -
CHEVEU - CHI |
|
|
Check
James Victor Patrick ( ) :
Psychologue canadien et spécialiste de l'agression
sexuelle et de la pornographie.
Collaborateur de Briere
et Malamuth.
|
CHECK, J. & MALAMUTH, N. (1985). Sex role stereotyping
and reactions to depictions of stranger versus acquintance
rape. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology,
45 (2), 344-356.
[PDF] |
|
CHECK, J. & MALAMUTH, N. (1984). Can there be positive
effects of participation in pornography experiments ?
The Journal of Sex Research, 20 (1), 14-31. [PDF] |
|
CHECK, J. & MALAMUTH, N. (1985). An empirical
assessment of some feminist hypotheses about rape. International
Journal of Women's Studies, 8, 414-423. |
|
CHECK, J., PERLMAN, D. & MALAMUTH, N. (1985).
Loneliness and agressive behaviour. Journal of Social
& Personal Relationships, 2, 243-252. [PDF] |
|
CHECK, J. & GULOEIN, T. (1989). Reported proclivity
for coercive sex following repeated exposure to sexually
violent pornogaphy, non-violent dehumanizing pornography,
and erotica. In D. Zillman and J. Bryant (Eds.), Pornography
: Recent research, interpretations, and policy
considerations (pp. 159-184). Hillside, NJ :
Lawrence Erlbaum. |
|
|
|
Cheek
Jonathan M. ( ) : Psychosociologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude de la timidité.
Collaborateur de Jones, Norem
et Robbins
|
CHEEK, J.M. & BUSS, A.H. (1981). Shyness and
sociability. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 41, 330-339. |
|
CHEEK, J.M. & WATSON, A.K. (1989). The definition of
shyness : Psychological imperialism or construct validity
? Journal of Social Behavior & Personality, 4 (1),
85-95.
[PDF] |
|
CHEEK, J.M. & MELCHIOR, L.A. (1990). Shyness,
self-esteem, and self-consciousness. In H. Leitenberg
(Ed.), Handbook of social and evaluation Anxiety
(pp. 47-82). New York : Plenum Publishing. |
|
CHEEK, J.M. & BRIGGS, S.R. (1990). Shyness as a
personality trait. In W.R. Crozier (Ed.), Shyness and
embarrassment : perspectives from social psychology (pp.
315-337). Cambridge, UK : Cambridge University Press. |
|
CHEEK, J.M. & SMITH, L.R. (1999). Music training and
mathematics achievement. Adolescence, 34, 759-761. |
|
|
|
|
|
Chelladurai
Packianathan (1927-) : Psychosociologue
canadien et spécialiste de l'étude du
sport, notamment du leadership.
Collaborateur de Carron.
|
CHELLADURAI, P. & SALEH, S.D. (1978). Preferred
leadership in sports. Canadian Journal of Applied
Sport Sciences, 3, 85-92. |
|
CHELLADURAI, P. & SALEH, S.D. (1980). Dimensions of
leader behavior in sports : development of a leadership
scale. Journal of Sport Psychology, 2, 34-45. [PDF] |
|
CHELLADURAI, P. & CARRON, A.V. (1983). Athletic
maturity and preferred leadership. Journal of Sport
Psychology, 5, 371-380. |
|
CHELLADURAI, P. & ARNOTT, M. (1985). Decision styles
in coaching : Preferences of basketball players. Research
Quarterlyfor Exercise & Sport, 56 (1), 15-23. |
|
CHELLADURAI, P. (1990). Leadership in sports : a review. International Journal of Sport Psychology, 21, 328-354. |
|
|
|
Chemical
Senses :
Revue scientifique qui consacre ses pages à l'étude de sens.
Éditeur : Oxford Journals.
ROYET, J.P., PAUGAM-MOISY, H., ROUBY, C., ZIGHED, D.,
NICOLOYANNIS, N., AMGHAR, S. & SICARD, G. (1996). Is
short term odour recognition predictable from odour
profile ? Chemical Senses, 21, 553-566.
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Chen
Chao C. ( ) : Spécialiste chinois de
l'étude des organisations.
Il s'intéresse notamment à
l'individualisme et au collectivisme.
 |
CHEN, C.C. (1995). New trends in rewards allocation
preferences : A Sino-U.S. comparison. Academy of
Management Journal, 38 (2), 285-304.
[PDF] |
|
CHEN, C.C., MEINDL, J.R. & HUNT, R.G. (1997). Testing
the effects of vertical and horizontal collectivism : A
study of reward allocation preferences in China. Journal
of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 28 (1), 44-70. |
|
CHEN, C.C., CHEN, X.P. & MEINDL, J.R. (1998). How can
co-operation be fostered ? The cultural effects of
individualism and collectivism. Academy of Management
Review, 23 (2), 285-304. [PDF] |
|
CHEN, C.C., BROCKNER, J. & KATZ, T. (1998). Toward an
explanation of cultural differences in ingroup favoritism
: The role of individual versus collective primacy.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 75 (6),
1490-1502. |
|
CHEN, C.C., PENG, M.W. & SAPARITO, P.A. (2002).
Individualism, collectivism, and opportunism : A cultural
perspective on transaction cost economics. Journal of
Management, 28 (4), 567-583.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Chen
Chaomei ( ) : Spécialiste de la
scientométrie.
|
CHEN, C. (2006). CiteSpace II : Detecting and visualizing
emerging trends and transient patterns in scientific
literature. Journal of the American Society for
Information Science & Technology, 57 (3),
359-377. |
|
CHEN, C., IBEKWE-SANJUAN, F. & HOU, J. (2010). The
structure and dynamics of co-citation clusters : A
multiple-perspective co-citation analysis. Journal of
the American Society for Information Science &
Technology, 61 (7), 1386-1409. |
|
CHEN, C. HU, Z., LIU, S. & TSENG, H. (2012). Emerging
trends in regenerative medicine : A scientometric analysis
in CiteSpace. Expert Opinions on Biological Therapy,
12 (5), 593-608. |
|
CHEN, C. (2017). Science mapping : A systematic review of
the literature. Journal of Data & Information
Science 2 (2), 1-40. |
|
CHEN, C. (2018). Eugene Garfield's scholarly impact : A
scientometric review. Scientometrics, 114 (2),
489-516. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Chen Guoquan ( ) : Psychologue
organisationnel chinois et spécialiste de l'étude du
leadership et des conflits.
Collaborateur de Tjosvold.
|
CHEN, G. & TJOSVOLD, D. (2002). Conflict management
and team effectiveness in China : The mediating role of
justice. Asia Pacific Journal of Management, 19,
557-572. |
|
CHEN, C. & TJOSVOLD, D. (2005). Cross-cultural
leadership : goal interdependence and leader-member
relations in foreign ventures in China. Journal of
International Management, 11, 417-439. |
|
|
CHEN, G. & TJOSVOLD, D. (2006). Cooperative goals,
leader people and productivity values : Their contribution
to top management teams in China. Journal of
Management Studies, 43 (5), 1177-1200. |
|
CHEN, G. & TJOSVOLD, D. (2008). Organizational values
and procedures as antecedents for goal interdependence and
collaborative effectiveness. Asia Pacific Journal of
Management, 25 (1), 93-112. |
|
CHEN, G. & TJOSVOLD, D.W. (2012). Shared rewards and
goal interdependence for psychological safety among
departments in China. Asia Pacific Journal of
Management, 27 (3), 1-20. |
|
|
|
Chen
Nancy Yi-Feng ( ) : Psychologue
organisationnelle chinoise et spécialiste de l'étude du
leadership et des conflits.
Collaboratrice de Tjosvold
et Wong. =
Nancy Chen Yi-Feng.
|
CHEN, Y.N. & TJOSVOLD, D.W. (2005). Working with
foreign managers : conflict management for effective
leader relationships in China. International Journal
of Conflict Management, 16 (3), 265-286. |
|
CHEN, Y.N. & TJOSVOLD, D.W. (2006). Participative
leadership by American and Chinese managers in China : the
role of relationships. Journal of Management Studies,
43 (8), 1727-1752. |
|
CHEN, Y.N. & TJOSVOLD, D. (2007). Cooperative conflict
management : an approach to strengthen relationships
between foreign managers and Chinese employees. Asia
Pacific Journal of Human Resources, 45 (3),
271-294. |
|
CHEN, Y.N., TJOSVOLD, D.W. & PAN, Y. (2010).
Collectivist team values for Korean-Chinese co-worker
relationships and job performance. International
Journal of Intercultural Relations, 34 (5),
475-481. |
|
CHEN, Y.N. & TJOSVOLD, D.W. (2013). Inside the leader
relationship : constructive controversy for team
effectiveness in China. Journal of Applied Social
Psychology, 43 (9), 1827-1837. |
|
|
|
Chen
Xinyin ( ) :
Psychologue américain d'origine chinoise. Il s'intéresse au
développement, notamment
aux différences
culturelles entre les Chinois
et les Canadiens/ Américains
ainsi qu'au rôle de la famille
et des pairs dans ce
développement. Collaborateur de Rubin.
|
CHEN, X., RUBIN, K.H. & SUN, Y. (1992). Social
reputation and peer relationships in Chinese and Canadian
children : A cross-cultural study. Child Development,
63, 1336-1343. |
|
CHEN, X., HASTING, P., RUBIN, K.H., CHEN, H., CEN, G.
& STEWART, S.L. (1998). Childrearing attitudes and
behavioural inhibition in Chinese and Canadian toddlers :
A cross-cultural study. Developmental Psychology, 34,
677-686. |
|
CHEN, X., WU, H., CHEN, H., WANG, L. & CEN, G. (2001).
Parental affect, guidance and power assertion and
aggressive behaviour in Chinese children. Parenting :
Science & Practice, 1, 159-183. |
|
CHEN, X., LIU, M., RUBIN, K.H., CHEN, H., WANG, L. &
LI, D. (2003). Compliance in Chinese and Canadian toddlers
: A cross-cultural study. International Journal of
Behavioral Development, 27, 428-436. [PDF] |
|
CHEN, X., WANG, L WU, H., LI, D. & LIU, J. (2014).
Loneliness in Chinese children across contexts. Developmental
Psychology, 50, 2324-2333. |
|
|
|
Cheney Dorothy L. (1950-2018) : Biologiste et primatologue
américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude de la cognition
animale chez le babouin.
Collaboratrice de Hauser, Isbell,
Seyfarth et Wittig.
 |
CHENEY, D.L. & SEYFARTH, R.M. (1980). Vocal
recognition in free-ranging vervet monkeys. Animal
Behaviour, 288, 362-367. |
|
CHENEY, D.L., SEYFARTH, R.M. & SMUTS, B. (1986).
Social relationships and social cognition in nonhuman
primates. Science, 234, 1361-1366. |
|
CHENEY, D.L. & SEYFARTH, R.M. (1990). Attending to
behaviour versus attending to knowledge : examining
monkeys' attribution of mental states. Animal
Behaviour, 40, 742-753. |
|
CHENEY, D.L., SEYFARTH, R.M. & SILK, J.B. (1995). The
responses of female baboons (Papio cynocephalus ursinus)
to anomalous social interactions : Evidence for causal
reasoning ? Journal of Comparative Psychology, 109,
134-141.
[PDF] |
|
CHENEY, D.L. & SEYFARTH, R.M. (1997). Why animals
don’t have language. The Tanner Lectures on Human
Values, 19, 173-210. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
Cheng
Patricia ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américaine et spécialiste de l'étude de la pensée
et du raisonnement.
Collaboratrice de Holyoak et
Nisbett.
|
CHENG, P.W. & HOLYOAK, K.J. (1985). Pragmatic
reasoning schemas. Cognitive Psychology, 17,
391-416. |
|
CHENG, P.W. & NOVICK, L.R. (1990). A probabilistic
contrast model of causal induction. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 58, 545-567. |
|
CHENG, P.W. & NISBETT, R.E. (1993). Pragmatic
constraints on causal deduction. In R.E. Nisbett (Ed.), Rules
for reasoning (pp. 207-227). Hillsdale, NJ :
Erlbaum. |
|
CHENG, P.W. (1997). From Covariation to causation : A
causal power theory. Psychological Review, 104,
367-405. |
|
CHENG, P.W. & NOVICK, L.R. (2005). Constraints and
nonconstraints in causal learning : Reply to White (2005)
and to Luhmann and Ahn (2005). Psychological Review,
112, 694-706. |
|
|
|
Chercher : Le terme a deux significations différentes : a)
En science, il désigne la
démarche formelle qui vise à découvrir
de nouveaux aspects de la réalité, de nouvelles propriétés
des objets (ou de confirmer
celles qui existent déjà). =
Découvrir. b) Chez l'enfant, la recherche -
souvent sous forme de jeu - est
un comportement qui permet à l'enfant d'explorer
son milieu, et de découvrir les propriétés des objets qu'il
connaît déjà. Chercher et découvrir.
Search behavior.
| |
|
| a |
|
| b |
|
COLE, M. (1965). Search behavior : A correction procedure
for three-choice probability learning. Journal of
Mathematical Psychology, 2, 145-170. |
|
CUMMINGS, E.M. & BJORK, E.L. (1981). The search
behavior of 12 to 14 month-old infants on a five-choice
invisible displacement hiding task. Infant Behavior
& Development, 4, 47-60.
[PDF] |
|
CUMMINGS, E.M. & BJORK, E.L. (1981). Search on a
five-choice invisible displacement hiding task : A
rejoinder to Schuberth and Gratch. Infant Behavior
& Development, 4, 65-67. [PDF] |
|
DIAMOND, A. (1981). Retrieval of an object from an open
box: The development of visual-tactile control of reaching
in the first year of life. Society for Research in
Child Development Abstracts, 3, 78 - 78. |
|
|
|
Chercheur : Chercheure : Individu
- généralement un-e scientifique
- qui conçoit et réalise une
recherche scientifique. Chercheur, scientifique
et formation
des chercheurs. Researcher, scientist.
| |
|
|
SCHMIDT, F. (1996). Statistical significance testing and
cumulative knowledge in psychology : Implications for the
training of researchers. Psychological Methods, 1,
115-129. [PDF] |
|
ALLINGTON, R.L. (1999). Crafting state educational policy
: The slippery slope of educational research and
researchers. Journal of Literacy Research, 31,
457-482. |
|
MALAVIYA, P. (2001). Human participants-respondents and
researchers. Journal of Consumer Psychology, 10
(1-2), 115-121.
[PDF] |
|
BENNINGHOFF, M. (2011). "Publish or perish" : la fabrique
du chercheur-entrepreneur. Carnets de bord, 7, 47-58.
[PDF] |
|
CHAPOUTIER, G. & TRISTANI-POTTEUX, F. (2013). Le
chercheur et la souris. Paris : CNRS Éditions. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Éthique, Fraude,
Étude
indépendante et Comité
institutionnel de déontologie |
|
|
|
|
Chercheur/Scientifique
(Éthique/Déontologie) : Éthique
personnelle et collective des chercheurs et
des scientifiques, qui
se compose de règles, de principes et de normes
qui régissent la pratique scientifique. Éthique scientifique, étude
indépendante et comité
institutionnel de déontologie. /fraude
scientifique.
| |
|
|
ADAMS, C.W. (1946). The age at which scientists do their
best work. Isis, 36,166-169. |
|
|
HOBBS, N. (1959). Science and ethical behavior. American
Psychologist, 14, 217-25. |
GOREE, C. & MARSZALEK, J. (1995). Electronic surveys :
Ethical issues for researchers. The College Student
Affairs Journal, 15 (1), 75-79. |
|
BAUMRIND, D. (1971). Principles of ethical conduct in the
treatment of subjects : Reaction to the draft report of
the Committee on Ethical Standards in Psychological
Research. American Psychologist, 26, 887-896. |
GROSS, R.D. (1995). Themes, issues and debates in
psychology. London : Hodder and Stoughton. |
|
ZUCKERMAN, H. & MERTON, R.K. (1973). Age, aging and
age structure in science. In R.K. Merton (Ed.), The
sociology of science (pp. 493–-560). Chicago :
Chicago University Press. |
|
|
GOLDIAMOND, I. (1974). Toward a constructional approach to
social problems : ethical and constitutional issues raised
by applied behavior analysis. Behaviorism, 2,
1-84.
[PDF] |
HERVÉ, C. (1998). Éthique de la recherche et éthique
clinique. Paris : l'Harmattan. |
|
STOLZ, S.B. (1975). Ethical issues in research on behavior
therapy. In W.S. Wood (Ed.), Issues in evaluating behavior
modification. Champaign, Il. : Research Press. |
CAVERNI, J.-P. (1998). L'éthique dans les sciences du
comportement. Paris : Presses Universitaires de
France/Que sais-je ? |
|
HOOK, S., KURTZ, P. & TODORICH, M. (Eds.) (1977). The
ethics of teaching and scientific research.
Buffalo : Prometheus Books. |
WEIJER, C. (1999). Placebo-controlled trials in
schizophrenia : are they ethical ? Are they necessary ? Schizophrenia
Research, 35, 211-218. |
|
|
ZUCKERMAN, H. (1977). Scientific elite : Nobel
laureates in the United States. New York : The Free
Press. |
|
|
CHAMBADAL, P. (1979). Savoir, devoir, pouvoir, la
science moderne et les fondements de l'éthique. Paris
: Copernic. |
KELMAN, H.C. (2001). Ethical limits on the use of
influence in hierarchical relationships. In J.M. Darley,
D. Messick & T.R. Tyler (Eds.), Social influences
on ethical behavior in organizations (pp. 11-20).
Mahwah, NJ, and London : Lawrence Erlbaum. [PDF] |
|
KELMAN, H.C. (1982). Ethical issues in different social
science methods. In T.L. Beauchamp, R.R. Faden, R.J.
Wallace & L. Walters (Eds.), Ethical issues in
social science research. (pp. 40-98). Baltimore :
Johns Hopkins University Press. [PDF] |
BENASSAYAG, M. (2002). L'éthique de la recherche.
Montréal : Presses Universitaires de Montréal. |
|
HORNER, K.L., RUSHTON, J.P. & VERNON, P.A. (1986).
Relation between aging and research productivity of
academic psychologists. Psychology & Aging, 1,
319–324. |
WRAY, K.B. (2003). Is science really a young man’s game ?
Social Studies of Science, 33, 137–149. |
|
FAIRBAIRN, S. & FAIRBAIRN, G. (Eds.) (1987).
Psychology, ethics and change. London : Routledge
& Kegan Paul. |
|
|
SHINN, T. (1988) Hiérchie des chercheurs et formes de
recherches. Actes de la recherche en sciences
sociales, 74, 2–22. |
|
|
RAMOS, M.C. (1989). Some ethical implications of
qualitative research. Qualitative Research, 12, 1,
57-63. |
KEITH-SPIEGEL, P. & TABACHNICK, B.G. (2006). What
scientists want from their research ethics committee. Journal
of Empirical Research on Human Research Ethics, 1
(1), 67-82. |
|
CHALMERS, I. (1990). Underreporting research is scientific
misconduct. Journal of American Medical Association,
263, 1405-1408. |
FARAH, M.J. (2008). Neuroethics and the problem of other
minds : implications of neuroscience for the moral status
of brain-damaged patients and nonhuman animals.
Neuroethics, 1, 9-18. |
|
SABOURIN, M.E. (1994). Problèmes éthiques en recherche
humaine et animale. Dans M. Richelle, J. Requin et M.
Robert (Dirs.), Traité de psychologie expérimentale.
Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. |
AMERICAN PSYCHOLOGICAL ASSOCIATION (2010). Ethical
principles of psychologists and code of conduct :
Amendments. American Psychologist, 65 (5), 493. |
|
SABOURIN, M.E. (1994). Problèmes éthiques en recherche
humaine et animale. Dans M. Richelle, J. Requin & M.
Robert (Dirs.), Traité de psychologie expérimentale.
Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. |
FARAH, M.J. (2015). An ethics toolbox for neurotechnology.
Neuron, 86, 34-37. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Éthique, Fraude,
Étude
indépendante et Comité
institutionnel de déontologie |
| |
|
|
Chercheur
(Formation) : Ensemble des ressources
qui permet l'acquisition des rudiments et des ficelles du
métier de scientifique et
de chercheurs. =
formation des scientifiques. Formation, doctorat
et enseignement
des sciences.
| |
|
|
WONG, H.Y. & SANDERS, J.M. (1982). Gender differences
in the attainment of doctorates. Sociological
Perspectives, 26 (1), 29-49. |
SCHIMDT, F. (1996). Statistical significance testing and
cumulative knowledge in psychology : Implications for the
training of researchers. Psychological Methods, 1,
115-129. [PDF] |
|
BERG, H.M. & FERBER, M.A. (1983). Men and women
graduate students : Who succeeds and why ? Journal of
Higher Education, 54, 629-648. |
BAZELEY, P. (1999). Continuing research by PhD graduates.
Higher Education Quarterly, 53 (4), 333-352. |
|
BARGAR, R.R. & MAYO-CHAMBERLAIN, J. (1983). Advisor
and advisee issues in doctoral education. Journal of
Higher Education 54, 408-432. |
VALLERAND, R.J. & GROUZET, F.M.E. (2001). La formation
des chercheur(e)s au doctorat en psychologie sociale : la
perspective du laboratoire de recherche sur le
comportement social. Les Cahiers Internationaux de
Psychologie Sociale, 51-52, 142-152. [PDF] |
|
KAZDIN, A.E. (1990). Commentary on "graduate training in
statistics, methodology, and measurement in psychology : A
survey of PhD programs in North America". American
Psychologist, 45, 729. |
HOLBROOK, A., BOURKE, S., LOVAT, T. & DALLY, K.
(2004). Qualities and characteristics in the written
reports of doctoral thesis examiners. Australian
Journal of Educational & Developmental Psychology,
4, 126-145. |
|
AIKEN, L.S., WEST, S.G., SECHREST, L. & RENO, R.R.
(1990). Graduate training in statistics, methodology, and
measurement in psychology : A survey of PhD programs in
North America. American Psychologist, 45,
721-734. [PDF] |
LANDRUM, R.E. & CLARK, J. (2005). Graduate admissions
criteria in psychology : An update. Psychological
Reports, 97, 481-484. |
|
BAIRD, L.L. (1990). Disciplines and doctorates : The
relationships between program characteristics and the
duration of doctoral study. Research in Higher
Education, 31, 369-385. |
LEECH, N.L. & GOODWIN, L.D. (2008). Building a
methodological foundation : Doctoral-level methods courses
in colleges of education. Research in the Schools, 15
(1), 1-8. |
|
|
Voir aussi Chercheur |
|
|
Chercheur
(Stratégie) : Ensemble des stratégies
- certaines légitimes, d'autres pas - utilisées par les scientifiques
pour promouvoir leur travaux et obtenir des subventions
de recherche. Parmi ces stratégies, on trouve :
l'augmentation de la visibilité publique ( EX:
passage à la TV, à la radio, dans les journaux), association avec
les grandes entreprises ( EX:
chaire de recherche), déclaration prématurée ou exagérée
d'une découverte ( EX:
gène de l'homosexualité, de la dyslexie, etc.), concentration des
recherches dans les secteurs largement subventionnés par l'état ( EX:
) remise de prix ( EX: prix
Nobel). Même si on attribue aucune intention malveillante
aux chercheurs qui ont recours à ces
stratégies, il faut reconnaître qu'elles ne servent pas toujours
uniquement à augmenter la diffusion de la connaissance
(angélisme scientifique). Il semble légitime de s'interroger
sur les effets pervers de certaines de ces stratégies, notamment
sur l'utilité, la pertinence et la validité
de la recherche scientifique. Stratégie des chercheurs, scientisme
et angélisme
scientifique.
|
Cherney
Isabelle D. ( ) : Psychologue
américaine et spécialiste de l'étude du dévelopement,
du jeu et des jouets,
notamment des jouets stéréotypés.
Elle s'intéresse également aux différences
sexuelles sur le plan intellectuel. Collaboratrice de
Voyer.
 |
CHERNEY, I.D. & RYALLS, B.O. (1999). Gender-linked
differences in the incidental memory of children and
adults. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 72,
305-328. |
|
CHERNEY, I.D., KELLY-VANCE, L., GILL GLOVER, K., RUANE, A.
& OLIVER RYALLS, B. (2003). The effects of stereotyped
toys and gender on play assessment in children aged 18-47
months. Educational Psychology : An International
Journal of Experimental Educational Psychology, 23
(1), 95-106.
[PDF] |
|
CHERNEY, I.D. (2005). Children's and adults' recall of
sex-stereotyped toy pictures : Effects of presentation and
memory task. Infant & Child Development, 14,
11-27. [PDF] |
|
CHERNEY, I.D., HARPER, H.J. et WINTER, J.A. (2006).
Nouveaux jouets : ce que les enfants identifient comme
"jouets de garçons" et "jouets de filles". / Toys for tots
: What preschoolers identify as "boy and girl toys".
Enfance, 3, 266-282. [PDF] |
|
CHERNEY, I.D. (2008). Mom, let me play more computer games
: They improve my mental rotation skills. Sex Roles,
59 (11-12), 776-786. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Chernobyl
(Accident) : = Tchernobyl
en français. Voir Nucléaire.
|
|
|
Cherry
Edward Colin (St Albans 1914-1979 Londres) :
Mathématicien et cognitiviste
américain d'origine anglaise. On lui doit notamment la
découverte de l'effet
cocktail party. Étudiant de
Wiener. Collaborateur de Rosenblueth.
|
CHERRY, E.C. (1949). Pulses and transients in
communication circuits : an introduction to network
transient analysis for television an radar engineers.
Chapman & Hall. |
|
CHERRY, E.C. (1953). Some experiments on the recognition
of speech, with one and with two ears. The Journal of
the Acoustical Society of America, 25 (5), 975.
[PDF] |
|
CHERRY, E.C. (1961). Information theory.
Butterworths. |
|
CHERRY, E.C. (1966). On human communication : A
review, a survey, and a criticism. MIT Press. |
|
CHERRY, E.C. (1971). World communication : Threat or
promise. John Wiley. |
|
|
WILDER, C. (1977). A conversation with Colin Cherry. Human
Communication Research, 3, 354-362. |
|
WOOD, N.L. & COWAN, N. (1995). The cocktail party
phenomenon revisited : Attention and memory in the classic
selective listening procedure of Cherry (1953). Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory &
Cognition, 21, 255-260. |
|
|
|
|
CHERRY, T.L. & LIST, J.A. (2002). Aggregation
bias in the economic model of crime. Economics
Letters, 75 (1), 81-86.
|
|
CHERRY, T.L., FRYKBLOM, P. & SHOGREN, J.F. (2002).
Hardnose dictator. American Economic Review, 92
(4), 1218-1221. |
CHERRY, T.L. & KROLL, S. (2003). Crashing the party :
An experimental investigation of strategic voting in
primary elections. Public Choice, 114 (3/4),
387-420.
|
|
CHERRY, T.L. & COTTEN, S.J. (2011). "Sleeping with the
enemy" : The economic cost of internal environmental
conflicts. Economic Inquiry, Western Economic
Association International, 49 (2), 530-539. |
|
CHERRY, T.L., KALBEKKEN, S., SAELEN, H. & AAKRE, S.
(2021). Can the Paris Agreement deliver ambitious climate
cooperation ? An experimental investigation of the
effectiveness of pledge-and-review and targeting
short-lived climate pollutants. Environmental Science
& Policy, 123, 35-43. |
|
|
|
|
|
Chesebro
Joseph. L. ( ) : Spécialiste de
l'éducation. Il s'intéresse notamment à la
clarté des
enseignants. Collaborateur de McCroskey.
|
CHESEBRO, J.L. & McCROSKEY, J.C. (1998). The
development of the teacher clarity short inventory (TCSI)
to measure clear teaching in the classroom. Communication
Research Reports, 15, 262-266. [PDF] |
|
CHESEBRO, J.L. & McCROSKEY, J.C. (1998). The
relationship of teacher clarity and teacher immediacy with
students' experiences of state receiver apprehension. Communication
Quarterly, 46, 446-456. [PDF] |
|
CHESEBRO, J.L. & McCROSKEY, J. (2000). The
relationship between students' reports of learning and
their actual recall of lecture material : A validity test.
Communication Education, 49, 297-301. [PDF] |
|
CHESEBRO, J.L. & McCROSKEY, J.C. (2001). The
relationship of teacher clarity and immediacy with student
state receiver apprehension, affect, and cognitive
learning. Communication Education, 50, 59-68. [PDF] |
|
CHESEBRO, J.L. (2003). Effects of teacher clarity and
nonverbal immediacy on student learning, receiver
apprehension, and affect. Communication Education,
52, 135-147. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Chess
Stella (New York 1914-2007 New York) :
Psychiatre américaine
spécialisée dans l'étude de la personnalité
et du tempérament.
Elle a réalisé, en collabation avec Thomas, une recherche
longitudinale sur le développement émotionnel et social de
133 enfants de leur naissance
jusqu'à l'âge de 30 ans
(New York Longitudinal Study). Collaboratrice de
Thomas.
|
CHESS, S., THOMAS, A. & BIRCH, H.G. (1959).
Characteristics of the individual child's behavioral
responses to the environment. American Journal of
Orthopsychiatry, 29 (4), 791-802. |
|
CHESS, S., THOMAS, A., BIRCH, H.G. & HERTZIG, M.E.
(1960). Implications of a longitudinal study of child
development for child psychiatry. American Journal
of Psychiatry, 117, 434-441. |
|
CHESS, S. (1962). Psychiatric treatment of the mentally
retarded child with behavior problems. American
Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 32 (5), 863-869. |
|
CHESS, S., THOMAS, A. & CAMERON, M. (1976).Sexual
attitudes and behavior patterns in a middle-class
adolescent population. American Journal of
Orthopsychiatry, 46 (4), 689-701. |
|
CHESS, S. & THOMAS, A. (1982). Infant bonding :
Mystique and reality. American Journal of
Orthopsychiatry, 52 (2), 213-222. |
|
|
HERTZIG, M.E. (2008). Stella Chess, M.D. (1914-2007). Journal
of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent
Psychiatry, 47 (6), 727-728. |
|
|
|
Cheung
Fanny Mui Ching ( ) : Psychologue
chinoise.
Collaboratrice de Halpern
et Zhang.
|
CHEUNG, F.M., LEONG, F.T.L. & BEN-PORATH, Y.S. (2003).
The Chinese University of Hong Kong. Psychological
Assessment, 15 (3), 243-247. [PDF] |
|
CHEUNG, F.M., CHEUNG, S.F., WADA, S. & ZHANG, J.
(2003). Indigenous measures of personality assessment in
Asian countries : A review. Psychological Assessment,
15, 280-289. |
|
CHEUNG, F.M., CHEUNG, S.F. & JIANXIN, Z. (2004). What
is «Chinese» personality ? : Subgroup differences in the
Chinese Personality Asesment Inventory (CPAI-2). Acta
Psychologica Sinica, 36 (4), 491-499. [PDF] |
|
CHEUNG, F.M., CHEUNG, S.F. & LEUNG, F. (2008).
Clinical utility of the Cross-Cultural (Chinese)
Personality Assessment Inventory (CPAI-2) in the
assessment of substance use disorders among Chinese men.
Psychological Assessment, 20 (2), 103-113. |
|
CHEUNG, F.M. & HALPERN, D.F. (2010). Women at the top
: Powerful leaders define success as work + family in a
culture of gender. American Psychologist, 65,
182-193. |
|
|
|
Cheval
: Animal de
la classe des
mammifères. =
(Equus caballus).
Horse.
| |
|
|
STONE, C.P. (1935). Sex difference in the running ability
of thoroughbred horses. Comparative Psychology, 19,
59-67. |
MIYASHITA, Y., NAKAJIMA, S. & IMADA, H. (2000).
Differential outcome effect in the horse. Journal of
the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 74, 245-253.
[PDF] |
|
LYNCH, B. (1974). Heart rate changes in the horse to human
contact. Psychophysiology, 11, 472-478. |
NICOL, C.J. (2002). Equine learning : progress and
suggestions for future research. Applied Animal
Behaviour Science, 78, 193-208. |
|
MADER, D.R. & PRICE, E.O. (1980). Discrimination
learning in horses : effects of breed, age and social
dominance. Journal of Animal Science, 50, 962-965. |
|
|
DOUGHERTY, D.M. & LEWIS, P. (1991). Stimulus
generalization, discrimination learning, and peak shift in
horses. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 56 (1), 97-104. [PDF] |
WILSON, D.V., BERNEY, C.E., PERONI, D.L., MULLINEAUX, D.R.
& ROBINSON, N.E. (2004). The effects of a single
acupuncture treatment in horses with severe recurrent
airway obstruction. Equine Veterinary Journal, 36
(6), 489-494. |
|
TIMNEY, B. & KEIL, K. (1992). Visual acuity in the
horse. Vision Research, 32 (12), 2289-2293. |
|
|
DOUGHERTY, D.M. & LEWIS, P. (1993). Generalization of
a tactile stimulus in horses. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 56 (3), 521-528.
[PDF] |
HANGGI, E.B. (2006). The thinking horse : cognition and
perception reviewed. AAEP Proceeding, 51, 246-255.
[PDF] |
|
SAPPINGTON, B.F. & GOLDMAN, L. (1994). Discrimination
learning and concept formation in the Arabian horse. Journal
of Animal Science, 72, 3080-3087. |
MARTIN, T.I. & ZENTALL, T.R. (2006). Simple
discrimination reversals in the domestic horse (Equus
caballus). Applied Animal Behavior Science, 101,
328-338. |
|
TIMNEY, B. & KEIL, K. (1996). Horses are sensitive to
pictorial depth cues. Perception, 25 (9), 696
1121-1128. |
MURPHY, J. & ARKINS, S. (2007). Equine learning
behaviour. Behavioural Processes, 76, 1-13.
[PDF] |
|
FLANNERY, B. (1997). Relational discrimination learning in
horses. Applied Animal Behaviour Science, 54,
267-280. |
LEBLANC, M.-A. & DUNCAN, P. (2009). Can studies of
cognitive abilities and of life in the wild really help us
to understand equine learning ? Behavioural
Processes, 76, 49-52. [PDF] |
|
KURLAND, A. (1998). Clicker training for your horse.
Waltham, MA : Sunshine Books. |
|
|
HANGGI, E.B. (1999). Interocular transfer of learning in
horses (Equus caballus).Journal of Equine Veterinary
Science, 19, 518-523. |
FUREIX, C., PAGÈS, M., BON, R., LASSALL, J.-M., KUNTZ, P.
& GONZALEZ, G. (2009). A preliminary study of the
effects of handling type on horses' emotional reactivity
and the human-horse relationship. Behavioural
Processes, 82, 202-210. [PDF] |
|
LINDBERG, A.C., KELLAND, A. & NICO, C.J. (1999).
Effects of observational learning on acquisition of an
operant response in horses. Applied Animal Behaviour
Science, 61, 187-199. |
HANGGI, E.B. & INGERSOLL, J.F. (2009). Long-term
memory for categories and concepts in horses (Equus
caballus). Animal Cognition, 12 (3), 451-462. |
|
MIYASHITA, Y., NAKAJIMA, S. & IMADA, H. (1999).
Panel-touch behavior of horses established by an
autoshaping procedure. Psychological Reports, 85, 867-868. |
PROOPS, L. & McCOMB, K. (2010). Attributing attention
: the use of human-given cues by domestic horses (Equus
caballus). Animal Cognition, 13, 197-205. |
|
|
|
BURNIE, D. (Dir.) (2001). Animal. Londres :
Dorling Kindersley /Le règne animal.
Saint-Laurent : Erpi. |
Voir aussi Animal |
|
|
Cheveu
: Cheveau,
apparence et
beauté Hair.
| |
|
|
STRATTON, G.M. (1934). Emotional reactions connected with
differences in Cephalic Index, shade of hair, and color of
eyes in Caucasians. American Journal of Psychology,
46, 409-419. |
HINSZ, V.B., MATZ, D.C. & PATIENCE, R. A. (2001). Does
women's hair signal reproductive potential. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 37, 166-172. |
|
LAWSON, E.D. (1971). Hair color, personality, and the
observer. Psychological Reports, 28, 311-322. |
SUEDFELD, P., PATERSON, H., SORIANO, E. & ZUVIC, S.
(2002). Lethal stereotypes : Hair and eye color as
survival characteristics during the Holocaust. Journal
of Applied Social Psychology, 32 (11), 2368-2376. |
|
PETERSON, K. & CURRAN, J.P. (1976). Trait attribution
as a function of hair length and correlates of subjects :
Preferences for hair style. Journal of Psychology, 93,
331-339. |
|
|
STILLMAN, J.W. & HENSLEY, W.E. (1980). She wore a
flower in a hair : The effect of ornamentation on
nonverbal communication. Journal of Applied
Communication Research, 1, 31-39. |
|
|
JUNI, S. & ROTH, M.M. (1985). The influence of hair
color on eliciting help : Do blondes have more fun ?
Social Behavior & Personality, 13 (1), 11-14. |
FROST, P. (2006). European hair and eye color : A case of
frequency-dependent sexual selection ? Evolution
& Human Behavior, 27, 85-103.
[PDF] |
|
SCHACHTER, S.C., RANSIL, B.J. & GESHWIND, N. (1987).
Associations of handedness with hair color and learning
disabilities. Neuropyschologia, 25 (1B),
269-276. |
TAKEDA, M., HELMS, M.M. & ROMAOVA, N. (2006). Hair
color stereotyping and CEO selection in the United
Kingdom. Journal of Human Behavior in the Social
Environment, 13, 85-99.
[PDF] |
|
SYNNOTT, A. (1987). Shame and glory : Sociology of hair.
The British Journal of Sociology, 38, 381-413. |
SWAMI, V., FURNHAM, A. & JOSHI, K. (2008). The
influence of skin tone, hair length, and hair colour on
ratings of women's physical attractiveness, health, and
fertility. Scandinavian Journal of Psychology, 49, 429-437. |
|
OKAZAWA-REY, M., ROBINSON, T. & WARD, J.V. (1987).
Black women and the politics of skin color and hair. Women
& Therapy, 6 (1-2), 89-102. |
GUÉGUEN, N. & LAMY, L. (2009). Hitchhiking women's
hair color. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 109,
941-948. [PDF] |
|
WEIR S. & FINE-DAVIS, M. (1989). "Dumb blonde" and
"temperamental redhead" : The effect of hair colour on
some attributed personality characteristics of women.
Irish Journal of Psychology, 10, 11-19. |
BREBNER, J.L., MARTIN, D. & MACRAE, N. (2009). Dude
looks like a lady : Exploring the malleability of person
categorization. European Journal of Social
Psychology, 39, 109-119. |
|
RICH, M.K. & CASH, T. (1993). The American image of
beauty : Media representation of hair color for four
decades. Sex Roles, 29 (1/2), 113-124. |
MANNING, J. (2010). The sociology of hair : Hair symbolism
among college students. Social Sciences Journal, 10 (1),
35-48. [PDF] |
|
TERRY, R.L. & KRANTZ, J.H. (1993). Dimensions of trait
attributions associated with and women’s hair length.
Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 23 (21),
1757-1769. |
GUÉGUEN, N. (2011). Mythes et réalité des blondes. Cerveau
et Psycho, 47, 20-23. [PDF] |
|
KYLE, D.J. & MAHLER, H.I.M. (1996). The effects of
hair color and cosmetic use on perceptions of a female's
ability. Psychology of Women Quarterly, 20,
447-455. |
GUÉGUEN, N., STEFAN, J., JACOB, C. & SOBECKI, M.
(2014). She wore a red/white flower in her hair : The
effect of hair ornamentation on compliance with a survey
request. Marketing Bulletin, 25, 1-5. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir Attirance
physique, Beauté,
Maquillage
et Apparence
physique |
|
|
|
|
Chèvre
: Animal de la
classe des mammifères.
Chèvre, bélier et
mouton.
Goat.
| |
|
|
LICKLITER, R. (1982). Effects of a post-partum separation
on maternal responsiveness in primiparous and multiparous
domestic goats. Applied Animal Ethology, 8,
537-542. |
LICKLITER, R. (1985). Behavior associated with parturition
in the domestic goat. Applied Animal Behavior
Science, 13, 335-345. |
|
LICKLITER, R. & HERON, J.R. (1984). Recognition of
mother by newborn goats. Applied Animal Behavior
Science, 12, 187-193. |
LICKLITER, R. (1987). Activity patterns and companion
preferences of domestic goat kids. Applied Animal
Behavior Science, 19, 137-145. |
|
LICKLITER, R. (1984). Hiding behavior in domestic goat
kids. Applied Animal Behavior Science, 12, 245-251.
|
METZLER, J.A., PRICE, E.O., KITCHELL, R.L. &
BONDURANT, R.H. (1988). Sexual behavior of male dairy
goats : effects of deafferentation of the genitalia.
Physiology & Behavior, 43 (2), 207-212. |
|
LICKLITER, R. (1984). Mother-infant spatial relationships
in domestic goats. Applied Animal Behavior Science,
13, 93-100. |
PRICE, E.O., BORGWARDT, R., ORIHUELA, A. & DALLY, M.R.
(1998). Sexual stimulation in male sheep and goats. Applied
Animal Behavior Science, 59 (4), 317-322. |
|
ZOHARY, D., TCHERNOV, E. & HORWITZ, L. (1998). The
role of unconscious selection in the domestication of
sheep and goats. Journal of Zoology, 245,
129-135. |
|
KAMINSKI, J., CALL, J. & TOMASELLO, M. (2006). Goats`
behaviour in a competitive food paradigm : Evidence for
perspective taking ? Behaviour, 143 (11),
1341-1356. [PDF] |
|
| BURNIE,
D. (Dir.) (2001). Animal. Londres : Dorling
Kindersley / Le règne animal. Saint-Laurent :
Erpi. |
Voir aussi Animal |
|
|
Cheyne
J. Allen ( ) : Psychologue
canadien spécialisé dans l'étude de la
paralysie du sommeil.
|
CHEYNE, J.A., NEWBY-CLARK, I.R. & RUEFFER, S.D.
(1999). Sleep paralysis and associated hypnagogic and
hypnopompic experiences. Journal of Sleep Research,
8, 313-318 |
|
CHEYNE, J.A. (2002). Situational factors affecting sleep
paralysis and associated hallucinations : Position and
timing effects. Journal of Sleep Research, 11,
169-177. |
|
CHEYNE, J.A. (2003). Sleep paralysis and the structure of
waking-nightmare hallucinations. Dreaming, 13,
163-179. |
|
CHEYNE, J.A. (2005). Sleep paralysis episode frequency and
number, types, and structure of Associated Hallucinations.
Journal of Sleep Research, 14, 319-324. |
|
CHEYNE, J.A. & GIRARD, T.A. (2009). The body unbound :
Vestibular-motor hallucinations and out-of-body
experiences. Cortex, 45, 201-215. |
| |
|
|
| CHE
- CHICKERING
- CHIEN - CHIESA - CHIFFRE
- CHIL - CHIMPANZÉ
- CHINE - CHIROPRACTIE
- CHIRURGIE -
CHLORPROMAZINE - CHO |
Chi
Michelene T.H. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste américaine,
spécialisée en éducation,
plus particulièrement dans l'étude de l'expertise
et des processus
cognitifs qui contribuent à son developpement. Elle
s'intéresse àgalement à
l'apprentissage actif.
|
CHI, M.T.H., FELTOVITCH, P. & GLASER, R. (1981).
Categorization and representation of physics problems by
experts and novices. Cognitive Science, 5,
121-152. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
|
CHI, M.T.H., DE LEEUW, N., CHIU, M-H-. & LAVANCHER, C.
(1994). Eliciting self-explanations improves
understanding. Cognitive Science, 18, 439-477.
[PDF] |
|
CHI, M.T.H. (2005). Common sense conceptions of emergent
processes : Why some misconceptions are robust. Journal
of the Learning Sciences, 14, 161-199. |
|
CHI, M.T.H., ROY, M. & HAUSMANN, R.G.M. (2008).
Observing tutorial dialogues collaboratively : insights
about human tutoring effectiveness from vicarious
learning. Cognitive Science, 32, 301-341. [PDF] |
|
CHI, M.T.H. & WYLIE, R. (2014). The ICAP framework :
linking cognitive engagement to active learning outcomes.
Educational Psychologist, 49 (4), 219–243. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chiappe
Penny ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste américaine,
spécialisée dans l'étude de la
lecture. Étudiante de
Stanovich. Collaboratrice de Siegel.
|
CHIAPPE, P., HASHER, L. & SIEGEL, L.S. (2000). Working
memory, inhibitory control and reading disability.
Memory & Cognition, 28, 8-17. [PDF] |
|
CHIAPPE, P., CHIAPPE, D.L. & SIEGEL, L.S. (2001).
Speech perception, lexicality and reading skill. Journal
of Experimental Child Psychology, 80, 58-74. |
|
CHIAPPE, P., STRINGER, R., SIEGEL, L.S. & STANOVICH,
K.E. (2002). Why the timing deficit hypothesis does not
explain reading disability in adults. Reading &
Writing : An Interdisciplinary Journal, 15, 73-107. |
|
CHIAPPE, P., SIEGEL, L.S. & WADE-WOOLLEY, L. (2002).
Linguistic diversity and the development of reading skills
: A longitudinal study. Scientific Study of Reading,
6, 369-400. |
|
CHIAPPE, P. & SIEGEL, L.S. (2006). The development of
reading for Canadian children from diverse linguistic
backgrounds : A longitudinal study. Elementary School
Journal, 107, 135-152. |
|
|
|
Chickering
Arthur W. (Nattick 1927-2020 East Monpellier) :
Psychologue américain
et spécialiste de l'éducation.
En collaboration avec Gamson,
il a proposé une méthode
d'enseignement fondée sur sept principes pédagogiques.
Collaborateur de Gamson.
 |
CHICKERING, A.W. (1969). Education and identity.
San Francisco : Jossey-Bass. |
|
CHICKERING, A.W. & McCORMICK, J. (1973). Personality
development and the college experience. Research in
Higher Education, 1, 43-70. [PDF] |
|
CHICKERING, A.W. & GAMSON, Z.F. (1987). Seven
principles for good practice in undergraduate education. AAHE
Bulletin, 39 (7), 3-7. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
|
CHICKERING, A.W. & ERHMANN, S.C. (1996). Implementing
the seven principles : Technology as lever. AAHE
Bulletin, 49 (2), 3-6. [PDF] |
|
CHICKERING, A.W. & GAMSON, Z.F. (1999). Development
and adaptations of the seven principles for good practice
in indergraduate education. New Directions in
Teaching & Learning, 80, 75-81. [PDF] |
|
|
RITTER, M. & LEMKE, K.A. (2000). Addressing the 'seven
principles for good practice in undergraduate education'
with Internet-enhanced education. Journal of
Geography, 24 (1), 100-108. |
|
KOECKERITZ, J., MALKIEWICZ, J. & HENDERSON, A. (2002).
The seven principles of good practice : Applications for
online education in nursing. Nurse Educator, 27,
283-287. |
|
BANGERT, A.W. (2004). The seven principles of good
practice : A framework for evaluating on-line teaching. Internet
& Higher Education, 7, 217-232. [PDF] |
|
GOKTAS, Y. (2009). Incorporating blogs and the seven
principles of good practice into preservice ICT courses :
A case study. The Educational Review, 19 (3-4),
29-44. |
|
TIRELL, T. (2012). Chickering's seven principles of good
practice : Student attrition in community college online
courses. Community College Journal of Research &
Practice, 36 (8), 580-590. |
|
CAKIROGLU, U. (2014). Evaluating students'perspectives
about virtual classrooms with regard to seven principles
of good practice. South African Journal of Education,
34 (2), 1-19. |
|
JOHNSON, S. (2014). Applying the seven principles of good
practice : Technology as a Lever - in an online research
course. Journal of Interactive Online Learning, 13 (2),
41-50. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
Chien : Animal qui salive selon Pavlov;
sait danser selon Schultz. Sur le plan biologique, il s'agit
d'un mammifère carnassier
de la famille des canidés. L'ancêtre
ommun de tous les chiens est le loup,
domestiqué il
y a 10 ou 15 mille ans. En psychologie,
on l'utilise comme modèle
pour étudier de nombreux phénomènes,
notamment l'apprentissage
(conditionnement opérant
et répondant). On se
sert notamment d'un cliqueur pour
conditionner les chiens. NDLR : Les
chiens, c'est aussi un excellent groupe
rock québécois. Chien, Pavlov
et zoothérapie.
=(Canis familiari).
Dog, pet.
| |
|
|
|
|
|
MILLS, T.W. (1891). How to keep a dog in the city.
New York : W.R. Jenkins. |
MIKLOSI, À., POLGARDI, R., TOPÀL, J. & CSÀNYI, V.
(2000). Intentional behaviour in dog-human communication :
an experimental analysis of "showing" behaviour in the
dog. Animal Cognition, 3, 159-166. [PDF] |
|
MILLS, T.W. (1892). The dog in health and disease.
New York : D. Appleton. |
FISET, S., GAGNON, S. & BEAULIEU, C. (2000). Spatial
encoding of hidden objects in dogs (Canis familiaris). Journal
of Comparative Psychology, 114, 315-324. |
|
PAVLOV, I.P. (1927/1960). Conditional reflexes.
New York : Dover Publications/Oxford University Press. |
SALMAN, M.D., HUTCHISON J., RUCH-GALLIE, R., KOGAN, L.,
NEW, J.C., KASS, P.H. & SCALETT, J.M. (2000).
Behavioral reasons for relinquishment of dogs and cats to
12 shelters. Journal of Applied Animal Welfare
Science, 3, 93-106. |
|
WARDEN, C.J. & WARNER, L.H. (1928). The sensory
capacities and intelligence of dogs, with a report on the
ability of the noted dog "fellow" to respond to verbal
stimuli. The Quarterly Review of Biology, 3, 1-128. |
AGNETTA, B., HARE, B. & TOMASELLO, M. (2000). Cues to
food location that domestic dogs (Canis familiaris) of
different ages do and do not use. Animal Cognition,
3, 107-112. |
|
HILGARD, E.R. & MARQUIS, D.G. (1935). Acquisition,
extinction, and retention of the conditioned response to
light in dogs. Journal of Comparative Psychology, 19,
29-58. |
SOPRONI, K., MIKLOSI, A., TOPÀL, J. & CSÀNYI, V.
(2001). Comprehension of human communicative signs in pet
dogs (Canis familiaris). Journal of Comparative
Psychology, 115, 122-126. |
|
JAMES, W.T. (1943). The formation of neurosis in dogs by
increasing the energy requirement of a conditioned
avoiding response. Journal of Comparative Psychology,
36 (2), 109-124. |
GÀCSI, M., TOPÀL, J., MIKLOSI, À., DOKA, A. & CSÀNYI,
V. (2001). Attachment behaviour of adult dogs (Canis
familiaris) living at rescue centres : Forming new bonds.
Journal of Comparative Psychology, 115, 423-431.
|
|
COPPINGER, R. & COPPINGER, L. (2001). Dogs : A
startling new understanding of canine origin, behavior
and evolution. New York, NY : Scribner. |
|
BROGDEN, W.J. (1949). Acquisition and extinction of a
conditioned avoidance response in dog. Journal of
Comparative Physiological Psychology, 42, 296-302. |
WATSON, J.S., GERGELY, G., TOPÀL, J., GÀCSI, M., SARKOSI,
Z. & CSÀNYI, V. (2001). Distinguishing logic from
association in the solution of an invisible displacement
task by children and dogs : Using negation of disjunction.
Journal of Comparative Psychology, 115, 219-226.
|
|
SOLOMON, R.L. & WYNNE, L.C. (1950). Avoidance
conditioning in normal dogs and in dogs deprived of normal
autonomic functioning. American Psychologist, 5, 264. |
PONGRÀSZ, P., MIKLOSI, À., KUBINYI, E., GUROBI, K., TOPÀL,
J. & CSÀNYI, V. (2001). Social learning in dogs : The
effect of a human demons trator on the performance of dogs
(Canis familiaris) in a detour task. Animal
Behaviour, 62, 1109-1117. |
|
JAMES, W.T. (1950). Operant conditioning apparatus for
dogs. Journal of General Psychology, 43,
143-145. |
PONGRÀSZ, P., MIKLOSI, A. & CSÀNYI, V. (2001). Owners’
beliefs on the ability of their pet dogs to understand
human verbal communication : a case of social
understanding. Cahiers de Psychologie Cognitive /
Current Psychology of Cognition, 20, 87-107. |
|
CLARKE, R.S. (1951). Individual differences in dogs :
Preliminary report on the effects of early experience. Canadian
Journal of Psychology, 5 (4), 150-156. |
SOPRONI, K., MIKLOSI, À., TOPÀL, J. & CSÀNYI, V.
(2001). Comprehension of human communicative signs in pet
dogs (Canis familiaris). Journal of Comparative
Psychology 115 (2), 122-126. [PDF] |
|
JAMES, W.T. (1951). Social organization among dogs of
different temperaments, terriers and beagles, reared
together. Journal of Comparative & Physiological
Psychology, 44 (1), 71-77. |
COPPINGER, R. & COPPINGER, L. (2002). Dogs : A
new understanding of canine origin, behavior and
evolution. Chicago, Il : University of Chicago
Press. |
|
YIN, S. (2004). A new perspective on barking in dogs
(Canis familiaris). Journal of Comparative
Psychology, 116, 189-193. |
|
MELZACK, R. (1952). Irrational fears in the dog. Canadian
Journal of Psychology/Revue Canadienne de Psychologie, 6
(3), 141. |
WILLIAMS, M. & JOHNSON, J.M. (2002). Training and
maintaining the performance of dogs (Canis familiaris) on
an increasing number of odor discriminations in a
controlled setting. Applied Animal Behavior Science,
78 (1), 55-65. |
|
JAMES, W.T. (1952). Observations on behavior of new-born
puppies : Methods of measurement and types of behavior
involved. Pedagological Seminary & Journal of
Genetic Psychology, 80, 65-73. |
HARE, B., BROWN, M., WILLIAMSON, C. & TOMASELLO, M.
(2002). The domestication of social cognition in dogs.
Science, 298 (5598), 1634-1636. |
|
SOLOMON, R.L. & WYNNE, L.C. (1953). Traumatic
avoidance learning : Acquisition in normal dogs.
Psychological Monographs, 67, 354. |
HENNESSEY, M.B., VOITH, V.L.,YOUNG, T.L., HAWKE, J.,
CENTONE, J. & McDOWELL, A.L. (2002). Behavior of dogs
in a public animal shelter. Journal of Applied Animal
Welfare Science, 5 (4), 253-273. [PDF] |
|
SOLOMON, R.L., KAMIN, L.C. & WYNNE, L.C. (1953).
Traumatic avoidance learning : The outcomes of several
extinction procedures with dogs. Journal of Abnormal
& Social Psychology, 48 (2), 291-302. [PDF] |
SVERTBERG, K. & FORKMAN, B. (2002). Personality traits
in the domestic dog (Canis familiaris). Applied
Animal Behaviour Science, 79 (2), 133-156. |
|
THOMPSON, W.R. & HERON, W. (1954). The effects of
early restriction on activity in dogs. Journal of
Comparative Physiological Psychology, 47 (1),
77-82. |
COPPINGER, R. & COPPINGER, L. (2002). Dogs : A
new understanding of canine origin, behavior and
evolution. University of Chicago Press. |
|
MELZACK, R. (1954). The genesis of emotional behavior : an
experimental study of the dog. Journal of Comparative
Physiological Psychiatry, 47 (2), 166-168. |
SZETEI, V., MIKLOSI, A., TOPÀL, J. & CSÀNYI, V.
(2003). When dogs seem to lose their nose : an
investigation on the use of visual and olfactory cues in
communicative context between dog and owner. Applied
Animal Behaviour Science, 83, 141-152. [PDF] |
|
PONGRÀCZ, P., MIKLOSI, A., KUBIYI, E., TOPÀL, J. &
CSÀNYI, V. (2003). Interaction between individual
experience and social learning in dogs. Animal
Behaviour, 65, 595-603. [PDF] |
|
|
THOMPSON, W.R. & HERON, W. (1954). The effects of
restricting early experience on the problem-solving
capacity of dogs. Canadian Journal of Psychology, 8 (1),
17-31. |
MIKLOSI, À., KUBINYI, E., TOPÀL, J., VIRANYI, Z. &
CSÀNYI, V. (2003). A simple reason for a big difference :
wolves do not look back at humans, but dogs do. Current
Biology, 13 (9), 763-766. [PDF] |
|
THOMPSON, W.R., MELZACK, R. & SCOTT, T.H. (1956).
"Whirling behavior" in dogs as related to early
experience. Science, 123, 939. |
CALL, J., BRÄUER, J., KAMINSKI, J. & TOMASELLO, M.
(2003). Domestic dogs are sensitive to the attentional
state of humans. Journal of Comparative Psychology,
117, 257-263. [PDF] |
|
COOPER, J.J., ASHTON, C., BISHOP, S., WEST, R., MILLS,
D.S. & YOUNG, R.J. (2003). Clever hounds : social
cognition in the domestic dog (Canis familiaris). Applied
Animal Behaviour Science, 81, 229-244. [PDF] |
|
MAHUT, H. (1958). Breed differences in the dog's emotional
behaviour. Canadian Journal of Psychology, 12, 35-44. |
HSU, Y. & SERPELL, J.A. (2003). Development and
validation of a questionnaire for measuring behavior and
temperament traits in pet dogs. Journal of the
American Veterinary Medical Association, 223, 1293-1300. |
|
KELLOGG, W.N. (1958). Worms, dogs, and paramecia. Science,
127, 166. |
MIKLOSI, A., TOPÀL, J. & CSÀNYI, V. (2004).
Comparative social cognition : what can dogs teach us ? Animal
Behaviour, 67, 995-1004. [PDF] |
|
HSU, Y., SEVERINGHAUS, L.L. & SERPELL, J.A. (2003).
Dog keeping in Taiwan : its contribution to the problem of
free-roaming dogs. Journal of Applied Animal Welfare
Science, 6, 1-23. [PDF] |
|
COLLIER-BAKER, E., DAVIS, J.M. & SUDDENDORF, T.
(2004). Do dogs (Canis familiaris) understand invisible
displacement ? Journal of Comparative Psychology,
118, 421-433. |
|
SHAPIRO, M.M. (1960). Respondent salivary conditioning in
dogs during operant lever pressing in dogs. Science,
132, 361-364. |
SILLERO-ZUBIRI, C., HOFFMANN, M. & MACDONALD, D.W.
(Eds.) (2004). Canids : Foxes, wolves, jackals and
dogs. Status Survey and Conservation Action Plan.
IUCN. |
|
BRELAND, M. & BRELAND, K. (1960). Train your dog as
the experts do. Better Homes & Gardens, 38,
28-30. |
BRÄUER, J., CALL, J. & TOMASELLO, M. (2004). Visual
perspective taking in dogs (Canis familiaris) in the
presence of barriers. Applied Animal Behaviour
Science, 88, 299-317. [PDF] |
|
YIN, S. & McCOWAN, B. (2004). Barking in domestic dogs
: context specificity and individual identification. Animal
Behaviour, 68, 343-355. |
|
PARKER, H.G., KIM, L.V., SUTTER, N.B., CARLSON, S.,
LORENTZEN, T.D., MALEK, T.B., JOHNSON, G.S., DEFRANCE,
H.B., OSTRANDER, E.A. & KRUGLYAK, L. (2004). Genetic
structure of the purebred domestic dog. Science, 304,
1160-1164. |
|
SHAPIRO, M.M. (1960). Classical salivary condition in
dogs. Dissertation Abstracts, 20, 4188-4189. |
VIRANYI, Z., TOPÀL, J., GÀSCI, M., MIKLOSI, A. &
CSÀNYI, V. (2004). Dogs respond appropriately to cues of
humans’ attentional focus. Behavioural Processes, 66,
161-172. [PDF] |
|
BRELAND, M. & BRELAND, K. (1960). Train your dog this
easy way. Better Homes & Gardens, 38,
115-116 |
KAMINSKI, J., CALL, J. & FISHER, J. (2004). Word
learning in a domestic dog : evidence for fast mapping. Science,
304, 1682-1683. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
|
BRELAND, M. & BRELAND, K. (1960). Break your dog’s bad
habit. Better Homes & Gardens, 38, 158-160. |
BLOOM, P. (2004). Can a dog learn a word ? Science,
304, 1605-1606. |
|
TRUT, L.N., PLYUSNINA, I.Z. & OSKINA, I.N. (2004). An
experiment on fox domestication and debatable issues of
evolution of the dog. Russian Journal of Genetics,
40, 644-655. [PDF]
|
|
BLACK, A.H. & MORSE, P. (1961). Avoidance learning in
dogs without a warning stimulus. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 4, 17-23.
[PDF] |
LEHOTKAY, R. (2004). L'attachement dans la relation entre
le chien et son maître. Passionnément Chien, 2
(4), 7-9. |
|
SALZINGER, K. & WALLER, M.B. (1962). The operant
control of vocalization in the dog. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 5 (3), 383-389.
[PDF] |
MARKMAN, E.M. & ABELEV, M. (2005). Word learning in
dogs Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 8 (11),
479-481. [PDF] |
|
PONGRÀCZ, P., MOLNÀR, C., MIKLOSI, A. & CSÀNYI, V.
(2005). Human listeners are able to classify dog (Canis
familiaris) barks recorded in different situations. Journal
of Comparative Psychology, 119 (2), 136-144. |
|
SOLOMON, R.L. & TURNER, L.H. (1962). Discriminative
classical conditioning in dogs paralyzed by curare can
later control discriminative avoidance responses in the
normal state. Psychological Review, 69, 202-219. |
HARE, B., BROWN, M., WILLIAMSON, C. & TOMASELLO, M.
(2005). Human-like social skills in dogs ? Trends in
Cognitive Sciences, 9, 439-444. [PDF] |
|
PRYOR, K. (2005). Getting started : Clicker training
for dogs. Waltham, MA : Sunshine Books. |
|
|
SERPELL, J.A. & HSU, Y. (2005). Effects of breed, sex,
and neuter status on trainability in dogs. Anthrozoös,
18 (3), 196-207. [PDF] |
|
ÖST, J.W.P. & LAUER, D.W. (1965). Some investigations
of salivary conditioning in the dog. In W.F. Prokasy
(Ed.), Classical conditioning. New York :
Appleton-Century- Crofts. |
HARE, B. & TOMASELLO, M. (2005). Human-like social
skills in dogs ? Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 9
(9), 439-444. [PDF] |
|
GÀCSI, M., GYORI, B., MIKLOSI, A., VIRANYI, Z., KUBINYI,
E.E., TOPAL, J.C. & SANYI, V. (2005). Species-specific
differences and similarities in the behavior of
hand-raised dog and wolf pups in social situations with
humans. Developmental Psychobiology, 47,
111-122. |
|
SCOTT, J.P. & FULLER, J.L. (1965). Genetics and
the social behaviour of the dog. Chicago :
University of Chicago Press. |
JONES, A.C. & GOSLING, S.D. (2005). Temperament and
personality in dogs (Canis familiaris) : A review and
evaluation of past research. Applied Animal Behaviour
Science, 95, 1-53. [PDF] |
|
PONGRÀCZ, P., MIKLOSI, A., VIDA, V. & CSÀNYI, V.
(2005). The pet dog's ability for learning from a human
demonstrator in a detour task is independent from breed
and age. Applied Animal Behaviour Sciencee, 90, 309-323.
[PDF] |
|
LINBALD-TOH, K. et al. (2005). Genome sequence,
comparative analysis and haplotype structure of the
domestic dog. Nature, 438, 803–819. |
|
STANLEY, W.C., MORRIS, D.D. & TRATTNER, A. (1965).
Conditioning with a passive person reinforcer and
extinction in Shetland sheep dog puppies. Psychonomic
Science, 2, 19-20. |
BRÄUER, J., KAMINSKI, J., RIEDEL, J., CALL, J. &
TOMASELLO, M. (2006). Making inferences about the location
of hidden food : social dog, causal ape. Journal of
Comparative Psychology, 120, 38-47. |
|
FISET, S., LANDRY, F. & OUELLETTE, M. (2006).
Egocentric search for disappearing objects in domestic
dogs : Evidence for a geometric hypothesis of direction.
Animal Cognition, 9, 1-12. |
|
SCHNEIDDER, M.S. & HARLEY, L.P. (2006). How dogs
influence the evaluation of psychotherapists. Anthrozoös,
19, 128-142. |
|
CHURCH, R.M., LOLORDO, R.M., OVERMIER, J.B., SALOMON, R.L.
& TURNER, L.H. (1966). Cardiac responses to
shock in curarized dogs : Effects of shock intensity
andduration, warning signal, and prior experience with
shock. Journal of Comparative & Physiological
Psychology, 62, 1-7. |
RIEDEL, J., BUTTLEMANN, D., CALL, J. & TOMASELLO, M.
(2006). Domestic dogs (Canis familiaris) use a physical
marker to locate hidden food. Animal Cognition, 9, 27-35.
[PDF] |
|
STANLEY, W.C. (1966). The passive person as reinforcer in
isolated beagle puppies. Psychonomic Science, 2, 21-22. |
THORN, J.M., TEMPLETON, J.J., VAN WINKLE, K.M.M. &
CASTILLO, R.R. (2006). Conditioning shelter dogs to sit. Journal
of Applied Animal Welfare Science, 9, 25-39. |
|
SCOTT, J.P., SHEPARD, J.H. & WERBOFF, J. (1967).
Inhibitory training in dogs : Effects of age at traininq
in basenjis and Shetland sheepdogs. Journal of
Psychology, 66, 237-252. |
TOPÀL, J., BYRNE, R., MIKLOSI, A. & CSÀNYI, V. (2006).
Reproducing human actions and action sequences : "Do as I
do !" in a dog. Animal Cognition 9, 355-367. |
|
PERRUCHET, P. & GALEGO, J. (2006). Do dogs know
related rates rather than optimization ? The College
Mathematics Journal, 37, 16-18. [PDF] |
|
CAIRNS, R.B. & WERBOFF, J. (1967). Behavior
development in the dog : An interspecific analysis. Science,
158, 1070-1072. |
TOPÀL, J., BYRNE, R., MIKLOSI, A. & CSÀNYI, V. (2006).
Reproducing human actions and action sequences : «Do as i
do!» in a dog. Animal Cognition, 9, 355-367. [PDF] |
|
SCOTT, J.P. (1967). The evolution of social behavior in
dogs and wolves. American Zoologist, 7 (2),
373-381. |
PARTHASARATHY, V. & CROWELL-DAVIS, S.L. (2006).
Relationship between attachment to owners and separation
anxiety in pet dogs (Canis lupus familiaris). Journal
of Veterinary Behavior, 1, 109-120. |
|
SCHENKEL, R. (1967). Submission : Its features and
function in wolf and dog. American Zoologist, 7,
319-329. |
TOPAL, J. & CSANYI, V. (2007). Big thoughts in small
brains ? Dogs as a model for understanding human social
cognition. Cognitive Neuroscience &
Neuropsychology, 18, 467-471.
[PDF] |
|
AGRAWAL, H.C., FOX, M.W. & HIMWICH, W.A. (1967).
Neurochemical and behavioral effects of isolation-rearing
in the dog. Life Sciences, 6 (1), 71-78. |
BAUER, E.B. & SMUTS, B.B. (2007). Cooperation and
competition during dyadic play in domestic dogs, Canis
familiaris. Animal Behaviour, 73, 489-499. [PDF] |
|
MURPHREE, O.D., DYKMAN, R.A. & PETERS, J.E. (1967).
Operant condition of two strains of the pointer dog. Psychophysiology,
3 (4), 414-417. |
WAYNE, R.K. & OSTRANDER, E.A. (2007). Lessons learned
from the dog genome. Trends in Genetics, 23,
557-567. |
|
SCOTT, J.P. (1968). Evolution and domestication of the
Dog. Evolutionary Biology, 2, 243-275. |
SMITH, S.M. & DAVIS E.S. (2007). Clicker increases
resistance to extinction but does not decrease training
time of a simple operant task in domestic dogs (Canis
familiaris). Applied Animal Behaviour Science, 110,
318-329. [PDF] |
|
WRIGHT, J.C., SMITH, A., DANIEL, K. & ADKINS, K.
(2007). Dog breed stereotype and exposure to negative
behavior : Effects on perceptions of adoptability.
Journal of Applied Animal Welfare Science, 10 (3),
255-265. [PDF] |
|
SCHULTZ, C.M. (1968). He's your dog, Charlie Brown.
Cleveland, OH : World Publishing Co. |
FISET S. & LEBLANC, V. (2007). Invisible displacement
understanding in domestic dogs (Canis familiaris) : The
role of visual cues in search behavior. Animal
Cognition, 10, 211-224. |
|
SELIGMAN, M.E.P., MAIER, S.F. & GEER, J.H. (1968).
Alleviation of learned helplessness in the dog.
Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 73 (3), 256-262. [PDF] |
BAUER, E.B. & SMUTS, B.B. (2007). Cooperation and
competition during dyadic play in domestic dogs, Canis
familiaris. Animal Behaviour, 73, 489-499. |
|
FISET, S. (2007). Landmark-based search memory in the
domestic dog (Canis familiaris). Journal of
Comparative Psychology, 121, 345-353. |
|
NEWTON, J.F. & EHRLICH, W.W. (1969). Coronary blood
flow in dogs : effect of person. Conditional Reflex,
1, 81. |
LEY, J., BENNETT, P. & COLEMAN, P. (2008). Personality
dimensions that emerge in companion canines. Applied
Animal Behaviour Science, 110, 305-317.
[PDF] |
|
|
JAMES, W.T. (1971). A methodological study of conditioning
and extinction of an avoidance response via social
facilitation in dogs. Journal of General Psychology,
84 (2), 275-279. |
MIKLOSI, A. (2008). Dog behavior, evolution &
cognition. New York : Oxford University Press. |
|
BLACKWELL, E.J., TWELLS, C., SEAWRIGHT, A. & CASEY,
R.A. (2008). The relationship between training methods and
the occurrence of behavior problems, as reported by
owners, in a population of domestic dogs. Journal of
Veterinary Behavior, 3, 207-217. [PDF] |
|
SHAPIRO, M.M., MUGG, G.J. & EWALD, J. (1971).
Instrumental preferences and conditioned preparatory
responses in dogs. Journal of Comparative &
Physiological Psychology, 74 (2), 227-232. |
UDELL, M.A.R., DOREY, N.R. & WYNNE, C.D.L. (2008).
Wolves outperform dogs in following human social cues. Animal
Behaviour, 76, 1767-1773. [PDF] |
|
SMITH, S.F. & SMITH, W.M. (1971). A demonstration of
autoshaping with dogs. The Psychological Record, 21,
377-379. |
GUÉGUEN, N. & CICCOTI, S. (2008). Domestic dog as a
facilitator in social interaction : An evaluation on
helping and courtship behaviors. Anthrozoös, 21
(40), 339-349. |
|
PHELPS, K., MILTENBERGER, R., JENS, T. & WADESON, H.
(2008). An investigation of the effects of dog visits on
depression, mood, and social interaction in elderly
individuals living in a nursing home. Behavioral
Interventions, 23, 181-200. |
|
WAHLSTEN, D. & COLE, M. (1972). Classical and
avoidance leg flexion in the dog. In A.H. Black & W.
Prokasy (Eds.), Classical conditioning II (pp.
379-408). New York : Appleton-Century. |
UDELL, M.A.R., GIGLIO, R.F. & WYNNE, C.D.L. (2008).
Domestic dogs (Canis familiaris) use human gestures but
not nonhuman tokens to find hidden food. Journal of
Comparative Psychology, 122, 84-93. |
|
FOX, M.W. (1972). Behavior of wolves, dogs, and
related canids. New York : Harper and Row. |
UDELL, M.A.R. & WYNNE, C.D.L. (2008). A review of
domestic dogs' (Canis Familiaris) human-Like behaviors :
Or why behavior analysts should stop worrying and love
their dogs. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 89 (2), 247-261. [PDF] |
|
THOMAS, K.J., MURPHREE, O.D. & NEWTON, J.E. (1972).
Effect of person and environment on heart rates in two
strains of pointer dogs. Conditional Reflex, 7,
74-81. |
MAROS, K., DOKA, A. & MIKLOSI, A. (2008). Behavioural
correlation of heart rate changes in family dogs.
Applied Animal Behaviour Science109, 329-341. |
|
HOLLIS, K.L. & OVERMIER, J.B. (1973). Effect of
inescapable shock on efficacy of punishment of appetitive
instrumental responding by dogs. Psychological
Reports, 33, 903-906. |
BENTOSELA, M., BARRERA, G., JAKOVCEVIC, A., ELGIER, A.M.
& MUSTACA, A.E. (2008). Effect of reinforcement,
reinforcer omission and extinction on a communicative
response in domestic dogs (Canis familiaris). Behavioural
Processes, 78, 464-469. [PDF] |
|
MURPHREE, O.D. (1974). Procedure for operant conditioning
of the dog. Pavlovian Journal of Biological Science, 9
(1), 46-50. |
WYNNE C.D.L., UDELL, M.A.R. & LORD, K.A. (2008).
Ontogeny's impacts on human-dog communication. Animal
Behaviour 76, 1-4. [PDF] |
|
MURPHREE, O.D., DELUCA, D.C. & ANGEL, C. (1974).
Psychopharmacological facilitation of operant conditioning
of genetically nervous catahoula and pointer dogs.
Pavlovian Journal of Biological Science, 9 (1),
17-24. |
TOPÀL, J., MIKLOSI, A., GÀSCI, M., DOKA, A., PONGRÀCZ, P.,
KUBINYI, E., VIRANYI, Z. & CSÀNYI, V. (2009). The dog
as a model for understanding human social behavior. Advances
in the Study of Behavior, 39, 71-116. [PDF] |
|
SHAPIRO, M.M. & HERENDEEN, D.L. (1975).
Food-reinforced inhibition of conditioned salivation in
dogs. Journal of Comparative & Physiological
Psychology, 88 (2), 628-632. |
ELGIER, A. M., JAKOVCEVIC, A., MUSTACA, A.E. &
BENTOSELA, M. (2009). Learning and owner-stranger effects
on interspecific communication in domestic dogs (Canis
familiaris). Behavioural Processes, 81, 44-49. |
|
ZIMEN, E. & BOITANI, L. (1975). Number and
distribution of wolves in Italy. Zeitchrift für
Säugetierkunde, 40, 102-112. |
REID, P.J. (2009). Adapting to the human world : Dogs'
responsiveness to our social cues. Behavioural
Processes, 80, 325-333.
[PDF] |
|
RIDDLE, M. & SEELEY, E.C. (1976). The complete
Alaskan Malamute. Howell Book House : New York. |
DOREY, N.R., UDELL, M.A.R. & WYNNE, C.D.L. (2009).
Breed differences in dogs sensitivity to human points : A
meta-analysis. Behavioural Processes, 81, 409-415.
|
|
ADLER, L.L. & ADLER, H.E. (1977). Ontogeny of
observational learning in the dog (Canis familiaris). Developmental
Psychobiology, 10, 267-271. |
GÀCSI, M., KARA, E., BELÉNYI, B., TOPÀL, J. & MIKLOSI,
A. (2009). The effect of development and individual
differences in pointing comprehension of dogs. Animal
Cognition, 12 (3), 471-479. |
|
VOLLMER, P., (1977). Do mischievous dogs reveal their
guilt ? Veterinary Medicine, Small animal Clinician,
72, 1002-1005. |
RANGE, F., HEUCKE, S.L., GRUBER, C., KONZ, C., HUBER, L.
& VIRANYI, S. (2009). The effect of ostensive cues on
dogs'performance in a manipulative social learning task. Applied
Animal Behaviour Science, 120, 170-178. [PDF] |
|
RAPPOLT, G.A., JOHN, J. & THOMPSON, N.S. (1979).
Canine response to familiar and unfamiliar humans. Aggressive
Behavior, 5, 155-161. |
PETTER, M., MUSOLINO, E., ROBERTS, W.A. & COLE, M.
(2009). Can dogs (Canis familiaris) detect human deception
? Behavioural Processes, 82, 109-118. [PDF] |
|
FRANK, H. (1980). Evolution of canine information
processing under conditions of natural and artificial
selection. Zeitschrift für Tierpsychologie, 53,
389-399. |
BOYKO, A.R., BOYKO, R.H., BOYKO, C.M., JONES, P., PARKER,
H.G., CASTELHANO, M., COREY, L., DEGENHARDT, J., AUTON,
A., HEDIMBI, M., KITYO, R., ROSTRANDER, E.A. SCHOENEBECK,
J., TODHUNTER, R.J. & BUSTAMANTE, C.D. (2009). Complex
population structure in African village dogs and its
implications for inferring dog domestication history. Proceedings
of the National Academy of Sciences, 106, 13903-13908. |
|
SCOTT, J.P. (1980). The domestic dog : A case of multiple
identities. In M.H. Roy (Ed.), Species identity and
attachment : A phyloqenetic evaluation. New York :
Garland STPM. |
RANGE, F., HORN, L., VIRANYI, S. & HUBER, L. (2009).
The absence of reward induces inequity aversion in dogs. Proceedings
of the National Academy of Sciences, 106 (1),
340-345. [PDF] |
|
FRANK, H. & FRANK, M.G. (1982). On the effects of
domestication on canine social development and behavior. Applied
Animal Ethology, 8, 507-525. |
TOPÀL, J., GERGELY, G., ERDOHEGYI, A., CSIBRA, G. &
MIKLOSI, A. (2009). Differential sensitivity to human
communication in dogs, wolves, and human infants. Science,
325, 1269-1272. [PDF] |
|
MANWELL, C. & BAKER, C.M.A. (1983). Origin of the dog
: From wolf or wild Canis familiaris ? Speculations
in Science & Technology, 6 (3), 213–224. |
BARKER, S.B., KNISELY, J.S., McCAIN, N.L., SCHUBERT, C.M.
& PANDURANGI, A.K. (2010). Exploratory study of
stress-buffering response patterns from interaction with a
therapy dog. Anthrozoös, 23, 79-91. |
|
DESS, N.K., LINWICK, D., PATTERSON, J., OVERMIER, J.B.
& LEVINE, S. (1983). Immediate and proactive effects
of controllability and predictability on plasma cortisol
responses to shock in dogs. Behavioral Neuroscience,
97, 1005-1016. |
UDELL, M.A.R. & WYNNE, C.D.L. (2010). Ontogeny and
phylogeny : both are essential to human-sensitive behavior
in the genus Canis. Animal Behaviour, 79, 9-14.
[PDF] |
|
|
FRANK, H. & FRANK, M.G. (1983). Inhibition training in
wolves and dogs ? Behavioural Processes, 8, 363-377.
[PDF] |
HARE, B., ROSATI, A., KAMINSKI, J., BRÄUER, J., CALL, J.
& TOMASELLO, M. (2010). The domestication hypothesis
for dogs' skills with human communication : A response to
Udell et al. (2008) and Wynne et al. (2008). Animal
Behaviour 79 (2), 1-6.
[PDF] |
|
HART, B.L. & HART, L. A. (1985). Canine and Feline
Behavioral Therapy. Philadelphia : Lea &
Febiger. |
JAKOVCEVIC, A., ELGIER, A.M., MUTACA, A.E. &
BENTOSELA, M. (2010). Breed differences in dogs' (Canis
familiaris) gaze to the human face. Behavioural
Processes, 84, 602-607. [PDF] |
|
MITCHELL, R.W. & THOMPSON, N.S. (1986). Deception in
play between dogs and people. In R.W. and N.S. Thompson
(Eds.), Deception : Perspectives on human and nonhuman
deceit (pp. 53-65). New York : State University of
New York Press. |
VAN ROOIJEN, J. (2010). Do dogs and bees possess a "theory
of mind". Animal Behaviour, 79, (2), 7-8. |
|
FRANK, H. & FRANK, M.G. (1987). The
University of Michigan canine
information-processing project (1979-1981). In
H. Frank (Ed.), Man and wolf : Advances,
issues, and problems in captive wolf
research (pp. 143–167).
|
|
|
MOSS, M.P. & WRIGHT, J.C. (1987). The effects of dog
ownership on judgements of dog bite likelihood. Anthrozoos,
1 (2), 95-99. |
|
|
EDDY, J., HART, L.A. & BOLTZ, R.P. (1988). The effects
of service dogs on social acknowledgments of people in
wheelchairs. The Journal of Psychology, 122,
39-45. |
|
|
DESS, N.K. & OVERMIER, J.B. (1989). Generalized
learned irrelevance : Proactive effects on Pavlovian
conditioning of dogs. Learning & Motivation, 20,
1-14. |
MacPHERSON, K. & ROBERTS, W.A. (2010). Spatial memory
in dogs (Canis familiaris) on a radial maze. Journal
of Comparative Psychology, 124 (1), 47-56. [PDF] |
|
MITCHELL, R.W. & THOMPSON, N.S. (1990). Familiarity
and the rarity of deception : Two theories, evidence from
dog-human play, a third theory. Journal of
Comparative Psychology, 107 (3), 291-300. |
|
|
WRIGHT, J.C. (1990). Reported cat bites : Characteristics
of the cats, the victims, and the attack settings. Public
Health Reports, 105, (4), 420-424. [PDF] |
|
|
MITCHELL, R.W. & THOMPSON, N.S. (1990). The effects of
familiarity on dog-human play. Anthrozoös, 4 (1), 24-43. |
UDELL, M.A.R., DOREY, N.R. & WYNNE, C.D.L. (2010).
What did domestication do to dogs ? Biological
Reviews, 85, 327-345. [PDF] |
|
WRIGHT, J.C. (1990). Reported dog bites : Are owned and
stray dogs different ? Anthrozoös, 4 (2),
113-119. [PDF] |
|
|
WRIGHT, J.C. (1991). Canine aggression toward people :
Bite scenarios and prevention. In A.R. Marder & V.L.
Voith (Eds.), Veterinary clinics of North America :
Small animal pactice (pp. 299-314). Philadelphia :
W.B. Saunders. [PDF] |
|
|
YOUNG, C.A. (1991). Verbal commands as discriminative
stimuli in domestic dogs (Canis familiaris). Applied
Animal Behaviour Science, 32, 75-89. |
HSU, Y. & SUN, L. (2010). Factors associated with
aggressive responses in pet dogs. Applied Animal
Behaviour Science, 123, 108-123. [PDF] |
|
MITCHELL, R.W. & THOMPSON, N.S. (1991). Projects,
routines, and enticements in dog-human play. In P.P.G.
Bateson and P.H. Klopfer (Eds.), Perspectives in
ethology (Vol. 9, pp. 189-215). New York : Plenum
Press. |
|
|
GAGNON, S. & DORÉ F. (1992). Search behavior in
various breeds of adult dogs (Canis familiaris) : Object
permanence and olfactory cues. Journal of Comparative
Psychology, 106 (1), 58-68. |
UDELL, M.A.R., DOREY, N.R. & WYNNE, C.D.L. (2010). The
performance of stray dogs (Canis lupus familiaris) living
in a shelter on human guided object-choice tasks.
Animal Behaviour, 79, 717-725. |
|
VOITH, V.L., WRIGHT, J.C. & DANNEMAN, P.J. (1992). Is
there a relationship between canine behavior problems and
spoiling activities, anthropomorphism, and obedience
training ? Applied Animal Behavior Science, 34,
263-272. [PDF] |
PROKOP, P. & TUNNUCLIFFE, S.D. (2010). Effects of
having pets at home on children's attitudes toward popular
and unpopular animals. Anthrozoös, 23 (1),
21-35. |
|
HETTS, S., CLARK, J.D., CALPIN, J.P., ARNOLD, C.E. &
MATEO, J.M. (1992). Influence of housing conditions on
beagle behaviour. Applied Animal Behaviour Science,
34, 137-155. [PDF] |
TOPÀL, J., MIKLOSI, A., SÜMEGI, Z. & KIS, A. (2010).
Response to comments on "Differential sensitivity to human
communication in dogs, wolves and human infants". Science,
325 (5945), 1269-1272. |
|
MOREY, D.F. (1992). Size, shape, and development in the
evolution of the domestic dog. Journal of
Archaeological Science 19 (2), 181–-204. |
FRANK, H. (2011). Wolves, dogs, rearing and reinforcement
: Complex interactions underlying species differences in
training and problem-solving. Behavioral Genetics, 41
(6), 830-839. |
|
ROSSBACH, K.A. & WILSON, J.P. (1992). Does a dog's
presence make a person appear more likable ? : Two
studies. Anthrozoös, 5, 40-51. |
KUPAN, K., MIKLOSI, A., GERGELY, G. & TOPÀL, J.
(2011). Why do dogs (Canis familiaris) select the empty
container in an observational learning task ? Animal
Cognition, 14, 259-268. |
|
GAGNON, S. & DORÉ, F. (1993). Search behavior of dogs
(Canis familiaris) in invisible displacement problems.
Animal Learning & Behavior, 21, 246-254. |
UDELL, M.A.R., DOREY, N.R. & WYNNE, C.D.L. (2011). Can
your dog read your mind ? Understanding the causes of
canine perspective taking. Learning & Behavior,
39 (4), 1-14. [PDF] |
|
GAGNON, S. & DORÉ, F. (1994). Cross-sectional study of
object permanence in domestic puppies (Canis familiaris).
Journal of Comparative Psychology, 108 (3),
220-232. |
KAMINSKI, J., NITZSCHNER, M., WOBBER, V., TENNIE, C.,
BRÄUER, J., CALL, J. & TOMASELLO, M. (2011). Do dogs
distinguish rational from irrational acts ? Animal
Behaviour, 8 (1), 195-203. [PDF] |
|
GERSHMAN, K.A., SACKS, J.J. & WRIGHT, J.C. (1994).
Which dogs bite ? A case-control study of risk factors. Pediatrics,
93 (6), 913-917. [PDF] |
LEVESQUE, F. (2011). Le contrôle des chiens dans trois communautés du Nunavik au milieu du 20e siècle /Control of dog populations in three Nunavik communities in the mid-20th century. Études Inuit/Studies, 32 (2), 149-166. [PDF]
|
|
PONGRÀSZ, P., MOLNÀR, C., DOKA, A. & MIKLOSI, À.
(2011). Do children understand man's best friend ?
Classification of dog barks by pre-adolescents and adults.
Applied Animal Behaviour Science, 135, 95-102. |
|
FAIRBANK, J.K. (1994). China : A new history.
Boston : Harvard University Press. |
FEUERBACHER, E.N. & WYNNE, C.D.L. (2011). A history of
dogs as subjects in North American experimental
psychological research. Comparative Cognition &
Behavior Review, 6, 46-71. [PDF] |
|
WILLIS, M.B. (1995). Genetic aspects of dog behaviour with
particular reference to working ability. In J.A. Serpell,
(Ed.), The domestic dog : Its evolution, behaviour
and interactions with people (pp. 51-64). Cambridge
: Cambridge University Press. |
HALL, N.J. & WYNNE, C.D.L. (2012). The canid genome :
Behavioral geneticists' best friend ? Genes, Brain
& Behavior, 11, 889-902. |
|
WRIGHT, J.C. (1996). Canine aggression : Dog bites to
people. In V.L. Voith & P.L. Borchelt (Eds.),
Readings in companion animal behavior (pp.
240-246). New Jersey : Veterinary Learning System. [PDF] |
PETTERSSON, H., KAMINSKI, J., HERMANN, E. & TOMASELLO,
M. (2011). Understanding of human communicative motives in
domestic dogs. Applied Animal Behaviour Science, 133
(3-4), 235-245. [PDF] |
|
TCHERNOV, E. & VALLA, F.F. (1997). Two new dogs, and
other natufian dogs, from the Southern Levant. Journal
of Archaeological Science, 24 (1), 65-95. |
HECHT, J., MIKLOSI, A. & GÀSCI, M. (2012). Behavioral
assessment and owner perceptions of behaviors associated
with guilt in dogs. Applied Animal Behaviour Science,
139, 134-142 |
|
TOPÀL, J., MIKLOSI, A. & CSÀNYI, V. (1997). Dog-human
relationship affects problem solving behavior in the dog.
Anthrozoös, 10, 214-224. [PDF] |
TEGLAS, E., GERGELY, A., KUPAN, K., MIKLOSI, À. &
TOPÀL, J. (2012). Dogs' gaze following is tuned to human
communicative signals. Current Biology, 22,
1-4. |
|
SLABBERT, J.M. & RASA, O.A.E. (1997). Observational
learning of an acquired maternal behaviour pattern by
working dog pups : an alternative training method ? Applied
Animal Behaviour Science, 53, 309-316. |
LAKATOS, G., GÀCSI, M., TOPÀL, J. & MIKLOSI, A.
(2012). Comprehension and utilisation of pointing gestures
and gazing in dog-human communication in relatively
complex situations. Animal Cognition, 15, 201-213.
[PDF] |
|
HARE, B., CALL, J. & TOMASELLO, M. (1998).
Communication of food location between human and dog
(Canis familiaris). Evolution of Communication, 2
(1), 137-159. [PDF] |
BRÄUER, J., BÖS, M., CALL, J. & TOMASELLO, M. (2012).
Domestic dogs (Canis familiaris) coordinate their actions
in a problem-solving task . Animal Cognition, 15,
737-743. [PDF] |
|
MIKLOSI, A., POLGARDI, R. & TOPÀL, J. (1998). Use of
experimenter-given cues in dogs. Animal Cognition, 1,
113-121. [PDF] |
KIS, A., TOPÀL, J., GÀCSI, M., RANGE, F., HUBER, L.,
MIKLOSI, À. & VIRANYI, Z. (2012). Does the A-not-B
error in adult pet dogs indicate sensitivity to human
communication ? Animal Cognition, 15, 737-743. [PDF] |
|
TOPÀL, J., MIKLOSI, A. & CSÀNYI, V. (1998). Attachment
behaviour in dogs : a new application of Ainsworth's
(1969) Strange Situation Test. Journal of Comparative
Psychology, 112, 219-229. [PDF] |
BENSKY, M.K., GOSLING, S.D. & SINN, D.L. (2013). The
world from a dog's point of view : a review and synthesis
of dog cognition research. Advances in the Study of
Behavior, 45, 209-406. [PDF] |
|
PAGEAT, P. (1998). Pathologie du comportement du
chien. Éditions du Point Vétérinaire,
Maisons-Alfort. |
KAMINSKI, J. & NITZSCHNER, M. (2013). Do dogs get the
point ? A review of dog–human communication ability. Learning
& Motivation, 44 (4), 294–302. |
|
HAHN, E. & WRIGHT, J.C. (1998). The influence of genes
on social behavior of dogs. In T. Grandin (Ed.), Genetics
and the behavior of domestic animals (pp.
299-318). San Diego : Academic Press. [PDF] |
BOYKO, A.R. & BOYKO, R.H. (2013). Dog conservation and
the population genetic structure of dogs. In M.E. Gompper
(Ed.), Free-ranging dogs and wildlife conservation
(pp. 185-210). Oxford University Press, USA. |
|
VILÀ, C. & WAYNE, R.K. (1999). Hybridization between
wolves and dogs. Conservation Biology, 13 (1),
195-198. [PDF] |
TIFFERET, S., KRUGER, D.J., BAR-LEV, O. & ZELLER, S.
(2013). Dog ownership increases attractiveness and
attenuates perceptions of short-term mating strategy in
cad-like men. Journal of Evolutionary Psychology, 11,
121-129. |
|
BURCH, M.R. & BAILEY, J.S. (1999). How dogs learn
: The science of operant conditioning. New York :
Howell Book Publishers. |
GÀCSI, M., VAS, J., TOPÀL, J. & MIKLOSI, À. (2013).
Wolves do not join the dance : Sophisticated aggression
control by adjusting to human social signals in dogs. Applied
Animal Behaviour Science, 145, 109-122. |
|
|
PONGRÀSZ, P., SZABO, É., KIS, A., PÉTER, A. & MIKLOSI,
À. (2014). More than noise ? Field investigations of
intraspecific acoustic communication in dogs (Canis
familiaris). Applied Animal Behaviour Science, 159,
62-68. |
|
TRUT, L. (1999). Early canid domestication : The farm-fox
experiment. American Scientist, 87, 160-169. |
FARAGO, T., GÀSCI, M., KORCSOK, B. & MIKLOSI, À.
(2014). Why is a dog-behaviour-inspired social robot not a
doggy-robot ? Interaction Studies, 15, 224-232. |
|
HARE, B. & TOMASELLO, M. (1999). Domestic dogs (Canis
familiaris) use human and conspecific social cues to
locate hidden food. Journal of Comparative
Psychology, 113 (2), 173-177. [PDF] |
ANDICS, A., GÀSCI, M., FARAGO, T., KIS, A. & MIKLOSI,
À. (2014). Voice-sensitive regions in the dog and human
brain Are revealed by comparative fMRI. Current
Biology, 24, 574-578. [PDF] |
|
PODBERSCEK, Y., HSU, Y. & SERPELL, J.A. (1999).
Evaluation of clomipramine as an adjunct to behavioural
therapy in the treatment of separation-related problems in
dogs. The Veterinary Record, 145, 365-369. [PDF] |
OSTOJIC, L., TKALCIC, M. & CLAYTON, N.S. (2015). Are
owners' reports of their dogs "guilty look" influenced by
the dogs's action and evidence of the misdeed ?
Behavioural Processes, 111, 97-100.
[PDF] |
|
HALL, N.J., SMITH, D.W. & WYNNE C.D.L. (2016). Effect
of odorant pre-exposure on domestic dogs' sensitivity on
an odorant detection task. Applied Animal Behaviour
Science, 178, 80-87. |
|
WYNNE C.D.L. (2016) What is special about dog cognition ?
Current Directions in Psychological Science, 25, 345-350. |
|
FEUERBACHER, E.N. & WYNNE C.D.L. (2016). Application
of functional analysis methods to assess human-dog
interactions. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 49
(4), 1-5. |
|
BUNFORD, N., ANDICS, A., KIS, A., GÀCSI, M. & MIKLOSI,
A. (2017). Canis familiaris as a model for non-invasive
comparative neuroscience. Trends in Neurosciences,
40, 438-452. [PDF] |
|
PONGRÀSZ, P. (2017). Modeling evolutionary changes in
information transfer. Effects of domestication on the
vocal communication of dogs (Canis familiaris). European
Psychologist, 22, 219-232. [PDF] |
|
CROSSMAN, M.K., KAZDIN, A.E., GALBRAITH, K., EROS, L.
& SANTOS, L.R. (2018). Evaluating the influence of the
presence of a dog on bias toward individuals with
overweight and obesity. Anthrozoös, 31 (1),
77-88.
[PDF] |
|
BUNFORD, N., CSIBRA, B. & GÀCSI, M. (2019). Individual
differences in response to ambiguous stimuli in a modified
Go/No-Go paradigm are associated with personality in
family dogs. Scientific Reports, [9], 1-11.
[PDF] +
[PDF] |
|
BERGTRÖM, A., FRANTZ, L., SCHMIDT, R., ERSMARK, E.,
LEBRASSEUR, O., GIRLDLAN, L. et al. (2020). Origins and
genetic legacy of prehistoric dogs. Science, 370,
557-564 . [PDF]
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Personnalité/animaux,
Animal, Pavlov,
Loup, Domestication,
Épreuve du détour
et Zoothérapie |
| BURNIE,
D. (Dir.) (2001). Animal. Londres : Dorling
Kindersley / Le règne animal. Saint-Laurent :
Erpi. |
|
|
|
Chiesa
Mecca ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste et épistémologue
anglaise, spécialisée dans l'étude du béhaviorisme.
|
CHIESA, M. (1992). Radical behaviorism and scientific
frameworks : From mechanistic to relational accounts. /
Reflections on B.F. Skinner and Psychology. American
Psychologist, 47 (11), 11287-1299. |
|
CHIESA, M. (1994). Radical behaviorism : The
philosophy and the science. Boston, MA : Authors
Cooperative. |
|
CHIESA, M. (1998). Beyond mechanism and dualism :
Rethinking the scientific foundations of psychology. British
Journal of Psychology, 89, 353-370. |
|
CHIESA, M. (1996). Cause, explanation, and theory in a
science of behavior. Mexican Journal of Behavior
Analysis, 22, 61-82. |
|
CHIESA, M. (2001). Does terminology from biology work in
the realm of operant behaviour ? Behavioral &
Brain Sciences, 24 (3), 533-534. |
|
|
|
|
Chiffre
: Symbole ou signifiant
d'un nombre. EX:
X (en romain) et 10 (en arabe) sont des chiffres qui représentent
le même nombre. *nombre.
Number.
| |
|
|
BLONDIAUX, L. (1994). Le chiffre et la croyance.
Politix, 25, 117-152. |
|
CIPOLOTTI, L., WARRINGTON, E.K. & BUTTERWORTH, B.
(1995). Selective impairment in manipulating Arabic
numerals. Cortex, 31 (1), 73-86. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Nommer
les chiffres et Compter |
|
|
Chiffre
magique (ou chiffre de Miller) : 7 +-
2 informations. Il
s'agit selon Miller
de la capacité moyenne de la
mémoire à court terme. Dans la théorie de la mémoire
de travail Baddeley,
cette capacité est fixé à 4+- 1, par plusieurs auteurs. Chiffre
magique et empan.
= chiffre de Miller. Magical
number.
| |
|
|
MILLER, G.A. (1956). The magical number seven, plus or
minus two : some limits on our capacity for processing
information. Psychological Review, 63, 81-97. |
|
BALAKRISHNAN, J.D. & ASHBY, F.G. (1992). Subitizing :
Magical numbers or mere superstition ? Psychological
Research, 54 (2), 80-90. |
|
SHIFFRIN, R.M. & NOSOFSKY, R.M. (1994). Seven plus or
minus two : A commentary on capacity limitations. Psychological
Review, 101, 357-361. [PDF] |
|
BADDELEY, A.D. (2001). The magic number and the
episodic buffer. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 24,
117–118. |
|
COWAN, N. (2001). The magical number 4 in short-term
memory : A reconsideration of mental storage capacity. Behavioral
& Brain Sciences, 24, 87-114. |
|
ANDERSON, J.R. (2002). Spanning seven orders of magnitude
: A challenge for cognitive modeling. Cognitive
Science, 26, 85-112. [PDF] |
|
EGETH, H.E., LEONARD, C.J. & PALOMARES, M. (2008). The
role of attention in subitizing : Is the magical number 1?
Visual Cognition, 16, 463-473. [PDF] |
|
COWAN, N. (2010). The magical mystery four : How is
working Memory capacity limited and why ? Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 19, 51-57. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Miller,
Empan et
Mémoire à court terme |
|
|
Chiland
Colette (Paris 1928-2016) : Psychiatre
et psychanalyste française,
spécialisée dans l'étude des intersexués
et du transexualisme.
|
CHILAND, C. (2010). Homo psychanalyticus. Paris
: Psychologie d'aujourd'hui /Presses Universitaires de
France. |
|
CHILAND, C. (2003). Le transsexualisme. Paris :
Que sais-je ?/Presses Universitaires de France. |
|
CHILAND, C. (2008). La problématique de l'identité
sexuée/Gender identity issues. Neuropsychiatrie de
l'Enfance et de l'Adolescence, 56, 328-334. |
|
CHILAND, C. (2011).Changer de sexe : Illusion et
réalité. Paris : Odile Jacob. |
|
CHILAND, C. (2013). Entretien clinique. Paris :
Quadrige/Presses Universitaires de France. |
|
|
BRACONNIER, A. (2005). Entretien avec Colette Chiland. Le
Carnet Psy, 2 (97), 52. |
|
CONSTANT, J. (2016). Colette Chiland, 1928/2016. L'Information
Psychiatrique, 92 (10), 852-853. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Child
& Development Mental Health : Revue
scientifique de psychologie
consacrée au développement
des enfants. Éditeur :
Wiley.
LINSCHEID, T., HARTEL, F. & COOLEY, N. (1993).
Are aversives contingent electric shock. Child
& Adolescent Mental Health Care, 3 (2),
67-76.
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Child
Development Perspectives : Revue
scientifique de psychologie
consacrée au développement
des enfants. Éditeur :
Wiley.
RAFFERTY, Y. (2008). The impact of trafficking on
children : Psychological and social policy perspective.
Child Development Perspectives, 2 (1), 13-18. [PDF]
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Child
Language Teaching & Therapy : Revue
scientifique multidisciplinaire qui consacre ses pages à
l'acquisition du langage
chez les enfants. Éditeur :
Sage.
HASSON, N. & JOFFE, V. (2007). The case for dynamic
assessment in speech and language therapy. Child
Language Teaching & Therapy, 23 (1), 9-25. [PDF]
|
| |
|
|
Child
Maltreatment : Revue
scientifique multidisciplinaire qui consacre ses pages à la
maltraitance et à la négligence.
Éditeur : Sage.
BAUMRIND, D. (1995). Child maltreatment and optimal
caregiving in social contexts. New York : Garland
Publishing.
|
| |
|
|
Child
Neurology : Revue
scientifique de
neurologie spécialisée dans l'étude des enfants.
Éditeur : Sage. = Child Neurol.
RIMLAND, B.J. (1988). Controversies in the
treatment of autistic children : vitamin and drug
therapy. Child Neurology, 3 (S), 68-72.
|
| |
|
|
Child
Neuropsychology :
Revue scientifique de
neuropsychologie spécialisée dans l'étude des enfants.
Éditeur : Taylor et Francis. = Child
Neuropsychol.
ASARNOW, R.F. (2000). Trends in child neuropsychology. Child
Neuropsychology, 6 (1), 1-2.
|
| |
|
|
Child
Psychiatry & Human Development : Revue
scientifique de psychiatriequi
consacre ses pages au développement
des enfants. Éditeur :
Springer.
LYKKEN, D.T. (1997). Incompetent parenting : Its
causes and cures. Child Psychiatry & Human
Development, 27, 129-137.
|
| |
|
|
Child
Psycholgy & Psychiatry Review : Revue
scientifique de psychiatrie
qui consacre ses pages à l'étude des enfants.
Éditeur : Cambridge Journals.
NAYLOR, P., COWIE, H. & DEL REY, R. (2001). Coping
strategies of secondary school children in response to
being bullied. Child Psychology & Psychiatry
Review, 6 (3), 114-120. [PDF]
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chimpanzé
: En psychologie
animale et comparée,
espèce de
singe utilisée comme modèle pour étudier l'apprentissage,
le langage, la permanence
de l'objet, la résolution
de problème, la reconnaissance
et l'identité, etc. En primatologie
et en éthologie, on
utilise le chimpanzé pour étudier l'agressivité,
l'organisation
sociale et la formation des hiérarchies,
la bipédie, la
fabrication et l'utilisation des outils.
=(Pan troglodytes).
Chimpanzee.
|
|
|
|
| |
|
YERKES, R.M. & YERKES, B.W. (1925). Learned,
chimpanzee intelligence and its vocal expression. Baltimore
: William & Wilkins. |
WATTS, D.P. & MITANI, J. (2000). Infanticide and
cannibalism by male chimpanzees at Ngogo, Kibale National
Park, Uganda. Primates, 41, 357-365. |
|
NISSEN, H.W. (1931). A field study of the chimpanzee. Comparative
Psychology Monographs, 8, 1-22. |
KAWAI, N. & MATSUZAWA, T. (2000). Numeric memory span
in a chimpanzee. Nature, 403, 39-40. [PDF] |
|
NISSEN, H.W. & ELDERA, J.H. (1935). The influence of
amount of incentive on delayed response performances of
chimpanzees. The Pedagogical Seminary & Journal
of Genetic Psychology, 47 (1), 49-72. |
DE WAAL, F. (2000). Chimpanzee politics : Power and
sex among apes. Baltimore : Johns Hopkins
University Press. |
|
NISSEN, H.W. & CRAWFORD, M.P. (1936). A preliminary
study of food-sharing behavior in young chimpanzees. Journal
of Comparative Psychology, 22 (3), 383-419. |
BERING, J.M., BJORKLUND, D.F. & RAGAN, P. (2000).
Deferred imitation of object-related actions in
human-reared juvenile chimpanzees and orangutans. Developmental
Psychobiology, 36, 218-232. |
|
LEGROS CLARK, W.E., COOPER, D.M. & ZUCKERMAN, S.
(1936). The endocranial cast of the chimpanzee. Journal
of the Royal Anthropological Institute, 66, 249-268. |
HARE, B., CALL, J., AGNETTA, B. & TOMASELLO, M.
(2000). Chimpanzees know what conspecifics do and do not
see. Animal Behaviour, 59, 771-785.
[PDF] |
|
WOLFE, J.B. (1936). Effectiveness of token-rewards for
chimpanzees. Comparative Psychology Monographs, 12 (5),
1-72. |
BROWN, D.A. & BOYSEN, S.T. (2000). Spontaneous
discrimination of natural stimuli by chimpanzees (Pan
troglodytes). Journal of Comparative Psychology, 114,
392-400. |
|
COWLES, J.T. (1937). Food-tokens as incentives for
learning by chimpanzees. Comparative Psychological
Monographs, 12, 1-96. |
CALL, J., AGNETTA, B. & TOMASELLO, M. (2000). Social
cues that chimpanzees do and do not use to find hidden
objects. Animal Cognition 3, 23-34. |
|
SPENCE, K.W. (1937). Analysis of the formation of visual
discrimination habits in chimpanzee. Journal of
Comparative Psychology, 23 (1), 77-100. |
ULLER, C. & NICHOLS, S. (2000). Goal attribution in
chimpanzees. Cognition, 76, B27-B34. |
|
NISSEN, H.W., RIESEN, A.H. & NOWLIS, V. (1938).
Delayed response and discrimination learning by
chimpanzees. Journal of Comparative Psychology, 26,
361-386. |
KAWAI, N. & MATSUZAWA, T. (2000). A conventional
approach to chimpanzee cognition Response to M.D. Hauser
(2000). Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 4 (4),
128-129. [PDF] |
|
McCULLOCH, T.L. (1939). The role of clasping
activity in adaptive behavior of the infant chimpanee : I,
II, III. Journal of Psychology, 7, 283-316. |
MATSUMOTO-ODA, A. & KASAGULA, M.B. (2000). Preliminary
study of feeding competition between baboons and
chimpanzees in the mahale mountains national park,
Tanzania. African Study Monographs, 21 (4),
147-157. [PDF] |
|
SPENCE, K.W. (1942). The basis of solution by chimpanzees
of the intermediate size problem. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 36, 257-271. |
DUGDALE, N. & LOWE, C.F. (2000). Testing for symmetry
in the conditional discrimination of language trained
chimpanzees. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 73 (1), 5-22.
[PDF] |
|
FINCH, G. (1942). Chimpanzee frustration responses.
Psychosomatic Medicine, 4, 233-251. |
POVINELLI, D. (Ed.) (2000). Folk physics for apes :
The Chimpanzee's theory of how the world works.
Oxford University Press. |
|
YERKES, R.M. (1943). Chimpanzees : A laboratory
colony. New Haven : Yale University. |
BOYSEN, S.T., BERNSTON, G.G. & MUKOBI, K.L. (2001).
Size matters : Impact of item size and quantity on array
choice by chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes). Journal of
Comparative Psychology, 115, 106-110. |
|
NISSEN, H.W., BLUM, J.S. & BLUM, R.A. (1949).
Conditional matching behavior of chimpanzees. Journal
of Comparative Psychology, 42, 339-356. |
MITANI, J.C. & WATTS, D.P. (2001). Why do chimpanzees
hunt and share meat ? Animal Behaviour, 61, 915-924.
[PDF] |
| |
HOSTETTER, A.B., CANTERO, M. & HOPKINS. W.D. (2001).
Differential use of vocal and gestural communication by
chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes) in response to the
attentional status of a human (Homo sapiens). Journal
of Comparative Psychology, 115 (4), 337-343. [PDF] |
|
NISSEN, H.W. (1951). Analysis of a complex conditional
reaction in chimpanzee. Journal of Comparative &
Physiological Psychology, 44, 9-16. |
HILL, K., BOESCH, C., GOODALL, J., PUSEY, A., WILLIAM, J.
& WRANGHAM, R.W. (2001). Mortality rates among wild
chimpanzees. Journal of Human Evolution, 40,
437-450. [PDF] |
|
NISSEN, H.W. (1951). Individuality in the behavior of
chimpanzees. American Anthropologist, 58,
407-413. |
WHITEN, A., GOODALL, J., McGREW, W.C., NISHIDA, T.,
REYNOLDS, V., SUGIYAMA Y., TUTIN, C.E.G., WRANGHAM, R.W.
& BOESCH, C. (2001). Charting cultural variation in
chimpanzees. Behaviour, 138, 1481-1516. [PDF] |
|
NISSEN, H.W. (1951). Care and handling of laboratory
chimpanzees. Carworth Farms Quarterly Letter, 25, 26,
& 27. |
WHITEN, A. & BOESCH, C. (2001). The cultures of
chimpanzees. Scientific American, 284, 48-55. [PDF] |
|
HAYES, K.J. & HAYES, S.C. (1951). The intellectual
development of a home-raised chimpanzee. Proceedings
of the American Philosophical Society 95, 105-109.
[PDF] |
BERAN, M.J. (2001). Summation and numerousness judgments
of sequentially presented sets of items by chimpanzees
(Pan troglodytes). Journal of Comparative Psychology,
115, 181-191. |
|
SOUSA, C. & MATSUZAWA, T. (2001). The use of tokens as
rewards and tools by chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes). Animal
Cognition, 4, 213-221. |
|
KELLEHER, R.T. (1956). Intermittent conditioned
reinforcement in chimpanzees. Science, 12 (124),
679-680. |
HARE, B., CALL, J. & TOMASELLO, M. (2001). Do
chimpanzees know what conspecifics know and do not know ?
Animal Behaviour, 61, 139-151. [PDF] |
|
|
FERSTER, C.B. (1957). Concurrent schedules of
reinforcement in the chimpanzee. Science, 125,
1090-1091. |
CALL, J. (2001). Chimpanzee social cognition.Trends in
Cognitive Sciences, 5 (9), 338-393. [PDF] |
|
KELLEHER, R.T. (1957). A multiple schedule of conditioned
reinforcement with chimpanzees. Psychological
Reports, 3, 485-491. |
BIRO, D. & MATSUZAWA, T. (2001). Use of numerical
symbols by the chimpanzee (Pan troglodytes) : Cardinals,
ordinals, and the introduction of zero. Animal
Cognition, 4, 193-199. [PDF] |
|
KELLEHER, R.T. (1958). Fixed-ratio schedules of
conditioned reinforcement with chimpanzees. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 1 (3),
281-289. [PDF] |
IVERSEN, I.H. & MATSUZAWA, T. (2001). Acquisition of
navigation by chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes) in an
automated fingermaze task. Animal Cognition, 4, 179-192.
[PDF] |
|
FERSTER, C.B. (1958). Intermittent reinforcement of a
complex response in a chimpanzee. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 1, 163-165. [PDF] |
IVERSEN, I.H. & MATSUZAWA, T. (2001). Acquisition of
navigation in an automated finger maze task for the
chimpanzee (Pan troglodytes). Animal Cognition, 4,
179-192. [PDF] |
|
KELLEHER, R.T. (1958). Concept formation in chimpanzees. Science,
128, 777-778. |
POVINELLI, D.J. & DUNPHY-LELII, S. (2001). Do
chimpanzees seek explanations ? Preliminary comparative
investigations. Canadian Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 55 (2), 93-101. [PDF] |
|
FALK, J.L. (1958). The grooming behavior of the chimpanzee
as a reinforcer. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 1 (1) 83-85. [PDF] |
SOUSA, C. & MATSUZAWA, T. (2001). The use of tokens as
rewards and tools by chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes). Animal
Cognition, 4, 213-221. |
|
ROSEN, B.C. & D'ANDRADE, R.G. (1959). The psychosocial
origins of achievement motivation. Sociometry, 22
(3), 185-218. |
|
|
CLARK, F.C. (1961). Avoidance conditioning in the
chimpanzee. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 4 (4), 393-395. [PDF] |
MITANI, J., WATTS, D.P. & MULLER, M. (2002). Recent
development in the study of wild chimpanzee behaviour. Evolutionary
Anthropology, 11, 9-25. |
|
DAVENPORT, R.K., MENZEL, E.W. & ROGERS, C.M. (1966).
Effects of severe isolation on "normal" juvenile
chimpanzees : Health, weight gain, and stereotyped
behaviors. Archives of General Psychiatry, 14
(2), 134-138. |
MAZUR, A. (2002). Take a chimp, add language, melt the
glacers. Journal for the Theory of Social Behavior,
32, 29-93. |
|
NISHIDA, T. (1968). The social group of wild chimpanzees
in the Mahali Mountains. Primates 9, 167-224. |
BJORKLUND, D.F., YUNGER, J.L. BERING, J.M. & RAGAN, P.
(2002). The generalization of deferred imitation in
enculturated chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes). Animal
Cognition, 5, 49-58. |
|
KELLOG, W.N. (1968). Communication and language in the
home-raised chimpanzee. Science, 172, 423-427. |
WATTS, D.P. (2002). Reciprocity and interchange in the
social relationship of wild male chimpanzees. Behaviour,
139 (2/3), 343-370. [PDF] |
|
TURNER, C.H., DAVENPORT, R.K. & ROGERS, C.M. (1969).
The effect of early deprivation on the social behavior of
adolescent chimpanzees.The American Journal of
Psychiatry, 125 (11), 1531-1536. |
NISHIDA, T. (2002). Competition between baboons and
chimpanzees. Pan Africa News, 9 (2), 23-26. [LIRE] |
|
GARDNER, R.A. & GARDNER, B.T. (1969). Teaching sign
language to a chimpanzee. Science, 165 (3894),
664-672. [PDF] |
KRIEF, S., BORIES, C. & HLADIK, C-M. (2003). Résultats
des examens parasitologiques de selles pratiqués sur une
population de chimpanzés sauvages (Pan troglodytes
schweinfurthii) d'Ouganda. Bulletin de la Société de
Pathologie Exotique, 96, 80-81. |
|
ROGERS, C.M. & DAVENPORT, R.K. (1969). Effects of
restricted rearing on sexual behavior of chimpanzees. Developmental
Psychology, 1 (3), 200-204. |
BJORKLUND, D.F. & BERING, J.M. (2003). A note on the
development of deferred imitation in enculturated juvenile
chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes). Developmental Review,
23, 389-412. |
|
GALLUP, G.G. (1970). Chimpanzees : self-recognition. Science,
167 (3914), 86-87. [PDF] |
POVINELLI D.J. & VONK, J. (2003). Chimpanzee minds :
suspiciously human ? Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 7
(4), 157-160. [PDF] |
|
FORD, B. (1970). How they taught a chimp to talk. Science
Digest, 10-17 |
BOESCH, C. (2003). Cooperation complexities among Taï
chimpanzees. In F. de Waal & P. Tyac (Eds.),
Animal Social Complexity : Intelligence, culture and
individualized societies (pp. 93-110). Cambridge :
Harvard University Press. |
|
GALLUP, G.G., McCLURE, M.K., HILL, S.D. & BUNDY, R.A.
(1971). Capacity for self-recognition in differentially
reared chimpanzees. Psychological Record, 21,
69-74. |
TOMASELLO, M., CALL, J. & HARE, B. (2003). Chimpanzees
versus humans : it's not that simple. Trends in
Cognitive Sciences, 7 (6), 239–240. [PDF] |
|
PREMARK, D. (1971). Language in a chimpanzee ? Science,
172, 808-822. |
CELLI, M.L., TOMONAGAA, M., UDONO, T., TERAMOTO, M. &
NAGANO, K. (2003). Tool use task as environmental
enrichment for captive chimpanzees. Applied Animal
Behaviour Science, 81, 171-182. [PDF] |
|
MENZEL, E.W. (1972). Spontaneous invention of ladders in a
group of young chimpanzees. Folia Primatologica, 17,
87-106. |
WITTIG, R.M. & BOESCH, C. (2003). Food competition and
linear dominance hierarchy among female chimpanzees of the
Taï National Park. International Journal of
Primatology, 24, 847-867. [PDF] |
|
MENZEL, E.W. (1973). Leadership an dcommunication in young
chimpanzees. In E.W. Menzel (Ed.), Symposia of the
Fourth International Congress of Primatology :
Precultural primate behavior (Vol., pp. 192-225).
Basel : Karger. |
CALL, J. (2003). Spatial rotations and transpositions in
orangutans (Pongo pygmaeus) and chimpanzees (Pan
troglodytes). Primates, 44, 347-357.
|
|
TUTIN, C.E.G. & McGREW, W.C. (1973). Chimpanzee
copulatory behaviour. Folia Primatologica, 19,
237-256. |
TOMASELLO, M., CALL, J. & HARE, B. (2003). Chimpanzees
understand psychological states : the question is which
ones and to what extent. Trends in Cognitive
Sciences, 7 (4), 153-156. [PDF] |
|
DAVENPORT, R.K., ROGERS, C.M. & RUMBAUGH, D.M. (1973).
Long-term cognitive deficits in chimpanzees associated
with early impoverished rearing. Developmental
Psychology, 9 (3), 343-347. |
WITTIG, R.M. & BOESCH, C. (2003). "Decision-making" in
conflicts of wild chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes) : an
extension of the relational model. Behavioral Ecology
& Sociobiology, 54 (5), 491-504. [PDF] |
|
KOHLER, W. (1973). The mentality of apes. London
and Boston : Routledge and Kegan Paul. |
IVERSEN, I.H. & MATSUZAWA, T. (2003). Development of
interception of moving targets by chimpanzees (Pan
troglodytes) in an automated task. Animal Cognition,
6, 169-183. |
|
MENZEL, E.W. (1973). Chimpanzee spatial memory
organization. Science, 182, 943-945. |
TOMASELLO, M., CALL, J. & HARE, B. (2003). Chimpanzees
versus humans : its not that simple. Trends in
Cognitive Science, 7, 239-240. [PDF] |
|
FOUTS, R.S. (1973). Acquisition and testing of gestural
signs in four young chimpanzees. Science, 180, 978-80. |
POVINELLI, D.J., THEALL, L.A., REAUX, J.E. &
DUNPHY-LELII, S. (2003). Chimpanzees spontaneously modify
the direction of their gestural signals to match the
attentional orientation of others. Animal Behaviour,
65, 71-79. [PDF] |
|
MENZEL, E.W. (1974). A group of young chimpanzees in a
one-acre field : leadership and communication. In A.M.
Schrier & F. Stollnitz (Eds.), Behavior of
nonhuman primates (pp. 83-153). Academic Press |
KING, J.E. & LANDAU, V.I. (2003). Can chimpanzee (Pan
troglodytes) happiness be estimated by human raters ? Journal
of Research in Personality, 37, 1-15. |
|
GARDNER, R.A. & GARDNER, B.T. (1975). Evidence for
sentence constituents in the early utterances of child and
chimpanzee. Journal of Experimental Psychology -
General, 104, 244-267. |
WILSON, M.L. & WRANGHAM, R.W. (2003). Intergroup
relations in chimpanzees. Annual Review of
Anthropology, 32, 363-392. |
|
KING, M.C. & WILSON, A.C. (1975) Evolution at two
levels in humans and chimpanzees. Science, 188,
107-116. [PDF] |
|
|
MENZEL, E.W. (1975). Purposive behavior as a basis for
objective communication between chimpanzees. Science,
189, 652-654. |
POVINELLI, D.J. & VONK, J. (2003). Chimpanzee minds :
suspiciously human ? Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 7
(4), 157-160. [PDF] |
|
RUMBAUGH, D. (1977). Acquisition of linguistic skills
by a chimpanzee. New York : Academic Press. |
RIGBY, K. (2003). Consequences of bullying in schools. Canadian
Journal of Psychiatry, 48 (9), 583-590.
[PDF] |
|
SAVAGE-RUMBAUGH, E.S. & RUMBAUGH, D.M. (1978).
Symbolization, language, and chimpanzees : A theoretical
reevaluation based on initial language acquisition
processes in four young Pan troglodytes. Brain &
Language, 6, 265-300. |
WITTIG, R.M. & BOESCH, C. (2003). The choice of
post-conflict interactions in wild chimpanzees (Pan
troglodytes). Behaviour, 140, 1527-1559. [PDF] |
|
|
SAVAGE-RUMBAUGH, E.S., RUMBAUGH, D.M. & BOYSEN, S.
(1978). Linguistically mediated tool use and exchange by
chimpanzees (Pan Troglodytes). Behavioral and Brain
Sciences 1, 539-554 |
BOESCH, C. (2003). Cooperation complexities among Taï
chimpanzees. In F. de Waal & P. Tyac (Eds.),
Animal Social Complexity : Intelligence, culture and
individualized societies (pp. 93-110). Cambridge :
Harvard University Press. |
|
BOESCH, C. (1978). Nouvelles observations sur les
chimpanzés de la forêt de Taï ( Côte d'Ivoire). Terre
et Vie, 32, 195-201. |
POVINELLI, D.J. & VONK, J. (2003). Chimpanzee minds :
suspiciously human ? Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 7
(4), 157-160. [PDF] |
|
PREMACK, D. & WOODRUFF, G. (1978). Does the chimpanzee
have a theory of mind ? Behavior & Brain Science,
1, 515-526. |
|
|
PREMACK, D. & WOODRUFF, G. (1978). Chimpanzee problem
solving : A test for comprehension. Science, 202,
532-535. |
KRIEF, S., JAMART, A. & HLADIK, C.M. (2004). On the
possible adaptive value of coprophagy in free-ranging
chimpanzees. Primates, 45 (2), 141-145.
[PDF] |
|
BUSSE, C.D. (1978). Do chimpanzees hunt cooperatively ? American
Naturalist, 1122, 767-770. |
MCGREW, W.C. (Ed.) (2004). The cultured chimpanzee :
Reflections on cultural primatology. Cambrige :
Cambridge University Press. |
|
PREMACK, D. & WOODRUFF, G. & KENNEL, K. (1978).
Paper-marking test for chimpanzee : Simple control for
social cues. Science, 202 (4370), 903-905. |
BERAN, M.J. (2004). Chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes) respond
to nonvisible sets after one-by-one addition and removal
of items. Journal of Comparative Psychology, 118, 25-36. |
|
WOODRUFF, G., PREMACK, D. & KENNEL, K. (1978).
Conservation of liquid and solid quantity by the
chimpanzee. Science, 202, 991-994. |
HARE, B. & TOMASELLO, M. (2004). Chimpanzees are more
skillful in competitive than in cooperative cognitive
tasks. Animal Behaviour, 68, 571-581. [PDF] |
|
SILK, J.B. (1978). Patterns of food sharing among mother
and infant chimpanzees at Gombe National Park, Tanzania. Folia
Primatologica, 29, 129-141. |
LEAVENS, D.A., HOPKINS, W.D. & THOMAS, R.K. (2004).
Referential communication by chimpanzees (Pan
troglodytes). Journal of Comparative Psychology, 118,
48-57. [PDF] |
|
PREMACK, D. & WOODRUFF, G. (1978). Chimpanzee problem
solving : A test for comprehension. Science, 202,
532-535. |
LEHMANN, J. & BOESCH, C. (2004). To fission or to
fusion : effects of community size on wild chimpanzees
(Pan troglodytes verus) social organisation.
Behavioral Ecology & Sociobiology, 56, 207-216.
[PDF] |
|
SILK, J.B. (1978). Feeding, foraging, and food sharing of
immature chimpanzees. Folia Primatologica, 31,
123-142. |
BERAN, M.J. (2004). Chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes) respond
to nonvisible sets after one-by-one addition and removal
of items. Journal of Comparative Psychology, 118, 25–36. |
|
PREMACK, D. & WOODRUFF, G. (1978). Does the chimpanzee
have a theory of mind ? Behavioral & Brain
Sciences, 4 (1), 515-528. [PDF] |
CALL, J., HARE, B., CARPENTER, M. & TOMASELLO, M.
(2004). "Unwilling" versus "unable": chimpanzees'
understanding of human intentions. Developmental
Science, 7, 488-498. |
|
NISHIDA, T., UEHARA, S. & NYUNDO, R. (1979). Predatory
behavior among wild chimpanzees of the Mahale mountains. Primates,
20, 1-20. |
POVINELLI, D.J. & VONK, J. (2004). We don't need a
microscope to explore the chimpanzee's mind. Mind
& Language, 19, 1-28. [PDF] |
|
CHURCH, R.M. (1979). How chimpanzees think. Review
of D. Premack (Ed), Intelligence in ape and man. Contemporary
Psychology , 24, 745-746. |
|
|
TERRACE, H.S. (1979). Nim : A chimpanzee who learned
sign language. New York : Knopf |
MATSUNO, T., KAWAI, N. & MATSUZAWA, T. 2004). Color
classification by chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes) in a
matching-to-sample task. Behavioural Brain Research,
148, 157-165. [PDF] |
|
SAVAGE-RUMBAUGH, E.S. (1979). Symbolic communica- tion-its
origins and early development in the chimpanzee. New
Directions for Child Development, 3, 1-15. |
LEAVENS, D.A., HOPKINS, W.D. & THOMAS, R.K. (2004).
Referential communication by chimpanzees (Pan
troglodytes). Journal of Comparative Psychology, 118,
48-57. [PDF] |
|
THOMPSON, C.R. & CHURCH, R.M. (1980). An explanation
of the language of a chimpanzee. Science, 208,
313-314. |
|
|
HARCOURT, A.H., FOSSEY, D., STEWART, K.J. & WATTS,
D.P. (1980). Reproduction in wild gorillas and some
comparisons with chimpanzees. Journal of Reproduction
& Fertility Supplement, 28, 59-70. |
KRIEF, S. (2004). Effets prophylactiques et thérapeutiques
de plantes ingérées par les chimpanzés : la notion
d'automédication chez les chimpanzés. Primatologie,
6, 171-191. |
|
MCGREW, W.C., TUTIN, C.E.G. & BALDWIN, P.J. (1980).
New data on meat-eating by wild chimpanzees. Current
Anthropology, 20, 238-239. |
MYOWA-YAMAKOSHI, M., TOMONAGA, M., TANAKA, M. &
MATSUZAWA, T. (2004). Imitation in neonatal chimpanzees
(Pan troglodytes). Developmental Science, 7 (4),
437-442. |
|
GILLAN, D.J., PREMACK, D. & WOODRUFF, G. (1981).
Reasoning in the chimpanzee : 1. Analogical reasoning. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes,
7 (1), 1-17. |
MCGREW, W.C. (Ed.) (2004). The cultured chimpanzee :
Reflections on cultural primatology. Cambrige :
Cambridge University Press. |
|
SUAREZ, S. & GALLUP, G.G. (1981). Self-recognition in
chimpanzees and orangutans, but not gorillas. Journal
of Human Evolution, 10, 157-188. |
LEAVENS, D.A., HOSTETTER, A. B., WESLEY, M.J. &
HOPKINS, W.D. (2004). Tactical use of unimodal and bimodal
communication by chimpanzees, Pan troglodytes. Animal
Behaviour, 67, 467-476. |
|
BOESCH, C. & BOESCH, H. (1981). Sex differences in the
use of natural hammers by wild chimpanzees : A preliminary
report. Journal of Human Evolution, 10, 585-593.
[PDF] |
|
|
WOODRUFF, G. & PREMACK, D. (1981). Primitive
mathematical concepts in the chimpanzee : Proportionality
and numerosity. Nature, 293, 568-570. |
|
|
EPSTEIN, R. (1982). "Representation" in the chimpanzee. Psychological
Reports, 50, 745-746.
[PDF] |
KRIEF, S., HUFFMAN, M., SÉVENET, T., GUILLOT, J., BORIES,
C., HLADIK, C.M. & WRANGHAM, R.W. (2005). Noninvasive
monitoring of the health of Pan troglodytes schweinfurthii
in the Kibale National Park, Uganda. International
Journal of Primatology, 26 (2), 467-490. [PDF] |
|
GILLAN, D.J. (1981). Reasoning in the chimpanzee : II.
Transitive inference. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 7 (2),
150-164. |
|
|
NASH, V.J. (1982). Tool use by captive chimpanzees at an
artificial termite mound. Zoo Biology, 1,
211-221. |
LEHMANN, J. & BOESCH, C. (2005). Bisexually-bonded
ranging in chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes verus). Behavioral
Ecology & Sociobiology, 57, 525-535. [PDF] |
|
KORTLANDT, A. (1983). Marginal habitats of chimpanzees. Journal
of Human Evolution, 12 (3), 231-278. |
WHITEN, A. (2005). The second inheritance system of
chimpanzees and humans. Nature, 437 (7055),
52-55. [PDF |
|
SAVAGE-RUMBAUGH, E.S. PATE, J.L., LAWSON, J., SMITH, S.T.
& ROSENBAUM, S. (1983). Can a chimpanzee make a
statement ? Journal of Experimental Psychology :
General, 112, 457-492. |
DE WAAL, F.B.M. (2005). A century of getting to know the
chimpanzee. Nature, 437, 56-59. |
|
ZENTALL, T.R. (1983). Abstract codes are not just for
chimpanzees. The Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 6,
157-158. |
CALL, J., CARPENTER, M. & TOMASELLO, M. (2005).
Copying results and copying actions in the process of
social learning : chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes) and human
children (Homo sapiens). Animal Cognition, 8,
151-163. [PDF] |
|
HASEGAWA, T., HITAIWA, M., NISHIDA, T. & TAKASAK, H.
(1983). New evidence on scavenging behavior in wild
chimpanzees. Current Anthropology, 24, 231-232. |
SLOCOMBE, K.E. & ZUBERUHLER, K. (2005). Agonistic
screams in wild chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes
schweinfurthii ) vary as a function of social role. Journal
of Comparative Psychology, 119 (1), 67-77. |
|
BOESCH, C. & BOESCH, H. (1984). Possible causes of sex
differences in the use of natural hammers by wild
chimpanzees. Journal of Human Evolution, 13, 415-440.
[PDF] |
MULLER, M.N. & MITANI, J.C. (2005). Conflict and
cooperation in wild chimpanzees. Advances in the
Study of Behavior, 35, 275-331. [PDF] |
|
SAVAGE-RUMBAUGH, E.S. (1984). Verbal Behavior at the
Procedural Level in the Chimpanzee. Journal of
Experimental Analysis of Behavior 41 (2), 223-250.
[PDF] |
WHITEN, A., HORNER, V. & DE WAAL, F.B.M. (2005).
Conformity to cultural norms of tool use in chimpanzees.
Nature, 437, 737-740. |
|
MATSUZAWA, T. (1985). Use of numbers by a chimpan- zee.
Nature, 315, 57-59. |
BROSNAN, S.F., SCHIFF, H.C. & DE WAAL, F. (2005).
Tolerance for inequity may increase with social closeness
in chimpanzees. Proceedings of the Royal Society of
London B : Biological, 272 (1560), 253-258. [PDF] |
|
MENZEL, E.W., SAVAGE-RUMBAUGH, E.S & LAWSON, J.
(1985). Chimpanzee (Pan troglodytes) spatial problem
solving with the use of mirrors and televised equivalents
or mirrors. Journal of Comparative Psychology, 99,
211-217. |
|
|
MATSUZAWA, T. (1985). Color naming and classification in a
chimpanzee (Pan troglodytes). Journal of Human
Evolution, 14, 283-291. |
] |
|
GOODALL, J. (1986). The chimpanzees of Gombe :
Patterns of behavior. Cambridge, MA : The Belknap
Press of Harvard University Press. |
|
|
SAVAGE-RUMBAUGH, E.S., MCDONALD, K., SEVCIK, R.A.,
HOPKINS, W.D. & RUPERT, E. (1986). Spontaneous symbol
acquisition and communicative use by pygmy chimpanzees
(Pan paniscus). Journal of Experimental Psychology :
General, 115 (3), 211-235. [PDF] |
|
|
BOYSEN, S.T. & BERNSTON, G.G. (1986). Cardiac
correlates individual recognition in the chimpanzee (Pan
troglodytes). Journal of Comparative Psychology, l00,
32l-324. |
|
|
RUMBAUGH, D.M. & SAVAGE-RUMBAUGH, E.S. & HEGEL,
M.T. (1987). Summation in the chimpanzee (Pan
troglodytes). Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Animal Behavior Processes, 13, 107-115. |
|
|
TOMASELLO, M., DAVIS-DAVSILVA, M., CAMAK, L. & BARD,
K. (1987). Observational learning of tool-use by young
chimpanzees. Human Evolution, 2 (2), 175-183. |
KRIEF, S. WRANGHAM, R.W. & LESTEL, D. (2006).
Diversity of items of low nutritional value ingested by
chimpanzees from Kanyawara, Kibale National Park, Uganda :
an example of ethno-ethology of chimpanzees. Social
Science Information, 45 (2), 227-263. |
|
SAVAGE-RUMBAUGH, E.S., SEVCIK, R.A. & HOPKINS, W.D.
(1988). Symbolic cross-modal transfer in two species of
chimpanzees. Child Development, 59, 617-625. |
HORNER, V., WHITEN, A. FLYNN, E. & DE WAAL, F.B.M.
(2006). Faithful copying of foraging techniques along
cultural transmission chains by chimpanzees and children.
Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 103, 13878-13883. |
|
CALHOUN, S. & THOMPSON, R.L. (1988). Long-term
retention of self-recognition by chimpanzees. American
Journal of Primatology, 15, 361-365. |
PIKA, S. & MITANI, J. (2006). Referential gestural
communication in wild chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes). Current
Biology, 16 (6), 191-192. [PDF]
|
|
|
BLOOMSMITH, M.A., ALFORD, P.L. & MAPLE, T.L. (1988).
Successful feeding enrichment for captive chimpanzees. American
Journal of Primatology, 16, 155-164. |
TENNIE, C., CALL, J. & TOMASELLO, M. (2006). Push or
pull : emulation versus imitation in great apes and human
children. Ethology, 112, 1159-1169. [PDF] |
|
ODEN, D.L., PREMACK, D. & THOMPSON, R.K.R. (1988).
Spontaneous transfer of matching by Infant chimpanzees
(Pan-Troglodytes). Journal of Experimental
Psychology-Animal Behavior Processes, 14 (2),
140-145. [PDF] |
WARNEKEN, F. & TOMASELLO, M. (2006). Altruistic
helping in human infants and young chimpanzees.
Science, 311, 1301-1303.
[PDF] |
|
BOYSEN, S.T. & BERNSTON, G.G. (1989). Numerical
competence in a chimpanzee (Pan troglodytes). Journal
of Comparative Psychology, 103, 23-31. |
HARE, B., CALL, J. & TOMASELLO, M. (2006). Chimpanzees
deceive a human competitor by hiding. Cognition, 101,
495-514. [PDF] |
|
BONNIE, K.E., HORNER, V., WHITEN, A. & DE WAAL, F.
(2006). Spread of arbitrary conventions among chimpanzees
: A controlled experiment. Proceedings of the Royal
Society of London B, 274, 367-372. |
|
TOMASELLO, M., GUST, D. & FROST, G.T. (1989). A
longitudinal investigation of gestural communication in
young chimpanzees. Primates, 30, 35-50. |
MELIS, A., HARE, B. & TOMASELLO, M. (2006).
Chimpanzees recruit the best collaborators. Science,
311, 1297-1300. [PDF] |
|
PATTERSON, N., RICHTER, D.J., GNERRE, S., LANDER, E.S.
& REICH, D. (2006). Genetic evidence for complex
speciation of humans and chimpanzees. Nature, 441
(7097), 1103-1108. |
|
BOESCH, C. & BOESCH, H. (1989). Hunting behavior of
wild chimpanzees in the Tai’ national park. American
Journal of Physical Anthropology, 78, 547-573.
[PDF] |
DUFFY, K.G., WRANGHAM, R.W. & SILK, J.B. (2007). Male
chimpanzees exchange political upport for mating
opportunities. Current Biology, 21, 586-587. [PDF] |
|
DE WAAL, F. (1989). Food sharing and reciprocal
obligations among chimpanzees. Journal of Human
Evolution, 18, 433-459. |
SLOCOMBE, K.E. & ZUBERUHLER, K. (2007). Chimpanzees
modify recruitment screams as a function of audience
composition. Proceedings of the National Academy of
Sciences, USA, 104, 17228-17233. [PDF] |
|
BOYSEN, S.T. & BERNSTON, G.G. (1989). Conspecific
recognition in the chimpanzee : Cardiac responses to
significant others. Journal of Comparative
Psychology, 103, (3), 215-220. [PDF] |
HARE, B., MELIS, A.P., WOODS, V., HASTINGS, S. &
WRANGHAM, R. (2007). Tolerance allows bonobos to
outperform chimpanzees on a cooperative task. Current
Biology, 17, 619-623. [PDF] |
|
EVANS, T. & BERAN, M. (2007). Chimpanzees use
self-distraction to cope with impulsivity. Biology
Letters, 3 (5), 599-602. [PDF] |
|
POVINELLI, D.J., NELSON, K.E. & BOYSEN, S.T. (1990).
Inferences about guessing and knowing by chimpanzees (Pan
troglodytes). Journal of Comparative Psychology, 104,
203-210 |
BROSNAN, S.F., JONES, O.D., LAMBERTH, S.P., MARENO, C.,
RICHARDSON, A.S. & SCHAPIRO, S.J. (2007). Endowment
effect in chimpanzees. Current Biology, 17, 1704-1707. |
|
NISHIDA, T. (1990). Deceptive behavior in young
chimpanzees : an essay. In T. Nishida (Ed.), The
chimpanzees of the Mahale mountains (pp. 285-290).
University of Tokyo Press. |
WEISS, A., KING, J.E. & HOPKINS, W.D. (2007). A
cross-setting study of chimpanzee (Pan troglodytes)
personality structure and development : zoological parks
and Yerkes National Primate Research Center. American
Journal of Primatology, 69, 1264-1277. [PDF] |
|
POVINELLI, D.J., NELSON, K.E. & BOYSEN, S.T. (1990).
Inferences about guessing and knowing by chimpanzees. Journal
of Comparative Psychology, 104, 203-210. |
HOPKINS, W.D., TAGLIALATELA, J.P. & LEAVENS, D.A.
(2007). Chimpanzees differentially produce novel
vocalizations to capture the attention of a human. Animal
Behaviour, 73, 281-286. [PDF] |
|
BOESCH, C. & BOESCH, H. (1990). Tool use and tool
making in wild chimpanzees. Folia Primatologica, 54,
86-99. [PDF] |
ROSATI, A., STEVENS, J., HARE, B. & HAUSER, M.D.
(2007). The evolutionary origins of human patienc :
Temporal preferences in chimpanzees, bonobos, and human
adults. Current Biology, 17 (19), 1-6. [PDF] |
|
TOMASELLO, M. & GUST, D. (1990). Peer interaction in
young chimpanzees. Folia Primatologica, 55, 33-40. |
HANUS, D. & CALL, J. (2007). Discrete quantity
judgments in the great apes (Pan paniscus, Pan
troglodytes, gorilla gorilla, Pongo pygmaeus) : The Effect
of Presenting whole sets versus item-by-item. Journal
of Comparative Psychology, 121 (3), 241-249. [PDF] |
|
MATSUZAWA, T., ITAKURA, S. & TOMONAGA M. (1991). Use
of numbers by a chimpanzee : A further study. In A. Ehara,
T. Kimura, O. Takenaka & M. Iwamoto (Eds.),
Primatology today (pp. 317-320). Amsterdam :
Elsevier. |
HOPKINS, W.D., CANTALUPO, C. & TAGLIALATELA, J.P.
(2007). Handedness is associated with asymmetries in
gyrification of the cerebral cortex of chimpanzees. Cerebral
Cortex, 17, 1750-1756. |
|
BOESCH, C. (1991). The effects of leopard predation on
grouping patterns in forest chimpanzees. Behaviour,
117 (3-4), 220-242.
[PDF] |
INOUE, S. & MATSUZAWA, T. (2007). Working memory of
numerals in chimpanzees. Current Biology, 17
(23), 1004-1005.
[PDF] |
|
BOESCH, C. (1991). Teaching in wild chimpanzees. Animal
Behaviour, 41 (3), 530-532.
[PDF] |
HOPKINS, W.D., TAGLIALATELA, J.P. & LEAVENS, D.A.
(2007). Chimpanzees differentially produce novel
vocalizations to capture the attention of a human.
Animal Behaviour, 73, 281-286. |
|
BOESCH, C. (1991). Symbolic communication in wild
chimpanzees ? Human Evolution, 6 (1), 81-90.
[PDF] |
BOESCH, C. (2008). Why do chimpanzees die in the forest ?
The challenges of understanding and controlling for wild
ape health. American Journal of primatology, 70, 722-726.
[PDF] |
|
BOESCH, C. (1991). Handedness in wild chimpanzees. International
Journal of Primatology, 12 (6), 541-558. [PDF] |
KAHLENBERG, S.M., EMERY THOMPSON, M. & WRANGHAM, R.W.
(2008). Female competition over core areas among Kanyawara
chimpanzees, Kibale National Park. International
Journal of Primatology, 29, 931-947.
[PDF] |
|
LIN, A., BARD, K. & ANDERSON, J. (1992). Development
of self-recognition in chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes).
Journal of Comparative Psychology, 106, (2),
120-127. |
BOESCH, C., CROCKFORD, C., HERBINGER, I., WITTIG, R.,
MOEBIUS, Y. & NORMAND, E. (2008). Intergroup conflicts
among chimpanzees in the Taï National Park : Lethal
violence and the female perspective. American Journal
of Primatology, 70, 519-532.
[PDF] |
|
|
DIAMOND, J. (1992).The third chimpanzee : The
evolution and future of the human animal. New York
: Harper-Pernnial. |
BOESCH, C., HEAD J., TAGG, N., ARANDJELOVIC, M., VIGILANT,
L. & ROBBINS, M. (2008). Fatal chimpanzee attack in
Loango National Park, Gabon. International Journal of
Primatology, 28, 1025-1034. [PDF] |
|
WHITEN, A. & HAM, R. (1992). On the nature and
evolution of imitation in the animal kingdom : Reappraisal
of a century of research. Advances in the Study of
Behavior, 21, 239–283. |
SUBIAUL, F., VONK, J., BARTH, J. & OKAMOTO-BARTH, S.
(2008). Do Chimpanzees learn reputation by observation ?
Evidence from direct and indirect experience with generous
and selfish strangers. Animal Cognition, 11, 611-623.
[PDF] |
|
NISHIDA, T., HASEGAWA, T., HAYAKI, H., TAKAHATA, Y. &
UEAHARA, S. (1992). Meat-sharing as a coalition strategy
by an alpha male chimpanzee ? In T. Nishida, W., Mcgrew,
P. Marler, M. Pickford & F. de Waal (Eds.), Topics
in primatology (Vol. 1. pp. 159-174). Tokyo :
University of Tokyo Press. |
VONK, J., BROSNAN, S.F., SILK, J.B., HENRICH, J.,
RICHARDSON, A.S., LAMBETH, S.P., SCHAPIRO, S.J. &
POVINELLI, D.J. (2008). Chimpanzees do not take advantage
of very low cost opportunities to deliver food to
unrelated group members. Animal Behaviour, 75, 1757-1770.
[PDF] |
|
POVINELLI, D.J., NELSON, K.E. & BOYSEN, S.T. (1992).
Comprehension of role reversal in chimpanzees : evidence
of empathy ? Animal Behaviour, 43, 633-640. |
HOPKINS, W.D., TAGLIALATELA, J.P., MEGUERDITCHIAN, A.,
NIR, T., SCHENKER, N.M. & SHERWOOD, C.C. (2008). Gray
matter asymmetries in chimpanzees as revealed by
voxel-based morphometry. NeuroImage, 42,
491-497. [PDF] |
|
WRANGHAM, R.W. (1993). The evolution of sexuality in
chimpanzees and bonobos. Human Nature, 4 (1),
47-79. |
OSVATH, M. & OSVATH, H. (2008). Chimpanzee (Pan
troglodytes) and orang-utan (Pongo abelii) forethought :
Self-control and pre- experience in the face of future
tool use. Animal Cognition, 11, 661-674. [PDF] |
|
SUKAHARA, T. (1993). Lions eat chimpanzees : the first
evidence of predation by lions on wild chimpanzees. American
Journal of Primatology, 29, 1-11. |
CALL, J. & TOMASELLO, M. (2008). Does the chimpanzee
have a theory of mind ? 30 years later. Trends in
Cognitive Sciences, 12 (5), 187-192.
[PDF] |
|
POVINELLI, D.J., RULF, A.B., LANDAU, K.R. &
BIERSCHWALE, D.T. (1993). Self-recognition in chimpanzeess
(Pan troglodytes) : Distribution, ontogeny, and patterns
of emergence. Journal of Comparative Psychology, 107,
347-372. |
VONK, J., BROSNAN, S.F., POVINELLI, D.J., HENRICH, J.,
SHAPIRO. S., RICHARDSON, A, LAMBETH, S.P. & SILK, J.B.
(2008). Chimpanzees do not take advantage of low-cost
opportunities to deliver food to group-mates. Animal
Behaviour, 75, 1757-1770. [PDF] |
|
RUMBAUGH, D.M. & WASHBURN, D.A. (1993). Counting by
chimpanzees and ordinality judgments by macaques in
video-formatted tasks. In S.T. Boysen & E.J. Capaldi
(Eds.), The development of numerical competence :
Animal and human models (pp. 87-106). Hillsdale, NJ
: Erlbaum. |
HOPKINS, W.D., TAGLIALATELA, J.P., MEGUERDITCHIAN, A.,
NIR, T., SCHENKER, N.M. & SHERWOOD, C.C. (2008). Gray
matter asymmetries in chimpanzees as revealed by
voxel-based morphometry. NeuroImage, 42 (2),
491-497.
[PDF] |
|
SUGIYAMA, Y., FUSHIMI, T., SAKURA, O. & MATSUZAWA, T.
(1993). Hand preference and tool use in wild chimpanzees.
Primates, 34 (2), 151-159. |
KING, J.E., SISCO, M.M. & WEISS, A. (2008). Aping
humans : Age and sex effects in chimpanzee (Pan
troglodytes) and human (Homo sapiens) personality. Journal
of Comparative Psychology, 122 (4), 418-427. [PDF] |
|
TOMASELLO, M., CALL, J., MAGELL, K., OLGUIN, R. &
CARPENTER, M. (1994). (1994). The learning and use of
gestural signals by young chimpanzees : a
trans-generational study. Primates 35 (2),
137-154 [PDF] |
KAMINSKI, J., CALL, J. & TOMASELLO, M. (2008).
Chimpanzees know what others know, but not what they
believe. Cognition, 109 (2), 224-234. [PDF] |
|
BOESCH, C. (1994). Cooperative hunting in wild
chimpanzees. Animal Behaviour, 48, 653-667. [PDF] |
|
|
ITAKURA, S. (1994). Manual action in infant chimpanzee : A
preliminary study. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 83,
411-414. |
SLOCOMBE, K.E., TOWNSEND, S.D. & ZUBERUHLER, K.
(2009). Wild chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes schweinfurthii)
distinguish between different scream types : evidence from
a playback study. Animal Cognition, 12, 441-449. |
|
BOESCH, C., MARCHESI, P., MARCHESI, N., FRUTH, B. &
JOULIAN, F. (1994). Is nut cracking in wild chimpanzees a
cultural behaviour ? Journal of Human Evolution, 26,
325-338. [PDF] |
BERAN, M.J., RATLIFF, C.L. & EVANS, T.A. (2009).
Natural choice in chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes) :
Perceptual and temporal effects on selective value.
Learning & Motivation, 40 (2), 186-196. [PDF] |
|
POVINELLI, D.J. & DAVIS, D.R. (1994). Differences
between chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes) and humans (Homo
sapiens) in the resting state of the finger : implications
for pointing. Journal of Comparative Psychology, 108,
134-139. |
BATES, L.A. & BYRNE, R.W. (2009). Sex differences in
the movement patterns of free-ranging chimpanzees :
foraging and border checking. Behavioral Ecology
& Sociobiology, 64, 247-255. [PDF] |
|
BOYSEN, S.T. & BERNSTON, G.G. (1995). Responses to
quantity : Perceptual versus cognitive mechanisms in
chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes). Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 21,
82-86. |
BROSNAN, S.F., SILK, J.B., HENRICH, J., MARENO, M.C.,
LAMBETH, S.P. & SCHAPIRO, S.J. (2009). Chimpanzees
(Pan troglodytes) do not develop contingent reciprocity in
an experimental task. Animal Cognition, 12, 587-597.
[PDF] |
|
BOESCH, C. (1995). Innovation in wild chimpanzees. International
Journal of Primatology, 16 (1), 1-16.
[PDF] |
TAGLIALATELA, J.P., RUSSELL, J.L., SCHAEFFER, J.A. &
HOPKINS, W.D. (2009). Visualizing vocal perception in the
chimpanzee brain. Cerebral Cortex, 19, 1151-1157.
[PDF] |
|
BRAKKE, K.E. & SAVAGE-RUMBAUGH, E.S. (1995). The
development of language skills in bonobo and chimpanzee -
I; Comprehension. Language & Communication 15, 121-148. |
CANTALUPO, C.J., OLIVER, J., SMITH, T. NIR, J.P.,
TAGLIALATELA, J.P. & HOPKINS, W.D. (2009). The
chimpanzee brain shows human-like perisylvian asymmetries
in white matter. European Journal of Neuroscience,
30, 431-438.
[PDF] |
|
WALRAVEN, V., VAN ELSACKER, L. & VERHEYEN, R. (1995).
Reactions of a group of pygmy chimpanzees (Pan paniscus)
to their mirror-images : Evidence of self-recoguition. Primates,
36, 145-150. |
|
|
ITAKURA, S. (1995). An exploratory study of social
referencing in chimpanzees. Folia Primatologica, 64,
44-48. |
WEISS, A., INOUE-MURAYAMA, M., HONG, K.-W., NOUE, E.,
UDONO, S., OCHIAI, T., MATSUZAWA, T., HIRATA, S. &
KING, J.E. (2009). Assessing chimpanzee personality and
subjective well-being in Japan. American Journal of
Primatology, 71, 283–292. |
|
TUTIN, C.E.G., HAM, R. & WROGEMANN, D. (1995).
Tool-use- by chimpanzee (Pan t. troglodytes) in the Lopé
Reserve, Gabon. Primates, 36, 181-192. |
|
|
VISALBERGHI, E., FRAGASZY, D.M. & SAVAGE-RUMBAUGH, S.E.
(1995). Performance in a tool-using task by common
chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes), bonobos (Pan paniscus), an
orangutan (Pongo pygmaeus), and capuchin monkeys (Cebus
apella). Journal of Comparative Psychology, 109 (1),
52-60. |
SEED, A.M., CALL, J., EMERY, N.J. & CLAYTON, N.S.
(2009). Chimpanzees solve the trap problem when the
confound of tool-use is removed. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 35,
23-34. [PDF] |
|
POVINELLI, D.J. & EDDY, T.J. (1996). What young
chimpanzees know about seeing. Monographs of the
Society for Research in Child, 61, 1-152 |
KRIEF, S. (2009). Plantes et santé des chimpanzés : à la
source de la médecine des hommes ? Biofutur, 28 (295),
46-48. |
|
SPINOZZI, G. (1996). Categorization in monkeys and
chimpanzees. Behavioural Brain Research, 74,
17-24. |
VONK, J. & SUBIUL, F. (2009). Do chimpanzees know what
others can and cannot do ? Reasoning about "capability". Animal
Cognition, 12, 267-286.
[PDF] |
|
BOYSEN, S.T., BERNSTON, G.G., HANNAH, M.B. & CACIOPPO,
J.T. (1996). Quantity-based interference and symbolic
representations in chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes).
Journal of Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior
Processes, 22 (1), 76-86. [PDF] |
MATSUZAWA, T. (2009). Symbolic representation of number in
chimpanzees. Current Opinion in Neurobiology, 19,
92-98. [PDF] |
|
POVINELLI, D.J. (1996). Chimpanzee theory of mind ? The
long road to strong inference. In P. Carruthers & P.K.
Smith (Eds.), Theories of theories of mind (pp.
184-199). Cambridge, UK : Cambridge University Press. |
|
|
IVERSEN, I.H. & MATSUZAWA, T. (1996). Visually guided
drawing in the chimpanzee (Pan troglodytes). Japanese
Psychological Research, 38, 126-135. |
BERAN, M.J., RATLIFF, C.L. & EVANS, T.A. (2009).
Natural choice in chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes) :
Perceptual and temporal effects on selective value.
Learning & Motivation, 40 (2), 186-196. [PDF] |
|
|
LEAVENS, D.A., HOPKINS, W.D. & BARD, K.A. (1996).
Indexical and referential pointing in chimpanzees (Pan
troglodytes). Journal of Comparative Psychology, 110,
346-353. |
|
|
WHITEN, A. CUSTANCE, D.M., GOMEZ, J.-C., TEIXIDOR, P.
& BARD, K.A. (1996). Imitative learning of artificial
fruit processing in children (Homo sapiens) and
chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes). Journal of Comparative
Psychology, 110, 3-14. |
HOPKINS, W.D., TAGLIALATELA, J.P., NIR, T., SCHENKER, N.M.
& SHERWOOD, C.C. (2010). A voxel-based morphometry
analysis of white matter asymmetries in chimpanzees (Pan
troglodytes). Brain, Behavior & Evolution, 76,
93-100. [PDF] |
|
ANDERSON, J.R. (1996). Chimpanzees and capuchin monkeys :
Comparative cognition. In A.E. Russon, K.A. Bard &
S.T. Parker (Eds.), Reaching into thought : The minds
of the great apes (pp. 23-56). Cambridge :
Cambridge University Press. |
BOESCH, C., BOLÉ, C., ECKKARDT, N. & BOESCH, H.
(2010). Altruism in forest chimpanzees : the case of
adoption. PlosOne, 5/1/e8901. [PDF] |
|
ISBELL, L.A. & YOUNG, T.P. (1996). The evolution of
bipedalism in hominids and reduced group size in
chimpanzees : alternative responses to decreasing resource
availability. Journal of Human Evolution, 30, 389-397.
[PDF] |
HERRMANN, E., CALL, J., HERNANDEZ-LOREDA, M., HARE, B.
& TOMASELLO, M. (2010). Cognition in chimpanzees and
children has different factor structure. Psychological
Science, 21 (1), 102-110. [PDF] |
|
KING, J.E. & FIGUEREDO, A.J. (1997). The Five-Factor
Model plus dominance in chimpanzee personality. Journal
of Research in Personality, 31, 257-271.
[PDF] |
COOK, P. & WILSON, M. (2010). Do young chimpanzees
have extraordinary working memory ? Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 17 (4), 599-600. [PDF] |
|
POVINELLI, D.J. & EDDY, T.J. (1997). Specificity of
gaze-following in young chimpanzees. British Journal
of Developmental Psychology, 15, 213-222. |
JAEGGI, A.V., STEVENS, J.M.G. & VAN SCHAIK, C.P.
(2010). Tolerant food sharing and reciprocity is precluded
by despotism in bonobos but not chimpanzees. American
Journal of Physical Anthropology, 143, 41-51. |
|
TOMASELLO, M., CALL, J., WARREN, J., FROST, G.T.,
CARPENTER, M. & NAGELL, K. (1997). The ontogeny of
chimpanzee gestural signals : A comparison across groups
and generations. Evolution of Communication, 1,
223-259. [PDF] |
BLATCHEY, B.J. & HOPKINS, W.D. (2010). Subgenual
cingulate cortex and personality in chimpanzees (Pan
troglodytes). Cognitive, Affective & Behavioral
Neuroscience, 10 (3), 414-421. [PDF] |
|
NISHIDA, T. (1997). Baboon invasion into chimpanzee
habitat. Pan Africa News, 4, 11-12. [LIRE] |
VONK, J. & POVINELLI, D.J. (2011). Individual
differences in long-term cognitive testing in a group of
captive chimpanzees. Special issue for International
Journal of Comparative Psychology, 24, 137-167.
[PDF] |
|
WRANGHAM, R.W. (1997). Subtle, secret female chimpanzees.
Science, 277 (5327), 774-775. |
HERRMANN, E., HARE, B., CALL, J. & TOMASELLO, M.
(2010). Differences in the cognitive skills of bonobos and
chimpanzees. Plos one, 5 (8), 1-4. [PDF] |
|
KRAUSE, M.A. & FOUTS, R.S. (1997). Chimpanzee (Pan
troglodytes) pointing : Hand shapes, accuracy, and the
role of eye gaze. Journal of Comparative Psychology,
111, 330-336. |
REKERS, Y., HAUN, D.B.M. & TOMASELLO, M. (2011).
Children, but not chimpanzees, prefer to collaborate. Current
Biology, 21, 1756-1758. |
|
INOUE-NAKAMURA, N. & MATSUZAWA, T. (1997). Development
of stone tool use by wild chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes).
Journal of Comparative Psychology, 111, 159-173. |
WOODS, V. & HARE, B. (2011). Bonobo but not chimpanzee
infants use socio-sexual contact with peers. Primates,
52 (2), 111-116. [PDF] |
|
SUZUKI, S. & MATSUZAWA, T. (1997). Choice between two
discrimination tasks in chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes). The
Japanese Psychological Research, 39, 226-235. |
|
|
IVERSEN, I.H. & MATSUZAWA, T. (1997). Model guided
line drawing in the chimpanzee (Pan troglodytes). Japanese
Psychological Research, 39, 154-181. [PDF] |
|
|
BERAN, M.J., RUMAUGH, D.M. & SAVAGE-RUMBAUGH, E.S.
(1998). Chimpanzee (Pan troglodytes) counting in
a computerized testing paradigm. Psychological
Record, 48, 3-20. [PDF] |
|
|
BOESCH, C. & TOMASELLO, M. (1998). Chimpanzee and
human cultures. Current Anthropology, 39 (5),
591-614. |
SABBATINI, G., TRUPPA, V., HRIBAR, A., GAMBETTA, B., CALL,
J. & VISALBERGHI, E. (2012). Understanding the
functional properties of tools : chimpanzees (Pan
troglodytes) and capuchin monkeys (Cebus apella) attend to
tool features differently. Animal Cognition, 15, 577-590.
[PDF] |
|
VEÀ, J.J. & SABATER-PI, J. (1998). Spontaneous
pointing behaviour in the wild pygmy chimpanzee (Pan
paniscus). Folia Primatologica, 69, 289-290. |
|
|
ITAKURA, S. & TANAKA, M. (1998). Use of
experimenter-given cues during object-choice tasks by
chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes), an orangutan (Pongo
pygmaeus), and human infants (Homo sapiens). Journal
of Comparative Psychology, 112, 119-126 |
|
|
LEAVENS, D.A. & HOPKINS, W.D. (1998). Intentional
communication by chimpanzees : A cross-sectional study of
the use of referential gestures. Developmental
Psychology, 34, 813-822. |
BERAN, M.J. (2012). Quantity judgments of auditory and
visual stimuli by chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes). Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes,
38, 23-29. [PDF] |
|
LEAVENS, D.A. & HOPKINS, W.D. (1998). Intentional
communication by chimpanzees : A cross-sectional study of
the use of referential gestures. Developmental
Psychology, 34, 813-822. |
WEISS, A., INOUE-MURAYAMA, M., KING, J.E., ADAMS, M.J.
& MATSUZAWA, T. (2012). All too human ? Chimpanzee and
orang-utan personalities are not anthropomorphic
projections. Animal Behaviour, 83, 1355-1365. [PDF] |
|
BERAN, M.J., SAVAGE-RUMBAUGH, E.S., BRAKKE, K.E., KELLEY,
J.W. & RUMAUGH, D.M. (1998). Symbol comprehension and
learning : A "vocabulary" test of three chimpanzees (Pan
troglodytes). Evolution of Communication, 2,
171-188. |
HOGAN, M.S. (2012). Adolescent male chimpanzees at Ngogo,
Kibale National Park, Uganda, have decided dominance
relationships. Folia Primatologica, 83, 67-75
[PDF] |
|
CALL, J., HARE, B. & TOMASELLO, M. (1998). Chimpanzee
gaze following in an object-choice task. Animal
Cognition, 1, 89-99. |
|
|
|
MENZEL, C.R. (1999). Unprompted recall and reporting of
hidden objects by a chimpanzee (Pan troglodytes) after
extended delays. Journal of Comparative Psychology,
113, 426-434. |
|
|
BOYSEN, S.T., MUKOBI, K.L. & BERNSTON, G.G. (1999).
Overcoming response bias using symbolic representations of
number by chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes). Animal
Learning & Behavior, 27, 229-235. |
NELSON, S.V. (2013). Chimpanzee fauna isotopes provide new
interpretations of fossil ape and hominin ecologies. Proceedings
of the Royal Society B : Biological Sciences, 280
(1773), 1-6. |
|
BIRO, D. & MATSUZAWA, T. (1999). Numerical ordering in
a chimpanzee (Pan troglodytes): Planning, executing, and
monitoring. Journal of Comparative Psychology, 113
(2), 178-185, [PDF] |
BERAN, M.J., McYNTYRE, J.M., GARLAND, A. & EVANS, T.A.
(2013). What counts for "counting" ? Chimpanzees (Pan
troglodytes) respond appropriately to relevant and
irrelevant information in a quantity judgment task. Animal
Behaviour, 85 (5), 987-993. [PDF] |
|
FAGOT, J. & TOMONAGA, M. (1999). Comparative assessment
of global-local processing in humans (Homo sapiens) and
chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes) : use of a visual search
task with compound stimuli. Journal of Comparative
Psychology, 113, 3-12 |
ADDESSI, E., PAGLIERI, F., BERAN, M., EVANS, T.
MACCHITELLA, L., DE PETRILLO, F. & FOCAROLI, V.
(2013). Delay choice vs. delay maintenance : Different
measures of delayed gratification in capuchin monkeys
(Cebus apella). Journal of Comparative Psychology,
127 (4), 392-398.
[PDF] |
|
ITAKURA, S., AGNETTA, B., HARE, B. & TOMASELLO, M.
(1999). Chimpanzees use human and conspecific social cues
to locate hidden food. Developmental Science, 2, 448-456.
[PDF] |
HERRMANN, E., KEUPP, S., HARE, B., VAISH, A. &
TOMASELLO, M. (2013). Direct and indirect reputation
formation in nonhuman great apes (Pan paniscus, Pan
troglodytes, Gorilla gorilla, Pongo pygmaeus) and human
children (Homo sapiens). Journal of Comparative
Psychology, 127 (1), 63-75. [PDF] |
|
POVINELLI, D.J., BIERSCHWALE, D. & CECH, C. (1999). Do
juvenile chimpanzees understand attention as a mental
state ? British Journal of Developmental Psychology,
17, 37-60. |
HOPKINS, W.D., RUSSELL, J.L. & SCHAEFFER, J.S. (2014).
Chimpanzee intelligence is heritable. Current
Biology, 24 (14), 1640-1652. |
|
TOMASELLO, M., HARE, B. & AGNETTA, B. (1999).
Chimpanzees follow gaze direction geometrically. Animal
Behaviour, 58, 769-777. [PDF] |
BOGART, S.L., BENNETT, A.J., SCHAPIRO, S.J., REAMER, L.A.
& HOPKINS, W.D. (2014). Different rearing experiences
have long-term effects on cortical organization in captive
chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes). Developmental Science,
17 (2), 161-174. |
|
WHITEN, A., GOODALL, J., McGREW, W.C., NISHIDA, T.,
REYNOLDS, V., SUGIYAMA, Y., TUTIN, C.E.G., WRANGHAM, R.W.
& BOESCH, C. (1999). Cultures in chimpanzees.
Nature, 399, 682-685. [PDF] |
BERAN, M.J., EVANS, T.A. PAGLIERI, F., McINTYRE, J.M.,
ADDESSI, E. & HOPKINS, W.D. (2014). Chimpanzees (Pan
troglodytes) can wait, when they choose to : A study with
the hybrid delay task. Animal Cognition, 17 (2),
197-205. [PDF] |
|
BERAN, M.J., SAVAGE-RUMBAUGH, E.S., PATE, J.L. &
RUMBAUGH, D.M. (1999). Delay of gratification in
chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes). Developmental
Psychobiology, 34, 119-127. |
KARG, K., SCHMELZ, M., CALL, J. & TOMASELLO, M.
(2015). Chimpanzees strategically manipulate what others
can see. Animal Cognition, 17 (2), 197-205. [PDF] |
|
POVINELLI, D.J. (1999). Social understanding in
chimpanzees : new evidence from a longitudinal approach.
In P.D. Zelazo, J.W. Atington & D.R. Olson (Eds.),
Developing theories of intention (pp. 195-225).
Erlbaum |
WEISS, A. & KING, J.E. (2015). Great ape origins of
personality maturation and sex differences : A study of
orangutans and chimpanzees. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 18 (4), 648-664. |
|
THEALL, L.A. & POVINELLI, D. (1999). Do chimpanzees
tailor their gestural signals to fit the attentional
states of others ? Animal Cognition, 2, 207-214 |
JAEGGI, A.V., BOOSE, K.J., WHITE, F.J. & GURVEN, M.
(2016). Obstacles and catalysts of cooperation in humans,
bonobos, and chimpanzees : behavioural reaction norms can
help explain variation in sex roles, inequality, war and
peace. Behaviour, 153, 1015-1051 |
|
REAUX, J.E., THEALL, L.A. & POVINELLI, D. (1999). A
longitudinal investigation of chimpanzees' understanding
of visual perception. Child Development, 70,
275-290. |
WEISS, A., WILSON, M.L., COLLINS, D.A., MJUNGU, D.,
KAMENYA, S., FOERSTER, S. & PUSEY, A.E. (2017).
Personality in the chimpanzees of Gombe National Park.
Scientific Data, 4, 1-18. [PDF] |
|
POVINELLI, D.J., BIERCSWALE, D.T. & CECH, C.G. (1999).
Comprehension of seeing as a referential act in young
children, but not juvenile chimpanzees. British
Journal of Developmental Psychology, 17,37-60. |
HENRICH, J. & TENNIE, C. (2017). Cultural evolution in
chimpanzees and humans. In M. Muller, R. Wrangham & D.
Pilbeam (Ed.), Chimpanzees and human evolution. Cambridge,
MA : Harvard University Press. [PDF] |
|
|
| DAWKINS,
R. (2004/07). The ancestor's tale : A pilgrimage to
the dawn of evolution / Il était une fois l'évolution. New
York : Houghton Mifflin/ Paris : Hachette. |
Voir aussi Animal, Primate,
Bonobo et Singes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chine
: Chinois-e : Voir aussi Asiatique,
Différence raciale
et Culture.
Chine et Kong-Kong. Chinese, Sino-.
| |
|
|
DE GROOT, J.J.M. (1912). Religion in China :
Universism, a key to the study of taoism and
confucianism. New York : P. Putnam. |
YANG, X. (2000). The history of psychology in modern
China. Peking : The People's Educational
Publishing House. |
|
WANG, J. (1933). The future of Chinese psychology. The
Independent Review, (40), 13. |
TSAI, J.L., LEVENSON, R.W. & CARSTENSEN, L.L. (2000).
Autonomic, expressive, and subjective responses to
emotional films in older and younger Chinese American and
European American adults. Psychology & Aging, 15,
684-693. [PDF] |
|
ZHANG, Y. (1940). A brief history of the development
of Chinese psychology. Xuelin. |
CHEN, X. (2000). Growing up in a collectivistic culture :
Socialization and socio-emotional development in Chinese
children. In A.L. Comunian & U.P. Gielen (Eds.),
International perspectives on human development
(pp. 331-353). Lengerich, Germany : Pabst Science
Publishers. |
|
FENG, Y.L. (1962). The spirit of Chinese philosophy.
London : Routledge, & K. Paul. |
ZHAO, L.R. (2000). History of psychology in modern
China. Jinan : Shandong Education Press. |
|
CHAN, W.J. (1963). A source book in Chinese
philosophy. New Jersey : Princeton University
Press. |
ZENG, Y. & WU, D. (2000). Regional analysis of divorce
in China since 1980. Demography, 37 (2), 215-219. |
|
FREEDMAN, D.G. & FREEDMAN, M. (1969). Behavioral
differences between Chinese- American and American
newborns. Nature, 224, 1227. |
COOKE, F.L. (2000). Manpower restructuring in the
state-owned railway industry of china : The role of the
state in human resource strategy. International
Journal of Human Resource Management, 11 (5),
321-333. |
|
MEADE, R.D. & BARNARD, W.A. (1973). Conformity and
anticonformity among Americans and Chinese. The
Journal of Social Psychology, 89, 15-24. |
CHEN, X., LI, D., LI, Z., LI, B. & LIU, M. (2000).
Sociable and prosocial dimensions of social competence in
Chinese children : Common and unique contributions to
social, academic and psychological adjustment. Developmental
Psychology, 36 (3), 302-314. |
|
KUO, H.K. & MARSELLA, A.J. (1977). The meaning and
measurement of Machiavellianism in Chinese and American
college students. Journal of Social Psychology, 101,
165-173. |
ZHANG, W.W. (2000). Transforming China : Economic
reform and its political implications. New York :
St. Martin's Press. |
|
YANG, K.S. (1981). Social orientation and individual
modernity among Chinese students in Taiwan. Journal of
Social Psychology, 113, 159-170. |
CHEN, X., LIU, M. & LI, D. (2000). Parental warmth,
control and indulgence and their relations to adjustment
in Chinese children : A longitudinal study. Journal
of Family Psychology, 14 (3), 401-419. |
|
BOND, M.H., LEUNG, K. & WAN, K. (1982). The social
impact of self-effacing attributions : The Chinese case. The
Journal of Social Psychology, 118, 157–166. |
HWANG, K.K. (2000). Chinese relationalism : Theoretical
construction and methodological considerations.
Journal for the Theory of Social Behavior, 30 (2),
155-178. |
|
CHINESE PSYCHOLOGICAL SOCIETY (1982). Retrospect and
prospect of 60 years of psychology in China. Acta
Psychologica Sinica, 2, 127-138. |
KWAN, K.L.K. (2000). The internal-external ethnic identity
measure : Factor-analytic structures based on a sample of
Chinese americans. Educational & Psychological
Measurement, 60 (1), 142-152. |
|
MA, W. (1984). A few questions concerning the translation
and publication of Psychology around the end and Qing
dynasty and the beginning of the republic of China.
Journal of Jiangxi Normal University. Philosophy &
Social Sciences, 1, 39-46. |
TSAI, J.L., YING, Y. & LEE, P.A. (2000). The meaning
of "being Chinese" and "being American": Variation among
Chinese American young adults. Journal of
Cross-Cultural Psychology, 31, 302-322. [PDF] |
|
YU, B., ZHANG, W., JING, Q., PENG, R., ZHANG, G. &
SIMON, H.A. (1985). STM capacity for Chinese and English
language material. Memory & Cognition, 13,
202-207. |
POMERANZ, K. (2000). The great divergence : Europe,
China, and the making of the modern world economy. Princeton
University Press / Une grande divergence - La Chine,
l'Europe et la construction de l'économie mondiale. Paris
: Albin Michel. |
|
DRUMMOND, P.D. & QUAH, S.H. (2001). The effect of
expressing anger on cardiovascular reactivity and facial
blood flow in Chinese and Caucasians.
Psychophysiology, 38, 190-196. |
|
PARKER, G., CHEAH, Y.-C. & ROY, K. (2001). Do the
Chinese somatize depression ? A cross-cultural study.
Social Psychiatry & Psychiatric Epidemiology, 36,
287-293. |
|
YANG, K.S. (1986). Chinese personality and its change. In
M.H. Bond (Ed.), The psychology of the Chinese people
(pp. 106-170). Hong Kong : Oxford University. |
LEE, K., XU, F., FU, G., CAMERON, C.A. & CHEN, S.
(2001). Taiwan and mainland Chinese and Canadian
children's categorization and evaluation of lie- and
truth-telling : A modesty effect. British Journal of
Developmental Psychology, 19, 525-542.
[PDF] |
|
LIANG, L., GUO, Y. & DAVIS, M. (2001). Collaborative
patterns and age structures in Chinese publications. Scientometrics,
54, 473–489. |
|
BOND, M.H. (Ed.) (1986). The psychology of the
Chinese people. Hong Kong : Oxford University
Press. |
TSAI, J.L., YING, Y.W. & LEE, P.A. (2001). Cultural
predictors of self-esteem : A study of Chinese American
female and male young adults. Cultural Diversity
& Ethnic Minority Psychology, 7, 284-297. [PDF] |
|
REDDING, S.G. & WONG, G.Y.Y. (1986). The psychology of
Chinese organizational behavior. In M. Bond (Ed.), The
psychology of the Chinese people (pp. 267-295).
Hong Kong : Oxford University Press. |
CHEN, X., WU, H., CHEN, H., WANG, L. & CEN, G. (2001).
Parental affect, guidance and power assertion and
aggressive behaviour in Chinese children. Parenting :
Science & Practice, 1, 159-183. |
|
HO, D.Y.F. (1986). Chinese pattern of socialization : A
critical review. In M.H. Bond (Ed.), The psychology
of the Chinese people (pp. 1-37). New York :
Oxford University Press. |
JING, Q.C. & FU, X.L. (2001). Modern Chinese
psychology : Its indigenous roots and international
influences. International Journal of Psychology, 36
(6), 408-418. |
|
|
BORODITSKY, L. (2001). Does language shape thought ? :
Mandarin and English speakers' conceptions of time. Cognitive
Psychology, 43 (1), 1-22.
[PDF] |
|
HWANG, K.K. (1987). Face and favor : The Chinese power
game. American Journal of Sociology, 92 (4),
945-974. |
KLEIN, D., ZATORRE, R.J., MILNER, B. & ZHAO, V.
(2001). A cross-linguistic PET study of tone perception in
Mandarin Chinese and English speakers. NeuroImage,
13, 646-653. [PDF] |
|
LIANG, S. (1987). The outline of Chinese culture. Shanghai,
China : Shanghai Teachers' University Press. |
KLEIN, D., ZATORRE, R.J., MILNER, B. & ZHAO, V.
(2001). A cross-linguistic study of tone perception in
Mandarin Chinese and English speakers. Neuroimage,
13, 646-653. |
|
WAN, J. (1987). Some psychology books published in the
Qing dynasty. Acta Psychologica Sinica, 1,
109-112. |
KEUNG, D.K.Y. & BOND, M.H. (2002). Dimensions of
political attitudes and their relations with beliefs and
values in Hong Kong. Journal of Psychology in Chinese
Societies, 3, 133-154. |
|
SUN, C. (1988). Evolutionary development of the
disciplinary nature of Chiense educational psychology from
the end of the Qing dynasty to the time before liberation.
Acta Psychologica Sinica, 1, 85-91 |
HIGGINS, L. & SUN, C.H. (2002). The development of
psychological testing in China. International Journal
of Psychology, 37, 246-254 |
|
YING, Y.W. (1988). Depressive symptomatology in
Chinese-Americans as measured by the CES-D. Journal
of Clinical Psychology, 44 (5), 729-746. |
HIGGINS, L. & ZHENG, M. (2002). An introduction to
Chinese psychology : its historical roots until the
present day. The Journal of Psychology, 136 (2),
225-239 |
|
YATES, J.F., ZHU, Y., RONIS, D.L. & WANG, D. (1989).
Probability judgment accuracy : China, Japan, and the
United States. Organizational Behavior & Human
Decision Processes, 43, 145-171. [PDF] |
QIAN, M.Y., SMITH, C.W., CHEN, Z.G. & XIA, G.H.
(2002). Psychotherapy in China : A review of its history
and contemporary directions. International Journal of
Mental Health, 30, 49-68. |
|
EARLY, C.P. (1989). Social loafing and collectivism : A
comparison of the United States and the people's Republic
of China. Administrative Science Quarterly, 34
(4), 565-581. |
PHILLIPS, M.R., LI, X. & ZHANG, Y. (2002). Suicide
rates in China, 1995-99. The Lancet, 359 (9309),
835- 840. |
|
XIAO, R. (1990). The application of psychology at every
aspect of life. In G. Yan (Ed.), History of Chinese
psychology archive (Vol. 4, p. 272). Beijing,
China : People's Education Press. |
CHEN, X., LIU, M., RUBIN, K.H., CHEN, H., WANG, L. &
LI, D. (2002). Sociability and prosocial orientation as
predictors of youth adjustment : A seven-year longitudinal
study in a Chinese sample. International Journal of
Behavioral Development, 26 (2), 128-136. |
|
ZENG, Y., SCHULTZ, T.P., WANG, D. & GU, D. (2002).
Association of divorce with socio-demographic covariates
in China : 1955-1985 : Event history analysis based on
data collected in Shanghai, Hebei, and Shaanxi. Demographic Research, 7 (11), 407-432. |
|
CHEN, G. & TJOSVOLD, D. (2002). Cooperative goals and
constructive controversy for promoting innovation in
student groups in China. The Journal of Education for
Business, 78 (1), 46-50. |
|
YANG, K.S. & BOND M.B. (1990). Exploring implicit
personality theories with indigenous or imported
constructs : The Chinese case. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 58, 1087-1096 |
XU, F., HOMER, B. & LEE, K. (2002). The effects of
literacy on Chinese children's early word awareness. Psychological
Science, 25, 672-675. |
|
CHEN, G. & TJOSVOLD, D. (2002). Conflict management
and team effectiveness in China : The mediating role of
justice. Asia Pacific Journal of Management, 19,
557-572. |
|
YING, Y.W. (1990). Explanatory models of major depression
and implications for help-seeking behavior among immigrant
Chinese-American women. Culture, Medicine &
Psychiatry, 14, 393-408. |
MIAO, X. & WANG, W. (2003). A century of Chinese
developmental psychology. International Journal of
Psychology, 38 (5), 258-273. |
|
JESSOR, R., TURBIN, M.S. & COSTA, F.M., DONG, Q.,
ZHANG, H. & WANG, C. (2003). Adolescent problem
behavior in China and the United States : A cross-national
study of psychosocial protective factors. Journal of
Research on Adolescence, 13 (1), 329-360. |
|
STEVENSON, H.W. & LEE, S.Y. (1990). Contexts of
achievement : a study of American, Chinese, and Japanese
children. Monographs of the Society for Research in
Child Development, 55 (1-2), 1-123. |
BEDFORD, O. & HWANG, K.-K. (2003). Guilt and shame in
Chinese culture : A cross-cultural framework from the
perspective of morality and identity. Journal for the
Theory of Social Behaviour, 33, 127-144. [PDF] |
|
LIN, C.C. & FU, V.R. (1990). A comparison of
child-rearing practices among Chinese, immigrant Chinese,
and Caucasian-American parents. Child Development,
61, 429-433. |
ZHOU, Z., PEVERLEY, S.T., XIN, T., HUANG, A.S. & WANG,
W. (2003). School adjustment of first generation
Chinese-American adolescents. Psychology in the
Schools, 40, 71-84. |
|
YING, Y. (1991). Marital satisfaction among San Francisco
Chinese-Americans. International Journal of Social
Psychiatry, 37 (3), 201-213. |
TSOH, J.Y., LAM, J.N., DELUCCHI, K.L. & HALL, S.M.
(2003). Smoking and depression in Chinese Americans.
American Journal of the Medical Sciences, 326 (4),
187-191. [PDF] |
|
PRATT, D.D. (1991). Conceptions of self within China and
the United States : contrasting foundations for adult
education. International Journal of Intercultural
Relations, 15 (3), 285-310. |
CHEN, X., LIU, M., RUBIN, K.H., CHEN, H., WANG, L. &
LI, D. (2003). Compliance in Chinese and Canadian toddlers
: A cross-cultural study. International Journal of
Behavioral Development, 27, 428-436. [PDF] |
|
CHEN, X., RUBIN, K.H. & SUN, Y. (1992). Social
reputation and peer relationships in Chinese and Canadian
children : A cross-cultural study. Child Development,
63, 1336-1343. |
ZHOU, Q, EISENBERG, N., WANG, Y. & REISER, M. (2004).
Chinese children's effortful control and dispositional
anger/frustration : Relations to parenting styles and
children's social functioning. Developmental
Psychology, 40, 352-366. |
|
|
YING, Y.W. & MILLER, L.S. (1992). Help-seeking
behavior and attitude of Chinese-Americans regarding
psychological problems. American Journal of Community
Psychology, 20 (4), 549-556. |
CHEUNG, F.M., CHEUNG, S.F. & JIANXIN, Z. (2004). What
is "Chinese" personality ? : Subgroup differences in the
Chinese Personality Asesment Inventory (CPAI-2). Acta
Psychologica Sinica, 36 (4), 491-499. [PDF] |
|
TJOSVOLD, D.W. & YU, Z. (2004). Goal interdependence
and applying abilities for team in-role and extra-role
perform- ance in China. Group Dynamics : Theory,
Research, & Practice, 8, 98-111. |
|
CHILD, J. & MARKOCZY, L. (1993). Host-country
managerial behaviour and learning in Chinese and Hungarian
joint ventures. Journal of Management Studies, 30,
611-631. |
CHEN, Z.P. & CHEN, C.C. (2004). On the intricacies of
the Chinese guanxi : A process model of guanxi
development. Asia Pacific Journal of Management, 21,
305-324. |
|
YANG, K.S. (1993). Why do we need an indigenous Chinese
psychology. Indigenous Psychological Research in
Chinese Societies, 1, 86-88. |
CHEN, G., LIU, C. & TJOSVOLD, D. (2005). Conflict
management for effective top management teams and
innovation in China. Journal of Management Studies,
42 (2), 277-300. |
|
DAI, X., ZHENG, L., RYAN, J H. & PAOLO, A.M. (1993). A
survey of psychological tests used in clinical
psychological practice of China and its comparison with
the data of United States. Chinese Journal of
Clinical Psychology, 1, 47-50. |
PERFETTI, C.A., LIU, Y. & TAN, L.H. (2005). The
lexical constituency model : Some implications of research
on chinese for general theories of reading. Psychological
Review, 112 (1), 43-59.
[PDF] |
|
POMERANZ, K. (1993). The making of an Hinterland :
State, society and economy in Inland North China,
1853-1937. Berkeley : University of California
Press. |
WONG, A.S.H., TJOSVOLD, D. & YU, Z.Y. (2005).
Organizational partnerships in China : self-interest, goal
interdependence, and opportunism. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 90 (4), 782-791. |
|
CHEN, Y.N., FANG, S.S. & TJOSVOLD, D.W. (2005).
Working with foreign managers : conflict management for
effective leader relationships in China. International
Journal of Conflict Management, 16 (3), 265-286. |
|
SHAKIB, S., ZHENG, H., JOHNSON, C.A., CHEN, X., SUN, P.,
PALMER, P.H., YAN, L., JIE, G. & UNGER, J.B. (2005).
Family characteristics and smoking among urban and rural
adolescents living in China. Preventive Medicine, 40
(1), 83-91. |
|
CHINESE PSYCHOLOGICAL SOCIETY (1993). Ethics code for
psychological assessment. Acta Psychologica Sinica,
1, 221-222. |
LIU, X., LIU, L., OWENS, J.A. & KAPLAN, D.L. (2005).
Sleep patterns and sleep problems among school children in
the United States and China. Pediatrics, 115 (S),
241-249. |
|
REDDING, S.G. (1993). The spirit of Chinese
capitalism. New York : Walter de Gruyter. |
WU, S., JIA, M., RUAN, Y., LIU, J., GUO, Y., SHUANG, M.,
GONG, X., ZHANG, Y., YANG, X. & ZHANG, D. (2005).
Positive association of the oxytocin receptor gene (OXTR).
with autism in the Chinese Han population. Biological
Psychiatry, 58, 74-77. |
|
WANG, Z. (1993). Psychology in China : A review dedicated
to Li Chen. Annual Review of Psychology, 44 (1),
87. |
YEH, D. & GENTNER, D. (2005). Reasoning
counterfactually in Chinese : Picking up the pieces. Proceedings
of the Twenty-seventh Annual Meeting of the Cognitive
Science Society, 2410-2415.
[PDF] |
|
CHAO, R.K. (1994). Beyond parental control and
authoritarian parenting style : Understanding Chinese
parenting through the cultural notion of training. Child
Development, 65, 1111-1119. |
HWANG, K.K. (2005). From anticolonialism to
postcolonialism : The emergence of Chinese indigenous
psychology in Taiwan. International Journal of
Psychology, 40 (4), 228-238. |
|
FAN, L., GEARY, D.C., BOW-THOMAS, C.C. & SIEGLER, R.S.
(1994). Influences of numerical memory span on strategy
choices in addition : A comparative study of numerical
skill differences in Chinese and American children. Psychological
Science, 17, 21-27. |
CHEN, Y.N., TJOSVOLD, D. & SU, S.F. (2005). Goal
interdependence for working across cultural boundaries :
Chinese employees with foreign managers. International
Journal of Intercultural Relations, 29, 429-447. |
|
MORRIS, M.W. & PENG, K. (1994). Culture and cause :
American and Chinese attributions for social and physical
events. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 67 (6), 949-971.
[PDF] |
TAN, L.H., LAIRD, A.R., LI, K. & FOX, P.T. (2005).
Neuroanatomical correlates of phonological processing of
Chinese characters and alphabetic words : A meta-analysis.
Human Brain Mapping, 25 (1), 83-91. [PDF] |
|
JING, Q.C. (1994). Development of psychology in China. International
Journal of Psychology, 29, 667-675. |
FULIGNI, A.J., WITKOW, M. & GARCIA, C. (2005). Ethnic
identity and academic adjustment of adolescents from
Mexican, Chinese, and European backgrounds.
Developmental Psychology, 41 (5), 799-811. |
|
LI, M. (1994). Psychology in China : A brief historical
review. The Journal of Psychology, 128 (3),
281-287. |
XIAO-QI, H., JIA-XIU, Z. & LAN-TING, G. (2005). Bully
in primary school and its impact on psychosocial health. Chinese
Mental Health Journal, 19, 676-678. |
|
CHEN, Y.N. & TJOSVOLD, D. (2005). Cross-cultural
leadership : goal interdependence and leader-member
relations in foreign ventures in China. Journal of
International Management, 11, 417-439. |
|
CHEN, G. & TJOSVOLD, D. & LIU, C. (2006).
Cooperative goals, leader people and productivity values :
Their contribution to top management teams in China. Journal
of Management Studies, 43 (5), 1177-1200. |
|
YU, A.-B. & YANG, K.S. (1994). The nature of
achievement motivation in collectivist societies. In U.
Kim, H. C. Triandis, C. Kagitcibasi, S.-C. Choi, & G.
Yoon (Eds.), Individualism and collectivism : Theory,
method, and applications (pp. 239-250). Thousand
Oaks, CA : Sage. |
ZHANG, Q. & ZHANG, J. (2006). Dimensions of teacher
immediacy as predictors of student learning : A Chinese
perspective. Communications Research Reports, 23 (3),
199-207. |
|
CHEN, Y.S., LIANG, H.H. & LU, L.Q. (2006). Psychology
of religion in China. International Journal for the
Psychology of Religion, 16, 153-161. |
|
CHAO, R.K. (1995). Chinese and European American cultural
models of the self reflected in mothers' childrearing
beliefs. Ethos, 23, 328-354. |
WONG, A.S.H. & TJOSVOLD, D. (2006). Collectivist
values for learning in organizational relationships in
China : The role of trust and vertical coordination. Asia
Pacific Journal of Management, 23, 299-317. |
|
ZHANG, J.X. & SCHWARZER, R. (1995). Measuring
optimistic self-beliefs : a Chinese adaptation of the
general self-efficacy scale. Psychologia, 38, 174-181. |
SHU, H., WU, S., McBRIDE-CHANG, C. & LIU, H. (2006).
Understanding chinese developmental dyslexia :
Morphological awareness as a core cognitive construct. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 98 (1), 122-133. [PDF] |
|
CHEN, C.C. (1995). New trends in rewards allocation
preferences : A Sino-U.S. comparison. Academy of
Management Journal, 38 (2), 285-304.
[PDF] |
CHEN, X., WANG, L. & DESOUZA, A. (2006). Peer
relationships in cultural context. In X. Chen, D.C. French
& B.H. Schneider (Eds.), Temperament,
socioemotional functioning, and peer relationships in
Chinese and North American children (pp. 123-147).
Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
|
CHEN, X., RUBIN, K.H. & LI, Z. (1995). Social
functioning and adjustment in Chinese children : A
longitudinal study. Developmental Psychology, 31,
531-539. |
GU, M.D. (2006). The filial piety complex : Variations on
the Oedipus theme in chinese literature and culture. Psychoanalytic
Quarterly, 75, 163-195. |
|
SIU, W.S. & TAM, K.C. (1995). Machiavellianism and
Chinese banking executives in Hong Kong. International
Journal o f Bank Marketing, 13, 15-21. |
CHEN, Y.F. & TJOSVOLD, D. (2006). Participative
leadership by Western managers in China : The role of
relationships. Journal of Management Studies, 43
(8), 1727-1752. |
|
CHEN, X., RUBIN, K.H. & LI, Z. (1995). Social
functioning and adjustment in Chinese children : A
longitudinal study. Developmental Psychology, 31,
531-539. |
ZHANG, Q. & OETZEL J.G. (2006). A cross-cultural test
of immediacy-learning models in Chinese classrooms. Communication
Education, 55, 313-330. |
|
YANG, S. (1995). Chinese social orientation : An
integrative analysis. In T.-Y. Lin, W.- S. Tseng, &
E.-K. Yeh (Eds.), Chinese societies and mental health
(pp. 19-39). Hong Kong: Oxford University Press. |
MEARSHEIMER, J.J. (2006). China's unpeaceful rise. Current
History, 105 (690), 160-162. [PDF] |
|
YING, Y.W. & ZHANG, X. (1995). Mental health in rural
and urban Chinese families. Journal of Comparative
Family Studies, 26 (2), 233-246. |
LIU, Y. (2006). Returned students and the development of
modern psychology of China. Psychological Exploration,
26 (97), 30-34. |
|
CHEN, Y.F. & TJOSVOLD, D.W. (2007). Goal
interdependence and leader-member relationships for
cross-cultural leadership in foreign ventures in China.
Leadership & Organization Development Journal, 29, 144-166. |
|
WEI, M., HEPPNER, P., MALLEN, M., KU, T., LIAO, K. &
WU, T. (2007). Acculturative stress, perfectionism, years
in the United States, and depression among Chinese
international tudents. Journal of Counseling
Psychology, 54, 385-394. |
|
BOSWELL, T.E. (1986). A split labor market analysis of
discrimination against Chinese immigrants. 1850-1882. American
Sociological Review, 51 (3), 352-371. |
WANG, K.T., SLANEY, R.B. & RICE, K.G. (2007).
Perfectionism in Chinese university students from Taiwan :
A study of psychological well-being and achievement
motivation. Personality & Individual Differences,
42, 1279-1290. |
|
TJOSVOLD, D.W. & YU, Z.Y. (2007). Group risk-taking :
The constructive role of controversy in China. Group
& Organization Management, 32, 653-674. |
|
STEVENSON, H. W., CHEN, C. & LEE, S.-Y. (1993).
Mathematics achievement of Chinese, Japanese, and American
children : Ten years later. Science, 259, 53–58. |
CHEN, Y.-F. & TJOSVOLD, D. (2007). Co-operative
conflict management : an approach to strengthen
relationships between foreign managers and Chinese
employees. Asia Pacific Journal of Human Resources,
45 (3), 271-294. |
|
LEUNG, K., SMITH, P.B., WANG, Z.M. & SUN, H. (1996).
Job satisfaction in joint venture hotels in China : An
organizational justice analysis. Journal of
International Business Studies, 27, 947-962. |
YING, Y.-W., LEE, P.A. & TSAI, J.L. (2007).
Attachment, sense of coherence, and mental health among
Chinese American college students : Variation by migration
status. International Journal of Intercultural
Relations 31, 531-544. [PDF] |
|
CHEUNG, F.M., LEUNG, K., FAN, R., SONG, W.Z., ZHANG, J.X.
& ZHANG, J.P. (1996). Development of the Chinese
Personality assessment Inventory (CPaI). Journal of
Cross- Cultural Psychology, 27, 181-199. |
CAO, F. & SU, L. (2007). Internet addiction among
Chinese adolescents : prevalence and psychological
feature. Child : Care, Health & Development, 33 (3),
275-281. [PDF] |
|
TARDIF, T. (1996). Nouns are not always learned before
verbs, but why ? Evidence from Mandarin Chinese. Developmental
Psychology, 32 (3), 492–504. |
HOU, Z.J. & ZHANG, N.J. (2007). Counseling psychology
in China. Applied Psychology : An International
Review, 56, 33-50. |
|
HERD, R. & DOUGHERTY, S. (2007). Growth prospects in
China and India compared. European Journal of
Comparative Economics, 4 (1), 65-89. [PDF] |
|
CHEN, Y.N., TJOSVOLD, D. & WU, P.G. (2008). Effects of
relationship values and goal interdependence on guanxi
between foreign managers and Chinese employees.
Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 38,
2440-2486. |
|
TSAI, J.L. & LEVENSON, R.W. (1997). Cultural
influences on emotional responding : Chinese American and
European American dating couples during interpersonal
conflict. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 28,
600-625. [PDF] |
McBRIDE-CHANG, C., LAM, F., LAM, C., DOO, S., WONG, S.W.L.
& CHOW, Y.Y.Y. (2008). Word recognition and cognitive
profiles of Chinese pre-school children at risk for
dyslexia through language delay or familial history of
dyslexia. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 49 (2), 211-218. [PDF] |
|
HUI, C. & GRAEN, G. (1997). Guanxi and professional
leadership in contemporary Sino-American joint ventures in
mainland China. Leadership Quarterly, 8,
451-465. |
CAI, Z.-X., LI, K. & ZANG, X.-C. (2008). Workplace
stressors and coping strategies among Chinese psychiatric
nurses. Perspectives in Psychiatric Care, 44, 223-231. |
|
|
YANG, S. & STERNBERG, R.J. (1997). Conceptions of
intelligence in ancient Chinese philosophy. Journal of
Theoretical & Philosophical Psychology, 17 (2),
101-119. |
LING, D.C.Y., WONG, W.C.W. & HO, S.C. (2008). Are
post-menopausal women "half-a-man"?: Sexual beliefs,
attitudes and concerns among midlife Chinese women. Journal
of Sex & Marital Therapy, 34 (1), 15-29. |
|
YANG, S. (1997). Theories and research in Chinese
personality : An indigenous approach. In H.S.R. Kao &
D. Sinha (Eds.), Asian perspectives on psychology
(pp. 236-262). New Delhi, India : Sage. |
DONG, T., ANDERSON, R.C., KIM, I. & LI, Y. (2008).
Collaborative reasoning in China and Korea. Reading
Research Quarterly, 43 (4), 400-424. |
|
LIAO, M.S. (2008). Intimate partner violence within
the Chinese community in San Francisco : Problem gambling
as a risk factor. Journal of Family Violence, 23, 671–678. |
|
CHEN, Y.N., TJOSVOLD, D. & WU, P. (2008). Effects of
relationship values and goal interdependence on guanxi
between foreign managers and Chinese employees.
Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 38 (10),
2440-2486. |
|
CHEN, C.C., MEINDL, J.R. & HUNT, R.G. (1997). Testing
the effects of vertical and horizontal collectivism : A
study of reward allocation preferences in China. Journal
of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 28 (1), 44-70. |
CHOW, B.W.Y., McBRIDE-CHANG, C., CHEUNG, H. & CHOW,
C.S.L. (2008). Dialogic reading and morphology training in
Chinese children : Effects on language and literacy. Developmental
Psychology, 44 (1), 233-244.
[PDF] |
|
YANG, K. & VICTOR, C.R. (2008). The prevalence of and
risk factors for loneliness among older people in China. Ageing
& Society, 28, 305-327.
[PDF] |
|
BOND, M.H. & CHI, V.M.Y. (1997). Values and moral
behavior in mainland China. Psychologia, 40 (4),
251-264. |
CHEN, P.H. (2009). A counseling model for self-relation
coordination for Chinese clients with interpersonal
conflicts. The Counseling Psychologist, 37, 987-1009. |
|
WONG, A.S.H. & TJOSVOLD, D. (2009). Innovation by
teams in Shanghai, China : cooperative goals for group
confidence and persistence. British Journal of
Management, 20 (2), 238-251. |
|
POMERANZ, K. (2009). La force de l'empire : Révolution
industrielle et écologie, ou pourquoi l'Angleterre a
fait mieux que la Chine. Alfortville : Éditions
Ère. |
|
WU, P., FANG, Y., GUAN, Z., FAN, B., KONG, J., YAO, Z.
& HOVEN, C.W. (2009). The psychological impact of the
SARS epidemic on hospital employees in China : Exposure,
risk perception and altruistic acceptance of risk.
Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 54 (5), 302–311. |
|
LU, J.F., TJOSVOLD, D., YU, Z.Y. & WU, P. (2009).
Empowering individuals for team innovation in China :
Conflict management and problem-solving. Negotiation
& Conflict Management Research, 2, 185-206. |
|
IMBO, I. & LEFEVRE, J.A. (2009). Cultural differences
in complex addition : efficient Chinese versus adaptive
Belgians and Canadians. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 35 (6),
1465-1476. [PDF] |
|
CHEN, X., RUBIN, K.H. & LI, B. (1997). Maternal
acceptance and social and school adjustment in Chinese
children : A four-year longitudinal study. Merrill-
Palmer Quarterly, 43, 663-681. |
KWAN, K.L.K. (2009). Collectivistic conflict of Chinese in
counseling : Conceptualization and therapeutic directions.
The Counseling Psychologist, 37, 967-986. |
|
LEE, K., CAMERON, C.A., XU, F., FU, G. & BOARD, J.
(1997). Chinese and Canadian children’s evaluations of
lying and truth-telling: Similarities and differences in
the context of pro-and antisocial behaviours. Child
Development, 68, 924-934. [PDF] |
LEUNG, S.A. & CHEN, P.W. (2009). Developing counseling
psychology in Chinese communities in Asia : Indigenous,
multicultural, and cross-cultural considerations. The
Counseling Psychologist, 37, 944-966. |
|
LIM, S.-L., LIM, B.K.H., MICHAEL, R., CAI, R. &
SCHOCK, C.K. (2010). The trajectory of counseling in China
past, present, and future tends. Journal of Counseling
& Development, 88, 4-8. [PDF] |
|
MEARSHEIMER, J.J. (2010). The gathering storm : China's
challenge to US power in Asia. The Chinese Journal of
International Politics, 3 (4), 381-396. [PDF] |
|
DING, M. & LI, X. (2010). A comparative analysis of
the distributive property in U.S. and Chinese elementary
mathematics textbooks. Cognition & Instruction,
28 (2), 146-180. |
|
HO, C.S.-H. & BRYANT, P.E. (1997). Development of
phonological awareness of Chinese children in Hong Kong.
Journal of Psycholinguistic Research, 26 (1),
109-126. |
GOODBOY, A.K., BOLKAN, S., BEEBE, S.A. & SCHULTZ, K.
(2010). Cultural differences in students' use of
rhetorical and relational communication behavior with
instructors in the United States and China. Journal of
Intercultural Communication, 39, 1-12. |
|
CHEN, Y.N., TJOSVOLD, D.W. & PAN, Y. (2010).
Collectivist team values for Korean-Chinese co-worker
relationships and job performance. International
Journal of Intercultural Relations, 34 (5),
475-481. |
|
BÉLANGER, E. & VERKUYTEN, M. (2010). Hyphenated
identities and acculturation : Second generation Chinese
of Canada and the Netherlands. Identity : An
International Journal of Theory & Research,
10, 141-163. |
|
MARSH, H.W., HAU, K., CHUNG, C. & SIU, T.L. (1997).
Students' evaluations of university teaching : Chinese
version of the Students' Evaluations of Educational
Quality instrument. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 89, 568-572. |
LU, J.F., TJOSVOLD, D. & SHI, K. (2010). Team training
in China : testing and applying the theory of cooperation
and competition. Journal of Applied Social
Psychology, 40 (1), 101-134. |
|
HO, C.S.-H. & BRYANT, P.E. (1997). Phonological skills
are important in learning to read Chinese.
Developmental Psychology, 33 (6), 946-951. |
SHEK, D.T.L. (2010). Quality of life of Chinese people in
a changing world. Social Indicators Research, 95
(3), 357–361. |
|
ARKES, H.R., HIRSHLEIFER, D., JIANG, D. & LIM,
S. (2010). A cross-cultural study of reference point
adaptation : Evidence from China, Korea, and the US. Organizational
Behavior & Human Decision Processes, 112,
99-111. |
|
LU, L. (1998). The meaning, measure, and correlates of
happiness among Chinese people. Proceedings of the
National Science Council : Part C 8, 115–137. |
WONG, A.S.H. & TJOSVOLD, D. (2010). Guanxi and
conflict management for effective partnering with
competitors in China. British Journal of Management,
21 (3), 772-788. |
|
YAMAGISHI, T., JIN, N. & MILLER, A.S. (1998). In-group
bias and culture of collectivism. Asian Journal of
Social Psychology, 1, 315-328. |
SHEK, D.T.L., LEE, J.J. (2010). Prevention of problem
gambling in Chinese adolescents : Relevance of problem
gambling assessment and positive youth development
frameworks. International Journal of Adolescent
Medicine & Health, 22 (1), 139-151. [PDF] |
|
YIK, M.S.M., BOND, M.H. & PAULHUS, D.L. (1998). Do
Chinese self-enhance or self-efface ? : It's a matter of
domain. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin,
24, 399-406. [PDF] |
CHUNG, K.K., HO, C.S., CHAN, D.W., TSANG, M.E. & LEE,
S.H. (2010). Cognitive profiles of Chinese adolescents
with dyslexia. Dyslexia, 16 (1), 2-23. [PDF] |
|
|
JACKSON, T. & BAK, M. (1998). Foreign companies and
Chinese workers : employee motivation in the people's
Republic of China. Journal of Organizational Change
Management, 11 (4), 282-300. [PDF] |
YU, L. WINTER, S. & XIE, D. (2010). The child play
behavior and activity questionnaire : a parent-report
measure of childhood gender-related behavior in China. Archives
of Sexual Behavior, 39 (3), 807–815. |
|
CHEUNG, F.M. & LEUNG, K. (1998). Indigenous
personality measures : Chinese examples. Journal of
Cross-Cultural Psychology, 29, 233-248. |
COOK, P. & WILSON, M. (2010). Do young chimpanzees
have extraordinary working memory ? Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 17 (4), 599-600.
[PDF] |
|
YANG, X. (1998). On the contributions of Cai Yuanpei as a
pioneer in the history of contemporary Chinese psychology.
Psychological Science, 21, 293-296, 314. |
TJOSVOLD, D.W. & SUN H. (2010). Using power to affect
performance in China : Effects of employee achievement and
social context. International Journal of Conflict
Management, 21, 364-381. |
|
JIN, L. & CORTAZZI, M. (1998). A Dialogue : large
classes in China. International Journal of Educational
Research, 29, 739-761. |
YIN, Y. (2010). Cultural and social interpretation of
Chinese addressing strategies. English Language
Teaching, 3 (1), 194-198. [PDF] |
|
CHEN, X., HASTING, P., RUBIN, K.H., CHEN, H., CEN, G.
& STEWART, S.L. (1998). Childrearing attitudes and
behavioural inhibition in Chinese and Canadian toddlers :
A cross-cultural study. Developmental Psychology, 34,
677-686. |
YU, L. & XIE, D. (2010). Multidimensional gender
identity and psychological adjustment in middle childhood
: A study in China. Sex Roles, 62 (1), 100-113. |
|
PERFETTI, C.A. & TAN, L.H. (1998). The time course of
graphic, phonological, and semantic activation in Chinese
character identification. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Learning, Memory & Cognition, 24, 101-118.
[PDF] |
SHANG, W., WANG, D. & WANG, J. (2010). Prevalence and
socioeconomic status correlation of depressive symptoms
among children living in urban Beijing. North
American Journal of Medicine & Science, 3 (3),
153-159. [PDF] |
|
SUN, Y., VINSON, D.P. & VIGLIOCCO, G. (1998).
Tip-of-the-tongue and tip- of-the-pen in Chinese.
Abstracts of the Psychonomic Society, 3, 32. |
WANG, Z., CHEN, Y.N., TJOSVOLD, D. & SHI, K. (2010).
Cooperative goals and team personality composition for
constructive controversy in China. Asia Pacific
Journal of Management, 27, 139-153. |
|
YANG, K.-S. (1998). Chinese responses to modernization : a
psychological analysis. Asian Journal of Social
Psychology, 1, 75-97. |
MCBRIDE-CHANG, C., LAM, F., LAM, C., CHAN, B., FONG,
C.Y.C., WONG, T.T.Y. & WONG, S.W.L. (2011). Early
predictors of dyslexia in chinese children : familial
history of dyslexia, language delay, and cognitive
profiles. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 52, 204–211. [PDF] |
|
ZHANG, Z. & YANG, C.-F. (1998). Beyond distributive
justice : The reasonableness norm in Chinese reward
allocation. Asian Journal of Social Psychology, 1,
253-269. |
XU, A., ZHANG, Y. & AMATO, P.R. & BEATTIE, B.
(2011). A Comparison of divorce risk models in China and
the United States. Journal of Comparative Family
Studies, 42, 289-295. |
|
ZHANG, J.X. & BOND, M. (1998). Personality and filial
piety among college students in two Chinese societies-The
added value of indigenous constructs. Journal of
Cross-Cultural Psychology, 29 (3), 402-417. |
YU, L., ASUR, S. & HUBERMAN, B.A. (2011). What trends
in Chinese social media. Proceedings of the 5th
Workshop on Social Network Mining & Analysis, 17,
1-10. [PDF] |
|
LU, L. (1998). The meaning, measure, and correlates of
happiness among Chinese people’, Proceedings of the
National Science Council : Part C 8, pp. 115–137. |
GAO, Q., ZHANG, J. & JIA, C. (2011). Psychometric
properties of the Dickman Impulsivity Instrument in
suicide victims and living controls of rural China.
Journal of Affective Disorders, 132 (3), 368-374. [PDF] |
|
CHEN, Y.N., TJOSVOLD, D., HUANG, X. & XU, D. (2011).
Newcomer socialization in China : effects of team values
and goal interdependence. International Journal of
Human Resource Management, 22 (16), 3317-3337. |
|
BARNES, L.L. (1998). The psychologizing of Chinese healing
practices in the United States. Culture, Medicine,
& Psychiatry, 22 (4), 413–443. |
YUE, X.D. (2011). The Chinese ambivalence to humor : Views
from University students in Hong Kong and China.
Humor : International Journal of Humor Research, 24 (4),
463-480. [PDF] |
|
TAN, T. & CAMRAS, L.A. (2011). Social skills of
adopted Chinese girls at home and in school : Parent and
teacher ratings. Children & Youth Services
Review, 33, 1813-1821. |
|
FU, G., HEYMAN, G. & LEE, K. (2011). Reasoning about
modesty among adolescents and adults in China and the U.S.
Journal of Adolescence, 34, 599-608. [PDF] |
|
HO, C.S.-H. & BRYANT, P.E. (1999). Different Visual
Skills are important in Learning to Read English and
Chinese Educational & Child Psychology, 16 (4),
4-14. |
YU, L. & XIE, D. (2012). Factor Structure of a
Multidimensional Gender Identity Scale in a Sample of
Chinese Elementary School Children. The Scientific
World Journal, 1-10. [PDF] |
|
CHEN, X., RUBIN, K.H., LI, B. & LI, Z. (1999).
Adolescent outcomes of social functioning in Chinese
children. International Journal of Behavioural
Development, 23, 199-223. |
FROESE, F.J. & XIAO, S. (2012). Work values, job
satisfaction and organizational commitment in China. The
International Journal of Human Resource Management, 23,
10, 1-37. [PDF] |
|
CHEN, C. & TJOSVOLD, D.W. (2012). Shared rewards and
goal interdependence for psychological safety among
departments in China. Asia Pacific Journal of
Management, 27 (3), 1-20. |
|
RODE, J.C., JUDGE, T.A. & SUN, J. (2012).
Incremental validity of core self-evaluations in the
presence of
other self-concept traits : An investigation of applied
psychology criteria in the United States and China. Journal
of Leadership & Organizational Studies, 19 (3),
326-340. |
|
ZHANG, J.X., SONG, W.Z. & ZHANG, M.Q. (1999).
Introduction on Minnesota Multiphasic Personality
Inventory-2 (MMPI-2) and it's standardization process in
mainland China and Hong Kong. Chinese Mental Health
Journal, 1, 29-31. |
XU, F., WU, D., TORIYAMA, R., MA, F., ITAKURA, S. &
LEE, K. (2012). Similarities and differences in Chinese
and Caucasian adults' use of facial cues for
trustworthiness judgments. PLoS One, 7 (4),
1-9. [PDF] |
|
|
CAMRAS, L.A., SUN, K., LI, Y. & WRIGHT, M. (2012). Do
Chinese and American children's interpretations of
parenting moderate links between perceived parenting and
child adjustment ? Parenting : Science &
Practice, 12 (4), 306-327. |
|
IMBO, I. & LEFEVRE, J.A. (2009). Cultural differences
in complex addition : efficient Chinese versus adaptive
Belgians and Canadians. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 35 (6),
1465-1476. |
|
HERRERA, R. & LONG, Z. (2013). L'énigme de la
croissance chinoise. La Pensée, 396 (4), 121-131 |
|
CHEN, Y.N. & TJOSVOLD, D.W. (2013). Inside the leader
relationship : constructive controversy for team
effectiveness in China. Journal of Applied Social
Psychology, 43 (9), 1827-1837. |
|
CHEN, X., WANG, L., WU, H., LI, D. & LIU, J. (2014).
Loneliness in Chinese children across contexts. Developmental
Psychology, 50 (10), 2324-2333. |
|
DING, M. & LI, X. (2014). Transition from concrete to
abstract representations : the distributive property in a
Chinese textbook series. Educational Studies in
Mathematics, 87 (1), 103-121 |
|
TENNIE, C., O'MALLEY, R.C. & GILBY, I.C. (2014). Why
do chimpanzees hunt ? Considering the benefits and costs
of acquiring and consuming vertebrate versus invertebrate
prey. Journal of Human Evolution, 71, 38-45. |
|
MU, Z. & XIE Y. (2014). Marital age homogamy in China
: A reversal of trend in the reform era ? Social
Science Research, 44, 141-157. |
|
TAN, T., CAMRAS, L.A., DENG, H., ZHANG, M. & LU, Z.
(2012). Family Stress, parenting styles, and behavioral
adjustment in preschool-age adopted Chinese girls. Early
Childhood Research Quarterly, 27 (1), 128-136. |
|
CHEN, Y.N. & TJOSVOLD, D.W., (2013). Inside the leader
relationship : constructive controversy for team
effectiveness Journal of Applied Social Psychology,
43 (9), 1827-1837. |
|
TJOSVOLD, D., PENG, A.C., CHEN, N.Y. & FANG, S.S.
(2013). Individual decision-making in organizations :
contribution of uncertainty and controversy in China. Group
Decision & Negotiation, 22 (4), 801-821. |
|
ZHANG, J. (2015). Specific xenophobia ? Japanese
acceptance attitudes toward Chinese immigrants. Journal
of the Graduate School of Asia-Pacific Studies, 30,
201-219. [PDF] |
|
WONG, A.S.H., SNELL, R. & TJOSVOLD, D. (2015). Social
responsibility and reflexivity for cooperative goals with
government units in China. Asia Pacific Journal of
Human Resources, 54 (2), 258-284. |
|
CAI, X. & WU, P. (1999). A study of the modernity of
social concept of younger students in China.
Psychological Science, 22, 148-152. |
ZHANG, D., HUANG, G., YIN, X. & GONG, Q. (2015).
Residents'waste separation behaviors at the source : Using
SEM with the theory of planned behavior in Guangzhou,
China. International Journal of Environmental Research
& Public Health, 12, 9475-9491. [PDF] |
|
COPLAN, R.J., LIU J., OOI, L., CHEN, X., Li, D. &
DING, X. (2016). A person-oriented analysis of social
withdrawal in Chinese children. Social Development,
25, 794-811. |
|
LI, D., COPLAN, R.J., ARCBELL, K.A., BULLOCK, A. &
CHEN, L. (2016). Chinese kindergarten teachers' beliefs
about young children's classroom social behavior. Early
Childhood Research Quarterly, 36, 122-132. |
|
LONG, J., LIU, T.-Q., LIAO, Y.-H., HE, H.-Y., CHEN, S.-B.
& BILLIEUX, J. (2016). Prevalence and correlates of
problematic smartphone use in a large random sample of
Chinese undergraduates. BMC Psychiatry, 16,
1-12. [PDF] |
|
GAO, P.-X. (2016). On demotivating factors for english
learning of vocational college students in Leshan City,
Sichuan, China. US-China Foreign Language, 14 (8),
544-551. [PDF] |
|
HO, C.S.-H. & LAI, D.N.-C. (1999). Naming-speed
deficits and phonological memory deficits in Chinese
developmental dyslexia. Journal of Learning
Disabilities, 11 (2), 173-186. |
DUVAL, C., DESROCHERS, A. B., EL-BAALBAKI, G. & BÉGIN,
J. (2016). The clinical relevance of an
interpersonal-psychotherapy-oriented postnatal program for
a non-clinical sample of Chinese first-time mothers : A
comment on Gao and colleagues (2015) and authors'
response. International Journal of Nursing Studies,
55, 135-136. |
|
LIU, J., XIAO, B., HIPSON, W.E., COPLAN, R.J., LI, D.
& CHEN, X. (2017). Self-control, peer relationships,
and loneliness in Chinese children : A three year
longitudinal study. Social Development, 26,
876-890. |
|
COPLAN, R.J., LIU, J., CAO, J., CHEN, X. & LI, D.
(2017). Shyness and school adjustment in Chinese children
: The roles of te achers and peers. School Psychology
Quarterly, 32, 131-142. |
|
ZHU, J., OOI, L.L., LI, Y., COPLAN, R.J., XIE, Q., ZHANG,
Y. & XU, P. (2017). Concomitants and outcomes of
anxiety in Chinese kindergarteners : A one-year
longitudinal study. Journal of Applied Developmental
Psychology, 52, 24-33. |
|
LANG, J. & YAO, Y. (2018). Prevalence of nonsuicidal
self-injury in chinese mddle school and hgh school
students : A meta-analysis. Medicine, 9 [42],
1-7.
[PDF] |
|
ZHANG, R., JIANG Y., DANG, B. & ZHOU, A. (2019).
Neuromyths in Chinese classrooms : evidence from
headmasters in an underdevelopedregion of China. Frontiers
in Education, 4 [8], 1-6. |
|
QIU, J., SHEN, B., ZHAO, M., WANG, Z., XIE, B. & XU,
Y. (2020). A nation wide survey of psychological distress
among Chinese people in the COVID-19 epidemic :
implications and policy recommendations. General
Psychiatry, 33 (2), 1-3. [PDF] |
|
ZHONG, B.-L., LUO, W., LI, H.-M., ZHANG, Q.-Q., LIU,
X.-G., LI, W.-T. & LI, Y. (2020). Knowledge,
attitudes and practices towards COVID-19 among Chinese
residents during the rapid rise period of the COVID-19
outbreak : A quick online cross-sectional survey.
International Journal of Biological Sciences, 16 (10),
1745–1752. |
|
LI, Z. & ZHENG, L. (2023). Validation of two measures
of gender dysphoria/incongruence in transgender and
cisgender populations in China. Archives of Sexual
Behavior, 52 (3), 1019-1030. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Pays, Différence
raciale ou Culturelle |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chiropractie
: Chiropractic.
| |
|
|
KAPTCHUK, T.J. & EISENBERG, T.J. (1998). Chiropractic,
origins, controversies, and contributions. Archives
of Internal Medicine, 158 (20), 2215-2224. |
|
CHERKIN, D.C, DEYO, R.A., BATTIÉE, M., STREET, J. &
BARLOW, W. (1998). A comparison of physical therapy,
chiropractic manipulation, and provision of an educational
booklet for the treatment of patients with low back pain.
New England Journal of Medicine, 339 (15),
1021-1029. [PDF] |
|
|
CHOTKOWSKI, L.A. (2001). Chiropractic : The greatest
hoax of the century ? New England Novelty Books. |
|
VERNON, H., JANSZ, G., GOLDSMITH, C.H. & MCDERMAID, C.
(2009). A randomized, placebo-controlled clinical trial of
chiropractic and medical prophylactictreatment of adults
with tension-type headache : Results from a stopped trial.
Journal of Manipulative & Physiological
Therapeutics, 32 (5), 344-351. |
|
|
|
Chirumbolo
Antonio ( ) : Psychologue
organisationnel italien. Il s'intéresse au travail,
notamment aux effets psychologiques engendrés par la
perte de son emploi. Collaborateur de
De Witte, Hellgren
Kruglanski, Näswall,
Petrides et
Sverke.
|
CHIRUMBOLO, A. (2002). The relationship between need for
cognitive closure and political orientation : the
mediating role of authoritarianism. Personality &
Individual Differences, 32, 603-610. |
|
CHIRUMBOLO, A. & HELLGREN, J. (2003). Individual and
organizational consequences of job insecurity : A European
study. Economic & Industrial Democracy, 24 (2),
215-238. |
|
CHIRUMBOLO, A., LIVI, S.N., MANNETTI, L., PIERRO, A. &
KRUGLANSKI, A.W. (2004) Effects of need for closure on
creativity of small groups interactions. European
Journal of Personality, 18 (4), 265-278. |
|
CHIRUMBOLO, A. & ARENI, A. (2010). Job insecurity
influence on job performance and mental health : Testing
the moderating effect of the need for closure.
Economic & Industrial Democracy, 31 (2)
195-214. [PDF] |
|
CHIRUMBOLO, A., URBINI, F., CALLEA, A. & TALAMO, A.
(2017). The impact of qualitative job insecurity on
identification with the organization : The moderating role
of overall oraunizational justice. Swiss Journal of
Psychology, 76 (3), 117-123 [PDF] |
|
|
|
Chirurgie
: Chirurgien : Branche de la
médecine. Le chirurgien est un médecin
qui possède la formation (les connaissances et les habiletés
manuelles) et le droit (titre)
de procéder à une chirurgie. Cette opération consiste à modifier
l'état physique et interne d'un organisme
en lui ajoutant un corps étranger ( EX : une
hanche ou un coeur artificiel) ou en retirant un organe
malade (ablation de la
rate, d'un rein) ou un élément qui nuit au bon fonctionnement de
cet organe (débloquer une
artère, retirer un kyste). Surgery.
|
|
| |
WORCESTER, W. (1891). Surgery of the central nervous
system (account of the Berlin meeting). American
Journal of Insanity, 157, 410–413. |
|
ROSEN, G. (1946). Mesmerism and surgery : A strange
chapter in the history of anesthesia. Journal of the
History of Medicine & Allied Sciences, 1 (4),
527-550. |
JOHNSON, J.E., DABBS, J.M. & LEVENTHAL, H. (1970).
Psychosocial factors in the welfare of surgical patients.
Nursing Research, 19, 18-29.
|
|
LEVENTHAL, H. & MACE, W. (1970). The effect of
laughter on evaluation of a slapstick movie. Journal of
Personality, 38, 16-30. |
JOHNSON, J.E., LEVENTHAL, H. & DABBS, J.M. (1971).
Contribution of emotional and instrumental
response processes in adaptation to surgery. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 20, 55-64. |
|
Voir aussi Anesthésie,
Ablation et
Chirurgie esthétique |
|
|
Chirurgie
bariatrique : Bariatric surgery.
| |
|
|
SHROEDER, R., GARRISON, J.M. & JOHNSON, M.S. (2011).
Treatment of adult obesity with bariatric surgery. American
Family Physician, 84 (7), 805-814.
[PDF] |
BRADLEY, L.E., FORMAN, E.M., KERRIGAN, S.G., BUTRYN, M.L.,
HERBERT, J.D. & SARWER, D.B. (2016). A
pilot study of an acceptance-based behavioral intervention
for weight regain after bariatric surgery. Obesity
Surgery,
26 (10), 2433-2441. |
|
BRADLEY, L.E., SARWER, D.B., FORMAN, E.M., KERRIGAN, S.G.,
BUTRYN, M.L. & HERBERT, J.D. (2016). A ssrvey of
bariatric surgery patients' interest in postoperative
interventions. Obesity Surgery, 26 (2), 332-338. |
|
|
Voir aussi Obésité
et Chirurgie |
|
|
Chirurgie
de réattribution sexuelle : CRS :
Chirurgie visant à transformer une
femme en homme, ou
vice-versa, en modifiant l'apparence des organes
sexuels conformément au sexe réattribué, généralement en
procédant à l'ablation
des organes qui ne correspondant pas à ce nouveau sexe. Chirurgie
de réattribution,
transsexualisme et
réattribution du sexe. = CRS,
opération de changement de sexe, réassignation sexuelle.
Sex reassignment surgery SRS, gender
reassignment surgery.
| |
|
|
BEATRICE, J.A. (1985). Psychological comparison of hetero-
sexuals, transvestites, preoperative transsexuals, and
postoperative transsexuals. Journal of Nervous &
Mental Disease, 173, 358-365. |
LAWRENCE, A.A. (2005). Sexuality before and after
male-to-female sex reassignment surgery. Archives of
Sexual Behavior, 34, 147-166. |
|
KUIPER, A.J. & COHEN-KETTENIS, P.T. (1988). Sex
reassignment surgery : A study of 141 Dutch transsexuals.
Archives of Sexual Behavior, 17, 439-457. |
LAWRENCE, A.A. (2006). Patient-reported complications and
functional outcomes of male-to-female sex reassignment
surgery. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 35, 717–727. |
|
SMITH, Y.L. VAN GOOZEN, S.H. & COHEN-KETTENIS, P.T.
(2001). Adolescents with gender identity disorder who were
accepted or rejected for sex reassignment surgery : A
prospective follow-up study. Journal of the American
Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 40,
472-481. |
RAMACHADRAN, V.S. & McGEOCH, P.D. (2007). Occurrence
of phantom genitalia after gender reassignment surgery. Medical
Hypotheses, 69, 1001-1003. |
|
FEDEROFF, J.P. (2000). The case against publicly funded
tran sexual surgery. Psychiatric Rounds, 4, 1-3. |
MURAD, M.H., ELAMIN, M.B., GARCIA, M.Z., MULLAN, R.J.,
MURAD, A. & ERWIN, P.J. & MONTORI, V. (2010)
Hormonal therapy and sex reassignment : a systematic
review and meta-analysis of quality of life and
psychosocial outcomes. Clinical Endocrinology, 72 (2), 214-231. |
|
LAWRENCE, A.A. (2003). Factors associated with
satisfaction or regret following male-to female sex
reassignment surgery. Archives of Sexual Behavior,
32, 299-315. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Transsexualisme
et Réattribution
du sexe |
|
|
Chirurgie
de l'esprit : Chirurgie du cerveau
dont l'objetif est de traiter une maladie mentale ou un trouble
psychologique, notamment la démence.
= = neurochirurgie de l'esprit. Psychochirurgy,
surgery of the mind
| |
|
|
BURGHARDT, G. (1886). About cortical excision, as a
contribution to surgical treatment of psychosis. Allgemeine
Zeitschift für Psychiatrie, 47, 463–548. |
ROWLAND, L.P. (2000). Walter Freeman’s psychosurgery and
biological psychiatry : a cautionary tale. Neurology
Today, 5 (4), 70–72. |
|
WORCESTER, W. (1891). Surgery of the central nervous
system (account of the Berlin meeting). American
Journal of Insanity, 157, 410–413. |
TIERNY, A.J. (2000). Egas Moniz and the origins of
psychosurgery : a review commemorating the 50th
anniversary of Moniz’s Nobel Prize. Journal of
the History Neuroscience, 9, 22-36. |
|
MONIZ, E. (1936). Essai d’un traitement chirurgical de
certaines psychoses. Bulletin de l’Académie de
Médecine (Paris) 115, 385–392. |
|
|
FREEMAN, W. & WATTS, J.W. (1942).
Psychosurgery : Intelligence, emotion, and social
behavior following prefrontal Lobotomy for Mental
Disorders. Springfield, Ill : Charles C. Thomas. |
FELDMAN, R.P. & GOODRICH, J.T. (2001). Psychosurgery :
a historical overview. Neurosurgery, 48, 647–659.
|
|
WATTS, J.W. & FREEMAN, W. (1946).
Psychosurgery for the relief of unbearable pain. Journal
of International College Surgeons, 9, 679-683. |
|
|
FREEMAN, W. (1950). Psychosurgery. Journal of hte
National Medical Association, 42 (4), 206-209. [PDF] |
|
|
RAMSEY, A.V. (1952). A short history of
psychosurgery. American Journal of Psychiatry, 108, 813–816. |
KOTOWICZ, Z. (2005). Gottlieb Burckhardt and Egas
Moniz—two beginnings of psychosurgery. Gesnerus, 6,
77–101. |
|
MÜLLER, R.C. (1960). Gottlieb Burckhardt : Le Père de la
topectomie. Reveu Médicale de la Suisse Romande, 28,
726–730. |
ROWLAND, L. (2005). Walter Freeman's psychosurgery and
biological psychiatry : A cautionary tale. Neurology
Today, 5 (4), 70–72. |
|
GOSTIN, L.O. (1982). Psychosurgery : a hazardous and
unestablished treatment ? A case for the importation of
American legal safeguards to Great Britain. Journal of
Social Welfare Law, 4, 83–95. |
|
|
VALENSTEIN, E. (1986). Great and desperate cures : The
rise and decline of psychosurgery and other radical
treatments for mental illness. Basic Books. |
|
|
JOANETTE, Y., STEMMER, B., ASSAL, G. & WHITAKER, H.A.
(1993). From theory to practice : the unconventional
contribution of Gottlieb Burckhardt to psychosurgery. Brain
Language, 45, 572–-587. |
HELLER, A., AMAR, A., LIU, C. & APUZZO, M.L.
(2006). Surgery of the mind and mood : a mosaic of
issues in time and evolution. Neurosurgery, 59, 720–739.
|
|
WHITAKER, H.A., STEMMER, B. & JOANETTE, Y. (1996). A
psychosurgical chapter in the history of cerebral
localization : the six cases of Gottlieb Burkhardt. In C.
Code, C.-W. Wallesch, Y. Joanette & A. Roch
(Eds.), Classic cases in neuropsychology (pp.
275–304). Hove : Psychology Press. |
CARUSO, J.P. & SHEEHAN, J.P. (2017). Psychosurgery,
ethics, and media : a history of Walter Freeman and the
lobotomy. Neurosurgical Focus, 43 (3), 1-8.
[PDF] |
|
GROSS, D. (1998). Gottlieb Burckhardt’s (1836–1907)
contribution to psychosurgery : medicohistorical and
ethical aspects. Gesnerus, 55, 221–248. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Lobotomie
et Chirurgie |
|
|
Chirurgie esthétique: Au sens large, la chirurgie
consiste à modifier l'état physique et interne d'un organisme
en lui ajoutant un corps étranger ( EX : une
hanche ou un coeur artificiel) ou en retirant un organe
malade (ablation de la rate, d'un rein) ou un élément qui nuit au
bon fonctionnement de cet organe
(débloquer une artère, retirer un kyste). Quant à elle, la
chirurgie esthétique, comme le nom l'indique, vise à améliorer l'apparence
d'un individu (visage, sein,
ventre, etc) ou à corriger un défaut physique ( EX:
Oreilles trop décollées). La chirurgie se distingue de la coiffure
ou des soins esthétiques (modifie l'apparence
externe) en raison du caractère interne de son intervention qui a
lieu sous la peau. Chirurgie,
beauté et
perfectionnisme. =
chirurgie plastique, rhinoplastie, mammoplastie. Plastic
surgery, cosmetic surgery.
| |
|
|
DULL, D. & WEST, C. (1991). Accounting for
cosmetic surgery : The accomplishment of gender. Social
Problems, 31, 801-817. |
|
|
ISHIGOOKA, J., IWAO, M., SUZUKI, M., FUKUYAMA, Y.,
MURASAKI, M. & MIURA, S. (1998). Demographic features
of patients seeking cosmetic surgery. Psychiatry
& Clinical Neurosciences, 52, 541. |
SARWER, D.B. & MAGEE, L. (2006). Physical appearance
and society. In D.B. Sarwer, T. Pruzinsky, T.F. Cash, R.M.
Goldwyn, J.A. Persing & L.A. Whitaker (Eds.), Psychology
of reconstructive and cosmetic plastic surgery :
Clinical, empirical, and ethical perspectives (pp.
23-36). Philadelphia, PN : Lippincott, Williams &
Wilkins. |
|
SARWER, D.B., WADDEN, T.A., PERTSCHUK, M.J. &
WHITAKER, L.A. (1998). Body image dissatisfaction and body
dysmorphic disorder in 100 cosmetic surgery patients.
Plastic & Reconstructive Surgery, 101, 1644. |
SARWER, D.B. (2007). The psychological aspects of cosmetic
breast augmentation. Plastic & Reconstructive
Surgery, 120 (S), 110-117. |
|
BROWN, A., FURNHAM, A., GLANVILLE, L. & SWAMI, V.
(2007). Considering cosmetic surgery : The effects of sex,
age, vicarious experience, media exposure and
self-estimated attractiveness. Aesthetic Surgery
Journal, 27, 501-508. |
|
SARWER, D.B., NORDMANN, J.E. & HERBERT, J.D. (2000).
Cosmetic breast augmentation surgery : A critical
overview. Journal of Women's Health &
Gender-Based Medicine, 9, 843-856. |
CRERAND, C.E., INFIELD, A.L. & SARWER, D.B. (2007).
Psychological considerations in cosmetic breast
augmentation. Plastic Surgical Nursing, 27, 146-154. |
|
HURD-CLARKE, L, REPTA, R. & GRIFFIN, M. (2007),
Non-surgical cosmetic procedures : Older women's
perceptions and experiences. Journal of Women Aging,
19, 69-87. |
|
MAZZEOA, S.E., TRACE, S.E., MITCHELL, K.S. & WALKER
GOW, R. (2007). Effects of a reality TV cosmetic surgery
makeover program on eating disordered attitudes and
behaviors. Eating Behaviors, 8 (3), 390-397. |
|
FREDERICK, D.A., LEVER, J. & PEPLAU, L.A. (2007).
Interest in cosmetic surgery and body image : Views of men
and women across the lifespan. Plastic &
Reconstructive Surgery, 120, 1407-1415. |
|
BROWN, A., FURNHAM, A., GLANVILLE, L. & SWAMI, V.
(2007). Factors that affect the likelihood of undergoing
cosmetic surgery. Aesthetic Surgery Journal, 27,
501-508. |
|
SUISSA, J.A. (2008). Addiction to cosmetic surgery :
Representations and medicalization of the body.
International Journal of Mental Health & Addictions,
26 (4), 619-630. |
|
|
BOLTON, M.A., PRUZINSKY, T., CASH, T.F. & PERSING,
J.A. (2003). Measuring outcomes in plastic surgery : Body
image and quality of life in abdominoplasty patients.
Plastic & Reconstructive Surgery, 112, 626-627. |
SARWER, D.B. & CRERAND, C.E. (2008). Body dysmorphic
disorder and appearance enhancing medical treatments. Body
Image, 5, 50-58. |
|
HEWITT, P.L., SHERRY, S.B., FLETT, G.L. & SHICK, R.
(2003). Perfectionism and cosmetic surgery. Plastic
& Reconstructive Surgery, 112 (1), 346. |
ZUCKERMAN, D. & ABRAHAM, A. (2008). Teenagers and
cosmetic surgery : Focus on breast augmentation and
lipsosuction. Journal of Adolescent Health, 43,
318-324.
[PDF] |
|
HSIA, H.C. & THOMSON, G.J. (2003). Differences in
breast shape preferences between plastic surgeons and
patients seeking breast augmentation. Plastic &
Reconstructive Surgery, 112 (1), 312-320. |
HENDERSON-KING, D. & BROOK, K.D. (2009). Materialism,
sociocultural appearance messages, and parental attitudes
predict college women's attitudes about cosmetic surgery.
Psychology of Women Quarterly, 33, 133-142. |
|
SARWER, D.B., MAGEE, L. & CRERAND, C.E. (2004).
Cosmetic surgery and cosmetic medical treatments. In J.K.
Thompson (Ed.), Handbook of eating disorders and
obesity (pp. 718-737). Hoboken, NJ : Wiley. |
SWAMI, V., TAYLOR, R. & CARVALHO, C. (2009).
Acceptance of cosmetic surgery and celebrity worship :
Evidence of associations among female undergraduates. Personality
& Individual Differences, 47, 869-872. |
|
DELINSKY, S.S. (2005). Cosmetic surgery : a common and
accepted form of self improvement ? Journal of
Applied Social Psychology, 35, 2012-2028. |
SWAMI, V., CHAMOROO-PREMUZIC, T., BRIDGES, S. &
FURNHAM, A. (2009). Acceptance of cosmetic surgery :
Personality and individual difference predictors. Body
Image 6, 7-13. [PDF] |
|
HENDERSON-KING, D. & HENDERSON-KING, D. (2005).
Acceptance of cosmetic surgery : Scale development and
validation. Body Image, 2, 137-149. |
MALTBY, J. & DAY, L. (2011). Celebrity worship and
incidence of elective cosmetic surgery : evidence of a
link among young adults. Journal of Adolescent
Health, 49 (5), 483-489. [PDF] |
|
SALESHAHMADI, Z. & RAFIE, S.R. (2012). Factors
Affecting Patients Undergoing Cosmetic Surgery in Bushehr,
Southern Iran.World Journal of Plastic Surgery, 1 (2),
99-106. [PDF] |
|
SARWER, D.B., CASH, T.F., MAGEE, L., WILLIAMS, E.F.,
THOMPSON, J.K., ROEHRIG, M. TANTLEFF-DUUN, S., KANTER,
A.A., WILFLEY, D.E., AMIDON, A.D., ANDERSON, D.A. &
ROMANOFSKI, M. (2005). Female college students and
cosmetic surgery : An investigation of experiences,
attitudes, and body image. Plastic &
Reconstructive Surgery, 115, 931-938. [PDF] |
SARWER, D.B., VON SYDOW GREEN, A. & WILLIAMS N.N.
(2012). Clinical case report : Psychosocial issues in
adolescent bariatric surgery. Surgery for Obesity
& Related Diseases, 8 (1), 124-126. |
|
ARNOCKY, S. & PICHÉ, T. (2014). Cosmetic surgery as
intrasexual competition : The mediating role of social
comparison. Psychology, 5, 1197-1205. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Image
corporelle, Apparence,
Maquillage,
Cancer et Beauté |
| |
|
|
Chisholm
Roderick Milton (North Attleboro 1916-1999
Providence) : Philosophe
et épistémologue
américain. étudiant de Lewis. Professeur
de Taylor.
|
CHISHOLM, R. (1948). The problem of empiricism. Journal
of Philosophy, 45, 512-517. |
|
CHISHOLM, R.M. (1957). Perceiving : a philosophical
study. Ithaca : Cornell University Press. |
|
CHISHOLM, R.M. (1966/89). Theory of knowledge.
Englewood Cliffs, NJ : Prentice Hall. |
|
CHISHOLM, R.M. (1982). Is there a mind-body problem ? Philosophical
Exchange, 2, 24-34. |
|
CHISHOLM, R.M. (1996). A realistic theory of
categories : An essay on ontology. New York :
Cambridge University Press. |
|
|
LEWIS, C.I. (1948). Professor Chisholm and empiricism.
The Journal of Philosophy, 45, 517-524. |
|
|
|
|
Chivers
Meredith L. ( ) : Psychologue
américaine et spécialiste de l'étude des différences
sexuelles, notamment sur le plan de l'excitation
sexuelle. Étudiante de Blanchard.
Collaboratrice de Bailey, Lalumière
et Seto.
|
CHIVERS, M.L. & BLANCHARD, R. (1996). Prostitution
advertisements suggest association of transvestism and
masochism. Journal of Sex & Marital
Therapy, 22, 97-102. |
|
CHIVERS, M.L., RIEGER, G., LATY, E. & BAILEY, J.M.
(2004). A sex difference in the specificity of sexual
arousal. Psychological Science, 15, 736-744. |
|
CHIVERS, M.L. (2005). Leading comment : A brief review and
discussion of sex differences in the specificity of sexual
arousal. Sexual & Relationship Therapy, 4,
377-390. [PDF] |
|
CHIVERS, M.L., SETO, M.C. & BLANCHARD, R. (2007).
Gender and sexual orientation differences in sexual
response to sexual activities versus gender of actors ins
exual films. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 93 (6), 1108-1121. [PDF] |
|
CHIVERS, M.L., SETO, M.C., LALUMIÈRE, M.L., LAAN, E. &
GRIMBOS, T. (2010). Agreement of self-reported and genital
measures of sexual arousal among men and women : A
meta-analysis. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 39,
5-56. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Chlordiazepoxide
: Benzodiazépine
découvert en 1957.
Chlordiazepoxide.
| |
|
|
LIPMAN, R.S., COVI, L, RICKELS, K, McNAIR, D.M., DOWNING,
R., KAHN, R.J. & Imipramine and chlordiazepoxide in
depressive and anxiety disorders. I. Efficacy in
depressed outpatients. Archives of General Psychiatry,
43 (1), 68-77. |
|
KAHN, R.J., MCNAIR, D.M., LIPMAN, R.S., COVI, L., RICKELS,
K. & DOWNING, R. (1986). Imipramine and
Chlordiazepoxide in depressive and anxiety disorders. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 43 (1), 79-85. |
|
|
Voir aussi Benzodiazépine |
|
|
Chlorpromazine
: Neuroleptique
typique découvert par Charpentier et Laborit
en 1951 et commercialisé en 1952 sous le nom de Largatil
ou Thorazine, et surtout
utilisé dans le traitement de la
psychose et de la
schizophrénie.
Chlorpromazine.
| |
|
|
CHARPENTIER, P., GAILLOT, P., JACOB, R. et al. (1950).
Recherches sur les diméthylaminopropyl-N phénothiazines
substituées. Comptes Rendus de l'Académie des
Sciences, 235, 59-60. |
WURTMAN, R.J. & AXELROD, J. (1966). Effect of
chlorpromazine and other drugs on the disposition of
circulating melatonin. Nature, 212 (5059),
312-314. [PDF] |
|
LABORIT, H., HUGUENARD, P. & ALLUAUME, R. (1952). Un
noveau stabilisateur végétatif (le 4560 RP). La Presse
Médicale, 60, 206-208. |
|
|
LEHMANN, H.E. & HANRAHAN, G.E. (1954). Chlorpromazine,
new inhibiting agent for psychomotor exctietemnt and manic
states. Archives of Neurology & Psychiatry, 71,
227-237. |
WEISS, G., WERRY, J., MINDE, K., DOUGLAS, V. & SYKES,
D. (1968). Studies on the hyperactive child. V. The
effects of dextroamphetamine and chlorpromazine on
behaviour and intellectual functioning. Journal of
Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 9 (3), 145-156. |
|
WINKELMAN, N.W. (1954). Chlorpromazine in the treatment of
neuropsychiatric disorders. Journal of the American
Medical Association, 155, 18-21. |
FONTAINE, O. et RICHELLE, M. (1969). Étude comparative
chez le rat de la chlorpromazine et du chlordiazépoxide
sur une série de programmes à renforcement positif et à
renforcement negatif. Psychologica Belgica, 9, 17-29. |
|
ELKES, J. & ELKES, C. (1954). Effects of
chlorpromazine on the behavior of chronically overactive
psychotic patients. British Medical Journal, 2, 560-576. |
MARR, M.J. (1970). Effects of chlorpromazine in the pigeon
under a second-order schedule of food presentation. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 13 (3),
291-299.
[PDF] |
|
GYERMEK, L. (1955). Chlorpromazine : A serotonin
antagonist ? The Lancet, 2, 724. |
WALSH, J.M. & GURALNICK, M.J. (1971). The effects of
epinephrine and chlorpromazine on visual cliff behavior in
hooded and albino rats. Psychonomic Science, 23,
1-3. [PDF] |
|
VAUGHAN, G.F., LEIBERMAN, D.M. & COOK, L.C. (1955),
Chlorpromazine in psychiatry. The Lancet, 268
(6874), 1083-1087. |
CURRY, S.H., LADER, M.H., MOULD, G.P. & SAKALIS,
G. (1972). Clinical pharmacology of chlorpromazine.
British Journal of Pharmacology, 44, 370-371. |
|
BAIR, H.V. & HEROLD, W. (1955). Efficacy of
chlorpromazine in hyperactive mentally retarded children.
A.M.A. Archives of Neurology & Psychiatry, 74, 363-364. |
SAKALIS, G., CURRY, S.H., MOULD, G.P. & LADER, M.H.
(1972). Physiologic and clinical effects of chlorpromazine
and their relationship to plasma level. Clinical
Pharmacology & Therapeutics, 13, 931-946. |
|
KINROSS-WRIGHT, V. (1955). Chlorpromazine and reserpine
int the treatment of psychosis. Annals of the New
York Academy of Sciences, 61 (1), 174-182. |
McKINNEY, W.T., YOUNG, L.D., SUOMI, S.J. & DAVIS, J.M.
(1973). Chlorpromazine treatment of disturbed monkeys. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 29, 490-494. |
|
GILLIS, J. & DAVIS, K.E. (1973). The effects of
amphetamine and chloropromazine on complex thinking in
paranoid and nonparanoid schizophrenics. In D. Summers and
L. Rappaport (Eds.), Human judgment and social
interaction (pp. 170-184). New York : Holt,
Rinehart, and Winston. |
|
SHEPARD, M. & WATT, D.C. (1956). A controlled clinical
study of chlorpromazine and reserpine in chronic
schizophrenina. Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery
& Psychiatry, 19, 232-235.
[PDF] + [PDF] |
CROW, T.J. (1977). Drugs used to probe anatomy of
schizophrenia. New Scientist, 74 (1055), 583. |
|
| |
WINGERSON, D., NGUYEN, C. & ROY-BYRNE, P.P. (1992).
Chlomipramine treatment for generalized anxiety disorder.
Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology, 12(3),
214-215. |
|
BINDRA, D. & BARAN, D. (1959). Effects of
methylphenidylacetate and chlorpromazine on certain
components of general activity. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 2, 343-350. [PDF] |
BYRNE, T., LESAGE, M.G. & POLING, A. (1997). Effects
of chlorpromazine on rats' acquisition of lever-press
responding with immediate and delayed reinforcement. Pharmacology
Biochemistry & Behavior, 58, 31-35. |
|
MIRSKY, A.F., PRIMAC, D.W. & BATES, R. (1959). The
effects of chlorpromazine and secobarbital on the
Continuous Performance Test. Journal of Nervous &
Mental Diseases, 128, 12-17. |
MOBINI, S., CHIANG, T.-J., HO, M.-Y., BRADSHAW, C.M. &
SZABADI, E. (2000). Comparison of the effects of
clozapine, haloperidol, chlorpromazine and d-amphetamine
on performance on a time-constrained progressive-ratio
schedule and locomotor behaviour in the rat. Psychopharmacology,
152, 47-54. |
|
MIRSKY, A.F. & CARDON, P.V. (1962). A comparison of
the behavioral and physiological changes accompanying
sleep deprivation and chlorpromazine administration in
man. Electroencephalography & Clinical
Neurophysiology, 14, 1-10. |
OLIE, J.P. (2004). The discovery of chlorpromazine : A
historical account. The International Journal of
Neuropsychopharmacology, 7 (S1), 21. |
|
SCHACHTER, S. & WHEELER, L. (1962). Epinephrine,
chlorpromazine, and amusement. Journal of Abnormal
& Social Psychology, 65 (2), 121-128. [PDF] |
HIPPIUS, H. (2004). From chlorpromazine to modern
("atypical") antipsychotics. The International Journal
of Neuropsychopharmacology, 7 (S1), 21-22. |
|
TERRACE, H.S. (1963). Errorless discrimination learning in
the pigeon : Effects of chlorpromazine and imipramine. Science,
140, 318-319. |
LOPEZ-MUNOZ F., ALAMO, C., CUENCA, E., SHEN, W.W.,
CLERVOY, P. & RUBIO, G. (2005). History of the
discovery and clinical introduction of chlorpromazine. Annals
of Clinical Psychiatry, 17 (3), 113-135. |
|
MORSE, W.H. (1964). Effect of amobarbital and
chlorpromazine on punished behavior in the pigeon. Psychopharmacologia,
6, 286-294. |
BAN, T.A. (2007). Fifty years chlorpromazine : a
historical perspective. Neuropsychiatric Disease
& Treatment, 3 (4), 495-500. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Neuroleptique,
Psychose et
Schizophrénie |
|
|
|
CHI -
CHODOROW - CHOIX - CHOMSKY
- CHORPITA - CHOS
- CHR - CHROMOSONE
- CHOUINARD -
CHURCHLAND - CI |
|
|
|
|
Chodorow
Nancy J. (New York 1944-) : Psychanalyste,
sociologue et féministe
américaine.
 |
CHODOROW, N. (1978/99). The reproduction of mothering
psychoanalysis and the sociology of gender.
Berkeley, CA : University of California Press. |
|
CHODOROW, N. (1989). What is the relation between the
psychoanalytic psychology of women and psychoanalytic
feminism ? The annual of psychoanalysis, 17,
215- 242. |
|
CHODOROW, N. (1994). Femininities, masculinities,
sexualities : Freud and beyond. Lexington, KY :
University Press of Kentucky/London : Free Association
Books. |
|
CHODOROW, N. (1999). The power of feelings : Personal
meaning in psychoanalysis, gender, and culture. New
Haven, CT : Yale University Press. |
|
CHODOROW, N. (2003). Les homosexualités comme formations
de compromis : La complexité théorique et clinique d'une
description et d'une compréhension des homosexualités. Revue
Française de Psychanalyse, 67 (1), 41-64. |
|
|
|
|
Choix
: Choisir : Pour certains auteurs - les cognitivistes
- le choix résulte d'une prise
de décision, alors que pour d'autres auteurs - les béhavioristes
- il s'agit plutôt d'un comportement
qui marque une préférence
plus ou moins rationelle
ou maxiamel pour une option,
plutôt qu'une autre (alternative),
qui se traduit par le temps consacré aux différentes
options. Ces comportements sont sous l'influence de programmes
de renforcements et obéissent notamment à la loi
d'appariement. Choix,
risque et théorie
de la décision. = comportement
de choix, préférence. Choice, choice behavior,
choice responding, preference, two-response situation.
| |
|
|
MARTIN, A.H. (1922). An experimental study of the factors
and types of voluntary choice. Archives of
Psychology, 22 (51), |
McGRATH, J.E. (1981). The study of research choices and
dilemmas. American Behavioral Scientist, 25 (2),
179-210. [PDF] |
|
TOLMAN, E.C. (1938). The determinants of behavior at a
choice point. Psychological Review, 45, 1-41. |
FRIEDMAN, M. & FRIEDMAN, R. (1981). Free to
choose : A personal statement. New York : Avon
/ La liberté de choix. Paris : Belfond. |
|
FRIEDMAN, M. & SAVAGE, L.J. (1948). The utility
analysis of choices involving risk. Journal of
Political Economy, 56 (4), 279-304. |
DUNN, R.M. (1982). Choice, relative reinforcer duration,
and the changeover ratio. Journal of Experimental of
Analysis of Behavior, 38 (3), 313-319. [PDF] |
|
VAUGHAN, W. (1982). Choice and the Rescorla-Wagner model.
In M.L. Commons, R.J. Herrnstein & H. Rachlin (Eds.),
Quantitative analyses of behavior : Matching and
maximizing acounts (Vol.2. pp. 263-279).
Cambridge, MA : Ballinger. |
|
ARROW, K. (1951). Social choice and individual
values. Yales : Yales University Press. |
SHIMP, C.P. (1982). Choice and behavioral patterning. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 37 (2),
157-169. [PDF] |
|
BUCHANAN, J.M. (1954). Individual choice in voting and the
market. Journal of Political Economy, 62,
334-343. |
FANTINO, E. & DAVISON, M. (1983). Choice : Some
quantitative relations. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 40 (1), 1-13. [PDF] |
|
HERRNSTEIN, R.J. (1958). Some factors influencing behavior
in a two-response situation. Transactions of the New
York Academny of Sciences, 21, 35-45. |
KAHNEMAN, D. & TVERSKY, A. (1984). Choices, values and
frames. American Psychologist, 39 (4), 341-350.
|
|
SCHELLING, T.C. (1984). Choice and consequence.
Harvard : Harvard University Press. |
|
SIEGEL, S. & GOLDSTEIN, D.A. (1959). Decision making
behavior in a two-choice uncertain outcome situation. Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 57, 37-42. |
NOSOFSKY, R.M. (1984). Choice, similarity, and the context
theory of classification. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Learning, Memory & Cognition, 10 (1),
104-114.
[PDF] |
|
KENDALL, S.B. (1985). A further study of choice and
percentage reinforcement. Behavioural Processes, 10,
399-413. |
|
SILBERBERG, A. & ZIRIX, J.M. (1985). Molecular
maximiz- ing characterizes choice on Vaughan's (1981)
procedure. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 43 (1), 83-96. [PDF] |
|
LUCE, D. (1959). Individual choice behavior : A
theoretical analysis. New York : Wiley. |
VAUGHAN, W. (1985). Choice : A local analysis. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 43 (3),
383-405. [PDF] |
|
REYNOLDS, G.S. (1963). On some determinants of choice in
pigeons. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 6 (1), 53-59. [PDF] |
FANTINO, E. & ABARCA, N. (1985). Choice, optimal
foraging, and the delay-reduction hypothesis. The
Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 8, 315-362. |
|
ATKINSON, R.C. (1964). Choice behavior and reward
structure. Journal of Mathematical Psychology, 1,
170-203. |
NOSOFSKY, R.M. (1985). Overall similarity and the
identification of separable-dimension stimuli : A choice
model analysis. Perception & Psychophysics, 38 (5),
415-432. [PDF] |
|
JEFFREY, W.E. & COHEN, L.B. (1965). Response
tendencies of children in a two-choice situation.
Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 2,
248-254. |
KING, G.R. & LOGUE, A.W. (1986). Choice in a
self-control paradigm with human subjects : Effects of
changeover delay duration. Experimental Analysis of
Human Behavior Bulletin, 4 (2), 18-19. |
|
|
|
SHIMP, C.P. (1966). Probabilistically reinforced choice
behavior in pigeons. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 9 (4), 443-455. [PDF] |
SIDMAN, M. (1987). Two choices are not enough. The
Behavior Analysis, 22 (1), 11-18. [PDF] |
|
SPETCH, D.L. & DUNN, R. (1987). Choice between
reliable and unreliable outcomes : Mixed percentage-
reinforcement in concurrent chains. Journal of the
Ex- perimental Analysis of Behavior, 47 (1), 57-72.
[PDF] |
|
|
DUNN, R.M., WILLIAMS, B. & ROYALTY, P. (1987).
Devaluation of stimuli contingent on choice : evidence for
conditioned reinforcement. Journal of Experimental of
Analysis of Behavior, 48 (1), 117-131. [PDF] |
|
SHURTLEFF, D., WARREN-BOULTON, F.R. & SILBERBERG, A.
(1987). Income and choice between different goods. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 48 (2),
263–275. [PDF] |
|
CHUNG, S.-H. & HERRNSTEIN, R.J. (1967). Choice and
delay of reinforcement. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 10 (1), 67-74. [PDF] |
DAWES, R.M. (1988). Rational choice in an uncertain
world. San Diego : Harcourt, Brace, Jovanovich. |
|
KILLEEN, P. (1968). Response rate as a factor in choice. Psychonomic
Science, 12 (1), 34. [PDF] |
FANTINO, E. & PRESTON, R.A. (1988). Choice and
foraging : The effects of accessibility on acceptability.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 50 (3),
395-403. [PDF] |
|
STADDON, J.E.R. (1988). Quasi-dynamic choice models :
Melioration and ratio invariance. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 49 (2), 303-320.
[PDF] |
|
MYERSON, J. & HALE, S. (1988). Choice intransition : A
comparison of melioration and the kinetic model.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 49 (2),
291-302. [PDF] |
|
LUCE, M.F. (1988). Choosing to avoid : Coping with
negatively emotion-laden consumer decisions. Journal
of Consumer Research, 24 (4), 409-433. |
|
FANTINO, E. (1968). Effects of required rates of
responding upon choice. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 11 (1), 15-22. [PDF] |
TVERSKY, A., SATTATH, S. & SLOVIC, P. (1988).
Contingent weighting in judgement and choice. Psychological
Review, 95, 371-395. |
|
KILLEEN, P. & FANTINO, E. (1990). Unification of
models for choice between delayed reinforcers. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 53 (1),
189-200.
[PDF] |
|
HOROWITZ, J.L. & LOUVIERE, J.J. (1990). The external
validity of choice models based on laboratory experiments.
In M. Fischer, P. Nijkamp, and Y. Papageorgiou (Eds.),
Spatial choices and process. Amsterdam :
North-Holland. |
|
LUCO, J.E. (1990). Matching, delay-reduction, and
maximizing models for choice in concurrent-chains
schedules. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 54 (1), 53-67. [PDF] |
|
PLOWRIGHT, C.M.S. & SHETTLEWORTH, S.J. (1990). The
role of shifting in choice behavior of pigeons on a
two-armed bandit. Behavioral Processes, 21,
157-178. |
|
BAILEY, J.T. & MAZUR, J.E. (1990). Choice behavior in
transition : Development of preference for the higher
probability of reinforcement. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 53 (3),
409-422. [PDF] |
|
KACIAK, E. & LOUVIERE, J.J. (1990). Multiple
correspondence analysis of multiple choice data. Journal
of Marketing Research, 27, 455-465. |
|
|
STADDON, J.E.R. (1968). Spaced responding and choice : A
preliminary analysis. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 11 (6), 669-682. [PDF] |
DUNN, R.M. & SPETCH, M.L. (1990). Choice with
uncertain outcomes : conditioned reinforcement effects. Journal
of Experimental of Analysis of Behavior, 53 (2),
201-218. [PDF] |
|
KILLEEN, P. (1968). On the measurement of reinforcement
frequency in the study of preference. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 11 (3),
263-269. [PDF] |
FANTINO, E., FREED, D. PRESTON, R.A. & WILLIAMS, W.A.
(1991). Choice and conditioned reinforcement. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 55 (2),
177-188. [PDF] |
|
SMITH, V.L. (1991). Rational choice : the constast between
economics and psycholgy. Journal of Political Economy,
99 (4), 877-897. |
|
MAZUR, J.E & RATTI, T.A. (1991). Choice behavior in
transition : Development of preference in a free- operant
procedure. Animal Learning & Behavior, 19,
241-248. |
|
WITRYOL, S.L., LOWDEN, L.M., FAGAN, J.F. & BERGEN,
T.C. (1968). Verbal versus material rewards as a function
of schedule and set in children's discrimination
preference choice behavior. The Journal of Genetic
Psychology, 113, 3-25. |
TETLOCK, P.E. (1992). The impact of accountability on
judgment and choice : Toward a social contingency model.
In M.P. Zanna (Ed.), Advances in experimental social
psychology (pp. 331-376). San Diego : Academic
Press. |
|
DAWKINS, R. (1969). A threshold model of choice behaviour.
Animal Behaviour, 17, 120-133. [PDF] |
TVERSKY, A. & SHAFIR, E. (1992). Choice under conflict
: The dynamics of deferred decision. Psychological
Science, 3 (6), 358-361. |
|
MAZUR, J.E. (1992). Choice behavior in transition :
Development of preference with ratio and interval
schedules. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Animal Behavior Processes, 18, 364-378. |
|
AJZEN, I. & FISHBEIN, M. (1969). The prediction of
behavioral intentions in a choice situation. Journal
of Experimental Social Psychology, 5, 400-416. |
SHAFIR, E., SIMONSON, I. & TVERSKY, A. (1993).
Reason-based choice. Cognition, 49, 11-36. [PDF] |
|
FANTINO, E. (1969). Choice and rate of reinforcement. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 12 (5),
723-730. [PDF] |
SIMONSON, I., CARMON, Z. & O'CURRY, S. (1994).
Experimental evidence on the negative effect of product
features & sales promotions on brand choice.
Marketing Science, 13, 23-40. |
|
CARSON, R.T., LOUVIERE, J.J., ANDERSON, D.A., ARABIE, P.,
BUNCH, D.S., HENSHER, D.A., JOHNSON, R.M., KUHFELD, W.F.,
STEINBERG, D., SWAIT, J., TIMMENRMANS, H. & WILEY,
J.B. (1994). Experimental analysis of choice. Marketing
Letters, 5 (4), 351-368. [PDF] |
|
NEEF, N.A., SHADE, D. & MILLER, M.S. (1994). Assessing
influential dimensions of reinforcers on choice in
students with serious emotional disturbance. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 27 (4), 575-583. [PDF] |
|
NEVIN, J.A. (1969). Interval reinforcement of choice
behavior in discrete trials. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 12 (6), 875-885.
[PDF] |
WILLIAMS, B.A. (1994). The role of probability of
reinforcement in models of choice. Psychological
Review, 101, 704-707. |
|
DIETZ, T. & STERN, P.C. (1995). Toward a theory of
choice : Socially embedded preference construction.
Journal of Socio-Economics, 24, 261-279. |
|
BAUM, W.M. & RACHLIN, H. (1969). Choice as time
allocation. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 12 (6), 861-874. [PDF] |
HOUSTON, D.A. & DOAN, K. (1996). Comparison of paired
choice alternatives and choice conflict. Applied
Cognitive Psychology, 10 (S), 125-135. |
|
HARTL, J. & FANTINO, E. (1996). Choice as A function
of reinforcement ratios In delayed matching-to-sample. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 66 (1),
11-27. [PDF] |
|
FANTINO, E. (1969). Conditioned reinforcement, choice, and
the psychological distance to reward. In D. P. Hendry
(Ed.), Conditioned reinforcement (pp. 163-191).
Homewood, IL : Dorsey Press. |
GREEN, L., MYERSON, J., LICHTMAN, D., ROSEN, S. & FRY,
A. (1996). Temporal discounting in choice between delayed
rewards : The role of age and income. Psychology
& Aging, 11, 79-84.
[PDF] |
|
SHOEFIELD, G. & DAVISON, M. (1997). Nonstable
concurrent choice in pigeons. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 68 (2), 219-232.
[PDF] |
|
RAINIO, K. (1970). The conceptual representation of choice
behavior and social interaction. Quality and
Quantity, 4, 165-192. |
MAZUR, J.E. (1997). Choice, delay, probability, and
conditioned reinforcement. Animal Learning &
Behavior, 25, 131-147. |
|
SILBERGERG, A. & FANTINO, E. (1970). Choice, rate of
reinforcement, and the changeover delay. Journal of
the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 12 (2),
187-197. [PDF] |
RATCLFIF, R. & ROUDER, J.N. (1998). Modeling response
times for two-choice decisions. Psychological
Science, 9, 347-356. |
|
JONES, S.K., FRISCH, D., YURAK, T.J. & KIM, E. (1998).
Choices and opportunities : another effect of framing on
decisions. Journal of Behavioral Decision Making, 11,
211-226. |
|
VOSS, S.C. & HOMIZE, M.J. (1970). Choice as a value. Psychological
Reports, 26, 912-914. |
MAZUR, J.E. (1997). Choice, delay, probability, and
conditioned reinforcement. Animal Learning &
Behavior, 25, 131-147. |
|
DUNCAN, B. & FANTINO, E. (1970). Choice for periodic
schedules of reinforcement. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 14 (1), 73-86.
[PDF] |
FISHER, W.W. & MAZUR, J.E. (1997). Basic and applied
research on choice responding. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 30 (3), 387-410.
[PDF] |
|
SQUIRES, N. & FANTINO, E. (1971). A model for choice
in simple concurrent and concurrent-chains schedules. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 15 (1),
27-38. [PDF] |
GLASSER, W. (1998). Choice theory : A new psychology
of personal freedom. New York : Harper Collins. |
|
KILLEEN, P. (1971). Response patterns as a factor in
choice. Psychonomic Science, 2 (1), 23-24. |
GOLDSCHMIDT, J.N., LATTAL, K.M. & FANTINO, E. (1998).
Context effects on choice. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 70 (3), 301-320.
[PDF] |
|
GLASSER, W. (1999). The language of choice theory.
New York : Harper Perennial. |
|
TVERSKY, A. (1972). Choice by elimination. Journal of
Mathematical Psychology, 9, 341-367. |
READ, D., LOEWENSTEIN, G.F. & RABIN, M. (1999). Choice
bracketing. Journal of Risk & Uncertainty, 19,
171-197. |
|
|
DAVISON, M. & BAUM, W.M. (2000). Choice in a variable
environment : Every reinforcer counts. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 74 (1), 1-24.
[PDF] |
|
FANTINO, E., SQUIRES, N., DELBRÜCK, N. & PETERSON, C.
(1972). Choice behavior and the accessibility of the
reinforcer. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 50 (1), 35-43. [PDF] |
IYENGAR, S.S. & LEPPER, M.R. (2000). When choice is
demotivating : Can one desire too much of a good thing ? Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 79 (6),
995-1006. |
|
ARNETT, F.B. (1972). Inverse relation between choice and
local response rate with a schedule of response-produced
blackouts. Journal of the Experimlental Analysis of
Behavior, 17 (1), 37-43. [PDF] |
MAZUR, J.E. (2001). Hyperbolic value addition and general
models of choice. Psychological Review, 198, 96-112. |
|
ROMANIUK C. & MILTENBERGER, R.G. (2001). The influence
of preference and choice of activity on problem behavior.
Journal of Positive Behavior Interventions, 3, 152-159. |
|
NEEF, N.A. & LUTZ, M.N. (2001). Assessment of
variables affecting choice and application to classroom
interventions. School-Psychology-Quarterly, 16,
239-252. |
|
RACHLIN, H. & GREEN, L. (1972). Commitment, choice,
and self-control. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 17 (1), 15-22. [PDF] |
BROWN, E. & HOLMES, P. (2001). Modelling a simple
choice task : Stochastic dynamics of mutually inhibitory
neural groups. Stochastics & Dynamics 1 (2),
159-191. [PDF] |
|
DAVISON, M. & BAUM, W.M. (2002). Choice in a variable
environment : Effects of blackout duration and extinc-
tion between components. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 77 (1), 65-89. [PDF] |
|
SCHNEIDER, J.W. (1972). Choice between two-component
chained and tandenm schedules. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 18 (1), 45-60. [PDF] |
SCHWARTZ, B. (2004). The paradox of choice : Why more
is less. New York : Harper Collins. |
|
BAUM, W.M. (2004). Molar and molecular views of choice. Behavioural
Processes, 66, 349-359. |
|
TVERSKY, A. (1972). Elimination by aspects : A theory of
choice. Psychological Review, 79, 281-299. |
SCHWARTZ, B. (2004). The tyranny of choice. Chronicle
of Higher Education, 6-8. |
|
SCHELLING, T.C. (1973). Hockey helmets, concealed weapons,
and daylight saving : a study of binary choices with
externalities. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 17 (3),
381-428. [PDF] |
CERUTTI, D.T. & STADDON, J.E.R. (2004). Time and rate
measures in choice transitions. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 81, 135-154. [PDF] |
|
HAWKES, L. & SHIMP, C.P. (1974). Choice between
response rates. Journal of the Experimental Analysis
of Behavior, 21 (1), 109-115. [PDF] |
MAZUR, J.E. (2004). Risky choice : Selecting between
certain and uncertain outcomes. The Behavior Analyst
Today, 5, 190-202. [PDF] |
|
SCHMITT, D.R. (1974). Effects of reinforcement rate and
reinforcer magnitude on choice behavior of humans. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 21 (3),
409-419. [PDF] |
SCHWARTZ, B. (2005). The paradox of choice : Why more
is less. New York : Harper Perennial. |
|
BRYANT, D. & CHURCH, R.M. (1974). The determinants of
random choice. Animal Learning & Behavior, 2,
245-248. |
NEURINGER, A., JENSEN, G. & PIFF, P. (2007).
Stochastic matching and the voluntary nature of choice.
Journal of Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 88
(1), 1-28. [PDF] |
|
MOORE, J.C. & FANTINO, E. (1975). Choice and response
contingencies. Journal of the Experimental Analysis
of Behavior, 23 (3), 339-347. [PDF]
|
KYONKA, E.G.E. & GRACE, R.C. (2007). Rapid acquisition
of choice and timing in pigeons. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 33,
392–408.
|
|
NAVARICK, D.J. & FANTINO, E. (1976). Self-control and
general models of choice. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 2, 75-87. |
MAZUR, J.E. (2007). Choice in a successive-encounters
procedure and hyperbolic decay of reinforcement.
Journal of Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 88 (1),
73-85. [PDF] |
|
RACHLIN, H., GREEN, L., KAGEL, J.H. & BATTALIO, R.C.
(1976). Economic demand theory and psychological studies
of choice. In G.H. Bower (Ed.), The psychology of
learning and motivation (Vol. 10, pp. 129-154). New
York : Academic Press. |
FANTINO, E. (2008). Choice, conditioned reinforcement, and
the prius effect. The Behavior Analyst, 31 (2),
95-111. [PDF] |
|
BROWN, S.D., MARLEY, A.A.J., DONKIN, C. & HEATCOTE, A.
(2008). An integrated model of choices and response times
in absolute identification. Psychological Review, 115
(2), 396-425. [PDF] |
|
|
FANTINO, E. (1977). Conditioned reinforcement : Choice and
information. In W.K. Honig & J.E.R. Staddon (Eds.),
Handbook of operant behavior (pp. 313-339).
Englewood Cliffs, NJ : Prentice Hall. |
SHAROT, T., DE MARTINO, B. & DOLAN, R.J. (2009). How
choice reveals and shapes expected hedonic outcome. The
Journal of Neuroscience, 29, 3760-3765. |
|
NEVIN, J.A. & MANDELL, C. (1978). Conditioned
reinforcement and choice. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 29 (1), 135-148. [PDF] |
BAUM, W.M. & DAVISON, M. (2009). Modelling the
dynamics of choice. Behavioural Processes, 81,
189-194. |
|
STADDON, J.E.R. & MOTHERAL, S. (1978). On matching and
maximizing in operant choice experiments. Psychological
Review, 85, 436-444. |
BERAN, M.J., RATLIFF, C.L. & EVANS, T.A. (2009).
Natural choice in chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes) :
Perceptual and temporal effects on selective value.
Learning & Motivation, 40 (2), 186-196. [PDF] |
|
AIGNER, T.G. & BALSTER, R.L. (1978). Choice behavior
in rhesus monkeys : Cocaine versus food. Science, 201,
534-535. |
JOZEFOWIEZ, J., STADDON, J.E.R. & CERUTTI, D.T.
(2009). The behavioral economics of choice and interval
timing. Psychological Review, 116 (3), 519-539.
[PDF] |
|
SRAN, S.K. & BORREO, J.C. (2010). Assessing the value
of choice in a token system. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 43 (3), 553-557. [PDF] |
|
GRETHER, D.M. & PLOTT, C.R. (1979). Economic theory of
choice and the preference reversal phenomenon.
American Economic Review, 69, 623-638. |
BAUM, W.M. (2010). Dynamics of choice : A tutorial. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 94 (2),
161-174.
[PDF] |
|
BAUM, W.M. (1979). Matching, undermatching, and
overmatching in studies of choice. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 32 (2), 269-281.
[PDF] |
DAVISON, M., MARR, M.J. & ELLIFFE, D. (2010). The
effects of a local negative feedback function between
choice and relative reinforcer rate. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 94 (2), 197-207.
[PDF] |
|
CATANIA, A.C. & SAGVOLDEN, T. (1980). Preference for
free choice over forced choice in pigeons. Journal of
the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 34, 77-86. |
LAGORIO, C.H. & HACKENBERG, T.D. (2010). Risky choice
in pigeons and humans : a cross-species comparison. Journal
of Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 93 (1),
27-44. [PDF] |
|
GENTRY, G.D. & MARR, M.J. (1980). Choice and
reinforcement delay. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 33 (1), 27-37. [PDF] |
DINNER, I., JOHNSON, E.J., GOLDSTEIN, D.G. & LIU, K.
(2011). Partitioning default effects : Why people choose
not to choose. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Applied, 17 (4), 332-341. [PDF] |
|
MYERSON, J. & MIEZIN, F.M. (1980). The kinetics of
choice : An operant systems analysis. Psychological
Review, 87, 160-174. |
STASSER G., ABELE, S. & VAUGHAN, S. (2012).
Information flow and influence in collective choice.
Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 15,
619-635. |
|
| |
|
Voir auss Dilemme,
Voter, Loi de
l'appariement et
Prise de la décision |
|
|
|
|
|
Choix
chez les animaux : Choix fait
par un animal (autre que
l'humain).
| |
|
|
TOLMAN, E.C. (1938). The determinants of behavior at a
choice point. Psychological Review, 45, 1-41. |
KILLEEN, P. & FANTINO, E. (1990). Unification of
models for choice between delayed reinforcers. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 53 (1),
189-200.
[PDF] |
|
CHUNG, S.-H. & HERRNSTEIN, R.J. (1967). Choice and
delay of reinforcement. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 10 (1), 67-74. [PDF] |
|
|
STADDON, J.E.R. (1968). Spaced responding and choice : A
preliminary analysis. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 11 (6), 669-682. [PDF] |
|
|
KILLEEN, P. (1968). On the measurement of reinforcement
frequency in the study of preference. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 11 (3),
263-269. [PDF] |
FANTINO, E., FREED, D., PRESTON, R.A. & WILLIAMS, W.A.
(1991). Choice and conditioned reinforcement. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 55 (2),
177-188. [PDF] |
|
BAUM, W.M. & RACHLIN, H. (1969). Choice as time
allocation. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 12 (6), 861-874. [PDF] |
HARTL, J. & FANTINO, E. (1996). Choice as A function
of reinforcement ratios In delayed matching-to-sample. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 66 (1),
11-27. [PDF] |
|
FANTINO, E. (1969). Choice and rate of reinforcement.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 12 (5),
723-730. [PDF] |
MAZUR, J.E. (1997). Choice, delay, probability, and
conditioned reinforcement. Animal Learning &
Behavior, 25, 131-147. |
|
DUNCAN, B. & FANTINO, E. (1970). Choice for periodic
schedules of reinforcement. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 14 (1), 73-86.
[PDF] |
FISHER, W.W. & MAZUR, J.E. (1997). Basic and applied
research on choice responding. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 30 (3), 387-410.
[PDF] |
|
SILBERGERG, A. & FANTINO, E. (1970). Choice, rate of
reinforcement, and the changeover delay. Journal of
the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 12 (2),
187-197. [PDF] |
CERUTTI, D.T. & STADDON, J.E.R. (2004). Time and rate
measures in choice transitions. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 81 (2), 135-154.
[PDF] |
|
FANTINO, E., SQUIRES, N., DELBRÜCK, N. & PETERSON, C.
(1972). Choice behavior and the accessibility of the
reinforcer. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 50 (1), 35-43. [PDF] |
MAZUR, J.E. (2004). Risky choice : Selecting between
certain and uncertain outcomes. The Behavior Analyst
Today, 5, 190-202. [PDF] |
|
RACHLIN, H. & GREEN, L. (1972). Commitment, choice,
and self-control. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 17 (1), 15-22. [PDF] |
NEURINGER, A., JENSEN, G. & PIFF, P. (2007).
Stochastic matching and the voluntary nature of choice.
Journal of Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 88
(1), 1-28. [PDF] |
|
HAWKES, L. & SHIMP, C.P. (1974). Choice between
response rates. Journal of the Experimental Analysis
of Behavior, 21 (1), 109-115. [PDF] |
MAZUR, J.E. (2007). Choice in a successive-encounters
procedure and hyperbolic decay of reinforcement.
Journal of Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 88 (1),
73-85. [PDF] |
|
MOORE, J.C. & FANTINO, E. (1975). Choice and response
contingencies. Journal of the Experimental Analysis
of Behavior, 23 (3), 339-347. [PDF] |
|
|
NAVARICK, D.J. & FANTINO, E. (1976). Self-control and
general models of choice. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 2, 75-87. |
|
|
NEVIN, J.A. & MANDELL, C. (1978). Conditioned
reinforcement and choice. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 29 (1), 135-148. [PDF] |
JOZEFOWIEZ, J., STADDON, J.E.R. & CERUTTI, D.T.
(2009). The behavioral economics of choice and interval
timing. Psychological Review, 116 (3), 519-539.
[PDF] |
|
BAUM, W.M. (1979). Matching, undermatching, and
overmatching in studies of choice. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 32 (2), 269-281.
[PDF] |
BAUM, W.M. & DAVISON, M. (2009). Modelling the
dynamics of choice. Behavioural Processes, 81,
189-194. |
|
GENTRY, G.D. & MARR, M.J. (1980). Choice and
reinforcement delay. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 33 (1), 27-37. [PDF] |
DAVISON, M., MARR, M.J. & ELLIFFE, D. (2010). The
effects of a local negative feedback function between
choice and relative reinforcer rate. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 94 (2), 197-207.
[PDF] |
|
SHIMP, C.P. (1982). Choice and behavioral patterning. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 37 (2),
157-169. [PDF] |
LAGORIO, C.H. & HACKENBERG, T.D. (2010). Risky choice
in pigeons and humans : a cross-species comparison. Journal
of Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 93 (1),
27-44. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Choix et Animal |
|
|
|
|
|
Choix
d'un objet : Brand choice.
| |
|
|
SIMONSON, I., CARMON, Z. & O'CURRY, S. (1994).
Experimental evidence on the negative effect of product
features & sales promotions on brand choice.
Marketing Science, 13, 23-40. |
|
|
|
Choix
d'un-e partenaire : Décision
- prise plus ou moins rapidement - de
former un couple et d'avoir des rapports sexuels avec un-e
partenaire. Choix, formation des
couples et préférence
sexuelle. Ce choix se fonde notamment sur nos
préférences sexuelles. = se
mettre en couple. Partner choice, mate choice,
sexual selection, human mate selection.
| |
|
|
BERSCHEID, E., DION, K., WALSTER, E. & WALSTER, G.W.
(1971). Physical attractiveness and dating choice : A test
of the matching hypothesis. Journal of Experimental
Social Psychology, 7, 173-180. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
GRELLIG H. & BUSS, D.M. (2000). Women's sexual
strategies : the hidden dimension of extra-pair mating. Personality
& Individual Differences, 28, 929-963. [PDF] |
|
BUSS, D.M. (1985). Human mate selection. American
Scientist, 73 (1), 47–51. |
SIMPSON, J.A. & GANGESTAD, S.W. (2000). The evolution
of human mating : Trade-offs and strategic pluralism. Behavioral
& Brain Sciences, 23, 573-644. |
|
BUSS, D.M. (1985). Human mate selection : Opposites are
sometimes said to attract, but in fact we are likely to
marry someone who is similar to us in almost every
variable. American Scientist, 73, 47-51.
[PDF] |
HAZAN, C. & DIAMOND, L.M. (2000). The place of
attachment in human mating. Review of General
Psychology, 4 (2), 186-204. [PDF] |
|
BUSS, D.M. & BARNES, M. (1986). Preferences in human
mate selection. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 50, 559-570. [PDF] |
|
|
KALICK, S.M. & HAMILTON, T.E. (1986). The matching
hypothesis reexamined. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 51, 673-682. [PDF] |
BUUNK, B.P., DIJKSTRA, P., KENRICK, D.T. & WARNTJES,
A. (2001). Age preferences for mates as related to gender,
own age, and involvement level. Evolution & Human
Behavior, 22, 241-250. [PDF] |
|
BUSS, D.M. (1987). Mate selection criteria : An
evolutionary perspective. In C. Crawford, M. Smith &
D. Krebs (Eds.), Sociobiology and psychology : Ideas,
issues and applications (pp. 335-351). Hillsdale,
NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum. |
BUSS, D.M. SHACKELFORD, T.K., KIRKPATRICK, L.A. &
LARSEN, R.J. (2001). A half century of mate preferences :
The cultural evolution of values. Journal of Marriage
& the Family, 63, 491-502. [PDF] |
|
McFARLAND, C. & ROSS, M. (1987). The relation between
current impressions and memories of self and dating
partners. Personality & Social Psychology
Bulletin, 13, 228-238. |
|
|
BUSS, D.M. (1989). Sex differences in human mate
preferences : Evolutionary hypotheses tested in 37
cultures. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 12, 1-49.
[PDF]
|
|
|
BUSS, D.M. (1989). Toward an evolutionary psychology of
human mating. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 12,
39–49. |
CAMPOSA, L. de S., OTTA, E. & SIQUIERIA, J. de O
(2002). Sex differences in mate selection strategies :
Content analyses and responses to personal advertisements
in Brazil. Evolution & Human Behavior, 23,
395-406. [PDF] |
|
TOWNSEND, J.M. (1989). Mate selection criteria : A pilot
study. Ethology & Sociobiology, 10, 241-253. |
AKINS, C.K., BAKONDY, H. & LEVINS, N. (2002). Mate
choice copying in female domesticated quail (Coturnix
japonica) using taxidermic models. Behavioural
Processes, 58, 97-103. |
|
BUSS, D.M., ABBOTT, M., ANGLEITNER, A., ASHERIAN, A.,
BIAGGIO, A., BLANCO-VILLASENOR, A., BRUCHON-SCHWEITZER,
M., CH'U H.-Y., CZAPINSKI, J., DE RAAD, B., EKEHAMMAR, B.,
EL LOHAMY, N., FIORAVANTI, M., GEORGAS, J., GJERDE, P.,
GUTTMAN, R., HAZAN, F., IWAWAKI, S., JANAKIRAMAIAH, N.,
KHOSROSHANI, F., KREITLER, S., LACHENICHT, L., LEE, M.,
LIIK, K., LITTLE, B., MIKA, S., MOADEL-SHAHID, M., MOANE,
G., MONTERO, M., MUNDY-CASTLE, A.C., NIIT, T., NSENDELUKA,
E., PIENKOWSKI, R., PIRTTILA-BACKMAN, A.-M., PONCE DE LEO,
J., ROUSSEAU, J., RUNCO, M.A., SAFIR, M.P., SAMUELS, C.,
SANITIOSO, R., SERPELL, R., SMID, N., SPENCER, C.,
TADINAC, M., TODOROVA, E.N., TROLAND, K., VAN DEN BRANDE,
L., VAN HECK, G., VAN LANGENHOVE, L. & YANG, K.-S.
(1990). International preferences in selecting mates : A
study of 37 cultures. Journal of Cross-Cultural
Psychology, 21, 5-47.
[PDF] |
ITAKURA, S. (2003). A mother chimpanzee knows her son is
sick. Perceprtual & Motor Skills, 96,
1361-1362. |
|
TODOSIJEVIIC, B., LJUBINKOVIC, S. & ARANCIC, A.
(2003). Mate selection criteria : A trait desirability
assessment study of sex differences in Serbia.
Evolutionary Psychology, 1, 116-126. [PDF] |
|
FLETCHER, G.J.O. TITHER, J.M., O'LOUGHLIN, C., FRIESEN, M.
& OERALL, N. (2004). Warm and homely or cold and
beautiful ? Sex differences in trading off traits in mate
selection. Personality & Social Psychology
Bulletin, 30, 659-672. |
|
GEARY, D.C., VIGIL, J. & BYRD-CAVEN, J. (2004).
Evolution of human mate choice. Journal of Sex
Research, 41, 27-42. [PDF] |
|
FISHMAN, R., IYENGAR, S.S., KAMENICA, E. & SIMONSON,
I. (2006). Gender differences in mate selection : evidence
from a speed dating experiment. The Quarterly Journal
of Economics, 121(2), 673-697. [PDF] |
|
KENRICK, D.T. & KEEFE, R.C. (1992). Age preferences in
mates reflect sex differences in mating strategies. Behavioral
& Brain Sciences, 15, 75-91. |
LI, N.P. & KENRICK, D.T. (2006). Sex similarities and
differences in preferences for short-term mates : What,
whether, and why. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 90 (3), 468-489. [PDF] |
|
WIEDERMAN, M.W. & ALLGEIER, E.R. (1992). Gender
differences in mate selection criteria : Sociobiological
or socioeconomic explanation ? Ethology &
Sociobiology, 13, 115-124. |
WAYNFORTH, D. (2007). Mate choice copying in humans. Human
Nature, 18 (3), 264-271. |
|
SIMPSON, J.A. & GANGESTAD, S.W. (1992). Sociosexuality
and romantic partner choice. Journal of Personality,
60, 31-51. |
TODD, P.M., PENKE, L., FASOLO, B. & ENTON, A.P.
(2007). Different cognitive processes underlie human mate
choices and mate preferences. Proceedings of the
National Academy of Sciences, 104 (38),
15011-15016. [PDF] |
|
BUSS, D.M. & SCHMITT, D.P. (1993). Sexual strategies
theory : An evolutionary perspective on human mating. Psychological
Review, 100, 204-232. |
EASTWICK, P.W. & FINKEL, E.J. (2008). Sex differences
in mate preferences revisited : Do people know what they
initially desire in a romantic partner ? Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 94 (2),
245-264. [PDF] |
|
SPRECHER, S., SULLIVAN, Q. & HATFIELD, E. (1994). Mate
selection preferences : sex differences examined in a
national sample. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 66(6), 1074–1080 |
CARTER, S.R. & BUCKWALTER, J.G. (2009). Enhancing mate
selection through the Internet : A comparison of
relationship quality between marriages arising from an
online matchmaking system and marriages arising from
unfettered Sslection. Interpersona : An International
Journal on Personal Relationships, 3 (2), 105-125.
[PDF] |
|
|
BUSS, D.M. (1994). The strategies of human mating. American
Scientist, 82, 238-249. |
McGEE, E. & SHELVIN, M. (2009). Effect of humor on
interpersonal attraction and mate selection. The
Journal of Psychology, 143 (1), 67-77. [PDF] |
|
LANOLT, M.A., LALUMIÈRE, M.L. & QUINSY, V.L. (1995).
Sex differences in intra-sex variations in human mating
tactics : An evolutionary approach. Ethology &
Sociobiology, 16, 3-23. [PDF] |
FURNHAM, A. (2009). Sex differences in mate selection
preferences. Personality & Individual Difference,
47 (4), 262-267. |
|
HATFIELD, E. & SPRECHER, S. (1995). Men's and women's
preferences in marital partners in the United States,
Russia, and Japan. Journal of Cross-Cultural
Psychology, 26, 728-750. [PDF] |
SPRECHER, S. & HATFIELD, E. (2009). Matching
hypothesis. In H. Reis & S. Sprecher (Eds.) Encyclopedia
of human relationships. New York : Sage. [PDF] |
|
McNEIL, K.F., RIENZI, B.M., BUTLER, M.A. & DOTY, M.L.
(1996). College students' attitudes toward finding a mate
to escape depression : Sex differences. Psychological
Reports, 79, 745-746. |
EATON, A.A. & ROSE, S.M. (2011). Has dating become
more egalitarian ? A 35 Year review using Sex Roles. Sex
Roles, 64 (11-12), 843-862. [PDF] |
|
GALEF, B.G. (1996). Social influences on the mate choices
of male and female Japanese Quail. Comparative,
Cognition & Behavior Reviews, 3, 1-12. [PDF] |
LI, N. P., YONG, J.C., TOV, W., SNG, O., FLETCHER, G.J.O.,
VALENTINE, K.A., FANN J. & BALLETT, D. B. (2013). Mate
preferences do predict attraction and choices in the early
stages of mate selection. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 105, 757-776. |
|
SCHWARZ, S. & HASSEBRAUK, M. (2012). Sex and age
differences in mate-selection preferences. Human
Nature, 23 (4), 447-466. |
|
DUGATKIN, L.A. (1996). Copying and mate choice. In C.M.
Heyes & B.G. Galef (Eds.), Social learning in
animals : The roots of culture (pp. 85-105). San
Diego, CA : Academic Press. |
BOXER, C.F., NOONAN, M.C. & WHELAN, C.B. (2013).
Measuring mate preferences : a replication and extension.
Journal of Family Issues, 36 (2), 163-187. |
|
BROOKS, R. (1996). Copying and the repeatability of mate
choice. Behavioral Ecology & Sociobiology, 3,
323-329. [PDF] |
VALENTINE, K.A., LI, N.P., PENKE, L. & PERRETT, D.I.
(2014). Judging a man by the width of his face : The role
of facial ratios and dominance in mate choice at
speed-dating events. Psychological Science, 25,
806-811. [PDF] |
|
RÖDER, S., WEEGE. B., CARBON, C.-C., SHACKELFORD, T.K.
& FINK, B. (2015). Men's perception of women's dance
movements depends on mating context, but not men's
sociosexual orientation. Personality & Individual
Differences, 86, 172-175. [PDF] |
|
MILLER, G.F. (1998). How mate choice shaped human nature :
a review of sexual selection and human evolution. In C.
Crawford & D.L. Krebs (Eds.), Handbook of
evolutionary psychology : ideas, issues, and
applications (pp. 87-129). Mahwah : Lawrence
Erlbaum Associates. |
McDONALD, M.M., DONNELLAN, M.B., CESARIO, J. &
NAVARRETE, C.D. (2015). Mate choice preferences in an
intergroup context : Evidence for a sexual coercion
threat-management system among women. Evolution &
Human Behavior, 36, 438-445. [PDF] |
|
GALEF, B.G. & WHITE, D.J. (1998). Mate-choice copying
in Japanese quail, Coturnix coturnix japonica. Animal
Behaviour, 55, 545-552. [PDF] |
BECH-SORENSEN, J. & POLLET, T.V. (2016). Sex
differences in mate preferences : a replication study, 20
years later. Evolutionary Psychological Science, 2
(3), 171-176. [PDF] |
|
STREET, S.E., MORGAN, T.J.H., THORNTON, A., BROWN, G.R.,
LALAND, K.N. & CROSS, C.P. (2018). Human mate-choice
copying is domain-general social learning. Scientific
Reports, 8 (1) [1715], 1-7. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Appariement,
Homogamie, Attirance
physique, Choix
du partenaire, Site
de rencontre et Préférence
sexuelle |
| |
|
|
|
Choix
d'une carrière : Processus de réflexion
qui consiste à comparer les métiers et les professions
en fonction de ses propres intérêts,
h et de compétences
dans le but choisir une c arrière.
Choix d'une carrière et modèle
RIASEC. Vocational choice, career
aspiration.
| |
|
|
PARSONS, F. (1909). Choosing a vocation. New
York : Houghton Mifflin. |
GATI, I., KRAUSZ, M. & OSIPOW, S.H. (1996). A taxonomy
of difficulties in career decision making. Journal of
Counseling Psychology, 43 (4), 510-526. |
|
HOLLAND, J.L. (1959). A theory of vocational choice. Journal
of Counseling Psychology, 6, 35-45. |
GOTTFREDSON, L.S. (1996). Gottfredson’s theory of
circumscription and compromise. In D. Brown, L. Brooks
& Associates. (Eds.), Career choice and
development (pp. 179-232). San Francisco :
Jossey-Bass. |
|
HOLLAND, J.L. (1966). The psychology of vocational
choice : A theory of personality type and model
environments. Waltham, MA : Blaisdell. |
|
|
HOLLIFIELD, J.L. (1971). An extension of Holland's theory
to its unnatural conclusion. Personnel & Guidance
Journal, 50, 209-212. |
GOTTFREDSON, L.S. & LAPAN, R.T. (1997). Assessing
gender-based circumscription of occupational aspirations.
Journal of Career Assessment, 5, 419-441. |
|
HOLLAND, J.L., GOTTFREDSON, L.S. & NAFZIGER, D.
(1975). Testing the validity of some theoretical signs of
vocational decision-making ability. Journal of
Counseling Psychology, 22, 411-422. |
HOLLAND, J.L. (1997). Making vocational choices : A
theory of vocational personalities and work
environments. Odessa, FL : Psychological
Assessment Resources, Inc. |
|
MOUNT, M. & MUCHINSKY, P. (1978). Person-environment
congruence and employee job satisfaction : A test of
Holland's theory. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 13,
84-100. |
GOTTFREDSON, L.S. (1999). The nature and nurture of
vocational interests. In M.L. Savickas & A.R. Spokane
(Eds.), Vocational interests : Their meaning,
measurement, and use in counseling (pp. 57-85).
Palo Alto, CA : Davies-Black. |
|
GOTTFREDSON, G.D. (1979). Fostering the scientific
practice of vocational psychology. Journal of
Vocational Behavior, 59, 192-202. |
PATTON, W. & McMAHON, M. (1999). Career
development and systems theory : A new relationship. Pacific
Grove, CA : Brooks/Cole. |
|
COSTA, P.T., McCRAE, R.R. & HOLLAND, J.L. (1984).
Personality and vocational interests in an adult sample. Journal
of Applied Psychology, 69, 390-400. |
FLUM, H. & BLUSTEIN, D.L. (2000). Reinvigorating the
study of vocational exploration : a framework for
research. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 56, 380-404. |
|
HOLLAND, J.L. (1987). Current status of Holland's theory
of careers : Another perspective. Career Development
Quarterly, 36, 24-30. |
BUJOLD, C. et GINGRAS, M. (2000). Choix professionnel
et développement de carrière : théories et recherches.
Boucherville, Québec : Gaétan Morin. |
|
LAFORTUNE, L. (1989). Les mathématiques et le choix de
carrière des filles. L'Orientation, 3 (2),
7-27. |
LEUNG, S.A., WONG, M.M., LAM, K.W. & LEE, S.Y. (2002).
Career and life planning : Career development and
counseling for youths. Journal of Youth Studies, 5,
38-49. |
|
LEUNG, S.A. & PLAKE, B.S. (1990). A choice dilemma
approach for examining the relative importance of sex type
and prestige preferences in the process of career choice
compromise. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 37, 399-406. |
WEBB, R.M., LUBINSKI, D. & BENBOW, C.P. (2002).
Mathematically facile adolescents with math/science
aspirations : New perspectives on their educational and
vocational development. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 94, 785-794. |
|
|
WATSON, C.M., QUATMAN, T. & EDLER, E. (2002). Career
aspirations of adolescent girls : Effects of achievement
level, grade, and single-sex school environment. Sex
Roles, 46, 323-335. |
|
HOLLAND, J.L., GOTTFREDSON, L.S. & BAKER, H. (1990).
Validity of vocational aspirations and interest
inventories : Extended, replicated, and reinterpreted. Journal
of Counseling Psychology, 37, 337-342. |
MASON, M.A. & GOULDEN, M. (2002). Do babies matter ?
The effect of family formation on the lifelong careers of
academic men and women. Academe, 88 (6), 21-27. |
|
WHITELY, W., DOUGHERTY, D.W. & DREHER, G.F. (1991).
Relationship of career mentoring and socioeconomic origin
to managers' and professionals' early career progress. Academy
of Management Journal, 34, 331-351. |
XIE, Y. & SHAUMAN, K. (2003). Women in science :
Career processes and outcomes. Cambridge, MA :
Harvard University. |
|
RESKIN, B.F. & BIELBY, D.D. (2005). A sociological
perspective on gender and career outcomes. The
Journal of Economic Perspectives, 19 (1), 71-86. |
|
LIPS, H.M. (1992). Gender and science-related attitudes as
predictors of college students' academic and vocational
choices. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 40,
62-81. |
SWAN, K.C. (2005). Vocational interests (The Self-Directed
Search) of female carpenters. Journal of Counseling
Psyschology, 52, 655-657. |
|
LEUNG, S.A. (1993). Circumscription and compromise : A
replication with Asian Americans. Journal of
Counseling Psychology, 40, 188-193. |
GOTTFREDSON, L.S. (2005). Applying Gottfredson’s theory of
circumscription and compromise in career guidance and
counseling. In S.D. Brown & R. T. Lent (Eds.), Career
development and counseling : Putting theory and research
to work (pp. 71-100). Hoboken, NJ : Wiley. [PDF] |
|
LEUNG, S.A., CONOLEY, C.W. & SCHEEL, M. (1994).
Factors affecting the vocational aspirations of gifted
students. Journal of Counseling & Development,
72, 298-303. |
LEUNG, S.A. & HOU, Z.J. (2005). The structure of
vocational interest among Chinese students. Journal
of Career Development, 32, 74-90. |
|
FISMAN, R., IYENGAR, S. S., KAMENICA, E. & SIMONSON,
I. (2006). Gender differences in mate selection : evidence
from a speed dating experiment. The Quarterly Journal
of Economics, 121 (2), 673-697. |
|
GOTTFREDSON, G.D. & DUFFY, R.D. (2008). Using a theory
of vocational personalities and work environments to
explore subjective well being. Journal of Career
Assessment, 16, 44-59. |
|
NAUTA, M.M. (2010). The development, evolution, and status
of Holland's theory of vocational personalities :
Reflections and future directions for counseling
psychology. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 57 (1),
11-22. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi
Organisation, Modèle
RIASEC et et Choix |
|
|
Chômage
: Chômeur : Individu
sans emploi, en âge ou en
état de travailler.
Unemployment.
| |
|
|
IVERSEN, L. & SABROE, S. (1988). Psychological
well-being among unemployed and employed people after a
company closedown : A longitudinal study. Journal of
Social Issues, 44 (4), 141-152. |
MORRELL, S., PAGE, A. & TAYLOR, R. (2001).
Unemployment and youth suicide. Economic & Labour
Relations Review, 12, 4-17. |
|
FEHR, E. (1990). Cooperation, harassment and involuntary
unemployment ? American Economic Review, 80 (3),
624-630. [PDF] |
DOOLEY, D. & PRAUSE, J. (2004). The social costs
of underemployment : Inadequate employment as disguised
unemployment. New York : Cambridge University
Press. |
|
WINEFIELD, A.H., WINEFIELD, H.R., TIGGEMANN, M. &
GOLDNEY, R.D. (1991). A longitudinal study of the
psychological effects of unemployment and unsatisfactory
employment in young adults. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 76, 424-431. |
LUCAS, R.E., CLARK, A.E., GEORGELLIS, Y. & DIENER, E.
(2004). Unemployment alters the set point for life
satisfaction. Psychological Science, 15 (1),
8-13. |
|
WINEFIELD, A.H., TIGGEMANN, M. & WINEFIELD, H.R.
(1991). Attrition bias and internal validity in a
longitudinal study of youth unemployment. Australian
Journal of Psychology, 43, 69-73. |
|
|
WINEFIELD, A.H., TIGGEMANN, M. & WINEFIELD, H.R.
(1991). The psychological impact of unemployment and
unsatisfactory employment in young men and women :
Longitudinal and cross-sectional data. British
Journal of Psychology, 82, 133-138. |
|
|
WINEFIELD, A.H., TIGGEMANN, M. & WINEFIELD, H.R.
(1992). Spare time use and psychological well-being in
employed and unemployed young people. Journal of
Occupational & Organizational Psychology, 65
(S), 307-313. |
LINDSTRÖM, M. (2005). Psychosocial work conditions,
unemployment and self-reported psychological health : A
population-based study. Occupational Medicine, 55
(7), 568-571.
[PDF] |
|
WINEFIELD, A.H., TIGGEMANN, M. & WINEFIELD, H.R.
(1992). Unemployment distress, reasons for job loss and
causal attributions for unemployment in young people. Journal
of Occupational & Organizational Psychology, 65, 213-218. |
MOSSAKOWSKI, K.N. (2009). The influence of past
unemployment duration on symptoms of depression among
young women and men in the United States. American
Journal of Public Health, 99 (10), 1826-1832.
[PDF] |
|
OTTO, K., HOFFMANN-BIENCOURT, A. & MOHR, G. (2011). Is
there a buffering effect of flexibility for job attitudes
and work-related strain under conditions of high job
insecurity and regional unemployment rate ? Economic
& Industrial Democracy, 32, 609-630. |
|
WINEFIELD, A.H., TIGGEMANN, M., WINEFIELD, H.R. &
GOLDNEY, R.D. (1993). Growing up with unemployment :
A longitudinal study of its psychological impact.
London : Routledge. |
AMATO, P.R. & BEATTIE, B. (2011). Does the
unemployment rate affect the divorce rate ? An analysis of
state data 1960-2005. Social Science Research, 40, 705-715. |
|
GREEN, F. (2011). Unpacking the misery multiplier : How
employability modi es the impacts of unemployment and job
insecurity on life satisfaction and mental health. Journal
of Health Economics, 30 (2), 265-276. |
|
WINEFIELD, A.H. & TIGGEMANN, M. (1994). Affective
reactions to employment and unemployment as a function of
prior expectations and motivation. Psychological
Reports, 75, 243-247. |
AKLIN, W.M., WONG, C.J., HAMPTON, J., SVIKIS, D.S.,
STITZER, M.L., BIGELOW, G.E. & SILVERMAN, K. (2014). A
therapeutic workplace for the long-term treatment of drug
addiction and unemployment : Eight-Year outcomes of a
social business intervention. Journal of Substance
Abuse Treatment, 47 (5), 329-338. |
|
GOLDNEY, R.D., WINEFIELD, A.H., TIGGEMANN, M. &
WINEFIELD, H.R. (1995). Suicidal ideation and unemployment
: A prospective longitudinal study. Archives of
Suicidal Research, 1, 175-184. |
MEYER, A. (2016). Is unemployment good for the environment
? Resource & Energy Economics, 45, 18-30. |
|
PIKETTY, T. (1997). La redistribution fiscale face au
chômage. Revue Française d'Économie, 12 (1),
157-201. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Récession,
Crise
économique et Travail |
|
|
|
|
Chomsky
Noam Avram (Philadelphie 1928-) : Linguiste
et philosophe
américain. Père de la théorie générative du langage.
Il a critiqué la théorie du langage de Skinner.
Chomsky est également l'un des plus sévères critiques de la
politique étrangère américaine et du rôle des médias
américain. Skinner et Chomsky. Étudiant de
Jacobson et d'Harris.
Professeur de Jackendoff.
Collaborateur de Fitch, Hauser,
Herman et
Zinn.
| |
 
No
38 |
CHOMSKY, N. (1959). A review of B.F. Skinner's Verbal
behavior. Language, 35, 26-58. |
|
CHOMSKY, N. (1965/69). Aspects of the theory of
syntax. Cambridge : The MIT Press/ Structures
syntaxiques. Paris : Éditions du Seuil. |
|
CHOMSKY, N. (1989). Necessary illusions :
Thought control in democratic societies. New York :
South End Press .[PDF] |
|
CHOMSKY, N. (1995). The minimalist program. Cambridge,
MA : The MIT Press. |
|
FITCH, W.T., HAUSER, M.D. & CHOMSKY, N. (2005).
The evolution of the language faculty : Clarifications and
implications. Cognition, 97 (2), 179-210. [PDF] |
| |
|
WIEST, W.M. (1967). Some recent criticism of behaviorism
and learning theory with special reference to Breger and
McGaugh and to Chomsky. Psychological Bulletin, 67, 214-225. |
KNAPP, T.J. (1997). Meeting the enemy : An essay review of
Noam Chomsky : A life of dissent by Robert F. Barsky.
The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 14, 105-109. [PDF] |
|
KATAHN, M. & KOPLIN, J.H. (1968). Paradigm clash :
cornment on "Some recent criticisms of behaviorism and
learning theory with special reference to Breger and
McGaugh and to Chomsky". Psychological Bulletin, 69,
147-148. |
ZWART, J.-W. (1998). The minimalist program. Journal
of Linguitics, 34, 213-226. [PDF] |
|
CATANIA, A.C. (1972). Chomsky's formal analysis of natural
languages : a behavioral translation. Behaviorism, 1,
1-15. [PDF] |
SMITH, N. (1999). Chomsky : Ideas and ideals. Cambridge,
MA : Cambridge University Press. |
|
SHERRARD, C. (1988). Rhetorical weapons : Chomsky's attack
on Skinner. Educational Psychology, 8, 197-205. |
PALMER, D.C. (2000). Chomsky's nativism : A critical
review. Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 17, 39-50.
[PDF] |
|
STEMMER, N. (1990). Skinner's verbal behavior, Chomsky's
review, and mentalism. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 54 (3), 307-319. [PDF] |
VIRUËS-ORTEGA, J. (2006). The case against B.F. Skinner 45
years later : An encounter with N. Chomsky. The
Behavior Analyst, 29, 243-251. [PDF] |
|
ANDRESEN, J.T. (1990). Skinner and Chomsky thirty years
later. Histographica Linguistica, 17 (1/2),
145-165. [PDF] |
ADELMAN, B.E. (2007). An underdiscussed aspect of Chomsky
(1959). The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 23,
29-34. [PDF] |
|
ANDRESEN, J. (1991). Skinner and Chomsky 30 years later or
: The return of the repressed. The Behavior Analyst,
14, 49-60. |
|
|
RONDAL, J.A. (1994). Pieces of minds in psycholinguistics
: Steven Pinker, Kenneth Wexler, and Noam Chomsky. A
series of interviews conducted by Jean A. Rondal. International
Journal of Psychology, 29, 85-104. |
LONGA, V.M. (2013). The evolution of the faculty of
language from a Chomskyan perspective : bridging
linguistics and biology. Journal of Anthropological
Sciences, 91, 1-48. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Débat
Skinner/Chomsky |
|
|
Chomskien
: Chomskyan perspective.
| |
|
|
LONGA, V.M. (2013). The evolution of the faculty of
language from a Chomskyan perspective : bridging
linguistics and biology. Journal of Anthropological
Sciences, 91, 1-48. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Chorpita
Bruce F. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude et le traitement des phobies
et des troubles
d'anxitété. Étudiant de Barlow.
Collaborateur de Forsyth,
Heimberg, Hofmann
et Weisz.
|
CHORPITA, B.F. (1995). Eventual responders : What do we do
when treatments do not work ? Behavior Therapist,
18, 140-141. |
|
CHORPITA, B.F. (1997). Since the operant chamber : Is
behavior therapy still thinking in boxes ? Behavior
Therapy, 28, 577-583. |
|
CHORPITA, B.F. & BARLOW, D.H. (1998). The development
of anxiety : The role of control in the early environment.
Psychological Bulletin, 124, 3-21. |
|
FORSYTH, J.P., DALEIDEN, E.L. & CHORPITA, B.F.
(2000). Response primacy in fear conditioning :
Disentangling the contributions of the unconditioned
stimulus versus the unconditioned response. The
Psychological Record, 50, 17-33. [PDF] |
|
CHORPITA, B.F. (2007). Modular cognitive-behavioral
therapy for childhood anxiety disorders. New York :
Guilford. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chouinard
Guy ( ) : Psychiatre
québécois, spécialisé en pharmacologie,
notamment dans l'étude des psychoses.
Il s'intéresse notamment à l'effet des psychotropes
et de l'hypersensibilité
à la dopamine.
|
CHOUINARD, G. & JONES, B.D. & ANNABLE, L. (1978).
Neuroleptic induced supersensitivity psychosis. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 135, 1409-1410. |
|
CHOUINARD, G. & JONES, B.D. (1980).
Neuroleptic-induced supersensitivity psychosis : Clinical
and pharmacologic characteristics. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 137 (1), 16-21. [PDF] |
|
CHOUINARD, G. (1982). Neuroleptic-induced supersensitivity
psychos, the "hump course" and tardive dyskinesia.
Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology, 2, 143-144. |
|
CHOUINARD, G. (1991). Severe cases of neuroleptic-induced
supersensitivity psychosis. Schizophrenia Research,
5, 21-33. |
|
CHOUINARD, G., CHOUINARD, V.A. & CORRUBLE, E. (2011).
Beyond DSM-IV bereavement exclusion criterion E for major
depressive disorder. Psychotherapy &
Psychosomatics, 80 (1), 804-809. |
|
|
|
Christakis
Dimitri A. ( ) : Médecin et pédiatre
américain spécialisée dans l'étude du développement
des enfants, notamment des
effets
d'exposition à la télévision. Collaborateur de Meltzoff,
Moreno et Zimmerman.
|
CHRISTAKIS, D.A. (1999). Developmental changes in
imitation from television during infancy. Child
Development, 70 (5), 1067-1081. |
|
CHRISTAKIS, D.A., ZIMMERMAN, F.G., DI GIUSEPPE, D.L. &
McCARTY, C.A. (2004). Early television exposure and
subsequent attentional problems in children. Pediatrics,
113 (4), 708-713. [PDF] |
|
CHRISTAKIS, D.A. (2007). Can we turn a toxin into a tonic
? Toward 21st-Century television alchemy. Pediatrics,
120 (3), 647-648. |
|
CHRISTAKIS, D.A., (2009). The effects of infant media
usage : what do we know and what should we learn ?
Acta Paediatrica, 98 (1), 8-16. [PDF] |
|
CHRISTAKIS, D.A., (2011). The effects of fast-paced
cartoons. Pediatrics, 128 (4), 772-774. |
|
|
|
Christianisme
: Chrétien : Religion.
Christian, christianity.
| |
|
|
PRIESTLEY, J. (1782). An history of the corruptions
of christianity. |
JONES, S. (2000). Feminist theory and christian
theology. Fortress Press : Minneapolis. |
|
LACK, D. (1957). Evolutionary theory and Christian
belief : the unresolved conflict. London : Methuen.
|
COLLIER, A. (2003). On Christian belief : A defence of
a cognitive conception of religious belief in a
Christian context. Routledge. |
|
DELUMEAU, G. (1977). Le Christianisme va-t-il mourir
? Paris : Hachette. |
ENGELHARDT, H.T. & ILTIS, A.S. (2005). End-of-life :
the traditional Christian view. The Lancet, 366,
1045-1049. |
|
COLLINS, G.R. (1977). The rebuilding of psychology :
An integration of psychology and Christianity.
Wheaton, IL : Tyndale House. |
HAKOLA, R. (2009). Erik H. Erikson's identity theory and
the formation of early Christianity. Journal of
Beliefs & Values, 30 (1), 5-15.
[PDF] |
|
WILSON, R.W. (1985). Christianity-biased and unbiased
dogmatism's relationships to different Christian
commitments, including conversion. The High School
Journal, 68, 374-388. |
KASOMO, D. (2009). An analysis of the rites of passage and
their relation to Christianity. International Journal
of Sociology & Anthropology, 1 (8), 156-166. |
BOSWELL, J. (1985). Christianisme, tolérance
sociale et homosexualité, Les homosexuels en Europe
occidentale des débuts de l’ère chrétienne au 14e
siècle. Paris : Gallimard.
|
VERKUYTEN, M. & THIJS, J. (2010). Religious group
relations among Christian, Muslim and non-religious early
adolescents in the Netherlands. Journal of Early
Adolescence, 30, 27-49. |
|
|
Voir aussi Dogme, Croyance,
Foi et Religion |
|
|
Christianson
Sven A. (1954-) : Psychologue
cognitiviste américain,
d'origine suédoise, et spécialiste de la mémoire.
Collaborateur de Hoffman,
Loftus et Loftus
|
CHRISTIANSON, S.-A. (1984). The relationship between
induced emotional arousal and amnesia. Journal of
Psychology, 25 (2), 147-160. |
|
CHRISTIANSON, S.-A., LOFTUS, E.F. (1987). Memory for
traumatic events. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 1,
225-239. |
|
CHRISTIANSON, S.-A. (1989). Flashbulb memories : Special,
but not so special. Memory & Cognition, 17, 435-443. |
|
CHRISTIANSON, S.-A., LOFTUS, E.F., HOFFMAN, H. &
LOFTUS, G. (1991). Eye fixations and memory for emotional
events. Journal of Experimental Psychology Learning
Memory & Cognition 17(4), 693-701. |
|
CHRISTIANSON, S.-A. & ENGELBERG, E. (1999). Memory and
emotional consistency : The MS Estonia ferry disaster. Memory,
7, 471-482. |
|
|
|
Chromosome
: Du grec chroma qui signifie "couleur" et soma
qui veut dire "corps". Le terme a été proposé par Waldeyer.
Les chromosomes sont des éléments microscopiques du noyau de
chaque cellule d'un organisme.
Ils sont constitués d'une molécule
d'ADN et de protéines.
Les chromosomes sont les supports des gènes.
Il existe 23 paires de chromosomes dans chaque cellule humaine,
dont une seule paire de chromosomes
sexuels. = porteur de l'ADN,
véhicule des gènes, support de l'information génétique. (
): chromosone homologue/autosome, chromosone
hétérochrome/gonosome (gamètes sexuelle).
Chromosome, chromatine.
| |
|
|
McCLUNG, C.E. (1901). Notes on the accessory chromosome. Anatomischer Anzeiger, 20, 220-226. |
BISGAARD, M.L., EIBERG, H., MOLLER, N., NIEBUHR, E. &
MOHR, J. (1987). Dyslexia and chromosome 15 hetero-
morphism : Negative lod score in a Danish material. Clinical
Genetics, 32, 118-119. |
|
MONTGOMERY, T.H. (1901). A study of the chromosomes of the
germ cells of Metozoa.Transactions of the American
Philosophical Society 20, (2), 154-236. [PDF] |
|
|
McCLUNG, C.E. (1901). The accesory chromosome - Sex
determinant ? Biological Bulletin, 3 (1-2),
43-84. |
BARON, M., RISCH, N., HAMBURGER, R., MANDEL, B., KUSHNER,
S., NEWMAN, M., DRUMER, D. & BELMAKER, R.H. (1987).
Genetic linkage between X chromosome markers and bipolar
affective illness. Nature, 326, 289-292. |
|
SUTTON, W.S. (1902). On the morphology of the chromosome
group in Brachystola magna. Biological Bulletin, 4
(1), 24-39. |
MAZIA, D. (1987). The chromosome cycle and the centrosome
cycle in the mitotic cycle. International Review of
Cytology, 100, 49-92. |
|
SUTTON, W.S. (1903). The chromosomes in heredity.
Biological Bulletin, 4, 231-251. [PDF] |
SHERRINGTON, R., BRYNJOLFFSON, J., PETURSSON H., POTTER,
M., DUDLESTON, K., BARRACLOUGH, B., WASMUTH, J., DOBBS, M.
& GURLING, H. (1988). Localization of a susceptibility
locus for schizophrenia on chromosome 5. Nature, 336,
164-167. |
|
BAUMGARTNER, W.J. (1904). Some new evidences for the
individuality of the chromosomes. Biological Bulletin,
8, 1-24.
[PDF] |
CREMER, T. & CREMER, C. (1988). Centennial of Wilhelm
Waldeyer's introduction of the term "chromosome" in 1888.
Cytogenetics & Genome Research, 48 (2),
65-67. |
|
McCLUNG, C.E. (1905). The chromosome complex of
orthopteran spermatocytes. Biological Bulletin, 9,
304. |
KENNEDY, J.L., GIUFFRA, L.A., MOISES, H.W., BAILLIE, D.
HUBBARD, A. & WRIGHT, A. (1988), Evidence against
linkage of schizophrenia to markers on chromosome 5 in a
northern Swedish pedigree. Nature, 336, 167-170. |
|
WILSON, E.B. (1905). The chromosomes in relation to the
determination of sex in insects.Science, 22
(564), 500-502. [PDF] |
ST-CLAIR, D., BLACKWOOD, D., MUIR, W., BAILLIE, D.
HUBBARD, A., WRIGHT, A. & EVANS, H.J. (1989). No
linkage of chromosome 5q11-q13 markers to schizophrenia in
Scottish families. Nature, 339, 305-309 |
|
MONTGOMERY, T.H. (1905). The spermatogenesis of Syrbula
and Lycosa, with general considerations upon and the
heterochromosomes. Proceedings of the Academy of
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 57 (1), 162-205.
[PDF] |
COOK-DUNNIGAN, R.M., ROSSITER, B.J.F., ENGEL, L., NELSON,
D.L. & CASKEY, C.T. (1990). Report of the X chromosome
workshop. Genomics, 7, 647-654. [PDF] |
|
STEVENS, N.M. (1905). Studies in spermatogenesis (Part 1)
with especial reference to the "accessory chromosome". Carnegie
Institution of Washington, Publication, 36, 33. |
McGUFFIN, P., SARGEANT, M., HETT, G., TIDMARSH, S.,
WHATLEY, S. & MARCHBANKS, R.M. (1990). Exclusion of a
schizophrenia susceptibility gene from the chromosome
5q11-q13 region : new data and a re-analysis of previous
reports. The American Journal of Human Genetics, 47 (3),
524-535. [PDF] |
|
WILSON, E.B. (1905). Studies on chromosomes. I. The
behavior of the idiochromosomes in hemiptera. Journal
of Experimental Zoology, 2 (3), 371-405. |
|
|
MONTGOMERY, T.H. (1906). Chromosomes in the
spermatogenesis of the Hemiptera Heteroptera.
Transactions of the American Philosophical Society, 21 (3), 97-173. |
HAMER, D.H., HU, S., MAGNUSON, V.L., HU, N. &
PATTATUCHI, A.M.L. (1993). A linkage between DNA markers
on the X chromosome and male sexual orientation. Science,
261, 320-326. |
|
|
MONTGOMERY, T.H. (1906). The terminology of aberrant
chromosomes and their behavior in certain Hemiptera.
Science, 23 (575), 36-38. |
|
|
BOVERI, T. (1908/09). Über die beziehung des chromatins
zur geschlechtbestimmung. Sitzungsberichte Der
Physik.-Med. Gesellschaft Zu Würzburg, |
HU, S., PATTATUCHI, A.M.L., PATTERSON, C., LI, L., FULKER,
D.W., CHERNY, S.S., KRUGLYAK, L. & HAMER, D.H. (1994).
Linkage between sexual orientation and chromosome Xq28 in
males but not in females. Nature Genetics, 11,
248-256. |
|
BOVERI, T. (1909). Die Blastomerenkerne von Ascaris
megalocephala und die Theorie der
Chromosomen-Individualität. Arch. Zellforsch. 3, 181-268. |
CARDON, L.R., SMITH, S.D., FULKER, D.W., KIMBERLING, W.J.,
PENNINGTON, B.F. & DEFRIES, J.C. (1994). Quantitative
trait locus for reading disability on chromosome 6. Science,
266, 276-279. |
|
WILSON, E.B. (1909). The chromosomes of metapodius. A
contribution to the hypothesis of the genetic continuity
of chromosomes. Journal of Experimental Zoology, 6
(2), 147-205. [PDF] |
SCHULTE-KORNE, G., GRIMM, T. & NOTHEN, M.M. (1998).
Evidence for linkage of spelling disability to chromosome
15. American Journal of Human Genetic, 63, 279-282. |
|
WILSON, E.B. (1909). The chromosomes in relation to the
determination of sex. Science, 22 (564),
500-502. |
PATERSON, A.D. (1998). X-chromosome workshop. Psychiatric
Genetics, 8 (2), 121-126. |
|
MONTGOMERY, T.H. (1910). Are particular chromosomes sex
determinants ? Biological Bulletin, 19 (1),
1-17. [PDF] |
BRUTOWICZ, L.M., HODGKINSON, K.A., CHOW, E.W., HORNER,
W.G. & BASSETT, S. (2000). Location of a major
susceptibility locus for familial schizophrenia on
chromosome 1q21-q22. Science, 288, 678-682. |
|
CAROTHERS, E.E. (1913). The Mendelian ratio in relation to
certain orthopteran chromosomes. Journal of
Morpholology, 24, 487-511. |
VISSCHER, P.M., HALEY, C.S., EWALD, H., MORS, O., EGELAND,
J., THIEL, B., GINNS, E., MUIR, W. & BLACKWOOD, D.H.
(2005). Joint multi-population analysis for genetic
linkage of bipolar disorder or wellness to chromosome 4p.
American Journal of Medical Genetics Part B :
Neuropsychiatric Genetics, 133B, 18-24. [PDF] |
|
CAROTHERS, E.E. (1917). The segregation and recombination
of homologous chromosomes as found in two genera of
Acrididae (Orthoptera). Journal of Morpholology, 28,
445-521. |
BASSETT, A.S., CHOW, E.W.C. & WEKSBERG, R. (2000).
Chromosomal abnormalities and schizophrenia. American
Journal of Medical Genetics, 97, 45-51. |
|
ROSTAND, E (1928). Les chromosomes artisans de l'hérédité. Paris : Hachette. |
|
|
DARLINGTON, C.D. (1932). Chromosomes and plant
breeding. Londres : Macmillan. |
EKELUND, J., HOVATTA, I., PARKER, A., PAUNIO, T., VARILO,
T., MARTIN, R., SUHONEN, J., ELLONEN, P., CHAN, G.,
SINSHEIMER, J.S., SOBEL, E., JUVONEN, H., ARAJÄRVI, R.,
PARTONEN, T., SUVISAAR, J., LÖNNQVIST, J., MEYER, J. &
PELTONEN, L. (2001). Chromosome 1 loci in Finnish
schizophrenia families. Human Molecular Genetics, 10
(15), 1611-1617. [PDF] |
|
DARLINGTON, C.D. (1945). Chromosome atlas of
cultivated plants. George Allen and Unwin. |
MacINTYRE, D.J., BLACKWOOD, D.H., PORTEOUS, D.J., PICKARD,
B.S. & MUIR, W.J. (2003). Chromosomal abnormalities
and mental illness. Molecular Psychiatry, 8,
275-287. |
|
CHARLESWORTH, D. (2004). The evolution of sex chromosomes.
Science, 251, 1030-1033. |
|
BARTLETT, C.W., FLAX, J.F., LOGUE, M.W., SMITH, B.J.,
VIELAND, V.J., TALLAL, P. & BRZUSTOWICZ, L.M. (2004).
Examination of potential overlap in autism and language
loci on chromosomes 2, 7, and 13 in two independent
samples ascertained for specific language impairment. Human
Heredity, 57, 10-20. |
|
DARLINGTON, C.D. (1963). Chromosome botany and the
origins of cultivated plants. Hafner Pub. Co. |
VISSCHER, P.M., HALEY, C.S., EWALD, H., MORS, O., EGELAND,
J., THIEL, B., GINNS, E., MUIR, W. & BLACKWOOD, D.H.
(2005). Joint multi-population analysis for genetic
linkage of bipolar disorder or wellness to chromosome 4p.
American Journal of Medical Genetics Part B :
Neuropsychiatric Genetics, 133B, 18-24. [PDF] |
COLEMAN, B. (1970). Bateson and chromosomes :
conservative thought in science. Centaurus 15,
228–314.
|
CHARLESWORTH, D. (2022). Some thoughts about the words we
use for thinking about sex chromosome evolution. Philosophical
Transactions of the Royal Society B: Biological
Sciences, 377, [PDF]
|
|
| ABERCROMBIE,
M., HICKMAN, C.J. & JOHNSON, M.L. (1980). Dictionary
of biology. Londres : Penguin. |
Voir aussi
Syndrome du X fragile et ADN |
|
|
Chromosome
sexuel : La 23 e paires de
chromosomes contenu dans les cellules, qui détermine le sexe
des humains (et de
plusieurs autres mammifères).
Découvert par Stevens et
Wilson, dans le même laboratoire, mais indépendament l'un de
l'autre. Il existe deux types de chromosomes sexuels, X
et Y. Les hommes
possèdent un chromosome X et un chromosome
Y, les femmes deux
chromosomes X. = gonosome. Sex
chromosome.
| |
|
|
STEVENS, N.M. (1905). Studies in spermatogenesis (Part 1)
with especial reference to the"accessory chromosome". Carnegie
Institution of Washington, Publication, 36, 33. |
SINCLAIR, A., BERTA, P., PALMER, M.S., HAWKINS, J.R.,
GRIFFITHS, B.L., SMITH, M.J., FOSTER, J.W., FRISCHAUF,
A.M., LOVELL-BADGE, R. & GOODFELLOW, P.N. (1990). A
gene from the human sex-determining region encodes a
protein with homology to a conserved DNA-binding motif. Nature,
346 (6281), 240-244. |
|
WILSON, E.B. (1905). The chromosomes in relation to the
determination of sex in insects. Science, 22, 500-502.
[PDF] |
CHARLESWORTH, D. (2002). Plant sex determination and sex
chromosomes. Heredity 88 (2), 94-101. |
|
OHNO, S. (1967). Sex chromosomes and sex-linked
genes. New York : Springer-Verlag. |
CHARLESWORTH, D. (2004). The evolution of sex chromosomes.
Science, 251, 1030-1033. |
|
CHARLESWORTH, D., COYNE, J.A. & BARTON, N.H. (1987).
The relative rates of evolution of sex chromosomes and
autosomes. American Naturalist, 130 (1),
113-146. |
WILSON-SAYRES, M.A. (2018). Genetic diversity on the sex
chromosomes. Genome Biology & Evolution, 10
(4), 1064-1078. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi X,
Y, SRY, Détermination
du sexe
et Chromosome |
|
|
Chromosone
X : Chez l'humain, l'un des deux
chromosomes sexuels (X et Y),
découvert presque au même moment par Stevens
et Wilson. Les
femmes possèdent deux chromosomes X, les
hommes un seul. X, reproduction
sexuée et
syndrome du X fragile. X chromosome.
| |
|
|
COOK-DUNNIGAN, R.M., ROSSITER, B.J.F., ENGEL, L., NELSON,
D.L. & CASKEY, C.T. (1990). Report of the X chromosome
workshop. Genomics, 7, 647-654. [PDF] |
|
HAMER, D.H., HU, S., MAGNUSON, V.L., HU, N. &
PATTATUCHI, A.M.L. (1993). A linkage between DNA markers
on the X chromosome and male sexual orientation. Science,
261, 320-326. |
|
DELISI, L.E. & CROW, T.J. (1998). Evidence for linkage
to psychosis and cerebral asymmetry (relative hand skill)
on the X-chromosome. American Journal of Medical
Genetic, 81, 420-427. |
|
| ABERCROMBIE,
M., HICKMAN, C.J. & JOHNSON, M.L. (1980). Dictionary
of biology. Londres : Penguin. |
Voir aussi
Syndrome du X fragile,
Y et Chromosome |
|
|
|
|
Chromosone
Y : Type de
chromosomes sexuels, découvert presque au même moment par
Stevens et Wilson,
qui est transmis immuablement et à l'identique du père à son
fils. Chaque homme reçoit
son chromosome Y de son père exclusivement. Les
femmes n'ont pas de chromosone Y, mais deux X.
Chromosone Y,
reproduction sexuée et
X. Y chromosome, Y.
Cichlid fishes, Pisces : Cichlidae .
| |
|
|
STEVENS, N.M. (1905). Studies in spermatogenesis (Part 1)
with especial reference to the "accessory chromosome". Carnegie
Institution of Washington, Publication, 36, 33. |
KIDD, J.R., QASIM MEHDI, S., SEIELSTAD, M.T., SPENCER
WELLS, R., PIAZZA, A., DAVIS, R.W., FELDMAN, M.W.,
CAVALLI-SFORZA L.L. & OEFNER, P.J. (2000). Y
chromosome sequence variation and the history of human
populations. Nature genetics, 26 (3), 358-361. [PDF] |
|
WILSON, E.B. (1905). The chromosomes in relation to the
determination of sex in insects. Science, 22, 500-502.
[PDF] |
LELL et al. (2002). The dual origin and Siberian
affinities of Native American Y chromosomes. American
Journal of Human Genetics, 70, 192–206. |
|
GOODFELLOW, P.N., DARLING, S. & WOLFE, J. (1985). The
human Y chromosome. Journal of Medical Genetics, 22,
332-344. |
CHARLESWORTH, D. (2004). Sex determination : Primitive Y
dispatch chromosomes in fish. Current Biology, 14, 745-747.
[PDF] |
|
SINCLAIR, A., BERTA, P., PALMER, M.S., HAWKINS, J.R.,
GRIFFITHS, B.L., SMITH, M.J., FOSTER, J.W., FRISCHAUF,
A.M., LOVELL-BADGE, R. & GOODFELLOW, P.N. (1990). A
gene from the human sex-determining region encodes a
protein with homology to a conserved DNA-binding motif. Nature,
346 (6281), 240-244. |
WATERS, P.D., WALLIS, M.C. & GRAVES, J.A.M. (2007).
Mammalian sex - Origin and evolution of the Y chromosome
and SRY. Seminars in Cell & Developmental
Biology, 18, 389-400.
[PDF] |
|
CHARLESWORTH, D. (1996). The degeneration of Y
chromosomes. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal
Society B, 55 (1403), 1563-1572. |
BACHTROG, D.
(2013). Y-chromosome
evolution : emerging insights into processes of
Y-chromosome degeneration. Nature
Review of Genetics, 14, 113-124. |
|
BIANCHI, N.O., BAILLIET, G., BRAVI, C.M., CARNESE, R.F.,
ROTHHAMMER, F., MARTINEZ-MARIGNAC, V.L., PENA, S.D.
(1997). Origin of Amerindian Y-chromosomes as inferred by
the analysis of six polymorphic markers. American
Journal of Physical Anthropology, 102, 79–89. |
AKAGI, T., HENRY, I.M., TAO, R. & COMAI, L. (2014). A
Y-chromosome-encoded small RNA acts as a sex determinant
in persimmons, Science, 346, 646-650.
|
|
|
Voir aussi Chromosome X et SRY |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chronopsychologie
: Chronobiologie : Branche de la pyschologie
et de la biologie qui
s'intéresse aux effets psychologiques des rythmes
biologiques, notamment des rythme
circadiens. Chronopsychology.
| |
|
|
REINBERG, A. (1974). Chronopharmacology in man. Chronobiologia,
1, 157-185. |
|
REINBERG, A. (1979). Des rythmes biologiques à la
chronobiologie. Paris : Gauthier-Villars. |
|
TESTU, F. (2000). Chronopsychologie et rythmes
scolaires. Paris : Masson. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Church
Russell Miller (1930-2021) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste américain. Il s'intéresse notamment
aux effets de la punition.
On lui doit également le concept d'horloge interne. Collaborateur
de Boe,
Campbell, Deluty,
Gibbon, Lolordo,
Maccoby, Meck,
Overmier et Solomon.
|
CHURCH, R.M. (1956). Effect of overtraining on subsequent
learning of incidental cues. Psychological Reports,
2, 247-254. |
|
CHURCH, R.M. (1964). Systematic effect of random error in
the yoked control design. Psychological Bulletin, 62,
122-131. |
|
CHURCH, R.M., WOOTEN, C.L. & MATTHEWS, T.J. (1970).
Discriminative punishment and the conditioned emotional
response. Learning & Motivation, 1, 1-17. |
|
CHURCH, R.M. (1980). Short-term memory for time intervals.
Learning & Motivation, 11, 208-219. |
|
CHURCH, R.M. (2001). Animal Cognition : 1900-2000. Behavioural Processes, 54, 53- 63. |
|
|
|
|
|
Churchland Patricia Smith (1943-) : Philosophe
et épistémologue
américaine d'origine canadienne. Elle s'est notamment intéressée à
la conscience et à son
étude empirique. Collaboratrice de Churchland,
Ramachadran et
Sejnowski.
 |
CHURCHLAND, P.S. (1986). Neurophilosophy : toward a
unified science of the mind-brain. Cambridge : MIT
Press. |
|
CHURCHLAND, P.S. (1991). Les neurosciences
concernent-elles la philosophie ? In J.-N. Missa (Ed.), Philosophie de l'esprit et sciences du cerveau. Paris :
Librarie Philosophique J. Vrin. |
|
CHURCHLAND, P.S. & SEJNOWSKI, T.J. (1988).
Perspectives on cognitive neuroscience. Science, 242,
741-74. [PDF]
|
|
CHURCHLAND, P.S. (1988). The significance of neuroscience
for philosophy. Trends In Neurosciences, 11, 304-307. |
|
CHURCHLAND, P.S. (2002). Brain-wise : studies in
neurophilosophy. Cambridge : MIT Press. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHO -
CIGARETTE - CIM-10
- CINÉMA - CIRCUIT
NEURONAL - CISGENRE
- CITER SES SOURCES - CIVILISATION
- CL |
Cialdini Robert B. (1945-) : Psychosociologue
américain. Il étudie le pouvoir
et les influences sociales.
Il s'intéresse également à
l'altruisme. Professeur de Kenrick.
Collaborateur de Cacioppo,
Couper, Griskevicius
et Groves.
 |
CIALDINI, R.B., VINCENT, J.E., LEWIS, S.K., CATALAN, J.,
WHEELER, D. & DARBY, B.L. (1975). Reciprocal
concessions procedure for inducing compliance : The
door-in-the-face technique. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 31, 206-215. [PDF] |
|
CIALDINI, R.B. & CACIOPPO, J., BASSET, R. &
MILLER, B.L. (1978). Low-ball procedure for producing
compliance : Commitment then cost. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 36, 599-604.
[PDF] |
|
CIALDINI, R.B. BROWN, S.L., LEWIS, B.P., LUCE, C.
& NEUBERG, S.L. (1997). Reinterpreting the
empathy-altruism relationship : When one into one equals
openess. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 73, 481-494. |
|
CIALDINI, R.B. & GOLDSTEIN, N.J. (2004). Social
influence : Compliance and conformity. Annual Review
of Psycholy, 55, 591-621.
[PDF] |
|
CIALDINI, R.B. (2005). Basic social influence is
underestimated. Psychological Inquiry, 16,
158-161. |
|
|
|
|
Cichlidé : Poisson.
= Pisces, Cichlidae.
Cichlid fishes, Pisces : Cichlidae
.
| |
|
|
MYRBERG, A. A. (1965). A descriptive analysis of the
behaviour of the African cichlid fish Pelmatochromis
Güntheri (Sauvage). Animal Behavior, 13,
312-329. |
MROWKA, W. (1984). Is the parental-care behaviour of
Aequidens paraguayensis (Cichlidae) optimal ?
Behaviour, 89, 128-146. |
|
OPPENHEIMER, J.R. & BARLOW, G.W. (1968). Dynamics of
parental behavior in the black-chinned mouth breeder,
Tilapia melanotheron (Pisces : Cichlidae). Zeitschrift
fur Tierpsychologie, 25, 889-914. |
KUWAMARA, T. (1986). Parental care and mating systems of
cichlid fishes in Lake Tanganyika : a preliminary field
survey. Journal of Ethology, 4, 129-146. |
|
OVERMIER, J.B. & GROSS, D.M. (1972). Quantitative
study of nest building activity of the East African
mouthbreeding fish, Tilapia mossambica. Zeitschrift
für Tierpsychologie, 31, 326-329. |
SCHWANK, E. & RANA, K. (1991). Male-female parental
roles in Sarotherodon galilaeus (Pisces : Cichlidae). Ethology,
89, 229-243. |
|
OVERMIER, J.B. & GROSS, D.M. (1974). Effects of
telencephalic ablation upon nestbuilding and avoidance
behavior in East African mouthbreeding fish, Tilapia
mossambica. Behavioral Biology, 12, 211-222. |
BARLOW, G.W. (1991). Mating systems among cichlid fishes.
In M.H.A. Keenleyside (Ed.), Cichlid fishes.
Behaviour, ecology and evolution (pp. 173-190). New
York : Chapman and Hall. |
|
TIMMS, A.M. & KEENLEYSIDE, M.H.A. (1975). The
reproductive behaviour of Aequidens paraguayensis. Zeitschrift
fur Tierpsychologie, 39, 8-23. |
OLIVEIRA, R.F. & ALMADA, V.C. (1996). On the
(In)stability of dominance hierarchies in the Cichiid Fish
Oreochromis mossambicus. Aggressive Behavior, 22, 37-45.
[PDF] |
|
FUNNELL, T.R., FIALKOWSI, R.J. & DIJKSTRA, P.D.
(2022). Social dominance does not increase oxidative
stress in a female dominance hierarchy of an African
cichlid fish. Ethology, 128, 15-25. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Poisson |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CIHON T.M. (2007). A review of training intraverbal
repertoires : Can precision teaching help ? The
Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 23, 123-133. |
|
CIHON T.M., GARDNER R., MORRISON, D. & PAUL, P.V.
(2008). Using visual phonics as a strategic intervention
to increase literacy behaviors for kindergarten students
at-risk for reading failure. Early Intensive Behavior
Interventions, 5 (3), 138-155. |
|
CIHON T.M., STURTZ, A. & ESHLEMAN, J. (2012). The
effects of instructor-provided or student-created
flashcards with weekly, one-minute timings on unit quiz
scores in Introduction to Applied Behavior Analysis
courses. The European Journal of Behavior Analysis,
13 (1), 47-57. |
|
CIHON T.M., MORFORD, Z., STEPHENS, C., MORRISON, D.,
SHRONTZ, R. & KELLY, K.L. (2013). The effects of
instruction, modeling, or See The Sound/Visual Phonics on
undergraduate students learning to read Italian. Teaching
Reading in a Foreign Language (S), 25 (1), 26-51. |
|
CIHON T.M. & MATTAINI, M.A. (2019). Editorial : Emerging cultural and behavioral systems science.
Perspectives on Behavior Science, 42, 699–711. [PDF]
|
|
|
|
CIM-10
: CIM-11 : 10 e et 11 e versions
de la Classification Internationale
des Maladies et des problèmes de santé connexes.
CIM-10 et DSM-IV.
International Statistical Classification of
Diseases and Related Health Problems, ICD-10.
| |
|
ORGANISATION WH (1993). The ICD-10 classification of
mental and behavioural disorders : diagnostic criteria
for research. World Health OrganizatiON.
|
|
OTTOSSON, H., GRANN, M. & KULLGREN, G. (2000).
Test-retest reliability of a self-report questionnaire for
DSM-IV and ICD-10 personality disorder. European
Journal of Psychological Assessment, 16, 53-58. |
|
FIRST, M.B. & WESTERN, D. (2007). Classification for
clinical practice : how to make ICD and DSM better able to
serve clinicians. International Review of Psychiatry,
19, 473-481. |
|
BLANZ, B., SCHMIDT, M.H. & ESSER, G. (2010). Conduct
disorders (CD) : the reliability and validity of the new
ICD-10 categories. Acta Paedopsychiatrica, 53
(2), 93-103. |
|
EMMELKAMP, P.M.G. (2012). Specific and social phobias in
ICD-11. World psychiatry, 11 (S1), 94-99. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi DSM |
|
|
Cinéma
: Cinéma, média
et télévision.
Movie, film.
| |
|
|
MÜNSTERBERG, H. (1916). The photoplay : A
psychological study. New York : Appleton. |
ALEXANDER, M. & WAXMAN, D. D. (2000). Cinemeducation :
Teaching family systems through the movies. Families,
Systems & Health, 18, 455-466. |
|
BANDURA, A., ROSS, D. & ROSS, S.A. (1963). Imitation
of film-mediated aggressive models. Journal of
Abnormal & Social Psychology, 66, 3-11. |
DERMER S.B. & HUTCHINGS, J.B. (2000). Utilizing movies
in family therapy : Applications for individuals, couples,
and families. American Journal of Family Therapy, 28
(2), 163-180. |
|
LEVENTHAL, H. & KAFES, P.N. (1963). The effectiveness
of fear arousing movies in motivating preventive health
measures. New York State Journal of Medicine, 63,
867-874. |
|
|
KORIAT, A., MELKMAN, R., AVERILL, J.R. & LAZARUS, R S.
(1972). The self-control of emotional reactions to a
stressful film. Journal of Personality, 40,
601-619. |
YOKOTA, F. & THOMPSON, K.M. (2000). Violence in
G-rated animated films. Journal of the American
Medical Association, 283 (20), 2716-2720. |
|
TURNER, C.W. & BERKOWITZ, L. (1972). Identification
with film aggressor (covert role taking) and reactions to
film violence. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 21, 256-264. |
TSAI, J.L., LEVENSON, R.W. & CARSTENSEN, L.L. (2000).
Autonomic, expressive, and subjective responses to
emotional films in older and younger Chinese American and
European American adults. Psychology & Aging, 15,
684-693. [PDF] |
|
ZILLMANN, D., MODY, B. & CANTOR, J.R. (1974). Emphatic
perception of emotional displays in films as a function of
hedonic and excitatory state prior to exposure. Journal
of Research in Personality, 8, (4), 335-349. |
MORI, K. (2003). Surreptitiously projecting different
movies to two subsets of viewers. Behavior Research
Methods, Instruments, & Computers, 35, 599-604. |
|
PERRY, D.G. & PERRY, L.C. (1976). Identification with
film characters, covert aggressive verbalization, and
reactions to film violence. Journal of Research in
Personality, 10 (4), 399-409. |
DIXON, W.W. (2004). Film and television after 9/11. Illinois.
Southern Illinois University Press. |
|
KASSIN, S.M. (1982). Heider and Simmel 1944 revisited :
Causal attribution and the animated film technique. Review
of Personality & Social Psychology, 3, 145-170. |
FUNK, J.B., BALDACCI, H.B., PASOLD, T. & BAUMGARDNER,
J. (2004). Violence exposure in real-life, video games,
television, movies, and the internet : is there
desensitization ? Journal of Adolescence, 27
(1), 23-39. [PDF] |
|
THOMAS, M.H. (1982). Physiological arousal, exposure to a
relatively lengthy aggressive film, and aggressive
behavior. Journal of Research in Personality, 16,
72-81. |
GENTILE, D.A., HUMPHREYS, J. & WALSH, D.A. (2005).
Media ratings for movies, music, video games &
television : A review of the research and recommendations
for improvements. Adolescent Medicine Clinics, 16,
427-446. [PDF] |
|
BAGGETT, P. & EHRENFEUCHT, A. (1983). Encoding and
retaining information in the visuals and verbals of an
educational movie. Educational Communication &
Technology Journal, 31, 23-32. |
MORI, K. (2007). A revised method for projecting two
different movies to two groups of viewers without their
noticing the duality. Behavior Research Methods, 39,
574-578. |
|
GABBARD, K.E. & GABBARD, G.O. (1985).
Countertransference in the movies. The Psychoanalytic
Review, 72 (1), 171-184. |
CHIVERS, M.L., SETO, M.C. & BLANCHARD, R. (2007).
Gender and sexual orientation differences in sexual
response to sexual activities versus gender of actors ins
exual films. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 93 (6), 1108-1121. [PDF] |
|
GABBARD, K.E. & GABBARD, G.O. (1987). The science
fiction film and psychoanalysis : Alien and Melanie
Klein’s "Night Music". In M. Charney & J .Reppen
(Eds.), Psychoanalytic approaches to literature and
film. Cranbury, NJ : Associated University Presses.
|
DIAMOND, D. (2007). Attachment disorganization and
creativity in Fanny and Alexander by Ingmar Bergman. Psychoanalytic
Inquiry, 27 (4), 474-486. |
|
GABBARD, K.E. & GABBARD, G.O. (1987). Psychiatry
and the cinema. Chicago : University of Chicago
Press. |
DIAMOND, D. (2007). Passion for survival in Polanski’s The
Pianist. Psychoanalytic Inquiry, 27 (4),
425-439. |
|
GABBARD, G.O. & GABBARD, K.E. (1989). The female
psychoanalyst in the movies. Journal of the American
Psychoanalytic Association, 37 (4), 1031-1049. |
DAHL, G. & DELLAVIGNA, S. (2009). Does movie violence
increase violent crime ? Quarterly Journal of
Economics, 124, 677-734. [PDF] |
|
COHEN, A.J. (1990). Understanding musical soundtracks. Empirical
Studies of the Arts, 8 (2), 111-124. |
WESSEL, I., HUNTJENS, R.J.C. & VERWOERD, J.R.L.
(2010). Cognitive control and suppression of memories of
an emotional film. Journal of Behavior Therapy &
Experimental Psychiatry, 41 (2), 83-89. |
|
THOMPSON, W.F., RUSSO, F.A. & SINCLAIR, D. (1994).
Effects of underscoring on the perception of closure in
filmed events. Psychomusicology, 13, 9-27. |
ERISMAN, S.M. & ROEMER, L. (2010). A preliminary
investigation of the effects of experimentally-induced
mindfulness on emotional responding to film clips. Emotion,
10 (1), 72-82. [PDF] |
BUTLER, L.D., KOOPMAN, C. & ZIMBARDO, P.G. (1995). The
psychological impact of the film JFK : emotions, beliefs,
and political behavioral intentions. Political
Psychology16, 237–257.
|
|
|
ANDERSON, C.A. (1997). Effects of violent movies and trait
hostility on hostile feelings and aggressive thoughts. Aggressive
Behavior, 23, 161-178. |
WADE, N.J. (2013). The experimental origins of cinema,
stereo and their combination. PUBLIC, Art, Culture,
Ideas, 24, 60-71. |
|
SMITH, S.M., McINTOSH, W.D. & BAZZINI, D.G. (1999).
Are the beautiful good in Hollywood ? An investigation of
the beauty-and-goodness stereotype on film. Basic
& Applied Social Psychology, 21 (1), 69-80.
[PDF] |
DE PATER, I., JUDGE, T.A. & SCOTT, B.A. (2014). Age,
gender, and compensation : A study of Hollywood
movie stars. Journal of Management Inquiry, 23
(4), 407-420. |
|
PENNELL, A.E. & BROWNE, K.D. (1999). Film violence and
young offenders. Aggression & Violent Behavior, 4,
13-28. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Télévision,
Média et Musique |
|
|
|
|
Circoncision
: Chirurgie
qui consiste en l'ablation totale ou partielle du prépuce (souvent
en bas âge). Circoncision,
religion et pénis.
Circumcision.
| |
|
|
TADDIO, A., KATZ, J., ILERSICH, A.L. & KOREN, G.
(1997). Effect of neonatal circumcision on pain response
during subsequent routine vaccination. Lancet, 349, 599-603. |
| CARPENTER,
M.B. & SUTIN, J. (1983). Human neuroanatomy.
Londres : Williams & Wilkins. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Citalopram
:
|
|
|
| |
KORAN, L.M., CHUONG, H.W., BULLOCK, K.D. & SMITH, S.C.
(2003). Citalopram for compulsive shopping disorder : An
open-label study followed by double-blind discontinuation.
Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 64, 793-798. |
|
KORAN, L.M., BULLOCK, K., HARTSON, H. J., ELLIOTT, M.A.
& D'ANDREA, V. (2002). Citalopram treatment of
compulsive shopping : An open-label study. Journal of
Clinical Psychiatry, 63, 704-708. |
|
|
Voir aussi Transgenre |
|
|
Citation
: En science,
source qu'un
chercheur cite dans son ouvrage pour appuyer ses idées, son
hypothèse. Généralement, la source est partiellement nommé dans le
texte (auteur + année de publication), puis présentée de manière
complète en références à la fin du texte (auteur + année + titre +
éditeur). Ces sources sont généralement de nature scientifique.
Voir Citer ses sources ou
Index de citation
scientifique. Citation.
|
|
|
| |
SMALL, H. (1999). Visualizing science by citation mapping.
Journal of the American Society for Information
Science, 50, 799-813. |
|
ZHAO, D. & LOGAN, E. (2002). Citation analysis using
scientific publications on the Web as data source : A case
study in the XML research area. Scientometrics, 54 (3),
449-472. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi
Source scientifique |
|
|
|
|
Cité Laïque : Revue
du Mouvement laïque
québécois (MLQ).
|
Citer ce lexique : Cliquez ici 
|
Citer ses sources : En science,
obligation faite au chercheur
qui rédige un ouvrage
scientifique de citer ses sources
primaires et secondaires.
La citation des sources
est un critère de
scientificité; omettre de les citer est une erreur grave et
généralement considéré comme un plagiat.
En psychologie, on
cite ses sources selon les normes
et le format de citation l'APA. Citer ses souces, référence
et notice.
Citation analysis, scientific citation.
|
|
On cite ses sources pour :
|
- Appuyer nos propres idées.
- Permettre aux lecteurs de vérifier la valeur de nos
arguments et
de nos interprétations.
- Permettre aux lecteurs
de trouver rapidement nos
sources.
- Donner crédit à ceux et celles qui ont contribué à
l'avancement des
connaissances.
- Éviter le plagiat.
|
| |
|
|
GARFIELD, E. (1972). Citation analysis as a tool in
journal evaluation : Journals can be ranked by frequency
and impact of citations for journal policy studies. Science,
178, 471-479. |
EGGHE, L. & ROUSSEAU, R. (2002). Co-citation,
bibliographic coupling and a characterization of lattice
citation networks. Scientometrics, 55 (3),
349-361. |
|
BOOR, M. (1982). The citation impact factor : Another
dubious index of journal quality. American
Psychologist, 37, 975-977. |
GARFIELD, E. (2003). The meaning of the impact factor. International
Journal of Clinical & Health Psychology, 3, 363-
369. |
|
MacROBERTS, M.H. & MacROBERTS, B.R. (1989). Problems
of citation analysis : A critical review. The Journal
of the American Society for Information Science &
Technology, 40 (5), 342-349. |
ADAIR, J.G. & VOHRA, N. (2003). The explosion of
knowledge, references and citations : Psychology’s unique
response to a crisis. American Psychologist, 58 (1),
15-23. [PDF] |
|
BERGHMANS, T., MEERT, A.P., PAESMANS, M., LAFITTE, J.J.
& SCULIER, J.P. (2003). Citation indexes do not
reflect methodological quality in lung cancer randomized
trials. Annals of Oncology, 14, 71-721. |
|
ROBINS, R.W. & CRAIK, K.H. (1993). Is there a citation
bias in the judgment and decision literature ?
Organizational Behavior & Human Decision Processes,
54, 225-244. |
RYAN, T.P. & WOODALL, W.H. (2005). The most-cited
statistical papers. Journal of Applied Statistics, 32
(5), 461-474. [PDF] |
|
MOED, H. F. (2005). Citation analysis in research
evaluation. Springer Verlag. |
|
ELLIOTT, A.J., MORGAN, K., FUQUA, R.W., EHRHARDT, K. &
POLING, A. (2005). Self-and cross-citations in the Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis and the Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior : 1993-2003. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 38 (4), 559-563. [PDF]
|
|
STIGLER, S.M. (1994). Citation patterns in the Journals of
Statistics and Probability. Statistical Science, 9 (1),
94-108. [PDF] |
CARR J.E. & STEWART, K.K. (2005). citation performance
of behaviorally oriented journals. The Behavior
Analyst Today, 6 (2), 83-87. [PDF] |
|
BORNMANN, L. & DANIEL, H.-D. (2006). What do citation
counts measure ? A review of studies on citing behavior. Journal
of Documentation, 64, 45-80. |
|
SALZINGER, K. (1994). The one with the most citations
wins. American Psychologist, 49, 816. |
GLÄNZEL, W., DEBACKERE, K., THIJS, B. & SCHUBERT, A.
(2006). A concise review on the role of author self-
citations in information science, bibliometrics and
science policy, Scientometrics, 67 (2),
263-277. |
|
GREENWALD, A.G. & SCHUH, E.S. (1994). An ethnic bias
in scientific citations. European Journal of Social
Psychology, 24, 623-639. [PDF] |
LEUNG, K. (2007). The glory and tyranny of citation impact
: An East Asian perspective. The Academy of
Management Journal, 50, 510-513. |
|
ADAMS, J. (2008). Early citation counts correlate with
cumulative impact. Scientometrics, 63, 567-581. |
|
SHADISH, W.R., TOLLIVER, D., GRAY, M. & SEN GUPTA,
S.K. (1995). Author judgments about works they cite :
Three studies from psychology journals. Social
Studies of Science, 25, 477-498. |
WRIGHT, M. & ARMSTRONG, M. (2008). The ombudsman :
verification of citations : fawlty towers of knowledge.
Interfaces, 38 (2), 125-132. |
|
ROBINS, R.W., GOSLING, S.D. & CRAIK, K.H. (1998).
Psychological science at the crossroads. American
Scientist, 86, 310-313. [PDF] |
MARTIN, B. (2008). Comment : citation shortcomings :
peccadilloes or plagiarism ? Interfaces, 38 (2),
136-137.
[LIRE] |
|
|
Voir aussi
Plagiat, Tricher,
Normes et le
format de l'APA et
Fraude scientifique |
| |
|
|
Citer ses sources dans le texte : Consiste pour un auteur à inclure directement dans son texte ou entre parenthèses les références
partielles à ses sources
primaires et secondaires.
Généralement, une référence contient le nom
de l'auteur cité ainsi que l'année
de publication de son ouvrage. Les notices
complètes de tous les ouvrages cités sont disponibles dans la
section références/bibliographie à la toute fin de de l'ouvrage.
Cette méthode est en usage en psychologie
et dans la plupart des sciences de la nature. =
méthode auteur-date, méthode scientifique, méthode APA.
|
Sexualité
et pouvoir sont généralement traités comme des
domaines séparés
(Hearn et Parkins, 1983).
|
Selon
Hearn et Parkins (1983) sexualité
et pouvoir sont généralement traités comme des
domaines séparés. |
|
Citer ses sources en bas de page : Consiste pour un auteur
à indiquer ses sources
dans le texte au moyen de chiffres- les appels de note - lesquels
chiffres renvoient le lecteur au bas de la page, qui fournit alors
la référence
complète ou partielle des ouvrages
cités dans cette page. Cette méthode est en usage en histoire
et en philosophie. = Appel de note,
méthode classique, méthode européenne.
|
Still,
for a long time, nothing of the magnitude of the works
of Donald P. Little, the late Ulrich Maramann and Li
Guo on Turkish Mamluk period (649-922/1250-1382)
historiography had been undertaken with regard to that
of the early Circassian era (roughly, the reign of
Barquq), particularly concerning Syria.1
Recent research has remedied
this shortcoming.2
|
1 D.P. Little, An Introduction to Mamluk
Historiography : An Analysis of Arabic Annalistic and
Biographical Sources for the Reign of al-Malik an-Nasir
Muhammad ibn Qala’un. Montréal : McGill-Queen’s
University Press, 1970. 2. D.C. Reismann, A Holograph
MS of Ibn Qadi Shuhbah's Dhayl, Mamluk Studies Review,
2 (1998), pp.19-49.
|
| *Cet extrait est une
gracieuseté de Sami
Massoud |
|
Citer ses sources à la fin du texte : Consiste pour l'auteur
à fournir au lecteur, à la toute fin de son texte, en ordre
alphabétique, l'ensemble des notices
des sources qui
ont servi à la rédaction. 1)
Article; 2)
Livre; 3) Chapitre de livre; 4)
Autres formats :
Voir ce site. = références,
bibliographie.
| Exemples
APA |
| 1 |
BÉLANGER, J. (1978). Images et réalités du béhaviorisme.
Philosophiques, 5 (1), 3-110.
|
| 2 |
SKINNER, B.F. (1971). L'analyse expérimentale du
comportement. Paris : Seuil.
|
| 3 |
BEAUGRAND, J. (1988). Démarche scientifique et cycle
de la recherche. Dans M. Robert (Dir.), Fondements
et étapes de la recherche scientifique en
psychologie (p. 1-34). St-Hyacinthe : Édisem.
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
PEDEN, B.F. (1991). Teaching the importance of accuracy in
preparing references. Teaching of Psychology, 18,
102-105. |
|
|
Voir aussi Normes et
format de citation APA |
|
|
Citation textuelle : Citer textuellement : Consiste à
reproduire intégralement les propos d'un auteur entre guillemets.
Pour éviter le plagiat, il
faut également citer le nom de cet auteur, dans le texte, entre
parenthèses ou en bas de page. En science, il faut utiliser la
citation dans le texte avec parcimonie. On cite mot-à-mot les
définitions, pour ne pas en modifier la signification, les
passages flous ou nébuleux d'une sources, que l'on ne parvient pas
à paraphraser, une conclusion. = citer
mot-à-mot, ouvrir et fermer les guillemets.
| |
« Le chercheur est tenu de connaître et de
citer, avec leurs auteurs, les résultats les plus
récents déjà acquis pour situer en quoi sa recherche,
sa méthode et ses résultats constituent un apport
nouveau. » (Salomon, 2006).
|
|
|
|
Citoyenneté
: Ensemble des obligations et des devoirs
qu'il faut accomplir pour (bien) vivre en société.
Citizenship.
| |
|
|
TESSIER, C. et MC ANDREW, M. (2001). L'éducation à la
citoyennete. Dans C. Gohier et S. Laurin (Dirs.), La
formation fondamentale. Montréal : éditions
Logiques. |
|
LABELLE, M. et MARHRAOUI, A. (2002). Les enjeux de la
citoyenneté et le transnationalisme : multiplicité des
identités et des pratiques dans un contexte de double
appartenance. Dans M. Seymour (Dir.), états-nations,
multinations et organisations supranationales (p.
353-367). Montréal : Liber. |
|
XYPAS, C. (2003). Les citoyennetés scolaires.
Paris : PUF. |
|
DUBET, F. (2005). La citoyenneté à l'école : mutations
croisées, dans Les mutations de l'école. Dans M. Fournier
et V. Troger (Dirs.), Le regard des sociologues
(p. 139-152). Auxerre Cedex : éditions Sciences Humaines. |
|
|
|
|
Civilisation : De civis qui signifie «citoyen» et de civitas
qui veut dire «cité». Culture qui s'avère
assez bien organisée
pour durer et laisser des traces de son essor intellectuel,
social, moral et économique. Pour de nombreux historiens, cette
culture gravite autour d'un noyau composé minimalement d'une
langue (tradition orale et écrite) et d'un ensemble de règles
communes (mais pas nécessairement une origine ou un terroitoire
commun). À ce sujet, Freud
a dit : «Le premier homme à jeter une insulte plutôt qu’une pierre
est le fondateur de la civilisation». EX:
Civilisation chinoise.
Civilization.
| |
|
|
DURKHEIM, E. & MAUSS, M. (1913). Note sur la notion de
civilisation. L'Année Sociologique, 12, 46-50. |
KROEBER, A.L. (1973). Style and civilization.
Ithaca : Greenwood Publishing Group. |
|
NIEBUHR, R. (1941). Does civilization need religion ?
New York : Macmillan. |
CHANG, K.C. (1982). Shang civilization. New
Haven : Yale University Press. |
|
TOYNBEE, A. (1948). Civilization on trial. New
York : Oxford University Press. |
BRAUDEL, F. (1994). A history of civilizations. London
: Penguin Books. |
|
TOYNBEE, A. (1959). Hellenism : The history of a
civilization. Oxford : Oxford University Press. |
HUNTINGTON, S.P. (1996/2000). The clash of
civilizations and the remaking of world order. Simon
& Shuster / Le choc des civilisations. Paris
: Odile Jacob. |
|
BURKITT, I. (1996). Civilization and ambivalence. The
British Journal of Sociology, 47 (1), 135-150. |
|
FLETCHER, J. (1997). Violence and civilization. An
introduction to the work of Norbert Elias.
Cambridge : Polity Press. |
|
COULBORN, R. (1959). Origins of civilized societies. Princeton
: Princeton University Press. |
SCHÄFER W. (2001). Global ciivilization and local cultures
& A crude look at the whole. International
Sociology, 16 (3), 301-319. |
|
BAGBY, P. (1963). Culture and history : Prolegomena
to the comparative study of civilizations. Berkeley
: University of California Press. |
HALL, M . & JACKSON, P. (Eds) (2007). Civilizational
identity : The production and reproduction of
"civilizations" in international relations. New
York : Palgrave MacMillan. |
|
COCHRAN, G. & HARPENDING, H. (2009). The 10,000
year explosion : How civilization accelerated human
evolution. New York : Basic Books. |
|
MARCUSE, H. (1969). Eros and civilization. London
: Penguin. |
WEI, R. (2011). Civilization and culture. Globality
Studies Journal, 24, 1-9.
[PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Culture |
|
|
Civisme
: Ensemble des principes
et des règles du savoir-vivre en société.
EX: On fait preuve de civisme lorsque l'on
remercie une personne qui nous aide. Civisme et civisme
en classe.
Civility.
|
|
CI -
CLAIRVOYANCE - CLAPARÈDE
- CLARK - CLASSE
- CLAUSTROPHOBIE
- CLAY - CLÉMENT -
CLIENT - CLIVAGE -
CLO - CLUTTON-BROCK -
CO |
| CLAAC
: Classe d'apprentissage actif. Voir Classe
inversée. Inverted classroom, flipped
classroom, flip, reversing the lecture/homework paradigm. |
Clade
: Du grec clados, qui signifie "branche".
Cladistic classification, cladistic analysis.
| |
|
|
BRACE, C.L. (1988). Punctuationism, cladistics and the
legacy of medieval neoplatonism. Human Evolution, 3 (3),
121-138. |
|
GRIFFITHS, P.E. (1994). Cladistic classification &
functional explanation. Philosophy of Science, 61
(2), 206-227. [PDF] |
|
ARGUE, D., MORWOOD, M.J., SUTIKNA, T., JATMIKO &
SAPTOMO, E.W. (2009). Homo floresiensis : a cladistic
analysis. Journal of Human Evolution, 57 (5),
623-639. |
|
|
|
Claes Michel ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste
québécois et professeur à l'Université
de Montréal. Il s'intéresse plus particulièrement au développement
psychosocial des
adolescents. Collaborateur de Tremblay
et Vitaro.
 |
CLAES, M. (1996). L'expérience adolescente.
Bruxelles : Pierre Mardaga éditeur. |
|
CLAES, M. (2001). L'univers social des adolescents.
Montréal : Presses de l’Université de Montréal. |
|
LACOURSE, E., NAGIN, D., TREMBLAY, R.E., VITARO, F. &
CLAES, M. (2003). Developmental trajectories of boys
delinquent group membership and facilitation of violent
behaviors during adolescence. Development &
Psychopathology, 15, 183-197. |
|
MIRANDA, D. & CLAES, M. (2004). Rap music genres and
deviant behaviors in French-Canadian adolescents. Journal
of Youth & Adolescence, 33 (2), 113-122. |
|
CLAES, M. (2005). L'adolescence dans le cours de
l'existence humaine : enjeux développementaux et défis
sociaux. In J. Zabalia (Dir.), Adolescences
d'aujourd'hui (pp. 32-46). Rennes : Presses de
l'Université de Rennes. |
|
|
|
|
Clairvoyance
: Forme de perception
extra-sensorielle. Il s'agit en fait d'une croyance, donc d'une pseudophénomène
qui consisterait en la capacité de percevoir les objets
et les événements sans recourir à nos sens,
le plus souvent avant même qu'ils ne se produisent.
Clairvoyance et parapsychologie.
Clairvoyance, extra-sensory-perception.
| |
|
|
HANSEL, C.E.M. (1959). Experimental evidence for
extra-sensory-perception. Nature, 184 (S19),
1515-1516. |
|
HANSEL, C.E.M. (1966). ESP : A scientific evaluation.
New York : Charles Scribner's Sons. |
|
SCHMIDT, H. (1969). Clairvoyance tests with a machine.
Journal of Parapsychology, 33, 300-306. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Perception
extra-sensorielle, Croyance
ésotérique et Pseudophénomène |
| |
|
|
Clandestinité : Individu ou groupe
qui opère en secret, à l'insu de tous, dans l'ombre.
Clandestinité, maquis et complot.
|
Claparède Edouard (Genève 1873-1940 Genève) : Médecin,
psychologue et pédagogue
suisse. Il a étudié le sommeil
et le développement
cognitif. Il suggère que la pensée
se développe par essais et erreurs. Il fut longtemps directeur du
laboratoire de psychologie à la faculté des sciences de
l'Université de Genève. Il a grandement influencé Piaget.
Professeur d'Inhelder.
Collaborateur de Bovet et Rey.
 |
CLAPARÈDE, E. (1903). L'association des idées.
Paris : Doin. |
|
CLAPARÈDE, E. (1920/1953). L'école sur mesure. Genève
: Payot/Neuchâtel et Paris : Delachaux et Niestlé. |
|
CLAPARÈDE, E. (1923). Comment diagnostiquer les
aptitudes des écoliers. Paris : Flammarion. |
|
CLAPARÈDE, E. (1934). Le sentiment d'infériorité chez
l'enfant. Les cahiers de pédagogie expérimentale et
de psychologie de l'enfant. Genève : Université de
Genève. Institut des sciences de l'éducation. |
|
CLAPARÈDE, E. (1968). L'éducation fonctionnelle.
Neuchâtel : Delachaux & Niestlé. |
|
|
|
|
Clarification : Technique
thérapeutique non
directive, développée par les humanistes,
qui consiste à encourager le client
à préciser la nature de ses
expériences. L'objectif de cette technique est d'amener le
client à préciser ou approfondir sa pensée, tout en évitant de
poser un jugement
sur la nature de ses expériences.
NDLR : En français, «clarifier» signifie
rendre plus clair. On peut clarifier une sauce en ajoutant du
bouillon. Dans ce contexte, les mots «éclaircir» ou
«éclaricssement» seraient sans doute plus indiqués. =
reformulation par éclaircissement. Clarification,
reformulation et écoute
active.
|
|
|
Clark Andy ( ) : Philosophe
écossais. Ses travaux portent notamment sur le langage
et la relation entre la cognition
et le milieu. Collaborateur de Chalmers
 |
CLARK, A. & KARMILOFF-SMITH, A. (1993). The cognizer's
innards : A psychological and philosophical perspective on
the development of thought. Mind & Language, 8 (4),
487-519. [PDF] |
|
CLARK, A. & CHALMERS, D. (1998). The extended mind.
Analysis, 58 (1), 7-19. [PDF] |
|
CLARK, A. (1999). Minimal rationalism. Mind, 102
(408), 587-610. [PDF] |
|
CLARK, A. (2001). Visual experience and motor action : Are
the bonds too tight ? Philosophical Review, 110, 1-41.
[PDF] |
|
CLARK, A. (2006). Language, embodiment and the cognitive
niche. Trends in Cognitive Science, 10 (8),
370-374. [PDF]
+ [PDF]
|
|
|
|
|
Clark
David A. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste américain, d'origine
canadienne, spécialisé dans l'étude de la dépression.
Étudiant de Beck.
 |
CLARK, D.A. & BECK, A.T. & ALFORD, B. (1999).
Scientific foundations of cognitive theory and therapy of
depression. New York : John Wiley & Sons. |
|
CLARK, D.A. (2000). Cognitive behavior therapy for
obsessions and compulsions : New applications and emerging
trends. Journal of Contemporary Psychotherapy, 30,
129-147. |
|
CLARK, D.M. (2001). A cognitive perspective on social
phobia. In W.R. Crozier & L.E. Alden (Eds.), International handbook of social anxiety : Concepts, research and
interventions relating to the self and shyness. John
Wiley & Sons Ltd. [PDF] |
|
CLARK, D.A. & BECK, A.T. (2002). Clark-Beck
Obsessive Compulsive Inventory. San Antonio, TX :
The Psychological Corporation. |
|
CLARK, D.A. (2004). Cognitive behavior therapy of OCD.
New York : Guilford Press. |
|
|
|
Clark David M. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste américain,
d'origine anglaise, spécialisé dans l'étude des troubles
paniques, de la phobie
sociale, de l'anxiété
et du syndrome
posttraumatique. Collaborateur de Arntz,
Barlow,
Crozier, Ehlers,
Ehring Hollon,
Fairburn,
Foa, Freeston,
Garety, Ost, Rapee,
Salkovskis, Shafran,
Stopa, Wells, Williams
et Wilson.
 |
CLARK, D.M. (1986). A cognitive approach to panic. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 24, 461-470. |
|
CLARK, D.M., SALKOVSKIS, P.M., HACKMAN, A.,
MIDDLETON, H., ANASTASIADES, P. & GELDER, M. (1994). A
comparison of cognitive therapy, applied relaxation, and
imipramine in the treatment of panic disorder. British
Journal of Psychiatry, 164, 759-769. |
|
CLARK, D.M. (1999). Anxiety disorders : why they persist
and how to treat them. Behaviour Research &
Therapy, 37, 5-27. [PDF]
|
|
CLARK, D.M. (2001). A cognitive perspective on social
phobia. In W.R. Crozier & L.E. Alden (Eds.), International
handbook of social anxiety : Concepts, research and
interventions relating to the self and shyness. John
Wiley & Sons Ltd. [PDF] |
|
CLARK, D.M. (2004). Developing new treatments : on the
interplay between theories, experimental science and
clinical innovation. Behaviour Research &
Therapy, 42 (9), 1089-1104. |
|
|
|
Clark Fogle C. ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste américain
et spécialiste de l'étude de l'évitement.
|
CLARK, F.C. (1959). Some quantitative properties of
operant extinction data. Psychological Reports, 5,
131-139. |
|
CLARK, F.C. (1961). Avoidance conditioning in the
chimpanzee. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 4 (4), 393-395. [PDF] |
|
CLARK, F.C. & HULL, L.D. (1966). Free operant
avoidance as a function of the response-shock =
shock-shock interval. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 9 (6), 641-647. [PDF] |
|
CLARK, F.C., LANGE, K.O. & BELLEVILLE, R.E. (1973).
Behavioral regulation of gravity : schedule effects under
escape-avoidance procedures. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 20 (3),
345-353. [PDF] |
|
CLARK, F.C. & SMITH, J.B. (1977). Schedules of food
postponement : II. Maintenance of behavior by food
postponement and effects of the schedule parameter Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 28 (3),
253-269. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Clark Herbert H. (Deadwood États-Unis 1940-) : Psychologue
cognitiviste américain,
spécialisé dans l'étude de la relation entre la mémoire,
les processus
cognitifs et le langage.
Collaborateur de Fox Tree, Higgins
et Tversky.
|
CLARK, H.H. (1968). On the use and meaning of
prepositions. Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal
Behavior, 7, 421-431. |
|
CLARK, H.H. (1969). The influence of language in solving
three-term series problems. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 82, 205-215. |
|
CLARK, H.H. & CHASE, W.G. (1972). On the process of
comparing sentences against pictures. Cognitive
Psychology, 3, 472-517. |
|
TVERSKY, B. & CLARK, H.H. (1993). Prepositions
are not places. Brain & Behavioral Sciences, 16
(2), 252-253. |
|
CLARK, H.H. & FOX TREE, J.E. (2002). Using uh and um
in spontaneous speaking. Cognition, 84, 73-111.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
|
Clark Kenneth Bancroft (Panama 1914-2005 Hastings-on-Hudson)
: Psychologue
et thérapeute américain, spécialiste de la thérapie
infantile et des préjugés
et du racisme. Président
de l'APA en 1971. Étudiant de
Murphy. Collaborateur de Clark.
 |
CLARK, K.B. & CLARK, M.P. (1947). Racial
identification and preference in Negro children. In T.M.
Newcomb & E.L. Hartley (Eds.), Readings in social
psychology. New York : Holt. |
|
CLARK, K.B. (1953). The effects of segregation and the
consequences of desegregation : A social science
statement. Appendix to appellants' brief : Brown v. Board
of Education of Topeka. Minnesota Law Review, 37,
427-439. |
|
CLARK, K.B. (1953). Desegregation : An appraisal of the
evidence. Journal of Social Issues, 9, 1-79. |
|
CLARK, K.B. (1965). Dark ghetto : Dilemmas of social
power. Wesleyan. |
|
CLARK, K.B. (1975). Pathos of power. Harper
Collins. |
|
|
KEPPEL. B. (2002). Kenneth B. Clark in the patterns of
American culture. American Psychologist, 57 (1),
29-37. |
|
JONES, J.M. & PETTIGREW, T.F. (2005). Kenneth B. Clark
(1914-2005) : Obituary. American Psychologist, 60
(6), 649-651. |
|
|
|
|
Clark Lee Anna ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste
américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude et le traitement de la peur
et de l'anxiété.
Collaboratrice de Mineka et
Watson.
|
CLARK, L.A. & WATSON, D. (1988). Mood and the mundane
: Relations between daily life events and self-reported
mood. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology,
54, 296-308. |
|
CLARK, L.A. & WATSON, D. (1991). Tripartite model of
anxiety and depression : Psychometric evidence and
taxonomic implications. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 100, 316-336. |
|
CLARK, L.A. & WATSON, D. & MINEKA, S. (1994).
Temperament, personality, and the mood and anxiety
disorders. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 103,
103-116. |
|
CLARK, L.A. (2005). Temperament as a unifying basis for
personality and psychopathology. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 114, 505-521. |
|
CLARK, L.A. (2009). Stability and change in personality
disorder. Current Directions in Psychological
Science, 18 (1), 27-31. |
|
|
|
|
|
Clark Richard E. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américain et spécialiste de l'étude de la motivation en
milieu scolaire et des stratégies
cognitives en enseignment. Collaborateur de Kirschner
et Sweller.
|
CLARK, R.E. & ESTES, F. (1996). Cognitive task
analysis. International Journal of Educational
Research. 25(5), 403-417. [PDF] |
|
CLARK, R.E. & ESTES, F. (1998). Technology or craft :
What are we doing ? Educational Technology, 38
(5), 5-11. [PDF] |
|
CLARK, R.E. & ESTES, F. (1999). The development of
authentic educational technologies. Educational
Technology, 39 (2), 5-16. [PDF] |
|
CLARK, R.E. (2003). Fostering the work motivation of
individuals and teams. Performance Improvement, 42
(3), 21-29. |
|
CLARK, R.E. (2009). Translating research into new
instructional technologies for higher education : The
active ingredient process. Journal of Computing in
Higher Education, 21 (1), 4-18. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Clark Robert E. ( ) : Psychiatre
américain. Collaborateur de Squire
et Zola.
|
CLARK, R.E., ZHANG, A.A. & LAVOND, D.G. (1992).
Reversible lesions of the cerebellar interpositus nucleus
during acquisition and retention of a classically
conditioned behavior. Behavioural Neuroscience, 106,
879-888. |
|
CLARK, R.E., ZOLA, S.M. & SQUIRE, L.R. (2000). Impaired
recognition memory in rats after damage to the
hippocampus. Journal of Neuroscience, 20,
8853–8860. |
|
CLARK, R.E., WEST, A.N., ZOLA, S.M. & SQUIRE, L.R.
(2001). Rats with lesions of the hippocampus are impaired
on the delayed nonmatching-to-sample task. Hippocampus,
11, 176-186. |
|
CLARK, R.E., MANNS, J.R. & SQUIRE, L.R. (2002).
Classical conditioning, awareness, and brain systems. Trends
in Cognitive Sciences, 6 (12), 524-531. [PDF] |
|
CLARK, R.E., BROADBENT, N.J. & SQUIRE, L.R. (2005).
Hippocampus and remote spatial memory in rats. Hippocampus,
15 (2), 260-272. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Clark Rodney ( ) : Psychosociologue
américain et spcialiste de l'étude du racisme.
Collaborateur de Anderson.
|
CLARK, R., ANDERSON, N.B., CLARK, V.R. & WILLIAMS,
D.R. (1999). Racism as a stressor for African Americans :
A biopsychosocial model. American Psychologist, 54
(10), 805-816. |
CLARK, R. (2000). Perceptions of interethnic group racism
predict increased vascular reactivity to a laboratory
challenge in college women.Annals of Behavioral Medicine, 22 (3),
214-222.
|
|
CLARK, R. & ANDERSON, R.B. (2001). Efficacy of
racism-specific coping styles as predictors of
cardiovascular functioning. Ethnicity & Desease, 11
(2), 286-295. |
|
|
CLARK, R. (2003). Self-reported racism and social support
predict blood pressure reactivity in Blacks. Annals of
Behavioral Medicine, 25 (2), 127-136. |
| CLARK, R. & ADAMS, J.H. (2004). Moderating
effects of perceived racism on John Henryism and blood
pressure reactivity in Black female college students.
Annals of Behavioral Medicine, 28 (2), 126-131. |
|
|
|
Clarke Simon ( ) : Sociologue
marxiste anglais et
spécialiste de l'étude de l'état
et du syndicalisme,
notamment en URSS/Russie.
|
CLARKE, S. (1979). Socialist humanism and the critique of
economism. History Workshop Journal, 8, 137-156.
[PDF]
|
|
CLARKE, S. (1983). State, class struggle and the
reproduction of capital. Kapitalistate, 10/11,113-133.
[PDF] |
|
CLARKE, S. (1990). Crisis of fordism and the crisis of
capitalism. Telos, 83, 71-98. [PDF]
|
|
CLARKE, S. & FAIRBROTHER, P. (1993). The workers'
movement in Russia. Capital & Class, 17 (1),
7-17. |
|
CLARKE, S. (2001). The globalisation of capital, crisis
and class struggle. Capital & Class, 25,
93-101. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Clarke Victoria ( ) : Psychologue
et féministe anglaise,
spécialisée dans l'étude des parents
gays et lesbiens et des
familles homosexuelles. Collaboratrice de Kitzinger.
|
CLARKE, V. (2000). Stereotype, attack and stigmatize those
who disagree : Employing scientific rhetoric in debates
about lesbian and gay parenting. Feminism &
Psychology, 10, 152-159. |
|
CLARKE, V. (2001). What about the children ? Arguments
against lesbian and gay parenting. Women's Studies
International Forum, 24, 555-570. |
|
CLARKE, V., KITZINGER, C. & POTTER, J. (2004). Kids
are just cruel anyway : Lesbian and gay parents' talk
about homophobic bullying. British Journal of Social
Psychology, 43 (4), 531-550. [PDF] |
|
CLARKE, V. & TURNER, K. (2007). Clothes maketh the
queer ? Dress, appearance and the construction of gay,
lesbian and bisexual identities. Feminism &
Psychology, 17 (2), 267-276. |
|
CLARKE, V. (2013). Introducing lesbian, gay and bisexual
appearance psychology. Psychology of Sexuality, 4
(1), 1-13. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Clarkin John F. ( ) : Psychologue
et psychanalyste
anglais, spécialiste de l'étude et du traitement de la personnalité
limite. Collaborateur de Diamond,
Frances,
Kernberg, Levy, Posner
et Yeomans.
 |
CLARKIN, J.F., HULL, J.W. & HURT, S.W. (1993). Factor
structure of borderline personality disorder criteria. Journal
of Personality Disorders, 5/7, 137-143. |
|
CLARKIN, J.F., FOELSCH, P.A., LEVY, K.N., HULL, J.W.,
DELANEY, J.C. & KERNBERG, O.F. (2001). The development
of a psychodynamic treatment for patients with borderline
personality disorder : A preliminary study of behavioral
change. Journal of Personality Disorders, 15
(6), 487-495.
[PDF] |
|
CLARKIN, J.F. & POSNER, M. (2005). Defining the
mechanisms of borderline personality disorder. Psychopathology,
38, 56-63. [PDF] |
|
CLARKIN, J.F., YEOMANS, F.E., LENZENWEGER, M.F., LEVY,
K.L. & KERNBERG, O.F. (2007). An object relations
model of borderline pathology. Journal of Personality
Disorders, 21 (5), 474-499. [PDF] |
|
CLARKIN, J.F., LEVY, K.N., LENZENWEGER, M.F. &
KERNBERG, O.F. (2007). Evaluating three treatments for
borderline personality disorder : a multiwave study. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 164, 922-928. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Classe : Le concept a trois acceptions distinctes :
a) Fonction
cognitive qui permet de catégoriser les objets.
= classe logique, catégoriser. Class,
classification. b) Dans un contexte
scolaire, la classe est le lieu physique où se déroule l'enseignement/apprentissage.
= classe scolaire.
Class.
c)
En sociologie,
la classe est un groupe .d'individus
qui ont des intérêts communs, et qui en sont
conscients. Social class.
| |
|
| a |
|
MARRADI, A. (1990). Classification, typology,
taxonomy. Quality & Quantity, 24 (2),
129-157. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Classer |
| b |
|
SYMONDS, P.M. (1949). Classroom discipline. Teachers
College Record, 51 (3), 147-158. |
|
|
Voir aussi Classe
(scolaire) |
| c |
|
LUKACS, G. (1919/22/60). Histoire et conscience de
classe : Essai de dialectique marxiste. Éditions de
Minuit : Paris. [PDF] |
|
PARKIN, F. (1967). Working class conservatism : the theory
of political deviance. British Journal of Sociology,
18, 278-290. |
|
|
|
Classe : Classer : Classement : Classer est une fonction
cognitive qui consiste à regrouper en une même catégorie,
et parfois sous un même vocable (nommer),
un ensemble d'objets
qui partage au moins une caractéristique/propriété (abstraire).
Pour les psychologues cognitivistes, il s'agit d'une fonction
cognitive. Les cognitivistes
américains lui préférent généralement le terme de catégorisation.
( ) : Voir tableau ci-dessous.
= catégorie. Class,
classification.
| |
|
|
MARRADI, A. (1990). Classification, typology, taxonomy. Quality
& Quantity, 24 (2), 129-157. [PDF] |
|
CHALON-BLANC, A. (2005). Inventer, compter et
classer. De Piaget aux débats actuels. Paris :
Armand Colin. |
|
|
Voir aussi Catégorie |
|
|
Classe (scolaire/école) : Dans une école,
un cégep ou une université,
lieu spécialement aménagé pour l'enseignement
d'un-e matière/ cours et
l'apprentissage des élèves/étudiants.
Certaines écoles sont dotées de tableaux
blancs et d'ordinateurs
équipés de logiciels
éducatifs, de tutoriels,
de sites
internet pédagogiques et autres technologies
(tics). Une classe peut également servir à l'étude
et au passage des examens.
= salle de cours, lieu d'enseignement,
milieu d'apprentissage. Classroom, classroom
menagement, learning environement, education setting.
| |
|
|
SYMONDS, P.M. (1949). Classroom discipline. Teachers
College Record, 51 (3), 147-158. |
STROMBERG, G. & CHAPPELL, M. (1990). Where have all
the classrooms gone ? Journal of Precision Teaching,
7 (1), 1-4. |
|
HARPER, L. & WRIGHT, B.D. (1958). Dealing with
emotional problems in the classroom. The Elementary
School Journal, 58, 316-325. |
BRESSOUX, P. (1990). Méthodes pédagogiques et interactions
verbales dans la classe : Quel impact sur les élèves de CP
? Revue Française de Pédagogie, 93, 17-25. [PDF] |
|
ZIMMERMAN, E.H. & ZIMMERMAN, B.J. (1962). The
alteration of behavior in a special classroom situation. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 5 (1),
59-60.
[PDF] |
BROOKFIELD, S.D. (1990). The skillful teacher : On
technique, trust, and responsiveness in the classroom. San
Francisco : Jossey-Bass. |
|
BENJAMIN, L.T. (1991). Personalization and active learning
in the large introductory psychology class. Teaching
of Psychology, 18, 68–74. |
|
QUAY, H.C., WERRY, J.S., McQUENN, M. & SPRAGUE, R.L.
(1966). Remediation of the conduct problem child in the
special class setting. Exceptional Children, 32 (8),
509-515. |
TROTT, M.C., MAECHTLEN, A.D. & BIENARZ, S.A. (1991).
Organizing your special education classroom with precision
teaching. Journal of Precision Teaching, 8 (1),
34-39. |
|
O’LEARY, K.D. & BECKER, W.C. (1967). Behavior
modification of an adjustment class : a token
reinforcement system. Exceptional Children, 33, 637-642. |
DUPAUL, G.J., GUEVREMONT, D.C. & BARLEY, R.A. (1992).
Behavioral treatment of attention-deficit hyperactivity
disorder in the classroom : The use of the Attention
Training System. Behavior Modification, 16,
204-225. |
|
BECKER, W.C. (1967). Behavior modification of an
adjustment class : A token reinforcement program. Exceptional
Children, 33 (9), 637-642. |
GORHAM, J. & CHRISTOPHEL, D. (1992). Student's
perceptions of teacher behaviors as motivating and
demotivating factors in college classes. Communication
Ouarterly, 40, 239-252. |
|
SEGAL, N.L. & RUSSELL, J.M. (1992). Twins in the
classroom : School policy issues and recommendations. Journal
of Educational & Psychological Consultation, 3,
69- 84. |
|
O’LEARY, K.D & DRABMAN, R. (1967). Token reinforcement
programs in the classroom : A review. Psychological
Bulletin, 6, 379-398. |
STROMER, R., MACKAY, H.A. & STODDARD, L.T. (1992).
Classroom applications of stimulus equivalence technology.
Journal of Behavioral Education, 2, 225-256. |
|
SOMMER, R. (1967). Classroom ecology. Journal of
Applied Behavioral Science, 3, 489-503. |
AMES, C. (1992). Classrooms : goals structures, and
student motivation. Journal of Educational Psychology,
84, 261-274. [PDF] |
|
BECKER, W.C., MADSEN, C.H., CAROLE, R.C. & THOMAS,
D.R. (1968). The contingent use of teacher attention and
praise in reducing classroom behavior problems. Journal
of Special Education, 1, 287-307. |
TAKEMURA, K. (1993). The effect of interpersonal
sentiments on behavioral intention of helping behavior
among japanese students. The Journal of Social
Psychology, 133, 675-681. |
|
HALL, R.V., PANYAN, M., RABON, D. & BRODEN, M. (1968).
Instructing beginning teachers in reinforcement procedures
that improve classroom control. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 1 (4), 315-322. [PDF] |
DICKMAN, C.B. (1993). Gender differences and instructional
discrimination in the classroom. Journal of
Invitational Theory & Practice, 2, 35-42. |
|
WOLF, M.M., GILES, D.K. & HALL, R.V. (1968).
Experiments with token reinforcement in a remedial
classroom. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 6,
51-64. |
NICHOLSON, D. & ANDERSON, J. (1993). A time and place
for observations : Talking with primary teachers about
classroom assessment. Alberta Journal of Educational
Research, 39, 363-374. |
|
SWIFT, M.S. & SPIVAK, G. (1968). The assessment of
achievement-related classroom behavior. Journalof
Special Education, 2, 137-149. |
COHEN, E.G. & LOTAN, R.A. (1995). Producing
equal-status interaction in the heterogeneous classroom. American
Educational Research Journal, 32 (1), 99-120. |
|
MADSEN, C., BECKER, W.C. & THOMAS, D. (1968). Rules,
praise, and ignoring : Elements of elementary classroom
control. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 1
(2), 139-150. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
JONES, V. & JONES, L. (1995). Comprehensive
classroom management. Boston : Allyn & Bacon. |
|
ENRIGHT, S.M. & AXELROD, S. (1995). Peer-tutoring :
applied behavior analysis working in the classroom. School
Psychology Quarterly, 10 (1), 29-40. |
|
ROSENTHAL, R. & JACOBSON, L. (1968). Pygmalion
in the classroom. Holt-Rinehart-Winston. |
HOWELL, K.W. & LORSON-HOWELL, K.A. (1995). What's the
hurry ? Fluency in the classroom. Journal of
Precision Teaching, 12 (2), 24-28. |
|
THOMAS, D.R., BECKER, W.C. & ARMSTRONG, M. (1968).
Production and elimination of disruptive classroom
behavior by systematically varying teacher’s behavior.
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 1 (1), 35-45.
[PDF] |
UMBREIT, J. (1995). Functional assessment and intervention
in a regular classroom setting for the disruptive behavior
of a student with attention deficit hyperactivity
disorder. Behavioral Disorders, 20 (4), 267-278. |
|
|
HALL, R.V., PANYAN, M., RABON, D. & BRODEN, M. (1968).
Instructing beginning teachers in reinforcement procedures
which improve classroom control. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 1 (4), 315-322. [PDF] |
WILKS, R. (1996). Classroom management in primary schools
: A review of the literature. Behaviour Change, 13,
20-32. |
|
BUSHELL, D., WROBEL, P.A. & MICHAELIS, M.L. (1968).
Applying "group" contingencies to the classroom study
behavior of preschool children Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 1 (1), 55-61. [PDF] |
JONES, V. (1996). Classroom management. In J. Sikula, T.
Buttery & E. Guiton (Eds.), Handbook of research
on teacher education. New York : Macmillan. |
|
LEE, D.L. & BELFIORE, P.J. (1997). Enhancing classroom
performance : A review of reinforcement schedules.
Journal of Behavioral Education, 7, 205–217. |
|
MADSEN, C.H., BECKER, W.C. & THOMAS, D.R. (1968).
Rules, praise, and ignoring : elements of elementary
classroom control. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 1 (2), 139-150. [PDF] |
WITT, J., NOELL, G., LAFLEUR, L. & MORTENSON B.
(1997). Teacher use of interventions in generals :
Measurement and analysis of the independent variable. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 30 (4), 693-696. [PDF] |
|
ANDERMAN, E.M. & JOHNSTON, J. (1998). TV news in the
classroom : What are adolescents learning ? Journal of
Adolescent Research, 13, 73-100. |
|
CHRISMAN, N.R. & HARVEY, F. J. (1998). Extending the
classroom. Journal of Geography in Higher Education,
22 (1), 11-18. |
|
JACKSON, P.W. (1968). Life in classrooms. New
York : Holt, Rinehart et Winston. |
LATHAM, G.I. (1998). Keys to classroom management. Logan
: P & Tink. |
|
HALL R.V., LUND, D. & JACKSON, D. (1968). Effects of
teacher attention on study behavior. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 1 (1), 1-12. [PDF] |
RHEM, J. (1999). Pygmalion in the classroom. The
National Teaching & Learning Forum, 8 (2), 1-4. |
|
WARD, M.H. & BAKER, B.L. (1968). Reinforcement therapy
in the classroom. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 1 (4), 323-328.
[PDF] |
HILTON, J.L. (1999). Teaching large classes. In B.
Perlman, L.I. McCann & S.H. McFadden (Eds.), Lessons
learned : Practical advice for the teaching of
psychology (pp. 115-120). Washington, DC : American
Psychological Association. |
|
BURCHFIELD, C.M. & SAPPINGTON, J. (2000). Compliance
with required reading assignments. Teaching of
Psychology, 27, 58-60. |
|
WERRY, J.S. & QUAY, H.C. (1969). Observing the
classroom behavior of elementary school children.
Exceptional Child, 35 (6), 461-470. |
SMITH, E.A. (2000). Applying knowledge-enabling methods in
the classroom and in the workplace. Journal of
Workplace Learning, 12 (6), 236-244. |
|
SIBLEY, S.A., ABBOTT, M.S. & COOPER. B.P. (1969).
Modification of the classroom behavior of a disadvantaged
kindergarten boy by social reinforcement and isolation. Journal
of Experimental Child Psychology, 7 (2), 203-219. |
CHALL, J.S. (2000). The academic achievement
challenge what really works in the classroom ? New
York : Guilford Press. |
|
SCHMIDDT, G.W. & ULRICH, R.E. (1969). Effects of group
contingent events upon classroom noise. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 2 (3), 171–179. [PDF]
|
HANDLER, M.W. & PUTNAN, R.F. (2000). Classroom
observation system. Randolph, MA : The May
Institute Inc. |
|
McALLISTER, L.W., STACHOWIAK, J.G., BAER, D.M. &
CONDERMAN, L. (1969). The application of operant
conditioning techniques in a secondary school classroom. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 2 (4), 277–285. [PDF]
|
ZANDVLIET, D.B. & STAKER, L.M. (2001). Physical and
psychological aspects of the learning environment in
information technology rich classrooms. Ergonomics,
44, 838-857. |
|
OSBORNE, J.G. (1969). Free time as a reinforcer in the
management of classroom behavior. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 2 (2), 113-118. [PDF] |
OSBORNE, J.F. (2001). Promoting argument in the science
classroom : A rhetorical perspective. Canadian
Journal of Science, Mathematics & Technology
Education, 1 (3), 271-290. |
|
BARRISH, H.H., SAUNDERS, M. & WOLF M.M. (1969). Good
behavior game : effects of individual contingencies for
group consequences on disruptive behavior in a classroom.
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 2 (2),
119-124. [PDF] |
MATHER, N. & GOLDSTEIN, S. (2001). Learning
disabilities and challenging behaviors : A guide to
intervention and classroom management. Baltimore :
Paul H. Brookes Publishing Co. |
|
SKINNER, B.F. (1969). Contingency management in the
classroom. Education, 90, 93-100. |
MARZANO, R.J., PICHERING, D.J. & POLLOCK, J.E. (2001).
Classroom instruction that works. Alexandria, VA
: AScD. |
|
BROPHY, J.E. & GOOD, T.L. (1970). Teachers'
communication of differential expectations for children's
classroom performance : Some behavioral data. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 61, 365-374. |
ABIKOFF, H., JENSEN, P.S., ARNOLD, L.L., HOZA, B.,
HECHTMAN, L., POLLACK, S., MARTIN, D., ALVIR, J., MARCH,
J.S., HINSHAW, S., VITIELLO, B., NEWCORN, J., GREINER, A.,
CANTWELL, D.P., CONNERS, C.L., ELLIOTT, G., GREENHILL,
L.L., KRAEMER, H., PELHAM, W.E., SEVERE, J.B., SWANSON,
J.M., WELLS, K. & WIGAL, T. (2002). Observed classroom
behavior of children with ADHD : Relationship to gender
and comorbidity. Journal of Abnormal Child
Psychology, 30, 349-359. |
|
|
BRODEN, M., BRUCE, C., MITCHELL, M.A., CARTER, V. &
HALL, R.V. (1970). Effects of teacher attention on
attending behavior of two boys at adjacent desks. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 3 (3), 199-203. [PDF] |
EMMER, E.T. & GERWELS, M.C. (2002). Coopertative
learning in elementary classrooms : Teaching practices and
lesson characteristics. Elementary School Journal,
103 (1), 75-91. |
|
BAILEY, J.S., WOLF, M.M. & PHILLIPS, E.L. (1970).
Home-based reinforcement and the modification of
pre-delinquents' classroom behavior. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 3 (3), 223-233. [PDF] |
WILKINSON, L.A. (2003). Using behavioral consultation to
reduce challenging behavior in the classroom.
Preventing School Failure, 47 (3), 100-105. |
|
CRAIG, H.B. & HOLLAND, A.L. (1970). Reinforcement of
visual attending in classrooms for deaf children. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 3 (2), 97-109.
[PDF] |
LOWTHER, D.L., ROSS, S.M. & MORRISSON, G.R. (2003).
The laptop classroom : The effect on instruction and
achievement. Educational Technology, Research &
Development, 51, 23-44. |
|
SCHUTTE, R.C. & HOPKINS, B.L. (1970). The effects of
teacher attention on following instructions in a
kindergarten class. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 3 (2), 117-122. [PDF] |
BALDRY, A. C. (2003). Bullying in schools and exposure to
domestic violence. Child Abuse & Neglect, 27,
713-732. |
|
BLATCHFORD, P., BAINS, E., KUTNICK, P. & MARTIN, C.
(2001). Classroom contexts : Connections between class
size and within class grouping. British Journal of
Educational Psychology, 71 (2), 283-302. |
|
HOPKINS, B.L., SCHUTTE, R.C. & GARTON, K.L. (1971).The
effects of access to a playroom on the rate and quality of
printing and writing of first and second-grade students. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 4 (2), 77-87. [PDF] |
MARZANO, R.J. & MARZANO, J.S. (2003). The key to
classroom management. Educational Leadership, 61
(3), 6 - 13.
[PDF] |
|
BERNSTEIN, B. (1971). Class, codes and control. :
Theoretical studies towards a sociology of language. Boston,
MA : Routledge and Kegan. |
CONYERS, C., MILTENBERGER, R., ROMANIUK, C., KOPP, B.
& HIMLE, M. (2003). Evaluation of DRO schedules to
reduce disruptive behavior in a preschool classroom. Child
& Family Behavior Therapy, 25, 1-6. |
|
HALL, R.V., AXELROD, S., FOUNDOPOULOS, M., SHELLMAN, J.,
CAMPBELL, R.A. & CRANSTON, S.S. (1971). The effective
use of punishment to modify behavior in the classroom. Educational
Technology, 11, 24-26. |
CONYERS, C., MILTENBERGER, R., MAKI, A., BARENZ, R.,
JURGENS, M., SAILER, A., HAUGEN, M. & KOPP, B. (2004).
A comparison of response cost and differential
reinforcement of other behavior to reduce disruptive
behavior in a preschool classroom. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 37 (3), 411-415. [PDF] |
|
O'LEARY, K.D. (1972). Behavior modification in the
classroom : A rejoinder to Winett and Winkler. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 5, 505-511. [PDF] |
BEATTY, I. (2004). Transforming student learning with
classroom communication systems. Educause Center for
Applied Research Bulletin, 3, 1-13. |
|
WINETT, R.A. & WINKLER, R.C. (1972). Current behavior
modification in the classroom : Be still, be quiet, be
docile. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 5
(4), 499-504.
[PDF] |
DIMARTINO, J. & MILES, S. (2004). Equity in the
classroom. Principal Leadership, 5 (4), 44-48. |
|
O'LEARY, K.D. & O'LEARY, S.G. (1972). Classroom
management : The successful use of behavior
modification. Pergamon Press. |
STEFANOU, C.R. PERENCEVICH, K.C., DICINTIO, M. &
TURNER, J.C. (2004). Supporting autonomy in the classroom
: Ways teachers encourage student decision making and
ownership. Educational Psychologist, 39 (2),
97-110. [PDF] |
|
GOOD, T.L. & BROPHY, J.E. (1973/94). Looking in
classrooms. New York : Harper & Row. |
HAUGLAND, S.W. (2005). Selecting or upgrading software and web sites in the classroom. Early Childhood Education Journal, 32, 329-340. |
|
HARRIS, V.W. & SHERMAN, J.A. (1973). Use and analysis
of the "good behavior game" to reduce disruptive classroom
behavior. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 6
(3), 405-417. [PDF] |
ROSE, D.H., MEYER, A. & HITCHCOCK, C. (2005). The
universally designed classroom : Accessible curriculum
and digital technologies. Cambridge, MA : Harvard
Education Press. |
|
BERNSTEIN, B. (1973). Class, codes and control. :
Applied studies towards a sociology of language.
Boston, MA : Routledge and Kegan. |
WEAVER, B.E. & NILSON, L.B. (2005). Laptops in class :
What are they good for ? What can you do with them ?
New Directions for Teaching & Learning, 101,
3-13. |
|
BAER, A.M., ROWBURY T.G. & BAER, D.M. (1973). The
development of instructional control over classroom
activities of deviant preschool children. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 6 (2), 289-298. [PDF] |
SUSSKIND, J.E. (2005). PowerPoint’s power in the classroom
: enhancing students’ self-efficacy and attitudes. Computers
& Education, 45, 203-215. [PDF] |
|
SOMMER, R. & BECKER, F. (1974). Learning outside the
classroom. School Review, 82, 601-697. |
WEAVER, B.E. (2005). Laptops in the humanities : Classroom
walls come tumbling down. New Directions for Teaching
& Learning, 101, 81-88. |
|
DRABMAN, R.S. & LAHEY, B.B. (1974). Feedback in
classroom behavior modification : effects on the target
and her classmates. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysist, 7 (4), 591-598.
[PDF] |
STEPHENS, B.R. (2005). Laptops in psychology : Conducting
flexible in-class research and writing laboratories. New
directions for teaching & learning, 101, 15-26. |
|
SURBER, J.R. & ANDERSON, R.C. (1975). Delay-retention
effect in natural classroom settings. Journal of
Educational Psychology, 7, 170-173. |
MERCER, N. (2005). Sociocuitural discourse analysis :
Analysing classroom talk as a social mode of thinking. Journal
of Applied Linguistics, 1, 137-168. |
|
BYRANT, B.K. (2005). Electronic discussion sections : A
useful tool in teaching large university classes. Teaching
of Psychology, 32 (4), 14-18. |
|
AZRIN, N.H. & POWERS, M.A. (1975). Eliminating
classroom disturbances of emotionally disturbed children
by positive practice procedures. Behavior Therapy, 6,
525-534. |
TEVEN, J.J. & HERRING, J.E. (2005). Teacher influence
in the classroom : A preliminary investigation of
perceived instructor power, credibility, and student
satisfaction. Communication Research Reports, 22, 235-243. |
|
ROBIN, A.L. (1976). Behavioralinstructioninthecollege
dassroom : A review. Review of Educational Research,
46, 313-354. |
MAUTONE, J.A., LUISELLI, J.K & HANDLER, M.W. (2006).
Improving implementation of classroom instruction through
teacher-directed behavioral consultation : a single-case
demonstration. International Journal of Behavioral
Consultation & Therapy, 2 (3), [PDF] |
|
COPELAND, R. & HALL, R.V. (1976). Behavior
Modification in the Classroom. Progress in Behavior
Modification, 3, 45-78. |
ALLOWAY, T.P. (2006). How does working memory work in the
classroom ? Educational Research & Reviews, 1
(4), 134-139. [PDF] |
|
O'LEARY, K.D. & O'LEARY, S.G. (1977). Classroom
management : The successful use of behavior
modification. Pergamon Press. |
MEYER, D.K. & TURNER, J.C. (2006). Re-conceptualizing
emotion and motivation to learn in classroom contexts. Educational
Psychology Review, 18, 377-390. |
|
KAZDIN, A.E. (1977). The influence of behavior preceding a
reinforced response on behavior change in the classroom. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 10 (2), 299-310.
[PDF] |
MAHAR, M., MURPHY, S., ROWE, D., GOLDEN, J., SHIELDS, A.
& RAEDEKE, T. (2006). Effects of a classroom-based
program on physical activity and on-task behavior. Medicine
& Science in Sport & Exercise, 38 (12),
2086-2094. [PDF] |
|
|
ABIKOFF, H., GITTELMAN-KLEIN, R. & KLEIN, D. (1977).
Validation of a classroom observation for code for
hyperactive children. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 45, 772-783. |
MEYER, D.K. & TURNER, J.C. (2006). Re-conceptualizing
emotion and motivation to learn in classroom contexts. Educational
Psychology Review, 18, 377-390. [PDF] |
|
ROGERS, C.M., SMITH, M.D. & COLEMAN, J.M. (1978).
Social comparison in the classroom : The relationship
between academic achievement and self-concept. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 70 (1), 50-57. |
MEYERS, S., BENDER, J., HILL, E. & THOMAS, S. (2006).
How do faculty experience and respond to classroom
conflict ? Teaching & Learning in Higher
Education, 18 (3), 180-187.
[PDF] |
|
BARTON, E.J. & OSBORNE, J.G. (1978). The development
of classroom sharing by a teacher using positive practice.
Behavior Modification, 2 (2), 231-250. |
SAMPAIO, A. (2006). Women of color teaching
political science : Examining the Intersections of race,
gender,
and course material in the classroom. PS : Political
Science & Politics, 39 (4), 917–922. |
|
HARING, N.G., LOVITT, T.C., EATON, M.D. & HANSON, C.L.
(1978). The fourth : Research in the classroom.
Columbus, OH: Merrill. |
FOORMAN, B.R. (2007). Primary prevention in classroom
reading instruction. Teaching Exceptional Children,
39 (5), 24-31. [PDF] |
|
WEINER, B. (1979). A theory of motivation for some
classroom experiences. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 71 (1), 3-25. |
YANG, Z. & LIU, Q. (2007). Research and development of
Web-based virtual online classroom. Computers &
Education, 48, 171-184.
[PDF] |
|
GECAS, V. (1979). The influence of social class on
socialization. In W.R. Burr, R. Hill. F.I. Nye & I.L.
Reiss (Eds.), Contemporary theories about the family
(pp. 365-404). New York : Free Press. |
DIJKSTRA, J.K., LINDENBERG, S.M. & VEENSTRA, R.
(2008). Beyond the classroom norm. Journal of Abnormal
Child Psychology, 36, 1289-1299. |
|
COLLINS, B.E., WHALEN, C.K. & HENKER, B. (1980).
Ecological and pharmacological influences on behaviors in
the classroom : The hyperkinetic behavioral syndrome. In
S. Salzinger, J. Antrobus & J. Glick (Eds.), The
ecosystem of the "sick" child : Implications for
classification and intervention (pp. 103-137). New
York : Academic Press. |
FRIED, C.B. (2008). In-class laptop use and its effects on
student learning. Computers & Education, 50,
906-914. [PDF] |
|
ZENTALL, S.S. & SHAW, J.H. (1980). Effects of
classroom noise on performance and activity of
second-grade hyperactive and control children. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 72 (6), 830-840. [PDF] |
GREGORY, A. & WEINSTEIN, R.S. (2008). The discipline
gap and African Americans : Defiance or cooperation in the
high school classroom. Journal of School Psychology,
46, 455-475. |
|
SOMMER, R. & OLSEN, H. (1980). The soft classroom. Environment
& Behavior, 12, 3-16. |
SUSSKIND, J.E. (2008). Limits of PowerPoint's power :
Enhancing students' self-efficacy and attitudes but not
their behavior. Computers & Education, 50,
1228-1239. [PDF] |
|
LYSAKOWSKI, R. S. & WALBERG, H.J. (1981).
Classroom reinforcement and learning : A quantitative
synthesis. Journal of Educational Research, 75,
69-77. |
BLOH, C. & AXELROD, S. (2008). IDEIA and the means to
change behavior should be enough : Growing support for
using applied behavior analysis in the classroom. Journal
of Early & Intensive Behavior Intervention, 5
(2), 52-56.
|
|
BOWMAN, R.F. (1982). A Pac-Man theory of motivation.
Tactical implications for classroom instruction.
Educational Technology 22 (9), 14-17. |
VANDERSTAAY, S.L., FAXON, B.A., MEISCHEN, J.E.,
KOLESNIKOV, K.T. & RUPPEL, A.D. (2009). Close to the
heart : Teacher authority in a classroom community. College
Composition & Communication, 61 (2), 262-282.
[PDF] |
|
GLASS, G.V., CAHEN, L.S., SMITH, M.L. & FILBY, N.N.
(1982). School class size : Research and policy.
Beverly Hills, CA : SAGE. |
ISBELL, L.M. & COTE GILBERT, N. (2009). Connecting
with struggling students to improve performance in large
classes. Teaching of Psychology, 36, 185-188. [PDF] |
|
GOOD, T.L. (1981). Classroom observations : Potential and
problems. In W. Duckett (Ed.), Observation and the
evaluation of teaching. Bloomington, IN : Phi
Delta Kappa. |
TWENGE, J.M. (2009). Generational changes and their impact
in the classroom : Teaching generation me. Medical
Education, 43, 398-405. [PDF] |
|
HAYDON, T., MANCIL G. & VAN LOAN, C. (2009). Using
opportunities to respond in a general education classroom
: A case study. Education & Treatment of Children,
32 (2), 267-278. |
|
SIEGEL, A.W. & SHADLER, M. (1982). The development of
young children's spatial representations of their
classrooms. Child Development, 48 (2), 388-394. |
BRIESCH, A.M. & CHAFOULEAS, S.M. (2009). Review and
analysis of literature on self-management interventions to
promote appropriate classroom behaviors (1988–2008). School
Psychology Quarterly, 24 (2), 106–118. |
|
WHITMAN, T.L., SCIBAK, J.W., BUTLER, K.M., RICHTER, R.
& JOHNSON, M.R. (1982). Improving classroom behavior
in in mentally retarded children through correspondence
training. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 15 (4),
545-564.
[PDF] |
LAURICELLA, S. & KAY, R. (2010). Assessing laptop use
in higher education classrooms : The Laptop Effectiveness
Scale (LES). Australasian Journal of Educational
Technology, 26 (2), 151-163. [PDF] |
|
GOOD, T.L. & STIPEK, D. (1983). Individual differences
in the classroom : A psychological perspective. In G.
Fenstermacher & J. Goodlad (Eds.), Individual
differences and the common curriculum. NSSE
Yearbook. |
MERCER, N. (2010). The analysis of classroom talk :
Methods and methodologies. British Journal of
Educational Psychology, 80, 1-14. [PDF] |
|
GOOD, T.L. (1983). Research on classroom teaching. In L.
Shulman & M. Sykes (Eds.), Handbook of teaching
and policy. New York : Longman. |
BURNS, S. & LOHENRY, K. (2010). Cellular phone use in
class : Implications for teaching and learning a pilot
study. College Student Journal, 44, 805-810. |
|
BROOKE, R.R. & RUTHVEN, A.J. (1984). The effects of
contingency contracting on student performance in a PSI
class. Teaching of Psychology, 11, 87-89. |
LANG, R., DAVIS, P., O'REILLY, M.F., MACHALICEK, W.,
RISPOLI, M., SIGAFOOS, J., LANCIONI, G. & REGESTER, A.
(2010). Functional analysis and treatment of elopement
across two school settings. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 43 (1), 113-118. [PDF] |
|
|
CHRISTIE, D.J., HISS, M. & LOZANOFF, B. (1984).
Modification of inattentive classroom behavior :
Hyperactive children's use of self-recording with teacher
guidance. Behavior Modification, 8 (3), 391-406. |
|
|
BOURQUE, P., BOUCHER, D., DUPUIS, N. et VAN HOUTEN, R.
(1984). L'ffichage en classe : Une analyse des effects de
competition inter-classe. Revuee de Modification du
Comportement, 8, 13-18. |
WOOD, E., ZIVCAKOVA, L., GENTILE, P. ARCHER, K., DE
PSQUALE, D. & NOSKO, A. (2011). Examining the impact
of off-task multi-tasking with technology on real-time
classroom learning. Computers & Education, 58,
365-374. [PDF] |
|
RICHMOND, V.P. & McCROSKEY, J.C. (1984). Power in the
classroom II : Power and learning. Communication
Education, 33, 125-136. [PDF] |
ZHU, E., KAPLAN, M., DERSHIMER, R.C. & BERGOM, I.
(2011). Use of laptops in the classroom : research and
best practices. Center for Research on Learning &
Teaching /Occasional Papers, 30, 1-6. [PDF] |
|
KASHTI,Y., ARIELI, M. & HAREL, Y. (1984). Classroom
seating as a definition of situation : Observations in an
elementary school in one development town. Urban
Education, 19, 161-181. |
|
|
STIGGINS, R. & BRIDGEFORD, N. (1985). The ecology of
classroom assessment. Journal of Educational
Measurement, 22, 271-286. |
ELICKER, J.D. & MCONNELL, N.L. (2011). Interactive
learning in the classroom : Is student response method
related to performance ? Teaching of Psychology, 38
(3), 147-150. |
|
SHARPLEY, C.F. (1985). Implicit rewards in the classroom.
Contemporary Educational Psychology, 10 (4),
349-368. |
|
|
STIGGINS, R.J. (1985). Improving assessment where it means
the most : In the classroom. Educational Leadership,
43 (2), 69-74. |
PARRY-CRUWYS, D.E., NEAL, C.M., AHEARN, W.H., WHEELER,
E.E., PREMCHANDER, R., LOEB, M.B. & DUBE, W.V. (2011).
Resistance to disruption in a classroom setting. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 44, 363-367. [PDF]
|
|
WHELDALL, K., BEVAN, K. & SHORTALL, K. (1986). A touch
of reinforcement : The effects of contingent teacher touch
on the classroom behaviour of young children.
Educational Review, 38, 207-216. |
LYN, H., GREENFIELD, P.M., SAVAGE-RUMBAUGH, E.S.,
GILLEPSIE-LYNCH, K. & HOPKINS, W.D. (2011). Nonhuman
primates do declare! A comparison of declarative symbol
and gesture use in two children, two bonobos, and a
chimpanzee. Language & Communication, 31
(1), 63-74. [PDF] |
|
HILTZ, S.R. (1986). The "virtual classroom". Using
computer-mediated communication for university teaching. Journal
of Communication, 36 (2), 96-104. |
MACE, F.C., PRATT, J.L., PRAGER, K.L. & PRITCHARD, D.
(2011). An evaluation of three methods of saying "no" to
avoid an escalating response class hierarchy. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 44 (1), 83-94. [PDF] |
|
VON BROCK, M. & ELLIOTT, S.N. (1987). Influence and
treatment effectiveness information on the acceptability
of classroom interventions. Journal of School
Psychology, 25, 131-144. |
HARGIS, J. & MAROTTA, S.M. (2011). Using flip
camcorders for active classroom metacognitive reflection.
Active Learning in Higher Education, 12 (1),
35-44. [PDF] |
|
WULFF, D.H., NYQUIST, J.D. & ABBOTT, R.D. (1987).
Students' perceptions of large classes. In M.G. Weimer
(Ed.), Teaching large classes well : New directions
for teaching and learning (pp. 17-30). San
Francisco : Jossey-Bass. |
REED, D.K. & MARTENS, B.K. (2011). Temporal
discounting predicts student responsiveness to exchange
delays in a classroom token system. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 44 (1), 1-18. [PDF] |
|
GRANT, C.A. & SLEETER, C.A. (1988). Race, class and
gender and abandoned dreams. Teacher College Record,
90, 19-40. |
BLOOM, S.E., IAWATA, B., FRITZ, J.N., ROSCOE, E.M. &
CARREAU, A.B. (2011). Classroom application of a
trial-based functional analysis. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 44 (1), 19-31. [PDF] |
|
ZEIDNER, M. (1988). The relative severity of common
classroom discipline techniques : the students'
perspective. British Journal of Educational
Psychology, 58, 69-77. |
|
|
WEIR, W. & MAY, R.B. (1988). Environmental context and
student performance. Canadian Journal of Education,
13 (4), 505-510. |
TINDELL, D.R. & BOHLANDER, R.W. (2012). The use and
abuse of cell phones and text messaging in the classroom :
A survey of college students. College Teaching, 60 (1),
1-9.
[PDF] |
|
CROOKS, T.J. (1988). Classroom evaluation practices. Review
of Educational Research, 58, 438-481. |
DUNCAN, D.K., HOEKSTRA, A.R. & WILCOX, B.R. (2012).
Digital devices, distraction, and student performance :
Does in-class cell phone use reduce learning ? Astronomy
Education Review, 11 (1), 1-4. [PDF] |
|
BROPHY, J. (1988). Educating teachers about managing
classrooms and students. Teaching & Teacher
Education, 4 (1), 1-18. [PDF] |
KUZNEKOFF, J.H. & TITSWORTH, S. (2013). The impact of
mobile phone usage on student learning. Communication
Education, 62 (3), 233-252.
[PDF] |
|
DEMPSTER, F.N. (1988). Informing classroom practice : What
we know about several task characteristics and their
effects on learning. Contemporary Educational
Psychology, 13 (3), 254-264. |
SANA, F., WESTON, T. & CEPEDA, N.J. (2013). Laptop
multitasking hinders classroom learning for both users and
nearby peers. Computers & Education, 62,
24-31. [PDF] |
|
McIVER, D. (1988). Classroom environments and the
stratification of pupils’ ability perceptions. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 80, 495-505. [PDF] |
GOETZ, T. & HALL, N.C. (2013). Emotion and achievement
in the classroom. In J. Hattie (Ed.), International
guide to student achievement (pp. 192-195). London
: Routledge. [PDF]
|
|
AMES, C. & ARCHER, J. (1987). Mothers' beliefs about
the role of ability and effort in school learning.
Journal of Educational Psychology, 79 (4),
409-414. [PDF] |
THOMAS, K. & BOLTON, N. (2013). Cell phones in the
classroom : Preservice teachers’ perceptions product code
: JDLTE, 30 (1), 11-20. [RTF] |
|
SLAVIN, R. (1989). School and classroom organization.
Erlbaum. |
NI, Y.-A. (2013). Comparing the effectiveness of classroom
and online learning : Teaching research methods. Journal
of Public Affairs Education, 19 (2), 199-215. [PDF] |
|
THORKILDSEN, T.A. (1989). Justice in the classroom : The
student's view. Child Development, 60 (2),
323-334. |
HULAC, D., BENSON, N., NESMITH, M.C. & SHERVEY, S.W.
(2016). Using variable interval reinforcement schedules to
support students in the classroom : Anintroduction with
illustrative examples. Journal of Educational Research
& Practice, 6 (1), 90–96.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi
Enseigner, Apprentissage
et Étudier |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Classe
(Discipline/Civisme) : Ensemble
des comportements sociaux et
prosociaux qui permettent à un groupe d'individus
(professeur/
enseignant,
élèves/étudiants, orthopédagogue,
psychologue scolaire) réunis dans une classe
(un petit espace) de maintenir une cohésion
de groupe nécessaire à l'enseignement
et à l'apprentissage
d'une matière, à
l'atteinte des objectifs
d'un cours, d'un programme.
= courtoisie. Civisme
en classe et classe.
Incivilities, classroom discipline, school
discipline.
| |
|
|
SYMONDS, P.M. (1949). Classroom discipline. Teachers
College Record, 51 (3), 147-158. |
HORNER, R.H., SUGAI, G. & HORNER, H.F. (2000). A
schoolwide approach to student discipline. The School
Administrator, 57 (2), 20-23. |
|
THOMAS, D.R., BECKER, W.C. & ARMSTRONG, M. (1968).
Production and elimination of disruptive classroom
behavior by systematically varying teacher's behavior. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 1 (1), 35-45. [PDF] |
JACQUES, K. (2000). Solicitous tenderness : Discipline and
responsibility in the classroom. In H. Cooper & R.
Hyland (Eds.), Children's perceptions of learning
with trainee teachers (pp. 166-177). London :
Routledge. |
|
MADSEN, C., BECKER, W.C. & THOMAS, D. (1968). Rules,
praise, and ignoring : Elements of elementary classroom
control. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 1 (2),
139-150. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
|
|
KOUNIN, J.S. (1970). Discipline and group management
in classrooms. New York : Holt, Winehart et
Winston, Inc. |
SKIBA, R.J. & PETERSON, R.L. (2000). School discipline
at a crossroads : From zero tolerance to early response. Exceptional
Children, 66, 335–347. |
|
HARRIS, V.W. & SHERMAN, J.A. (1973). Use and analysis
of the "good behavior game" to reduce disruptive classroom
behavior. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 6
(3), 405-417. [PDF] |
MESSNER, M. (2000). White guys habitus in the classroom :
Challenging the reproduction of knoweldge. Men &
Masculinities, 2, 457-469. |
|
AYLLON, T. & ROBERTS, M.D. (1974). Eliminating
discipline problems by strengthening academic performance.
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 7 (1),
71-76. [PDF] |
|
|
KOUNIN, J.S. & GUMP, P.V. (1974). Signal system of
lesson settings and the task related behaviour of
preschool children discipline. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 66 (4), 554-562. |
|
|
CANTER, L. (1976). Assertive discipline : a
take-cherge approach for today' s educator. Seal
Beach, CA : Lee Canter Associates. |
MORRISSETTE, P.J. (2001). Reducing incivility in the
university/college classroom. International Electronic
Journal for Leadership in Learning, 5, 12-19. |
|
WOLFGANG, C.H. & GLICKMAN, C.D. (1980). Solving
discipline problems : Strategies for classroom teachers.
Boston : Allyn and Bacon. |
FELDMAN, L.J. (2001). Classroom civility is another of our
instructor responsibilities. College Teaching, 49,
137-140. |
|
GLICKMAN, C.D. & TAMASHIRO, R.T. (1980). Clarifying
teachers' beliefs about discipline. Educational
Leadership, 37, 459-464. |
LUISELLI, J.K., PUTNAM, R.F. & HANDLER, M.W. (2001).
Improving discipline practices in public schools :
Description of a whole-school and district-wide model of
behavior analysis consultation. Behavior Analyst
Today, 2, 18-27. [PDF] |
|
ALLEN, R.D. (1983). The effect of assertive discipline on
the number of junior high school disciplinary referrals. Dissertation
Abstracts International, 43, 2299a. |
|
|
McCORMACK, S. (1984). Response to Render, Padilla, and
Krank : But practiotioners say it works ! (1989). What
research really shows about assertive disciple. Educational
Leadership, 46 (6), 77-79.
[PDF] |
SUGAI, G. & HORNER, R.H. (2002). The evolution of
discipline practices : School-wide positive behavior
supports. Child & Family Behavior Therapy, 24,
23–50. |
|
McDANIEL, T.R. (1984). Developing the skills of humanistic
discipline. Educational Leadership, 41, 71-74.
[PDF] |
SKIBA, R.J. (2002). Special education and school
discipline : A precarious balance. Behavioral
Disorders, 27, 81-97. |
|
BARRETT, E.R. & CURTIS, F.K. (1986). The effect of
assertive discipline training on student teachers. Teacher
Education & Practice, 3 (1), 53-56. |
|
|
JONES, F. (1987). Positive classroom discipline.
New York : McGraw-Hill. |
|
|
PUTNAM, R.F., LUISELLI, J.K., HANDLER, M.W. &
JEFFERSON, G.L. (2003). Evaluating student discipline
practices in a public school through behavioral assessment
of office referrals. Behavior Modification, 27 (4),
505-523. [PDF] |
|
ZEIDNER, M. (1988). The relative severity of common
classroom discipline techniques : the students'
perspective. British Journal of Educational
Psychology, 58, 69-77. |
MEYERS, S.A. (2003). Strategies to prevent and reduce
conflict in college classrooms. College Teaching, 51,
94-98. |
|
RENDER, G.F., PADILLA, J.N.P. & KRANK, M.H. (1989).
What research really shows about assertive disciple. Educational
Leadership, 46 (6), 72-75.
[PDF] |
SKIBA, R.J. & PETERSON, R.L. (2003). Teaching the
social curriculum : School discipline as instruction. Preventing
School Failure, 47 (2), 66-73. |
|
ALBERT, L. (1989). A teacher's guide to cooperative
discipline : How to manage your classroom and promote
self-esteem. Circle Pines, MN : AGS. |
CABONI, T.C., HIRSCHY, A.S. & BEST, J.R. (2004).
Student norms of classroom decorum. New Directions
for Teaching & Learning, 99, 59-66. |
|
CANTER, L. (1989). Assertive discipline : More than names
on the board and marbles in a jar. The Phi Delta
Kappan, 71 (1), 57-61. [PDF]
|
BEAR, G.G. (2004). School discipline and behavior
management. In Encyclopedia of Applied Psychology
(pp. 319-326). San Diego, CA : Elsevier. |
|
CÔTÉ, R. (1989). La discipline scolaire : une réalité
à affirmer. Montréal : Agence d'ARC. |
HIRSHY, A.S. & BRAXTON, J.M. (2004). Effects of
student classroom incivilities on students. New
Directions for Teaching & Learning, 99, 67-76. |
|
|
CHARLES, C.M. (1989). Building classroom discipline.
From models to practice. New York : Longman. |
|
|
BURROUGHS, N.F., KEARNEY, P. & PLAX, T.G. (1989).
Compliance-resistance in the college classroom. Communication
Education, 38, 214-229. |
|
|
RENDER, G.F., PADILLA, J.N.P. & KRANK, M.H. (1989).
What research really shows about assertive disciple. Educational
Leadership, 46 (6), 72-75.
[PDF] |
SEIDMAN, A. (2005). The learning killer : Disruptive
student behavior in the classroom. Reading
Improvement, 42, 40-46. |
|
JOHNS, F.A., MacNAUGHTON, R.H. & KARABINUS, N.G.
(1989). School discipline guidebook : Theory into
practice. Boston : Allyn and Bacon. |
LUISELLI, J.K., PUTNAM, R.F., HANDLER, M.W. &
FEINBERG, A.B. (2005). Whole-school positive behaviour
support : Effects on student discipline problems and
academic performance. Educational Psychology, 25
(2-3), 183-198. [PDF] |
|
KELLEY, M.L., GRACE, N. & ELLIOTT, S.N. (1990).
Acceptance of positive and punitive discipline methods :
Comparison among abusive, potentially abusive, and
non-abusive parents. Child Abuse & Neglect : The
International Journal, 14, 219-226. |
WOLFGANG, C.H. (2005). Solving discipline problems :
Strategies for classroom teachers. Boston : Allyn
and Bacon. |
|
BEAR, G.G. (1990). Best practices in school discipline. In
A. Thomas & J. Grimes (Eds.), Best practices in
school psychology (pp. 649-663). Washington, DC :
NASP. |
HIRSCHY, A.S. & BRAXTON, J.M. (2006). Effects of
student classroom incivilities on students. New
Directions for Teaching & Learning, 99, 67-76. |
|
ZEIDNER, M. (1990). College students' reactions towards
key facets of classroom testing. Assessment &
Evaluation in Higher Education, 15, 151-169. |
WITCHER, A., JIAO, Q., ONWUEGBUZIE, A.J., COLLINS, K.,
JAMES, T. & MINOR, L. (2008). Pre-service teachers'
perceptions of characteristics of an effective teacher as
a function of discipline orientation : A mixed methods
investigation. Teacher Educator, 43 (4),
279-301. |
|
GATHERCOAL, F. (1990). Judicious discipline.
Davis, CA : Caddo Gap Press. |
BEAR, G.G. (2008). Classroom discipline. In A. Thomas
& J. Grimes (Eds.), Best practices in school
psychology (pp. 1403-1420). Bethesda, MD : National
Association of School Psychologists. |
|
AMES, C. (1992). Classrooms : goals structures, and
student motivation. Journal of Educational Psychology,
84 (3), 261-274. [PDF] |
TWALE, D.J. & DELUCA, B.M. (2008). Faculty
incivility : The rise of the academic bully culture and
what to do about it. San Francisco, CA : Jossey
Bass. |
|
WALKER, H.M. et WALKER, J.E. (1994). L'indiscipline en
classe. Lévis : Corporation école et comportement.
|
BRAXTON, J.M. & JONES, W.A. (2008). The influence of
student classroom incivilities on communal potential. NASPA
Journal, 45 (3), 425-439. |
|
WALLACE, J.M., GOODKIND, S.G., WALLACE, C.M. &
BASHMAN, J. (2008). Racial/ethnic and gender differences
in school discipline among American high school students :
1991-2005. Negro Educational Review, 59, 47-62. |
|
BRIESCH, A.M. & CHAFOULEAS, S.M. (2009). Review and
analysis of literature on self-management interventions to
promote appropriate classroom behaviors (1988–2008). School
Psychology Quarterly, 24 (2), 106–118. |
|
DE VRIES, R. & ZAN, B. (1994). Moral classrooms,
moral children : Creating a constructivist atmosphere in
early education. New York : Teachers College
Press. |
BEAR, G.G. (2009). The positive in positive models of
discipline. In R. Gilman, E.S. Huebner & M. Furlong
(Eds.), Handbook of positive psychology in schools (pp.
305-321). New York : Routledge/Taylor & Francis. |
|
SORCINELLI, M.D. (1994). Dealing with troublesome
behaviors in the classroom. In K.W. Prichard & R.M.
Sawyer (Eds.), Handbook of college teaching : Theory
and applications (pp. 365-373). Westport, CT :
Greenwood Press. |
LAMPMAN, C., PHELPS, A., BANCROFT, S. & BENEKE, M.
(2009). Contrapower harassment in academia : A survey of
faculty experience with student incivility, bullying, and
sexual attention. Sex Roles, 60, 331-346. |
|
KOHN, A. (1996). Beyond discipline : From compliance
to community. Alexandria, VA : Association for
Supervision and Curriculum Development. |
NORDSTROM, C.R., BARTELS, L.K. & BUCY, J. (2009).
Predicting and curbing classroom incivility in higher
education. College Student Journal, 43, 74-85. |
|
BOICE, B. (1996). Classroom incivilities. Research in
Higher Education, 13 (4), 453-486. |
McKINNE, M. & MARTIN, B.N. (2010). Higher education
faculty and student perceptions of classroom incivility. Journal
of College & Character, 11, 1-17. |
|
CHARLES, C.M. (1996). Building classroom discipline.
New York : Longman. |
SUGAI, G. & HORNER, R.H. (2010). School-wide positive
behavior support : Establishing a continuum of evidence
based practices. Journal of Evidence-based Practices
for Schools, 11 (1), 62-83. |
|
TOBIN, T., SUGAI, G. & COLVIN, G. (1996). Patterns in
middle school discipline records. Journal of
Emotional & Behavioral Disorders, 4, 82-94. |
BEAR, G.G. (2010). From school discipline to
self-discipline. New York : Guilford Press. |
|
|
CHARLES, C.M. (1997). La discipline en classe : de la
réflexion à la pratique. Saint-Laurent : ERPI. |
BJORKLUND, W. & REHLING, D.L. (2010). Student
perceptions of classroom incivility. College
Teaching, 58, 15-18. |
|
CHIU, L.H. & TULLEY, M. (1997). Student preferences of
teacher discipline styles. Journal of Instructional
Psychology, 24 (3), 168-175. |
PARRY-CRUWYS, D.E., NEAL, C.M., AHEARN, W.H., WHEELER,
E.E., PREMCHANDER, R., LOEB, M.B. & DUBE, W.V. (2011).
Resistance to disruption in a classroom setting. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 44 (2), 363-367. [PDF]
|
|
AUSBROOKS, A.R., HILL-JONES, S. & TIJERINA, M.S.
(2012). Now you see it, now you don't : faculty and
student perceptions of classroom incivility in a social
work program. Advances in Social Work, 12 (2),
255-275.
[PDF] |
|
SCHNEIDER, A. (1998). Insubordination and intimidation
signal the end of decorum in many classrooms. The
Chronicle of Higher Education, 44, A12-A14. |
FREY-KNEPP, K.A. (2012). Understanding student and faculty
incivility in higher education. The Journal of
Effective Teaching, 12 (1), 33-46. [PDF] |
|
BEAR, G.G. (1998). School discipline in America :
Strategies for prevention, correction, and long-term
development. School Psychology Review, 27,
14-32. |
BOYSEN, G.A. (2012). Teacher responses to classroom
incivility : Student perceptions of effectiveness. Teaching
of Psychology, 39, 276-279. [PDF] |
|
MARTIN, A.J., LINFOTT, K. & STEPHENSON, J. (1999). How
teachers respond to concerns about misbehavior in their
classroom. Psychology in the Schools, 36 (4),
347-358. |
BEAR, G.G. (2013). Teacher resistance to frequent rewards
and praise : Lack of skill or a wise decision ?
Journal of Educational & Psychological Consultation,
23, 318-340. |
|
ESPOSITO, C. (1999). Learning in urban blight : School
climate and its effect on the school performance of urban,
minority, low-income children. School Psychology
Review, 28 (3), 365-377. |
BEAR, G.G. & MANNING, M.A. (2014). Positive psychology
and school discipline. In R. Gilman, E.S. Huebner & M.
Furlong (Eds.), Handbook of positive psychology
(pp. 347-364). New York : Routledge/Taylor & Francis. |
|
NDAZHAGA, J. (2015). Student-teachers' perception of
incivility : the case of a college of education in
north-central nigeria. European Scientific Journal,
11 (25), 196-202. |
|
SUGAI, G. & HORNER, R.H. (1999). Discipline and
behavioral support : Preferred processes and practices. Effective
School Practices, 17 (4), 10-22. |
STERNER, W.R., JACKSON-CHERRY, L.R. & DOLL, J.F.
(2015). Faculty and student percpetions of incivility
behaviors in the counselor education classroom. Journal
of Counselor Practice, 6 (2), 94-114.
[PDF] |
|
SKIBA, R.J., ARREDONDO, M.I., GRAY, C. & RAUSCH, M.K.
(2016). What do we know about discipline disparities : New
and emerging research. In R.J. Skiba, K. Mediratta and
M.K. Rausch (Eds.), Inequality in school discipline :
Research and practice to reduce disparities. New
York : Palgrave/MacMillan. |
|
SKIBA, R.J. & LOSEN, D.J. (2016). From reaction to
prevention : Turning the page on school discipline.
American Educator, 39 (4), 4-12. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Gestion
de la classe, Comportements
prosociaux,
Obéissance
aux parents, Tolérance
zéro et Classe |
| |
|
|
Classe
(Discussion) : Type d'enseignement
qui consiste à organiser des discussions
plus ou moins structurées entre un enseignant/ professeur
et son groupe d'élève/étudiants.
Ces discussions permettent notamment de corriger des erreurs
et de vérifier le degré de maîtrise de certains
apprentissages. Peer Discussion, group
discussion.
| |
|
|
GARSIDE, C. (1996). Look who’s talking : A comparison of
lecture and group discussion teaching strategies in
developing critical thinking skills. Communication
Education, 45, 212-227. |
|
VAN ZEE, E.H., IWASYK, M., KUROSE, A., SIMPSON, D. &
WILD, J. (2001). Student and teacher questioning during
conversations about science. Journal of Research in
Science Teaching, 38, 159-190. |
|
SMITH, M.K., WOOD, W.B., ADAMS, W.K., WIEMAN, C.K.,
KNIGHT, J.K., GUILD, N. & SU, T.T. (2009). Why peer
dscussion improves student performance on in-class concept
questions. Science, 323, 122-124. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Classe |
|
|
|
|
Classe
(Gestion) : Ensemble des
mesures et des dispositions prises par un enseignant/professeur
pour donner ses cours, transmettre sa matière, maintenir
la discipline. Classroom management, classroom
management behavior, classroom organization, classroom
behaviour management strategies, managing student.
| |
|
|
CLARIZO, H.F. & YELON, S.L. (1967). Learning theory
approaches to classroom management : rationale and
intervention techniques. Journal of Special
Education, 1, 267-274. |
EMMER, E.T. & STOUGH, L.M. (2001). Classroom
management : A critical part of teacher educational
psychology, with implications for teacher education.
Educational Psychologist, 36 (2), 103-112. [PDF] |
|
MADSEN, C., BECKER, W.C. & THOMAS, D. (1968). Rules,
praise, and ignoring : Elements of elementary classroom
control. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 1
(2), 139-150. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
HERNANDEZ, T.J. & FIASTER, D.L. (2001). Dealing with
disruptive and emotional college students : A systems
model. Journal of College Counseling, 4, 49-62. |
|
SCHMIDT, G.W. & ULRICH, R.E. (1969). Effects of group
contingent events upon classroom noise. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 2 (3), 171-179.
[PDF] |
McCORMAK, C. (2001). Investigating the impact of an
internship on the classroom management beliefs of
preservice teachers. The Professional Educator, 23 (2),
11-22 |
|
KOUNIN, J.S. (1970/77). Discipline and group
management in classrooms. New York : Holt,
Winehart et Winston, Inc. |
|
|
EMMER, E.T., EVERTSON, C.M. & ANDERSON, L. (1980).
Effective classroom management at the begining of the
school year. Elementary School Journal, 80 (5),
219-231. |
|
|
EMMER, E.T., SANFORD, J.P. & EVERTSON, C.M. (1981). The
classroom management improvement study : An experiment
in elementary school classrooms. Austin, TX : Research
and Development Center for Teacher Education. |
FIJAKOW, J. et NAULT, T. (2002). La gestion de
classe. Bruxelles : DeBoeck. |
|
EMMER, E.T. & EVERTSON, C.M. (1981). Synthesis of
research on classroom management. Educational
Leadership, 38 (4), 342-347. [PDF] |
KERR, M.M. & NELSON, C.M. (2002). Strategies for
managing behavior problens in the classroom. Upper
Saddle River, NJ : Merrill/ Prentice Hall. |
|
EVERTSON, C.M. & EMMER, E.T. (1982). Effective
classroom management at the beginning of the schoool year
in junior high classes. Journal of Educationnal
Psychhology, 74, 485-498. |
BURDEN, P. (2003). Classroom management : Creating a
sucessful learning community. New York : Wiley. |
|
ANDERSON, L.M. & PRAWAT, R.S. (1983). Responsibility
in the classroom : A synthesis of research on teaching
self-control. Educational Leadership, 40, 62-66. |
|
|
BROPHY, J.E. (1983). Classroom organization and
management. Elementary School Journal, 83, 265-285. |
|
|
KASHTI,Y., ARIELI, M. & HAREL, Y. (1984). Classroom
seating as a definition of situation : Observations in an
elementary school in one development town. Urban
Education, 19, 161-181. |
|
|
EMMER, E.T. (1984). Classroom management : Research
and implications. Austin, TX : Research and
Development Center for Teacher Education. |
MARZANO, R.J. & MARZANO, J.S. (2003). The key to
classroom management. Educational Leadership, 61 (3),
6-13.
[PDF] |
|
EMMER, E.T., EVERTSON, C.M. & WORSHAM, M.E. (1984). Classroom
management for secondary teachers. Boston : Allym
& Bacon. |
IRVIN, L.K., TOBIN, T.J., SPRAGUE, J.R., SUGAI, G. &
VINCENT, C.G. (2004). Validity of office discipline
referral measures as indices of school-wide behavioral
status and effects of school-wide behavioral
interventions. Journal of Positive Behavior
Interventions, 6, 131-147. |
|
HEWITT, F. & WATSON, P.C. (1986). Classroom Management
and the Exceptional Learner. In D.L. Duke (Dir.), Classroom
Management. The seventy-eight yearbook of the National
Society for the Study of Education. (Part II,
pp.301-332). Chicago : The University of Chicago Press. |
MARTIN, S.D.P. (2004). Finding balance : impact of
classroom management conceptions on developing teacher
practice. Teaching & Teacher Education, 20
(5), 405-422. |
|
GLASSER, W. (1986). Control theory in the classroom. New
York : Harpercollins. |
|
|
BROPHY, J.E. (1986). Classroom management techniques. Education
& Urban Society 18 (2), 182-194. |
BARBETTA, P.M., NORONA, K.L. & BICARD, D.F. (2005).
Classroom behavior management : A dozen common mistakes
and what to do instead. Preventing School Failure,
49, 11-19. |
|
|
EVERTSON, C.M. (1989). Improving classroom management : A
school-based program for beginning the year. Journal
of Educationnal Research, 83, 282-290. |
WOLFGANG, C.H. (2005). Solving discipline and
classroom management problems : Methods and models for
today's teachers. Hoboken, NJ : John Wiley &
Sons, Inc. |
|
WOOLFOLK, A.E., ROSOFF, B. et HOY, W.K. (1990).
Teachers’ sense of efficacy and their beliefs about
managing students. Teaching and Teacher Education, 6,
137-148. |
|
|
JONES, V.F. & JONES, L.S. (1990). Comprehensive
classroom management. Motivating and managing students.
Boston : Allyn and Bacon. |
MIDTHASSEL, U.V. (2006). Creating a shared understanding
of classroom management. Educational Management
Administration & Leadership, 34 (3), 365-383. |
|
DOWNS, J. (1992). Dealing with hostile and oppositional
students. College Teaching, 40, 106-108. |
JONES, V.F. (2006). How do teachers learn to be effective
c lassroom managers ? In C. Evertson and C. Weinstein
(Eds.) Handbook of classroom management : Research,
practice and contemporary issues. Manwah, NJ :
Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
|
AMADA, G. (1992). Coping with the disruptive college
student : A practical model. College Health, 40,
203-215 |
KUNTER, M., BAUMERT, J. & KOLLER, O. (2007). Effective
classroom management and the development of
subject-related interest. Learning & Instruction,
17 (5), 494-509. |
|
EVERTSON, C.M. & HARRIS, A.H. (1992). What we know
about manging classrooms. Educational Leadership, 49
(7), 74-78. [PDF] |
PEDOTA, P. (2007). Strategies for effective classroorm
management in the secondary setting. Effective
Classroom Management, 80 (4), 163-166. |
|
WEINSTEIN, C.S. & MIGNANO, A.J. (1993). Elementary
classroom management : Lessons from research and
practice. McGraw-Hill : New York |
RITTER, J.T. & HANCOCK, D.R. (2007). Exploring the
relationship between certification sources, experience
levels, and classroom management orientations of classroom
teachers. Teaching & Teacher Education, 23 (7),
1206-1216. |
|
MARTIN, M.-C., NAULT, T. et LOOF, O. (1994). La gestion de
classe pour débutants. Dimensions, 15 (3), 5-7. |
LITTLE, S.G. & AKIN-LITTLE, A. (2008). Classroom
management, In W.T. O'Donohue and J.E. Fisher (Eds.), Cognitive
behavior therapy : Applying empirically supported
techniques in your practice (pp. 75-82). Hoboken,
NJ : Wiley. |
ROLOEFS, E., EENMAN, S. & RAEMEKERS, J. (1994).
Improving instruction and classroom management behaviour
in mixed-aged classrooms : Results of two improvement
studies. Educational Studies, 20, 105–127.
|
BRIESCH, A.M. & CHAFOULEAS, S.M. (2009). Review and
analysis of literature on self-management interventions to
promote appropriate classroom behaviors (1988–2008). School
Psychology Quarterly, 24 (2), 106–118. |
|
ARCHAMBAULT, J. et CHOUINARD, R. (2009). Vers une
gestion éducative de la classe. Montréal : Gaëtan
Morin. |
|
BRIESCH, A.M. & CHAFOULEAS, S.M. (2009). Review and
analysis of literature on self-management interventions to
promote appropriate classroom behaviors (1988–2008). School
Psychology Quarterly, 24 (2), 106–118. |
|
WILKS, R. (1996). Classroom management in primary schools
: A review of the literature. Behaviour Change, 13,
20-32. |
HULAC, D.M., TERRELL, J., VINING, O. & BERNSTEIN, J.
(2011). Behavioral interventions in schools. New
York, NY : Routledge. |
|
JONES, V. (1996). Classroom management. In J. Sikula, T.
Buttery and E. Guiton (Eds.), Handbook of research on
teacher education. New York : Macmillan. |
SENTRÜK, I. (2011). A qualitative research on classroom
management at a teacher training college. Practice
& Theory in Systems of Education, 6 (4),
425-428. [PDF] |
|
BALLI, S.J. (2011). Pre-service teachers' episodic
memories of classroom management. Teaching &
Teacher Education, 27 (2), 245-251. |
|
SKIBA, R.J. & PETERSON, R.L. (1999). The dark side of
zero tolerance : Can punishment lead to safe schools ? Phi
Delta Kappan, 80, 372–382. [PDF] |
PARSONSON, B.S. (2012). Evidence-based classroom behaviour
management strategies. Kairanga, 13 (1), 16-23.
[PDF] |
|
GAUDREAU, N., ROYER, É., FRENETTE, É. & BEAUMONT C.
(2013). Classroom Behaviour Management : The effects of
in-service training on elementary teachers’ self-efficacy
beliefs/La gestion des comportements en classe : effets
d’une formation continue sur le sentiment d’autoefficacité
des enseignants du primaire. McGill Journal of Education /
Revue des Sciences de l'Éducation de McGill, 48 (2),
359–382. [PDF] |
|
ANDERSON, J.A. (1999). Faculty responsibility for
promoting conflict-free college classrooms. New
Directions for Teaching & Learning, 77, 69-76 |
MACIAS, D.F. & SÀNCHEZ, J.A. (2015). Classroom
management : A persistent challenge for pre-service
foreign language teachers. PROFILE Issues in
Teachers' Professional Development, 17 (2), 81-99. |
|
MARTIN, A.J., LINFOTT, K. & STEPHENSON, J. (1999). How
teachers respond to concerns about misbehavior in their
classroom. Psychology in the Schools, 36 (4),
347-358. |
HULAC, D. & BRIECH, A.M. (2017). Evidence-based
strategies for effective classroom management. Guilford
Press. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Discipline
et Classe |
|
|
|
|
Classe
(Participation des élèves/étudiants) : Prendre
part aux activités d'un cours, en classe
et hors de la salle de cours. Cette participation peut prendre de
nombreuses formes : prendre des notes, poser et répondre à des
questions, faire les exercices, des jeux-questionnaire, étudier,
observer les règles et les consignes données par
l'enseignant/professeur, discuter un thème, etc.
= implication, contribution. Participation,
contribution, course involvement.
| |
|
|
SWIFT, M.S. & SPIVAK, G. (1968). The assessment of
achievement-related classroom behavior. Journalof
Special Education, 2, 137-149. |
FERRARI, J.R. & McGOWAN, S. (2002). Using exam bonus
points as incentive for research participation. Teaching
of Psychology, 29 (1), 29-31. |
|
KARP, D.A. & YOELS, W.C. (1976). The college classroom
: Some observations on the meanings of student
participation. Sociology & Social Research, 60,
421-439. |
HARDY, S.A., ZAMBOANGA, B.L., THOMPSON, R.A. & REAY,
D. (2003). Student background and course involvement among
first-year college students in introduction to psychology
: implications for course design and student achievement.
Psychology Learning & Teaching, 3 (1), 6-10.
|
|
CHRISTIE, C.A. & SCHUSTER, J.W. (2003). The effects
of using response cards on student participation,
academic achievement, and on-task behavior during
whole-class, math instruction. Journal of
Behavioral Education, 12 (3), 147-165.
|
|
CARNINE, D.W. (1976). Effects of two teacher-presentation
rates on of-task behavior, answering correctly, and
participation. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis,
9 (2), 199-206. [PDF] |
ZAREMBA, S.B. & DUNN, D.S. (2004). Assessing class
participation through self-evaluation : method and
measure. Teaching of Psychology, 31 (3), 191. |
|
NUNN, C. (1996). Discussion in the college classroom.
The journal of higher education, 67 (3), 244-266. |
JOHNSTON, L. & MILES, L. (2004). Assessing
contributions to group assignments. Assessment &
Evaluation in Higher Education, 29 (6), 751-768. |
|
WEAVER, R. & QI, J. (2005). Classroom organisation and
participation : college students perceptions. The
Journal of Higher Education, 76 (5), 570-601. |
|
KOZANITIS, A. et CHOUINARD, R. (2008). Une analyse
exploratoire d'un modèle prédictif de la participation
verbale en classe universitaire. Revue des Sciences
de l'Éducation, 34 (3), 711-728.
[PDF] |
|
ZAMBOANGA, B.L., PADILLA-WALKER, L.M., HARDY, S.A.,
THOMPSON, R.A. & WANG, S.C. (2008). Academic
background and course involvement as predictors of exam
performance. Teaching of Psychology, 34
(3), 158. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Classe et
Apprentissage actif |
|
|
|
|
Classe
(Présence/Absence) : Présence en
classe, phobie de
l'école et décrochage
scolaire. School attendance, truancy.
| |
|
|
TYERMAN, M.J. (1968). Truancy. London :
University of London Press. |
FRIEDMAN, P.F., RODRIGUEZ, F. & McCOMB, J. (2001). Why
students do and do not attend classes. College
Teaching, 49 (4), 124-133. |
|
DEMSCH, B. & GARTH, J.A. (1970). A multi-disciplinary
approach to truancy. Psychology in the Schools, 7, 194-197. |
WILDER, D.A., FLOOD, W.A. & STROMSNES, W. (2001). The
use of random extra credit quizzes to increase student
attendance. Journal of Instructional Psychology, 28,
117-120. |
|
COPELAND, R.E., BROWN, R.E., AXELROD, S. & HALL, V.R.
(1970). Effects of school principal praising parents for
student attendance. Educational Technology, 12,
56-59. |
KOUYOUMDIJAN, H. (2001). Influence of unannounced quizzes
and cumulative exam on attendance and study behavior. Teaching
of Psychology, 31, 110-111. |
|
BARBER, R.M. & KAGEY, J.R. (1977). Modification of
school attendance for an elementary population. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 10 (1), 41-48. |
SHIMOFF, E. & CATANIA, A.C. (2001). Effects of
recording attendance on grades in introductory psychology.
Teaching of Psychology, 28, 192-195. |
|
HOVELL, M.F., WILLIAMS, R.L. & SEMB, G. (1979).
Analysis of under-graduates’ attendance at class meetings
with and without grade-related contingencies : A contrast
effect. Journal of Educational Research, 73,
50-53. |
RODGERS, J.R. (2002). Encouraging tutorial attendance at
University did not improve performance. Australian
Economic Papers, 41 (3), 255-266. |
|
WIDLER, D.C. (1980). Curiosity, academic performance, and
class attendance. Psychological Reports, 47, 589-590. |
EPSTEIN, M.L., LAZARUS, A.D., CALVANO, T.B., MATTHEWS,
K.A., HENDEL, R.A., EPSTEIN, B.B. & BROSVIC, G.M.
(2002). Immediate feedback assessment technique promotes
learning and corrects inaccurate first responses. The
Psychological Record, 52, 187-201. [PDF] |
|
JONES, C.H. (1984). Interaction of absences and grades in
a college course. Journal of Psychology, 116,
133-136. |
DRUGER, M. (2003). Being there : A perspective on class
attendance. Journal of College Science Teaching, 32, 350-351. |
|
VALLERAND, R.J. & MÉNARD, L. (1984). Increasing the
school attendance of, R.J., native students : An
application of cognitive evaluation theory. Canadian
Journal of Native Studies, 4, 241-255 [PDF] |
MOORE, R. (2003). Students’ choices in developmental
education : Is it really important to attend class ? Research
& Teaching in Developmental Education, 20 (1),
42-52. |
|
BUCKALEW, L.W., DALY, J.D. & COFFIELD, K.E. (1986).
Relationship of initial class attendance and seating
location to academic performance in psychology classes.
Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society, 24, 63-64. |
CONRAD, M.A. (2004). Conscientiousness is key : Incentives
for attendance makes little difference. Teaching of
Psychology, 31, 269-272. |
|
FJOROTFT, N. (2005). Students' motivation for class
attendance. American Journal of Pharmaceutical
Education, 69, 107-112. |
|
|
VAN BLERKOM, M.L. (1992). Class attendance in
undergraduate courses. Journal of Psychology, 126, 487-494. |
HUDSON, W.E. (2006). Can an early alert excessive
absenteeism warning system be effective in retaining
freshman students ? Journal of College Student
Retention : Research, Theory & Practice, 7 (3),
217-226. |
|
ROMER, D. (1993). Do students go to class ? Should they ?
The Journal of Economic Perspectives, 7 (3),
167-174. [PDF] |
MOORE, R. (2006). The importance of admissions scores and
Attendance to First-Year Performance. Journal of The
First-Year Experience & Students in Transition, 18
(1), 105-125. [PDF] |
|
HANCOCK, T.M. (1994). Effects of mandatory attendance on
student performance. College Student Journal, 26,
326-329. |
MARBURGER, D.R. (2006). Does mandatory attendance improve
student performance ? Journal of Economic Education,
37 (2), 148-155. [PDF] |
|
DURDEN G.C. & ELLIS, L. V. (1995). The effects of
attendance on student kearning in principles of economics.
American Economic Review, 85 (2), 343-346. |
CRÉDÉ, M., ROCH, S.G. & KIEZCYNKA, U.M. (2010). Class
attendance in College : A meta-analytic review of the
relationship of class attendance with grades and student
characteristics. Review of Educational Research, 80
(2), 272-295. |
|
DEVADOSS, S. & FOLTZ, J. (1996). Evaluation of factors
influencing student class attendance and performance. American
Journal of Agricultural Economics, 78, 499-507 |
GOLDING, J.M. (2011). The role of attendance in lecture
classes you can lead a horse to water. Teaching of
Psychology, 38 (1), 40-42. |
|
LAUNIUS, M.H. (1997). College student attendance :
Attitudes and academic performance. College Student
Journal, 31, 86-92. |
STELLMACK, M.A. (2013). Attenders versus slackers : A
classroom demonstration of quasi-experimentation and
self-selecting samples. Teaching of Psychology, 40, 238-241 |
|
ST-CLAIR, K.L. (1999). A case against compulsory class
attendance policies in higher education. Innovative
Higher Education, 23, 171-180. |
KAMAL, M.F., WASEEM, M.A. & MUTJABA, B.G. (2013).
Comparative analysis of the effect of attendance on
academic performance of management and fiinance course
students. World Applied Sciences Journal, 24
(12), 1651-1655. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Absentéisme |
|
|
Classe
(Taille) : Nombre d'élèves
ou d'étudiant-e-s dans
une classe, en lien avec l'apprentissage
et la réussite
scolaire. *taille
des groupes. Class size, large class,
small class.
| |
|
|
BOYER, P.A. (1914). Class size and school progress. Psychological
Clinic, 8, 82-90. |
MOLNAR, A. (2000). Class size and voucher research : Not
in the same league. Education Week, 20, 48-49. |
|
BREED, F.S. & McCARTHY, G.S. (1916). Size of class and
efficiency of teaching. School & Societv, 4, 965-971. |
FINN, J.D., GERBER, S.B., FARBER, S. & ACHILLES, C.M.
(2000). Teacher aides : An alternative to small classes ?
The CEIC Review, 9 (2), 5-9. [PDF] |
|
TOPE, R.E., GROOM E. & BEESON, M.F. (1924). Size of
class and school efficiency. Journal of Educational
Research, 9, 126-132. |
SUCHMAN, E., SMITH, R., AHERMAE, S., MCDOWELL, K. &
TIMPSON, W. (2000). The use of small groups in a large
lecture microbiology course. Journal of Industrial
Microbiology & Biotechnology, 25 (3), 121-126. |
|
EDMONSON J.B. & MULDER, F.U. (1924). Size of class as
a factor in university instruction. Journal of
Educational Research, 9, 1-12. |
EGELSON, P. & HARMAN, P. (2000). Ten years of small
class size in Burke County, North Carolina. The CEIC
Review, 9, 14-15. |
|
AVERILL, L.A. & MUELLER, A.D. (1925). Size of class
and reading efficiency. The Elementary School
Journal, 25, 682-691. |
WANG, M.C. (2000). How small classes help teachers do
their best. The CEIC Review, 9 (2), 1-24. [PDF] |
|
METZNER, A.B. & BERRY, C. (1926). Size of class for
mentally retarded children. Training School Bulletin,
23, 241-251. |
WANG, M.C. & FINN, J.D. (Eds.) (2000). How small
classes help teachers do their best. Philadelphia,
Pa.: Temple University Center for Research in Education. |
|
HAERTTER, D.L. (1928). An experiment of the efficiency of
instruction in large and small classes in plane geometry.
Educational Administration & Sunervision, 14,
580-590. |
COOPER, J.L. & ROBINSON, P. (2000). The argument for
making large classes seem small. In J. MacGregor, J. L.
Cooper, K.A. Smith & P. Robinson (Eds.), Strategies
for energizing large classes : From small groups to
learning communities (pp. 5-16). New Directions for
Teaching and Learning, No. 81. San Francisco :
Jossey-Bass. |
|
HOLLAND, B.G. (1928). The effect of class size on
scholastic acquirement in educational psychology. School
& Society, 27, 668-670. |
COHEN, G., MILLER, C., STONEHILL R. & GEDDES, C.
(2000). The class-size reduction program : Boosting
student achievement in schools across the nation, a
first-year report. Washington, DC : U.S. Department
of Education. |
|
KIRK, J.R. (1929). A study of class size, teaching
efficiency, and student achievement. Phi Delta
Kappan, 12, 59-61. |
KRUEGER, A.B. (2000). An economist's view of class size
research. In M.C. Wang & J.D. Finn (Eds.), How
small classes help teachers do their best (pp.
99-130). Philadelphia : Temple University Center for
Research in Human Development in Education. |
|
WETZEL, W.A. (1930). Teaching technique and size of class.
School Life, 15. 181-182. |
BRACEY. G.W. (2000). Small classes 1, vouchers 0. Phi
Delta Kappan, 82 (4), 331-332. |
|
BROWN, A.E. (1932). The effectiveness of large
classes at the college level : An experimental study
involving the size and variable and size-procedure
variable. Universitv of Iowa Studies in Education, 7, 1-66. |
WANG, M.C. & TULL, J.C. (2000). School characteristics
and classroom practice : Smaller versus larger classes. In
M.C. Wang & J.D. Finn (Eds.), How small classes
help teachers do their best (pp. 175-198).
Philadelphia : Temple University Center for Research in
Human Development and Education. |
|
BAKER, L.H. (1936). Class size does make a difference.
The Nation's Schools, 17, 27-28. |
STECHER, B.M. & BORHNSTEDT, G.W. (2000). Class
size reductions in California : The 1998-99 evaluation
findings. Sacramento, California : California
Department of Education. |
|
EASTBURN, A. (1937). Report of class size investigations in
the Phoenix Union High School, 1933-34 to 1935-36.
Journal of Educational Research, 31, 107-117. |
KRUGER, A.B. (2000). Economic considerations and
class size. Princeton University, Industrial
Relations Section, Working Paper #447. |
|
NEWELL, C.A. (1943). Class size and adaptability. New
York : Columbia University Bureau of Publications. |
HOXBY, C.M. (2000). The effects of class size on student
achievement : New evidence from population variation. The
Quarterly Journal of Economics, 115 (4), 1239-1285. |
|
LUNDBERG, L.D. (1947). Effects of smaller classes. The
Nation's Schools, 39, 20-22. |
MOLNAR, A. (2000). The case for smaller classes. Rethinking
Schools, 14 (4), |
|
OTTO, H.J. (1954). Class size factors in elementarv
schools. Bureau of Laboratory Schools Publication
No. 4). Austin : University of Texas. |
WANG, M.C. & FINN, J.D. (2000). How small classes help
teachers do their best : Recommendations from a National
Invitational Conference. CEIC Review, 9 (2). |
|
ROSS, D.H. & McKENNA, B.H. (1955). Class size :
The multi-million dollar question. New York, NY :
Columbia University. |
STECHER, B.M. & BORNSTEDT, G.W. (2000). Class size
reductions in California : The 1998-99 evaluation
findings. Sacramento, California : California
Department of Education. |
|
ROHER, H.J. (1957). Large and small sections in college
classes. The Journal of Higher Education, 28, 275-279. |
NYE, B., HEDGES L.V. & KONSTANTOPOULOS, S. (2000). The
effects of small classes on academic achievement : The
results of the Tennessee class size experiment. American
Educational Research Journal, 37 (1), 123-151. |
|
CAMMAROSANO, J.R. & SANTOPOLO. F.A. (1958). Teaching
efficiency and class size. School & Societv, 86,
338-340. |
EGELSON, P. & HARMAN, P. (2000). Ten years of small
class size in Burke County, North Carolina. In M.C. Wang
& J.D. Finn (Eds.), How small classes help
teachers do their best (pp. 279-297). Philadelphia
: Temple University Center for Research in Human
Development and Education. |
|
|
FLEMING, C.M. (1959). Class size as a variable in the
teaching situation. Educational Research, 1, 35-48. |
LEFEVRE, A. & RANKIN, J. (2000). The politics of
class size reduction : Smaller classes vs. better
teachers. Washington : American Legislative
Exchange Council. |
|
SIMMONS, H.F. (1959). Achievement in intermediate algebra
associated with class size at the University of Wichita. College
& University, 34, 309-315. |
ANDERSON, L.W. (2000). Why should reduced class size lead
to increased student achievement ? In M.C. Wang & J.D.
Finn (Eds.), How small classes help teachers do their
best (pp. 3-24) Philadelphia : Temple University
Center for Research in Human Development. |
|
SIEGEL, L., MACOMBER, F.G. & ADAMS, J.F. (1959). The
effectiveness of large group instruction at the university
level. Harvard Educational review, 29, 216-226. |
CSR Research Consortium (2000). Class size reduction
in California : The 1998-99 evaluation findings.
Sacramento, CA : California Department of Education. |
|
WARBURTON, J.T. (1961). An experiment in large group
instruction. Journal of Secondary Education, 36,
430-432. |
JOHNSON, K. (2000). Do small classes influence
academic achievement ? What the National Assessment of
Educational Progress shows. Center for Data
Analysis Report. |
|
MARKLUND, S. (1963). Scholastic achievement as related to
size and homogeneity of classes. Educational
Research, 6, 63-67. |
BOHRNSTEDT, G.W., STECHER, B.M. & WILEY, E.W. (2000).
The California class size reduction evaluation : Lessons
learned. In M.C. Wang & J.D. Finn (Eds.), How
small classes help teachers do their best (pp.
201-225). Philadelphia : Temple University Center for
Research in Human Development and Education. |
|
FELDHUSEN, J.F. (1963). The effects of small and large
group instruction on learning of subject matter,
attitudes, and interests. Journal of Psychology, 55,
357-362. |
BOYD-ZAHARIAS, J. & PATE-BAIN, H. (2000). Early and
new findings from Tennessee's Project STAR. In M.C. Wang
& J.D. Finn (Eds.), How small classes help
teachers do their best (pp. 65-97). Philadelphia :
Temple University Center for Research in Human Development
and Education. |
|
CLARKE, S. & RICHEL, S. (1963). The effect of
class size and teacher qualifications on achievement.
Research Monograph #5. Edmonton, Alberta : Alberta
Teachers Association. |
HOXBY, C. (2000). The effects of class size on student
achievement : New evidence from population variation. The
Quarterly Journal of Economics, 115 (4),
1239-1285. |
|
FRYMIER, J.R. (1964). The effect of class size upon
reading achievement in first grade. The Reading
Teacher, l8, 90-93. |
ZAHORIK, J., MOLNAR, A., EHRLE, K. & HALBACH, A.
(2000). Effective teaching in reduced-size classes.
Milwaukee : Center for Education Research, Analysis, and
Innovation University of Wisconsin Milwaukee. |
|
EASH, M.J. & BENNET C.M. (1964). The effects of class
size on achievement and attitudes. American
Educational Research Journal, 1, 229-239. |
|
|
HASKELL, S. (1964). Some observations of the effects of
class size upon pupil achievement in geometrical drawing.
Journal of Education Research, 58, 27-30. |
|
|
WARD, W.H. (1965). A test of the association of class size
to students' attitudes toward secondary school students. California
Journal of Educational Research, 16, 108-115. |
|
|
CANNON, G.M. (1966). Kindergarten class size--A study. Childhood
Education, 43, 9-11. |
|
|
FUMO, O.F. & COLLINS, G.J. (1967). Class size and
pupil learning. In Educational Research Service, Class
size : A summarv of research. Arlington, VA :
Educational Research Service. |
|
|
JOHNSON, M. & STRIVEN, E. (1967). Class size and
achievement gains in seventh and eighth grade English and
Mathematics. The School Review, 3, 300-310. |
|
|
STEPHENS, L. & BERRYMAN, C. (1968). The effects of
class size and instructional methods on attitudes toward
the teaching profession. Contemporarv Education, 40
(2), 76-78. |
|
|
MADDEN, J.V. (1968). An experimental study of student
achievement in general mathematics in relation to class
size. School Science & Mathematics, 68, 619-622. |
|
|
WOODSON, M.S. (1968). Effect of class size as measured
by an achievement test criterion. In Educational
Research Service, Class size : A critique of recent
meta-analyses. ERS soecial renort. Arlington, VA. |
|
|
HABERMAN, M. & LARSON, R.G. (1968). Would cutting
class size change instruction ? National Elementary
Principal, 47, 18-19. |
|
|
VINCENT, W.S. (1968). Further clarification of the class
size question. IAR Research Bulletin, 9, 4. |
|
|
WALBERG, H.J. (1969). Class size and the social
environment of learning. Human Relations, 22,
465-475. |
|
|
|
STONES, E. (1970). Students' attitudes toward the size of
teaching groups. Educational Review, 21 (2),
98-108. |
KRUEGER, A.B. (2001). Would smaller classes help close the
black-white achievement gap ? In J. Chubb & T.
Loveless (Eds.), Bridging the Achievement Gap
(pp. 11-46). Washington, DC : Brookings Institution Press.
[PDF] |
|
HOOVER, K.H., BAUMANN, V.H. & SHAFER, S.M. (1970). The
influence of class-size variations on cognitive and
affective learning of college freshmen. Journal of
Experimental Education, 38, 39-43. |
KRUEGER, A.B. & WHITMORE, D.M. (2001). The effect of
attending a small class in the early grades on
college-test taking and middle school test results :
Evidence from project STAR. Economic Journal, 111,
1-28. |
|
HOME, K. (1970). Optimum class size for intensive language
instruction. Modem Language Journal, 54, 189-195. |
EHRENBERG, R.G., BREWER, D.J., GAMORAN, A. & WILLMAS,
J.D. (2001). Class size and student achievement.
Psychological Science & the Public Interest, 2
(1), 1-30. |
|
LITTLE, A., MABEY, C. & RUSSELL, J. (1971). Do small
classes help a pupil ? New Society, 18, 769-771. |
BOOZER, M. & ROUSE, C. (2001). Intraschool variation
in class size : Patterns and implications. Journal of
Urban Economics, 50 (1), 163-189. |
|
FLINKER, I. (1972). Optimum class size : What is the magic
number ? Clearing House, 6, 471-473. |
STECHER, B., BOHMSTEDT, G., KIRST, G.M., McROBBIE, J.
& WILLIAMS, T. (2001). Class-size reduction in
California : A story of hope, promise and unintended
consequences. Phi Delta Kappan, 82 (9),
670-674. |
|
ANDERSON, G.J. & WALBERG, H.J. (1972). Class size and
the social environment of learning A replication. The
Alberta Journal of Educational Research, 18,
277-286. |
BLATCHFORD, P., BAINS, E., KUTNICK, P. & MARTIN, C.
(2001). Classroom contexts : Connections between class
size and within class grouping. British Journal of
Educational Psychology, 71 (2), 283-302. |
|
MOODY, W., BAUSELL, R. & JENKINS, J. (1973). The
effect of class size on the learning of mathematics : A
parametric study. Journal of Research in Mathematics,
4, 170-176. |
NYE, B., HEDGES L.V. & KONSTANTOPOULOS, S. (2001). Are
effects of small classes cumulative ? Evidence from a
Tennessee experiment. The Journal of Educational
Research, 94 (6), 336-345. |
|
GAJEWSKY, S. & SHORE, B.M. (1973). Class size :
Review of the literature and selected annotated
bibliography. Montréal : McGill University. |
WILEY, E., PARRISH, T. & BOHRNSTEDT, G. (2001). Class
size reduction and special education referrals and
placement. The CEIC Review, 10 (9), 12-15. |
|
BOLANDER, S.F. (1973). Class size and levels of student
motivation. Journal of Experimental Design, 42
(2), 12-18 |
FINN, J.D., GERBER, S.B., ACHILLES, C.M. &
BOYD-ZAHARIAS, J. (2001). The enduring effects of small
classes. Teachers College Record, 103 (2),
145-183. [PDF] |
|
ROGENESS, G.A. (1974). Smaller classes and a stable
teaching staff can significantly improve the behavior of
inner-city students. American Journal of
Orthopsyhiatry, 44, 497-502. |
BLATCHFORD, P., BAINES, E., KUTNICK, P. & MARTIN, C.
(2001). Classroom contexts : Connections between class
size and within class grouping. British Journal of
Educational Psychology, 71 (2), 283-302. |
|
HASLETT, B.J. (1976). Student knowledgeability, student
sex, class size, and class level : Their interactions and
influences on student ratings of instruction. Research
in Higher Education, 5 (1), 39-65. |
EHRENBERG, R.G., BREWER, D.J., GAMORAN, A. & WILLMS,
J.D. (2001). The class size controversy. CHERI Working
Paper #14). [PDF] |
|
YEANY, R. (1976). A study of the correlation between
elementary student teachers' selection of science teaching
strategies and average class ability and size. Journal
of Research in Science Teaching, 13, 249-252. |
EHRENBERG, R.G., BREWER, D.J., GAMORAN, A. & WILLMS,
J.D. (2001). Class size and student achievement. Psychological
Science in the Public Interest, 2 (1), 1-30. |
|
WRIGHT, E.N., SHAPSON, S.M., EASON, G. & FITZGERALD,
J. (1977). Effects of class size in the juniorgrades
: A study. Toronto : Ontario Ministry of
Education. |
NYE, B., HEDGES, L.V. & KONSTANTOPOULOS, S. (2001).
The long-term effects of small classes in early grades :
lasting benefits in mathematics achievement at Ggrade 9. Journal
of Experimental Education, 69 (3), 245-257. |
|
FELD, S.L. & GROFMAN, B. (1977). Variation in class
size, the class size paradox, and some consequences for
students. Research in Higher Education, 6 (3),
215-222. |
FINN, J.D., FORDEN, M.A., VERDINELLI, S. & PANNOZZO,
G.M. (2001). Evaluation of the class size reduction
initiative-Buffalo Public Schools. Buffalo, NY :
University at Buffalo, Graduate School of Education. |
|
PETTY, R., HARKINS, S., WILLIAMS, K. & LATANE, B.
(1977). The effects of group size on cognitive effort and
evaluation. Personality & Social Psychology
Bulletin, 3, 579-582. |
DÖRNYEI, Z. (2001). Motivational strategies in the
language classroom. Cambridge : Cambridge
University Press. |
|
GLASS, G.V. & SMITH, M.L. (1978). Meta-analysis
of research on the relationship of class size and
achievement. San Francisco : Far West Laboratory
for Educational Research and Development. |
STREET, D. (2001). Study confirms value of small class
size. American Teacher, 85 (6). |
|
JOHNSON, L. (1978). South Carolina first-grade pilot
project 1976-77 : The effects of class size on reading and
mathematics achievement. Office of Research Report
Series, 1 (35), |
ODDEN, A. & ARCHIBALD S. (2001). Committing to
class-size reduction and finding the resources to
implement it : A case study of resource reallocation. Education
Policy Analysis Archives, 9 (30), 1-14. |
|
GLASS, G.V. & DOWN, A G. (1979). Does class size make
a difference ? Instructor, 89, 22. |
PONG, S. & PALLAS, A. (2001). Class size and
eighth-grade math achievement in the United States and
abroad. Educational Evaluation & Policy Analysis,
23 (3), 251-273. |
|
PARKER, B. (1979). Weighted pupil plans' determine class
size and priorities for teacher assistance. The
American School Board Journal, 166, 40-42. |
MOLNAR, A., HALBACH, A., EHRLE, K. & ZAHORIK, J.
(2001). Class size reduction : From promise to practice. Educational
Leadership, 58 (6), 32-35. |
|
SMITH, M.L. & GLASS, G.V. (1979). Relationshio of
class-size to classroom processes. teacher satisfaction
and nunil affect : A meta-analvsis. San Francisco,
CA : Far West Laboratories. |
|
|
CAHEN, L.S. & FILBY, N.N. (1979). The class
size/Achievement issue : New evidence and a research plan.
Phi Delta Kappan, 60 (7), 492-496. [PDF] |
|
|
GLASS, G.V. & SMITH, M.L. (1979). Meta-analysis of
research on class size and achievement. Educational
Evaluation & Policy Analysis, 7, 2-16. |
|
|
MARSH, H.W., OVERALL, J.U. & KESLER, S.P. (1979).
Class size, students' evaluations, and instructional
effectiveness. American Educational Research Journal,
16, 57-70. |
EGELSON, P., HARMAN, P., HOOD, A. & ACHILLES, C.M.
(2002). How class size makes a difference. Greensboro,
NC : SERVE Regional Educational Laboratory. [PDF] |
|
SMITH, M.L. & GLASS, G.V. (1980). Meta-analysis of
research on class size and its relationship to attitudes
and instruction. American Educational Research
Journal, 17, 419-433. |
NGOBOKA, P. & SCHULTZ, B. (2002). The effects of class
size on student academic performance in a principles of
microeconomics course. Proceedings of the Midwest
Business Economics Association, 198-207.
[PDF] |
|
FILBY, N., CAHEN, L., McCUTCHEON G. & KYLE, D. (1980).
What happens in smaller classes ? A summarv report of
a field study. Class size and instruction project.
Far West Laboratories for Educational Research and
Development San Francisco, |
STATZ, C. & STECHER, B. (2002). Before and after
class-size reduction : A tale of two teachers. In M.C.
Wang & J.D. Finn (Eds.), Taking small classes one
stepfurther (pp. 19-50). Greenwich, CT :
Information Age. |
|
EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH SERVICE (1980). Class size research :
A critique of recent meta-analysis. Phi Delta Kappan,
62, 239-241. |
CASBON, C., DEMESTER, K. & NALLEY, D. (Ed.) (2002). Class
size reduction. The Regional Educational Laboratory
at SERVE. SERVE : North Carolina. |
|
SIMPSON, S.N. (1980). Comment on meta-analysis of research
on class size and achievement. Educational
Evaluation & Policy Analysis, 2 (3), 81-83. |
NYE, B., HEDGES L.V. & KONSTANTOPOULOS, S. (2002). Do
low-achieving students benefit more from small classes ?
Evidence from the Tennessee class size experiment. Educational
Evaluation & Policy Analysis, 24 (3), 201-217. |
|
McKEACKIE, W.J. (1980). Class size, large classes, and
multiple sections. American Association of University
Professors, 66 (1), 24-27/Academe, 2, 24-28. |
HOLLOWAY, J.H. (2002) Do smaller classes change
instruction ? Educational Leadership, 59 (5),
91-92. |
|
CHOPPIN, B. (1980). Review of meta-analyses on class size.
Educational Researcher, 22, 232-233. |
WOESSMANN, L. & WEST, M. (2002). Class-size
effects in school systems around the world : Evidence
from between-grade variation in TIMSS. Cambridge,
MA : Kennedy School of Government, Harvard University. |
|
GLASS, G.V. (1980). On criticism of our class Size/Student
achievement research : No points conceded. Phi Delta
Kappan, 62 (4), 242-244. |
ANDERSON, L.W. (2002). Balancing breadth and depth of
content coverage : Taking advantage of the the
opportunities provided by smaller classes. In J.D. Finn
& M.C. Wang (Eds.), Taking small classes one step
further (pp. 51-61). Greenwich, CT : Information
Age Publishing. |
|
BOSSERT, S.T. (1980). Class size : Paradoxes and promises.
Catalyst, 4, 9-14. |
FINN, J.D. (2002). Small classes in American schools :
Research, practice and politics. Phi Delta Kappan,
83 (7), 551-560. |
|
SHAPSON, S.M., WRIGHT, E.N., EASON, G. & FITZGERALD,
J. (1980). An experimental study of the effects of class
size. American Educational Research Journal, 17
(2), 141-152. |
BLATCHFORD, P., GOLDSTEIN, H., MARTIN, C. & BROWNE, W.
(2002). A study of class size effects in English school
reception year classes. British Educational Research
Journal, 28 (2), 169-185. |
|
BECKERMAN, T. & GOOD, T.L. (1981). The classroom
ration of high- and low-aptitude students and its effect
on achievement. American Educational Research Journal,
18 (3), 317-327. |
TOTH, L.S. & MONTAGNA, L.G. (2002). Class size and
achievement in higher education : A summary of current
research. College Student Journal, 36 (2),
253-261. [LIRE] |
|
CARRINGTON, A.T. (1981). Class size project
1980-1981. final report. Virginia Beach, VA :
Virginia Beach Public Schools. |
SACK, J.L. (2002). Smaller classes under scrutiny in
California schools. Education Week, 21 (24),
1-2. |
|
JOHNSON, J. (2002). Will parents and teachers get on the
bandwagon to reduce school size ? Phi Delta Kappan,
83, 353-356. |
|
CACHA, F. (1982). The Class Size and Achievement
Controversy. Contemporary Education, 54 (1),
13-17. |
IACOVOU, M. (2002). Class size in the early years : Is
smaller really better? Education Economics, 10, 261-290. |
|
WHITNEY, L. & WILLEY, G.G. (1982). Advantages of
small classes. Beverly Hills, C. & Sage. |
ACHILLES, C.M., FINN, J.D. & PATE-BAIN, H. (2002).
Measuring class size : Let me count the ways.
Educational Leadership, 59 (5), 24-26. |
|
GLASS, G.V., CAHEN, L., SMITH, M. & FILBY, N. (1982).
School class size : Research and policy. Beverly
Hills, CA : Sage Publications. |
WILSON, V. (2002). Does small really make a difference
? A review of the literature on the effects of class
size on teaching practice and pupils' behaviour and
attainment. Scottish Council for Research in
Education (SCRE) Centre University of Glasgow. |
|
CAHEN, L.S., FILBY, N., McCUTCHEON, G. & KYLE, D.W.
(1983). Class size and instruction. New York :
Longman. |
BLATCHFORD, P., MORIATY, V., EMONDS, S. & MARTIN, C.
(2002). Relationships between class size and teaching : a
multi-method analysis of English infant schools. American
Educational Research Journal, 39 (1), 101-132. |
|
HEDGES, L.V. & STOCK, W. (1983). The effects of class
size : An examination of rival hypotheses. American
Educational Research Journal, 20 (1), 63-85. |
BATEMAN, H.V. (2002). Students' sense of community :
Implications for class size. In M.C. Wang & J.D. Finn
(Eds.), Taking small classes one stepfurther
(pp. 63-75). Greenwich, CT : Information Age. |
|
CAHEN, L.S., NIKOLA, F., McCUTCHERON, G. & KYLE, D.
(1983). Class size and instruction : A field study.
Research on teaching monograph series. New York :
Longman. |
KRUEGER, A.B. (2002). Understanding the magnitude and
effect of class size on student achievement. In L. Mishel
& R. Rothstein (Eds), The class size debate
(pp. 7-36). Washington, DC : Economic Policy Institute. |
|
HAWLEY, W.D. (1984). Class size research. Peabody
Journal of Education, 61, 156-180. |
JEPSEN, C. & RIVKIN, S. (2002). Class size
reduction, teacher quality, and academic achievement in
California public schools. San Francisco, CA :
Public Policy Institute of California. |
|
HALLORAN, M. (1984). Class size and academic
achievement. National Center for Education : U.S.
Department of Education. |
DOBBELSTEEN, J., LEVIN, J. & OOSTERBEEK, H. (2002).
The causal effect of class size on scholastic achievement
: distinguishing the pure class size effects from the
effects of changes in class composition. Oxford
Bulletin of Economics & Statistics, 64 (17),
17-38. |
|
FELDMAN, K.A. (1984). Class size and students evaluations
of college teacher and courses : A closer look.
Research in Higher Education, 21 (1), 45-116. |
KRUEGER, A.B. & WHITMORE, D. (2002). Would smaller
classes help close the black-white achievement gap ? In J.
Chubb and T. Loveless (Eds.), Bridging the
achievement gap. Washington, DC : Brookings
Institute Press. |
|
LARKIN, A.I. & KEEVES, J.P. (1984). The class
size question : A study at different levels of analvsis
(ACER Research Monograph No. 26). Hawthorn,
Australia : Australian Council for Educational Research. |
BIDDLE, B.J. & BERLINER, D.C. (2002). Small class size
and its effects. Educational Leadership, 59 (5),
12-23. |
|
McCONNELL, C.R. & SOSIN, K. (1984). Some determinants
of student attitudes toward large classes. Journal of
Economic Education,181-190. |
STASZ, C. & STECHER, B. (2002). Before and after
class-size reduction : A tale of two teachers. In M.C.
Wang & J.D. Finn (Eds.), Taking small classes one
stepfurther (pp. 19-50). Greenwich, CT :
Information Age. |
|
HELMICH, E. & WASEM, L. (1985). Class sizes for
kindergarten and primary grades : A review of the
research. Springfield : Illinois State Board of
Education, Department of Planning, Research and
Evaluation. |
FINN, J.D. & WANG, M.C. (Eds.) (2002). Taking
small classes one step further. Greenwich, CT :
Information Age. |
|
ELLIS, T.I. (1985). Class size. Research Roundup, 1,
2. |
FINN, J.D. (2002). Small classes in American schools :
Research, practice, and politics. Phi Delta Kappan,
83 (7), 551-560. |
|
HALINAN, M.T. (1985). Class size, ability group size and
student achievement. American Journal of Education,
94, 71-89. |
BIDDLE, B.J. & BERLINER, D.C. (2002). What research
says about small classes and their effects. In pursuit of
better schools : What research says. Policy
Perspectives, 1-22. [PDF] |
|
WHITTINGTON, E.H. (1985). Effects of class size on
first-grade students. Spectrum, 3 33-39. |
BLATCHFORD, P., GOLDSTEIN, H., MARTIN, C. & BROWNE, W.
(2002). A study of class size effects in english school
reception year classes. British Educational Research
Journal, 28 (2), 169-185. |
|
WILLIAMS, D.D., COOK, P.F., QUINN, B. & JENSEN, R.P.
(1985). University class size : Is smaller better ?
Research in Higher Education, 23 (3), 307-318. |
|
|
FORNESS, S.R. & KAVALE, K.A. (1985). Effects of class
size on attention, communication, and disruption of mildly
mentally retarded children. American Educational
Research Journal, 22, 403-412. |
KRUEGER, A.B. (2003). Economic considerations and class
size. The Economic Journal, 113 (485), 34-63. |
|
KLEIN, K. (1985). The research on class size. Phi
Delta Kappan, 66 (8), 578-580. |
BLATCHFORD, P., BASSETT, P., GOLDSTEIN, H. & MARTIN,
C. (2003). Are class size differences related to pupils'
educational progress and classroom processes ? Finding
from the Institute of Education Class Size Study of
children aged 5-7 Years. British Educational Research
Journal, 29 (5), 709-730. |
|
BOURKE, S. (1986). How smaller is better : Some
relationships between class size, teaching practices, and
student achievement. American Educational Research
Journal, 23, 558-571. |
BLATCHFORD, P. (2003). A systematic observational study of
teachers' and pupils'behaviour in large and small classes.
Learning & Instruction, 13 (6), 569-595. |
|
PATE-BAIN, H. & ACHILLES, C.M. (1986). Interesting
developments on class size. Phi Delta Kappan, 67, 662-665. |
ZAHORIK, J., SMITH, P. & MOLNAR, A. (2003). Class size
reduction : A fresh look at the data. Educational
Leadership 61(1), 72-74 |
|
GLASS, G.V. (1986). Class size. In M.J. Dunkin (Ed.), International
encyclopedia of teaching and teacher education.
Oxford : Pergamon Press. |
DEUTSCH, F.M. (2003). How small classes benefit high
school students. NASSP Bulletin, 87, 35-44. |
|
PATE-BAIN, H. (1986). Small class size once again :
An experiment in grade one, Metro-Nashville Public
Schools. Paper presented at the Annual Convention
of the American Educational Research Association, San
Francisco, CA : ERIC Document Reproduction. |
DUSTMANN C., RAJAH, N. & VAN SOEST, A. (2003). Class
size, education, and wages. Economic Journal, 113,
99-120. |
|
ROBINSON, G.E & WITTEBOLS, J.H. (1986). Class
size research : A related cluster analysis for decision
making. Arlington, VA : Educational Research
Service. |
HAUGHEY, M., SNART, F. & DA COSTA, J. (2003).
Teachers' instructional practices in small classes. Alberta
Journal of Educational Research, 49. |
|
ROBINSON, G.E. & WITTEBOLS, J.H. (1986). Class
size research : A related cluster analysis for decision
making. Arlington, VA : Educational Research
Service. |
FERN SNART, M.H. & DA COSTA, J. (2003). Teachers'
instructional practices in small classes. The Alberta
Journal of Educational Research, 49 (2), 181-197.
[PDF] |
|
BOURKE, S. (1986). How smaller is better : some
relationships between class size, teaching practices, and
student achievement. American Educational Research
Journal, 23 (4), 558-571. |
DAVIES, P. (2003). The school class size debate : Does
size matter ? Education Forum Briefing Papers, 6,
1-7. |
|
GLEASON, M. (1986). Better communication in large courses.
College Teaching, 43 (1), 20-24. |
FLEMING, T., TOUTANT, T. & RAPTIS, H. (2003).
Class size and effects : A review. Delta Kappa
Educational Foundation Bloomington, Indiana. [PDF] |
|
|
FREDERICK, P.J. (1987). Student Involvement : Active
learning in large classes. In M.G. Weimer (Ed.), Teaching
large classes well : New directions for reaching and
learning (pp. 45-56). San Francisco : Jossey-Bass. |
DÖRNYEI, Z. & MURPHEY, T. (2003). Group dynamics
in the language classroom. Cambridge : Cambridge
University Press. |
|
PREECE, P.F.W. (1987). Class size and learning : A
theoretical model. Journal of Educational Research,
80 (6), 377-379. |
BLATCHFORD, P., EDMONS, S. & MARTIN, C. (2003). Class
size, pupila attentiveness and peer relations. British
Journal of Educational Psychology, 73 (1), 15-36. |
|
WULFF, D.H., NYQUIST, J.D. & ABBOTT, R.D. (1987).
Students' perceptions of large classes. In M. Weimer
(Ed.), Teaching large classes well. New Directions
for Teaching and Learning. San Francisco :
Jossey-Bass. |
ACHILLES, C.M. (2003). How class size makes a
difference : What the research says. The impact of
class-size reduction (CSR). New York. |
|
GILMAN, D.A., SWAN E.T. & STONE, W. (1988). The
educational effects of a state supported reduced class
size program : A comprehensive evaluation of indiana's
project prime time at the north gibson school corporation.
Contemporary Education, 59, 112-116. |
SMITH, P., MOLNAR, A. & BOYD-ZAHARIAS, J. (2003).
Class-size reduction : A fresh look at the dat.
Educational Leadership, 61, 72-74. |
|
WATKINS, D. & AFZULPURKAR, N. (1988). Class size and
student ratings of tertiary courses. Educational &
Psychological Measurement, 48 (2), 523-526. |
ZAHORIK, J., MOLNAR, A. & SMITH, P. (2003). SAGE
advice : Research on teaching in reduced-size classes.
Temple : University of Arizona State. [PDF] |
|
GEARY, S. (1988). Class size : Issues and
implications for policymaking in Utah. Salt LakeCity
: Universityof Utah, Graduate School of Education. |
ZAHORIK, J., HALBACH, A., EHRLE, K. & MOLNAR, A.
(2003). Teaching practices for smaller classes. Educational
Leadership, 61 (1), 75-77. |
|
CONNER, K. & DAY, R. (1988). Class size : When
less can be more. Senate Office of Research Issue
Brief. Sacramento, CA |
BLATCHFORD, P., KUTNICK, P., BAINES, E. & GALTON, M.
(2003). Toward a social pedagogy of classroom group work.
Journal of Educational research, 39 (S), 153-172. |
|
MUELLER, D.J., CHASE, C.I. & WALDEN, J.D. (1988).
Effects of reduced class size in primary classes. Educational
Leadership, 45, 48-50. |
KRUEGER, A.B. (2003). Economic consideration and class
size. The Economic Journal, 13 (485), 34-63. [PDF] |
|
VEDDER, R.K. (1988). School productivity, class size, and
choice. Updating School Board Policies, 19 (11),
1-3. |
GILMAN, D.A. & KIGER, S. (2003). Should we try to keep
class sizes small ? Educational Leadership, 60
(7), 80-85. |
|
FOLGER, J. (1989). Lessons for class size policy and
research. Peabody Journal of Education, 67 (1),
123-132. |
BLATCHFORD, P. (2003). The class size debate : Is
small better ? Maidenhead, U.K. and Philadelphia,
U.S.A. : Open University Press. |
|
McINTYRE, W.G. & MARION, S.F. (1989). The
relationship of class size to student achievement : What
the research says. Occasional Paper Series No. 3.
Orono : Orono College of Education, University of Maine, |
MITCHELL, D.E. & MITCHELL, R.E. (2003). The political
economy of education : The case of class size reduction. Peabody
Journal of Education, 78 (4), 120-152. |
|
FINN, J.D., FULTON, B.D., ZAHARIAS, B.D. & NYE, B.A.
(1989). Carry-over effects of small classes. Peabody
Journal of Education, 67 (1), 75-84 |
FINN, J.D., PANNOZZO, G.M. & ACHILLES, C.M. (2003).
The "why's" of class size : Student behavior in small
classes. Review of Educational Research, 73 (3),
321-368. [PDF] |
|
COOPER, H.M. (1989). Does reducing student-to-teacher
ratios affect achievement ? Educational Psychologist,
24 (1), 79-98. |
|
|
SLAVIN, R.E. (1989). Class size and student achievement :
small effects of small classes. Educational
Psychologist, 24 (1), 99-110. |
ALLHUSEN, V., BELSKY, J., BOOTH-LAFORCE, C., BRADLEY, R.,
BROWNWELL, C.A., BURCHINAL, M., CAMPBELL, S.B.,
CLARKE-STEWART, K.A., COX, M., FRIEDMAN, S.L.,
HIRSH-PASEK, K., HOUTS, R.M., HUSTON, A., JAEGER, E.,
JOHNSON, D.J., KELLY, J.F., KNOKE, B., MARSHALL, N.,
MCCARTNEY, K., MORRISON, F.J., O'BRIEN, M., TRESCH OWEN,
M., PAYNE, C., PHILLIPS, D., PIANTA, R., RANDOLPH, S.,
ROBESON, W.W., SPIEKER, S., LOWE VANDELL, D. &
WEINRAUB, M. (2004). Does class size in first grade relate
to children's academic and social performance or observed
classroom processes ? Developmental Psychology, 40
(5), 651-664. |
|
SLAVIN, R.E. (1989). Achievement effects of substantial
reductions to class size. In R. Slavin (Ed.), School
and classroom organization (pp. 247-257).
Hillsdale, NJ : Earlbaum. |
|
FINN, J.D., FULTON, D., ZAHARIAS, J. & NYE, B.A.
(1989). Carry-over effects of small classes. Peabody
Journal of Education, 67, 75-84. |
NICHD Early Child Care Research Network (2004). Does class
size in first grade relate to children's academic &
social performance or observed classroom processes ? Developmental
Psychology, 40 (5), 651-665. |
|
BERLIN, B.M. & CIENKUS, R.C. (1989). Size : The
ultimate education issue. Education & Urban
Society, 21, 228-310. |
HATTIE, J. (2005). The paradox of reducing class size and
improving learning outcomes.International Journal of
Educational Research, 43, 387-425. |
|
SLAVIN, R.E. (1989). Class size and student achievement :
small effects of small classes. Educational
Psychologist, 24 (1), 99-110. |
BLATCHFORD, P., BASSETT, P. & BROWN, P. (2005).
Teachers' and pupils' behaviour in large and small classes
: a systematic observation study of pupils aged 10/11
years. Journal of Educational Psychology, 97
(3), 454-467. |
|
EVERTSON C.M. & FOLGER, J.K. (1989). Small class,
large class : What do teachers do differently ?
Paper presented at the annual meeting of the American
Educational Research Association, San Francisco, CA. |
BORLAND, M., HOWSEN, R. & TRAWICK, M. (2005). An
investigation of the effect of class size on student
academic achievement. Education Economics, 13, 73-83. |
|
FOLGER, J. & BREDA C. (1989). Evidence from project
STAR about class size and student achievement. Peabody
Journal of Education, 67 (1), 17-33. |
FINN, J.D., GERBER, S.B. & BOYD-ZAHARIAS, J. (2005).
Small classes in the early grades, academic achievement,
and graduating from high school. Journal of
Educational Psychology, 97 (2), 214-223. [PDF] |
|
McGIVERFIN, J., GILMAN, D. & TILLITSKI, C. (1989). A
meta-analysis of the relation between class size and
achievement. The Elementary School Journal, 90
(1), 47-56. |
PEEVELEY, G., HEDGES, L. & NYE, B.A. (2005). The
relationship of class size effects and teacher salary. Journal
of Education Finance, 31 (1), 101-109. |
|
JOHNSTON, J. (1989). Teacher perceptions of changes in
teaching when they have a small class or an aide. Peabody
Journal of Education, 67 (1), 106-122. |
GUILLEMETTE, Y. (2005). School class size : Smaller
isn't better. Toronto : C.D. Howe Institute. |
|
LOGAN-WOODS, J.C. (1989). Class size : The bridge between
diagnostic information and actions for school improvement.
Education & Urban Society, 21, 218-270. |
BURCH, P. & THEOARIS, G. (2005). Class size
reduction in practice : Investigating the influence of
the elementary school principal. A paper presented
at the annual meeting of the American Educational Research
Association. Montréal. |
|
EVERTSON C.M. & RANDOLPH, C.H. (1989). Teaching
practices and class size : A new look at an old issue. Peabody
Journal of Education, 67 (1), 85-104. |
UNLU, F. (2005). California class size reduction
reform : New findings from the NAEP. Princeton, NJ
: Department of Economics, Princeton University. |
|
MITCHELL, D.E., BEACH, S.A. & BADARAK, G. (1989).
Modeling the relationship between achievement and class
size : a re-analysis of the Tennesse Project STAR data. Peabody
Journal of Education, 67 (1), 34-74. |
SACK, J.L. (2005). Nearly a decade into small class law,
California educators love imperfect effort. Education
Week, 24(24), 1-2. |
| |
BLATCHFORD, P., GALTON, M., KUTNICK, P. & BAINES, E.
(2005). Improving the effectiveness of groups in
classrooms (SPRinG Project), Final report to ESRC
L139251046. Swindon, UK : Economic and Social
Research Council (ESRC). |
| |
YAN, W. & LIN, Q. (2005). Effects of class size and
length of day on kindergartners' academic achievement :
Findings from early childhood longitudinal study. Early
Education & Development, 16 (1), 49-68. |
|
URQUIOLA, M. (2006). Identifying class-size effects in
developing countries : Evidence from rural Bolivia.
Review of Economics & Statistics, 88 (1),
171-177. |
|
KOKKELENBERG, E.C., DILLON, M. & CHRISTY, S. (2006). Effects
of class size on student grades at a public university.
Working Paper #88). Retrieved [insert date], from Cornell
University. [PDF] |
|
|
ODDEN, A. (1990). Class size and student achievement :
Research-based policy alternatives. Educational
Evaluation & Policy Analysis, 12 (2),
213-227. |
MILTON, P. (2006). What matters about class size ?
Toronto : Canadian Education Association |
|
LIPMAN, S.A. (1990). On the optimality of unequal class
sizes. Economics Letters, 33, 193-196. |
ORELLANA, A. (2006). Class size and interaction in online
courses. Quarterly Review of Distance Education, 7 (3),
229-248. |
|
WORD, E., JOHNSTON, J., BAIN, H., FULTON, D.B.,
BOYD-ZAHARIAS, J., ACHILLES, C.M., LINTZ, M.N., FOLGER, J.
& BREDA, C. (1990). Student/TeacherAchievement
Ratio (STAR) : Tennessee's K-3 class size study.
Nashville : Tennessee State Department of Education.
[PDF] |
WÖSSMANN, L. & WEST, M. (2006). Class-size effects in
school systems around the world : Evidence from
between-grade variation in TIMSS. European Economic
Review, 50 (3), 695-736. |
|
ROBINSON, G.E. (1990). Synthesis of research on effects of
class size. Educational Leadership, 47 (7),
80-90. [PDF] |
FINN, J.D., FOX, J.D., McCLELLAN, M.M., ACHILLES, C.M.
& BOYD-ZAHARIAS, J. (2006). Small classes in the early
grades and course taking in high school. International
Journal of Education Policy & Leadership, 1
(1), 1-13. |
|
TOMLINSON, T. (1990). Class size and public policy : The
plot thickens. Contemporary Education, 62 (1),
17-23. |
TOMEI, L. (2006). The impact of online teaching on faculty
load : Computing the ideal class size for online courses.
Journal of Technology & Teacher Education, 14
(3), 531-541. |
|
SLAVIN, R. (1990). Class size and student achievement : Is
smaller better ? Contemporary Education, 62 (1),
6-12. |
MILESI, C. & GAMORAN, A. (2006). Effects of class size
and instruction on kindergarten achievement. Educational
Evaluation & Policy Analysis, 28 (4), 287-313. |
|
ROBINSON, G.E. (1990). Synthesis of research on the
effects of class size. Arlington, VA : Educational
Research Service. |
READY, D. & LEE, V.E. (2006). Optimal Context size in
elementary schools : Disentangling the effects of class
size and school size. Brookings Papers on Education
Policy, 1, 99-135. |
|
BENJAMIN, L.T. (1991). Personalization and active learning
in the large introductory psychology class. Teaching
of Psychology, 18 (2), 68-74. |
PEDDER, D. (2006). Are small classes better ?
Understanding relationships between class size, classroom
processes and pupils' learning. Oxford Review of
Education, 32 (2), 213-234. |
|
GLASS, G.V., (1992). Class size. In M.C. Alken, (Ed.), Encyclopedia
of Educational Research (Vol. 1, pp. 164-166). New
York : Macmillan. |
NORMORE, A.H. & LLON, L. (2006). Cost effective school
inputs : Is class size reduction the best educational
expenditure for Florida ? Educational Policy, 20
(2), 429-454. |
|
WARD, A. & JENKINS, A. (1992). The problems of
learning and teaching in large classes. In G. Gibbs &
A. Jenkins (Eds.), Teaching large classes in higher
Education (pp. 23-36). London : Kogan Page Ltd. |
GARY-BOBO, R J. & MAHJOUB, M.B. (2006). Estimation
of class-size effects, using Maimonides' rule and other
instruments : The case of French junior high schools. Discussion
Paper No. 5754. |
|
FINN, J.D. & ACHILLES, C.M. (1990). Answers and
questions about class size : A statewide experiment. American
Educational Research Journal, 27 (3), 557-577. |
ECALLE, J., MAGNAN, A. & GILBERT, F. (2006). Class
size effects on literacy skills and literacy interest in
first grade : A large-scale investigation. Journal of
School Psychology, 44, 191-209. |
|
HARDER, H. (1990). A critical look at reduced class size.
Contemporary Education, 62 (1), 28-30. |
URQUIOLA, M. (2006), Identifying class size effects in
developing countries : Evidence from rural Bolivia. Review
of Economics & Statistics, 88 (1), 171-176. |
| |
GRAUE, E., HATCH, K. RAO, K. & OEN, D. (2007). The
wisdom of class size reduction. American Educational
Research Journal, 44 (3), 670-700. |
|
HATTIE, J.A. (2007). The paradox of reducing class size
and improved learning outcomes. International Journal
of Education, 42, 387-425. |
|
LINK, C.R. & MULLIGAN, J.G. (1991). Classmates"
effects on Black student achievement in public school
classrooms. Economics of Education Review, 10
(4), 297-310. |
BLATCHFORD, P., RUSSELL, A., BASSETT, P., BROWN, P. &
MARTIN, C. (2007). The effect of class size on the
teaching of pupils aged 7-11 years. School
Effectiveness & School Improvement, 18 (2),
147-172. [PDF] |
|
NYE, B., ZAHARIAS, B.D., FULTON, B.D. & WALENHORST,
M.P. (1992). Smaller classes really are better. The
American School Board Journal, 179 (5), 31-33. |
ENGLEHART, J.M. (2007). Discourse in a small class : The
"diverge-converge pattern" and "relaxed freedom".
Education 3-13, 35 (1), 83-97. |
|
PATE-BAIN, H., ACHILLES, C.M., BOYD-ZAHARIAS, J. &
McKKENNA, B. (1992). Class size does make a difference.
Phi Delta Kappan, 74, 253-253. [PDF] |
CUSEO, J. (2007). The empirical case against large class
size : Adverse effects on the teaching, learning, and
retention of first-year students. Journal of Faculty
Development, 21 (1), 5-21. [PDF] |
|
HOLLINGSWORTH, P.M. (1992). Class size : An educational
issue. Education, 112 (3), 412. |
ENGLEHART, J.M. (2007). The centrality of context in
learning from further class size research. Educational
Psychology Review, 19 (4), 455-467. |
|
MUENNIG, P. & WOOLF, S.H. (2007). Health and economic
benefits of reducing the number of students per classroom
in US primary schools. American Journal of Public
Health, 97(11), 2020-2027. [PDF] |
|
NYE, B., ZAHARIAS, B.D., ACHILLES, C.M., ZHARIAS-BOYD, J.,
FULTON, B.D. & WALENHORST, M.P. (1992). Five
years of small class research : Student benefits derived
from reduced student/teacher ratios. San Francisco
: Annual meting of the American Educational Research
Asociation. |
WYSS, V.L., TAI, R.H. & SADLER, P.M. (2007). High
school class-size and college performance in science. The
High School Journal, 90 (3), 45-53. |
|
CORREA, H. (1993). An economic analysis of class size and
achievement in education. Education Economics, 1(2),
129-135. |
BROWNING, M. & HEINESEN, E. (2007). Class size,
teacher hours and educational attainment. The
Scandinavian Journal of Economics, 109 (2),
415-438. |
|
TOBY, S. (1993). Class size and teaching evaluation. Journal
of Chemical Education, 70 (6), 465-466. |
LEUVEN, E., OOSTERBEEK, H. & RONNING, M. (2008).
Quasi-experimental estimates of the effect of class size
on achievement in Norway. Scandinavian Journal of
Economics, 110 (4), 663-693. [PDF] |
|
ACHILLES, C.M., NYE, B.A., ZAHARIAS, J. B. & FULTON,
B. D. (1993). The lasting benefits study (LBS) in
grades 4 and 5 (1990-1991) : a legacy from
Tennessee's fouryear (K-3) class size study (1985-1989),
Project STAR. Nashville : Tenessee State University.
[PDF] |
BEDARD, K. & KUHN, P. (2008). Where class size really
matters : Class size and student ratings of instructor
effectiveness. Economics of Education Review, 27 (3),
253-265. |
|
BLATCHFORD, P. & MORTIMORE, P. (1994). The issue of
class size for young children in school : What can we
learn from research ? Oxford Review of Education, 20
(4), 411-428. |
BLATCHFORD, P., BASSETT, P. & BROWN, P. (2008). Do low
attaining and younger students benefit most from small
classes ? Results from a systematic observation study of
class size effects on pupil classroom engagement and
teacher pupil interaction. American Educational
Research Association Annual Meeting, 1- 29. |
|
FELDMAN, K.A. (1994). Class size and college students'
evaluations of teachers and courses : A closer look. Research
in Higher Education, 21, 45-116. |
DATAR, A. & MASON, B. (2008). Do reductions in class
size "crowd out" parental investment in education ? Economics
of Education Review, 27 (6), 712-723. |
ACHILLES, C.M., KISER-KLING, K., OWEN, J. & AUST, A.
(1994). Success starts small : Life in a small
class. Small Grant–Field-Based Research Final Report. Greensboro,
NC : University of North
Carolina |
|
|
SANOGO, Y. & GILMAN, D. (1994). Class size and
student achievement : Tennessee's STAR and Indiana's
Prime Time projects. ERIC document Reproduction
Services no ED370680. |
SIMS, D. (2008). A strategic response to class size
reduction : Combination classes and student achievement in
California. Journal of Policy Analysis &
Management, 27 (3), 457-478. |
|
VOEKL, K.E. (1995). Class size and class room
participation. Paper presented at the National
Symposium on Class Size Research. London : England. |
HILL, C.J., BLOOM, H.S., BLACK, A.R. & LIPSEY, M.V.
(2008). Empirical benchmrks for interpreting effect sizes
in research. Child Development Perspectives, 2,
172-177. |
|
AKERHIELM, K. (1995). Does class size matter ? Economics
of Education Review, 14 (3), 229-241. |
CHEUNG, H. & CHAN, A.H. (2008). Relationships amongst
cultural dimensions, educational expenditure and class
size of different nations. International Journal of
Educational Development, 28 (6), 698-707. |
|
MOSTELLER, F. (1995). The Tennessee Study of Class Size in
the Early School Grades. Critical Issues for Children
& Youths, 5 (2), 113-127. |
BASCIA, N. & FREDUA-KWARTENG, E. (2008). Class size
reduction : What the literature suggests about what works.
Toronto : Canadian Education Association, 1-32. |
|
SIEGFRIED, J.J. & KENNEDY, P.E. (1995). Does Pedagogy
vary with class size in introductory economics ? American
Economic Review, Papers & Proceedings, 85, 347-351. |
KONSTANTOPOULOS, S. (2008). Do small classes reduce the
achievement gap between low and high achievers ? Evidence
from Project STAR. The Elementary School Journal, 108
(4), 275-291. |
|
MOSTELLER, F. (1995). The Tennessee study of class size in
the early school grades. The Future of Children, 5
(2), 113-127. |
JANUSZKA, C. & DIXON-KRAUSS, L. (2008). Class size : A
battle between accountability and quality instruction. Childhood
Education, 84 (3), 167-170. |
|
MOSTELLER, F., LIGHT, R.J. & SACHS. J.A. (1995).
Sustained inquiry in education : Lessons learned from
skill grouping and class size. Harvard Educational
Review, 66, 797-842. |
FUNKOUSER, E. (2009). The effect of kindergarten classroom
size reduction on second grade student achievement :
Evidence from California. Economics of Education
Review, 28 (3), 403-414. |
|
ACHILLES, C.M., HARMAN, P. & EGELSON, P. (1995). Using
research results on class size to improve pupil
achievement outcomes. Research in the Schools, 2 (2),
23-30. |
BLATCHFORD, P., RUSSELL, A. & BROWN, P. (2009).
Teaching in large and small classes. In L.J. Saha &
A.G. Dworkin (Eds.), International handbook of
research on teachers and teaching (pp. 779-790).
New York : Springer. |
|
MAXWELL, N.L. & LOPUS, J.S. (1995). A cost
effectiveness analysis of large and small classes in the
university. Educational Evaluation & Policy
Analysis, 17 (2), 167-178. |
DE POALA, M. & SCOPPA, V. (2009). Effects of
class size on achievement of College Students. MPRA
Paper No. 16945. [PDF] |
|
|
ACHILLES, C.M. (1996). Students achieve more in smaller
classes. Educational Leadership, 53 (5), 76-77. |
SHIN, I.-S. & CHUNG, J.Y. (2009). Class size and
student achievement in the United States : A
meta-analysis. KEDI Journal of Educational Policy, 6
(2), 3-19. |
|
HANCOCK, T.M. (1996). Effects of class size on college
student achievement. College Student Journal, 30 (4),
479-481. |
URQUIOLA, M. & VERHOOGEN, E. (2009). Class-size caps,
sorting, and the regression- discontinuity design. American
Economic Review, 99, 179-215. |
|
PRAIS, S.J. (1996). Class-size and learning : The
Tennessee experiments-what follows ? Oxford Review of
Education, 22 (4), 339-414. |
GRAUE, M., HATCH, K., RAO K. & OEN, D. (2009). You
just feed them with a long-handled spoon : Families
evaluate their experiences in a class size reduction
reform. Educational Policy, 23 (5), 685-713. |
|
BENNETT, N. (1996). Class size in primary schools :
Perceptions of head teachers, chairs of governors,
teachers and parents. British Educational Research
Journal, 22 (1), 33-55. |
JIRJAHN, U., PFEIFER, C. & TSERTSVADZE, G. (2009).
Class size, student performance and Tiebout bias. Applied
Economics Letters, 16 (10), 1049-1052. |
|
MATEO, M.A. & FERNANDEZ, J. (1996). Incidence of class
size on the evaluation of university teaching quality. Educational
& Psychological Measurement, 56 (5), 771-778. |
SIMS, D. (2009). Crowding Peter to educate Paul : Lessons
from a class size reduction externality. Economics of
Education Review, 28 (4), 465-473. |
|
KENNEDY, P.E. & SIEGFRIED, J.J. (1996). On the
optimality of unequal class sizes. Economics Letters,
50, 299-304. |
TIENKEN, C.H & ACHILLES, C.M. (2009). Relationship
between class size and students' opportunity to learn
writing in middle school. Research in the Schools, 16
(1), 13- 24. |
|
GALTON, M., HARGREAVES, L. & PELL, A. (1996). Class
size, teaching and pupil achievement. Leicester,
UK : Leicester University/National Union of Teachers. |
BASCIA, N. & FREDUA-KWARTENG, E. (2009). Reducing
class size : Promises and perils. CTF Professional
Development Perspectives, 8 (3), 14-17. |
|
McROBBIE, J. (1996). Focus on California's class-size
reduction : Smaller classes aim to launch early
literacy. San Francisco, CA : WestEd. |
GRAUE, M., RAUSHER E. & SHERFINSKI, M. (2009). The
synergy of class size reduction and classroom quality. Elementary
School Journal, 110 (2), 178-201. |
|
EGELSON, P., HARMAN, P & ACHILLES, C.M. (1996).
Does class size make a difference ? Recent findings from
state and district initiatives. Greensboro, NC :
Southeast Regional Vision for Education (SERVE). |
JEPSEN, C. & RIVKIN, S. (2009). Class size and student
achievement : The potential tradeoff between teacher
quality and class size. Journal of Human Resources,
44 (1), 223-250. |
|
KINSELLA, K. (1996). Designing group work that supports
and enhances diverse classroom work styles. TESOL
Journal, 6 (1), 24-30. |
CORAK, M. & LAUZON, D. (2009). Differences in the
distribution of high school achievement : The role of
class-size and time-in-term. Economics of Education
Review, 28 (2), 189-198. |
|
ILLIG, D. (1997). Early implementation of the class
size reduction initiative. Sacramento, CA :
California Research Bureau. |
KONSTANTOPOULOS, S. & CHUNG, V. (2009). What are the
long-term effects of small Classes on the achievement gap
? Evidence from the lasting benefits study. American
Journal of Education, 116 (1), 125-154. [PDF] |
|
SCHWARTZ, J. & WARREN, P. (1997). Class size reduc-
tion. Sacramento, CA : Legislative Analyst's Office. |
BASCIA, N. (2010). Reducing class size : What do we know ?
Toronto : Canadian Education Association, 1-19. |
|
RUBENSTEIN, D. & SIMMONDS, A. (1997). Preparing
teachers for reduced class sizes. Thrust for
Educational Leadership, 1, 12-15. |
BLATCHFORD, P. & LAI, K.C. (2010). Class size :
arguments and evidence. In B. McGraw, E. Baker & P.P.
Peterson (Eds.), International encyclopedia of
education. Elsevier. |
|
RICE, J.K. (1997). Does one size fit all ? An
examination of one state's efforts to reduce class size.
Paper presented at the annual meeting of the American
Education Finance Association, Jacksonville FL. |
HEINESEN, E. (2010). Estimating class-size effects using
within-school variation in subject-specific classes. Economic
Journal, 120 (545), 737-760. |
|
LEWIT, E.M. & BAKER, L.S. (1997). Class size. The
Future of Children, 7 (3), 112-121. |
JOHNSON, I.Y. (2010). Class size and student performance
at a public research university : A cross-classified
model. Research in Higher Education, 51,
701-723. |
|
McROBBIE, J. (1997). Class size reduction : A one-year
status check. Thrust for Educational Leadership,
6-32. |
FINN, J.D., SURIANI, A.E. & ACHILLES, C.M. (2010).
Small classes in the early grades : One policy, multiple
outcomes. In A.J. Reynolds, A.J. Rolnick, M.M. Englund
& J.A. Temple (Eds.), Childhood programs and
practices in the first decade of life : A human capital
integration (pp. 287-308). Cambridge, UK :
Cambridge University Press. |
|
BLATTNER, B., HALL, K. & REINHARD, R. (1997). Facilities
and class size reduction. Sacramento, CA : School
Services of California. |
BASICSA, N. (2010). Reducing class size : What do we
know. Toronto, ON : Ontario Institute for Studies
in Education. |
|
ACHILLES, C.M., FINN, J.D. & PATE-BAIN, H. (1997).
Using class size to reduce the equity gap. Educational
Leadership, 55 (4), 40-43. |
DING, W. & LEHRER. F. (2010). Estimating treatment
effects from contaminated multiperiod education
experiments : The dynamic impacts of class size
reductions. Review of Economics & Statistics, 92
(1), 31-42. |
|
WHITEHURST, G.J. & CHINGOS, M.M. (2011). Class
size : What research says and what it means for state
policy. Whashington : Brown Center on Education
Policy. [PDF] |
|
BLATCHFORD, P., BASSETT, P. & BROWN, P. (2011).
Examining the effect of class size on classroom engagement
and teacherepupil interaction : Differences in relation to
pupil prior attainment and primary vs. secondary schools.
Learning & Instruction, 21 (6), 715-730. [PDF] |
|
DESLAURIERS, L., SCHELEW, E. & WIEMAN, C. (2011).
Improved learning in a large-enrollment physics class. Science, 332 (6031), 862-864. |
|
TAFT, S.H., PERKOWSKI, T. & MARTIN, L.S. (2011). A
framework for evaluating class size in online education. The
Quarterly Review of Distance Education, 12 (3),
181-197. [PDF] |
|
DING W. & LEHRER. F. (2011). Experimental estimates of
the impacts of class size on test scores : robustness and
heterogeneity. Education Economics, 19 (3),
229-252. |
|
OWOEYE, J. & YARA, P. (2011). Class size and academic
achievement of secondary school in Ekiti State, Nigeria. Asian Social Science, 7 (6), 184-189. |
|
SHIN, Y. & RAUDENBUSH, S.W. (2011). The causal effect
of class size on academic achievement : Multivariate
instrumental variable estimators with data missing at
random. Journal of Educational & Behavioral
Statistics, 36(2), 154-185. |
|
BRUHWILER, C. & BLATCHFORD, P. (2011). Effects of
class size and adaptive teaching competency on classroom
processes and academic outcome. Learning &
Instruction, 21 (1), 95-108. |
|
|
DEE, T. & WEST, M. (2011). The non-cognitive returns
to class size. Educational Evaluation & Policy
Analysis, 33 (1), 23-46. |
|
TAFT, S.H., PERKOWSKI, T. & MARTIN, C. (2011). A
framework for evaluating class size in online education. Quarterly
Review of Distance Education, 12 (3), 181. |
|
BENNETT, N. (1998). Class size and the quality of
educational outcomes. Journal of Child Psychology
& Psychiatry, 39 (6), 797-804. |
WILDE, E.T., FINN, J.D., JOHNSON, P. & MUENNING, P.
(2011). The effect of class size in grades K-3 on adult
earnings, employment, and disability status : evidence
from a multi-center randomized controlled trial. Journal
of Health Care for the Poor & Underserved, 22 (4),
1424-1435. |
|
McROBBIE, J., FINN, J. & HARMAN, P. (1998).
Class-size reduction : Lessons learned from experience.
Policy Brief, WestEd. |
ATTA, M., JAMIL A., AYAZ, M., SHAH, T. & SHAH, M.
(2011). Effect of small class size on the academic
achievement of students at secondary school level. Interdisciplinary
Journal of Contemporary Research in Business, 3 (2),
1592-1599. |
|
TURLEY, S. & NAKAI, K. (1998). Coping with class size
reduction in California. Educational Leadership, 55(5),
40-43. |
ARTZ, J. (2011). Online courses and optimal class
size : A complex formula. A report submitted to the
Education Resources Information Center (ERIC). |
|
ACHILLES, C.M., FINN, J.D. & BAIN, H.P. (1998). Using
class size to reduce the equity gap. Educational
Leadership, 55 (4), 40-43. |
GOTTFREDSON, D.C. & DIPIETO, S.M. (2011). School size,
social capital, and student victimization. Sociology
of Education, 84 (1), 69-89. |
|
CARBONE, E.L. (1998). Teaching large classes : Tools
and strategies. Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage. |
KONSTANTOPOULOS, S. (2011). How consistent are class size
effects. Evaluation Review, 35 (1), 71-92. [PDF] |
|
KOROSTOFF, M. (1998). Tackling California's class size
reduction policy initiative : An up close and personal
account of how teachers and learners responded. International
Journal of Educational Research, 29, 797-807. |
CHINGOS, M. (2012). The impact of a universal class-size
reduction policy : Evidence from Florida's statewide
mandate. Economics of Education Review, 31 (5),
543-562. |
|
EHRMAN, M. & DÖRNYEI, Z. (1998). Interpersonal
dynamics in second language education : The visible and
invisible classroom. Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage. |
ALTINOK, N. & KINGDON, G. (2012). New evidence on
class size effects : A pupil fixed effects approach. Oxford
Bulletin of Economics & Statistics, 74 (2),
203-234. |
|
CARBONE, E.L. & GREENBERG, J. (1998). Teaching large
classes : Unpacking the problem and responding creatively.
In M. Kaplan (Ed.), To improve the academy (Vol.
17). Stillwater, OK : New Forums Press and The
Professional and Organizational Development Network in
Higher Education. |
YELKPIERI, D., NAMALE, M., ESIA-DONKOH, K. &
OFUSO-DWAMENA, E. (2012). Effects of Large Class Size on
Effective Teaching and Learning at the Winneba Campus of
the UEW (University of Education, Winneba), Ghana.
US-China Education Review, A3, 319-332 |
|
BLATCHFORD, P. & MARTIN, C. (1998). The effect of
class size on classroom processes : "It's a bit like a
treadmill - working hard and getting nowhere fast !" British
Journal of Educational Studies, 46 (2), 118-137. |
CHO, H., GLEWWE, P. & WHITLER, M. (2012). Do
reductions in class size raise students' test scores ?
Evidence from population variation in Minnesota's
elementary 73 schools. Economics of Education Review,
31(3), 77-95 |
|
HANUSCEK, E.A. (1998). The evidence on class size.
W. University of Rochester : Allen Walls Institute of
Political Economy. |
HARFITT, G. (2012). An examination of teachers'
perceptions and practice when teaching large and
reduced-size classes : Do teachers really teach them in
the same way ? Teaching & Teacher Education, 28 (1),
132-140. |
|
FERNANDEZ, J., MATEO, M. & MIGUEL, J. (1998). Is there
a relationship between class size and student ratings of
teacher quality ? Educational & Psychological
Measurement, 58 (4), 596-604. |
FAN, F. (2012). Class size : Effects on students' academic
achievements and some remedial measures. Research in
Education, 87 (1), 95-98. |
|
HOFF, D. (1998). Federal class-size reports do an
about-face. Education Week, 17, 22. |
BASCIA, N. & FAUBERT, B. (2012). Primary class size
reduction : How policy space, physical space, and
spatiality shape what happens in real schools. Leadership
& Policy in Schools, 11 (3), 344-364. |
|
BELL, J.D. (1998). Smaller = Better ? State
Legislatures, 24 (6), 14-18. |
HARFITT, G. (2012). How class size reduction mediates
secondary students' learning : Hearing the pupil voice.
Asia Pacific Education Review, 13 (2), 299-310. |
|
GURSKY, D. (1998). Class size does matter. The
Education Digest, 64 (2), 15-18. |
SHIN, Y. (2012). Do Black children benefit more from small
classes ? Multivariate instrumental variable estimators
with ignorable missing data. Journal of Educational
& Behavioral Statistics, 37 (4), 543-574. |
|
JIN, L. & CORTAZZI, M. (1998). A Dialogue : large
classes in China. International Journal of Educational
Research, 29, 739-761. |
KONSTANTOPOULOS, S. & LI, W. (2012). Are there
additional benefits from being in small classes for more
than one year ? Educational Research &
Evaluation, 18 (7), 671-685. |
|
GALTON, M. (1998). Class size : a critical comment on the
research. International Journal of Educational
Research, 29, 809-818. |
GALTON, M. & PELL, T. (2012). Longitudinal effects of
class size reductions on attainment : Results from Hong
Kong primary classrooms. International Journal of
Educational Research, 53, 360-369. |
|
FINN, J.D. (1998). Class size and students at risk :
What is known ? What is next ? Washington, D.C. :
U.S. Department of Education, OERI. |
MASCALL, B. & LEUNG J. (2012). District resource
capacity and the effects of educational policy : The case
of primary class size reduction in Ontario. Leadership
& Policy in Schools, 11 (3), 311-324. |
|
GOLDSTEIN, H. & BLATCHFORD, P. (1998). Class size and
educational achievement : a review of methodology with
particular reference to study design. British
Educational Research Journal, 24 (3), 255-268. |
QUI, M., HEWITT, J. & BRETT, C. (2012). Online class
size, note reading, note writing and collaborative
discourse. International Journal of
Computer-Supported Collaborative Learning, 7 (3),
423-442. |
|
GARY-BOBO, R.J. & MAHJOUB, M.B. (2013). Estimation of
class-size effects, using "Maimonides" rule and other
instruments : The case of French junior high schools. Annales
d'Économie et de Statistique, 111-112, 93-225 |
|
VAAG-IVERSEN, J. & BONESRONNING, H. (2013).
Disadvantaged students in the early grades : Will smaller
classes help them ? Education Economics, 21 (4),
305-324. |
|
TRAUTMANN, S.T., VAN DE KUILEN, G. & ZECKHAUSER, R.J.
(2013). Social class and (un)ethical behavior : A
framework, with evidence from a large population sample. Perspectives
on Psychological Science, 8 (5), 487-497. |
|
FREDRIKSSON, P., OCKERT, B. & OOSTERBEEK, H. (2013).
Long-term effects of class size. Quarterly Journal
of Economics, 128 (1), 249-285. [PDF] |
|
JAKOBSSON, N., PERSSON, M. & SVENSSON, M. (2013).
Class-size effects on adolescents' mental health and
well-being in Swedish schools. Education Economics,
21 (3), 248-263. |
|
HARFITT, G.J. (2013). Why "small" can be better : an
exploration of the relationships between class size and
pedagogical practices. Research Papers in Education,
28 (3), 330-345. [PDF] |
|
BARRETT, N. & TOMA, E.F. (2013). Reward or punishment
? Class size and teacher quality. Economics of
Education Review, 35, 41-52. |
|
WATSON, K., HANDAL, B., MAHER, M. & McGINTY, E.
(2013). Globalising the class size debate : myths and
realities. Journal of International & Comparative
Education, 2 (2), 72-85. [PDF] |
|
CHINGOS, M. (2013). Class size and student outcomes :
Research and policy implications. Journal of Policy
Analysis & Management, 32 (2), 411-438. |
|
MUELLER, S. (2013). Teacher experience and the class size
effect-Experimental evidence. Journal of Public
Economics, 98, 44-52. |
|
SPRINGER, L., STANNE, M.E. & DONOVAN, S.S. (1999).
Effects of small-group learning on undergraduates in
science, mathematics, engineering, and technology : a
meta-analysis. Review of Educational Research, 69, 21-51. |
ZYNGIER, D. (2014). Class size and academic results, with
a focus on children from culturally, linguistically and
economically disenfranchised communities. Evidence
Base, 1, 1-23. |
|
BASHAM, P. & HEPBURN, C. (1999). A lesson in education
reform : Don't cut class size. Fraser Forum, 27-28. |
SORENSEN, C. (2014). Classrooms without walls : A
comparison of instructor performance in online courses
differing in class size. Journal of Online Learning
& Teaching/MERLOT, 10 (4), 569-576. |
|
MOLNAR, A., SMITH, P., ZAHORIK, J., PALMER, A., HALBACH,
A. & EHRLE, K. (1999). Evaluating the SAGE Program : A
pilot program in Targeted Pupil-Teacher Reduction in
Wisconsin. Educational Evaluation & Policy
Analysis, 21 (2), 165-177. |
HARFITT, G. (2014). Brokering dialogue between secondary
students and teachers to co-construct appropriate pedagogy
in reduced-size classes. Teachers & Teaching, 20 (2),
212-228. |
|
|
KUO, V. (1999). Evaluation of California's class size
reduction program : Local implementation practices.
Palo Alto, CA : The American Institutes for Research. |
PETRILLI, M. & NORTHERN, A. (2014). Right-sizing our
classrooms : A surprising experiment suggests students
might benefit from bigger classes-but only if they have
good teachers. Hoover Digest, 2, 81-85. |
|
HANUSHEK, E.A. (1999). Some findings from an independent
investigation of the Tennessee STAR experiment and from
other investigations of class size effects. Educational
Evaluation & Policy Analysis, 21(2), 143-165. |
HANDAL, B., WATSON, K. & MAHER, M. (2014). From large
to small classes : A classroom window. Australasian
Canadian Studies, 31 (1-2), 53-72. |
|
HANUSHEK, E.A. (1999). The evidence on class size. In S.E.
Mayer & P.E. Peterson (Eds), Earning and learning
: How schools matter. Washington D.C., Brookings
Institutional Press. [PDF] |
KONSTANTOPOULOS, S. & SUN, M. (2014). Are teacher
effects larger in small classes ? School
Effectiveness & School Improvement, 25 (3),
312-328. |
|
OGAWA, R.T., HUSTON, D. & STINE, D. (1999). California
class reduction initiative : Differences in teacher
experience and qualifications across schools. Educational
Policy, 13 (5), 659-673. |
BOSWORTH, R. (2014). Class size, class composition, and
the distribution of student achievement. Education
Economics, 22 (2), 141-165. |
|
BROOKE, C.P. (1999). Feelings from the back row :
Negotiating sensitive issues in large classes. New
Directions for Teaching & Learning, 77, 23-33. |
AKABAYASHI, H. & NAKAMURA, R. (2014). Can small class
policy close the gap ? An empirical analysis of class size
effects in Japan. Japanese Economic Review, 65 (3),
253-281. |
|
SCHANZENBACH, D.W. (2014). Does class size matter ? Boulder,
CO : National Education Policy Center. |
|
MITCHELL, D.E. & MITCHELL, R.E. (1999). The impact
of California's class size reduction initiative on
student achievement : Detailed findings from eight
school districts, California Educational Research
Cooperative, University of California, Riverside : CA. |
EKEMBE, E. (2014). Interaction and uptake in large foreign
language classrooms. RELC Journal, 45 (3),
237-251. |
|
NYE, B., HEDGES L.V. & KONSTANTOPOULOS, S. (1999). The
long-term effects of small classes : A five-year follow-up
of the Tennessee class size experiment. Educational
Evaluation & Policy Analysis, 21 (2), 127-142. |
KONSTANTOPOULOS, S. & TRAYNOR, A. (2014). Class size
effects on reading achievement using PIRLS data : Evidence
from Greece. Teachers College Record, 116 (2),
1-29. |
|
ACHILLES, C.M. (1999). Let's put kids first, finally
: Getting class size right. Thousand Oaks, CA :
Corwin Press. |
KRASSEL, K. & HEINESEN, E. (2014). Class-size effects
in secondary shool. Education Economics, 22 (4),
412-426. |
|
ANGRIST, J.D. & LAVY, V. (1999). Using maimondides'
rule to estimate the effect of class size on scholastic
achievement. Quarterly Journal of Economics, 114 (2),
533-575. |
GERSHENSON, S. & LANGBEIN, L. (2015). The effect of
primary school size on academic achievement. Educational
Evaluation & Policy Analysis, 37 (1), 135-155. |
|
BETTS, J.R. & SHKOLNIK, J.L. (1999). The behavioural
effects of variations in class size : The case of math
teachers. Educational Evaluation & Policy
Analysis, 21 (2), 193-214. |
HANDAL, B., WATSON, K. & MAHER, M. (2015).
Multi-positioning mathematics class size : Teachers'
views. International Journal for Mathematics Teaching
& Learning. [PDF] |
|
RICE, J.K. (1999). The impact of class size on
instructional strategies and the use of time in high
school mathematics and science courses. Educational
Evaluation & Policy Analysis, 21 (2), 215-229.
[PDF] |
JEPSEN, C. (2015). Class size : does it matter for student
achievement ? IZA World of Labor, 190, 1-10. [PDF] |
|
GRISSMER, D. (1999). Class size effects : assessing the
evidence, its policy implications, and future research
agendas. Educational Evaluation & Policy
Analysis, 21 (2), 231-248. |
CELIK, B. & KOC, V. (2015). Effect of class size on
university entrance exam in Turkey. Procedia - Social
& Behavioral Sciences, 191, 919-924. [PDF] |
|
MOLNAR, A., SMITH, P., ZAHORIK, J., PALMER, A., HALBACH,
A. & EHRLE, K. (1999). Evaluating the SAGE program : A
pilot program in targeted pupil-teacher reduction in
Wisconsin. Educational Evaluation & Policy
Analysis, 21 (2), 165-177 |
SORENSEN, C. (2015). An examination of the relationship
between online class size and instructor performance. Journal
of Educators Online, 12 (1), 140-159.
[PDF] |
|
BREWER, D., KROP, C., GILL, B.P. & REICHARDT, R.
(1999). Estimating the cost of national class size
reductions under different policy alternatives.
Educational Evaluation & Policy Analysis, 21,
179-192. |
SOHN, K. (2015). Nonrobustness of the carryover effects of
small classes in Project STAR. Teachers College
Record, 117 (3), 1-26. |
|
HANUSHEK, E.A. (1999). Some findings from an independent
investigation of the Tennessee STAR Experiment and from
other investigations of class size effects.
Educational Evaluation & Policy Analysis, 21 (2),
143-164. [PDF] |
McKEE, G., SIMS, K. & RIVKIN, S. (2015). Disruption,
learning, and the heterogeneous benefits of smaller
classes. Empirical Economics, 48 (3), 1267-1286. |
|
MATHIS, W.J. (2016). Research-based options for
education policymaking : The effectiveness of class size
reduction. Boulder, CO : National Education Policy
Center. |
|
CARBONE, E.L. (1999). Students behaving badly in large
classes. In S. Richardson (Ed.), Promoting civility :
A teaching challenge. New Directions for Teaching and
Learning. San Francisco : Jossey-Bass. |
ZHANG, Y., LIU, H. & LIN, C.H. (2018). Research on
class size in K-12 online learning. In K. Kennedy &
R.E. Ferdig (Eds.), Handbook of research on K-12
online and blended learning (pp. 273-283).
Pittsburgh, PA : ETC Press. |
|
FINN, J.D. & ACHILLES, C.M. (1999). Tennessee's class
size study : Findings, implications, misconceptions. Educational
Evaluation & Policy Analysis, 21 (2), 97-109. |
SHEN, T. & KONSTANTOPOULOS, S. (2019). Class size
effects on reading achievement in Europe : Evidence from
PIRLS. Studies In Educational Evaluation, 53, 98-114. |
|
BREWER, D., KROP, C., GILL, B.P. & REICHARDT, R.
(1999). Estimating the cost of national class size
reductions under different policy alternatives. Educational
Evaluation & Policy Analysis, 21 (2), 179-192. |
LIN, C.H., KWON, J.B. & ZHANG, Y. (2019). Online
self-paced high-school class size and student achievement.
Educational Technology Research & Development, 67
(2), 317- 336. |
|
ZAHORIK, J. (1999). Reducing class size leads to
individualized instruction. Educational Leadership,
57 (1), 50-53. |
SHEN, T. & KONSTANTOPOULOS, S. (2019). Estimating
causal effects of class size in secondary education :
evidence from TIMSS. Research Papers in Education. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Taille
des groupes, Projet
Star et Classe |
|
|
|
|
Classe
d'accueil :
| |
|
|
TREMBLAY, R.E. et BAILLARGEON, L. (1984). Les difficultés
de comportements d'enfants immigrants dans les classes
d’accueil, au préscolaire. Canadian Journal of
Education, 9, 154-170. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Classe homogène : Classe constituée
d'élèves ou d'étudiant-e-s possédant des habiletés
cognitives équivalentes. =
classes homogènes, groupes homogènes. /classe
hétérogène. Ability grouping, homogeneous
grouping.
| |
|
|
SYMONDS, P.M. (1930). Homogeneous grouping. Teachers
College Record, 32 (6), 501-501. |
EMMER, E. & STOUGH, L. (2001). Classroom management :
A critical part of educational psychology with
implications for teacher education. Educational
Psychologist, 36, 103-112. |
|
BOALER, J., WILLIAM D. & BROWN, M. (2001).
Students'experiences of ability grouping : Disaffection,
polarization and the construction of failure. British
Educational Research Journal, 27 (5), 631-648. |
|
ROGERS, K.B. (2002). Grouping the gifted and talented : Roeper
Review, 24, 103-107. |
|
PROVUS, M.M. (1960). Ability grouping in mathematics. Elementary
School Journal, 60, 391-398. |
TIESO, C. (2003). Ability grouping is not just tracking
any more. Roeper Review, 26 (1), 29-37. |
|
KOONTZ, W.F. (1961). A study of achievement as a function
of homogeneous grouping. Journal of Experimental
Education, 30, 249-253. |
CHISAKA, B.C. & VAKALISA, N.C.G. (2003). Some eEffects
of ability grouping in Harare Secondary Schools : A case
study. South African Journal of Education, 23
(3), 176-180. |
|
MARKLUND, S. (1963). Scholastic achievement as related to
size and homogeneity of classes. Educational
Research, 6, 63-67. |
DAVIES, J., HALLAM, S. & IRESON, J. (2003). Ability
grouping in the primary school : Issues arising from
practice. Research Papers in Education, 18 (1),
45-60. |
|
KULIK, C-L.C. & KULIK, J.A. (1982). Effects of ability
grouping on secondary school students : A meta-analysis of
evaluation findings. American Educational Research
Journal, 19, 415-428. |
EMILY, F., ROBERT, E. & MICHAEL, K. (2003). The effect
of ability grouping on student's achievements in science
laboratory work. Roeper Review, 25 (4), 212-220. |
|
SHIELDS, C.M. (2002). A comparison study of student
attitudes and perceptions in homogeneous and heterogeneous
classrooms. Roeper Review, 24, 115-119. |
|
TIESO, C. (2005). The effects of grouping practices and
curricular adjustments on achievement. Journal for
the Eduaction of the Gifted, 29 (1), 60-89. |
|
VELDMAN, D.J. & SANFORD, J.P. (1984). The influence of
class ability level on student achievement and classroom
behavior. American Educational Research Journal, 21
(3), 629-644. |
CHORZEMPA, B. & GRAHAM, S. (2006). Primary-grade
teachers' use of within-class ability grouping in reading.
Journal of Educational Psych (ASCD), 98 (3),
529-541. |
|
SLAVIN, R.E. (1986). Ability grouping and student
achievement in elementary schools. A best-evidence
synthesis. Baltimore, Md. : Johns Hopkins
University, Center for Research on Elementary and Middle
Schools. |
BURRIS, C., HEUBEERT, J. & LEVIN, H. (2006).
Accelerating mathematics achievement using heterogeneous
grouping. American Educational Research Journal, 43
(1), 137-154. |
|
SLAVIN, R.E. (1987). Ability grouping and student
achievement in elementary schools : A best-evidence
synthesis. Review of Educational Research, 57
(30), 293-336. |
TACH, L. & FARKAS, G. (2006). Learning-related
behaviors, cognitive skills, and ability grouping when
schooling begins. Social Science Research, 35
(4), 1048-1080. |
|
|
NEIHART, M. (2007). The socioaffective impact of
acceleration and ability grouping : Recommendations for
best practice. The Gifted Child Quarterly, 51
(4), 330-341. |
|
KULIKAND, J.A. & KULIK, J.A. (1987). Effects of
ability grouping on student achievement. Equity &
Excellence in Education, 23, (1-2), 22-30. |
HALLAM, S. & IRESON, J. (2007). Secondary school
pupils' satisfaction with their ability grouping
placements. British Educational Research Journal, 33 (1),
27-45. |
|
BYRNE, B. (1988). Adolescent self-concept, ability
grouping, and social comparisons : Reexamining academic
track differences in high school. Youth &
Society, 20 (1), 46-67. |
TOTTEN, I. & BOSCO, K. (2008). The impact of ability
grouping in introductory geology labs. Geological
Society of America Abstracts with Programs, 40 (3),
163. |
|
SLAVIN, R.E. (1988). Synthesis of research on grouping in
elementary and secondary schools. Educational
Leadership, 46 (1), 67-77. |
CATSAMBIS, S., MULKEY, L., BUTTARO, A. STEELMAN, L. &
KOCH, P. (2011). Examining gender differences in ability
group placement at the onset of schooling : The role of
skills, behaviors, and teacher evaluations. Journal of
Educational Research, 105 (1), 8-20. |
|
SLAVIN, R.E. (1990). Achievement effects of ability
grouping in secondary schools : A best-evidence synthesis.
Review of Educational Research, 60 (3), 471-499. |
TRIGG-SMITH, R. (2011). Investigating teachers'impact on
grouping practices : Justifying an analysis on how
teachers incorporate ideas of equity into grouping
practices. Educate Journal, 11 (1), 28-44. |
|
KULIK, J.A. (1992). An analysis of the research on
ability grouping : Historical and contemporary
perspectives, ability grouping research-based decision
making series, No. 9204. Ann Arbor, MI : University
of Michigan. |
ADODO, S.O. & AGBAYEWA, J.O. (2011).Effect of
homogenous and heterogeneous ability grouping class
teaching on student's interest, attitude and achievement
in integrated science. International Journal of
Psychology & Counselling, 3 (3), 48-54. [PDF] |
|
CATSAMBIS, S. & BUTTARO, A. (2012). Revisiting
kindergarten as academic boot camp : A nationwide study of
ability grouping and psycho-social development. Social
Psychology of Education : An International Journal, 15
(4), 483-515. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Classe |
|
|
|
|
Classe inversée : Par opposition à la classe ordinaire ou dite "traditionnelle", la classe inversée propose un
ensemble d'acitivités d'apprentissage qui encourage davantage l'élève/étudiant à être actif.
EX : Résoudre soi-même un problème (actif),
plutôt que de regarder le professeur résoudre le problème
(passif). Ces classes font souvent appel aux technologies de
l'information et de la communication (TICS).
Classe inversée, ordinateur
et apprentissage
actif. = classe d'apprentissage
actif, CLAAC. /cours magistral.
Inverted classroom, flipped classroom, flip, reversing the
lecture/homework paradigm.
| |
|
|
HAKE, R.R. (1998). Interactive-engagement versus
traditional methods : A six-thousand-student survey of
mechanics test data for introductory physics courses. American
Journal of Physics, 66, 64-74. |
STUNE, J.D., STUREK, M. & BASILE, D.P. (2013). Flipped
classroom model improves graduate student performance in
cardiovascular, respiratory, and renal physiology. Advances
in Physiology Education, 37 (4), 316-320.
[PDF] |
|
SAMS, A. & BERGMANN, J. (2013). Flip your students'
learning. Educational Leadership, 70 (6),
16-20. |
|
LAGE, M.J., PLATT, G.J. & TREGLIA, M. (2000).
Inverting the classroom : A gateway to creating an
inclusive learning environment. Journal of Economic
Education, 31 (1), 30-43. |
BECKER, B.W. (2013). Start flipping out with guide on the
side. Behavioral & Social Sciences Librarian, 32
(4), 257-260. |
|
BAKER, J.W. (2000). The "classroom flip" : Using Web
course management tools to become the guide by the side.
In J.A. Chambers (Ed.), 11th International Conference
on College Teaching and Learning (pp. 9-17).
Jacksonville, FL. |
HERREID, C.F. & SCHILLER, N.A. (2013). Case studies
and the flipped classroom. Journal of College Science
Teaching, 42 (5), 62-66. |
|
LAGE, M.J. & PLATT, G. (2000). The internet and the
inverted classroom. The Journal of Economic
Education, 31 (1), 11-11. |
ENFIELD, J. (2013). Looking at the impact of the flipped
classroom model of instruction on undergraduate multimedia
students at CSUN. TechTrends : Linking Research &
Practice to Improve Learning, 57 (6), 14-27. |
|
FOERTSCH, J., MOSES, G.A., STRIKWERDA, J.C. & LITZKOW,
M.J. (2002). Reversing the lecture/homework paradigm using
eTeach web-based streaming video software. Journal of
Engineering Education, 91, 267-274. |
MISSILDINE, K., FOUNTAIN, R., SUMMERS, L. & GOSSELIN,
K. (2013). Flipping the classroom to improve student
performance and satisfaction. Journal of Nursing
Education, 52 (10), 597-599. |
|
ULLMAN, E. (2013). Tips to help flip your classroom :
Teachers offer their strategies for making the most out of
the flipped classroom model. ASCD Education Update, 55
(2), 1-5. |
|
ENFIELD, J. (2013). Looking at the impact of the flipped
classroom model of instruction on undergraduate multimedia
students at CSUN. Techtrends, 57 (14), 14-27 |
|
DAVIES, R.S., DEAN, DL. & BALL, N. (2013). Flipping
the classroom and instructional technology integration in
a college-level information systems spreadsheet course. Educational
Technology Research & Development, 61 (4),
563-580. |
|
BRUNSELL, E. & HOREJSI, M. (2013). Science 2.0:
"Flipping" your classroom in one "take". The Science
Teacher, 8 (3), 8. |
|
GANNOD, G., BURGE, J. & HELMICK, M. (2008). Using the
inverted classroom to teach software engineering. In W.
Schäfer, M.B. Dwyer & V. Gruhn (Ed.), ICSE - 08 :
Proceedings of the 30th International Conference on
Software Engineering (pp. 777-786). Leipzig,
Germany. |
LEMMER, C.A. (2013). A view from the flip side : Using the
"inverted classroom" to enhance the legal information
literacy of the introductory business. International
Journal of Business, Humanities & Technology, 1
(2), 1-2, 9. |
|
STRAYER, J. (2009). Inverting the classroom : A study
of the learning environment when an intelligent tutoring
system is used to help students learn. Saarbruücken
: VDM Verlag. |
BOUCHER, B., ROBERTSON, E., WAINNER, R. & SANDERS, B.
(2013). "Flipping" Texas State University's physical
musculoskeletal implementation of a hybrid learning model.
Journal of Physical Therapy Education, 27 (3),
72-77. |
|
ZAPPE, S., LEICHT, R., MESSNER, J., LITZINGER, T. &
LEE, H. W. (2009). Flipping the classroom to explore
active learning in a large undergraduate course.
Washington, DC : American Society for Engineering
Education. |
HÉTU, C. (2014). La classe inversée à trois vitesses. Québec
Français, 173, 76-77. [PDF] |
|
MORAVEC, M., WILLIAMS, A., AGUILAR-ROCA, N. & O'DOWD,
D.K. (2010). Learn before lecture : a strategy that
improves learning outcomes in a large introductory biology
class. CBE-Life Sciences Education, 473-481. |
BUTT, A. (2014). Student views on the use of a flipped
classroom approach : Evidence from Australia. Business
Education & Accreditation, 6 (1), 33-43. |
|
MOK, H.N. (2014). Teaching tip : The flipped classroom. Journal
of Information Systems Education, 25 (1), 7-11. [PDF] |
|
SPARKS, S. (2011). Schools "flip" for lesson model
promoted by Khan Academy. Education Week, 31 (5),
1-14. |
FINDLAY-THOMPSON, S. & MOMBOURQUETTE, P. (2014).
Evaluation of a flipped classroom in an undergraduate
business course. Business Education &
Accreditation, 6 (1), 63-71. |
|
SAHIN, A., CAVLAZOGLU, B. & ZAYTUNCU, Y.E. (2014).
Flipping a college calculus course : A case study.
Educational Technology & Society, 18 (3),
142-152. |
|
WARD, J. (2014). Resources for flipping the english
class. Teacher Etcetera. |
|
JENSEN, J. & KUMMER, T.A. & GODOY, P.D.M. (2014).
Improvements from flipped classroom may simply be the
fruits of active learning. CBE-life Sciences
Education, 14, 1-12.
[PDF] |
|
McLAUGHLIN, J.E. (2014). The flipped classroom : a course
redesign to foster learning and engagement in a health
professions school. Academic Medicine, 89 (2),
236-243 |
|
ALVAREZ, B. (2011). Flipping the classroom : Homework in
class, lessons at home. Education Digest, 77 (8),
18-21. |
FREEMAN, S., EDDY, S.L., MCDONOUGH, M., SMITH, M.K.,
OKOROAFOR, N., JORDT, H. & WENDEROTH, M.P. (2014).
Active learning increases student performance in science,
engineering, and mathematics. Proceedings of the
National Academy of Sciences, 111 (23), 8410-8415.
|
|
BERRETT, D. (2012). How "flipping" the classroom can
improve the traditional lecture. Chronicle of Higher
Education, 58 (25), A16. |
ARNOLD-GARZA, S. (2015). The flipped classroom teaching
model and its use for information literacy instruction.
Communication in Information Literacy, 8 (1),
7-22.
[PDF] |
|
|
MATTIS, K.V. (2015). Flipped classroom versus traditional
textbook instruction : Assessing accuracy and mental
effort at different levels of mathematical complexity. Technology,
Knowledge & Learning, 20 (2), 231-248. |
|
STRAYER, J.F. (2012). How learning in an inverted
classroom in influences cooperation, innovation and task
orientation. Learning Environments Research, 15,
171-193. [PDF] |
MORTENSON, C.J. & NICHOLSON, A.M. (2015). The flipped
classroom stimulates greater learning and is a modern 21st
century approach to teaching today's undergraduates.
Journal of Animal Science, 93 (7), 3722-3731. |
|
SEERY, M.K. (2015). ConfChem conference on flipped
classroom : student engagement with flipped chemistry
lectures. Journal of Chemical Education, 92 (9),
1566-1567. |
|
LITTLE, C. (2015). The flipped classroom in further
education : literature review and case study. Research
in Post-Compulsory Education, 20 (3), 265-279. |
|
TUCKER, B. (2012). The flipped classroom. Education
Next, 12 (1), 82. |
ABEYSEKERA, L. & DAWSON, P. (2015). Motivation and
cognitive load in the flipped classroom : definition,
rationale and a call for research. Higher Education
Research & Development, 34 (1), 1-14. [PDF] |
|
NIELSEN, L. (2012). Five reasons I'm not flipping over the
flipped classroom. Technology & Learning, 32 (10),
46-46. |
VAN VLIET, E.A., WINNIPS, J.C. & BROUWER, N. (2015).
Flipped-class pedagogy enhances student metacognition and
collaborative-learning strategies in higher education but
effect does not persist. CBE-Life Sciences Education,
14(3),1-10. [PDF] |
|
MAZUR, A-D., BROWN, B. & JACOBSEN, M. (2015). Learning
designs using flipped classroom instruction. Canadian
Journal of Learning & Technology, 41 (2). [PDF] |
|
ABEY, S.L. & DAWSON, P. (2015). Motivation and
cognitive load in flipped classroom : definition, rational
and a call for research. Higher Education Research
& development, 34 (1), 1-14. |
|
BERGMANN, J. & SAMS, A. (2012). Flip your
classroom : Reach every student in every class every
day. Alexandria, VA : International Society for
Technology in Education; ASCD. |
O'FLAHERTY, J. & PHILLIPS, C. (2015). The use of
flipped classrooms in higher education : A scoping review.
Internet & Higher Education, 25, 85-95. |
|
BULL, G., FERSTER, B. & KJELLSTROM, W. (2012).
Inventing the flipped classroom. Learning &
Leading with Technology, 40 (1), 10-11. [LIRE] |
CLARK, R.M., BESTERFIELD-SACRE, M., BUDNY, D., BURSIC,
K.M., CLARK, W. W., NORMAN, B.A. & SLAUGHER, W.S.
(2016). Flipping engineering courses : A school wide
initiative. Advances in Engineering Education, 5
(3), 1-39. [PDF] |
|
REID, S.A. (2016). A flipped classroom redesign in general
chemistry. Chemistry Education Research &
Practice, 17, 914-922. |
|
LIBERT, C.A. (2016). Effectiveness of surgery core
clerkship flipped classroom : a perspective cohort : trial
.The American Journal of Surgery, 211, 451- 457. |
|
LONG, T.T. & LONG, J. (2016). Students' and
Instructor's attitudes and receptions of the viability of
using a flipped classroom instructional model in a
technology -enabled active learning (TEAL) classroom : a
preliminary study. Journal of Teaching & Learning
with Technology, 5 (1), 46-58. |
|
LAI, C.-L. & HWANG, G-J. (2016). A self-regulation
flipped classroom approach to improving students. Computers
& Education, 100, 126-140. |
|
ASH, K. (2012). Educators view 'flipped' model with a more
critical eye. Education Week, 32 (2), S6. |
McCARTHY, J. (2016). Reflections on a flipped classroom in
first year higher education. Issues in Educational
Research, 26 (2), 332-350. [PDF] |
|
PIERCE, R. & FOX, J. (2012). Podcasts and
active-learning exercises in a "flipped classroom" model
of a renal pharmacotherapy module. American Journal
of Pharmaceutical Education, 76 (10), 1-5. |
SCHMIDT, S.M.P. (2016). The flipped classroom : A twist on
teaching. Contemporary Issues in Education Research,
9 (1), 1-6. [PDF] |
|
MILMAN, N. (2012). The flipped classroom strategy : What
is it and how can it be used ? Distance Learning, 9
(3), 85-87. |
THAI, N.T.T., DE WEVER, B. & VALCKE, M. (2017). The
impact of a flipped classroom design on learning
performance in higher education : Looking for the best
"blend" of lectures and guiding questions with feedback. Computers
& Education, 107 (S), 113-126. |
|
FULTON, K. (2012). Upside down and inside out : Flip your
classroom to improve student learning. Learning &
Leading with Technology, 39 (8), 12-17. |
ALJASER, A.M. (2017). Effectiveness of using flipped
classroom strategy in academic achievement and
self-efficacy among education students of princess Nourah
bint Abdulrahman university. English Language
Teaching, 10 (4), 67-77. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi
Apprentissage actif, TIC,
Ordinateur,
Site
internet pédagogique et
Classe |
| |
|
|
|
|
Classe mixte : Classe composée de
garçons et de filles, en proportion variable. /non-mixité.
Single-sex classe, single-sex education.
| |
|
|
MARSH, H.W. (1989). Effects of attending single-sex and
coeducational high schools on achievement, attitudes,
behaviors and sex differences. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 81 (1), 70-85. |
CLOUTIER, R. et BOUCHARD, P. (2001). Faut-il abolir la
mixité à l'école. Relations, 672, 30-31. |
|
MOSCONI, N. (1992). Les ambiguïtés de la mixité scolaire.
Dans C. Baudoux et C. Zaidman (Dirs.), Égalité entre
les sexes. Mixité et démocratie. Paris :
L'Harmattan. |
JACKSON, C. (2002). Can Single-sex classes in
co-educational schools enhance the learning experiences of
girls and/or boys ? British Educational Research
Journal, 28 (1), 37-48. |
|
MILLER-BERNAL, L. (1993). Single-sex versus coeducational
environments : A comparison of women students' experiences
at four college. American Journal of Education, 102,
(1), 23-54. |
BOUCHARD, P. et SAINT-AMAND, J.-C. (2003). La non-mixité à
l'école : quels enjeux ? Options, 22, |
|
ZAIDMAN, C. (1996). La mixité; à l'école primaire.
Paris : L'Harmattan. |
MALACOVA, E. (2007). Effects of single-sex education on
progress in GCSE. Oxford Review of Education, 33 (2),
233-259. |
|
POOLE, D. (2008). Interactional differentiation in the
mixed-ability group : A situated view of two struggling
readers. Reading Research Quarterly, 43 (3),
228-250. |
|
VOUILLOT, F. (2010). L'orientation : le butoir de la
mixité. Revue Française de Pédagogie, 171, 59-68. |
|
HALPERN, D.F. ELIOT, L., BIGLER, R.S., FABES, R.A.,
HANISH, L.D., HYDE, J.S., LIBEN, L.S. & MARTIN, C.L.
(2011). The pseudoscience of single-sex schooling. Science,
333, 1706-1707.
[PDF] |
|
DURAND-DELVIGNE A. et DURU-BELLAT, M. (1998). Mixité
scolaire et construction du genre. Dans M. Maruani (Dir.),
Les nouvelles frontières de l'inégalité (p.
83-92). Paris : La Découverte. |
CHERNEY, I.D. & CAMPBELL, K.L. (2011). A league of
their own : do single-sex schools increase girls
participation in the physical sciences ? Sex roles,
65 (9), 712-724. |
|
PAHLKE, E., HYDE, J.S. & ALLISON, C. (2014). The
effects of single-sex compared with coeducational
schooling on students' performance and attitudes : A
meta-analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 140,
1042-1072. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Classe |
|
|
Classe moyenne : Classe
sociale par défaut regroupant tous les individus qui ne sont
ni riches ni pauvres.
Les individus qui forment cette classe n'ont rien en commun si ce
n'est le même niveau de
vie intermédiaire - entre la classe ouvrière et la classe
dominante - niveau de vie qui varie beaucoup d'une société
à l'autre, et même parfois d'une époque
à l'autre. Le concept sert donc à classer par défaut une
population donnée, souvent majoritaire, plutôt qu'à la
caractériser. Ce terme permet également de parler ou faire
allusion aux riches et aux pauvres sans les nommer. En ce sens, il
est fort prisé des adeptes de la
rectitude politique. /élite.
Middle classes.
| |
|
|
MILLS, C.W. (1951). White collar : The American
middle classes. Oxford : Oxford University Press. |
|
CHAUVEL, L. (2006). Les classes moyennes à la dérive.
Seuil : Paris. |
|
GOUX, D. & MAURIN, É. (2012). Les nouvelles
classes moyennes. Seuil : Paris. |
|
|
Voir aussi Classe sociale |
|
|
Classe
multi-âge : Classe formée
d'élèves de niveaux
différents (habituellement deux niveaux consécutifs), donc d'âges
différents. Multiage classroom, mixed-age
grouping.
| |
|
|
COHEN, D. (1990). A look at multiage classrooms. Education
Week, 9, 13-15. |
|
CALKINS, T. (1993). Off the track : Children thrive in
ungraded primary schools. In D. Sumner (Ed.), Multiage
classrooms : The ungrading of America's schools
(pp. 26-30). Peterborough, NH : Society for Developmental
Education. |
|
ESPINOSA, L.M. & CHEN, W. (2001). The role of
technology in supporting multiage classroom practices. Information
Technology in Childhood Education Annual, 13, 5-31. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Classe |
|
|
Classe
multi-ethnique : Classe formée d'élèves
provenant de différentes ethnies.
Multicultural class.
| |
|
|
MEACHAM, J. (1995). Conflict in multicultural classes :
Too much heat or too little ? Liberal Education, 81
(4), 24-29. |
|
SCHOEM, D., FRANKEL, L.L., XIMENA, Z. & LEWIS, E.
(1995). Multicultural teaching in the university.
Westport, CT : Praeger. |
|
Voir aussi Classe
et Ethnie |
|
|
Classe multi-média : Classe équipée
d'un ordinateur, d'un
projecteur ou d'un tableau
blanc, ou de tout autre technologie
qui permet d'enseigner
l'essentiel de la matière. Multicultural
class, multimedia-based lab, electronic classroom, multimedia
classroom.
| |
|
|
STOLOFF, M. (1995). Teaching physiological psychology in a
multimedia classroom. Teaching of Psychology, 22, 138-141. |
|
LARGE, A., BEHESHTI, J., BREULEUX, A. & RENAUD, A.
(1996). Effect of animation in enhancing descriptive and
procedural texts in a multimedia learning environment. Journal
of the American Society for Information Science, 47, 437-448. |
|
LEE, A.Y., GILLAN, D.J. & HARRSION, C.L. (1996).
Assessing the effectiveness of a multimedia-based lab for
upper division psychology students. Behavior Research
Methods, Instruments, Computers, 28, 295-299. |
|
SIEGELE, D. & FOSTER, T. (2001). Laptop computers and
multimedia and presentation software : their effects on
student achievement in anatomy and physiology. Journal
of Research on Technology in Education, 34, 29-37.
[PDF] |
|
BARTSCH, R.A. & MURPHY, W. (2011). Examining the
effects of an electronic classroom response system on
student engagement and performance. Journal of
Educational Computing Research, 44, 25-33. |
|
|
Voir aussi TIC |
|
|
Classe
objective/Classer : Ensemble d'objets
ayant des propriétés
nécessaires et suffisantes aux yeux de la science.
EX: Tous les mammifères ont des mamelles.
L'épistémologie cognitive étudie notamment la formation des
concepts objectifs ou scientifiques. Classe
objective, catégorisation. =
concept scientifique, classe cognitive.
Classification.
| |
|
|
BEKOFF, M. (1979). Behavioral acts : Description,
classification, ethogram analysis and measurement. In R.B.
Cairns (Ed.), The analysis of social interactions
(pp. 67-80). Hillsdale N.J. : Erlbaum. |
|
LARIVÉE, S. (2009). Des classes sociales aux classes
cognitives. Revue de Psychoéducation, 38 (2),
279-295. |
|
|
Voir aussi Catégorisation |
|
KNEALE, W.C. & KNEALE, M. (1988). The development
of logic. Oxford : Oxford Press. |
|
|
Classe ouvrière : = col
bleu, prolétariat.
Working class.
| |
|
|
PARKIN, F. (1967). Working class conservatism : the theory
of political deviance. British Journal of Sociology,
18,278-290. |
|
HOVEGEEN, B. (2005). The evils with which we are called to
grapple : Elite reformers, eugenicists, environmental
psychologists, and the construction of Toronto’s
working-class boy problem, 1860-1930. Labour/Le
Travail, 55, 37-68. |
|
|
Voir aussi Col
bleu, Prolétariat <
eta href="#classe">Classe |
|
|
Classe
politique : L'expression renvoie à l'ensemble des
individus élus d'un pays
(députation), ainsi qu'à tous ceux et celles qui permettent à
cette députation de
jouer son rôle.
|
Classe
sociale : Groupe
informel d'individus qui, du fait de la position qu'il
occupe dans le procès de reproduction
du capital, possède, selon les marxistes,
les mêmes intérêts ou des intérêts convergents (dit intérêt de
classe). Classe sociale et déterminants
sociaux-économiques. Social class.
| |
|
|
LUKACS, G. (1919/22/60). Histoire et conscience de
classe : Essai de dialectique marxiste. éditions de
Minuit : Paris. [PDF] |
|
|
DOLLARD, J. (1937). Cast and class in a southern town.
New Haven : Yale. |
RUSHTON, J.P. & ANKEY, C.D. (1996). Brain size and
cognitive ability : Correlations with age, sex, social
class, and race. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 3
(1), 21-36. |
|
HALBWACHS, M. (1938). Esquisse d'une psychologie des
classes sociales. Paris : Librairie Marcel Rivière
et Cie. |
POLLERT, A. (1996). Gender and class revisited; or, the
poverty of "patriarchy". Sociology, 30 (4),
639-660. |
|
COX, O.C. (1948). Caste, class, and race. Garden
City : Doubleday. |
WRIGHT, E.O. (1996). The continuing relevance of class
analysis. Theory & Society, 25, 693-716. |
|
WARNER, W.L., MEEKER, M. & EELS, K. (1949). Social
class in America. Chicago : Science Research
Associates. |
PALUSKI, J. & WATERS, M. (1996). The death of
class. London : Sage. |
|
DOLLARD, J. (1949). Caste and class in a southern
town. New York : Harper. |
|
|
MILLS, C.W. (1951). White collar : The American
middle classes. Oxford : Oxford University Press. |
WRIGHT, E.O. (1997). Class counts : Comparative
studies in class analysis. Cambridge : Cambridge
University Press. |
|
CARLSSON, G. (1955). Social class, intelligence and the
verbal factor. Acta Psychologica, 11, 269-278. |
UNGER, R.K. (1997). A just noticeable difference : the
impact of gender, race, ethnicity, and social class on
psychology. In A.B., Ginorio, N. Romer, R.K. Unger &
K.F. Wyche (Eds.), Psychology. CUNY panel :
Rethinking the disciplines. National Center for
Curriculum Transformation Resources on Women. [PDF] |
|
DAHRENDORF, R. (1959). Class and class conflict in
industrial society. Palo Alto : Stanford University
Press. |
ROAZZI, A. & BRYANT, P.E. (1997). Explicitness and
conservation : Social class differences International
Journal of Behavioral Development, 21 (1), 51-70. |
|
TRIANDIS, H.C. & TRIANDIS, I.M. (1960). Race, social
class, religion and nationality as determinants of social
distance. Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology,
61, 110-118. [PDF] |
KRIEGER, N., WILLIAMS, D.R. & MOSS, N.E. (1997).
Measuring social class in US public health research :
concepts, methodologies, and guidelines. Annual
Review of Public Health, 8, 341-378. |
|
LLOYD WARNER, W. (1960). Social class in America. New
York : Harper. |
|
|
ALFORD, R.R. (1962). A suggested index of the association
of social class and voting. Public Opinion Quarterly,
26, 417-425. |
|
|
ARON, R. (1964). La lutte des classes : nouvelles
leçons sur les sociétés industrielles. Paris :
Gallimard. |
WILLIAMS, W.M. & CECI, S.J. (1997). Are Americans
becoming more or less alike ? Trends in race, class, and
ability differences in intelligence. American
Psychologist, 52 (11), 1226-1235. |
|
WELLER, L. (1965). Social class and the desegregation
movement : A study of parents' decisions in a Negro
ghetto. Social Problems, 13, 83-88. |
KRIEGER, N., WILLIAMS, D.R. & MOSS, N.E. (1997).
Measuring social class in U.S. public health research :
Concepts, methodologies, and guidelines. Annual
Review of Public Health, 18, 341-378. |
|
POULANTZAS, N. (1968). Pouvoir politique et classes
sociales. Paris : Maspero. |
GRUSKY, D.B. & SORENSON, J.B. (1998). Can class
aanalysis be salvaged ? American Journal of
Sociology, 103, 1187-1234. |
|
LIPSET, S.M. (1968). Social class. In D.L. (Ed.), International
encyclopedia of the social sciences. New York :
Macmillan. |
MADON, S., JUSSIM, L., KEIOER, S., ECCLES, J., SMITH, A.
& PALUMBO, P. (1998). The accuracy and power of sex,
social class and ethnic stereotypes : Naturalistic studies
in person perception. Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 24 (12), 1304-1318. [PDF] |
|
|
JENSEN, A.R. (1968). Social class, race and genetics :
Implications for education. American Educational
Research Journal, 5, 1-42. |
|
|
KOHN, M.L. (1969). Class and conformity.
Homewood, IL : Dorsey Press. |
DIPIETRO, J.A., COSTIGAN, K.A., SHUPE, A.K., PRESSMAN,
E.K. & JOHNSTON, T.R. (1998). Fetal neurobehavioral
development : Associations with socioeconomic class and
fetal sex. Developmental Psychobiology, 33 (1),
79-91. |
OVERTON, W.F., WAGNER, J. & DOLINSKY, H. (1971).
Social class differences and task variables in the
development of multiplicative classification. Child
Development, 42, 1951-1958
|
|
|
RAY, J.J. (1972). The questionnaire measurement of social
class. Australian & New Zealand Journal of
Sociology, 7, 58-64. [LIRE] |
|
|
OVERTON, W.F. WAGNER, J. & DOLINSKY, H. (1971). Social
class differences and task variables in the development of
multiplicative classification. Child Development, 42,
1951-195 |
HOFFMANN, L.W. & YOUNGBLADE, L.M. (1998). Maternal
employment, morale, and parenting : Social class
comparisons. Journal of Applied Developmental
Psychology, 19, 389-414. |
|
CURTIS, J. & CUNEO. C. (1974). Québec separatism : An
analysis of determinants within social-class levels. Canadian
Review of Sociology & Anthropology, 11 (1),
1-29. |
FANTUZZO, J., WEISS, A., ATKINS, M., MEYERS, R. &
NOONE, M. (1998). A contextually relevant assessment of
the impact of child maltreatment on the social
competencies of low-income urban children. Journal of
the American Academy of Child & Adolescent
Psychiatry, 37, 1201-1208. |
|
WELLER, L. & LUCHTERHAND, E. (1974). Adolescents'
perceptions of their parents by social class, race and
parental presence. International Journal of Sociology
of the Family, 4, 215-221. |
|
|
POULANTZAS, N. (1974). Les classes sociales dans le
capitalisme aujourd'hui. Paris : Le Seuil. |
LEAPER, C., TENENBAUM, H.R. & SHAFFER, T.G. (1999).
Gender effects on the communication strategies of
African-American children from low-income, urban
backgrounds. Child Development, 70, 1489-1503. |
|
CONGER, J.J., MILLER, W.C. & WALSMITH, C.R. (1975).
Antecedent of delinquency : Personality, social class, and
intelligence. In P.H. Mussen, J.J. Conger & J. Kagan
(Eds.), Readings in child development and
personality. New York : Harper & Row. |
GRUSKY, D.B. (2000). Foundations of class analysis :
A Durkheimian perspective. Ithaca : Center for the
Study of Inequality Working Paper/ Cornell University. |
|
COOPER, H.M., BARON, R.M. & LOWE, C.A. (1975). The
importance of race and social class information in the
formation of expectancies about academic performance. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 67 (2), 312-319. |
HELMES-HAYES, R.C. (2000). The concept of social class :
The contribution of Everett Hughes. Journal of the
History of the Behavioral Sciences, 36 (2),
127-147. |
|
LAUTREY, J. (1976). Classe sociale et développement
cognitif. La Pensée, 5 (190), 31-53. |
GOLDTHORPE, J.H. (2000). Social Class and the
Differentiation of Employment contracts. In J.H.
Goldthorpe (Ed.), On sociology. Oxford : Oxford
University Press. |
|
SYME, S. & BERKMAN, L. (1976). Social class,
susceptibility and sickness. American Journal of
Epidemiology, 104, 1-8. |
BREEN, R. & GOLDTHORPE, J.H. (2001). Class, mobility
and merit : the experience of two British birth cohorts. European
Sociological Review, 17, 81-101. |
|
KOHN, M.L. (1976). Social class and parental values :
Another confirmation of the relationship. American
Sociological Review, 41, 538-545. |
KARLSEN, S. & NAZROO, J. Y. (2002). Relation between
racial discrimination, social class, and health among
ethnic minority groups. American Journal of Public
Health, 92 (4), 624-631. |
|
MILES, R. & PHIZACKLEA, A. (1977). Class, race,
ethnicity and political action. Political Studies, 25
(4), 4891-507. |
|
|
MICHELAT, G. et SIMON, M. (1977). Classes, religion
et comportements politiques. Paris : Éditions
Sociales. |
LOTT, B.E. & SAXON, S. (2002). The influence of
ethnicity, social class and context on judgments about
U.S. women. Journal of Social Psychology, 142
(4), 481-499. |
|
WRIGHT, E.O. (1978). Class, crisis, and the state.
London : New Left Books. |
WRIGHT, E.O. (2002). The shadow of exploitation in Weber's
class analysis. American Sociological Review, 67, 832-853.
[PDF] |
|
BUTTEL, F.H. & FLINN, W.L. (1978). Social class and
mass environmental beliefs : A reconsideration.
Environment & Behavior, 10, 433-450. |
WEEKS, M. & LUPFER, M.B. (2004). Complicating race :
The relationship between prejudice, race, and social class
categorizations. Personality & Social Psychology
Bulletin, 30, 972-984. [PDF] |
|
LAUTREY, J. (1978). Classe sociale, structure de
l'environnement familial et développement cognitif de
l'enfant. Bulletin de Psychologie, 31 (1-2),
197-201. |
GOTTFREDSON, L.S. (2004). Intelligence : Is It the
epidemiologists' elusive "fundamental cause" of social
class inequalities in health ? Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 86 (1), 174-199.
[PDF] |
|
ROSENBERG, M.R. & PEARLIN, L.I. (1978). Social class
and self-esteem among children and adults. American
Journal of Sociology, 84, 53-77. |
VAN WESSEL, M. (2004). Talking about consumption : How an
Indian middle class dissociates from middle-class life. Cultural
Dynamics, 16, 93-116. |
|
|
WRIGHT, E.O. & PERONE, L. (1978). Marxist class
categories and income Inequality. American
Sociological Review, 42 (1), 32-55. [PDF] |
GOLDTHORPE, J.H. (2004). The economic basis of social
class. London : Centre for Analysis of Social
Exclusion, London School of Economics. |
|
WILLIE, C.V. (1979). The caste and class controversy.
Bayside, NY : General Hall Inc. |
BLANDEN, J., GOODMAN, A., GREGG, P. & MACHIN, S.
(2004). Changes in intergenerational mobility in Britain.
In M. Corak (Ed.), Generational income mobility in North
America and Europe. Cambridge : Cambridge University
Press. |
|
WRIGHT, E.O. (1979). Class structure and income
determination. New York : Academic Press. |
WRIGHT, E.O. (2004). Social class. In G. Ritzer (Ed.), Encyclopedia
of social theory. New York : Sage. |
| D |
|
|
WRIGHT, E.O. (1979). Intellectuals and the class structure
of capitalist society. In P. Walker (Ed.), Between
labor and capital (pp. 191-212). Boston, MA :
South End. |
WRIGHT, E.O. (2006). Class. In Jens Beckert and Milan
Zafirovsky (Eds.), International encyclopedia of
economic sociology(pp. 62-68). Routledge. [PDF] |
|
CLARENCE-SMITH, G. (1980). Class structure and class
struggles in Angola in the 1970s. Journal of Southern
African Studies, 7 (1), 109-126. |
GOLDTHORPE, J.H. & McKNIGHT, A. (2006). The economic
basis of social class. In S. Morgan, D.B. Grusky & G.
Fields (Eds.), Mobility and inequality : Frontiers of
research from sociology and economics (pp.
109-136). Stanford : Stanford University Press. |
|
LAUTREY, J. (1980). Classe sociale, milieu familial,
intelligence. Paris : Presses Universitaires de
France. |
KERBO, H. (2006). Social stratification and inequality
: Class and class conflict in historical and comparative
perspective. New York : McGraw-Hill. |
|
CONNELL, R.W. & IRVING, T.H. (1980/92). Class
structure in Australian history. Melbourne, Longman
Cheshire. |
ACKER, J. (2006). Inequality regimes : Gender, class, and
race in organization. Gender & Society, 20 (4),
441-464. |
|
WELLER, L. (1980). Social class and personality Factor s :
Acculturation of young samaritan men. In R.P. Mohan and A.
Wilke (Eds.), Critical realism and sociological
theory (pp. 281-301). New Delhi : Concept
Publishing Company. |
KNIGHT, N. & NISBETT, R.E. (2007). Culture, class and
cognition : Evidence from Italy. Cognition &
Culture, 7, 283-291. |
|
WELLER, L. (1980). Ethnic group prejudice and class in
Israel. The Jewish Journal of Sociology, 23,
101-113. |
CHAN, T.W. & GOLDTHORPE, J.H. (2007). Class and status
: the conceptual distinction and its empirical relevance.
American Sociological Review, 72, 512-532. |
|
STEINBERG, S. (1981). The ethnic myth : Race,
ethnicity and class in America. New York : Atheneum. |
|
|
GINSBURG, H.P. & RUSSELL, R.L. (1981). Social class
and racial influences on early mathematical thinking. Monographs
of the Society for Research in Child Development, 46
(6), Serial No. 193. |
DARMON, N. & DREWNOWSKI, A. (2008). Does social class
predict diet quality ? The American Journal of
Clinical Nutrition, 87 (5), 1107-1117. [PDF]
|
|
GIDDENS, A. (1981). The class structure of the advanced
societies. New York : Harper and Ro. |
|
|
ZEITLIN, M. (1982). Corporate ownership and control : The
large corporation and the capitalist class. In A. Giddens
& D. Held (Eds.), Classes, power, and conflict (pp.
196-223). University of California Press : Berkeley. |
LARIVÉE, S. (2009). Des classes sociales aux classes
cognitives. Revue de Psychoéducation, 38 (2),
279-295. |
|
GILLBERG, C. & SCHAUMANN, H. (1982). Social class and
infantile autism. Journal of Autism &
Developmental Disorders, 12, 223-228. |
KRAUS, M.W., PIFF, P.K. & KELTNER, D. (2009). Social
class, sense of control, and social explanation. Journal
of Personal Social & Psychology, 97 (6),
992-1004. |
|
DEMO, D.H. & RITCH, C. & SAVIN-WILLIAMS, R.C.
(1983). Early adolescent self-esteem as a function of
social class : Rosenberg and Pearlin Revisited.
American Journal of Sociology, 88, 763-774. |
KATZ-GERRO, T., RAZ, S. & YAISH, M. (2009). How do
class, status, ethnicity, and religiosity shape cultural
omnivorousness in Israel ? Journal of Cultural
Economics, 33, 1-17. [PDF]
|
|
MILIBAND, R. (1983). Class power and state power.
Londres : Verso. |
KRAUS, M.W., COTÉ, S. & KELTNER, D. (2010). Social
class, contextualism, and empathic accuracy. Psychological
Science, 21, 1716-1723. |
|
LAUTREY, J. (1984). Classe sociale, milieu familial,
intelligence. Paris : Presses Universitaires de
France. |
LOTT, B.E. & BULLOCK, H.E. (2010). Social class and
women's lives. Psychology of Women Quarterly, 34,
421-424. |
|
WRIGHT, E.O. (1985). Classes. London : Verso. |
PIFF, P.K., KRAUSS, M.W., CÔTÉ, S., CHENG, B.H. &
KELTNER, D. (2010). Having less, giving more : The
influence of social class on prosocial behavior.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 99 (5),
771-784. [PDF]
|
|
THOMAS, M. & HUGHES, M. (1986). The continuing
significance of race : A study of race, class and quality
of life in America, 1972-1985. American Sociological
Review, 51 (8), 830-841. |
BULLOCK, H.E. & LOTT, B.E. (2010). Social class and
power. In A.P. Guinote & T.K. Vescio (Eds.), The
social psychology of power (pp. 408-427). New York
: Guilford. |
|
KAPLAN, H.K. & HILL, K. (1986). Sexual strategies and
social class differences in fitness in modern industrial
societies. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 9,
198-99. |
VEENSTRA, G. (2010). Culture and class in Canada. Canadian
Journal of Sociology 35, (1), 83-111. |
|
NURMI, J. (1987). Age, sex, social class, and quality of
family interactions as determinants of adolescents' future
orientation : A developmental interpretation. Adolescence,
22, 977-991. |
KRAUS, M.W., PIFF, P.K. & KELTNER, D. (2011). Social
class as culture : The convergence of resources and rank
in the social realm. Current Directions in
Psychological Science, 20, 246- 250. |
|
LAREAU, A. (1987). Social class differences in
family-school relationships : The importance of cultural
capital. Sociology of Education, 60, 73-85. |
KRAUS, M.W., HORBERG, E.J., GOETZ, J.L. & KELTNER, D.
(2011). Social class rank, threat vigilance, and hostile
reactivity. Persomality & Social Psychololgy
Bulletin, 37 (10), 1376-1388. |
|
GOLDTHORPE, J.H. (1987). Social mobility and class
structure in modern britain. Oxford : Clarendon
Press. |
BUKODI, E. & GOLDTHORPE, J.H. (2011). Class origins,
Education and occupational attainment in Britain : Secular
trends or cohort-specific effects. European
Societies, 13, 347-375. |
|
SZELENYI, I. & MARTIN, B. (1988). The three waves of
new class theories. Theory & Society, 17, 645-667. |
STELLAR, J.E., MANZO, V.M., KRAUS, M.W. & KELTNER, D.
(2012). Class and compassion : Socioeconomic factors
predict responses to suffering. Emotion, 12 (3),
449-549. |
|
CANNON, L.W., HIGGINBOTHAM, E. & LEUNG, M.L. (1988).
Race and class bias in qualitative research on women.
Gender & Society, 2, 449-462. |
KRAUS, M.W., PIFF, P.K. MENDOZA-DENTON, R., RHEINSCHMIDT,
M.L. & KELTNER, D. (2012). Social class, solipsism, and
contextualism : How the rich are different from the poor.
Psychological Review, 119, 546-572. [PDF]
|
|
EHRENREICH, B. (1989). Fear of falling, The inner
life of the middle class. New York : Harper
Collins. |
PIFF, P.K., STANCATO, D.M., CÔTÉ, S., MENDOZA-DENTON, R.
& KELTNER, D. (2012). Higher social class predicts
increased unethical behavior. Proceeding of the
National Academy of Sciences, 109 (11), 4086-4091.
[PDF]
|
|
WRIGHT, E.O. (1989). The debate on classes. London
: Verso. |
PIFF, P.K., STANCATO, D.M., MARTINEZ, G., KRAUS, M.W.
& KELTNER, D. (2012). Class, chaos, and the
construction of community. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 103 (6), 949-962. |
|
HUCKFELDT, R.R. & KOHFELD, C.W. (1989). Race and
the decline of class in American politics.
University of Illinois Pres. |
KRAUS, M.W. & STEPHENS, N.M. (2012). A road map for an
emerging psychology of social class. Social &
Personality Psychology Compass, 6, 642-656. |
|
|
KRIEGER, N. (1991). Women and social class : a
methodological study comparing individual, household, and
census measures as predictors of black/white differences
in reproductive history. Journal of Epidemiology
Community Health, 45, 35-42. |
SAVAGE, M., DEVINE, F., CUNNINGHAM, M., TAYLOR, M., LI,
Y., HJELLBREKKE, J., LE ROUX, B., FRIEDMAN, S. &
MILES, A. (2013). A new model of social class ? Findings
from the BBC's ? Great British Class Survey
Experiment. Sociology, 47, 219-250. |
|
POWER, C. (1991). Social and economic background and class
inequalities in health among young adults. Social
Science Medicine, 32 (4), 411-417. |
TRAUTMANN, S.T., VAN DE KUILEN, G. & ZECKHAUSER, R.J.
(2013). Social class and (un)ethical behavior : A
framework, with evidence from a large population sample. Perspectives
on Psychological Science, 8 (5), 487-497. |
|
SOLORANZO, D G. (1992). An exploratory analysis of the
effects of race, class, and gender on student and parent
mobility aspirations. Journal of Negro Education, 61,
30-44. |
PIFF, P.K. (2014). Wealth and the inflated self : Class,
entitlement, and narcissism. Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 40 (1), 34-43. [PDF]
|
|
GOLDTHORPE, J.H. & MARSHALL, G. (1992). The promising
future of class analysis : A response to recent critiques.
Sociology, 26, 381-400. |
VARNUM, M.E.W., BLAIS, C., HAMPTON, R. & BREWER, G.A.
(2015). Social class affects neural empathic responses. Culture
& Brain, 3 (2), 122-130. |
|
THOMAS, M. & HORTON, H.D. (1992). Race, class, and
family structure : The case of family income.
Sociological Perspectives, 35 (3), 433-450. |
KORNDÖRFER, M., EGLOFF, B. & SCHMUKLE, S.C. (2015). A
large scale test of the effect of social class on
prosocial behavior. PLoS One, 10 (7), 1-48. [PDF]
|
|
KRIEGER, N., ROWLEY, D.L., HERMAN, A.A., AVERY, B. &
PHILLIPS, M.T. (1993). Racism, sexism, and social class :
implications for studies of health, disease, and
well-being.American Journal of Preventive Medicine, 9
(6), 82-122. |
O'GUINN, T.C., TANNER, R.J. & MAEENG, A. (2015),
Turning to space : Social density, social class and the
value of things in stores. Journal of Consumer
Research, 42 (2), 196-213. |
|
THOMAS, M. (1993). Race, class, and personal income : An
empirical rest of the declining significance of race
thesis, 1968-1988. Social Problems, 40 (3),
328-342. |
DUBOIS, D., RUCKER D.D. & GALINSKY, A.D. (2015).
Social class, power, and selfishness : When and why upper
and lower class individuals behave unethically. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 108 (3),
436-449. |
|
KRIEGER, N. & FEE, E. (1994). Social class : The
missing link in U.S. health data. International
Journal of Health Services, 24, 25-44. |
YEARWOOD, M. H., CUDDY, A., LAMBA, N., YOUYOU, W., VAN DER
LOWE, I., PIFF, P. K., GRONIN, C., FLEMING, P.,
SIMON-THOMAS, E., KELTNER, D. & KOGAN, A. (2015). On
wealth and the diversity of friendships : High social
class people around the world have fewer international
friends. Personality & Individual Differences,
87, 224-229. |
|
JACKMAN, M.R. (1994). The velvet glove : Paternalism
and conflict in gender, class, and race relations. Berkeley,
CA : University of California Press. |
CONNELLY, R., GAYLE, V. & LAMBERT, P.S. (2016). A
Review of occupation-based social classifications for
social survey research. Methodological Innovations,
9, 1-14. [PDF]
|
|
KRIEGER, N., ROWLEY, D.L., HERMAN, A.A., AVERY, B. &
PHILLIPS, M.T. (1995). Racism, sexism, and social class :
implications for studies of health, disease, and
well-being. American Journal of Preventive Medicine,
9 (S), 82-122. |
GOLDTHORPE, J.H. (2016). Social class mobility in modern
Britain : changing structure, constant process. Journal
of the British Academy, 4, 89-111. [PDF]
|
|
ZIGLER, E. (1995). Can we "cure" mild mental retardation
among individuals in the lower socio-economic stratum ? American
Journal of Public Health, 85 (3), 302-304. |
KRAUS, M.W. & CALLAGHAN, B. (2016). Social class and
pro-social behavior : The moderating role of public versus
private contexts. Social Psychological &
Personality Science, 7, 769-777. [PDF]
|
|
WELLER, L. & LUCHTERHAND, E. (1995). Adolescents'
perceptions of their parents by social class, race and
parental presence. International Journal of
Sociology of the Family, 4, 215-221. |
DIETZE, P. & KNOWLES, E.D. (2016). Social class and
the motivational relevance of other human beings :
Evidence from visual attention. Psychological
Science, 27 (11), 1517-1527. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Pauvreté,
Mobilité sociale,
Stratification,
Lutte des
classes et Déterminant
socio-économique |
|
|
|
|
|
Classe
sociale (Différences) :
Social class difference.
| |
|
|
RAY, J.J. (1972). The questionnaire measurement of social
class. Australian & New Zealand Journal of
Sociology, 7, 58-64. [LIRE] |
|
ZEIDNER, M. & BELT-HALLAHMI, B. (1988). Sex, ethnic
and social class differences in para-religious beliefs
among Israeli adolescents. Journal of Social
Psychology, 128, 333-343. |
|
KRIEGER, N. (1991). Women and social class : a
methodological study comparing individual, household, and
census measures as predictors of black/white differences
in reproductive history. Journal of Epidemiology
Community Health, 45, 35-42. |
|
WILLIAMS, W.M. & CECI, S.J. (1997). Are Americans
becoming more or less alike ? Trends in race, class, and
ability differences in intelligence. American
Psychologist, 52 (11), 1226-1235. |
|
UNGER, R.K. (1997). A just noticeable difference : the
impact of gender, race, ethnicity, and social class on
psychology. In A.B., Ginorio, N. Romer, R.K. Unger &
K.F. Wyche (Eds.), Psychology. CUNY panel :
Rethinking the disciplines. National Center for
Curriculum Transformation Resources on Women. [PDF] |
|
ROAZZI, A. & BRYANT, P.E. (1997). Explicitness and
conservation : Social class differences. International
Journal of Behavioral Development, 21 (1), 51-70. |
|
|
|
Classes sociales (Lutte) : Expression
forgée par Marx pour désigner
les conflits et
l'inéxorable confrontation entre le prolétariat
et la bourgeoisie. Class
struggle.
| |
|
|
PICCIOTTO, S. (1979). The theory of the state, class
struggle and the rule of Law. In B. Fine, R. Kinsey, J.
Lea, S. Picciotto & J. Young (Eds.), Capitalism
and the rule of law (pp. 164-177). London :
Hutchinson. |
|
ESPING-ANDERSON, G., FRIEDLAND, R. & WRIGRHT, E.O.
(1976). Modes of class struggle and the capitalism state.
Kapitalistate, 4-5, 186-220. |
|
CLARKE, S. (1983). State, class struggle and the
reproduction of capital. Kapitalistate, 10-11,
113-133.
[PDF] + [PDF] |
|
HOLLOWAY, J. (1988). The great bear, post-fordism and
class struggle. Capital & Class, 36,
93-104. |
|
CLARKE S. (2001). The globalisation of capital, crisis and
class struggle. Capital & Class, 75,
93-101. [PDF]
|
|
|
Voir aussi Conflit,
Prolétariat, Classe
et Bourgeoisie. |
|
|
Classe
statistique : En statistique,
intervalle utilisé pour
regrouper les données
d'une variable quantitative continue
ou discrète.
| |
|
|
GILLES, A. (1984). Éléments de méthodologie et
d'analyse statistique pour les sciences sociales.
St-Laurent : Mcgraw-Hill Éditeurs. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Classification
: Ensemble de critères qui permettent de distinguer et
de nommer les variations d'un phénomène. Classification.
| |
|
|
ALLPORT, F.H. & ALLPORT, G. (1921). Personality traits
: their classification and measurement. Journal of
Abnormal & Social Psychology, 16, 6-40. [LIRE]
|
YARUSS, J.S. (1998). Describing the consequences of
disorders : stuttering and the international
classification of Impairments, disabilities and handicaps.
Journal of Speech Language & Hearing Research, 41
(2), 249-257. |
|
SCHOENFELD, W.N., CUMMING, W.W. & HEARST, E. (1956).
On the classification of reinforcement schedules. Proceedings
of the National Academy of Sciences, 42, 563-570. [PDF] |
HODGES, J.R. & WARLOW, C.P. (1990). Syndromes of
transient amnesia : towards a classification. A study of
153 cases. Neurology, Neurosurgery, & Psychiatry,
53, 834-843. [PDF]
|
|
KANFER, F.H. & SASLOW, G. (1965). Behavioral analysis
: An alternative to diagnostic classification.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 12, 529-538. |
TAYLOR, M.A. & FINK, M. (2003). Catatonia in
psychiatric classification : A home of its own. American.
Journal of Psychiatry, 160, 1233-1241.[PDF]
|
|
SROUFE, L. (1985). Attachment classification from the
perspective of infant-caregiver relationships and infant
temperament. Child Development, 56, 1-14. |
PARDO, P.J., GEORGOPOULOS, A.P., KENNY, J.T., STUVE, T.A.,
FINDLING, R.L. & SCHULZ, C.S. (2006). Classification
of adolescent psychotic disorders using linear
discriminant analysis. Schizophrenia Research, 87 (1-3),
297-306. |
|
RICHTERS, J.E., WATERS, E. & VAUGHN, B.E. (1988).
Empirical classification of infant-mother relationships
from interactive behavior and crying during reunion. Child
Development, 59, 512-522. |
PRAUSE, N. & GRAHAM, C.A. (2007). Asexuality :
Classification and characterization. Archives of
Sexual Behavior, 36, 341-356. |
|
HODGES, J.R. & WARD, C.D. (1989). Observations during
transient global amnesia. A behavioural and
neuropsychological study of five cases. Brain, 112
(3), 595-620. |
CHERNEY, I.D. & DEMPSEY, J. (2010). Young children's
classification, stereotyping, and play behavior for gender
neutral and ambiguous toys. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 30 (6), 651-669. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Classer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Claus
Carl Friedrich Wilhelm (1835-1899) : Zoologiste
allemand, spécialisé dans l'étude des mollusques. Professeur de Freud.
|
|
|
Claustrum
: Mince couche de substance
grise située près du
putamen, symétriquement à gauche et à droite du cerveau.
Claustrum
| |
|
|
CHACHICH, M.E. & POWELL, D.A. (2004). The role of
claustrum in Pavlovian heart rate conditioning in the
rabbit (Oryctolagus cuniculus): anatomical,
electrophysiological, and lesion studies. Behavioral
Neuroscience, 118 (3), 514-525. |
|
CRICK, F.C. & KOCH, C. (2005). What is the
function of the claustrum ? Philosophical
Transactions of the Royal Society B : Biological
Sciences, 360 (1458), 1271-1279. |
|
|
|
|
Clay
Marie M. (Wellington 1926-2007 Auckland) : Psychologue
nouvelle-zélandaise, spécialisée dans l'étude de la
lecture et de la littéracie.
 |
CLAY, M.M. (1967). The reading behaviour of five year old
children : a research report. New Zealand Journal of
Educational Studies, 2 (1), 11-31. |
|
CLAY, M.M. (1979). An observation survey of early
literacy achievement. Portsmouth, NH : Heinemann. |
|
CLAY, M.M. (1985). Engaging with the school system : A
study of interaction in new entrant classrooms. New
Zealand Journal of Educational Studies, 22 (1),
20-38. |
|
CLAY, M.M. (1991). Becoming literate : The
construction of inner control. Portsmouth, NH :
Heinemann. |
|
CLAY, M.M. (1997). The development of literacy learning
difficulties. In D. Corson (Ed.), Encyclopaedia of
language and education (Vol. 2). Literacy.
Dordrecht, Netherlands : Kluwer Academic Publishers. |
| |
|
PINNELL, G.S. & FOUNTAS, I.C. (2015). Contributions of the works of Marie
Clay to guided reading instruction. Journal of Reading Recovery, 24-27.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Clayson
Dennis E. ( ) : Spécialiste
américain de l'évaluation
de l'enseignement.
|
CLAYSON, D.E. (1989). Halo effects in student evaluation
of faculty : A question of validity. Marketing :
Positioning for the 1990's. Proceedings of the
Southern Marketing Association, 2721-275. |
|
CLAYSON, D.E. & HALEY, D.A. (1990). Student
evaluations in marketing : What is actually being measured
? Journal of Marketing Education, 12 (1), 9-17.
[PDF] |
|
CLAYSON, D.E. (1999). Student's evaluation of teaching
effectiveness : Some implications of stability. Journal
of Marketing Education, 21 (1), 68-75. [PDF] |
|
CLAYSON, D.E. & SHEFFRET, M.J. (2006). Personality and
the student evaluation of teaching. Journal of
Marketing Education, 28 (2), 149-160. |
|
CLAYSON, D.E. (2009). Student evaluations of teaching :
Are they related to what students learn ? A meta-analysis
and review of the literature. Journal of Marketing
Education, 31 (1), 348-358. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Clayton
Michael C. ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste américain
et spécialiste de l'analyse
fonctionnelle du comportement, notamment le port
de la ceinture de sécurité. Collaborateur de
Hayes.
|
CLAYTON, M.C., HAYES, L. & SWAIN, M.A. (2005).
Scientific system building : The case of interbehaviorism.
The Psychological Record, 55, 335-359. |
|
CLAYTON, M.C. (2006). Self-management contingencies. European
Journal of Behavior Analysis, 7 (2), 143-145. |
|
CLAYTON, M.C., HELMS, B. & SIMPSON, C. (2006). Active
prompting to decrease cell phone use and increase seat
belt use while driving. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 39 (3), 341-349. [PDF] |
|
CLAYTON, M.C. & HAYES, L. (2007). Using stimulus
equivalence to demonstrate pre-existing linguistic
relations : A systematic replication and extension. Mexican
Journal of Behavior Analysis, 33 (2), 225-238. [PDF] |
|
CLAYTON, M.C. & HELMS, B. (2009). Increasing seat belt
use on a college campus : An evaluation of two prompting
procedures. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 42
(1), 161-164. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Clayton
Nicola S. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste
anglaise et spécialiste de l'étude de la cognition
animale. = Nicky. Collaborateur
de Call,
Dickinson et Emery.
|
CLAYTON, N.S. (1998). Episodic-like memory during cache
recovery by scrub jays. Nature, 395, 272-278. |
|
CLAYTON, N.S., YU, K.S. & DICKINSON, A. (2001). Scrub
jays (Aphelocoma coerulescens) form integrated memories of
the multiple features of caching episodes. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 27
(1), 17-29. |
|
CLAYTON, N.S., BUSSEY, T.J. & DICKINSON, A. (2003).
Can animals recall the past and plan for the future ? Nature
Reviews Neuroscience, 4, (8), 685-691. [PDF] |
|
CLAYTON, N.S., CORREIA, S.P.C., RABY, C.R., LEXIS, D.M.,
EMERY, N.J. & DICKINSON, A. (2008). In defense of
animal foresight. Animal Behaviour, 76, e1-e3. |
|
CLAYTON, N.S. & DICKINSON, A. (2010). Can animals
recall the past and plan for the future ? (pp 432-442). [PDF] |
|
|
|
Clayton
Russell Brent ( ) : Psychologue
américain et spécialiste de la communication, notammet sur
les réseaux
sociaux. Il s'intéresse notamment à l'infidélité,
la réactance et au comportement
de fumer.
|
CLAYTON, R.B., OSBORNE, R.E., MILLER, B.K. & OBERLE,
C.E. (2013). Loneliness, anxiousness, and substance use as
predictors of Facebook use. Computers in Human
Behavior, 29 (3), 687-693.
|
CLAYTON, R.B., NAGURNEY, A. & SMITH, J. (2013).
Cheating, breakup, and divorce : Is Facebook use to blame
? Cyberpsychology, Behavior, & Social Networking,
16 (10), 717-720.
|
|
CLAYTON, R.B. (2014). The third wheel : The impact of
Twitter use on relationship infidelity and divorce.
Cyberpsychology, Behavior, & Social Networking, 17 (7),
425–430. |
|
CLAYTON, R.B., LESHNER, G., TOMKO, R.L.,
TRULL, T.J. & PIASECKI, T.M. (2017). Countering
craving with disgust images : Examining nicotine withdrawn
smokers’ motivated message processing of anti-tobacco
public service announcements. Journal of Health
Communication, 22 (3), 254–261.
[PDF] |
CLAYTON, R.B., COMPTON, J., REYNOLDS-TYLUS, T., NEUMANN,
D. & PARK, J. (2023). Revisiting the effects of an
inoculation treatment on psychological reactance : A
conceptual replication and extension with self-report and
psychophysiological measures. Human Communication
Research, 49 (1), 104-111.
|
|
|
|
Clayton
Viviane ( ) : Psychologue
américaine et spécialiste de l'étude de la sagesse.
Collaboratrice de Birren
et Overton.
|
CLAYTON, V. (1975). Erikson'stheory ofhuman development as
it applies to the aged : Wisdom as contradictory
cognition. Human Development, 18 (1-2), 119-128. |
|
CLAYTON, V. & OVERTON, W.F.
(1976). Concrete and formal operational thought processes
in young adulthood and old age. Aging & Human
Development, 7, 195-203. |
|
CLAYTON, V. & BIRREN, J.E. (1980). The development of
wisdom across the life-span : A reexamination of an
ancient topic. In P.B. Baltes & O.G. Brim (Eds.), Life-
span development and behavior (Vol. 3, pp.
103-135). New York : Academic Press. |
|
CLAYTON, V. (1982). Wisdom and intelligence : The nature
and function of knowledge in the later years.
International. Journal of Aging and Development, 15
(4), 315-321. |
|
CLAYTON, V. (2008). The older and wiser hypothesis. In T.
Ferris (Ed.), The best science writing (pp.
222-243). Ecco. |
|
|
|
|
|
Clearfield
Melissa Wechsler ( ) : Psychologue
américaine et spécialiste du développement
cognitif et moteur de l'enfant.
|
CLEARFIELD, M.W. & MIX, K.S. (1999). Number versus
contour length in infants’ discrimination of small visual
sets. Psychological Science, 10 (5), 408-411. [PDF] |
|
CLEARFIELD, M.W. (2004). The role of crawling and walking
experience in infant spatial memory. Journal of
Experimental Child Psychology, 89 (3), 214-241. [PDF] |
|
CLEARFIELD, M.W. & NELSON, N.M. (2006). Sex
differences in mothers’ speech and play behavior with 6-,
9-, and 14-month-old infants. Sex Roles, 54 (1-2),
127-137. [PDF] |
|
CLEARFIELD, M.W. & WESTFAHL, S.M-C. (2006).
Familiarization in infants’ perception of addition
problems. Journal of Cognition & Development, 7
(1), 27-43. |
|
CLEARFIELD, M.W., MULLEN, M.N. & OSBORNE, C.N. (2008).
Learning by looking : Infants’ social looking behavior
across the transition from crawling to walking. Journal
of Experimental Child Psychology, 100, 297-307. |
|
|
|
Clément
Céline ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste et
spécialiste de l'éducation.
Elle s'intéresse notamment au trouble
déficitaire de l'attention avec hyperactivité et à
l'économie de jetons. Collaboratrice de Forget
et Lattal.
|
CLÉMENT, C., DARCHEVILLE, J-C. & RIVIÈRE, C.
(2001). Modélisations du contrôle temporel sous
contingences de renforcement : Une revue de question. Acta
Comportamentalia, 9, 213-250. |
|
CLÉMENT, C., SCHWEINBERG, A.C. et STEPHAN, E. (2005).
Favoriser le self-control face à la nourriture chez
l'enfant grâce à l'économie de jetons. Journal de
Thérapie Comportementale et Cognitive, 15, 129-133.
|
|
CLÉMENT, C., LATTAL, K.A., RIVIÈRE, V. & DARCHEVILLE,
J-C. (2007). Understanding the ontogenesis of temporal
regulation in infants and children : An evaluation of the
procedures. European Journal of Behavior Analysis, 8,
41-48. |
|
CLÉMENT, C. (2010). Hypothèses et modèles théoriques du
TDA/H: vers une approche holistique du trouble. Journal
de Thérapie Comportementale et Cognitive, 20, 79-86. |
|
CLÉMENT, C. & HAUTH-CHARLIER, S. (2015). Articulation
des programmes de formation aux habiletés parentales et
des interventions en milieu scolaire dans le cadre du
TDA/H : vers une collaboration école-famille. Nouvelle
Revue de l'Adaptation et de la Scolarisation, 68,
71-84. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Clergé
: Clergy
|
|
| |
FAHMY-EID, N. (1994). Le clergé et le pouvoir
politique au Québec : une analyse de l'idéologie
ultramontaine au milieu du XIXe siècle. Montréal :
Hurtubise HMH. |
|
|
Voir aussi Religion et
Église |
|
|
|
|
Client
: Cliente : Clientèle : Le sens de ce terme varie
légèrement selon le contexte : a) En économie,
le le client est tout individu qui consomme
les biens et services
offerts par une entreprise.
= consommateur.
b) En
psychologie, terme proposé pour remplacer les termes
"patient et malade" chez ceux qui critiquent le modèle
médico-psychiatrique, et sa conception de la maladie,
notamment les humanistes
qui considérent la thérapie
comme un service. =
personne. *patient.
Client.
| |
|
| a |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Consommateur |
|
b |
|
SHERRARD, P.A.D. & BATSON, C.D. (1979). Client and
counselor perception of the client’s problem : An analysis
of initial assessment based on attribution theory. Journal
of College Student Personnel, 20, 14-23. |
DUMONT, F. & CORSINI, R.J. (2000). Six therapists
and one client. New York : Springer. |
|
LINEHAN, M.M. & LAFFAW, J.A. (1982). Suicidal
behaviors among clients at an outpatient psychology clinic
vs. the general population. Suicide &
Life-Threatening Behavior, 12, 234-239. |
|
|
GLENN, S.S. (1983). Maladaptive functional relations in
client verbal behavior. The Behavior Analyst, 6,
47-56. [PDF] |
McDOUGALL, C. (2002). Rogers’s Person-Centered Approach :
Consideration for use in multicultural counseling. Journal
of Humanistic Psychology, 42, 48-65. |
|
ZETTLE, R.D. & HAYES, S.C. (1986). Dysfunctional
control by client verbal behavior : The context of reason
giving. The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 45, 438-445.
[PDF] |
KIHLSTROM, J.F. (2005). "Patients" and "clients". APS
Observer, 18 (9), 6. |
|
ELLIOT, R.K. & SHAPIRO, D.A. (1992). Client and
therapist as analysts of significant events. In S.G.
Toukmanian and D.L. Rennie (Eds.), Psychotherapeutic
change : Theory-guided and descriptive research
strategies (pp 163-186). Newbury Park, CA : Sage. |
|
|
MACRAN, S., ROSS, H., HARDY, G.E. & SHAPIRO, D.A.
(1999). The importance of considering clients'
perspectives in psychotherapy research. Journal of
Mental Health, 8, 325-337. |
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Patient
et Humaniste |
|
|
Clientélisme
: Tendance plus ou moins marquée des
gouvernements à favoriser de manière injustifiée les intérêts
particuliers de certains groupes d'individus (gens d'affaires,
syndicats, groupe de pression, groupe ethnique, etc.) au détriment
de l'ensemble de la population d'un pays, d'un territoire.
Clientélisme, populisme et
népotisme.
|
|
|
Climat
: Voir Réchauffement
climatique.
Global warming,
global environmental change, climate change, climatic warmth.
|
|
|
Clinical
Child Psychology & Psychiatry : Revue
scientifique de psychologie
clinique et de psychiatrie.
Éditeur : Sage.
DUNFORD, E., GAUNTLETT-GILBERT, J. & THOMPSON, M.
(2014). Parental behaviour in pediatric chronic pain : A
qualitative observational study. Clinical Child
Psychology & Psychiatry, 19 (4), 561-575.
|
|
|
Clinical
Gerontologist (The) : Revue
scientifique de gérontologie
clinique. Éditeur : Taylor & Francis.
CURYTO, K.J., ChHAPLESKI, E.E., LICHTENBERG, P.A.,
HODGES, E. & YOUNGBLADE, L.M. (1998). Prevalence and
prediction of depression in American Indian elderly.
Clinical Gerontologist, 18, 19-38.
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Clinical
Linguistics & Phonetics : Revue
scientifique. Éditeur : Taylor and Francis Online.
SHRIBERG, L.D., FOURAKIS, M., HALL, S.D., KARLSSON,
H.B., LOHMEIER, H.L., McSWEENEY, J.L., POTTER, N.L.,
SCHEER-COHEN, A.R., STRAND, E.A., TILKENS, C.M. &
WILSON, D.L. (2010, Extensions to the Speech Disorders
Classification System (SDCS). Clinical Linguistics
& Phonetics, 24 (10), 795-824. [PDF]
|
| |
|
|
Clinical
Neurology & Neurosurgery : Revue
scientifique de neuropsychologie
clinique. Éditeur : Elsevier.
BRUN, A., ENGLUND, B., GUSTAFSON, L., PASSANT, U., MANN.
D.M.A., NEARY, D.E. & SNOWDEN, J.S. (1994). Clinical
and neuropathological criteria for frontotemporal
dementia. Neurology, Neurosurgery, & Psychiatry,
57, 416-418. [PDF]
|
| |
|
|
Clinical
Neuropharmacology : Revue
scientifique multidisciplinaire qui s'intéresse aux effets
des drogues sur les comportements
et le cerveau.Éditeur :
Wolters kluwer.
ANGST, J., SCHEIFFEGER P. & STABL, M. (1993).
Efficacy of moclobemide in different patient groups :
results of new subscales of the Hamilton Rating Scale. Clinical
Neuropharmacology, 16 (S2), 55-62.
|
| |
|
|
Clinical
Neuropsychologist (The) : Revue
scientifique de neuropsychologie
clinique . Éditeur :
Routledge.
MALLOY, P., CORREIA, S., STEBBINS, G. & LAIDLAW,
D.H. (2007). Neuroimaging of white matter in aging and
dementia, Clinical Neuropsychologist, 21 (1),
73-109.
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Clinical
Psychologist (The...) : Revue
scientifique de psychologie
clinique. Éditeur : APA.
BECK, A.T., STEER, R.A. & GARBIN, M.G. (1988).
Psychometric properties of the Beck Depression inventory
: 25 years of evaluation. Clinical Psychologist, 8,
77-100.
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Clinical
Schizophrenia & Related Psychoses : Revue
scientifique qui consacre ses pages à l'étude et au
traitement de la schizophrénie
et autres
troubles psychotiques. éditeur : Elsevier.
BOUTROS, N.N., MUCCI, A., DIWADKAR, V. & ANDON, R.
(2014). Negative symptoms in schizophrenia : A
comprehensive review of electrophysiological
investigations. Clinical Schizophrenia &
Related Psychoses, 8 (1), 28-35. [PDF]
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cliqueur
: Petit instrument, inventé par
Breland et Breland,
qui produit un son distinctif (cliquetis) qui permet d'entraîner
un animal, notamment les chiens.
Par conditionnement
répondant, le cliquetis est associé à de la nourriture et
sert alors de renforcement
secondaire. *Télévoteur.
Clicker.
| |
KURLAND, A. (1998). Clicker training for your horse.
Waltham, MA : Sunshine Books. |
|
WILLIAMS, J.L., FRIEND, T.H., NEVILL, C.H. & ARCHER,
G. (2004). The efficacy of a secondary reinforcer
(clicker) during acquisition and extinction of an operant
task in horses. Applied Animal Behaviour Science, 88,
331-341. |
|
PRYOR, K. (2005). Getting started : Clicker training
for dogs. Waltham, MA : Sunshine Books. |
|
SMITH, S.M. & DAVIS, E.S. (2007). Clicker increases
resistance to extinction but does not decrease training
time of a simple operant task in domestic dogs (Canis
familiaris). Applied Animal Behaviour Science, 110,
318-329. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Breland,
Breland et Animal
Behavior Enterprises |
|
|
Cliqueur
électronique : Voir Télévoteur.
Clicker, electronic quizz system, student
response systems (SRS), audience response system,
electronic-keypad responses, voting machine.
|
|
|
|
|
Clivage
(politique) : Division idéologique
ou stratégique au sein d'un groupe,
d'un parti politique. =
dissension interne, guerre intestine, division politique. Political
cleavage.
| |
|
|
ZUCKERMAN, A.S. (1975). Political cleavage : A conceptual
and theoretical analysis. British Journal of
Political Science, 5, 231-248. |
|
ZUCKERMAN, A.S. (1982). New approaches to political
cleavage : A theoretical introduction. Political
Studies, 15, 131-144. |
|
WHITEFIELD, S. (2002). Political cleavages and
post-communist politics. Annual Review of Political
Science, 5, 181-200. [PDF]
|
OLIVER, J.E. & WOOD, T.J. (2018). Enchanted America
: How intuition and reason divide our politics. The
University of Chicago Press.
|
|
|
Clivage
de l'objet : En psychanalyse,
notamment chez Klein, mécanisme
de défense qui consiste à scinder en deux un objet - le
bon objet et le mauvais objet - qui a été investi d'une pulsion
à la fois érotique et destructive, donc générateur d'angoisse.
| |
|
| LAPLANCHE,
J. et PONTALIS, J.B. (1967/1998). Vocabulaire de la
psychanalyse. Paris : Presses Universitaires de
France. |
|
|
Clivage
du moi : En psychanalyse,
notamment chez Klein,
coexistence au sein du moi de
deux tendances contradictoires, l'une tenant compte de la réalité,
l'autre la déniant. Splitting.
| |
|
|
GOLDBERG, A. (1999). Being of two minds : The
vertical split in psychoanalysis and psychotherapy. Hillsdale,
NJ : The Analytic Press. |
|
HINSHELWOOD, R.D. (2008). Repression and splitting :
Towards a method of conceptual comparison. The
International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 89 (3),
503-521. [PDF]
|
|
PANIAGUA, C. (2009). On : Repression and splitting:
Towards a method of conceptual comparison. The
International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 90 (2),
381-382. |
| LAPLANCHE,
J. et PONTALIS, J.B. (1967/1998). Vocabulaire de la
psychanalyse. Paris : Presses Universitaires de
France. |
|
|
Cloitre
Marylene ( ) : Psychologue
américaine et spécialiste de l'étude du stress,
notamment du trouble
du stress post-traumatique. Collaborateur de Brewin,
Bryant et Neria.
|
CLOITRE, M. (2000). Maximizing treatment outcome in
post-traumatic stress disorder by combining psychotherapy
with pharmacotherapy. Current Psychiatry Reports, 2,
335-340. |
|
CLOITRE, M., CHASE STOVALL-MCCLOUGH, K., REGINA, M. &
CHEMTOB, C.M. (2004). Therapeutic alliance, negative mood
regulation, and treatment outcome in child abuse- related
posttraumatic stress disorder. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 72, 411-416. |
|
CLOITRE, M., STOLBACH, B.C., HERMAN, J.L., KOLK, B.,
PYNOOS, R., WANG, J. & PETKOVA, E.A. (2009).
developmental approach to complex PTSD : Childhood and
adult cumulative trauma as predictors of symptom
complexity. Journal of Traumatic Stress, 22 (5),
399-408 |
|
CLOITRE, M., COURTOIS, A., CHARUVASTRA, R., CARAPEZZA,
B.C., STOLBACH B.C. & GREEN, B.L. (2011). Treatment of
complex PTSD : Results of the ISTSS expert clinician
survey on best practices. Journal of Traumatic
Stress, 24 (6), 615-627. |
|
CLOITRE, M., GARVERT, D.W., BREWIN, C.R., BRYANT, R.A.
& MAERCKER, A. (2021). Evidence for proposed ICD-11
PTSD and complex PTSD : A latent profile analysis. European
Journal of Psychotraumatology, 4 (1), 20706 |
|
|
|
Clomipramine
: Antidépresseur
trycyclique.
Clomipramine, chlomipramine.
| |
|
|
ASBERG, M., RINGBERGER, V.A., SJOQVIST, F., THORN, P.,
TRASKMAN, L. & TUCK, J.R. (1977). Monoamine
metabolites in the cerebrospinal fluid and serotonin
uptake inhibition during treatment with clomipramine.
Clinical Pharmacology & Therapeutics, 21, 201-207. |
FALLON, B.A., LIEBOWITZ, M.R., CAMPEAS, R., SCHNEIER,
F.R., MARSHALL, R., DAVIES, S., GOETZ, D. & KLEIN,
D.F. (1998). Intravenous clomipramine for OCD refractory
to oral clomipramine : a controlled study. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 55, 918-924. |
|
MARKS, I.M., STERN, R.S. & MAWSON, D., COBB, J. &
McDONALD, R. (1980). Clomipramine and exposure for
obsessive-compulsive rituals. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 136, 1-25. |
PODBERSCEK, Y., HSU, Y. & SERPELL, J.A. (1999).
Evaluation of clomipramine as an adjunct to behavioural
therapy in the treatment of separation-related problems in
dogs. The Veterinary Record, 145, 365-369. [PDF] |
|
SWEDO, S.E., LEONARD, H.L., RAPOPORT, J.L., LENANE, M.C.,
GOLDBERGER, E.L. & CHESLOW, D.L. (1989). A
double-blind comparison of clomipramine and despramine in
the treatment of trichotillomania (hair pulling). New
England Journal of Medicine, 21, 497-501. |
NINAN, P.T., ROTHBAUM, B.O., MARSTELLER, F.A., KNIGHT,
B.T. & ECCARD, M.B. (2000). A placebo-controlled trial
of cognitive- behavioral therapy and clomipramine in
trichotillomania. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 61,
47-50. |
|
POLLARD, C.A., IBE, I.O., KROJANKER, D.N., KITCHEN, A.D.,
BRONSON, S.S., FLYNN, T.M. (1991). Clomipramine treatment
of trichotillomania : a follow-up report on four cases.
Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 52, 128-130. |
|
|
HOLLANDER, E., FRENKEL, M., DECARIA, C., TRUNGOLD, S.
& STEIN, D. (1992). Treatment of pathological gambling
with chlomipramine. American Journal of Psychiatry,
149, 710-711. |
PODBERSCEK, Y., SERPELL, J.A. & HSU, Y. (2000).
Clomipramine and behavioural therapy in the treatment of
separation-related problems in dogs. The Veterinary
Record, 146, 111-112. |
|
WINGERSON, D., NGUYEN, C. & ROY-BYRNE, P.P. (1992).
Chlomipramine treatment for generalized anxiety disorder.
Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology, 12 (3),
214-215. |
|
|
SUNDBLAD, C., HEDBERG, M.A. & ERICKSSON, E. (1993).
Clomipramine administered during the luteal phase reduces
the symptoms of premenstrual syndrome : a
placebo-controlled trial. Neuropsychopharmacology, 9,
133-145. |
SEKSEL, K. & LINDEMAN, M.J. (2001). Use of
clomipramine in treatment of obsessive-compulsive
disorder, separation anxiety and noise phobia in dogs : a
preliminary, clinical study. Australian Veterinary
Journal. 79 (4), 252-256. |
|
PAPP, L.A., SCHNEIER, F.R., FYER, A.J., LEIBOWITZ, M.R.,
GORMAN, J.M., COPLAN, J.D., CAMPEAS, R., FALLON, B.A.
& KLEIN, D.F. (1997). Clomipramine treatment of panic
disorder : pros and cons. Journal of Clinical
Psychiatry, 58 (10), 423-425. |
ANDERSON, K.G. & WOOLVERTON, W.L. (2005). Effects of
clomipramine on self-control choice in Lewis and Fischer
344 rats. Pharmacology, Biochemistry & Behavior,
80, 387-393. |
|
|
Voir aussi Antidépresseur
trycyclique |
|
|
| |
|
|
MAIENSCHEIN, J. (2001). On cloning : Advocating history
of biology in the public interest. Journal of the
History of Biology, 34, 423-432 |
|
|
|
Clonidine
: Médicament
utilisé notamment dans le traitement du trouble
du déficit de l'attention, de
l'insomnie et du
syndrome de Gille de la Tourette, qui diminue la
sécrétion d'adrénaline
et de noradrénaline
dans la fente
synaptique.
| |
|
|
GAFFNEY, G.R., PERRY, P.J., LUND, B.C., BEVER-STILLE,
K., ARNDT, S. & KUPERMAN, S. (2002). Risperidone
versus Clonidine in the treatment of children and
adolescents with Tourette's syndrome. Journal of
the American Academy of Child & Adolescent
Psychiatry, 41 (3), 33033-33036. |
|
|
|
Cloninger
C. Robert ( ) : Psychiatre
américain et spécialiste de l'étude de la personnalité,
de la schizophrénie
et de l'anxiété.
 |
CLONINGER, C.R. (1986). A unified biosocial theory of
personality and its role in the development of anxiety
states. Psychiatric Developments, 3, 167-226. |
|
CLONINGER, C.R. (1987). A systematic method for clinical
description and classification of personality variants. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 44, 573-588. |
|
CLONINGER, C.R., SVRAKIC, D.M. & PRZYBECK, T.R.
(1993). Psychobiological model of temperament and
character. Archives of General Psychiatry, 50,
975-990. |
|
CLONINGER, C.R., BAYON, C. & SVARIK, D.M. (1998).
Measurement of temperament and character in mood disorders
: A model of fundamental states as personality types. Journal
of Affective Disorder, 51, 21-32. |
|
CLONINGER, C.R. (2000). Biology of personality dimensions.
Current Opinion in Psychiatry, 13, 611-616. |
|
|
|
|
Clore
Gerald L. ( ) : Psychosociologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude de l'attraction
et des émotions. Étudiant
de Bower et Byrne.
Collaborateur de Friedman, Ortony
et Rubin.
|
CLORE, G.L. & BALDRIDGE, B. (1968). Interpersonal
attraction : The role of agreement and topic interest. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 9, 340-346. |
|
CLORE, G.L. & BALDRIDGE, B. (1970). The behavior of
item weights in attitude-attraction research. Journal
of Experimental Social Psychology, 6, 177-186. |
|
CLORE, G.L., WIGGINS, N. & ITKIN, S. (1975). Judging
attraction from nonverbal behavior : The gain phenomenon.
Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 43,
491-497. |
|
CLORE, G.L. & HUNTSINGER, J.R. (2007). How emotions
inform judgment and regulate thought. Trends in
Cognitive Sciences, 11 (9), 393-399. |
|
CLORE, G.L. & ORTONY, A. (2013). Psychological
construction in the OCC model of emotion. Emotion
Review, 5 (4), 335-343. [PDF]
|
|
|
|
Clough
Sharyn ( ) : Philosophe
et féministe américaine.
|
CLOUGH, S. (2003). What is menstruation for ? On the
projectibility of functional predicates in menstruation
research. Studies in the History & Philosophy of
the Biological & Biomedical Sciences 33 (4),
719-732. |
|
CLOUGH, S. (2003). Beyond epistemology : A pragmatist
approach to feminist science studies. Lanham, MD :
Rowman and Littlefield. |
|
CLOUGH, S. (2008). Solomon's empirical/non-empirical
distinction and the proper place of values in science. Perspectives
in Science, 16, 265-279. |
|
CLOUGH, S. (2011). Radical interpretation, feminism, and
science. In J. Malpas (Ed.), Dialogues with Davidson
(pp. 405-426). Boston, MA : MIT Press. |
|
ALLEN, P. & CLOUGH, S. (2014). Philosophical
commitments, empirical evidence, and theoretical
psychology. Theory & Psychology, 25 (1),
3-24.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Cloutier
Richard ( ) : Psychologue
québécois, spécialiste de la psychologie du développement
(enfance et adolescence) et professeur à l'Université
Laval. Il s'intéresse notamment au divorce et à la
séparation des parents.
 |
CLOUTIER, R. et RENAUD, A. (1990). Psychologie de
l'enfant. Boucherville : Gaëtan Morin. |
|
CLOUTIER, R. (1995). L'image des adolescents rongée par
les mythes. Revue Québécoise de Psychologie, 16
(3), 89-107. |
|
CLOUTIER, R. (1996). Psychologie de l'adolescence.
Boucherville : Gaëtan Morin |
|
CLOUTIER, R. et BOUCHARD, P. (2001). Faut-il abolir la
mixité à l'école. Relations, 672, 30-31. |
|
CLOUTIER, R. (2003). La réussite scolaire des garçons, un
défi à multiples facettes. Vie Pédagogique, 127,
9-13. |
|
|
|
|
Cloutier
Renée ( ) : Sociologue
et féministe québécoise,
spécialisée dans l'étude des stratégies d'insertion
professionnelle. Collaboratrice de Bouchard.
|
TROTTIER, C., CLOUTIER, R. & LAFORCE, L. (1996).
Vocational integration of university graduates : Typology
and multivariate analysis. International Sociology, 1
(1), 93-111. |
|
BOUCHARD, P., CLOUTIER, R. et HAMEL, T. (1996). La
recherche féministe en éducation. Dans H. Dagenais (Dir.),
Science, conscience et action, 25 ans de recherche
féministe au Québec (p. 149-182). Montréal : Les
Éditions du remue-ménage. |
|
CLOUTIER, R. (1997). Les femmes à l'université : leurs
acquis sont fragiles. Dans P. Chenard (Dir.), L'évolution
de la population étudiante à l'université. Facteurs
explicatifs et enjeux (p. 88-103). Sainte-Foy :
Presses de l'Université du Québec. |
|
CLOUTIER, R. et PERRON, D. (1997). L'insertion
professionnelle des finissantes et des finissants du
Conservatoire de musique du Québec. La revue
Canadienne d'Enseignement Supérieur, 27 (1),
69-104. |
|
CLOUTIER, R., TROTTIER, C. et LAFORCE, L. (1998). Les
projets de vie et l'insertion professionnelle de femmes et
d'hommes titulaires d'un baccalauréat. Recherches
Féministes, 11 (1), 111-132. |
|
|
|
|
Clozapine
: Neuroleptique
atypique. Clozapine et schizophrénie.
= Clozaril.
| |
|
|
IDÄNPÄÄN-HEIKKILÄ J, ALHAVA E. & OLKINUORA M. (1975).
Clozapine and agranulocytosis. Lancet, 2, 611. |
MOBINI, S., CHIANG, T.-J., HO, M.-Y., BRADSHAW, C.M. &
SZABADI, E. (2000). Comparison of the effects of
clozapine, haloperidol, chlorpromazine and d-amphetamine
on performance on a time-constrained progressive-ratio
schedule and locomotor behaviour in the rat. Psychopharmacology,
152, 47-54. |
|
SPEALMAN, R.D. & KATZ, J.L. (1980). Some effects of
clozapine on punished responding by mice and squirrel
monkeys. Journal of Pharmacology & Experimental
Therapeutics, 212, 435-440. |
SEEMAN, P. & TALLERICO, T. (1999). Rapid release of
antipsychotic drugs from dopamine D2 receptors : An
explanation for low receptor occupancy and early clinical
relapse upon withdrawal of clozapine or quetiapine.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 156, 876-884. [PDF] |
|
HIPPIUS, H. (1989). The history of clozapine.
Psychopharmacology, 99, 3-5. |
HARPER, D.N. (1999). Behavioral resistance to haloperidol
and clozapine. Behavioural Processes, 46, 1-13. |
|
BUCHANAN, R.W., HOLSTEIN, C. & BREIR, A. (1994). The
comparative efficacy and long-term effect of clozapine
treatment on neuropsychological test performance. Biological
Psychiatry, 36, 717-725. |
MONCRIEFF, J. (2003). Clozapine vs conventional
antipsychotic drugs for treatment-resistant schizophrenia
: a re-examination. British Journal of Psychiatry,
183, 161-166. |
|
MELTZER, H.Y. (1995). Clozapine : is another view valid ?
American Journal of Psychiatry, 152, 821-823. |
McEVOY J, LIEBERMAN, J., STROUP, T., DAVIS, S., MELTZER,
H., ROSENHECK, R., SWARTZ, M., PERKNS, D., KEEFE, R.,
DAVIS, C., SEVERE, J. & HSIAO, J. (2006).
Effectiveness of clozapine versus olanzapine, quetiapine
and risperidone in patients with chronic schizophrenia who
did not respond to prior atypical antipsychotic treatment.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 163, 600-610. |
|
HAMNER, M.B. (1996). Clozapine treatment for a veteran
with comorbid psychosis and PTSD. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 153, 841. |
CRILLY, J. (2007). The history of clozapine and its
emergence in the US market a review and analysis.
History of Psychiatry, 18, 39-60. |
|
ESSALI, A., REZK, E., WAHLBECK K. & CHEINE, M. (1997).
Review : clozapine reduces relapse and symptoms compared
with typical neuroleptic drugs in schizophrenia. Evidenced-Based
Medicine, 2, 182. |
KLUGE, M., SCHULD, A., HIMMERICH, H., DALAL, M., SCHACHT,
A., WEHMEIER, P.M., HINZE-SELCH, D., KRAUS, T., DITTMANN,
R.W. & POLLMÄCHER, T. (2007). Clozapine and olanzapine
are associated with food craving and binge eating: results
from a randomized double-blind study. Journal of
Clinical Psychopharmacology, 27 (6), 662-666. |
|
WAHLBECK, K., CHEINE, M., ESSALI, A. & ADAMS, C.
(1999). Evidence of clozapine effectiveness in
schizophrenia : a systematic review and meta-analysis of
randomized trials. American Journal of Psychiatry,
156, 990-999. |
SINGH, A.N., MATSON, J.L., HILL, B.D., PELLA, R.D.,
COOPER, C. & ADKINS, A.D. (2010). The use of clozapine
among individuals with intellectual disability : A review.
Research in Developmental Disabilities, 31,
1135-1141. |
|
SEEMAN, P. & TALLERICO, T. (1999). Rapid release of
antipsychotic drugs from dopamine D2 receptors : An
explanation for low receptor occupancy and early clinical
relapse upon drug withdrawal of clozapine or quetiapine. The
American Journal of Psychiatry, 156, 876-884. |
|
|
VOLAVKA, J. (1999). The effects of clozapine on aggression
and substance abuse in schizophrenic patients. Journal
of Clinical Psychiatry, 60 (S12), 43-46. |
|
|
WAHLBECK, K., CHEINE, M. & ESSALI, A. (1999).
Clozapine versus typical neuroleptic medication for
schizophrenia. Cochrane Database of Systematic
Reviews, 4. - DOI: 10.1002/ 14651858.CD000059 |
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Schizophrénie
et Neuroleptique
|
|
|
CLSC
: Au Québec,
centre local de santé communautaire qui dispense des services en
santé (physyque et mentale).
| |
|
|
BRUNET, J. (1987). Rapport du comité de réflexions
et d'analyse des services dispensés par les CLSC.
Québec : Ministère de la Santé et des Services sociaux. |
|
BOURQUE, D. (1988). La mise au pas tranquille des CLSC.
Nouvelles Pratiques Sociales, 1 (1), 43-58. |
|
GAUMER, B. et DESROSIERS, G. (2004). L'Histoire des CLSC
au Québec : reflet des contradictions et des luttes à
l'intérieur du Réseau. Ruptures : Revue
Transdisciplinaire en Santé, l0 (1), 52-70. |
|
PELCHAT, Y., MALENFANT, R., CÔTÉ, N. et BRADETTE, J.
(2004). La pratique de l'intervention sociale et
psychosociale en CLSC. Identités et légitimités
professionnellesen transformation : Rapport
derecherche. Québec : RIPOST, CLSC
Haute-Ville-Des-Rivières, centre affilié universitaire. |
|
GAUMER, B. (2008). Le système de santé et des
services sociaux au Québec, Une histoire récente et
tourmentée : 1921-2006. Québec : Presses de
l'Université Laval. |
|
|
|
Club
de Rome : Club of Rome.
| |
|
|
MEADOWS, D.H., MEADOWS, D.L., RANDERS, J. & BEHRENS,
W.W. (1972). The limits to growth : a report for the
Club of Rome's project on the predicament of mankind. New
York : Universe Books. |
|
MEADOWS, D.L., MEADOWS, D.H., RANDERS, J. & BEHRENS,
W.W. (1972). The limits to growth : A report for the Club
of Rome's project on the predicament of mankind. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Pollution,
Développement durable et Population |
| |
|
|
Clutton-Brock
Tim H. ( ) : Éthologiste
et zoologiste britannique,
spécialisé dans l'étude de la
dominance sociale, notamment chez le
cerf. Collaborateur de Parker.
|
CLUTTON-BROCK, T.H., ALBON, S.D. & GUINESS, F.E.
(1986). Great expectations : dominance, breeding success
and offspring sex ratios in red deer. Animal
Behaviour, 34, 460-471. [PDF] |
|
CLUTTON-BROCK, T.H. & LONERGAN, M. (1994). Culling
regimes and sex ratio biases in highland red deer.
Journal of Applied Ecology, 31, 521-527. [PDF] |
|
CLUTTON-BROCK, T.H. & PARKER, G.A. (1995). Punishment
in animal societies. Nature, 373, 209-216. [PDF] |
|
CLUTTON-BROCK, T.H. (1998). Reproductive skew, concessions
and limited control. Trends in Ecology &
Evolution, 13, 288-292. |
|
CLUTTON-BROCK, T.H. (2009). Cooperation between non-kin in
animal societies. Nature Reviews, 46 (2), 51-57.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
|
| CL
- COBAYE
- COCAÏNE - COCHRAN
- CODAGE COGNITIF - CODE
- COEFFICIENT - COERCITION
- COEUR - COÉVOLUTION
- COG |
Co
: Préfixe qui
renvoie à «la coexistence ou réunion d'au moins deux choses».
|
Coalition : Alliance, souvent temporaire, entre au moins deux
individus ou partis
politiques dans le but d'augmenter leurs ressources
individuelles, de faire élire
plus de députés et, dans
certains cas, de prendre le pouvoir. Coalition et
coopération. Coalition.
| |
|
|
CONNOR, R.C., SMOLKER, R.A. & RICHARDS, A.F. (1992).
Aggressive herding of females by coalitions of male
bottlenose dolphins (Tursiops sp.). In A.H Harcourt &
F.B.M. de Waal (Eds.), Coalitions and alliances in
humans and other animals (pp. 415-443). Oxford :
Oxford University Press. |
|
|
|
Cobain
Kurt : Chanteur américain et membre fondateur du
groupe grunge Nirvana. Utilisé comme exemple de syllogisme
par l'auteur de ce site pour remplacer les *&&?%$#"*
d'exemples du genre Tous les cygnes sont blancs et
Tous les hommes sont immortels. EX: Tous
les rockeurs sont immortels, Kurt Cobain est un rockeur, donc...
|
Cobaye
: Petit rongeur
utilisé dans les recherches
expérimentales en psychologie et en médecine. NDLR : Ce terme ne devrait pas être utilisé lorsque les sujets d'une expérience sont humains. Lui préférer le mot «participant».
*participant.
| |
|
|
REY, A. (1936). Les conduites conditionnées du cobaye. Archives
de Psychologie, 25, 217-312. |
|
BURNIE, D. (Dir.) (2001). Animal. Londres :
Dorling Kindersley / Le règne animal.
Saint-Laurent : Erpi. |
|
|
Cocaïne
: Drogue de la
famille des stimulants.
La cocaïne est un renforcement
primaire. Cocaïne, sévrage
et dépendance
aux drogues. Cocaine.
| |
|
|
GOLDBERG, S.R., HOFFMEISTER, F., SCHLICHTING, U.U. &
WUTTKE, W.A. (1971). Comparison of pentobarbital and
cocaine self-administration in rhesus monkeys : Effects of
dose and fixed-ratio parameter. Journal of
Pharmacology & Experimental Therapeutics, 179,
277-283. |
BRANCH, M.N., WILHEM, M.J. & PINKSTON, J.W. (2000).
Comparison of fixed and variable doses of cocaine in
producing and augmenting tolerance to its effects on
schedule-controlled behavior. Behavioural
Pharmacology, 11, 555-569. |
|
GOLDBERG, S.R. (1973). Comparable behavior maintained
under fixed-ratio and second-order schedules of food
presentation, cocaine injection or d-amphetamine injection
in the squirrel monkey. Journal of Pharmacology &
Experimental Therapeutics, 186, 18-30. |
DALLERY, J., SILVERMAN, K., CHUTUAPE, M.A., BIGELOW, G.E.
& STITZER, M.L. (2001). Voucher-based reinforcement of
opiate plus cocaine abstinence in treatment-resistant
methadone patients : Effects of reinforcer magnitude. Experimental
& Clinical Psychopharmacology, 9, 317-325. |
|
WOODS, J.H. & DOWNS, D.A. (1974). Codeine- and
cocaine-reinforced responding in rhesus monkeys : Effects
of dose on response rates under a fixed-ratio schedule.
Journal of Pharmacology & Experimental Therapeutics,
191, 179-188. |
LU, N.T., TAYLOR, B.G. & RILEY, J.K. (2001). The
validity of adult arrestee self-reports of crack cocaine
use. American Journal of Drug Alcohol Abuse, 27 (3),
399-419. |
|
IGLAUER, C. & WOODS, J.H. (1974). Concurrent
performances : reinforcement by different doses of
intravenous cocaine in rhesus monkeys. Journal of
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 22 (1),
179-196. [PDF] |
MOELLER, F.G.,
DOUGHERTY, D.M., BARRATT, E.S., SCHMITZ, M., SWANN, A.C.
& GRABOWSKI, J. (2001). The impact of impulsivity on
cocaine use and retention in treatment. Journal of
Substance Abuse Treatment, 21, 193-198. |
|
JOHANSON, C.E. & SCHUSTER, C.R. (1975). A choice
procedure for drug reinforcers : Cocaine and
methylphenidate in the rhesus monkey. Journal of
Pharmacology & Experimental Therapeutics, 193, 676-688. |
|
|
SCHUSTER, C.R. (1975). Drugs as reinforcers in monkey and
man. Pharmacological Reviews, 27, 511-521. |
AHMED, S.H., KENNY, P.J., KOOB, G.F. & MARKOU, A.
(2002). Neurobiological evidence for hedonic allostasis
associated with escalating cocaine use. Nature
Neuroscience, 5 (7), 625-626. |
|
LLEWLLYN, M.W., IGLAUER, C. & WOODS, J.H. (1976).
Relative reinforcer magnitude under a nonindependent
concurrent schedule of cocaine reinforcement in rhesus
monkeys. Journal of Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 25 (1), 81-91. [PDF] |
CARELLI, R.M. (2002). Nucleus accumbens cell firing during
goal-directed behaviors for cocaine vs. "natural"
reinforcement. Physiology & Behavior, 76,
379-387. |
|
GOLDBERG, S.R. & KELLEHER, R.T. (1976). Behavior
controlled by scheduled injections of cocaine in squirrel
and rhesus monkeys. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 25 (1), 93-104. [PDF] |
|
|
JOHANSON, C.E. (1977). The effects of electric shock on
responding maintained by cocaine injections in a choice
procedure in the rhesus monkey. Psychopharmacology,
53 (3), 277-282. |
AHMED, S.H., KENNY, P.J., KOOB, G.F. & MARKOU, A.
(2002). Neurobiological evidence for hedonic allostasis
associated with escalating cocaine use. Nature
Neuroscience, 5 (7), 625-626. |
|
JOHANSON, C.E. & SCHUSTER, C.R. (1977). A comparison
of cocaine and diethylpropion under two diferent schedules
of drug presentation. In E.H. Ellinwood & M.M.Kilbey
(Eds.), Cocaine and other stimulants (pp.
545-570). New York : Plenum Press. |
MILLER, M.L. & BRANCH, M.N. (2002). Role of dose order
in the development of tolerance to effects of cocaine on
schedule-controlled behavior in pigeons.
Psychopharmacology, 163, 302-309. |
|
FINKLE, F.S. & McCLOSKEY, K.L. (1977). The forensic
toxicology of cocaine. In R.C. Peterson & R.C.
Stillman (Eds.), Cocaine : 1977. National Institute
of Drug Abuse (pp. 153-179). Research Monograph,
Series 13. |
|
|
|
AIGNER, T.G. & BALSTER, R.L. (1978). Choice behavior
in rhesus monkeys : Cocaine versus food. Science, 201,
534-535. |
|
|
WOOLVERTON, W.L. & TROST, R.C. (1978). Cocaine as a
discriminative stimulus for responding maintained by food
in squirrel monkeys. Pharmacology Biochemistry &
Behavior 8, 627-630. |
|
|
SPEALMAN, R.D. (1979). Behavior maintained by termination
of a schedule of self-administered cocaine. Science,
204 (4398), 1231-1233. |
|
|
WOOLVERTON, W.L. & BALSTER, R.L. (1981). Effects of
antipsychotic compounds in rhesus monkeys given a choice
between cocaine and food. Drug & Alcohol
Dependence, 8, 69-78. |
|
|
JOHANSON, C.E. & AIGNER, T. (1981). Comparison of the
reinforcing properties of cocaine and procaine in rhesus
monkeys. Pharmacology, Biochemistry & Behavior,
15, 49-53. |
|
|
BENINGER, R.J., HANSON, D.R. & PHILLIPS, A.G. (1981).
The acquisition of responding with conditioned
reinforcement : Effect of cocaïne +- amphetamine and
Pipraradrol. British Journal of Pharmacology, 74,
149-154. [PDF] |
SHALEV, U., GRIMM, J.W. & SHAHAM, Y. (2003).
Neurobiology of relapse to heroin and cocaine seeking : A
review. Pharmacological Review, 54 (1), 1-42.
[PDF] |
|
ETTENBERG, A., PETTIT, H.O., BLOOM, F.E. & KOOB, G.F.
(1982). Heroin and cocaine intravenous self-administration
in rats : Mediation by separate neural systems.
Psychopharmacology, 78, 204-209. |
PHILLIPS, P.E.M., STUBER, G.D., HELEN, M.L.A.V, WIGHTMAN,
R.M. & CARELLI, R.M. (2003). Subsecond dopamine
release promotes cocaine seeking. Nature, 422,
614-618. |
|
GARZA, R.D. & JOHANSON, C.E. (1983).The discriminative
stimulus properties of cocaine in the rhesus monkey. Pharmacology
Biochemistry & Behavior, 19 (1), 145-148. |
PINKSTON, J.W. & BRANCH, M.N. (2003). Sensitization to
cocaine in pigeons : Interactions with an operant
contingency. Experimental & Clinical
Psychopharmacology, 11, 102-109. |
|
WOOLVERTON, W.L. (1986). Effects of a D1 and a D2 dopamine
antagonist on the self-administration of cocaine and
piribedil by rhesus monkeys. Pharmacology,
Biochemistry & Behavior, 34 531-535. |
|
|
WOOLVERTON, W.L. & KLEVEN, M.S. (1988). Evidence for
cocaine dependence in monkeys following a prolonged period
of exposure. Psychopharmacology, 94, 288-291. |
KOLB, B., GORNY, G., LI, Y., SAMAHA, A-N. & ROBINSON,
T.E. (2003). Amphetamine or cocaine limits the ability of
later experience to promote structural plasticity in the
neocortex and nucleus accumbens. Proceedings of the
National Academy of Sciences (USA), 100,
10523-10528. [PDF]
|
|
THORNTON, E. (1988). Freud and cocaïne. London :
Blond & Briggs. |
|
|
CARROLL, M.E., LAC, S.T. & NYGAARD, S.L. (1989). A
concurrently available nondrug reinforcer prevents the
acquisition or decreases the maintenance of
cocaine-reinforced behavior. Psychopharmacology, 97,
23-29. |
PERRY, J.L., LARSON, E.B., GERMAN, J.P., MADDEN, G.J.
& CARROLL, M.E. (2004). Impulsivity (delay
discounting) as a predictor of acquisition of i.v. cocaine
self-administration in female rats.
Psychopharmacology, 178, (2-3), 193-201. |
|
KLEVEN, M.S., ANTHONY, E.W. & WOOLVERTON, W.L. (1990).
Pharmacological characterization of the discriminative
stimulus effects of cocaine in rhesus monkeys. Journal
of Pharmacology & Experimental Therapeutics, 254, 312-317. |
MOELLER, F.G., BARRATT, E.S., FISHER, C.J., DOUGHERTY,
D.M., REILLY, E.L., MATHIAS, C.W. & SWANN, A.C.
(2004). P300 event-related potential amplitude and
impulsivity in cocaine-dependent subjects. Neuropsychobiology,
50, 167-173. |
|
MARKOU, A. & KOOB, G.F. (1991). Postcocaine anhedonia
: An animal model of cocaine withdrawal. Neuropsychopharmacology,
4, 17-26. |
KEARNS, D.N. & WEISS, S.J. (2004). Sign-tracking
(autoshaping) in rats : A comparison of cocaine and food
as unconditioned stimuli. Learning & Behavior, 32
(4), 463-476. [PDF] |
|
HIGGINS, S.T., DELANEY, D.D., BUDNEY, A.J., BICKEL, W.K.,
HUGHES, J.R., FOERG, F. & FENWICK, J.W. (1991). A
behavioral approach to achieving initial cocaine
abstinence. American Journal of Psychiatry, 148, 1218-1224. |
LEVENS, N. & AKINS, C.K. (2004). Chronic cocaine
pretreatment facilitates Pavlovian sexual conditioning in
male Japanese quail. Pharmacology, Biochemistry,
& Behavior, 79, 451-457. |
|
LOGUE, A.W., TOBIN, H., CHELONIS, J.J., WANG, R.Y., GEARY,
N. & SCHACHTER, S. (1992). Cocaine decreases
self-control in rats : A preliminary report. Psychopharmacology,
109, 245-247. |
PINKSTON, J.W. & BRANCH, M.N. (2004). Repeated post-
and pre-session cocaine administration : Interactions with
dose and fixed-ratio schedule. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 81, 169-188. [PDF] |
|
STEINBERG, M.A., KOSTEN, T.A. & ROUNSAVILLE, B.J.
(1992). Cocaine abuse and pathological gambling. American
Journal on Addictions, 1, 121-132. |
YOON, J.H. & BRANCH, M.N. (2004). Interactions among
unit price, fixed-ratio value, and dosing regimen in
determining effects of repeated cocaine. Behavioural
Processes, 30, 363-381. |
|
SPEALMAN, R.D., BERGMAN, J., MADRAS, B.K., KAMIEN, J.B.
& MELIA, K.F. (1992). Role of D1 and D2 dopamine
receptors in the behavioral effects of cocaine. Neurochemistry
International, 20 (S), 147-152. |
|
|
FOLTIN, R.W. & FISHMAN, M.W. (1993).
Self-administration of smoked cocaine by humans. In L.
Harris (Ed.), Problems of drug dependence, 1992.
Research Monograph (Vol. 132, pp. 63). Washington,
DC : National Institute on Drug Abuse. |
MOELLER, F.G., HASAN, K.M., STEINBERG, J.L., KRAMER, L.A.,
DOUGHERTY, D.M., SANTOS, R.M., VALDES, I., SWANN, A.C.,
BARRATT, E.S. & NARAYANA, P.A. (2005). Reduced
anterior corpus callosum white matter integrity is related
to increased impulsivity and reduced discriminability in
cocaine-dependent subjects : Diffusion tensor imaging. Neuropsychopharmacology,
30, 610-617. |
|
DEPOORTERE, R.Y., LI, D.H., LANE, J.D. &
EMMET-OGLESBY, M.W. (1993). Parameters of
self-administration of cocaine in rats under a
progressive-ratio schedule. Pharmacology,
Biochemistry & Behavior, 45, 539–548. |
|
|
BEARDSLEY, P.M. & BALSTER, R.L. (1993). The effects of
delay of reinforcement and dose on the self-administration
of cocaine and procaine in rhesus monkeys. Drug &
Alcohol Dependence, 34, 37-43. |
SILVERMAN, K., WONG, C.J., NEEDHAM, M., DIEMER, K.N.,
KNEALING, T., CRONE-TODD, D., FINGERHOOD, M., NUZZO, P.
& KOLODNER, K. (2007). A randomized trial of
employment-based reinforcement of cocaine abstinence in
injection drug users. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 40 (3), 387-410. [PDF] |
|
VOLKOW, N.D., FOWLER, J.S., WANG, G.-J., HITZEMANN, R.,
LOGAN, J., SCHLYER, D., DEWEY, S. & WOLF, A.P. (1997).
Decreased dopamine D2 receptor availability is associated
with reduced frontal metabolism in cocaine abusers.
Synapse, 14, 169-177. |
CAINE, S.B., THOMSEN, M., GABRIEL, K.I. BERKOWITZ, J.S.,
GOLD, L.H., KOOB, G.F, TONEGAWA S., ZHANG J. & XU, M.
(2007). Lack of self-administration of cocaine in dopamine
D1 receptor knock-out mice. Journal of Neuroscience,
27 (48), 13140-13150. [PDF] |
|
HIGGINS, S.T., BUDNEY, A.J., BICKEL, W.K., HUGHES, J.R.,
FOERG, F. & BADGER, G. (1993). Achieving cocaine
abstinence with a behavioral approach. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 150 (5), 763-769. |
|
|
|
CAINE, S. & KOOB, G.F. (1993). Modulation of cocaine
self-administration in the rat through D-3 dopamine
receptors. Science, 260, 1814-1816. |
GEARY, E.H. & AKINS, C.K. (2007). Cocaine
sensitization in male quail : temporal, conditioning, and
dose-dependent characteristics. Physiology &
Behavior, 90 (5), 818-824. [PDF] |
|
HIGGINS, S.T., BUDNEY, A.J., BICKEL, W.K., FOERG, F.G.,
DONHAM, R. & BADGER, G.J. (1994). Incentives improve
behavioral treatment of cocaine dependence. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 51, 568-576. |
WOOLVERTON, W.L., MYERSON, J. & GREEN, L. (2007).
Delay discounting of cocaine by rhesus monkeys. Experimental
& Clinical Psychopharmacology, 15, 238-244. [PDF] |
|
CARELLI, R.M. & DEADWYLE, S.A. (1994). A comparison of
nucleus accumbens neuronal firing patterns during cocaine
self-administration and water reinforcement in rats. Journal
of Neuroscience, 14 (12), 7735-7746. [PDF] |
SILVERMAN, K., ROBLES, E., MUDRIC, T., BIGELOW, G.E. &
STITZER, M.L. (2007). A randomized trial of long-term
reinforcement of cocaine abstinence in methadone
maintained injection drug users. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 72, 839-854. |
|
VOLKOW, N.D. DING, Y.S., FOWLER, J.S., WANG, GJ., LOGAN,
J., GATLEY, J.S., DEWEY, S., ASHBY, C., LIEBERMANN, J.
& HITZEMANN, R. (1995). Is methylphenidate like
cocaine ? Studies on their pharmacokinetics and
distribution in human brain. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 52, 456-463. |
|
|
VOLKOW, N.D., FOWLER, J.S. & WANG, G.J. (1995).
Imaging studies on the role of dopamine in cocaine
reinforcement and addiction in humans. Journal of
Psychopharmacology, 13 (4), 337-345. [PDF] |
|
|
SILVERMAN, K., HIGGINS, S.T., BROONER, R.K., MONTOYA,
I.D., CONE, E.J., SCHUSTER, C.R. & PRESTON, K.L.
(1996). Sustained cocaine abstinence in methadone
maintenance patients through voucher-based reinforcement
therapy. Archives of General Psychiatry, 53 (5),
409-415. |
BELIN, D., MAR, A.C., DALLEY, J.W., ROBBINS, T.W. &
EVERITT, B.J. (2008). High impulsivity predicts the switch
to compulsive cocaine-taking. Science, 320,
1352-1355. [PDF] |
|
ITO, C., ONODERA, K., SAKURAI, E., SATO, M. &
WATANABE, T. (1997). Effect of cocaine on the
histaminergic neuron system in the rat brain. Journal
of Neurochemistry, 69 (2), 875-878. |
PERRY, J.L., NELSON, S.E. & CARROLL, M.E. (2008).
Impulsivity (delay discounting) as a predictor of
acquisition and reinstatement of i.v. cocaine
self-administration in male (v female) rats. Experimental
& Clinical Psychopharmacology, 16, 165-177. |
|
AHMED, S.H. & KOOB, G.F. (1997). Cocaine- but not
food-seeking behavior is reinstated by stress after
extinction. Psychopharmacology 32, 289-295. |
AKINS, C.K. & GEARY, E.H. (2008). Cocaine-induced
behavioral sensitization and conditioning in male Japanese
quail. Pharmacology, Biochemistry & Behavior, 88,
432-437. [PDF] |
|
VOLKOW, N.D., WANG, G.-J., FISCHAM, M.W., FOLTIN, R.W.,
FOWLER, J.S., BUMRAD, N.N., VITKUN, S., LOGAN, J., GATLEY,
S.J., PAPPAS, N.R., HITZEMANN, R. & SHEA, C.E. (1997).
Relationship between subjective effects of cocaine and
dopamine transporter occupancy. Nature, 386, 827-830. |
MARUSICH, J.A. & BRANCH, M.N. (2008). Differences in
the behavioral time course of effects of rate-increasing
and rate-decreasing doses of cocaine in pigeons. Pharmacology,
Biochemistry & Behavior, 89, 150-159. [PDF] |
|
ZHANG, X., SCHROTT, L.M. & SPARBER, S.B. (1998).
Evidence for a serotonin-mediated effect of cocaine
causing vasoconstriction and herniated umbilici in chicken
embryos. Pharmacology, Biochemistry & Behavior,
59 (3), 585-593. |
JONHSON, B. (2009). A "neuropsychoanalytic" treatment of a
patient with cocaine dependence. Neuropsychoanalysis
11 (2), 181-196. |
|
HIGGINS, S.T. & KATZ, J.L. (1998). Cocaine abuse
: Behavior, pharmacology, and clinical applications.
Academic Press. |
GOLDSTEIN, R.Z., TOMASI, D., ALIA-KLEIN, N., HONORIO
CARRILLO, J., MALONEY, T., WOICIK, P.A., WANG, R., TELANG,
F. & VOLKOW, N.D. (2009). Dopaminergic response to
drug words in cocaine addiction. Journal of
Neuroscience, 29, 6001-6006.
[PDF] |
|
RILEY, A.L. & DIAMOND, H.F. (1998). The effects of
cocaine preexposure on the acquisition of cocaine-induced
taste aversions. Pharmacology Biochemistry &
Behavior, 60 (3), 739-345. |
HIRANITA, T., SOTO, P.L., NEWMAN, A.H. & KATZ, J.L.
(2009). Assessment of reinforcing effects of benztropine
analogs and their effects on cocaine self-administration
in rats : Comparisons with monoamine uptake inhibitors. Journal
of Pharmacology & Experimental Therapeutics, 329, 677-686.
[PDF] |
|
AHMED, S.H. & KOOB, G.F. (1999). Long-lasting increase
in the set point for cocaine self-administration after
escalation in rats. Psychopharmacology, 146, 303–312. |
WOOLVERTON, W.L., FREEMAN, K.B., MYERSON, J. & GREEN,
L. (2012). Suppression of cocaine self-administration in
monkeys : effects of delayed punishment. Psychopharmacology,
220, 509-517. |
|
CAINE, S.B., NEGUS, S.S. & MELLO, N.K. (1999). Method
for training operant responding and evaluating cocaine
self- administration behavior in mutant mice.
Psychopharmacology, 147, 22-24. |
|
|
WOOLVERTON, W.L. & ALLING, K. (1999). Choice under
concurrent VI schedules : Comparison of behavior
maintained by cocaine or food. Psychopharmacology,
141, 47-56. |
|
|
BRANCH, M.N., WALKER, D.J. & BRODKORD, G.W. (1999).
Attenuation of cocaine-induced response-rate increases
during repeated administration despite increases in rate
of reinforcement. Psychopharmacology, 141,
413-420. |
WARLOW, S.M., ROBINSON, M.J.F. & BERRIDGE, K.C.
(2017). Optogenetic central amydala stimulation
intensifies and narrows motivation for cocaine.
Journal of Neuroscience, 37 (35), 8330-8348. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Drogue
et Dépendance
aux drogues |
|
|
Cochon
: Animal de la
classe des mammifères.
= porc. Pig, sow.
| |
|
|
BALDWIN, B.A. & MEESE, G.B. (1977). Sensory
reinforcement and illumination preference in the
domesticated pig. Animal Behaviour, 25 (2),
497-507. |
HELD, S., MENDL, M., DEVEREUX, C. & BYRNE, R.W.
(2000). Social tactics of pigs in a competitive foraging
task : The informed forager paradigm. Animal
Behaviour, 59, 569-576. |
|
HEINSWORTH, P.H., BRAND, A. & WILLEMS, P.J. (1981).
The behavioral response of sows to the presence of human
beings and their productivity. Livestock Production
Science, 8, 67-74. |
HELD, S., MENDL, M., DEVEREUX, C. & BYRNE, R.W.
(2002). Foraging pigs alter their behavior in response to
exploitation. Animal Behavior, 64, 157-165. |
|
GRANDIN, T. (1982). Pig behavior studies applied to
slaughter plant design. Applied Animal Ethology, 9, 141-151. |
LARSON, G., DOBNEY, K., ALBARELLA, U., FANG, M.Y.,
MATISOO-SMITH, E., ROBINS, J., LOWDEN, S., FINLAYSON, H.,
BRAND, T., WILLERSLEV, E., ROWLEY-CONWY, P., ANDERSSON, L.
& COOPER, A. (2005). Worldwide phylogeography of wild
boar reveals multiple centers of pig domestication. Science,
307, 1618-1621. |
|
PETHERICK, J.C. & BLACKSHAW, J.K. (1987). A review of
the factors influencing the aggressive and agonistic
behaviour of the domestic pig. Australian Journal of
Experimental Agriculture, 27, 605-611. |
LARSON, G., ALBARELLA, U., DOBNEY, K., ROWLEY-CONWY, P.,
SCHIBLER, J., TRESSET, A., VIGNE, J.D., EDWARDS, C.J.,
SCHLUMBAUM, A., DINU, A., BALACSESCU, A., DOLMAN, G.,
TAGLIACOZZO, A., MANSERYAN, N., MIRACLE, P., VAN
WIJNGAARDEN-BAKKER, L., MASSETI, M., BRADLEY, D.G. &
COOPER, A. (2007). Ancient DNA, pig domestication, and the
spread of the Neolithic into Europe. Proceedings of
the National Academy of Sciences of the USA, 104, 15276-15281. |
|
McGLONE, J.J., AKINS, C.K. & GREEN, R.D. (1991).
Genetic variation of sitting frequency and duration in
pigs. Applied Animal Behavior Science, 30, 319-322.
|
LARSON, G., LIU, R.R., ZHAO, X.B., YUAN, J., FULLER, D.,
BARTON, L., DOBNEY, K., FAN, Q.P., GU, Z.L., LIU, X.H.,
LUO, Y.B., SU, P., ANDERSSON, L. & LI, N. (2010).
Patterns of East Asian pig domestication, migration, and
turnover revealed by modern and ancient DNA. Proceedings
of the National Academy of Sciences of the USA, 107, 7686-7691. |
|
|
Voir aussi Animal |
|
|
Cochon d'Inde : Animal de
la classe des mammifères.
Guinea pigs.
| |
|
|
MUENZINGER, K.F. (1928). Plasticity and mechanization of
the problem box habit in guinea pigs. Journal of
Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 8,
45-69. |
|
|
WILCOX, H.H. (1951). Changes accompanying aging in the
brain of guinia pigs. Journal of Gerontology, 6,
168. |
|
|
KING, J.A. (1956). Social relations of the domestic guinea
pig living under semi-natural conditions. Ecology,
37, 221-228. |
JONSON, K.M., LYLE, J.G., EDWARDS, M.J. & PENNY,
R.H.C. (1975). Problems in behavioral research with the
guinea pig : A selective review. Animal Behavior, 23,
632-639. |
|
BAYARD, J. (1957). The duration of tonic immobility in
guinea pigs. Journal of Comparative &
Physiological Psychology, 50, 130-133. |
BERRYMAN, J.C. (1976). Operant conditioning in nondeprived
and infant guinea pigs. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 25, 400. [PDF] |
|
GUNDY, R.F. (1959). Some techniques in operant
conditioning of the guinea pig. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 2, 86. |
PETERSEN, M.R., PROSEN, C.A., MOODY, D.B. & STEBBINS,
W.C. (1977). Operant conditioning in nondeprived and
infant guinea pigs. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 27 (3), 529-532. [PDF] |
|
VALENSTEIN, E.S. (1959). The effect of reserpine on the
conditioned emotional response in the guinea pig.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 2, 219-225.
[PDF] |
POLING, A. & POLING, T. (1978). Automaintenance in
guinea pigs : Effects of feeding regimen and omission
training. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 30 (1), 37-46. [PDF] |
|
MILLER, J.D. & MURRAY, F.S. (1966). Guinea pig's
immobility response to sound : Threshold and habituation.
Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology,
61, 227-233. |
|
|
ALTMAN, J. & DAS, G.D. (1967). Postnatal neurogenesis
in the guinea-pig. Nature, 214, 1098-1101. [PDF] |
|
|
DUTCH, J & BROWN, L.B. (1968). Adaptation to a
water-deprivation schedule in guinea pig. Psychological
Reports, 23 (3), 737-738. |
|
|
COLLIER, G., LEVITSKY, D. & WEINBERG, C. (1968). Body
weight loss as a measure of motivation in thirsty guinea
pigs. Animal Psychology, 10 (1), 27-28. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Animal |
|
|
Cochran
William Gemmell (Rutherglen Écosse 1909-1980 Orleans
États-Unis) : Mathématicien
et statisticien
écossais. Collaborateur de Cox,
Fisher, Rubin,
Snedecor et Wilks.
 |
COCHRAN, W.G. (1952). The X2 test of goodness of fit. Annals
of Mathematical Statistics, 23, 315-345. |
|
COCHRAN, W.G. (1953/77). Sampling techniques.
Wiley. [LIRE] |
|
COCHRAN, W.G. & COX, G.M. (1957). Experimental
designs. New York : Wiley. |
|
COCHRAN, W.G. (1965). The planning of observational
studies of human populations. Journal of the Royal
Statistical Society, 128, 234-265. |
|
COCHRAN, W.G. (1968). Errors of measurement in statistics.
Technometrics, 10, 637-666. |
| |
|
ANDERSON, R.L. (1980). William Gemmell Cochran 1909-1980 :
a personal tribute. Biometrics, 36, 574-578. |
|
DEMPSTER, A.P. & MOSTELLER, F. (1981). In memoriam :
William Gemmell Cochran, 1909-1980. Journal of the
American Statistical Association, 35 (1), 38. |
|
WATSON, G.S. (1982). William Gemmell Cochran 1909-1980. Annals
of Statistics 10, 1-10. |
|
YATES, F. (1982). Obituary : William Gemmell Cochran,
1909-1980. Journal of the Royal Statistical Society :
Series A, 145 (4), 521-523. |
|
RUBIN, D.B. (1984). William G. Cochran’s contributions to
the design, analysis, and evaluation of observational
studies. In Rao and Sedransk (Eds.), W.G. Cochran’s
impact on statistics (pp. 37-69). New York : Wiley |
|
COOK, T.D. (2015). The inheritance bequeathed to William
G. Cochran that he willed forward and left for others to
will forward again : The limits of observational studies
that seek to mimic randomized experiments.
Observational Studies, 141-164. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Codage
:
|
|
|
Codage
auto-référentiel : Self-referential
encoding
| |
|
|
ROGERS, T.B., KUIPER, N.A. & KIRKER, W.S. (1977).
Self-reference and the encoding of personal information. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 35,
677-688. |
|
BOWER, G.H. & GILLIGAN, S.G. (1979). Remembering
information related to one's self. Journal of Research
in Personality, 13, 420-432. |
|
SYMONS, C.S. & JOHNSON, B.T. (1997). The
self-reference effect in memory : A meta-analysis. Psychological
Bulletin, 121, 371-394.
[PDF] |
| MATLIN,
M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John &
Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une introduction
à la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck
Université. |
|
|
|
|
Codage
double : Hypothèse formulée par Paivio
et qui postule l'existence de deux systèmes de représentation
(représentation verbale et images mentales) pour expliquer le
fonctionnement de la pensée. =
dualisme cognitif. Dual coding theory.
| |
|
|
PAIVIO, A. (1986). Mental representations : A dual
coding approach. Oxford, England : Oxford
University Press. |
JESSEN, F., HEUN, R. & ERB, M. (2000). The
concreteness effect : Evidence for dual coding and context
availability. Brain & Language, 74, 103-112. |
|
PAIVIO, A. (1991). Dual coding theory : Retrospect and
current status. Canadian Journal of psychology, 45 (3),
255-287. |
SUN, R. (2002). Duality of the mind. Mahwah, NJ
: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
|
CLARK, J.M. & PAIVIO, A. (1991). Dual coding theory
and education. Educational Psychology Review, 3, 149-210. |
SADOSKI, M. & PAIVIO, A. (2004). A dual coding
theoretical model of reading. In R.B. Ruddell & N.J.
Unrau (Eds.), Theoretical models and processes of
reading (pp. 1329-1362). Newark, DE : International
Reading Association. |
|
MAYER, R.E. & ANDERSON, R.B. (1991). Animations need
narrations : An experimental test of a dual-coding
hypothesis. Journal of Educational Psychology, 83,
484-490. |
BRUNYE, T.T., TAYLOR, H.A. & RAPP, D.N. (2007).
Repetition and dual coding in procedural multimedia
presentations. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 22,
877-895. [PDF] |
|
MAYER, R.E. & SIMS, V.K. (1994). For whom is a picture
worth a thousand words ? Extensions of a dual-coding
theory of multimedia learning. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 86, 389-401. |
SHEN, H.H. (2010). Imagery and verbal coding approaches in
Chinese vocabulary instruction. Language Teaching
Research 14 (4), 485-499. |
|
SADOSKI, M., GOETZ, E.T. & AVILA, E. (1995).
Concreteness effects in text recall : Dual coding or con-
text availability ? Reading Research Quarterly, 30 (2),
278-288. |
WELCOME, S.E., PAIVIO, A., McRAE, K. & JOANISSE, M.F.
(2011). An electrophysiological study of task demands on
concreteness effects : Evidence for dual coding theory. Experimental
Brain Research, 212 (3), 347-358. |
|
CUEVAS, J. & DAWSON, B.L. ( 2018). A test of two
alternative cognitive processing models : learning styles
and dual coding. Theory & Research in Education,
16 (1), 40-64. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Représentation
et Paivio |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Code
binaire : Binary code.
| |
|
|
McCULLOCH, W.S. & PITTS, W. (1943). Logical calculus
of the ideas immanent in nervous activity. Philosophy
of Science, 10 (1), 18-24. |
|
|
Voir aussi Ordinateur
et Informatique |
|
|
Code
génétique : Voir ADN.
Genetic coding.
|
Code
de déonotologie : Ensemble des règles et des
dispositions de bonne conduite professionnelle en vigueur dans les
milieux scientifique et clinique et qui encadre la pratique professionnelle.
La déontologie, c'est «ce que l'on doit faire et ne pas faire»
lorsqu'on pratique un métier ou une profession. Code de
déontologie, éthique et
droits
sujets/déontologie. =
déontologie ou code. Ethical principles, code
of conduct, ethics.
| |
|
|
SZASZ, T.S. (1958). Psychiatry, ethics and the criminal
law. Columbia Law Review, 58, 183-198. |
LÉCUYER, R. (2000). Déontologie de l'enseignement et
enseignement de la déontologie. Bulletin de
Psychologie, 53 (S1), 87-95. |
|
CALLAHAN, D. (1982). Should there be an academic code of
ethics ? Journal of Higher Education, 53, 335-346. |
|
|
MUNHALL, P.L. (1988). Ethical considerations in
qualitative research. Western Journal of Research, 12
(2), 150-162. |
COIN, R. (2000). Éthique, déontologie et psychothérapie.
Resultats d'une enquête aupres des psychologues italiens.
Bulletin de Psychologie, 53 (S1), 137-145. |
|
SABOURIN, M. et BÉLANGER D. (1988). Règles de déontologie
en recherche. Dans M. Robert (Dir.), Recherche
scientifique en psychologie (p. 367-397).
St-Hyacinthe : Édisem. |
LAVALLARD, M.-H. (2000). Évaluation et déontologie.
Bulletin de Psychologie, 53 (S1), 101-105. |
|
AMERICAN PSYCHOLOGICAL ASSOCIATION (1992). Ethical
principles of psychologists and code of conduct.
American Psychologist, 47, 1597-1611. |
AMERICAN PSYCHOLOGICAL ASSOCIATION (2002). Ethical
principles of psychologists and code of conduct.
American Psychologist, 57, 1060-1073. |
|
POMERANTZ, J.R. (1994). On criteria for ethics in science.
Psychological Science, 5, 135-136. |
BOURGUIGNON, O. (Dir.) (2003). Questions éthiques en
psychologie. Paris : Mardaga. |
|
BOURRICAUD, F. (1998). Critique de l'individualisme
utilitaire et de la déontologie médicale. Sociologie
et Société, 21 (1), 25-38. |
AMERICAN PSYCHOLOGICAL ASSOCIATION (2010). Ethical
principles of psychologists and code of conduct -
Amendments. American Psychologist, 65 (5), 493. |
|
BRUNET, L. (1999). L'expertise psycholégale. Balises
méthodologiques et déontologiques. Presses de
l'Université du Québec. |
GAUTHIER, J. (2011). Déontologie et éthique : La
pertinence pour le Québec du code Canadien d'éthique pour
les psychologues. / Deontology and ethics : The
differences between the Québec Code and the Canadian Code
of Ethics for Psychologists. Canadian
Psychology/Psychologie Canadienne, 52 (3),
169-175. |
|
|
| TAVRIS,
C., WADE, C., GAGNON, A., GOULET, C. et WIEDMANN, P.
(1999/2007). Introduction à la psychologie : les
grandes perspectives. St-Laurent : ERPI. |
Voir aussi
Profession et Éthique |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Coefficient
: Nombre qui correspond à l'évaluation ou à la mesure
d'un phénomène ou une relation entre deux phénomènes. Dans le cas
des tests
statistiques, le coefficient désigne le résultat
mathématique du test. ( ): Voir
tableau ci-dessous.
| |
|
|
SCHERRER, B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi :
Gaëtan Morin. |
|
|
Coefficient
alpha : Test de fidélité conçu par Cronbach
pour mesurer la cohérence interne d'un test.
= coefficient de Cronbach, coefficent de fidélité Alpha. Coefficient
alpha.
| |
|
|
CRONBACH, L.J. (1951). Coefficient alpha and the internal
structure of tests. Psychometrika, 16 (3),
297-333. [PDF] |
SHEVLINA, M., MILES, J.N.V., DAVIES, M.N.O. & WALKER,
S. (2000). Coefficient alpha : a useful indicator of
reliability. Personality & Individual Difference,
28, 229-237. [PDF] |
|
NOVICK, M.R. & LEWIS, C.L. (1967). Coeefficient alpha
and the reliability of composite measurements. Psychometrika,
32, 1-13. |
|
|
GREEN, S.B., LISSITZ, R.W. & MULAIK, S.A. (1977).
Limitations of coefficient alpha as an index of test
unidimensionality. Educational & Psychological
Measurement, 37 (4), 827-838 |
|
|
WOODRUFF D.J. & FELDT, L.S. (1986). Tests for equality
of several alpha coefficients with their sample estimates
are dependent. Psychometrika, 51, 393-413. |
|
|
WILCOX, R.R. (1992). Robust generalizations of classical
test reliability and Cronbach's alpha. British
Journal of Mathematical & Statistical Psychology,
45, 239-254. |
|
|
CORTINA, J.M. (1993). What is coefficient alpha ? An
examination of theory and applications. Journal of
Applied Psychology, 78, 98-104. [PDF] |
STEINER, D.L. (2003). Starting at the beginning : An
introduction to coefficient alpha and internal
consistency. Journal of Personality Assessment, 80, 99-103 |
|
PETERSEN, R.A. (1994). A meta-analysis of Cronbach's
coefficient alpha. Journal of Consumer Research, 21,
381-391. |
CRONBACH, L.J. (2004). My current thoughts on coefficient
alpha and successor procedures. Educational &
Psychological Measurement, 64, 391-418.
[PDF] |
|
SCHMITT, N. (1996). Uses and abuses of coefficient alpha.
Psychological Assessment, 8 (4), 350-353. [PDF] |
HAYASHI, K. & KAMATA, A. (2005). A note on the
estimator of the alpha coefficient for standardized
variables under normality. Psychometrika, 70
(3), 579-586. |
|
RAYKOV, T. (1997). Scale reliability, Cronbach's
coefficient alpha, and violations of essential
tau-equivalence with fixed congeneric components. Multivariate
Behavioral Research, 32, 329-353. |
ZINBARG, R.E., REVELLE, W., YOVEL, I. & LI., W.
(2005). Cronbach’s alpha, Revelle’s beta, McDonald’s omega
: Their relations with each and two alternative
conceptualizations of reliability. Psychometrika, 70,
123-133. [PDF] |
|
ALASAWALMEH, Y.M. & FELDT, L.S. (1999). Testing the
equality of independent alpha coefficients adjusted for
test length. Educational & Psychological
Measurement, 59, 373-383. |
RODRIGUEZ, M.C. & MAEDA, Y. (2006). Meta-analysis of
coefficient apha. Psychological Methods, 11 (3),
306-322.
[PDF] |
|
CONOVER, W.J., LAMPE, J., SUTTON, S. & BLINE, D.
(1999). Uses and misuses of Cronbach's Alpha :
Implications for behavioral researchers. Advances in
Accounting Behavioral Research, 2, 283-307. |
TEO, T. & FAN, X. (2013). Coefficient alpha and beyond
: Issues and alternatives for educational research.
Asia Pacific Education Review, 22, 209-213. |
|
|
| SCHERRER,
B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan
Morin. |
Voir aussi Cronbach et
Coefficient |
|
|
|
|
Coefficient
d'aplatissement : Statistique
descriptive. = kurtose,
voussure. Kurtosis.
| |
|
|
DYSON, F.J. (1943). A note on kurtosis. Journal of
the Royal Statistical Society, 106, 4, 360-361. |
GROENEVELD, R.A. & MEEDEN, G. (1984). Measuring
skewness and kurtosis. The Statistician, 33 (4),
391-399. |
|
FINUCAN, H.M. (1964). A note on kurtosis. Journal of
the Royal Statistical Society, Series B, 26 (1),
111-112. |
|
|
DARLINGTON, R.B. (1970). Is kurtosis really peakedness ?
The American Statistician, 24, 19-22. |
MacGILLIVRAY, H.L. & BALANDA, K.P. (1988). The
relationships between skewness and kurtosis.
Australian Journal of Statistics, 30 (3), 319-337. |
|
CHISSOM, B. (1970). Interpretation of the kurtosis
statistic. The American Statistician, 24 (4)
19-23. |
DE CARLO, L.T. (1997). On the meaning and use of kurtosis.
Psychological Methods, 2 (3), 292-307. |
|
HILDEBRAND, D.K. (1971). Kurtosis measures bimodality ?The
American Statistician, 25 (1), 42-43. |
KALOYANOV, T. (2011). About the measures of skewness and
kurtosis. Economic Alternatives, 1, 22-33. [PDF] |
|
| SCHERRER,
B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan
Morin. |
Voir aussi Coefficient
d'asymétrie |
|
|
Coefficient
d'asymétrie : Statistique
descriptive. Skewness.
| |
|
|
PEARSON, K. (1895). Contributions to the mathematical
theory of evolution, II : Skew variation in homogeneous
material. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal
Society of London, 186, 343-414. |
|
PEARSON, K. (1905). Skew variation, a rejoinder.
Biometrika, 4, 169-212. |
|
GROENEVELD, R.A. & MEEDEN, G. (1984). Measuring
skewness and kurtosis. The Statistician, 33,
391-399. |
|
MacGILLIVRAY, H.L. (1986). Skewness and Skewness :
Measures and Orderings. The Annals of Statistics, 14,
994-1011. |
|
MacGILLIVRAY H.L. & BALANDA, K.P. (1988). The
relationships between skewness and kurtosis.
Australian Journal of Statistics, 30 (3), 319-337. |
|
KALOYANOV, T. (2011). About the measures of skewness and
kurtosis. Economic Alternatives, 1, 22-33. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Coefficient
d'aplatissement |
| SCHERRER,
B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan
Morin. |
|
|
|
|
Coefficient
de contingence (C) : Résultat du test
statistique qui permet de mesurer l'intensité d'un lien
d'association ou de dépendance entre deux ou plusieurs variables
qualitatives nominales.
NDLR : Dans ce contexte bien précis, le mot
contingence est un anglicisme. = test
de contingence.
Contingency tables.
| |
|
|
YULE, G.U. (1923). On the application of the khi-deux
method to association and contingency tables, with
experimental illustrations. Journal of the Royal
Statistical Society, 85, 95-104. |
|
ARKES, H.R. & HARKENESS, A. R. (1983). Estimates of
contingency between two dichotomous variables. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : General, 112, 117–135. |
|
EVERITT, B.S. (1977). The analysis of contingency
tables. London : Chapman & Hall. |
| |
|
SCHERRER, B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi :
Gaëtan Morin. |
Voir aussi Tableau
de contingence Khi-deux
et
Coefficient |
|
|
Coefficient
de concordance de Kendall : Résultat du Test
statistique qui permet de mesurer l'intensité d'un lien
d'association entre deux variables ordinales ou nominales.
| |
|
|
SCHERRER, B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi :
Gaëtan Morin. |
|
|
Coefficient
de corrélation (r) : Résultat Test
de corrélation qui permet de mesurer l'intensité d'un lien d'association ou de dépendance entre deux ou
plusieurs variables
quantitives. Correlation coefficient.
| |
| Coefficient |
Interprétation
du coefficient |
| 1 |
Relation parfaite |
| 0.90
et + |
Relation très forte |
| 0.70
- 0.89 |
Relation forte |
| 0.40 -
0.69 |
Relation modérée |
| 0.20
- 0.39 |
Relation faible |
| 0.19
et - |
Relation négligeable |
| 0
|
Relation
nulle |
| |
|
|
HEMPHILL, J.F. (2003). Interpreting the magnitudes of
correlation coefficients. American Psychologist, 58 (1),
78–-79. |
|
| SCHERRER,
B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan
Morin. |
Voir aussi
Coefficient |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Coefficient
de Kappa : Voir Kappa.
|
|
|
Coercition
: Obligation physique d'agir, d'émettre un comportement,
sous peine de sanction, de
punition. Coercion.
| |
|
|
SIDMAN, M. (1999). Coercion in educational settings. Behavior
Change, 16 (2), 79-88 |
|
KOPP, J. (2001). Coercion and its fallout study
guide. Boston : Authors Cooperative. |
|
SIDMAN, M. (2001). Coercion and its fallout. Boston
: Authors Cooperative. |
|
SIDMAN, M. (2004). Preface to coercion and its fallout. Behaviorology
Today, 7, 25-26. |
|
|
|
Coeur
: Le mot a un un sens propre et au moins deux sens
figurés : a) En biologie,
muscle lisse qui a pour
fonction de pomper le sang dans
le réseaux sanguin d'un organisme
et, ainsi, permettre l'oxygénation du cerveau.
Coeur, réponse
cardiaque et rythme
cardiaque.
Heart, heart-rate.
b)
En linguistique,
synonyme de noyau. c) On utilise l'expression
"par coeur" comme synonyme de rétention.
| |
|
| a |
|
LADER, M.H. (1964). Measurement of cardiovascular
variables. Bulletin of the British Psychological
Society, 17, 1-3. |
|
CACIOPPO, J.T., SANDMAN, C.A. & WALKER, B.B. (1978).
The effects of operant heart-rate conditioning on
cognitive elaboration and attitude change.
Psychophysiology, 15, 330-338. [PDF] |
|
BERNTSON, G.G., CACIOPPO, J.T. & IELDSTONE, A. (1996).
Illusions, arithmetic, and the bidirectional modulation of
vagal control of the heart. Biological Psychology, 44,
1-17. [PDF] |
|
LAWLER, K.A., YOUNGER, J.Y., PIFERI, R.A., BILLINGTON, E.,
JOBE, R., EDMONDSON, K. & JONES, W.H. (2003). A change of heart : Cardiovascular correlates of forgiveness in
response to interpersonal conflict. Journal of
Behavioral Medicine, 26, 373-393. |
|
NEWMAN, M.F., BLUMENTHAL, J.A. & MARK, D.B. (2004).
Fixing the heart; Must the brain pay the price. Circulation,
110 (22), 3402-3403. |
|
|
Voir aussi Infarctus
et Maladie
cardio-vasculaire |
| b |
|
| c |
|
LE NY, J.-F. (1961). Gravité des erreurs et généralisation
de l'élément associé dans un apprentissage par coeur. Psychologie
Française, 6, 198-208. |
|
|
|
|
|
| CO
- (MÉTA)COGNITION -
COGNITIVISME
- COHEN - COL - COLÈRE
- COLLECTE/DONNÉES -
COLLECTIVISME - COLLÈGE - COM |
Cognition
: Du latin cognitio qui signifie «apprendre à
connaître ou connaissance». Au sens large, ce que l'on pense,
de soi, des autres, du monde qui nous entoure. Le terme a deux
acceptions voisines, voire inclusives : a) Il
est d'abord synonyme d'activité mentale, consciente et
inconsciente. Plus précisément, la cognition désigne l'ensemble
des processus et
des structures
psychologiques qui ne peuvent être réduits à des comportements ou
à des mécanismes biologiques. Par définition, ces processus et ces
structures sont inférés,
donc inobservables.
Ces processus, qui se déroule dans le cerveau,
sont considérés comme la cause de la plupart des comportements
humains et animaux. b) Dans certaines théories,
dites cognitives,
le terme renvoie à un processus de traitement
de l'information de niveau supérieur, qui a pour fonction de
résoudre les problèmes au moyen d'algorithmes
ou d'heuristiques.
Pour la plupart des cognitivistes, la cognition est une des causes
du comportement, ou
du moins un des facteurs déterminants.
Pour certains cognitivistes, la cognition est un phénomène en soi
distinct du cerveau (dualisme);
pour d'autres la cognition est une propriété du cerveau au même
titre que l'apprentissage (mentalisme ou dualisme
fonctionnaliste); finalement pour certains la cognition et
l'activité cérébrale sont une seule et même chose (monisme).
Cognition et cognitivisme.
= analyse, prise de décision,
connaissance, processus mental, fonction mentale, structure
mentale, processus cognitif, structure cognitive, fonction
cognitive, perception, pensée, idée, raisonnement. Cognition,
thought, knowledge.
| |
|
|
JAMES, W. (1885). On the functions of cognition. Mind,
10, 27-44. |
|
|
BODE, B.H. (1905). Cognitive experience and its object. Journal of Philosophy, Psychology & Scientific Methods, 2 (24), 658-663. |
FORSYTH, J.P., LEJUEZ, C.W., HAWKINS, R.P. & EIFERT,
G.H. (1996). Cognitive versus contextual causation :
Different world views but perhaps not irreconcilable. Journal
of Behavior Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 27,
369-376. [PDF] |
|
HOLT, E.B. (1915). Response and cognition.The Journal
of Philosophy, Psychology & Scientific Methods, 12,
365-373, 393-409. [LIRE] |
BOUDON, R., CHAZEL, F. et BOUVIER, A. (Dirs.) (1997). Cognition et sciences sociales. Paris : Presse Universitaires
de France. |
|
TOLMAN, E.C. (1918). Nerve process and cognition. Psychological Review, 25, 423-442. |
HAYES, S.C. & WILSON, K.G. (1997). The role of
cognition in complex human behavior : A contextualistic
perspective. Journal of Behavior Therapy &
Experimental Psychiatry, 26, 241-248. |
|
MacCORQUODALE, K. & MEEHL, P.E. (1949). "Cognitive"
learning in the absence of competition of incentives. Journal
of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 42,
383-390. |
KINTSCH, W. (1998). Comprehension : A paradigm for
cognition. New York : Cambridge University Press. |
|
COLE, M. & MEDIN, D. (1975). Comparative psychology
and human cognition. In W.K. Estes (Ed.), Handbook of
learning and cognitive processes (Vol. 1).
Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
SHETTLEWORTH, S.J. (1998). Cognition, evolution, and
behavior. Oxford, England : Oxford University
Press. |
|
COLE, M. (1975). Culture, cognition and IQ testing. The
National Elementary Principal, 54, 49-52. |
MESULAM, M.-M. (1998). From sensation to cognition. Brain,
121, 1013-1052. |
|
COLE, M. & SCRIBNER, S. (1975). Theorizing about
socialization of cognition. Ethos, 3, 250-268. |
TOMASELLO, M. (1999). The cultural origins of human
cognition. Cambridge : Harvard University Press. |
|
LEDOUX, J.E., RISSE, G.L., SPRINGER, S.P., WILSON, D.H.
& GAZZANIGA, M.S. (1977). Cognition and
commissurotomy. Brain, 100 (1), 87-104. |
LYCAN, W.G. (Ed.) (1999). Mind and cognition : An
anthology. Malden, Mass : Blackwell Publishers,
Inc. |
|
KANTOR, J.R. (1978). Cognition as events and as psychic
constructions. The Psychological Record, 28, 329-342. |
BICKHARD, M.H. (1999). On the cognition in cognitive
development. Developmental Review, 19, 369-388. |
|
COHEN, L.B., (1979). The development of infant perception
and cognition. American Psychologist, 34, 894-899. |
GRIFFITHS, P.E. & STOTZ, K. (2000). How the mind grows
: A developmental perspective on the biology of cognition.
Synthese, 122, 29-51. [PDF] |
|
TURVEY, M.T. & CARELLO, C. (1981). Cognition : The
view from ecological realism. Cognition, 10 (1),
313–-321 |
|
|
COYNE, J.C & GOTLOB, I.H. (1983). The role of
cognition in depression : A critical appraisal. Psychological
Bulletin, 94, 472-505. |
NISBETT, R.E., PENG, K., CHOI, I. & NORENZAYAN, A.
(2001). Culture and systems of thought : Holistic vs.
analytic cognition. Psychological Review, 108, 291-310. |
|
ANDERSON, J.R. (1983). The architecture of cognition.
Cambridge : Harvard University Press. |
HARVEY, P.D. BOWIE, C.R. & FRIEDMAN, J.I. (2001).
Cognition in schizophrenia. Current Psychiatry
Reports, 3, 423-428. |
|
LAZARUS, R.S. (1984). On the primacy of cognition. American
Psychologist, 39, 124-129. |
MARSHALL, J.C. (2001). Cognition and neuroscience : where
were we ? in E. Dupoux (Ed.), Language, brain and
cognitive develoment (pp. 503–512). Cambridge,
MA : MIT Press. |
|
LEFEBVRE-PINARD, M. & PINARD, A. (1985). Taking care
of one's cognitive activity : a moderator of competence.
In E.D Neimard, R. DeLisi & J.L. Newman (Eds.), Moderators
of competence. Hillsdale, N.J. Erlbaum. |
MATSUZAWA, T. (Ed.) (2001). Primate origins of human
cognition and behavior. Tokyo : Springer. |
|
PALMER, S. & KIMCHI, R. (1986). The information
processing approach to cognition. In T. Knapp and L.
Robertson (Eds.), Approaches to cognition : Contrasts
and controversies. Hillsdale, NJ : Lawrence
Erlbaum Associates. |
ADAMS, F. & AIZAWA, K. (2001). The bounds of cognition
Philosophical Psychology, 14 (1), 43-64. [PDF] |
|
WYER, R.S. & SRULL, T.K. (1986). Human cognition in
its social context. Psychological Review, 93,
322-359. |
SAILLOT, I., PATHOU-MATHIS, M. RICHARD, J.-F., SANDER, E.
& POITRENAUD, S. (2002). Modéliser les activités
cognitives des hommes au paléolithique. Mathématiques
et Sciences Humaines, 159, 55-72. [PDF] |
|
MORTON, J. & FRITH, U. (2002). Why we need cognition :
Cause and developmental disorder. In E. Dupoux, S. Dehane,
& L. Cohen (Eds.), Cognition : A critical look.
Advances, questions and controversies in honour of J.
Mehler. Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
|
HORGAN, T.E. (1987). Cognition is real. Behaviorism
15, 13-25. |
NISBETT, R.E. & NOREENZAYAN, A. (2002). Culture and
cognition. In D.L. Medin (Ed.), Stevens’ handbook of
experimental psychology (pp. 1-40). New York : John
Wiley & Sons. [PDF] |
|
MICHELL, J. (1988). Maze's direct realism and the
character of cognition. Australian Journal of
Psychology, 40, 227-249. |
TOMPOROWSKI, P.D. (2003). Effects of acute bouts of
exercise on cognition. Acta Psychologica, 112,
297-324. |
|
|
SMITH, E.R. & SEMIN, G.R. (2004). Socially situated
cognition : Cognition in its social context. Advances
in Experimental Social Psychology, 36, 53-117. |
|
CLARK, A. (1989). Microcognition. Cambridge, MA
: MIT Press. |
SCHWARZ, N. (2004). Metacognitive experiences in consumer
judgment and decision making. Journal of Consumer
Psychology, 14 (4), 332-348. [PDF] |
|
WHITE, K.G., McCARTHY, D. & FANTINO, E. (1989).
Cognition and behavior analysis. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 52 (3), 197-198.
[PDF] |
CLARK, D.A. (2005). Focus on "cognition" in cognitive
behavior therapy for OCD : Is it really necessary ? Cognitive
Behavior Therapy, 34, 131-139. |
|
NEWELL, A. (1990). Unified theories of cognition. Cambridge,
MA : Harvard Univ. Press. |
PERLOVSKY, L.I. (2004). Integrating language and
cognition. IEEE Connections, 2 (2), 8-12. |
|
ATRAN, S. (1990). Cognitive foundations of natural
history. Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
KIRSCH, I., LYNN, S.J., VIGORITO, M. & MILLER, R.R.
(2004). The role of cognition in classical and operant
conditioning. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 60 (4),
369-392. [PDF] |
|
HANSON, P.P. (1990). Information, language, and
cognition. University of British Columbia Press. |
CLARK, D.A. (2005). Focus on "cognition" in cognitive
behavior therapy for OCD : Is it really necessary ? Cognitive
Behavior Therapy, 34, 131-139. |
|
LAZARUS, R.S. (1991). Cognition and motivation in emotion.
American Psychologist, 46, 352-367. |
BARRETT, H.C. & KURZBAN, R. (2006). Modularity in
cognition : Framing the debate. Psychological Review,
113 (3), 628-647. [PDF] |
|
MARTIN, C.L. (1991). The role of cognition in
understanding gender effects. Advances in Child
Development & Behavior, 23, 113-149. |
JOHNSON, D.D.P. & BERING, J.M. (2006). Hand of god,
mind of man : Punishment and cognition in the evolution of
cooperation. Evolutionary Psychology, 4, 219-233.
[PDF] |
|
BENJAFIELD, J.G. (1992). Cognition. Englewood
Cliffs, NJ : Prentice Hall. |
AIZAWA, K. & ADAMS, F. (2007). The bounds of
cognition. Blackwell Publishers. |
|
HEYES, C.M. (1993). Imitation, culture and cognition. Animal
Behaviour, 46, 999-1010. [PDF] |
BARNARD, P.J., DUKE, D.J., BYRNE, R.W. & DAVIDSON, I.
(2007). Differentiation in cognitive and emotional
meanings : an evolutionary analysis. Cognition &
Emotion, 21, 1155-1183. |
|
COOK, R.G. (1993). The experimental analysis of cognition
in animals. Psychological Science, 4, 174-178.
[PDF] |
TAATGEN, N.A., VAN RIJN, H. & ANDERSON, J. (2007). An
integrated theory of prospective time interval estimation
: The role of cognition, attention, and learning. Psychological
Review, 114 (3), 577-598. [PDF] |
|
LUNDH, L.G. (1993). The role of behaviour and cognition in
psychotherapy. Towards an integration. Scandinavian
Journal of Behaviour Therapy, 22, 3-30. |
MacLEOD, C.M. (2007). The concept of inhibition in
cognition. In C.M. MacLeod & D.S. Gorfein (Eds.), Inhibition
in cognition (pp. 3-23). Washington, DC, US :
American Psychological Association. [PDF] |
|
JEFFERIES, E., PATTERSON, K. & LAMBON RALPH, M.A.
(2008). Deficits of knowledge versus executive control in
semantic cognition : Insights from cued naming. Neuropsychologia,
46, 649-658. |
|
NORMAN, D.A. (1993). Cognition in the head and in the
world. Cognitive Science, 17, 1-6. |
BARSALOU, L.W. (2008). Grounded cognition. Annual
Review of Psychology, 59, 617-645. [PDF] |
|
|
GOLDSTONE, R.L. (1993). Human cognition, and the more
general case. Contemporary Psychology, 38, 61-62. |
BERMAN, M.G., JONIDES, J. & KAPLAN, S. (2008). The
Cognitive Benefits of interacting with nature. Psychological
Science, 19 (12), 1207-1212.
[PDF] |
|
LEVINE, J.M., RESNICK, L.B. & HIGGINS, E.T. (1993).
Social foundations of cognition. Annual Review of
Psychology, 44, 585-612. |
LUPIEN, S.J., McEWEN, B.S., GUNNAR, M.R. & HEIM, C.
(2009). Effects of stress throughout the lifespan on the
brain, behaviour and cognition. Nature Reviews :
Neurosciences, 10 (6), 434-445. [PDF] |
|
LUNDH, L.G. (1993). The role of behaviour and cognition in
psychotherapy. Towards an integration. Scandinavian
Journal of Behaviour Therapy, 22, 3-30. |
PERLOVSKY, L.I. (2009). Language and cognition. Neural
Networks, 22 (3), 247-257.
[PDF] |
|
WALKER, M.P. (2009). The role of sleep in cognition et
emotion. New York Academy of Sciences, 1156, 168-197.
[PDF] |
|
BERGER, T.W., SONG, D., CHAN, R.H. & MARMAREKIS, V.Z.
(2010). The neurobiological basis of cognition :
identification by multi-input, multi-output nonlinear
dynamic modeling. Proceedings of the l'Institute of
Electrical & Electronics Engineer, 98 (3),
356-374. [PDF] |
|
HEYES, C.M. (1994). Imitation, culture and cognition. Animal
Behaviour, 46, 999-1010. [PDF] |
VARNUM, M., GROSSMAN, I., KITAYAMA, S. & NISBETT, R.E.
(2010). The origin of cultural differences in cognition :
The social orientation hypothesis. Current Directions
in Psychological Science, 19 (1), 9-13.
[PDF] |
|
PRITCHARD, D. (2010). Cognitive ability and the extended
cognition thesis. Synthese, 175, 133-151. [PDF] |
|
PICCININI, G. & SCARANTINO, A. (2011). Information
processing, computation, and cognition. Journal of
Biological Physics, 37, 1-38. [PDF] |
|
SRIVASTAVA, S.B. & BANAJI, M.R. (2011). Culture,
cognition, and collaborative networks in organizations. American
Sociological Review, 76 (2), 207-233. [PDF] |
|
ZESIGER, P. (1995). Écrire : Approches cognitive,
neuropsychologique et développementale. Paris :
PUF. |
KEEFE, R.S.E. & HARVEY, P.D. (2012). Cognitive
impairment in schizophrenia. In M.A. Geyer & G. Gross
(Eds.), Novel antischizophrenia treatments. Handbook
of experimental pharmacology. Berlin :
Springer-Verlag. [PDF] |
|
HUTCHINS, E. (1995). Cognition in the wild.
Cambridge, Mass. : MIT Press. |
PERLOVSKY, L.I. & ILLIN, R. (2012). Brain. Conscious
and unconscious mechanisms of cognition, emotions, and
language. Brain Sciences, 2 (4), 790-834. [PDF] |
|
DOUGHER, M.J. (1995). A bigger picture : Cause and
cognition in relation to differing scientific frameworks.
Journal of Behavior Therapy & Experimental
Psychiatry, 26 (3), 215-219. |
DUNCAN, J.D. (2013). The structure of cognition :
Attentional episodes in mind and brain. Neuron, 80
(1), 35-50. [PDF] |
|
LEVINE, J.M. & HIGGINS, E.T. (1995). Social
determinants of cognition. Social Cognition, 13,
183-187. |
JOHNSON, D.D.P. (2013). The uniqueness of human
cooperation : Cognition, cooperation and religion. In M.A.
Nowak & S. Coakley (Eds.), Evolution, games and
god : The principle of cooperation (pp. 168-185).
Cambridge : Harvard University Press. |
|
SPERBER, D., PREMACK, D. & PREMACK, A.J. (1995). Causal
cognition. Oxford : Clarendon Press. |
ROGERS, T.T. & McCLELLAND, J.L. (2014). Parallel
distributed processing at 25 : Further explorations in the
microstructure of cognition. Cognitive Science, 38,
1024-1077. [PDF] |
|
UTTAL, W.R. (2014). Are neuroreductionist explanations of
cognition possible ? Behavior & Philosophy, 42,
37-64. [PDF] |
|
VAN GELDER, T. (1995). What might cognition be, if not
computation ? Journal of Philosophy, 92 (7),
345-381. |
FIRESTONE, C. & SCHOLL, B.J. (2015). Cognition does
not affect perception : Evaluating the evidence for
"top-down" effects. Behavioral & Brain sciences,
39, 1-77. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir Cognitivisme,
Connaissance et Traitement
de l'information |
|
MATLIN, M. (2001/2004). Cognition. Wiley, John
& Sons, Incorporated/La cognition : Une
introduction à la psychologie cognitive. Paris :
Deboeck Université. |
|
|
|
|
|
Cognition (Déclin) : Diminution plus
ou moins rapide des facultés ou fonctions
cognitives, consécutive à une
maladie, un
trouble neurocognitif, au vieillissement
ou à la prise de certains médicaments anticholinergiques
(qui bloque l'acétylcholine),
notamment les anxiolytiques
et les antidépresseurs.
Déclin de la cognition et pensée
rigide. Cognitive decline, cognitive
impairment in older.
| |
|
|
HAXBY, J.V., RAFFALAE, K., GILLETTE, J., SCHAPIRO, M.B.
& RAPOPORT, S.I. (1992). Individual trajectories of
cognitive decline in patients with dementia of the
Alzheimer type. Journal of Clinical & Experimental
Neuropsychology, 14, 575-592. |
SHAH, Y., TANGALOS, E.G. & PETERSEN, R.C. (2000). Mild
cognitive impairment : when is it a precursor to
Alzheimer's disease ? Geriatrics, 55, 62-68. |
|
ALLAIN, H., SCHÜCK, S., MAUDUIT, N. & DJEMAÏ, M.
(2001). Comparative effects of pharmacotherapy on the
maintenance of cognitive functions. European
Psychiatry, 16 (S), 35-41. |
|
LEVY, R. (1994). Aging-associated cognitive decline. International Psychogeriatry, 6, 63-68. |
RONNLUND, M., NYBERG, L., BACKMAN, L. & NILSSON, L.-G.
(2005). Stability, growth, and decline in adult life span
development of declarative memory : Cross-sectional and
longitudinal data from a population-based study.
Psychology & Aging, 20, 3-18. |
|
GALLAGHER, M. & NICOLLE, M.M. (1993). Animal models of
normal aging : Relationship between cognitive decline and
markers in hippocampal circuitry. Behavioral Brain
Research, 57, 155-162. |
BUGG, J.M., ZOOK, N.A., DELOSH, E.L., DAVLOS, D.B. &
DAVIS, H.P. (2006). Age differences in fluid intelligence
: Contributions of general slowing and frontal decline.
Brain & Cognition, 62, 9-16. |
|
BASAK, C., BOOT, W.R., VOSS, M.W. & KRAMER, A.F.
(2008). Can training in a real-time strategy video game
attenuate cognitive decline in older adults ? Psychology
& Aging, 23 (4), 765-777. |
|
GALLAGHER, M., GILL, T.M., BAXTER, M.G. & BUCCI, D.J.
(1994). The development of neurobiological models for
cognitive decline in aging. Seminars in Neuroscience,
6, 351-358. |
SALTHOUSE, T.A. (2009). When does age-related cognitive
decline begin ? Neurobiology of Aging, 30,
507-514. |
|
ZYZAK, D.R., OTTO, T., EICHENBAUM, H. & GALLAGHER, M.
(1995). Cognitive decline associated with normal aging : A
neuropsychological approach. Learning & Memory,
2, 1-16. |
LINDENBERGER, U. & HISLETTA, P. (2009). Cognitive and
sensory declines in old age : Gauging the evidence for a
common cause. Psychology & Aging, 24, 1-16. |
|
SCHAIE, K.W. (2009). When does age-related cognitive
decline begin ? Salthouse again reifies the
"cross-sectional fallacy". Neurobiology of Aging, 30,
528-529. |
|
GALLAGHER, M. & COLOMBO, P.J. (1995). Aging : the
cholinergic hypothesis of cognitive decline. Current
Opinion in Neurobiology, 5, 161-168. |
CAMPBELL, N.L., BOUSTANI, M.A., LANE, K.A., GAO, S.,
HENDRIE, H., KHAN, B.A., MURRELL, J.R., UNVERZAGT, F.W.,
HAKE, A., SMITH-GAMBLE, V. & HALL, K. (2010). Use of
anticholinergics and the risk of cognitive impairment in
an African American population. Neurology, 75, 152-159.
[PDF] |
| MATLIN,
M. (2001/2004). Cognition. Wiley, John &
Sons, Incorporated/La cognition : Une introduction à
la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck
Université. |
FOX, C. RICHARDSON, K., MAIDMENT, I.D., SAVVA, G.M.,
MATTHEWS, F.E., SMITHARD, D., COULTON, S., KATONA, C.,
BOUSTANI, M.A. & BRAYNE, C. (2011). Anticholinergic
medication use and cognitive impairment in the older
population.The Medical Research Council Cognitive
Function and Ageing Study. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Trouble
neurocognitif, Flexibilité
cognitive et Cognition |
|
|
Cognition (Distorsion) : Cognition
qui ne correspond pas aux faits, qui les déforme. =
distorsion cognitive. biais
cognitif. Distortion, cognitive
distortion.
| |
|
|
MILLER, D.T., NORMAN, S.A. & WRIGHT, E. (1978).
Distortion in person perception as a coesequence of the
need for effective control. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 36, 598-607. |
|
HANCOCK, P.A. & WEAVER, J.L. (2005). On time
distortions under stress. Theoretical Issues in
Ergonomics Science, 6 (2), 193-211. |
|
XIAN, H., SHAH, K.R., PHILLIPS, S.M., SCHERRER, J.F.,
VOLBERG, R.A. & EISEN, S.A. (2008). Association of
cognitive distortions with problem and pathological
gambling in adult male twins. Psychiatry Research,
160, 300-307. [PDF]
|
|
CRAIGHEAD, W.E., SHEETS, E.S., WILCOXON-CRAIGHEAD, L.
& MADSEN, J.W. (2011). Recurrence of MDD : A
prospective study of personality pathology and cognitive
distortions. Personality Disorders : Theory,
Research, & Treatment, 2 (2), 83-97. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Biais
cognitif |
|
|
Cognition (Flexibilité) : Fonction
exécutive qui consiste à déplacer son attention
vers un nouveau stimulus
ou une nouvelle tâche
lorsque la situation l'exige. EX : En
conduisant, capacité de regarder dans son rétroviseur, alors que
le feu est jaune.
Cognitive flexibility,
neurocognitive flexibility, task switching.
| |
|
|
CECI, S.J. & TABOR, L. (1981). Memory and cognitive
flexibility : Are the elderly really less flexible ? Experimental
Aging Research, 7, 147-158. |
|
RUNCO, M.A. (1986). Flexibility and originality in
children's divergent thinking. Journal of Psychology,
120, 345-352. |
|
COOLS, R., BROUWER, W.H., DE JONG, R. & SLOOFF, C.
(2000). Flexibility, inhibition, and planning : frontal
dysfunctioning in schizophrenia. Brain Cognition, 43,
108-112. |
|
COOLS, R., BARKER, R.A., SAHAKIAN, B.J. & ROBBINS,
T.W. (2001). Mechanisms of cognitive set flexibility in
Parkinson's disease. Brain, 124, 2503-2512. [PDF] |
|
BECHTOLD-KORTLE, K., HOPKINS, J. & HORNE, M.D. (2002).
The Trail Making Test, Part B : Cognitive flexibility or
ability to maintain set ? Applied Neuropsychology, 9
(2), 106-109. |
|
SOHN, M.-H. & ANDERSON, J.R. (2003). Stimulus-related
priming during task switching. Memory & Cognition,
31, 775-780. |
|
RAVIZZA, S.M. & CARTER, C.S. (2008). Shifting set
about task switching : Behavioral and neural evidence for
distinct forms of cognitive flexibility. Neuropsychologia,
46, 2924-2935. [PDF] |
|
BRADBURY, C., CASSIN, S.E. & RECTOR, N.A. (2011).
Obsessive beliefs and neurocognitive flexibility in
obsessive compulsive disorder. Psychiatry Research,
187, 160-165. |
|
|
Voir aussi Pensée
divergente et Commutation
des tâches |
|
|
|
|
|
Cognition
(Méta-) : Metacognition,
metaknowledge, cognition of cognition.
|
Cognition (Méta-/Humain) : Connaissance
qu'a l'individu de ses propres fonctions
cognitives, de leur fonctionnement correct et des erreurs
commises dans la vie quotidienne (biais
cogntifs). Ce concept a été proposé par Flavell.
EX : Je crois que mon raisonnement ne fonctionne
pas; j'ai fait une erreur de jugement; j'ai un trou de mémoire, je
sais que la capitale de la Mongolie est Oulan-Bator.
Métacognition, cognition et autorégulation.
= prise de conscience,
conscience de soi. Metacognition,
metaknowledge, cognition of cognition.
| |
|
|
PIAGET, J. (1974). La prise de conscience. Paris
: Presses Universitaires de France. |
POISSANT, H. (2000). La métacognition chez les enfants
présentant des troubles de l'attention : Vers un nouveau
modèle interprétatif. Revue Canadienne de
Psycho-Éducation, 29 (2), 143-151. |
|
FLAVELL, J.H. (1976). Metacognitive aspects of problem
solving. In L.B. Resnick (Ed.), The nature of
intelligence. (pp. 231-235). New Jersey : Lawrence
Erlbaum Associates. |
KUHN, D. (2000). metacognitive development. Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 9 (5),
178-181. |
|
SHIMAMURA, A.P. (2000). Toward a cognitive neuroscience of
metacognition. Consciousness & Cognition, 9, 313-323.
|
|
BROWN, A.L. (1978). Knowing when, where, and how to
remember : A problem of metacognition. In R. Glaser (Ed.),
Advances in instructional psychology (Vol. 1, pp.
77-166). Hillsdale, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
WAMBACH, C. & BROTHEN, T. (2001). The relationship of
conscientiousness to metacognitive study strategy use by
developmental students. Research & Teaching in
Developmental Education, 18 (1), 25-31. |
|
WELLS, A. & CARTER, K. (2001). Further tests of a
cognitive model of generalized anxiety disorder :
Metacognitions and worry in GAD, panic disorder, social
phobia, depression, and nonpatients. Behavior
Therapy, 32 (1), 85-102. |
|
WELLS, A. (2002). GAD, metacognition, and mindfulness : An
information processing analysis. Clinical Psychology
: Science & Practice, 9 (1), 95-100. |
|
PINTRICH, P. (2002). The role of metacognitive knowledge
in learning, teaching, and assessing. Theory into
Praxtice, 41 (4), 119-225. |
|
FLAVELL, J.H. (1979). Metacognition and cognitive
monitoring : A new area of cognitive-developmental
inquiry. American Psychologist, 34, 906-911. |
TEASDALE, J.D., MOORE, R.G., HAYHURST, H., POPE, M.,
WILLIAMS, S. & SEGAL, Z.V. (2002). Metacognitive
awareness and prevention of relapse in depression :
Empirical evidence. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 70, 278-287. [PDF] |
|
SHIMP, C.P. (1982). Metaknowledge in the pigeon : An
organism's knowledge about its own behavior. Animal
Learning & Behavior, 10 (3), 358-364. |
SMITH, J.D., SHIELDS, W.E. & WASBURN, D.A. (2003). The
comparative psychology of uncertainty monitoring and
metacognition. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 26
(3), 317-373. |
|
REBER, R., SCHWARZ, N. & WINKIELMAN, P. (2004).
Processing uency and aesthetic pleasure : Is beauty in the
perceiver's processing experience ? Personality &
Social Psychology Review, 7, 364-382. |
|
BERRY, D. (1983). Metacognitive experience and transfer of
logical reasoning. Quarterly Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 35A, 39-49. |
SCHWARZ, N. (2004). Metacognitive experiences in consumer
judgment and decision making. Journal of Consumer
Psychology, 14 (4), 332-348. [PDF] |
|
ZENTALL, T.R. (2004) Evidence both for and against
metacognition is insufficient. Behavioral & Brain
Sciences, 26, 357-358. |
|
LONG, S.O. (2004). Cultural scripts for a good death in
Japan and the United States : similarities and
differences. Social Science & Medicine, 58, 913-928. |
|
SOUCHAY, C. & ISINGRINI, M. (2004). Age related
differences in metacognitive control : Role of executive
functioning. Brain & Cognition, 56 (1),
89-99. |
|
HEYDENBERK, R.A. & HEYDENBERK, W.R. (2005). Increasing
metacognitive competence through conflict resolution. Education & Urban Society, 37 (4) 431-452. |
|
BAKRACEVIC-VUKMAN, K. (2005). Developmental differences in
metacognition and their connections with cognitive
development in adulthood. Journal of Adult
Development, 12 (4), 211-221. |
|
|
PALINCSAR, A.S. (1986). Metacognitive strategy
instruction. Exceptional Children, 53, 118-124. |
STORM, B.C., BJORK, E.L. & BJORK, R.A. (2005). Social
metacognitive judgments : The role of retrieval-induced
forgetting in person memory and impressions. Journal
of Memory & Language, 52, 535-550. [PDF] |
|
BAKRACEVIC-VUKMAN, K. & DEMETRIOU, A. (2005).
developmental differences in accuracy of metacognitive
evaluations during adulthood. In C.P. Constantinou (Ed.),
Multiple perspectives on effective learning
environments (pp. 1053-1054). Biennial meeting of
european association for research on learning and
instruction |
|
MEVARECH, Z.R. & AMRANY, C. (2008). Immediate and
delayed effects of meta-cognitive instruction on
regulation of cognition and mathematics achievement. Metacognition
& Learning, 3, 147-157. |
|
BENJAMIN, A.S. & BIRD, R.D. (2006). Metacognitive
control of the spacing of study repetitions. Journal
of Memory & Language, 55, 126-137. |
|
WELLS, A. (2007). Cognition about cognition :
Metacognitive therapy and change in generalized anxiety
disorder and social phobia. Cognitive &
Behavioral Practice, 14 (1), 18-25. [PDF] |
|
PALINCSAR, A.S. (1986). Metacognitive strategy
instruction. Exceptional Children, 53 (2),
118-124. |
VEENMAN, M.V.J., VAN HOUTWOLTERS, B.H.A.M. &
AFFLERBACH, P. (2006). Metacognition and learning :
conceptual and methodological considerations. Metacognition
Learning, 1, 3-14. [PDF] |
|
GARNER, R. (1987). Metacognition and reading
comprehension. Norwood : Ablex publishing
corporation. |
ALTER, A.L., OPPENHEIMER, DM., EYRE, R.N. & EPLEY, N.
(2007). Overcoming intuition : Metacognitive difficulty
activates analytic reasoning. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : General, 136 (4), 569-576. [PDF] |
|
PALINCSAR, A.S. & BROWN, D.S. (1987). Enhancing
instructional time through attention to metacognition. Journal
of Learning Disabilities, 20 (2), 66-75. |
KORNELL, N., SON, L. &
TERRACE, H.S. (2007). Transfer of metacognitive skills and
hint seeking in monkeys. Psychological Science, 18
(1), 64-71.
[PDF] |
|
WELLS, A. (2007). Cognition about cognition :
Metacognitive therapy and change in generalized anxiety
disorder and social phobia. Cognitive &
Behavioral Practice, 14 (1), 18-25. [PDF] |
|
MORITZ, S. & WOODWARD, T.S. (2007). Metacognitive
training in schizophrenia : from basic research to
knowledge translation and intervention. Current
Opinion in Psychiatry, 20, 619-625. [PDF] |
|
BROWN, A.L. (1987). Metacognition, executive control and
other more mysterious mechanismes. In F. Weinert & R.
Kluwe (Eds.), Metacognition, motivation and
understanding (pp. 65-116). Hillsdale, Lawrence
Elbaum. |
SCHWARZ, N., SANNA, L.J., SKURNIK, I. & YOON, C.
(2007). Metacognitive experiences and the intricacies of
setting people straight : implications for debiasing and
public information campaigns. Advances in
Experimental Social Psychology, 39, 127-161.
[PDF] |
|
FLAVELL, J.H. (1987). Speculations about the nature and
development of metacognition. In F.E. Weinert & R.H.
Kluwe (Eds.), Metacognition, motivation, and
understanding (pp. 21-29). Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
HUET, N., LARIVÉE, S. et BOUFFARD, T. (2007). La
métacognition : modèles développementaux et techniques
d'évaluation. Dans S. Larivée (Ed.), L'intelligence.
(p. 315-340). Presses de l'Université du Québec. |
|
PALINCSAR, A.S. & RANSOM, K. (1988). From the mystery
spot to the thoughtful spot : The instruction of
metacognitive strategies. The Reading Teacher, 41
(8), 784-789. |
MORITZ, S. & WOODWARD, T.S. (2007). Metacognitive
training in schizophrenia : from basic research to
knowledge translation and intervention. Current
Opinion in Psychiatry, 20, 619-625. [PDF] |
|
PALINCSAR, A.S. & RANSOM, K. (1988). From the mystery
spot to the thoughtful spot : The instruction of
metacognitive strategies. The Reading Teacher, 41
(8), 784-789. |
CARRUTHERS, P. (2007). Mindreading underlies
metacognition. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 32, 164-176.
[PDF] |
|
RAPHAEL, T.E., ENGLERT, C.S. & KIRSCHNER, B.W. (1989).
Students' metacognitive knowledge about writing.
Research in the Teaching of English, 23 (4),
343-379. |
KLEITMAN, S. & STANKOV, L. (2007). Self-confidence and
metacognitive processes. Learning & Individual
Differences, 17 (2), 161-173. |
|
PINARD, A., LEFEBRE-PINARD, M. et BIBEAU, M. (1989). Le
savoir métacognitif portant sur la compréhension :
comparaison entre adultes analphabètes et adultes
alphabétisés. Revue Québécoise de Psychologie, 10
(3), 78-91. |
CASTEL, A.D. (2008). Metacognition and learning about
primacy and recency effects in free recall : The
utilization of intrinsic and extrinsic cues when making
judgments of learning. Memory & Cognition, 36,
429-437. [PDF] |
|
NOËL, B. (1991). La métacognition. Bruxelles :
De Boeck. |
EKERS, D., RICHARDS, D. & GILBODY, S. (2008). A
meta-analysis of randomized trials of behavioural
treatment of depression. Psychological Medicine, 38,
611-623. |
|
SMILEK, D. EASTWOOD, J.D., REYNOLDS, M. & KINGSTONE
A.A. (2008). Metacognition and change detection : do lab
and life really converge ? Consciousness &
Cognition, 17, 1056-1061. |
|
NELSON, T.O. & DUNLOSKY, J. (1991). The delayed-JOL
effect : When delaying your judgements of learning can
improve the accuracy of your metacognitive monitoring.
Psychological Science, 2, 267-270. |
SMITH, J.D., BERAN, M.J., COUCHMAN, J.J. & COUTINHO,
M.V.C. (2008). The comparative study of metacognition :
Sharper paradigms, safer inferences. Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 15, 679-691. |
|
|
SHIMAMURA, A.P. (2008). A neurocognitive approach to
metacognitive monitoring and control. In J. Dunlosky &
R.A. Bjork (Eds.), Handbook of metamemory and memory
(pp. 373-390). Psychology Press. |
|
BRÄTEN, I. (1991). Vygotsky as precursor to metacognitive
theory : II. Vygotsky as metacognitivist. Scandinavian
Journal of Educational Research, 35 (4), 305-320.
[PDF] |
YZERBYT, V.Y., KERVYN, N. & JUDD, C.M. (2008).
Compensation versus halo : The unique relations between
the fundamental dimensions of social judgment. Personality
& Social Psychology Bulletin, 34, 1110-1123. |
|
CARDELLE-ElLAWAR, M. (1992). Effects of teaching
metacognitive skills to students with low mathematics
ability. Teaching & Teacher Education, 8 (2),
109-121. |
JOZEFOWIEZ, J., STADDON, J.E.R. & CERUTTI, D.T.
(2009). Metacognition in animals : How do we know that
they know ? Comparative Cognition & Behavior
Reviews, 4, 29-39. [PDF] |
|
NISBETT, R.E. (1992). How is your reasoning ? How do you
know? Contemporary Psychology, 37, 417-418. |
KARPICKE, J.D., BUTLER, A.C. & ROEDIGER, H.L. (2009).
Metacognitive strategies in student learning : Do students
practice retrieval when they study on their own ?
Memory, 17, 471-479. [PDF] |
|
TERRACE, H.S. & SON, L.K. (2009). Comparative
metacognition. Current Opinion in Neurobiology, 19,
67-74. |
|
FLAVELL, J.H. (1992). Metacognition and cognitive
monitoring : A new area of cognitive-developmental
inquiry. In T. Nelson (Ed.), Metacognition : Core
readings (pp. 3-9). Boston : Allyn and Bacon. |
KARPICKE, J.D. (2009). Metacognitive control and strategy
selection : Deciding to practice retrieval during
learning. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
General, 138, 469-486. [PDF] |
|
METCALFE, J., SCHWARTZ, B.L. & JOAQUIM, S.G. (1993).
The cue-familiarity heuristic in metacognition. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory &
Cognition, 19, 851-861. [PDF] |
CARRUTHERS, P. (2009). How we know our own minds : The
relationship between mindreading and metacognition. Behavioral
& Brain Science, 32 (2), 1-62. [PDF] |
|
METCALFE, J. (1993). Novelty monitoring, metacognition,
and control in a composite holographic associative recall
model : Implications for Korsakoffs amnesia. Psychological
Review, 100, 3-22. [PDF] |
ALTER, A.L. & OPPENHEIMER, D.M. (2009). Uniting the
tribes of fluency to form a metacognitive nation. Personality
& Social Psychology Review, 3, 219-235. [PDF] |
|
FLAVELL J.H., MILLER, P. & MILLER, S. (1993). Cognitive
development. London : Prentice-Hall international. |
WALKER, M.P. (2009). The role of sleep in cognition &
emotion. New York Academy of Sciences, 1156, 168-197.
[PDF] |
|
NELSON, T.O. (1996). Consciousness and metacognition. American Psychologist, 51, 102-116. |
KORNELL, N. (2009). Metacognition in humans and animals.
Current Directions in Psychology Science, 18 (1),
11-15. [PDF] |
|
REDER L.M. & SCHUNN, C.D. (1996). Metacognition does
not im ply awareness : Strategy choice isgoverned by
implicit learning and memory. In L. Reder (Ed.), Implicit
memory and metacognition (pp. 45-78). Hillsdale, NJ
: Erlbaum. |
HINES, J.C., TOURON, D.R. & HERTZOG, C. (2009).
Metacognitive influences on study time allocation in an
associative recognition task : An analysis of adult age
differences. Psychology & Aging, 24 (2),
462-475. [PDF] |
|
TAKAHASHI, M. & OVERTON, W.F. (1996). Formal reasoning
in Japanese older adults : The role of metacognitive
strategy, task content, and social factors. Journal of
Adult Development, 3, 81-91. |
CRYSTAL, J.D. & FOOTE, A.L. (2009). Metacognition in
animals : Trends and challenges. Comparative Cognition
& Behavior Reviews, 4, 54-55.
[PDF] |
|
DIMAGGIO, P. (1997). Culture and cognition. Annual
Review of Sociology, 23, 263-287. |
ELLISON-WRIGHT, I. & BULLMORE, E. (2010). Anatomy of
bipolar disorder and schizophrenia : A meta-analysis. Schizophrenia Research, 117, 1-12. [PDF] |
|
LUCANGELI, D., COI, G. & BOSCO, P. (1997).
Metacognitive awareness in good and poor math problem
solvers. Learning Disabilities Research &
Practice, 12(4), 209-212. |
WHITEBREAD, D. (2010). Play, metacognition & self-
regulation. In P. Broadhead, J. Howard & E. Wood
(Eds), Play and learning in the early years.
London : Sage. |
|
|
GOLLWITZER, P.M. (1998). Metacognition in action : The
importance of implementation intentions. Personality
& Social Psychology Review, 2 (2), 124-136. [PDF] |
AGHOTOR, J., PFUELLER, U., MORITZ, S., WEISBROD, M. &
ROESCH-ELY, D. (2010). Metacognitive training for patients
with schizophrenia (MCT) : Feasibility and preliminary
evidence for its efficacy. Journal of Behavior
Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 41, 207-211. |
|
AZEVEDO, R., MOOS, D.C., JOHNSON, A.M. & CHAUNCEY,
A.D. (2010). Measuring cognitive and metacognitive
regulatory processes during hypermedia learning : Issues
and challenges. Educational Psychologist, 45, 210-223.
|
|
JOSEPH, N. (2010). Metacognition needed : Teaching middle
and high school students to develop strategic learning
skills. Preventing school failures, 54 (2),
99-103. |
|
KORIAT, A. (1998). Illusions of knowing : The link between
knowledge and metaknowledge. In V.Y. Yzerbyt & G.
Lories (Eds.), Metacognition : Cognitive and social
dimensions (pp. 16-34). Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage. |
KORIAT, A. & ACKERMAN, R. (2010). Metacognition and
mindreading : Judgements of learning for self and other
during self-paced study. Consciousness &
Cognition, 19, 251-264. [PDF] |
|
YZERBYT, V.Y., LORIES, G. & DARDENNE, B. (1998). Metacognition : Cognitive and social dimensions. London : Sage. |
KELLY, K.J. & METCALFE, J. (2011). Metacognition of
emotional face recognition. Emotion, 11, 896-906.
[PDF] |
|
MAZZONI, G. & NELSON, T.O. (1998). Metacognition
and cognitive neuropsychology : Monitoring and control
processes. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
THOMPSON, V.A., TURNER, J.P. & PENNYCOOK, G. (2011).
Choosing between intuition and reason : The role of
metacognition in initiating analytic thinking.
Cognitive Psychology, 63, 107-140. [PDF]
|
|
STRACK, F. & FÖRSTER, J. (1998). Self-reflection and
recognition : the role of metacognitive knowledge in the
attribution of recollective experience. Personality
& Social Psychology Review, 2 (2), 111-123. |
HARGIS, J. & MAROTTA, S.M. (2011). Using flip
camcorders for active classroom metacognitive reflection.
Active Learning in Higher Education, 12 (1),
35-44. [PDF] |
|
BOUFFARD, T. (1998). Système de soi et métacognition. Dans
L. Lafortune & P. Mongeau (Eds.), Métacognition
et compétences réflexives (pp.203-222). Montréal :
Éditions Logiques. |
VAESEN, K. (2012). The cognitive bases of human tool use.
Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 35 (4),
570-571, 203–262. [PDF] |
|
JOST, J.T., KRUGLANSKI, A.W. & NELSON, T.O. (1998).
Social metacognition : An expansionist review.
Personality & Social Psychology Review, 2 (2),
137-154. |
BAKRACEVIC-VUKMAN, K. (2012). Metacognitive accuracy and
learning to learn : A developmental perspective. Problems
of Education in the 21e century, 46, 15-21. [PDF] |
|
MARINÉ, C. et HUET, N. (1998). Techniques d’évaluation de
la métacognition : les mesures dépendantes de l’exécution
de tâche. Revue de l'Année Psychologique, 4, 30. |
WEIL, L.G., FLEMING, S.M., UMONTHEI, L.I., KILFORD, E.J.,
WEIL, R.S., REES, G., DOLANR, J. & BLAKEMORE, S.-J .
(2013). The development of metacognitive ability in
adolescence. Consciousness & Cognition, 22, 264-271.
[PDF] |
|
WEIL, L.G., FLEMING, S.M., DUMONTHEIL, I., KILFORD, E.J.,
WEIL, R.S., REES, G., DOLAN, R.J. & BLAKEMORE, S.-J.
(2013). The development of metacognitive ability in
adolescence. Consciousness & Cognition, 22,
264-271. [PDF] |
|
PAULUS, M., PROUST, J. & SODIAN, B. (2013). Examining
implicit metacognition in 3.5-year-old children : an
eye-tracking and pupillometric study. Frontiers in
Psychology, 4 (145), 1-7. [PDF] |
|
BRYCE, D. & WHITEBREAD, D. (2014). Examining change in
metacognitive knowledge and metacognitive control during
motor learning : What can be learned by combining
methodological approaches ? Psychological Topics, 23(1),
53-76. |
|
MEVARECH, Z.R. (1999). Effects of metacognitive training
embedded in cooperative settings on mathematical problem
solving. The Journal of Educational Research 92 (4),
195-205. |
BRYCE, D., WHITEBREAD, D. & SZUCS, D. (2015). The
relationships among executive functions, metacognitive
skills and educational achievement in 5 and 7 year-old
children, Metacognition & Learning, 10 (2),
181-198. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Cognition, Fonction
exécutive et Métacognition
chez les animaux |
| MATLIN,
M. (2001/2004). Cognition. Wiley, John &
Sons, Incorporated/La cognition : Une introduction à
la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck
Université. |
|
|
|
Cognition
(Méta-/Animaux) : Métacognition
chez les animaux, notamment
chez les singes.
| |
|
|
HAMPTON, R.R. (2001). Rhesus monkeys know when they
remember. Proceedings of the National Academy of
Science USA, 98 (9), 5359-5362. |
TERRACE, H.S. & SON, L.K. (2009). Comparative
metacognition. Current Opinion in Neurobiology, 19,
67-74. |
|
CALL, J. & CARPENTER M. (2001). Do apes and children
know what they have seen ? Animal Cognition, 4, 207-220.
[PDF] |
SMITH, J.D., BERAN, M.J., COUCHMAN, J.J., COUTINHO, M.V.C.
& BOOMER, J B. (2009). Animal metacognition : Problems
and prospects. Comparative Cognition & Behavior
Reviews, 4, 40-53. [PDF] |
|
FOOTE, L.A. & CRYSTAL, J.D. (2007). Metacognition in
the rat. Current Biology, 17, 551-555.
[PDF] |
HAMPTON, R.R. (2009). Multiple demonstrations of
metacognition in nonhumans : Converging evidence or
multiple mechanisms ? Comparative Cognition &
Behavior Reviews, 4, 17-28. [PDF]
|
|
KORNELL, N., SON, L., TERRACE, H.S. (2007). Transfer of
metacognitive skills and hint seeking in monkeys. Psychological Science, 18 (1), 64-71. [PDF] |
KORNELL, N. (2009). Metacognition in humans and animals. Current
Directions in Psychology Science, 18 (1), 11-15. [PDF] |
|
CALL, J. (2007). Apes know that hidden objects can affect
the orientation of other objects. Cognition, 105,
1-25. [PDF] |
CRYSTAL, J.D. & FOOTE, A.L. (2009). Metacognition in
animals : Trends and challenges. Comparative Cognition
& Behavior Reviews, 4, 54-55.
[PDF] |
|
CARRUTHERS, P. (2008). Meta-cognition in animals : A
skeptical look. Mind & Language, 23, 58-89.
[PDF]
|
CARRUTHERS, P. & BRENDAN, R. (2012). The emergence of
metacognition : affect and uncertainty in animals. In M.
Beran, J. Brandl, J. Perner & J.Proust (Eds.), Foundations
of metacognition. OUP.
[PDF] |
| |
| MATLIN,
M. (2001/2004). Cognition. Wiley, John &
Sons, Incorporated/La cognition : Une introduction à
la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck
Université. |
Voir aussi Cognition et Métacognition
chez les humains |
|
|
Cognition(Pré-) : Forme de perception
extra-sensorielle. Il s'agit en fait d'une croyance,
donc d'une pseudophénomène
qui consisterait en la capacité de prédire
l'avenir. Précognition et parapsychologie.
Precognition.
| |
|
|
FREEMAN, J. (1962). An experiment in precognition. Journal
of Parapsychology, 26, 123-130. |
|
COX, E.X. (1956). Precognition : An Analysis. Journal
of the American Society for Psychical Research, 50,
97-107. |
|
|
|
Cognition(Restructuration) :
Technique thérapeutique
cognitiviste qui consiste à amener le client
à modifier ses perceptions
et ses catégories mentales, afin d'en éliminer les biais et les distorsions. Cognitive restructuring.
| |
|
|
GOLDFRIED, M.R., LINEHAN, M.M. & SMITH, J.L. (1978).
Reduction of test anxiety through cognitive restructuring.
Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 46,
32-39. |
|
LINEHAN, M.M., GOLDFRIED, M.R. & GOLDFRIED, A.P.
(1979). Assertion therapy : Skill training or cognitive
restructuring. The Behavior Therapy, 10, 372-388. |
|
WOODWARD, R. & JONES, R.B. (1980). Cognitive
restructuring treatment : A controlled trial with anxious
patients. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 18, 401-407. |
|
MATTICK, R.P. & PETERS, L. (1988). Treatment of severe
social phobia : Effects of guided exposure with and
without cognitive restructuring. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 56 (2)
251-260. |
|
MATTICK, R.P., PETERS, L. & CLARKE, J.C. (1989).
Exposure and cognitive restructuring for social phobia : A
controlled study. Behavior Therapy, 20 (1)
3-23. |
| SCHERRER,
B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan
Morin. |
|
|
Cognition
(Style) : =
Style cognitif. Cognitive style.
| |
|
|
WITKIN, H.A. (1964). Origins of cognitive style. In C.
Sheerer (Ed.), Cognition : Theory, research, promise.
New York : Harper & Row. |
WITKIN, H.A. & GOODENOUGH, R. (1981). Cognitive
styles : Essence and origins. New York :
International Universities Press. |
|
LEWIS, M., RAUSCH, M., GOLDBERG, S. & DODD, C. (1968).
Error, response time and IQ : Sex differences in cognitive
style of preschool children. Perceptual & Motor
Skills, 26, 563-568. |
TETLOCK, P.E. (1983). Cognitive style and political
ideology. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 45, 118-126. [PDF] |
|
CAMPBELL, S.B., DOUGLAS, V.I. & MORGANSTERN, G.
(1971). Cognitive styles in hyperactive children and the
effect of methylphenidate. Journal of Child
Psychology & Psychiatry, 12, 55-67. |
MESSICK, S. (1984). The nature of cognitive styles :
Problems and promises in educational practice. Educational
Psychologist, 19, 59-74. |
|
LEWIS, M. (1971). Sex differences in cognitive style : A
rejoinder. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 33,
1006. |
TETLOCK, P.E. (1984). Cognitive style and political belief
systems in the British House of Commons. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 46, 365-375. [PDF] |
|
CAMPBELL, S.B. & DOUGLAS, V.I. (1972). Cognitive styles
and responses to the threat of frustration. Canadian
Journal of Behavioural Science, 4, 30-42. |
GLOBERSON, T. & ZELNICKER, T. (Eds.) (1984).
Cognitive style and cognitive development. Norwood,
NJ : Ablex. |
|
LOPICOLLO, J. & BLATT, S.J. (1972). Cognitive style
and sexual identity. Journal of Clinical Psychology,
28, 148-151. |
KIRTON, M.J. & DE CIANTIS, S.M. (1986). Cognitive
styles and personality : The Kirton Adaptation-Innovation
and Cattell 16-PF Personality Factors Inventories. Personality & Individual Differences, 7, 141-146. |
|
CAMPBELL, S.B. (1973). Cognitive styles in reflective,
impulsive, and hyperactive children and their mothers.
Perceptual & Motor Skills, 747-752. |
KOGAN, N. & SAARNI, C. (1990). Cognitive style in
children : Some evolving trends. In O.N. Saracho (Ed.), Cognitive
style and early education (pp. 3-31). New York :
Gordon & Breach. |
|
VERNON, P.E. (1973). Multivariate approaches to the study
of cognitive styles. In J.R. Royce (Ed.), Multivariate
analysis and psychological theory (pp. 125-148).
New York : Academic Press |
RIDING, R. & CHEEMA, I. (1991). Cognitive styles
integration. Educational Psychology, 11,
193-215. |
|
RIDING, R. & SADLER-SMITH, E. (1992). Type of
instructional material, cognitive style and learning
performance. Educational Studies, 18 (3),
323-340. |
|
KOGAN, N. (1973). Creativity and cognitive style : A life
span perspective. In P. Baltes & K.W. Schale (Eds.), Life
span developmentalpsychology : Personality and
socialization (pp. 145-178). New York : Academic
Press. |
GUL, F. (1992). Cognitive styles as a factor in accounting
students' receptions of career-choice factors.
Psychological Reports, 71, 1275-1281. |
|
EHRI, L.C. & MUZIO, I.M. (1974). Cognitive style and
reasoning about speed. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 66, 569-571. |
JACOBSON, C.M. (1993). Cognitive styles of creativity :
Relations of scores on the Kirton Adaptation-Innovation
Inventory and the Myers-Briggs Indicator among managers in
USA. Psychological Reports, 72, 1131-1138. |
|
CAMPBELL, S.B. (1974). Cognitive styles and behavior
problems of clinic boys : A comparison of epileptic,
hyperactive, learning disabled, and normal groups. Journal
of Abnormal Child Psychology, 2, 307-312. |
CLAPP, R.G. (1993). Stability of cognitive style in adults
and some implications : A longitudinal study of the Kirton
Adaptation-Innovation Inventory. Psychological
Reports, 73, 1235-1245. |
|
ALLINSON, C.W. & HAYES, J. (1996). The cognitive style
index : a measure of intuition-analysis for organisational
research. Journal of Management Studies, 33 (1),
119-135. |
|
|
KOGAN, N. (1976). Cognitive styles in infancy and
early childhood. New York : Wiley. |
BAILLARGEON, R., PASCUAL-LEONE, J. & RONCARDIN, C.
(1997). Mental-attentional capacity : Does cognitive style
make a difference ? Journal of Experimental Child
Psychology, 70 (3), 143-166. |
|
WITKIN, H.A., MOORE, C.A., GOODENOUGH, D.R. & COX,
P.W. (1977). Field dependent and field independent
cognitive styles and their educational implications. Review
of Educational Research, 47, 1-64. |
GRIGORENKO, E.L. & STERNBERG, R.J. (1997). Styles of
thinking, abilities, and academic performance.
Exceptional Children, 63, 295-312. |
|
GOLDSTEIN, K.M. & BLACKMAN, S. (1978). Cognitive
styles. New York : Wiley. |
STERNBERG, R.J. & GRIGORENKO, E.L. (1997). Are
cognitive styles still in style ? American
Psychologist, 52 (7), 700-712. [PDF] |
|
WITKIN, H.A. & GOODENOUGH, D.R. (1979). Cognitive
styles : essence and origins. Psychological Issues,
Monograph, 51. |
RIDING, R. & RAYNER, S. (1998). Cognitive styles
and learning strategies. Londres : David Fulton. |
|
NODOUSHAN, M.A.S. (2007). Is cognitive style : A precursor
to EFL reading performance ? i-Manager's Journal of
Educational Technology, 4 (1), 66-68. |
|
GUILFORD, J.P. (1980). Cognitive styles : what are they ?
Educational & Psychological Measurement, 40, 715-735. |
JONES, L., SCOTT, J., HAQUE, S., GORDON-SMITH,K., HERON,
J., CAESAR, S., COOPER, C., FORTY, L., HYDE, S., LYON, L.,
GREENING, J., SHAM, P., FARMER, A., McGUFFIN, P., JONES,
I. & CRADDOCK, N. (2005). Cognitive style in bipolar
disorder. The British Journal of Psychiatry, 187,
431-437. [PDF]
|
|
SUTTON, J.M., MINEKA, S., ZINBARG, R.E., CRASKE, M.G.,
GRIFFITH, J.W., ROSE, R.D., WATERS A.M., NAZARIAN, M.
& MOR, N. (2010). The relationships of personality and
cognitive styles with self-reported symptoms of depression
and anxiety. Cognitive Therapy & Research, 35
(4), 381-393. [PDF]
|
|
SHENHAV, A., RAND, D.G. & GREENE, J.D. (2012). Divine
intuition : Cognitive style influences belief in God. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : General, 141, 423-428.
[PDF] |
|
COOLS, E., ARMSTRONG, S.J. & VERBRIGGHE, J. (2014).
Methodological practices in cognitive style research :
Insights and recommendations from the field of business
and psychology. European Journal of Work &
Organisational Psychology, 3 (4), 627-641. |
|
YILDIRIM, I. & ZENGEL, R. (2014). The impact of
cognitive styles on design students' spatial knowledge
from virtual environments. The Turkish Online Journal
of Educational Technology, 13 (3), 210-215. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Cognition |
|
|
FODOR, J.A. & PYLYSHYN, Z.W. (1988).
Connectionism and cognitive architecture : A critical
analysis. Cognition, 28, 3-71. [PDF]
|
| |
|
|
Cognition animale : Discipline au carrefour du cognitivisme
et de la psychologie
animale, qui, comme le nom l'indique, étudie les processus
cognitifs des animaux,
notamment chez les singes. =
cognition comparée. ( ): Allen,
Bates, Bekoff,
Call, Doré, Fiset,
Gallup, Kamil,
Menzel,
Pepperberg, Povinelli,
Premack, Terrace,
Tolman, Tomasello, Vauclair,
Wynne. Animal
cognition, cognition in nonhuman species.
| |
|
|
TOLMAN, E.C. (1932). Purposive behavior in animals
and men. New York : Century. |
TOMASELLO, M. (2000). Primate cognition : Introduction to
the Issue. Cognitive Science, 24 (3), 351-361. [PDF] |
|
KRECHEVSKY, I. (1932). Hypotheses' in rats. Psychological
Review, 39 (6), 516-532. |
SHETTLEWORTH, S.J. (2001). Animal cognition and animal
behaviour. Animal Behaviour, 61, 277-286. [PDF] |
|
WITKIN, H.A. (1942). Hypotheses' in rats : An experimental
critique. III. Summary evaluation of the hypotheses
concept. Psychological Review, 49 (6), 541-568. |
WYNNE, C.D.L. (2001). Animal cognition : The mental
lives of animals. Palgrave Macmillan. [PDF] |
|
TOLMAN, E.C. (1948). Cognitive maps in rats and men. Psychological
Review, 55, 189-208. |
BEKOFF, M. (2002). The cognitive animal. MIT
Press. |
|
MENZEL, E.W. & JOHNSON, M.K. (1978). Commentary :
Cognition and consciousness in nonhuman species. The
Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 4, 586-587. |
PEPPERBERG, I.M. (2002). The value of the Piagetian
framework for comparative cognitive studies. Animal
Cognition, 5, 77-82. |
| |
Famille
